<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.w3.org/2000/08/w3c-synd/style.css" type="text/css"?>			<!-- RSS for Buy Software, generated on Wed, 08 Feb 2012 00:41:25 -0800 -->
			<rss version="0.92">
			<channel>
			<title><![CDATA[Buy Software - Computer Hardware  Software]]></title>
			<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/computer-hardware-software-t-10.html</link>
			<description><![CDATA[Computer Hardware & Software]]></description>
			<webMaster>webmaster@mdofpc.com (Buy Software)</webMaster>
			<language>en-us</language>
			<lastBuildDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2012 00:41:25 -0800</lastBuildDate>
			<docs>http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss</docs>
			<item>
	<title><![CDATA[All The Time Computer Services]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/time-computer-services-a-1880.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When dealing with computer equipment and other high end technologies, its inevitable that one day your equipment will begin to hiccup and eventually develop problems. Sometimes we are able to solve the problem on our own or perhaps we simply cut our losses and buy newer equipment and forget about the whole dilemma. However the occasion arises when this equipment cannot easily be replaced and we need to resolve the issue ASAP.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>One of the most obvious steps to take in order to fix your equipment is to call the manufacturers technical support hot line in hopes the technician will know how to fix your broken equipment. Often times the support is little more than an obvious call center where the technicians read a script and you sit and wait on the phone for hours. Wouldn't it be great if you were able to get real support from real professionals here in the United States who act on knowledge and experience rather than a 900 page manual and script in front of them</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Well look no further. Geeks Mobile USA guarantees qualified local IT professionals and installers that will be able to help you with your Technical Support and will not waste your time. Skip the hassle and don't waste time with other nonreputable technicians. Call us now at 18669594567 to schedule a service visit from our computer service technicians.<BR><BR>Geeks Mobile USA strives to ensure a high return of investment on Computer services for customers through the following services</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><BR><STRONG>Home Computer Services</STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Onsite Computer Services</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PC Upgrades</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Computer Networking</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Malware and Virus Removal</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Security and Firewalls</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Data Backup and Recovery</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Preventive Maintenance</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><STRONG>Small Business Computer Services</STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Repair &amp; Troubleshooting</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Network Services</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Data Recovery</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Installation</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Customized Service Plans</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Malware and Virus Removal</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><STRONG>Nationwide Computer Repair Services</STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Proactive Network and Server Monitoring, 24/7 nationwide.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Emergency offhours support</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Assistance with moving to new offices</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Equipment setup at multiple locations</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Network and Server Repair and installation</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Remote support and helpdesk services.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Consolidated It support and billing</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Alienware Laptop Area  51 M5500  The Subtle Beast]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/alienware-laptop-area-m5500-subtle-beast-a-2032.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Balance has been struck. The Alienware has recently launched its latest Media Center Notebook Alienware Area51 m5500, the subtle beast. This AlienwareLaptop offers two built in graphic options. When in the office or at home doingsome routine work, the integrated Intel <SPAN classklink>Graphics Card</SPAN> gives you the optimum battery life and when you want to enjoy the adrenaline rush through your veins just flip a switch on the case to kick start the Nvidia GeForce Go 6600 MXM Graphics and experience the thrilling experience of this gaming monster. Alienware Laptops are considered as high end notebooks only but this one is actually a mid range one. The highlights of this Alienware Laptop are its Intel Core 2 Duo Processor, 1 GB of Random Access Memory, A Mobility Radeon X1400 or a NVIDIA GeForce Go 7600 with 256 MB RAM, 100 GB SATA HD and a Trio of USB 2.0 Ports.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>This <STRONG>Alienware laptop</STRONG> gives you an extraterrestrial feel at the first glance. The Area51 m5500 is a great machine for gamers, professionals and enthusiasts. Delivers superb multimedia functionality, it is a power hungry machine but provides flexibility and good storage too. Considering the features that it provides you it is an affordable notebook and a must for gamers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><STRONG>Specifications</STRONG><BR><BR>The Operating Systems provided with the Alienware Laptop m5500 include Microsoft Windows XP Home Edition, Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition and Microsoft Windows XP Media Center Edition 2005.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>This high end <SPAN classklink>gaming laptop</SPAN> uses Intel Premium M Processor 730 1.6 GHz 770 2.13GHz, 533MHz FSB, 2 MB Cache, Intel Celeron M Processor 370 1.5GHz, 400MHz FSB, 1MB Cache, Intel 915GM  ICH6M Chipset for the raw power it generates.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>For Graphics and Video Intel Extreme Graphics 3 and NVIDIA GeForce 6600 is installed which goes up to 256MB DDR Memory starts at 256 MB and goes upto 2 GB of PC4200 DDR2 SDRAM at 533 MHz and 2 dedicated SODIMM slots for Dual Channel DDR2 Memory. Single Optical Drive with optional DVD/ R/W Support has been provided.<BR><BR>Input/Output Ports include</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><STRONG>TV Out</STRONG> One SVideo Out Connector </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>IEEE 1394</STRONG> IEEE 1394a 4pin port</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>USB</STRONG> 3 HiSpeed USB 2.0 Ports</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Headphone</STRONG> 1 Headphone Jack </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Audio</STRONG> Intel High Definition 7.1 Channel Out SPDIF / LineIn, Microphone In</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Network</STRONG> Integrated <SPAN classklink>Gigabit Ethernet</SPAN> RJ45</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Modem</STRONG> Integrated 56K V.92 Modem RJ11</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><BR>PCMCIA Card Slot and 4 in 1 Memory Card Reader SD/MS/MSPRO/MMC are the Slots that have been incorporated in the machine. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>The Area51 m5500 comes with 1440768 15.4 Wide XGA, 16801050 15.4 Wide SXGA and 19201200 15.4 Wide UXGA LCD Display to give you high resolution crisp pictures. The Dimensions of this extra terrestrial Alienware Laptop are 1.36 H 14.25 W 10.75 D</P><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msofareastfontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msoansilanguage ENUS; msofareastlanguage ENUS; msobidilanguage ARSA><BR>The <STRONG>Alienware Laptop Area51 m5500</STRONG> is relatively compact and lightweight laptop weighing just 7.6 Pounds given it highend parts. The Keyboard is comfortable to use, as are the Touch Pad and Mouse Buttons. This laptop also provides you the convenience of playing DVDs, CDs and many other <SPAN classklink>media files</SPAN> without booting Windows with its unique Inter Video Instant On software. Mobile Application Performance is the forte of m5500 and Alienware covers the laptop with a One Year Onsite Warranty which includes aroundtheclock, tollfree phone support as well. The <STRONG>Aleinware Laptop Area51 m 5500</STRONG> is the true worthy of its price.</SPAN>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Affordable Computer Rental Services]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/affordable-computer-rental-services-a-1908.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>C<SPAN classklink>omputer rentals</SPAN><SPAN styleDISPLAY none; msohide all><xmlnamespace prefix  v ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomvml /><vshapetype idx0000t75 coordsize21600,21600 ospt75 opreferrelativet pathm45l41191195xe filledf strokedf> <vstroke joinstylemiter></vstroke><vformulas><vf eqnif lineDrawn pixelLineWidth 0></vf><vf eqnsum 0 1 0></vf><vf eqnsum 0 0 1></vf><vf eqnprod 2 1 2></vf><vf eqnprod 3 21600 pixelWidth></vf><vf eqnprod 3 21600 pixelHeight></vf><vf eqnsum 0 0 1></vf><vf eqnprod 6 1 2></vf><vf eqnprod 7 21600 pixelWidth></vf><vf eqnsum 8 21600 0></vf><vf eqnprod 7 21600 pixelHeight></vf><vf eqnsum 10 21600 0></vf></vformulas><vpath oextrusionokf gradientshapeokt oconnecttyperect></vpath><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><olock vextedit aspectratiot></olock></vshapetype><vshape idx0000i1025 styleWIDTH 16.5pt; HEIGHT 16.5pt typex0000t75 alt><vimagedata srcfile///CDOCUME1G3DEB1.SANLOCALS1Tempmsohtml101clipimage001.gif ohrefhttp//kona.kontera.com/javascript/lib/imgs/greyloader.gif></vimagedata></vshape><op></op></SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN>offer a variety of <SPAN classklink>computer equipment</SPAN><SPAN styleDISPLAY none; msohide all><vshape idx0000i1026 styleWIDTH 16.5pt; HEIGHT 16.5pt typex0000t75 alt> <vimagedata srcfile///CDOCUME1G3DEB1.SANLOCALS1Tempmsohtml101clipimage001.gif ohrefhttp//kona.kontera.com/javascript/lib/imgs/greyloader.gif></vimagedata></vshape><op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN>for business, training seminars, trade shows and conferences such as computers, laptops, projectors, audio visual enhancements, and printers etc., Computer rentals provide their services not only for companies but also for individuals or home based businesses. Computer rental prices differ from company to company and vary by length of time, location, specification and product availability. Computer rental companies provide their services in a very fast, low cost and convenient manner and also they deliver the equipments to offices, conventions, training institutes and business locations throughout the world.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Most of the companies deliver their products within 24 hours during in times of emergency. Computer rental companys deals with popular brands such as <A hrefhttp//www.glitzcomputers.com/index.phpareastaticpages&amp;actionapple><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; TEXTDECORATION none; textunderline none>Apple</SPAN></A>, Dell, HP Compaq, Gateway, IBM, NEC, Sony, Toshiba and others. Renting wireless computers for all types of business. Glitz Computers provides you a quality computer repair, rentals, data recovery, printer repair, laptop upgrades, spyware virus removal, system setups services in a convenient and a very cost effective manner. The computer rental company saves your time and money with their LCD Projectors rental delivery and set up services also provided by them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR><SPAN classklink>Computer rental companies</SPAN> offering online computer parts and custom built computers for sale. Their sincere goal is to provide the best quality solutions of business and residential computer repair services at an affordable and practical cost effective computer solution. Data recovery services are also provided by many companies which describes that <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>data recovery</SPAN> is the process of recovering data from storage or database systems from all types of devices and systems. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Glitz computers provide computer rentals, laptop rentals, LCD Projector rentals, Plasma, Audio visual equipment and copier rentals. Our Nationwide glitz <SPAN classklink>computer services</SPAN> delivering same day and emergency onsite service throughout the USA.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Adding a PCI Device]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/adding-device-a-1833.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let's say that you have just added a new PCIbased sound card to your Windows XP computer. Here's an example of how it would work. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>This motherboard has four PCI slots.</STRONG> </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You open up your computer's case and plug the sound card into an empty PCI slot on the motherboard.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>You close the computer's case and power up the computer.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The system BIOS initiates the PnP BIOS.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The PnP BIOS scans the PCI bus for hardware. It does this by sending out a signal to any device connected to the bus, asking the device who it is.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The sound card responds by identifying itself. The device ID is sent back across the bus to the BIOS.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The PnP BIOS checks the ESCD to see if the configuration data for the sound card is already present. Since the sound card was just installed, there is no existing ESCD record for it.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The PnP BIOS assigns IRQ, DMA, memory address and I/O settings to the sound card and saves the data in the ESCD.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Windows XP boots up. It checks the ESCD and the PCI bus. The operating system detects that the sound card is a new device and displays a small window telling you that Windows has found new hardware and is determining what it is.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In many cases, Windows XP will identify the device, find and load the necessary drivers, and you'll be ready to go. If not, the Found New Hardware Wizard will open up. This will direct you to install drivers off of the disc that came with the sound card.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Once the driver is installed, the device should be ready for use. Some devices may require that you restart the computer before you can use them. In our example, the sound card is immediately ready for use.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>You want to capture some audio from an external tape deck that you have plugged into the sound card. You set up the recording software that came with the sound card and begin to record.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>11.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The audio comes into the sound card via an external audio connector. The sound card converts the analog signal to a digital signal.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>12.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The digital audio data from the sound card is carried across the PCI bus to the bus controller. The controller determines which device on the PCI device has priority to send data to the CPU. It also checks to see if data is going directly to the CPU or to system memory.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore></SPAN>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>13.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Since the sound card is in record mode, the bus controller assigns a high priority to the data coming from it and sends the sound card's data over the bus bridge to the system bus.</P><P><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msofareastfontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msoansilanguage ENUS; msofareastlanguage ENUS; msobidilanguage ARSA>The system bus saves the data in system memory. Once the recording is complete, you can decide whether the data from the sound card is saved to a hard drive or retained in memory for additional processing.</SPAN></P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Add to Your Computers Performance]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/your-computer%20s-performance-a-2006.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Are you irritated enough by your PCs slow speed Well There are many more like you who are looking out for ways to improve their computers performance. You get a new system but soon it does not come up with the same competence means the computer is really slow. But why</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Over time, your computer data and files keep adding on your hard disk thereby making a chaos there. Thanks to <SPAN classklink>technical support</SPAN> resources which are capable enough to reverse these annoying issues and bring your system back to life Here, you can help your PC run with a really good speed. Computer technicians greatly increase your PC speed by performing steps like cleaning up and defragmenting disks, removing bloated software, and applying performance tweak.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, results may differ on different computers and factors like your computer usage and maintenance. But you will definitely find <SPAN classklink>computer optimization</SPAN> services worth your money When you optimize your compute, you save approximately 10 to 30 minutes a day<STRONG> </STRONG>which you used to spend combating with horrible <STRONG>computer problems</STRONG>. Also, your improved computer will avert you from having support technicians look at it every other day and save you load of money.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Buying computer optimization services from <STRONG>technical support</STRONG> companies is the best solution for every PC user who wants to improve his/her PC for peak performance without expensive hardware up gradations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the availability of several technical support centers on the <SPAN classklink>Internet</SPAN>, you can call or book your <SPAN classklink>PC optimization</SPAN> service 24x7, and have expert technicians at your service in no time. The support available at these resources is not limited to just one or two <STRONG>computer repair</STRONG> services but they have got the comprehensive collection to offer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those who have tried these online technical services must have found these centers useful for lost data recovery, <STRONG>computer troubleshooting, virus removal</STRONG>, spyware removal, antivirus installation or configuration, internet optimization etc. They are known to offer professional, friendly advice and services to get their customers the best computer help and resolve your computer problems.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Add To Your Computers Performance Go For Computer Optimization]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/your-computers-performance-computer-optimization-a-1995.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Are you irritated enough by your PCs slow speed Well There are many more like you who are looking out for ways to improve their computers performance. You get a new system but soon it does not come up with the same competence means the computer is really slow. But you can go for <STRONG>computer optimization</STRONG> which is very necessary for your computers good performance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Over time, your computer data and files keep adding on your hard disk thereby making a chaos there. Thanks to <SPAN classklink>technical support</SPAN> resources which are capable enough to reverse these annoying issues and bring your system back to life Here, you can help your PC run with a really good speed. Computer technicians greatly increase your PC speed by performing steps like cleaning up and defragmenting disks, removing bloated software, and applying performance tweak.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, results may differ on different computers and factors like your computer usage and maintenance. But you will definitely find <SPAN classklink>computer optimization</SPAN> services worth your money When you optimize your compute, you save approximately 10 to 30 minutes a day which you used to spend combating with horrible <STRONG>computer problems</STRONG>. Also, your improved computer will avert you from having support technicians look at it every other day and save you load of money.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Buying computer optimization services from <STRONG>technical support</STRONG> companies is the best solution for every PC user who wants to improve his/her PC for peak performance without expensive hardware up gradations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the availability of several technical support centers on the <SPAN classklink>Internet</SPAN>, you can call or book your <SPAN classklink>PC optimization</SPAN> service 24x7, and have expert technicians at your service in no time. The support available at these resources is not limited to just one or two computer repair services but they have got the comprehensive collection to offer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those who have tried these online technical services must have found these centers useful for lost data recovery, <STRONG>computer troubleshooting</STRONG>, <STRONG>virus removal</STRONG>, <STRONG>spyware removal</STRONG>, antivirus installation or configuration, internet optimization etc. They are known to offer professional, friendly advice and services to get their customers the best <STRONG>computer help</STRONG> and resolve your computer problems.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[A Short Review of Computer Services]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/short-review-computer-services-a-1883.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Be sure you have found a trustworthy IT support partner before you sign the contract. There are plenty of providers out there and, as competition is rather intense, you will surely find the one who will do it all for you. Internet access and local network maintenance along with data security management should not miss from the list of the computer services provided.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>A trustworthy computer support company will offer viable solutions to your IT questions. Some of the minimal services provided refer to either maintaining an efficiently working computer network or enhancing it to ease the daily workflow. You will immediately notice the efficiency of cooperating with some experienced IT support providers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>One of the basic, but also quite often required tasks for the computer support specialist is to create and maintain a working network between the business companys computers to enable easy file sharing. This basic enhancement will save the employees a lot of time and they will be able to manage their time more efficiently to the use of their companys profit.<BR><BR>Another frequent request for the computer support company is to design and setup a personalized website to represent the business company and to facilitate the communication with its clients. In addition rapid internet access via broadband connection will facilitate communication with partners and clients and an email server will add a touch of elegance by providing representative email addresses to all workers and departments.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Remote network access is a modern solution that will allow the employees to access the companys website and enter its network in order to carry out tasks when they are not able to come in. This will bring mainly two benefits providing faster services that will surely impress the clients and the partners, and will allow more flexibility to the workers. <BR><BR>Another very frequently discussed issue, which should not be missing from the agenda of computer services of any IT Support Company, is data security. It is worth mentioning that this domain is the most important reason why many companies collaborate with computer support providers. Data losses can trigger a huge crisis within the life of any business company.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>To start with, you should see to the installation of efficient antivirus software and spam removing programs to protect the confidentiality of your data. Even more, Internet web content filtering will add to the effect of those above. In addition, efficient and rapid data recovery programs or backup solutions should come with the offer, to minimize the losses of the company in case of crisis.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Besides the more sophisticated computer services listed above, the basic maintenance and upgrade for the companys hardware should come as one of the elements in the offer. You will have the guarantee of constant workflow, and performance will increase if the physical basis meets the requirements of regular revision and update, to support the software required for the activity of the company. </P><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msofareastfontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msoansilanguage ENUS; msofareastlanguage ENUS; msobidilanguage ARSA><BR>This list sums up the minimal computer services that should come included in the offer of every computer support company. Before signing a contract with any such company ask about these services and the charges requested for each of them. Take advantage of our offer and see for yourself the range of services we, here at Adelaide Business Computer Services, are offering, keeping you ahead of your competitors.</SPAN>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[A Great Place to Develop Yourself in Computer Programs and it Ap]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/great-place-develop-yourself-computer-programs-a-1933.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msofareastfontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msoansilanguage ENUS; msofareastlanguage ENUS; msobidilanguage ARSA>In every computer interesting student or people want to develop our self to be a computer programmer and IT application. But today world is day by day growing very fast and technology increase very fast. Today totally work are doing on computer and work related software .Every day, in market new and new software produced .But we can not reached and learned every software because people and student are very busy in its work. At this situation you can not take special training about particular software at outdoor. Because of its very costly and take more time. At that time online <SPAN classklink>computer training</SPAN> is very helpful to us. With the help of student can easily learn the basics now at home. Whether you can learn those programming skills for our knowledge. So, you went on a search for the most common and the most popular online computer training software, computer tech application &amp; online software training to see what we could find. At that time we have been showing lots of web site provide online training facility , but you can not decide which web site provide best knowledge about particular software training. Some web site provides good online training software, but some web site provides average. This most of the web site provide subscription based educational training and tutorials .You do not know which web site provide best online training. If u do not know and subscription of this training web site, after u relies that its not satisfied online training tutorial web site, that time u relies your money was wasted.<BR><BR>So that, I have one web site that have all of the latest good online software training videos. I have found one web site, its name is inavid .Its provide all of the latest and updated online computer training videos. This web site provides 10,000videos. <BR><BR>Whether you're going for teaching yourself programming, business computer solutions, <SPAN classklink>photo shop</SPAN>, web designing, <SPAN classklink>auto cad</SPAN> or networking, here you will find all of web resources. Get Information, Knowledge, video, References, and Resources about computers now by visiting the many online computer training videos , online software training videos ,online computer repair videos and IT online Training Courses ,online Tutorials, Books, Training Guides, Tips, Articles, and HowTos. This web site gives you great assistance, whether you're a student learning computer programming or an IT professional. Access this training and tutorial materials right now, registration is required. Then check out all you needs important training videos. This web site helps you to refresh your skills, update your skills, or learn a completely new set of skills.</SPAN>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[5 Reasons To Purchase Desktop Computers]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/reasons-purchase-desktop-computers-a-1931.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are in the market for a computer, there are a number of factors to consider. Will it be used for your home, your office or perhaps even your home office combo First off, you will need to set a budget for your new purchase before deciding whether to shop for notebook or <SPAN classklink>desktop computers</SPAN>. Many offices use desktop computers because they are not intended to be moved around a lot. In addition, affordability often plays a large role in someone's decision as to whether to purchase <A hrefhttp//www.articlesbase.com/technologyarticles/5reasonstopurchasedesktopcomputers39527.html targetundefined><SPAN classklink><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; TEXTDECORATION none; textunderline none>notebook</SPAN></SPAN></A> or desktop computers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While you are shopping around, it's important to keep in mind some of the benefits that go along with owning different types of computers. To that end, this article provides five important reasons to purchase desktop computers.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Desktop computers are typically much more affordable than notebook computers. With notebooks, you are paying more for the convenience of portability. For as little as 299.00, desktop computers can be purchased from one of the leading manufacturers and a <SPAN classklink>notebook computer</SPAN> for as little as 499.00.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unlike notebook computers, replacing a keyboard, mouse, speakers or even a monitor does not require having your computer serviced by a professional repair shop. Because notebook computers have everything built in, including the aforementioned features, it is more difficult to replace a keyboard or monitor as opposed to desktop computers, which operate on external connections.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the event of an unlawful entry into your home, desktop computers are not as likely to be stolen because of their weight and bulk. Notebook computers, on the other hand, are small and portable. This, alone, makes them more appealing to a thief than desktop computers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Desktop computers are stationary by nature. Unlike a notebook computer, which can easily be moved from room to room, they are less likely to be dropped or broken because they are not moved as often.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The vents on desktop computers are located on the back of the tower, which allows for proper ventilation that will help to prevent the computer from overheating. Notebook computers, on the other hand, feature only one vent on the back with the remaining underneath the base. If placed on a table, the air vents can become blocked and the computer may overheat. If prolonged use leads to overheating, damage may result.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When choosing from the many desktop <SPAN classklink>computers</SPAN> on the market, always make sure that you purchase from a manufacturer who has experience in creating computers. Even though they are more affordable than notebooks, desktop computers are not cheap. With an investment that involves several hundred dollars, you will want to consider the length of time the manufacturer has been in business, their reputation with customers and their warranty. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Additionally, when choosing any system, including desktop computers, always look at the potential for future upgrading. As you grow, you will want your computer to grow with you and a part of that will include a slight upgrade from time to time. This is the only way to get the best use of your desktop computers and make sure that your investment is one that lasts for years to come.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[10 Tips That Will Make a Computer Child Friendly]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/tips-that-will-make-computer-child-friendly-a-1956.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Computers are here to stay and have become an integral part of everyday life. The World Wide Web is an information highway but presents a few dangers to children. Parents need to take extra care to protect their kids from harm caused by computers or the World Wide Web.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>Here are a few tips to make computers safe for kids</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>1. Buy a computer that is of good quality and follow the instructions provided on where and how to set up the computer. Position the computer is a suitable place where the light sources falls correctly and place the chair at a suitable height and distance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>2. Adjust computer screen controls such that the eyes of the child are protected.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>3. Teach the child how to sit at the computer and ensure that the hands are in line with the key board. Consult tips in the <SPAN classklink>internet</SPAN> on how to prevent injuries to bones, muscles, and posture by incorrect computer use.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>4. Read all about security measures and parental controls. Set controls that will protect your child from viewing unwarranted <SPAN classklink>websites</SPAN>. Be sure to spend time reviewing the websites your child has viewed. There are agebased customizable content settings available check with MSN premium and your <SPAN classklink>internet service provider</SPAN>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>5. Buy a table and chair for the computer that is proportionate to the childs size. Adjustable chairs are available and you need to keep an eye on posture.<BR><BR>6. Learn how to customize your browser settings. Minimize risks by setting pages the kids can view as favorites you can even set their school website as the home page on the computer.<BR><BR>7. Introduce the kids to learning multimedia modules and sites like BBC history for kids. Introduce them to websites that are child friendly and fun.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>8. Spend time at the computer with the children. Play games with them, let them visit websites like that of the Discovery Channel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>9. Teach them how to send messages and email and how to use a computer to expand their learning.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>10. Inculcate in the kids a discipline. Limit the time they spend on the computer and ensure that they understand and follow the rules you set.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><BR>A computer is useful for kids if used right. So, let children move with times and embrace <SPAN classklink>technology</SPAN> positively. The internet is a knowledge highway and kids can benefit and sharpen their minds by playing games, solving quizzes and puzzles, interacting in groups and creating projects for school with the use of the computer, using online resources to learn about science, health, nutrition, history and more. Computers and the net make kids resourceful and tap potential so let kids use the computer with parental guidance.<BR><BR>Prepare your kids for a bright future.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Using Dialup Networking from Multiple Locations]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/using-dialup-networking-from-multiple-locations-a-3074.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you travel with your portable computer, youll probably want to create multiple locations for dialup networking. Display the Phone and Modem Options dialog box by taking the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays the Hardware and Sound window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Phone and Modem Options link. Windows displays the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating a New Location</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new location, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the New button on the Dialing Rules page of the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. Windows displays the New Location dialog box with the General page foremost . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type the name for the location in the Location Name text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Country/Region dropdown list, specify the country or region in which youll use this location. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Type the area code for the location in the Area Code text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the Dialing Rules group box, specify access numbers for outside lines and carrier codes for longdistance calls and international calls as appropriate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>If you need to disable call waiting, select the To Disable Call Waiting, Dial check box and enter the appropriate code in the text box, either by typing or by selecting one of the standard codes from the dropdown list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7.</STRONG>If the location uses pulse dialing, select the Pulse option button. The Tone option button is selected by default. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>If necessary, create area code rules for dialing from the new location </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the Area Code Rules tab. Windows displays the Area Code Rules page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the New button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Type the area code in the Area Code text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> In the Prefixes group box, select the Include All the Prefixes within This Area Code option button or the Include Only the Prefixes in the List Below option button as appropriate. If you choose the latter, click the Add button and use the resulting Add Prefix dialog box to specify the prefixes separated by spaces or commas. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> In the Rules group box, select the Dial check box if these numbers require an extra number; if so, type it in the text box. Select the Include the Area Code check box if necessary. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the OK button. Windows closes the New Area Code Rule dialog box and enters the rule in the Area Code Rules group box on the Area Code Rules page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>If you need to use a credit card or other payment card to pay for the call from the location, specify it by following the steps below. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the Calling Card tab. Windows displays the Calling Card page of the New Location dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To use one of the card types listed in the Card Types list box, select its option button and enter the details in the Account Number text box and the Personal ID Number PIN text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To add a calling card, click the New button. Windows displays the New Calling Card dialog box. Enter the details of the calling card on the four tabs of this dialog box, then click the OK button. Windows adds the new calling card to the list in the Card Types list box on the Calling Card page of the New Location dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the New Location dialog box and adds the new location to the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Editing a Location</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To edit a location, select it in the Locations list box on the Dialing Rules page of the Phone and Modem Options dialog box, and then click the Edit button. Windows displays the Edit Location dialog box, which is a renamed version of the New Location dialog box. Make the necessary changes, and then click the OK button. Windows closes the Edit Location dialog box and applies your changes to the location. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using a Location</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use a location, select it in the Phone and Modem Options dialog box and click the OK button. Windows closes the Phone and Modem Options dialog box and uses the location you chose for calls you dial. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Configuring Pen and Input Devices Settings]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-configuring-input-devices-settings-a-3073.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To configure Pen and Input Devices settings, first open the Pen and Input Devices dialog box. If you opened it in the last step of the previous section, youre all set. Otherwise, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays the Hardware and Sound window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Pen and Input Devices link. Windows displays the Pen and Input Devices dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Pen Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Pen Options page of the Pen and Input Devices dialog box lets you change how Windows interprets actions you take with the pen and what effect clicking the pen buttons has. Windows doesnt let you customize the effect of a single tap, which it always reads as a single click. But you can change the definition of a doubletap which represents a doubleclick and a pressandhold gesture which represents a rightclick, and you can set up a gesture for starting the Tablet PC Input Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Customizing a DoubleTap</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To customize a doubletap, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the DoubleTap item in the list box, and then click the Settings button. Windows displays the DoubleTap Settings dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Drag the Speed slider left or right to decrease or increase the speed required to generate a doubletap. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Drag the Spatial Tolerance slider left or right to decrease or increase the distance Windows allows the pointer to move between taps in a doubletap. If the pointer moves too far, Windows doesnt register the doubletap. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the Test Settings area, doubletap the graphic to make sure that youve chosen suitable settings. Windows changes the graphic when it registers a doubletap. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the DoubleTap Settings dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Customizing a PressandHold Gesture</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To customize a pressandhold gesture, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Press and Hold item in the list box, and then click the Settings button. Windows displays the Press and Hold Settings dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the Enable Press and Hold for RightClicking check box if you want to be able to rightclick by pressing and holding down the stylus. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Drag the Speed slider left or right to decrease or increase the speed with which Windows registers a pressandhold gesture when you press the pen tip down and hold it there. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Drag the Duration slider left or right to decrease or increase the length of time that Windows allows you to perform a rightclick action. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>In the Test Settings area, press and hold the graphic to make sure that youve chosen suitable settings. Windows changes the graphic when it registers the pressandhold gesture. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Press and Hold Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Defining a Gesture for Starting the Input Panel</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To define a gesture for starting the Tablet PC Input Panel, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Start Tablet PC Input Panel item in the list box, and then click the Settings button. Windows displays the Start Input Panel Gesture Settings dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the Enable Start Input Panel Gesture check box if you want to be able to use a gesture to start the Input Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Drag the Gesture Setting slider left or right to decrease the size of gesture you need to perform to start the Input Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Hold your pen a short distance from the screen, and then move it quickly from side to side. If Windows doesnt recognize the gesture, adjust the Gesture Setting slider. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Start Input Panel Gesture Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Choosing Settings for the Pen Buttons</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Pen Buttons group box, choose settings for the buttons on the pen youre using with your Tablet PC </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use the Pen Button as a RightClick Equivalent </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to rightclick by clicking the pens button. Many people find clicking the pens button much easier than performing the pressandhold gesture. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use the Top of the Pen to Erase Ink Where Available </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to use the top of the pen if it has a suitable top to erase ink. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Pointer Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Pointer Options page of the Pen and Input Devices dialog box lets you choose whether to have Windows provide feedback for pen taps and clicks and whether to display pen cursors </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Dynamic Feedback </STRONG>In this group box, select the check box for each action on which you want Windows to give you visual feedback SingleTap, DoubleTap, Press the Pen Button, and Press the Pen Button and Tap. The circular symbols next to the check boxes show the feedback icons. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Pointer Options </STRONG>Select the Show Pen Cursors instead of Mouse Cursors When I Use My Pen check box if you want Windows to show pen cursors when youre using your pen. This option is usually helpful. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Flicks Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Flicks page of the Pen and Input Devices dialog box lets you specify whether to use <EM>flicks</EM>, pen gestures for navigation and editing, and configure the sensitivity for recognizing flicks </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use Flicks to Perform Common Actions Quickly and Easily </STRONG>Select this check box to use flicks. If you dont want to use flicks, clear this check box to stop Windows from attempting to identify flicks in your pen movements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Navigational Flicks/Navigational Flicks and Editing Flicks </STRONG>Select the option button for the type of flicks you want to perform. If you select the Navigational Flicks option button, you can use flicks only for Back flick left, Forward flick right, Drag Up flick up, and Drag Down flick down actions. If you select the Navigational Flicks and Editing Flicks option button, you can click the Customize button and use the Customize Flicks dialog box to customize the action for each flick. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sensitivity </STRONG>Drag the slider along the RelaxedPrecise spectrum to adjust how easily Windows recognizes your flicks. A setting toward the Precise end is usually best, as it prevents Windows from recognizing flicks that are in fact unintentional movements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display Flicks Icon in the Notification Area </STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows to display a Flicks icon in the notification area that you can use to access the Flicks options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Closing the Pen and Input Devices Dialog Box</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Pen and Input Devices dialog box and applies your choices. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Presentation Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you use your computer to give presentations, you can benefit by configuring Windows Vistas presentation settings. To do so, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Power icon in the notification area, and then click the Windows Mobility Center link in the popup window. Windows displays the Windows Mobility Center window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the icon in the Presentation Settings box. Windows displays the Presentation Settings dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Clear the I Am Currently Giving a Presentation check box unless youre just about to give a presentation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Select the Turn Off the Screen Saver check box if you want Windows to prevent the screen saver from starting during a presentation. Suppressing the screen saver is usually a good idea. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If you want Windows to automatically use a predetermined volume, select the Set the Volume To check box, and then drag the slider to a suitable position along the LowHigh axis. This feature is designed to help you avoid starting a presentation with unsuitable volume settings left applied from your previous task. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>If you want to use a particular background image, select the Show This Background check box, and then select the image. You can either choose one of Windows images from the list box or click the Browse button and use the Browse dialog box to locate an image anywhere on your computer. Once youve chosen the image, look at the preview, and choose a different setting in the Position dropdown list if necessary. The options are Center, Tile, and Fit to Screen, just as for a desktop background image. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>If you use the same external monitor for presentations, connect it to your computer, and then click the Connected Displays button. Windows displays the Current Displays dialog box, as shown here. Select the I Always Give a Presentation When I Use This Display Configuration check box, and then click the OK button. Windows closes the Current Displays dialog box, returning you to the Presentation Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Presentation Settings dialog box, returning you to the Windows Mobility Center window.When youre ready to start presenting, click the Turn On button in the Presentation Settings area. Windows puts your presentation settings into effect and displays the Presentation Settings Are On icon in the notification area. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To turn off Presentation mode, click the Presentation Settings Are On icon, and then choose Stop Presentation from the menu, as shown here. Alternatively, click the Turn Off button in the Presentation Settings area in Windows Mobility Center. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Connecting an External Monitor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To give yourself more space for your work than your laptops screen can provide, you can connect an external monitor. Windows lets you display information on an external monitor in three ways </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Extend your desktop </STRONG>Extending lets you use both your laptops screen and the external monitor, displaying a different part of your desktop on each. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Mirror your desktop </STRONG>Mirroring lets you display the same information on the external monitor as on your laptops screen. Mirroring is mostly useful for presentations. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use only the external monitor </STRONG>Using only the external monitor lets you treat your laptop like a desktop. When you do this, youll probably want to attach an external keyboard and mouse to your laptop. To connect an external monitor to your laptop, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Connect the monitor to a power source and to your laptops graphics port, and then switch the monitor on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Windows normally detects the external monitor and displays the New Display Detected dialog box . If Windows doesnt detect the monitor, open Windows Mobility Center and click the Connect Display button to make Windows scan for the monitor. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Extend Your Desktop area, select the Right option button or the Left option button to tell Windows whether youve placed the external monitor to the right of your laptops screen or to the left. This setting applies only if youre extending the desktop. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Below the two screens, select the Duplicate My Desktop on All Displays option button if you want to mirror your desktop on the displays. Select the Show Different Parts of My Desktop on Each Display if you want to extend your desktop as is most likely. Select the Show My Desktop on the External Display Only option button if you want to use only the external display. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If youre extending your desktop and have placed the external monitor above or below your laptops screen, or if you need to change the resolution or refresh rate, click the Display Settings link. Windows opens the Display Settings dialog box, in which you can adjust the displays as discussed in the section Setting Up and Using Multiple Monitors in Article 13. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the New Display Detected dialog box, and you can start using the external display. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Using Windows Vista Home on a Portable Computer]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/using-windows-vista-home-portable-computer-a-3072.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article discusses how to use the Windows Vista features that are mostly oriented to portable computers rather than desktop computers. Youll start by learning how to use Windows Mobility Center to access mobilecomputing features, configure powermanagement settings for portable computers, and choose settings for Tablet PCs. After that, youll find out how to choose settings for giving presentations on your laptop, how to connect an external monitor, how to create different locations to simplify dialup networking in different places, and how to transfer and synchronize files between two computers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Accessing Mobile Settings with Windows Mobility Center</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Mobility Center gives you quick access to a range of settings </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display Brightness </STRONG>Click the icon to display the Edit Plan Settings window for your current power plan. Drag the slider to increase or decrease the brightness of the display. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Volume </STRONG>Click the icon to open the Sound dialog box. Select the Mute check box to mute the volume completely. Otherwise, drag the slider to set the volume. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Battery Status </STRONG>Click the icon to open the Power Options window. Use the status readout to see how much battery power remains. Use the dropdown list to switch from one of your current power plans to another. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Wireless Network </STRONG>Click the icon to launch the Connect to a Network Wizard, which you can use to connect to a network or to view your connection status. Use the status readout to see details of your current wireless network connection. Click the Turn Wireless Off button when you need to turn your wireless network adapter off. Click the resulting Turn Wireless On button to turn it back on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>External Display </STRONG>Click the icon to display the Display Settings dialog box. Use the status readout to check whether Windows has detected an external display. If youve connected an external display, and Windows hasnt recognized it, click the Connect Display button to make Windows scan for the display. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sync Center </STRONG>Click the icon or the Sync Settings button to open a Sync Center window, in which you can create and manage synchronization partnerships. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Presentation Settings </STRONG>Click the icon to display the Presentation Settings dialog box see the section Choosing Presentation Settings, later in this article. Click the Turn On button to turn on presentation mode; click the resulting Turn Off button to turn it off again. The easiest way to open Windows Mobility Center is to click the Power icon in the notification area and then click the Windows Mobility Center link in the popup window. You can also choose Start Control Panel, and then click the Adjust Commonly Used Mobility Settings link in the Control Panel window. To close<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>button.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>Windows Mobility Center, click the Close button the </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Using the PowerManagement Features for Portable Computers</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get the best balance of performance and battery life from your portable, youll probably need to configure its power settings carefully. In addition to the powermanagement features discussed in the previous article, Windows provides several powermanagement features for portable computers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Using the Power Icon in the Notification Area</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To work with powermanagement features on a portable computer, you use the Power icon in the notification area. Windows automatically displays this icon for a computer configured with a battery, so the icon should be there unless youve chosen to hide it. The icon shows a battery on its own when the computer is running on battery power. It shows a battery with a power lead when the computer is plugged in and receiving power. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding the Power Icon to the Notification Area</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the Power icon doesnt appear in the notification area, you can add it as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick the Start button, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Taskbar and Start Menu Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>On the Noti&64257;cation Area page, select the Power check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the dialog box and adds the icon to the noti&64257;cation area. To see how much battery power you have left and whether the battery is charging, hover the mouse pointer over the Power icon to display a popup window, as shown here. To switch quickly from one power scheme to another, click the Power icon, and the select the appropriate option button in the popup window, as shown here. To open the Power Options window, click the Power icon in the notification area, and then choose More Power Options from the popup window. If you choose not to display the Power icon, choose Start Control Panel, click the Hardware and Sound link, and then click the Power Options link. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Choosing Power Settings for Running on Batteries</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you saw in the previous article, the Edit Plan Settings dialog box for a portable computer lets you choose different settings for when the computer is running on batteries and when it is plugged in. When you need to maximize battery life, set short delays for turning off the display and putting the computer to sleep. For example, if you work steadily at your computer, you might choose a delay of 2 minutes or 3 minutes for turning off the display and 5 minutes or 10 minutes for putting the computer to sleep. If you use your computer to work on documents that require pauses for thought, you may need to set a longer delay on turning off the display  having the screen black out when youre constructing a formula or a sentence can be very distracting. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Setting Battery Alarms, Notifications, and Actions</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sooner or preferably later, your battery will run out. To choose what Windows does when this happens, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Power Options window, click the Change Plan Settings link for the power plan you want to affect. Windows displays the Edit Plan Settings window for the plan. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Change Advanced Power Settings link. Windows displays the Power Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Expand the Battery category so that you can see its settings </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Expand the Critical Battery Action item, and then choose the action you want Windows to take when the battery reaches the critical level. Youll define this level in a minute. Your choices for when the computer is running on battery are Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. When the computer is plugged in, you can also choose Do Nothing. Hibernate is usually the best choice, as it protects your data better than Sleep does. Shutting down the computer also protects your data, but it means that youll need to perform a full startup when you plug in the computer rather than simply awaken it from hibernation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Expand the Low Battery Level item, and then specify the percentage of battery power that Windows should treat as the low level. The default setting is 10 percent, which works well for many people. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Expand the Critical Battery Level item, and then specify the percentage of battery power that Windows should treat as the critical level  the point after which its not safe to keep the computer running. The default setting is 5 percent, which should give enough battery life to ensure a successful hibernation or shutdown. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Expand the Low Battery Notification item, and then choose On or Off to control whether Windows warns you when the battery reaches its low level. Most people find the warning helpful, but you may prefer to work straight through to the critical level. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>Expand the Low Battery Action item, and then choose the action you want Windows to take when the battery reaches the low level. Your choices are Do Nothing, Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. Do Nothing is normally the most useful setting. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Power Options dialog box and returns you to the Edit Plan Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the Save Changes button. Windows closes the Edit Plan Settings window and returns you to the Power Options window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Troubleshooting Recovering a Hung Laptop</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your laptop gets so thoroughly hung that it no longer responds to the power button, even when you hold the power button down for four or five seconds, you may need to disconnect the laptop from the AC wall socket and remove the battery in order to reset it. But before you do, make sure that youre not missing a hardware reset button on the laptop. Many laptops have these, but to prevent you from pressing them accidentally, theyre usually located in a really awkward position. For example, on some computers, you need to poke the end of a paper clip or a similar thin, blunt instrument through a small hole in the bottom of the machine to press the reset button. If in doubt, consult the manual for your laptop before poking it in a sensitive area. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Tablet PC and Pen and Input Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have a Tablet PC one that accepts input via a stylus on its screen as well as via a keyboard and mouse, you can use the Tablet PC settings to control how the Tablet features work and the Pen and Input settings to configure how Windows reads pen input. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Configuring Tablet PC Settings</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To configure Tablet PC settings, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays the Hardware and Sound window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Tablet PC Settings link. Windows displays the Tablet PC Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Choose Settings on the General page . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Handedness </STRONG>In this group box, select the RightHanded option button if youre righthanded and the LeftHanded option button if youre lefthanded. This setting controls where Windows displays the menus, so that theyre not covered by the hand youre using. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Calibration </STRONG>Select the orientation in the Orientation dropdown list Primary Landscape, Primary Portrait, Secondary Landscape, or Secondary Portrait. You can then click the Calibrate button and use the resulting wizard to calibrate the digitizer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Choose settings on the Handwriting Recognition page  </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use the Personal Recognizer </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows use personal handwriting recognition to improve its recognition of your handwriting. This feature is usually helpful. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Automatic Learning </STRONG>In this group box, select the Use Automatic Learning option button if you want the recognizer to store the words you use so that it can recognize them more easily in future. You get better results by using this feature at the expense of a minor security concern someone might be able to raid the recognizer and learn what youve been writing. Select the Dont Use Automatic Learning, and Delete Any Previously Collected Data option button if you want to guard against this concern. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>Choose settings on the Display page  </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Orientation </STRONG>In this dropdown list, select the screen orientation you want to use Primary Landscape, Secondary Portrait, Secondary Landscape, or Primary Portrait. The Preview area shows an icon representing the orientation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sequence </STRONG>To change the sequence in which Windows cycles through the orientations when you press a tablet button, click the Change button. Windows displays the Orientation Sequence Settings dialog box, as shown next. Use the four numbered dropdown lists to specify the sequence, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>On the Other page, click the Go to Pen and Input Devices link if you want to open the Pen and Input Devices dialog box. Otherwise, click the OK button. Windows closes the Tablet PC Settings dialog box and applies your changes. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Home settings]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-home-settings-a-3071.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hard Disk</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the Turn Off Hard Disk After setting. The hard disk is one of the most powerhungry components of a computer, so turning off the hard disk saves a worthwhile amount of energy. After the hard disk has spun down, it will take a few seconds to spin back up when you start using the computer again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Wireless Adapter Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the Power Saving Mode setting for your computers wireless adapter. You can choose Maximum Performance, Low Power Saving, Medium Power Saving, or Maximum Power Saving. Many laptop computers allow you to switch off the wireless adapter altogether via either a hardware switch or a custom keyboard combination. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sleep</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains three settings </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sleep After </STRONG>Specify the number of minutes to wait before putting the computer to sleep. Normally, youd set this setting by using the Put the Computer to Sleep dropdown list in the Edit Plan Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Allow Hybrid Sleep </STRONG>Choose On or Off to control whether Windows uses <EM>hybrid sleep</EM>, a mode that saves power while enabling you to resume your work almost immediately. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hibernate After </STRONG>Specify the number of minutes of inactivity that Windows should allow before it puts the computer into hibernation. Choose Never if you want to prevent hibernation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Power Buttons and Lid</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the following settings </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Lid Close Action </STRONG>For a laptop, choose the action that Windows should take when you close the lid Do Nothing, Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. Normally, youd set this setting in the System Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Power Button Action </STRONG>Choose the action that Windows should take when you press the power button Do Nothing, Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. Normally, youd set this setting in the System Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sleep Button Action </STRONG>Choose the action that Windows should take when you press the Sleep button Do Nothing, Sleep, or Hibernate. Normally, youd set this setting in the System Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Start Menu Power Button </STRONG>Choose the action that Windows should take when you click the Power button on the Start menu Do Nothing, Sleep, or Hibernate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>PCI Express</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the Link State Power Management setting, which lets you choose the Active State Power Management policy to use Off, Moderate Power Savings, or Maximum Power Savings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Search and Indexing</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the Power Savings Mode setting, which lets you choose which power plan to use for search and indexing Power Saver, Balanced, or High Performance. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the following options </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Turn Display Off After </STRONG>Specify how many minutes of inactivity Windows should allow before it turns off the display. Normally, youll choose this setting in the Edit Plan Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adaptive Display </STRONG>Choose On or Off to specify whether Windows should increase the Turn Display Off After setting automatically if you keep turning it back on when it goes off. This setting is often helpful for getting the right displayoff delay on laptops. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display Brightness </STRONG>For a laptop, choose the brightness to use when running on battery and when plugged in. Normally, youll choose this setting in the Edit Plan Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Multimedia Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the When Sharing Media setting, which lets you specify what Windows should do if your computer is sharing media for example, songs with other computers. If your computer goes to sleep, the other computers will no longer be able to access the media. Choose Allow the Computer to Sleep, Prevent Idling to Sleep, or Allow the Computer to Enter Away Mode, as needed. <EM>Away mode </EM>is a kind of somnolence in which the computer appears to be asleep but can still take actions such as recording TV shows or sharing media with other computers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Battery</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains settings for managing low and critical battery levels, alarms, and actions. Article 14 discusses these settings in more detail as batteries are mostly used in portable computers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Bottom Line Find out what hardware you can use with Windows </STRONG>Windows works with a wide variety of hardware provided that you can find a suitable driver for each device. You can use the Windows Vista Upgrade Adviser page on the Microsoft website to find out whether a particular device is compatible with Windows Vista. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Install, connect, and disconnect hotpluggable devices </STRONG>Hotpluggable devices are ones that you can plug in or unplug while Windows is running. Hotpluggable devices use USB, FireWire, and PC Card connections. Windows automatically loads and unloads drivers for hotpluggable devices as needed. You must be an Administrator or provide an Administrator password to install a hotpluggable device. After that, any user can plug in or unplug a hotpluggable device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Install devices that are not hot pluggable </STRONG>To install a device that isnt hot pluggable, turn off your computer and disconnect the power. Open the case, install and secure the device, and then close the case again. When you restart your computer after installing the device, Windows normally detects the device during startup. If Windows can find a driver for the device, it loads the driver automatically and configures the device. If Windows cant find a driver, it launches the Found New Hardware Wizard, which lets you tell Windows where to find the driver. If Windows doesnt detect the device, you can run the Add Hardware Wizard to install the device manually. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Update, roll back, disable, and uninstall drivers </STRONG>To work with drivers, press Windows KeyBreak,click the Device Manager link in the System window, and then authenticate your self to User Account Control. Rightclick the device whose driver you want to change, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Use the buttons on the Driver page of the devices Properties dialog box to update, roll back, disable, or uninstall a driver.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configure power management to improve battery life or reduce consumption </STRONG>To improve battery life on a laptop computer or to reduce power consumption on a desktop, you can configure power options such as turning off the display or putting the computer to sleep after a specified period of inactivity. To work with these options, choose Start Control Panel, click the Hardware and Sound link, and then click the Power Options link. In the Power Options window, choose a power plan, and then click the Change Plan Settings link to customize its settings. Use the links in the left column of the Power Options window to access the main power configuration options.&nbsp; </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Setting different PC components and settings]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-setting-different-components-settings-a-3070.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Properties dialog box for a DVD drive contains a DVD Region page that controls the DVD encoding region set for the DVD player. To change the region, select the country you want in the list box and click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Expert Knowledge DVD Encoding Regions</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In case youve managed to avoid the question of DVD encoding regions As far as DVDs are concerned, the world is divided into eight regions or <EM>locales</EM>. Region 1 is the United States, Canada, and U.S. Territories. Region 2 is Europe, Japan, South Africa, and the Middle East. Region 3 is Southeast Asia, East Asia, and Hong Kong. Region 4 is Australia, New Zealand, the Pacific Islands, South America, Central America, Mexico, and the Caribbean. Region 5 is Eastern Europe, Mongolia, North Korea, the Indian subcontinent, and Africa, except South Africa. Region 6 is China. Region 7 is reserved for offworld use, perhaps. And Region 8 is for international vessels such as airplanes and cruise ships. DVD players are encoded to play only DVDs for their region. Almost all DVDs are encoded for the region in which theyre intended to be sold. There are also <EM>allregion </EM>DVDs thatll play in any region. So to play a DVD, you need a player with a matching region code. Most consumerelectronics DVD players are coded for one region only. Some players can play discs for two, more, or all regions. Other players can be <EM>chipped </EM>modified, either by adding hardware, modifying the builtin hardware physically, or by entering an engineers code to reprogram the device to play DVDs with different regional encoding or even to play any regional encoding. Chipping is legal in most countries though some manufacturers pretend to disagree but typically costs a proportion of the cost of a cheap DVD player. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PC DVD drives are a little more flexible than most consumerelectronics DVD players. With most drives, you can switch region a certain number of times on a DVD drive before it goes into a locked state in which you can no longer change the region. The DVD Region page of the Properties dialog box for the DVD drive displays the number of times you can change the region again. Use them sparingly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why do DVDs have regional encoding anyway In theory, its to let the movie studios control the release of the movie in different countries. For example, U.S.made movies are often released in the United States several months before theyre released in Europe, and DVDs and videos of the movie are often released in the United States while the movie is still running in Europe. Regional encoding prevents most of the Europeans from viewing the movie on DVD until its released with Region 2 encoding. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In practice, regional encoding also enables the distributors to charge different prices for DVDs in different countries without being undercut by imported DVDs from the least expensive regions. For example, at this writing, DVDs in Region 2 are substantially more expensive than those in Region 1, and the European Union has been investigating whether this constitutes pricefixing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding a Removable Drive</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first time you plug in a removable drive or local drive, Windows displays an AutoPlay dialog box offering you choices for what to do with it. The choices Windows offers depends on the content on the drive  for example </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Import Pictures </STRONG>This item appears if the drive contains pictures  for example, digital photos. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>View Pictures </STRONG>This item also appears if the drive contains pictures. You may have a choice of using Windows in other words, Explorer or Windows Media Center. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Wireless Network Setup Wizard </STRONG>This item appears if youve put the setup files for a wireless network on a USB drive. See Article 27 for details. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Open Folder to View Files </STRONG>This item appears if the drive contains document files such as Word documents or Excel workbooks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Speed Up My System </STRONG>This item appears if the drive is of a type that Windows can use for ReadyBoost see Article 15. Select the action you want to take. If you want Windows to take this action for every device you add that contains this type of file, select the Always Do This For check box this check box names the type of content involved  for example, Always Do This for Software and Games, or Always Do This for Pictures. Then click the OK button. Windows closes the AutoPlay dialog box and takes the action you specified. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding a Modem</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows automatically loads the driver for a USB modem, a PCI modem, or a PC Card modem if it can find the driver. With a serial modem, however, things are more hit and miss If you connect the modem before powering on the computer, Windows may notice the modem and load the driver for it assuming it can find the driver. But if you connect a serial modem while the computer is running, Windows tends not to notice the modem, even if you run the Add Hardware Wizard from the Device Manager window. To force Windows to detect a serial modem, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows opens a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays a Hardware and Sound window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Phone and Modem Options link. Windows displays the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Modems tab. Windows displays the Modems page . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Add button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows launches the Add Hardware Wizard, which displays the Install New Modem screen, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Make sure your modem is powered on and that no other program is using it. If Windows doesnt know the modem is there, no program should be able to use it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Clear the Dont Detect My Modem; I Will Select It from a List check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>Click the Next button. Windows attempts to detect the modem. Youll see a notificationarea popup message saying that Windows is installing the modem. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>The wizard should display a screen saying that the modem installation is finished. If it does, click the Close button to close the wizard. Sometimes, however, the wizard fails to notice the modem even though Windows is installing the driver software and then displaying a notificationarea popup saying that the modem has been installed. If this happens, cancel the wizard, and then verify that the modem appears on the Modems page of the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Specifying Your Location</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first time you try to use a modem, Windows displays the Location Information dialog box demanding your location information unless youve given it already. Specify the details your country and region; your area code or city code; any carrier code you need to enter; any number you dial to access an outside line; and whether the phone system uses tone dialing the norm for most modern exchanges or pulse dialing. Then click the OK button. Windows closes the Location Information dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Specifying Phone and Modem Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you close the Location Information dialog box, Windows displays the Phone and Modem Options dialog box with the Dialing Rules page foremost. Windows provides you with a default location named My Location with the area code you specified in the Location Information dialog box. Rename this location to something descriptive for example, <EM>Home </EM>or the name of the city or town. Click the Edit button and enter the new name in the Location Name text box on the General page of the Edit Location dialog box that Windows displays. Then click the OK button. Windows closes the Edit Location dialog box. Click the OK button, and Windows closes the Phone and Modem Options dialog box. For a laptop or other computer you take traveling, youll probably want to create other locations as well. Article 14 discusses how to do this. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding a Video Card</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you install a new video card, Windows may detect it on bootup and display the Found New Hardware Wizard so that you can install the correct driver for it. Other times, you may have to change the video driver manually by using the Update Driver Software Wizard. After installing the driver for the new video card, you usually need to restart Windows. When you log back on, Windows displays the Display Properties dialog box so that you can test and apply the screen resolution and color quality you want. See Article 3 for a discussion of how to choose a suitable screen resolution and color depth. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding a Monitor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Adding a monitor tends to be simplicity itself, involving only a couple of cables. But Windows often identifies a monitor simply as Plug and Play Monitor and assigns it a generic driver. This driver works well enough for undemanding programs, but to get the best performance, use the Update Driver Software Wizard to install the latest driver for your specific type of monitor. If youre seeing corrupted images on your monitor, or if the mouse pointer doesnt respond properly to conventional stimuli, or if DirectX isnt working, you may need to change the graphics hardware acceleration on your computer. Only some graphics drivers allow you to change the hardware acceleration. To change the hardware acceleration, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick open space on the Desktop and choose Personalize from the context menu. Windows displays the Personalization window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Display Settings link. Windows displays the Display Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Advanced Settings button. Windows displays the Monitor and Graphics Card Properties dialog box. This dialog boxs title bar shows the name of the monitor and the graphics card. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the Troubleshoot tab. Windows displays the Troubleshoot page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If the Change Settings button is available in other words, if its not grayed out, click the Change Settings button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Display Adapter Troubleshooter dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Move the Hardware Acceleration slider one notch at a time from Full or wherever you find it toward None until the problems disappear. At each setting, click the Apply button, and check your computer to see what effect the change has had. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>When the screen seems to be behaving as it should, click the OK button. Windows closes the Monitor and Graphics Card Properties dialog box, returning you to the Display Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Display Settings dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Up and Using Multiple Monitors</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista lets you attach multiple monitors up to 10 to your computer to increase the amount of Desktop space available to you. This feature can make both work and play much easier  but it can also lead you to loading your desk with more monitors than it can comfortably provide a footing for. This discussion of using multiple monitors concerns only desktop computers to which you can add one or more extra graphics cards. But Windows also includes a feature called DualView that lets you use multiple monitors with portable computers and graphics cards with multiple outputs. Article 14 discusses this feature. If your graphics card supports two monitors, you should have no problem setting them up. Some graphics cards support two DVI monitors, while others can drive one DVI monitor and one VGA monitor. If in doubt about your graphics cards capabilities, consult its documentation or the manufacturers website. To use multiple monitors on separate graphics cards, make sure that your graphics cards work together some graphics cards dont and that your computers motherboard supports multiple monitors some motherboards dont. The monitors, by contrast, dont need to know about each other, as each gets its own input just as if it were the only monitor attached to the computer. So any monitor should work. You can mix CRTs and LCDs provided that each graphics card you use can handle the monitor to which its connected. To set up multiple monitors, first get everything working to your satisfaction with one graphics card and one monitor or two, if the graphics card supports two. Then power down your computer and insert the new graphics card. You <EM>can </EM>install multiple graphics cards and monitors at a time, but unless youre very lucky and everything works, youll be looking at some doubly confusing troubleshooting. Connect the second monitor, then power on everything. Dont be surprised if the bootup display appears on the second monitor rather than your primary one. After you log on to Windows, it should discover the new hardware, which will trigger a Found New Hardware notificationarea popup followed by the Found New Hardware Wizard. If Windows affects not to have noticed the new hardware, run the Add Hardware Wizard manually to add the graphics card and monitor. Next, open the Display Settings dialog box rightclick the desktop, choose Personalize, and then click the Display Settings link in the Personalization window. For each monitor you want to use, select the monitor and then select the Extend the Desktop onto This Monitor check box. Once youve done that, let Windows know where the monitors are positioned in relation to each other by dragging the monitor icons into their relative positions. If you get confused as to which monitor is which, click the Identify Monitors button to have Windows flash up the number of each monitor on the monitor. Your primary monitor is the monitor on which Windows displays the Welcome screen. You can change the primary monitor by clicking the icon for the monitor you want to make primary and selecting the This Is My Main Monitor check box. Because only the primary monitor can perform full DirectX acceleration and run DirectX programs full screen, its almost always best to make your primary monitor the one thats connected to your fastest graphics card. Set the screen resolution, color depth, and refresh rate for each monitor as usual see Article 3 for details. Once you close the Display Settings dialog box, you should have a substantially enlarged Desktop. By default, the Taskbar appears on your primary monitor, but you can drag it to any of the other monitors as you see fit. If the Taskbar is unlocked, rightclick it and choose Lock the Taskbar from the context menu to unlock the Taskbar so that you can move it. Maximizing a window maximizes it for the monitor its currently or mostly on. You can extend a normal window across two or more monitors by dragging its window border to the appropriate size. Doing so can occasionally be useful when you need to see a lot of information at the same time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Check the Hardware Compatibility List before Trying to Install Multiple Monitors</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting up multiple monitors can be a tricky and frustrating business. With some combinations of motherboards and graphics cards, you need to install the graphics cards in the right sequence in order to get them to work. Others work fine immediately. Others never work. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you try to implement multiple monitors, check the Hardware Compatibility List HCL at the Microsoft website, for details of the graphics cards that are known to work in multiplemonitor configurations with Windows. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Power Management</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have a laptop computer and use it on the road, power management tends to be an important part of your computing life. Youve probably developed strategies to maximize your battery life while traveling, such as dimming the screen or slowing down the processor when you can accept poorer performance in the interests of longevity. Article 14 discusses the features that Windows offers for portable computers. If you have a desktop computer, power management tends to be less of a concern, because leaving your computer running usually isnt a problem. But to keep your computer healthy, to keep your or your employers electrical bill to a minimum, and perhaps to contribute to keeping the polar icecaps in place, its a good idea to configure power management on your computer. Windows offers a variety of powermanagement settings that let you closely manage your computers power consumption. The following sections discuss these options. To configure power management, open the Power Options Properties window as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays the Hardware and Sound window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Power Options link. Windows displays the Power Options window . The Power Options window contains different options depending on how your computer is configured. For example, the window for laptop computers includes options such as Choose What Closing the Lid Does and Adjust the Display Brightness, which dont appear for desktop computers. The following sections show samples of power options from different computers rather than from a single computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing a Power Scheme</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, choose a power scheme and adjust it as necessary </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Open the Power Options window as discussed in the previous section. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Select a Power Plan area, select the option button for the power scheme you want to use Balanced, Power Saver, or High Performance. Each of these schemes has preset settings for controlling whether and when the computer turns off the display, puts the computer to sleep, and adjusts the brightness of the display on a laptop computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>To see what the settings for the plan are, or to change them, click the Change Plan Settings link under the option button for the power plan youve chosen. Windows displays the Edit Plan Settings window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>In the Turn Off the Display dropdown list, set the delay in minutes or hours, or Never before Windows should turn off the display or monitor. For a laptop computer, youll typically want to set a short delay while its running on battery because the display typically uses more power than any other laptop component and a longer delay while its plugged in. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the Put the Computer to Sleep dropdown list, specify how long Windows should wait before putting the computer to sleep. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>For a laptop, drag the Adjust Display Brightness sliders to specify how bright the </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>display should be while running on battery and while plugged in. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>If you want to choose advanced power settings, click the Change Advanced Power Settings link, and then work as described in the section Choosing Advanced Power Options, later in this article. Otherwise, save the changes to the power scheme by clicking the Save Changes button. Windows closes the Edit Plan Settings window, returning you to the Power Options window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating Your Own Power Plan</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows three builtin power plans Balanced, Power Saver, and High Perrmance give plenty of flexibility for most people, especially if you customize these power plans to suit your needs. But you may want to create your own power plans to give yourself even more options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a plan of your own, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Power Options window, click the Create a Power Plan link. Windows displays the Create a Power Plan window, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the option button for the power plan on which you want to base your custom plan. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Plan Name text box, type the name you want to give your plan. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Next button. Windows displays the Change Settings for the Plan window, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Choose settings for turning off the display, putting the computer to sleep, and if appropriate, adjusting display brightness. For a laptop computer as in this example, choose settings for both running on battery power and running when plugged in. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Create button. Windows creates the power plan and adds it to the Select a Power Plan list in the Power Options window. You can then use the power plan by selecting its option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To delete a custom power plan, click its Change Plan Settings link in the Power Options window. In the Edit Plan Settings window, click the Delete This Plan link, and then click the OK button in the Power Options dialog box that Windows displays for confirmation as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing PowerButton, Lid, and PasswordonWakeup Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows also lets you configure what happens when you press your computers power button or buttons, whether Windows requires the user to enter a password after waking the computer up from sleep, and what happens when you close the lid of a laptop. To choose these settings, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the left pane of the Power Options window, click either the Require a Password on Wakeup link or the Choose What the Power Button Does link. Windows displays the System Settings window .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If your computer has two or more power buttons, the second link is called Choose What the Power Buttons Do. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> On a laptop, you can click the Choose What Closing the Lid Does link as well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Use the When I Press the Power Button dropdown list or lists to specify what the computer should do when you press the power button Do Nothing, Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If the System Settings window contains a When I Press the Sleep Button dropdown list, use it to specify what the computer should do when you press the sleep button Do Nothing, Sleep, or Hibernate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>For a laptop, use the When I Close the Lid dropdown lists to specify what the computer should do when you close the lid Do Nothing, Sleep, Hibernate, or Shut Down. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If you want to change the settings in the Password Protection on Wakeup area, click the Change Settings That Are Currently Unavailable link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows makes the option buttons available. Select the Require a Password option button or the Dont Require a Password option button as appropriate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Save Changes button. Windows returns you to the Power Options window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Advanced Power Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The settings youve seen so far let you configure the most important power options, but Windows also lets you set advanced options. To do so, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Power Options window, click the Change Plan Settings link for the power plan you want to affect. Windows displays the Edit Plan Settings window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Change Advanced Power Settings link. Windows displays the Power Options dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Choose settings see the description in the following sections. If a setting you want to change is unavailable, click the Change Settings That Are Currently Unavailable link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If you want to choose settings for another power plan, select it in the dropdown list near the top of the dialog box, and then repeat step 3. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>When youve finished choosing settings, click the OK button. Windows closes the Power Options dialog box and returns you to the Edit Plan Settings window. If you need to reset the settings in the power plan to their defaults, click the Restore Plan Defaults button. The following sections discuss the advanced power options that you can set. Which of these options is available depends on your computers configuration and capabilities. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Additional Settings</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category contains the Require a Password on Wakeup setting. You need to click the Change Settings That Are Currently Unavailable link and authenticate yourself to User Account Control before you can change this setting. Normally, youd set this setting in the System Settings window. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Running the Add Hardware Wizard]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-running-hardware-wizard-a-3069.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows detects most hardware you install, but if Windows doesnt detect a device, you can run the Add Hardware Wizard to add the hardware manually. To run the Add Hardware Wizard, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyBreak. Windows displays a System window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Tasks panel on the left, click the Device Manager link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays a Device Manager window. For more detail on Device Manager, see the section Opening Device Manager, later in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click your computers name at the top of the tree, and then choose Action Add Legacy Hardware. You can also rightclick your computers name and choose Add Legacy Hardware from the context menu. Device Manager launches the Add Hardware Wizard, which displays its Welcome to the Add Hardware Wizard screen, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the The Wizard Can Help You Install Other Hardware screen, as shown here, offering to search for the hardware. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Select the Install the Hardware that I Manually Select from a List option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the From the List Below, Select the Type of Hardware You Are Installing page, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>In the Common Hardware Types list box, select the type of hardware youre installing. If the device doesnt fit any of the descriptions, select the Show All Devices item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Next button </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you chose the Show All Devices item, the wizard displays the Select the Device Driver You Want to Install for this Hardware page, as shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you chose a specific type of hardware, the wizard displays a list of that type of device. The following illustration shows a list of infrared devices. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>If Windows has a driver for the device, select it by clicking the manufacturer in the Manufacturer list box and the device in the Model list box. If you have a new driver, click the Have Disk button and use the resulting Install from Disk dialog box to specify the location of the driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the The Wizard Is Ready to Install Your Hardware page, listing the hardware thats lined up for installation, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard installs the hardware and displays the Completing the Add Hardware Wizard page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>12. </STRONG>Click the Finish button. The Add Hardware Wizard closes itself. The hardware should be ready for use. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Working with Hardware Drivers</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Without a functional driver, Windows cant use any piece of hardware. And using the wrong driver or a badly written driver can make Windows unstable or even make it crash. Hardware manufacturers frequently release new versions of drivers for their hardware to improve performance, to banish bugs, or both. If you want to keep your hardware running to the best of its capacity, check the manufacturers sites and the Windows Update site for updated drivers. In theory, Windows Update should be able to supply you with the latest drivers for most of your hardware. In practice, you can probably get the latest drivers more quickly by haunting the hardware manufacturers websites and newsgroups. To view, change, or uninstall the driver for a device, display the Driver page of the Properties dialog box for the device. The easiest way to display the Properties dialog box for the device is to go through Device Manager, which you will have met earlier in this article if youve been following along. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Opening Device Manager</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To display the Device Manager window, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyBreak. Windows displays a System window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Tasks panel on the left, click the Device Manager link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays a Device Manager window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Device Manager presents a categorized tree of the devices on the computer in its default view. Any device that isnt working or has a problem is marked with an exclamation mark icon, like the RAID Controller and the Unknown Device that appear in the Other Devices category. When all is well with a category of device, Device Manager presents the category collapsed. You can change the view by displaying the View menu and choosing Devices by Type the default view, Devices by Connection, Resources by Type, or Resources by Connection from the menu. You can display hidden devices by choosing View Show Hidden Devices. If you leave Device Manager open while you plug in a hotpluggable device, you may need to refresh the listing in Device Manager to make it list the device. To do so, click the computers entry at the top of the tree, and then choose Action Scan for Hardware Changes. To check or set properties for a device, doubleclick its entry in Device Manager or rightclick the entry and choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Checking the Details of a Driver</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Driver page of the Properties dialog box for a device shows some details of the driver the provider of the driver the company that supplied the driver to your computer, the date, the version, and the <EM>digital signer</EM>  the owner of the digital certificate applied to the driver. To display further information, click the Driver Details button. Windows displays the Driver File Details dialog box, which displays further information the filenames and paths of the driver files, the provider the company that originally provided the driver, the file version, the copyright information, and the digital signer again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Updating a Driver</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To update a driver, click the Update Driver Software Wizard on the Driver page of the Properties dialog box for the device. If you have a specific driver to install, follow the process explained in the section Specifying a Driver Manually, earlier in this article. If youre just checking for a new driver on Windows Update, click the Search Automatically for Updated Driver Software button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Rolling Back a Driver</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If a new driver youve installed doesnt work, or doesnt improve things, revert to the previous driver by using the driver rollback feature. To use the rollback feature, click the Roll Back Driver button on the Driver page of the Properties dialog box for the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Disabling a Device</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to stop using a device temporarily, you can disable it. For example, you might want to disable a device that you think is making Windows unstable. To disable a device, rightclick it in Device Manager, and then choose Disable from the context menu. Windows displays a confirmation message box, such as that shown here. Click the Yes button. Windows closes the message box and disables the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Uninstalling a Device</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to stop using a device permanently and remove it from your computer, uninstall it first. To do so, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In Device Manager, rightclick the device, and then choose Uninstall from the context menu. Alternatively, display the Properties dialog box for the device, and then click the Uninstall button on the Driver page. Windows displays the Confirm Device Uninstall dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If you want to remove the devices driver as well as the device, select the Delete the Driver Software for This Device check box. Normally, its best to leave the driver on your computer in case you install the device again, but if youre sure you wont reinstall it, you may want to reclaim the small amount of disk space the driver occupies. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the dialog box and uninstalls the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Adding Specific Hardware Items</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following sections discuss considerations for adding particular hardware items that need configuration beyond the driver. Many hardware items do not. The easiest place to start configuring most hardware items is Device Manager. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Finding Out What Hardware and drivers You Can Use with Windows]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/finding-what-hardware-drivers-with-windows-a-3068.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article discusses how to install hardware on your computer and how to install, update, and roll back device drivers  the software that makes hardware function. It covers concerns for particular types of hardware and also shows how to configure power management on your computer. Windows greatly simplifies the software end of the process of adding hardware. If the hardware is hot pluggable, Windows tries to locate and load the correct driver automatically. If Windows cant find a driver, you can use the Found New Hardware Wizard to provide the driver. If Windows cant find the hardware, you can use the Add Hardware Wizard to show Windows what the hardware is. Other articles discuss specific types of hardware. Article 12 discusses how to install, configure, and manage printers. Article 23 discusses how to install, configure, and use scanners and digital cameras. Article 25 discusses how to install, configure, and use games controllers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Finding Out What Hardware You Can Use with Windows</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use computer hardware with Windows, you need the right <EM>driver</EM>  a piece of software that enables a hardware device and Windows to communicate with each other. Windows supports a wide range of hardware right out of the box and includes compatibilitytested drivers for many products. Windows can automatically download drivers for other devices, such as drivers that have been released since Windows itself was released. By using the Windows Update feature to keep your copy of Windows up to date, and by downloading new drivers from hardware manufacturers websites as necessary, you can also add the latest hardware to Windows. The devices youre more likely to have problems with are legacy devices more than a few years old, particularly those from smaller companies or from companies that have gone out of business. To check whether a hardware item is compatible with Windows, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Help and Support. Windows opens a Help and Support window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Troubleshooting link. Help and Support displays the Troubleshooting in Windows screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Hardware and Drivers section, click the Windows Vista Upgrade Adviser link. Help and Support opens a browser window to the Windows Vista Upgrade Adviser page on the Microsoft website, where you can check whether your hardware is compatible with Windows Vista. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using HotPluggable Devices</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hardware devices that use USB, FireWire, and PC Card PCMCIA connections are usually <EM>hot pluggable</EM>  you can plug in and unplug the device while Windows is running without any adverse effects. Windows automatically loads and unloads drivers for hotpluggable devices as needed. To install a hotpluggable device for the first time, you must either be an Administrator or if youre a Standard user or a Guest user provide an Administrator password. Once Windows has successfully installed the driver for the device, any user can plug the device in and use it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Installing a HotPluggable Device</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you plug in a hotpluggable device for the first time, Windows displays a popup from the notification area to let you know that it has noticed the device, as shown here.Windows then automatically looks for a driver to let Windows and the device communicate with each other. It first checks in its driver cache, which contains a wide variety of preinstalled drivers. If it doesnt find a driver there, and if your computer is connected to the Internet, it checks the Windows Update site for a driver for the device; if it finds a driver, it downloads it and installs it. If Windows is able to find a suitable driver in either the driver cache or Windows Update, it installs the driver, displaying a popup identifying the device as it does so, as in this example. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the driver is installed and working, Windows displays a popup telling you that the hardware is ready to use, as shown here. If Windows cant find a driver for the device, it starts the Found New Hardware Wizard, so that you can supply the driver for the device manually. See the section Providing a Driver with the Found New Hardware Wizard, later in this article, for a walkthrough. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Removing a HotPluggable Device</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How you remove a hotpluggable device depends on the type of device it is. Check to see whether Windows is displaying the Safely Remove Hardware icon a gray card with a green circle and white check mark with a green arrow above it in the notification area, as shown here in black and white, second from the left. If the Safely Remove Hardware icon appears, click it and see if the resulting context menu see the example displays an item for the device youre about to remove. If so, click that item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PC Card devices always use the Safely Remove Hardware feature. Devices such as FireWire drives and USB memorycard readers typically have entries on the Safely Remove Hardware menu because Windows mounts them as drives, while items such as webcams and USB modems typically dont have entries. But check for an entry before removing a device. If there <EM>is </EM>an item for the device on the Safely Remove Hardware menu, itll read Safely remove <EM>device</EM>, where <EM>device </EM>is the name by which Windows knows the device for example, Safely remove USBMass Storage Device  DriveE. Click this item and wait until Windows displays a popup telling you that its safe to remove the device. Looking at the previous illustration, you can see a problem that youll often encounter If you have two or more USB mass storage devices attached, the only way to tell them apart is by drive letter. To get around this problem, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Either doubleclick the Safely Remove Hardware icon in the notification area or rightclick it and then choose Safely Remove Hardware from the context menu. Windows displays the Safely Remove Hardware dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Select the Display Device Components check box to make the dialog box display the details of each device, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>From the description, identify the device you want to remove, click it in the Hardware Devices list box, and then click the Stop button to stop it. Windows displays the Stop a Hardware Device dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Verify that youve selected the right device, and then click the OK button. Windows displays the Safe to Remove Hardware dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Safe to Remove Hardware dialog box. You can then remove the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Safely Remove Hardware dialog box. If theres no entry for the device on the Safely Remove Hardware menu, or if the Safely Remove Hardware icon isnt displayed in the notification area make sure that its really not there and that its not just temporarily hidden, you dont need to use the Safely Remove Hardware feature to remove the device. Simply unplug it. Windows notices that youve removed the device and unloads its driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Plugging a HotPluggable Device in Again</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you plug a hotpluggable device in again, Windows notices it and loads the driver without displaying any popup. At least, thats how it should work. In practice, Windows appears to have forgotten some hotpluggable devices and decides to install them again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Installing Devices that Are Not Hot Pluggable</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before installing a device that isnt hot pluggable, you must turn your computer off  and in most cases, disconnect the power cable and remove the battery if the computer has one. For example,to install a PCI card, youll need to open the computers case, insert the card in a PCI slot and screw in the retaining screw, connect any cables needed, and then close the computers case again. When you restart your computer after installing the device, Windows normally detects the device during startup. If Windows can find a driver for the device, it loads the driver automatically and configures the device. If Windows cant find a driver, it launches the Found New Hardware Wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Providing a Driver with the Found New Hardware Wizard</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If Windows cant find a driver for a new device hot pluggable or not, the Found New Hardware Wizard displays its Windows Needs to Install Driver Software screen . This screen offers three choices </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Locate and Install Driver Software</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Normally, youll want to click this button to install the driver. Youll need to authenticate yourself to User Account Control to install the driver.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Ask Me Again Later </STRONG>Click this button to defer setting up the device until later. For example, if you realize you dont have the driver disc with you, you might click this button. Next time you log on, the Found New Hardware Wizard appears again. <STRONG>Dont Show This Message Again for This Device </STRONG>Click this button if you dont want to install the driver for the device and you dont want the Found New Hardware Wizard to prompt you again  for example, because no Windows Vistacompatible driver is available yet. When youre ready to install the driver, you can do so as discussed in the next section. When you click the Locate and Install Driver Software button, the wizard disappears, leaving only a notificationarea popup telling you that it is installing software. When the wizard finds that it has no driver for the device, it displays the Windows Couldnt Find Driver Software for Your Device screen . This screen offers you two choices <STRONG>Check for a Solution </STRONG>Click this button if you want Windows to consult Microsofts online database for the latest information about the device in case theres extra information that will help you install the device. Normally, the wizard simply displays the Windows Was Unable to Install Your Unknown Device screen, which suggests that you visit the website of the devices manufacturer to see if a driver is available there. You can click the Close button to close the wizard, or click the Back button in the upperleft corner of the window to return to the Windows Couldnt Find Driver Software for Your Device screen, where you can click the Browse My Computer for Driver Software button. <STRONG>Browse My Computer for Driver Software </STRONG>Click this button if you want to supply the driver from a CD or DVD, a floppy disk, or your hard disk or another connected disk. The wizard displays the Browse for Driver Software on Your Computer screen Click the Browse button, use the resulting Browse for Folder dialog box to select the folder that contains the driver, and then click the OK button. The wizard enters the path in the Search for Driver Software in this Location text box. You can also type the path in this text box, but normally its easier to browse to the folder. Select the Include Subfolders check box if you want the wizard to search the folders subfolders as well for the driver. Searching the subfolders as well is usually a good idea. Then click the Next button. The wizard searches for a suitable driver and, if it finds one, installs the device. If not, the wizard displays the Windows Was Unable to Install Your Unknown Device screen Click the Close button to close the wizard. Follow the instructions in the next section to install the device. If the wizard doesnt find a suitable driver, or if a file is missing, it displays the Windows Encountered a Problem Installing the Driver Software for Your Device screen . Click the Back button if you want to return to the Browse for Driver Software on Your Computer screen and try a different folder, or click the Close button if you want to close the wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Specifying a Driver Manually</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the Found New Hardware Wizard cant find a suitable driver for a device, you may need to install the device manually. To do so, take the following steps. To show you examples of what you may see, the figures and illustrations show screens from installing various hardware devices rather than a single hardware device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyBreak. Windows displays a System window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Tasks panel on the left, click the Device Manager link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays a Device Manager window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Find the device that needs the driver. Device Manager shows an exclamation point next to each device thats not working. For more detail on Device Manager, see the section Opening Device Manager, later in this article. If Windows doesnt know what the device is, look for an Unknown Device item in the Other Devices list. If its not there, look in the appropriate category. For example, for a network card, look in the Network Adapters category. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Doubleclick the devices item. Device Manager displays the Properties dialog box for the device. The General page tells you that no driver is installed for the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Driver tab. Device Manager displays the Driver page . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>Click the Update Driver button. Device Manager launches the Update Driver Software wizard, which displays its How Do You Want to Search for Driver Software </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Browse My Computer for Driver Software button. The wizard displays the Browse for Driver Software on Your Computer screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>Click the Let Me Pick from a List of Device Drivers on My Computer button. Windows displays the Select Your Devices Type from the List Below screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>In the Common Hardware Types list box, select the type of device youre installing  for example, select Bluetooth Radios for a Bluetooth device, Display Adapters for a graphics card, or Monitors for an extra monitor. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Some of the categories are cryptic  for example, Multifunction Adapters or Portable Devices. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you cant find a suitable category, select the Show All Devices item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Select the Device Driver You Want to Install for This Hardware screen . If you selected the Show All Devices item on the previous screen, it may take Windows a minute or two to assemble the list of drivers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Searching for Driver Software from the Browse for Driver Software on Your Computer Screen</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve downloaded a driver that wasnt available when you first tried to install a device, use the Browse button on the Browse for Driver Software on Your Computer screen of the Update Driver Software Wizard to select the folder that contains the driver. Then click the Next button to make the wizard search that folder for the driver. You dont need to go through the process of picking the driver from a list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11.</STRONG>If Windows has a driver for the device, you can select it by clicking the manufacturer in the Manufacturer list box and the device in the Model list box. But usually the Found New Hardware Wizard will have identified the driver if Windows has it already, so youll be visiting this page of the wizard only if you need to install a driver that Windows <EM>doesnt </EM>have. Click the Have Disk button. Windows displays the Install from Disk dialog box, shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>12. </STRONG>If you have the driver on a floppy disk or a CD or DVD, insert it in the appropriate drive and select the drive in the Copy Manufacturers Files From dropdown list. If you have the driver on a local drive or network drive, click the Browse button, use the resulting Locate File dialog box a common Open dialog box to locate the driver file, and then click the Open button to enter its name and path in the Copy Manufacturers Files From text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>13 </STRONG>Click the OK button. The wizard displays the Select the Device Driver You Want to Install for This Hardware screen with the name of the hardware model or models identified by the driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>14.</STRONG>Select the proper driver if there are two or more models, and then click the Next button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>15. </STRONG>If Windows doesnt think the driver is correct for the device, it displays the Update Driver Warning dialog box shown next, warning you that the hardware may not work and that your computer might become unstable or stop working. Click the Yes button if youre sure you want to install this driver. Otherwise, click the No button, and then select another driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>16. </STRONG>If the driver doesnt have a valid digital signature, or if Windows can detect another obvious problem with it, the wizard displays a Windows Security dialog box such as the one shown next which has been expanded to show its details. Click the Install This Driver Software Anyway button only if youre sure that the source of the driver is trustworthy. Otherwise, click the Dont Install This Driver Software button, and then look for a signed driver for example, on the manufacturers website. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>17.</STRONG>If the wizard finds no problem with the driver, it installs the driver and displays the Windows Has Successfully Updated Your Driver Software screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>18. </STRONG>Click the Close button. The wizard closes, returning you to the Properties dialog box for the device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>You May Sometimes Need to Install Unsigned Drivers</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ideally, every driver you install will be signed by its publisher so that you can be sure of its provenance. In practice, however, you may need to install unsigned drivers to get older hardware working with Windows Vista, especially when the devices manufacturer has gone out of business or been taken over by another company. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If a driver installation makes your computer unstable, use System Restore see Article 16 to restore Windows to its state before you installed the driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>What Happens if You Choose the Wrong File</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the wizard cant find hardware information in the location you specified, it displays the Select Device message box telling you that the location you specified doesnt contain information about your hardware. The wizard then displays the Install from Disk dialog box again so that you can specify a different location for the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you chose the wrong file, you can now choose the right one. But if the file doesnt work, youre probably stuck. You can click the Cancel button to close the Install from Disk dialog box and return to the Select the Device Driver You Want to Install for This Hardware page so that you can select a builtin driver, but thats about it. Click the Cancel button to cancel the wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>19.</STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box, returning you to Device Manager. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>20. </STRONG><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN>button. Windows closes Device Manager.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>Choose File Exit or click the Close button the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If theres a problem with the driver file you supply, the wizard may display the Windows Encountered a Problem Installing the Driver Software for Your Device screen . From here, you can click the Back button to return to the Select Your Devices Type from the List Below screen of the wizard or click the Close button to close the wizard and give up on installing the device for now. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[What are Outline Fonts and Raster Fonts]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/what-outline-fonts-raster-fonts-a-3067.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Working with Fonts</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows comes with a number of fonts that you can use to enhance your Windows display and your documents. You can add extra fonts as you need them, either by installing software that includes fonts such as Corel WordPerfect Office or Microsoft Office or by installing fonts directly. A <EM>font </EM>is the name given to a typeface. A <EM>typeface </EM>is a set of characters. Normally, the characters in a typeface have similar characteristics, so that they look as though they belong together, but this isnt an absolute requirement. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understanding Outline Fonts and Raster Fonts</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows supports two categories of fonts </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Outline fonts </STRONG><EM>Outline fonts </EM>are the newest types of fonts. Windows renders outline fonts by using line and curve commands, which means that it can scale them to any size without distorting them and can rotate them. Windows supports three different types of outline fonts TrueType fonts which Windows has used for many years, OpenType fonts a more recent extension of TrueType, and Type 1 fonts which are created by Adobe Systems for use with PostScript printers and devices. TrueType fonts use the .ttf extension, OpenType fonts use the .otf extension, and Type 1 fonts use the .pfm extensions. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Raster fonts </STRONG><EM>Raster fonts </EM>are another older technology that Windows includes for backward compatibility. In a raster font, each character consists of a bitmap image thats displayed on the screen or printed on paper. Windows includes seven raster fonts Courier, Modern, MS Sans Serif, MS Serif, Roman, Script, and Small Fonts. Like vector fonts, raster fonts use the .fonextension. Some of the TrueType fonts are organized into TrueType collections, which use the .ttc extension. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Displaying the Fonts Window</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To work with fonts, display the Fonts window by taking the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Appearance and Personalization link. Windows displays an Appearance and Personalization window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Fonts link. Windows displays the Fonts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rather than having an alphabetical list of fonts, you may want to group the fonts into their different types by using the Font Type column header . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Viewing and Printing a Font</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To see what a font looks like, doubleclick its entry in the Fonts window. Windows displays the font in Font Viewer, which shows information on the font type, its file size, and copyright information, together with various sizes of the canonical sentence involving the quick brown fox and the lazy dog and the full set of numbers. To print the information displayed, click the Print button. Windows displays the Print dialog box. Choose the printer and any options, then click the Print button. Windows closes the Print dialog box and prints the information. To<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>button.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>close Font Viewer, click the Close button the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Installing a Font</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To install a font, take the following steps from the Fonts window </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick blank space in the document area in the Fonts window, and then choose Install New Font from the context menu. Windows displays the Add Fonts dialog box with a font selected for installation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Use the Drives dropdown list and the Folders list box to navigate to the drive and folder that contain the font you want to install. If necessary, click the Network button and use the Map Network Drive dialog box to map a network drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the List of Fonts list box, select the font or fonts you want to install. You can click the Select All button to select all the fonts in the List of Fonts list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Make sure that the Copy Fonts to Fonts Folder check box at the bottom of the Add Fonts dialog box is selected. This option causes Windows to copy the fonts youre installing to the Fontsfolder, where you can manage them centrally. This is usually the best way to install fonts, especially when youre installing them from a removable medium such as a CD. But if the fonts youre installing are already located on your hard drive, and you dont want to make copies of them in the Fonts folder, you can clear this check box. Windows then creates a pointer to the folder that contains the font. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Install button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows installs the font or fonts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Add Fonts dialog box, returning you to the Fonts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><STRONG><FONT faceArial>Getting More Fonts</FONT></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'> <op></op></SPAN></EM></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows includes more than 300 fonts in a wide variety of styles, so you may not need to add any more fonts unless your documents have specific design needs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you do need more fonts, you can buy commercial font packages from most major software outlets and from many smaller vendors. But first, go to Microsofts website and see if Microsoft is offering any fonts for free download. Then check out the free fonts that are available from many sites online You may find a wide enough selection that you dont need to buy any fonts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a Font</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To delete a font, rightclick it in the Fonts window, choose Delete from the context menu, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Alternatively, select the font and press the Delete key. Windows displays the Delete File dialog box to confirm the deletion. Click the Yes button. Windows closes the dialog box and deletes the font. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Unloading Fonts instead of Deleting Them</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you load your Fonts folder with thousands of fonts, Windows runs more slowly. Loading a huge number of fonts increases the amount of memory Windows needs and generally slows down the speed with which it can handle other tasks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So its a good idea not to load too many fonts at a time. But you dont have to delete fonts that you temporarily dont want to load. Instead, you can move them to another folder and store them there until you need them again. At that point, move the fonts back to the Fonts folder, and you can use them again in your programs. If you work with many fonts, consider grouping them into a number of different folders so that you can quickly load the set of fonts you need for a particular type of document. If you work with a huge number of fonts, consider getting a fontmanagement solution such as Extensis Suitcase. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Bottom Line Understand printing terminology and how printing works in Windows </STRONG>A printer is the hardware device that prints documents. The printer driver is the software used to control the printer. A print job is an item sent to a printer for printing. To print, you typically issue a Print command from a program. The program tells Windows that it needs to print the document. The printer driver receives the information the program is sending and spools it to the printer, saving the information to disk and passing it along to the printer as fast as the printer can handle. <STRONG>Install a printer on your computer </STRONG>Installing a USB printer should be as simple as connecting it to AC power and to your computer. Windows detects the printer automatically and installs the driver for it. If no driver is available, you may need to visit Windows Update or provide a driver on disk. To install a parallel printer, run the Add Printer Wizard manually by clicking the Add a Printer button in the Printers window, and specify the printer make and model. <STRONG>Configure a printers behavior to suit your needs </STRONG>To make a printer your default printer, rightclick it in the Printers window, and then choose Set as Default Printer from the context menu. To configure other settings for a printer, rightclick its entry in the Printers window, choose Properties from the context menu, and then work in the Properties dialog box. The General page of the Properties dialog box has some of the most important options You can change the printers name, add a location so that users know where it is, and add a comment explaining which printer this is and which print jobs it is for. The Advanced page of the Properties dialog box lets you limit the printers availability  for example, to prevent users from printing during the night or at other inconvenient times. <STRONG>Print documents and manage print jobs </STRONG>The normal way to print a document is to open the document in the program that created the document, and then issue a Print command. You can also print in Explorer by dragging a document to the printer or a shortcut to the printer. To man age your print jobs, doubleclick the printer in the Printers window, or doubleclick an icon for the printer in the notification area, and then work in the window for the print queue. <STRONG>Learn advanced printing techniques and print to a file </STRONG>If your computer isnt always connected to your printer, you can put the printer offline by rightclicking it in the Printers window and choosing Use Printer Offline. You can then send print jobs to the printer while offline and have them print when you reconnect to the printer. To print to a file, either select the Print to File check box in the Print dialog box, or set up a printer entry to always print to file. Another option is to print to an XML Paper Specification file, which you can distribute to other Windows Vista users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>View, install, and delete fonts </STRONG>To work with fonts, choose Start Control Panel, click the Appearance and Personalization link, and then click the Fonts link. The Fonts window displays the list of fonts installed on your computer. To install a font, rightclick blank space in the document area in the Fonts window, choose Install New Font, and then use the Add Fonts dialog box to add the font. To remove a font, click it, and then press Delete. Instead of deleting a font, you can simply move it to another folder, so that you can restore it if you need it again.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Select the Print to File check box in the Print dialog box]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/select-print-file-check-print-dialog-a-3066.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing Offline</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre working offline, or if you want to queue up a number of print jobs and let them all run at once, put the printer offline. To do so, rightclick the printer in the Printers window, and then choose Use Printer Offline from the context menu. You can then print to the printer as if your computer were connected to it, but instead of sending the data to the printer, Windows holds it in the print queue and saves it to disk. When youve reconnected to the printer or when you want to print, if you didnt disconnect, rightclick the printer in the Printers window, and then choose Use Printer Online. Windows starts sending the print jobs to the printer. The printer must be a local printer  you cant print offline to a network printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating Multiple Entries for the Same Printer</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to use the same printer regularly in different ways, you can create two or more entries for it in the Printers window, and then set different properties for each entry. For example, you might set one printer entry to have a higher priority than the other, and then use that printer entry yourself while assigning the lowerpriority printer entry to other users. To create a new entry for the printer, install it again using the technique described earlier in this article. When you install the printer again like this, the Add Printer Wizard displays the Which Version of the Driver Do You Want to Use screen, which offers you a Use the Driver That Is Currently Installed option button and a Replace the Current Driver option button. Given that the driver is the same, leave the Use the Driver That Is Currently Installed option button selected, and then click the Next button. On the Type a Printer Name page, assign the printer a name that reflects the role you plan for it. For example, if you create a new entry for a printer so that you can use it to print to a file, include that information in the printers name and perhaps add it to the printers Location and Comment fields as well. After installing the printer, set properties for it to play the role you intend.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing to a File</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sometimes you may want to print a document to a file that you can send to someone else for printing or that you can use in another program. For example, if you need to have a document printed on a highresolution device in your local print shop, you can print the document to a file, put the file on a portable medium, and take it along to the print shop. That way, the print shop doesnt need to have a copy of the program that created the document, the way it needs one if you copy the document onto a removable disk or recordable CD and take that along to the print shop instead. You can print to a file in any of three ways </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Select the Print to File check box in the Print dialog box </STRONG>When you print from a </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>program, you can select the Print to File check box in the Print dialog box to print a particular job to a file rather than to a printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configure a printer to always print to a file </STRONG>By configuring a printer always to print to a file, you can turn every job you send to that printer into a print file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Print to XML Paper Specification </STRONG>By printing to Windows XPS format, you can create a file that will look the same on any computer with an XPS viewer. All versions of Windows Vista include an XPS viewer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Another Means of Printing to a File Portable Document Format PDF</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you often need to print to a file, or if you need to make readonly versions of documents and retain their layout, another option is to buy Adobe Acrobat. Acrobat produces documents in Portable Document Format PDF, which you can view on most computer operating systems using the free Acrobat Reader, which is available from the Adobe website. Acrobat is more expensive than printing to a file, but in many cases it produces better results with service bureaus than simply printing to a file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have Microsoft Office 2007, you can download from Microsofts web site a component that allows the Office 2007 programs to create PDF files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing to a File from the Print Dialog Box</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To print to a file from the Print dialog box, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Issue a regular Print command as usual. For example, choose File Print or press CtrlP. Windows displays the Print dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the Print to File check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Choose any other appropriate printing options as usual for the program. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button or the Print button, depending on the program. Windows displays the Print to File dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Type the filename for the print file. If you want to specify the folder in which the print file is saved, enter the path to the folder before the filename. Otherwise, Windows saves the print file in the programs current folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Print to File dialog box and the Print dialog box and prints the document to the file. Windows gives the file the .prn extension. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting a Printer to Always Print to a File</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also set up a printer so that it prints to a file every time and doesnt let the user print to a physical printer. This capability is useful when you always need to create print files on a particular printer and dont want to risk actually printing a document by forgetting to select the Print to File check box in the Print dialog box, or if the printer in question is never available from your computer. To make a printer always print to a file, select the FILE port in the Print to the Following Ports list box on the Ports page of the Properties dialog box for the printer. Windows clears any other port selected for the printer unless youve selected the Enable Printer Pooling check box. When you click the OK button and Windows closes the Properties dialog box, Windows displays a disk on the printer icon to indicate that the printer is set up for printing to a file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Print to File as Your Default Printer</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you spend a lot of time on the road or in your local coffee shop, out of reach of any printer, you may want to set Print to File as your default printer. If you do, give the virtual printer an easytoremember name so that you dont have to guess whether youre printing to a real printer or not. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing to an XPS File</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To print to an XPS file, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Issue a regular Print command as usual. For example, choose File Print or press CtrlP. Windows displays the Print dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the list box or dropdown list for selecting the printer, choose the Microsoft XPS Document Writer item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Choose any other appropriate printing options as usual for the program. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button or the Print button, depending on the program. Windows displays the Save As dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Choose the folder in which to save the XPS file, and assign it a filename. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Save button. Windows creates the XPS file. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to print a document using a Windows Vista printer]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/print-document-using-windows-vista-printer-a-3065.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing a Document</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The conventional way of printing a document is as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Issue a Print command from the program that created the document or from a program designed to handle its file type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose any relevant options which pages to print, or the resolution to use in the Print dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Print button or the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows also lets you print directly to the printer from Explorer. You can print a document from Explorer by dragging it and dropping it on the printer in the Printers window or on a shortcut to the printer. Windows prints the document with default settings, so you dont get to choose any of the usual printing options. But usually you wont have the printer or a shortcut to it handy enough for this technique to be useful, although you can create shortcuts to a printer wherever you need them, such as on the Desktop. For this technique to work, the file must include the extension linked to the appropriate file type and program; otherwise, Windows doesnt know which program to use to print the file. Many programs support printing directly from Explorer and so include a Print command on the context menu for the document. To print a document, rightclick it, and then choose Print from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Managing Your Print Jobs</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once youve sent a document to the printer, you can just wait for Windows to print it. If youre the only person using this printer, and if theres no problem with the printer such as being out of paper, ink, or toner, it should print more or less right away. But if youre printing many documents, or if youre sharing one or more printers with people who are printing many documents, you may find yourself needing to manage print jobs. This section discusses how to do so. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Dealing with a Print Job Gone Wrong</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its much easier, neater, and cleaner to cancel a job before it starts printing than after it starts printing  but often youll only realize that you need to cancel a particular print job when the printer starts spewing out garbage  sheets of paper with only a single column of letters, or with mangled graphics, or page after page of PostScript codes instead of the layout of ink theyre supposed to represent. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you cancel a print job thats being printed, the printer may get confused. Give it a minute or two depending on the printers speed to clear its memory of the interrupted job. If that doesnt work, you may need to reset the printer, by pressing a hardware reset button, by issuing a software reset command supported by the printers custom software, or by turning the printer off and then back on again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Pausing and Resuming Printing</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To pause printing of all documents on the printer, rightclick the printer in the Printers window, and then choose Pause Printing from the context menu. Alternatively, click the printer, and then click the Pause Printing button on the toolbar. To resume printing, rightclick the printer and choose Resume Printing from the context menu. Alternatively, click the printer, and then click the Resume Printing button on the toolbar. On a network printer, you have only the privileges of a Guest user on that computer. This means that you can pause, restart, and delete only your own print jobs; you cant affect other peoples print jobs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Managing Print Jobs by Using the Print Queue</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To cancel print jobs, or rearrange the order in which they print, use the print queue. To open the print queue by using one of the following methods </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If the notification area is displaying a printer icon for the printer, doubleclick the icon. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Doubleclick the printer in the Printers window, or click the printer, and then click the See Whats Printing button on the toolbar. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From the print queue, you can take the following actions </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Cancel a print job </STRONG>Rightclick the job in the print queue and choose Cancel from the context menu. Alternatively, choose Document Cancel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Pause a print job </STRONG>Rightclick the job in the print queue and choose Pause from the context menu. Alternatively, choose Document Pause. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Resume a paused print job </STRONG>Rightclick the paused job in the print queue and choose Resume from the context menu. Alternatively, choose Document Resume. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Restart a paused or failed print job </STRONG>Rightclick the paused or failed job in the print queue and choose Restart from the context menu. Alternatively, choose Document Restart. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Change priorities or time restrictions for a print job </STRONG>Rightclick the job and choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Document Properties dialog box for the print job. On the General page , drag the Priority slider to set the priority for the job, or use the controls in the Schedule text box to set or remove time scheduling. Click the OK button. Windows closes the Document Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Troubleshooting Printing Problems</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This section presents a general approach to troubleshooting printing problems. Given that there are about as many types of printers as there are types of cars, and that the drivers for those printers vary in quality even more widely than the drivers youll encounter in a trip the length of Interstate 40, the information in this section is just a start  but if you persevere, you should find it can help you solve many problems. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Check Which Printer Youre Printing To</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your computer is configured to connect to more than one printer, make sure that youre printing to the printer you think youre printing to. Few things are more irritating than wasting time troubleshooting an innocent and fully functional printer only to find that youve printed out five copies of the same secret document on another printer  and your colleagues have found them. Given that the Print dialog box shows you which printer youre using, this problem is most likely to occur when you issue a Print command that starts the print job without displaying the Print dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Make Sure the Printer Is Working</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, make sure the printer is working. Check that its </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Powered on.  Not set to be offline or paused.  Loaded with ink and paper, and not jammed.  Connected to the computer, print server, or network. If another computer or a print server is involved, check that its powered on and functional. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Check the Program Youre Printing From</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If all is well with the printer, make sure youre not doing something wrong in the program from which youre trying to print. In particular, check that youre trying to print the right part of the document. For example, in a spreadsheet, make sure you havent defined a print area that has the wrong contents. In a multipage document, check that youre trying to print the correct pages. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Running the Printing Troubleshooter</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the previous approach doesnt lead you to fix the problem, you can run Windowss Printing Troubleshooter and have it walk you through the steps of troubleshooting the problem </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Help And Support. Windows displays a Windows Help and Support window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type <STRONG>troubleshoot printer problems </STRONG>in the Search box, and then press Enter. Windows displays a list of results. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Troubleshoot Printer Problems link, and then follow its suggestions. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Your Print Server</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Apart from the printer, which you saw how to configure earlier in this article, you can also configure the Windows print server  the software that controls the printers attached to your computer. In most cases, the default print server settings work fine, but you can improve your computers performance and the printing experience of your print servers clients by setting the appropriate options. In particular, you may want to move the print server spool folder to a different location than its default location. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Opening the Print Server Properties Dialog Box</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To set print server properties, open the Printers window, rightclick in open space in the document area where the printers are listed, rightclick open space rather than one of the printers, choose Run as Administrator Server Properties from the context menu, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. You can also simply choose Server Properties if you want to view the properties without having permission to set all of them. Windows displays the Print Server Properties dialog box, which contains four pages Forms, Ports, Drivers, and Advanced. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating Custom Forms on the Forms Page</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Forms page of the Print Server Properties dialog box lets you create a new form. Take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Forms On list box, select the existing form on which you want to base the new form. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the Create a New Form check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Type the name for the form in the Form Name text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Use the fields in the Form Description group box to specify the dimensions of the form, its margins, and the measurement units to use Metric or English. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Save Form button. Windows saves the form and adds it to the Forms On list box. To delete a form youve added, select it in the Forms On list box, and then click the Delete button. Windows doesnt allow you to delete the builtin forms. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Ports on the Ports Page</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Ports page of the Print Server Properties dialog box , you can add new ports, configure existing ports, and delete ports you dont need anymore. The port configuration options available depend on the type of port involved  printer port, serial port, COM port, print server port, and so on. See the section Setting Ports Page Options, earlier in this article, for a discussion of the different port types and the options you can set. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Working with Printer Drivers</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Drivers page of the Print Server Properties dialog box lets you add new drivers, check the properties of existing drivers, replace existing drivers, or delete existing drivers. Normally, if youve set up one or more printers for printing on your computer, and theyre printing correctly, you shouldnt need to make changes here. But you may need to make changes if </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You share printers on the network with other computers that use different processor types or operating systems  for example, Itanium processors or 64bit versions of Windows. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Youve removed a printer from your computer. Windows leaves the driver on your computer in case you need it again. If you dont, you can remove it using the Drivers page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Adding a Driver for Another Processor Type or Operating System</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To add a driver, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>On the Drivers page of the Print Server Properties dialog box, click the Add button. Windows launches the Add Printer Driver Wizard, which displays its Welcome screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Printer and Operating System Selection screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the check box for each processor type or operating system used by a computer on your network that will print using a printer on this computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Printer Driver Selection screen. This screen has the same controls and works in the same way as the Install the Printer Driver screen of the Add Printer Wizard, earlier in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Select the printers manufacturer in the Manufacturer list, and then select the model in the Printers list. You can also click the Have Disk button to supply a driver that you have on a disk.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Completing the Add Printer Driver Wizard screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Finish button. The wizard installs the driver and closes itself. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Removing a Driver</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove a driver, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Select the driver in the Installed Printer Drivers list box on the Drivers page of the Print Server Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Remove button. Windows displays the Remove Driver and Package dialog box, shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the Remove Driver Only option button if you want to remove only the driver. If you want to remove the driver and its package, select the Remove Driver and Driver Package option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows displays a confirmation dialog box, as shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Click the Yes button. If youre removing the driver package as well as the driver, Windows displays the Remove Driver Package dialog box, shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Delete button. Windows removes the item or items. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Remove Driver Package dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Advanced Print Server Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Advanced page of the Print Server Properties dialog box contains the following settings </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Spool Folder text box </STRONG>The spool folder is a folder on your hard drive in which Windows stores the spool files for print jobs as theyre being printed. Windows spools the data so that it can return control more quickly to the program that sent the print job. Spool files can be large, particularly for graphical documents, so you may want to move the spool folder to a drive that has plenty of space. The default location for the spool folder is on the partition that contains the Windows system files, but Windows will perform better if you move the spool folder to a different partition. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Log Spooler Error Events </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows write printer error events to the System log. This behavior is usually helpful. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Log Spooler Warning Events </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows write printer warning events to the System log. This behavior too is usually helpful. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Log Spooler Information Events </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows write printer information events to the System log. You probably dont need printer information such as details on each document that was printed successfully cluttering the System log. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Beep on Errors of Remote Documents </STRONG>Select this check box to make the print server beep when an error occurs when printing a document from another computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Show Informational Notifications for Local Printers </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows display notificationarea information popups when the computer is printing to a local printer or a standalone network printer. If the printer is attached to the computer, these notifications usually dont help the user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Show Informational Notifications for Network Printers </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows display notificationarea information popups when the computer is printing to a printer attached to another computer. This behavior is usually useful. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to configure in Windows Vista a printer]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configure-windows-vista-printer-a-3064.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This section discusses how to configure a printer  everything from setting a printer as your default to telling it what kind of separator pages to print. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting a Printer as Your Default</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your default printer is the one that Windows assumes you want to print to unless you specify another printer. Windows displays a green circle with a white check mark on the default printer in the Printers window and in the Select Printer box in most Print dialog boxes so that you can identify your default printer at a glance. To set a printer as your default, rightclick it in the Printers window, and then choose Set as Default Printer from the context menu. To set properties for a printer, display its Properties dialog box by taking either of the following actions </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Rightclick the printer in the Printers window, and then choose Properties from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Select the printer in the Printers window, and then click the Set Printer Properties button on the toolbar. Normally, this button appears on the hidden section of the toolbar, so youll need to click the Display Additional Commands button the button with the two chevrons, &gt;&gt;,and then click Set Printer Properties on the dropdown menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following sections discuss the standard options in the Properties dialog box for a printer. Depending on the type of printer youre using and the printer driver you installed for it, you may see other pages than these. For example, for a color printer youll see a Color Management page, on which you can associate color profiles with the printer so that you get approximately the colors you want. For an inkjet printer, you may see a Utilities page or a Maintenance page that offers options such as Nozzle Check and Head Cleaning. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Setting General Page Options</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The General page of the Properties dialog box for a printer contains the following options </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printer Name text box </STRONG>This text box contains the name you entered for the printer during setup or a default name that Windows provided on the basis of the printer driver used. You can change the name by typing in the text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Location text box </STRONG>In this text box, you can enter any location information about the printer  for example, the room in which it is located or the computer to which it is attached. This information is more useful when youre sharing a printer on the network than when the printer is used only by your computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Comment text box </STRONG>In this text box, you can enter further information about the printer  for example, which kind of print jobs to use it for and which to avoid. This information too is primarily useful when youre sharing the printer on the network, but you might also use it to note that the printer is loaded with a special type of paper. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Features list box </STRONG>This list box provides information about the printers capabilities, such as whether it can print in color, print doublesided, staple, and so on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing Preferences button </STRONG>Click this button to display the Printing Preferences dialog box, on whose pages you can choose options for layout, paper selection, and print quality. Different settings are available for different printers. The settings are implemented through the printer driver, so updating the driver may make more settings available to you. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Print Test Page button </STRONG>Click this button to print a test page to the printer to make sure its handling text and graphics correctly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Sharing Page Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Sharing page of the Properties dialog box for a printer contains options for sharing the printer on the network. Article 27 discusses how to use these options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Ports Page Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Ports page of the Properties dialog box for a printer contains options for creating, deleting, and configuring ports. Normally, you wont need to change the port the printer uses, but you may want to implement printer pooling if you have two printers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Creating a Printer Port</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows automatically provides you with three printer ports LPT1 through LPT3, four serial ports COM1 through COM4, and several other types of ports, so normally youd add a port only in these circumstances </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> When your printer or other output device requires a specialized port setup. In this case, you need an initialization file a file with an INF extension from the manufacturer of the printer or device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> When you need to use a TCP/IP port. In this case, you need to know the details of the port youre creating.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new port, install the device and take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Add Port button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>To create a new local port, select the Local Port item in the Available Port Types list box, and then click the New Port Type button. Windows displays the Installing Print Monitor dialog box, which you use to select the printer initialization file containing the port monitor installation information. Windows then installs the port. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>To create a new standard TCP/IP port for a network printer, select the Standard TCP/IP Port item in the Available Port Types list box, and then click the New Port button. Windows starts the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard, which walks you through the process of adding a TCP/IP port and then returns you to the Printer Ports dialog box. You will need to know the IP address of the printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Printer Ports dialog box, returning you to the Ports page of the Properties dialog box for the printer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a Printer Port</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows doesnt let you delete any of the system ports that come built in, but you can delete any custom ports that you create. To delete a port, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Select the port in the Print to the Following Ports list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Delete Port button. Windows displays the Delete Port dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Yes button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Configuring a Printer Port</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows offers only one configuration setting for a parallel port the number of seconds allowed to elapse before Windows decides the printer has taken a hike. To set this timeout, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Select the port in the Print to the Following Ports list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Configure Port button. Windows displays the Configure LPT Port dialog box, shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Transmission Retry text box, enter the number of seconds you wish Vista to continue retrying to submit the print job before canceling the print operation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Configure LPT Port dialog box. For TCP/IP port monitors, Windows offers further configuration options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Bidirectional Support</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the Enable Bidirectional Support check box is available, you can select it to allow the printer to send status information back to the computer. For example, the printer can notify you that its running out of ink or paper. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Printer Pooling</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have two or more identical printers, you can <EM>pool </EM>them to create a single logical printer capable of twice the throughput. Set up the printers as usual, and then select the Enable Printer Pooling check box for each printer. In the Print to the Following Ports list box, select the appropriate ports. You can then print to the printer pool, and Windows will use the first printer thats available. Printer pooling is widely used in offices, but it tends to be overkill for most home printing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Advanced Page Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Advanced page of the Properties dialog box for a printer contains a slew of options for everything from setting availability times for printers to adding separator pages between print jobs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Availability Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Windows sets the printer to be always available, selecting the Always Available option button. This setting is useful for many home or office situations, but you may want to limit availability in some situations. For example, you might want to prevent people from printing at night if that might disturb the household. To limit availability, select the Available From option button, and then use the two time text boxes to specify the range of time the printer should be available. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting the Priority</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You need set the priority for the printer only when youre using multiple <EM>printer entries</EM>  software entities that represent the printer. Printer entries are a way of managing the printer. See Creating Multiple Entries for the Same Printer, later in this article. To set the priority for the printer, adjust the setting in the Priority text box. You can set priorities from 1 the lowest priority to 99 the highest priority. Each job printed by this printer entry gets the same priority, so by setting one printer entry to a higher priority than another, you can give priority to the computers or jobs that use that printer entry. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the Driver</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can change the printer driver to another currently installed printer driver by using the Driver dropdown list. To install a new printer driver, click the New Driver button. Windows starts the Add Printer Driver Wizard, which walks you through the process of installing the driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Spooling Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As youll remember from the section How Does a Print Job Get Printed earlier in this article, the print driver saves information to the hard disk and from there sends it along to the printer. This process, <EM>spooling</EM>, lets you continue your work without having to wait while the program youre working in sends every byte of the print job down the cable to the printer. By default, Windows selects the Spool Print Documents so Program Finishes Printing Faster option button and its suboption, the Start Printing Immediately option button. If starting printing </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>immediately seems to be causing problems, you can try selecting the Start Printing after Last Page Is Spooled option button to give the printer more time to process the information. If this doesnt help, you can cut out spooling by selecting the Print Directly to the Printer option button  but be </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>warned that printing this way can be very slow. Even if the printer is connected to your computer via a highspeed USB connection, the printers memory buffer may not be able to hold an entire print job at once. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Other Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next four options defy easy grouping </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hold Mismatched Documents </STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows to make sure the spooled document matches the printer setup before sending the document to the printer. If the document doesnt match the printer setup, Windows holds the document in the print queue. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Print Spooled Documents First </STRONG>Select this check box if you want spooled documents to print before partially spooled documents that carry a higher priority. This setting improves printer efficiency but is relevant only if you use printer priorities. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Keep Printed Documents </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to keep the spooled files on disk so that you can resend them to the printer from the print queue if necessary. Use this option only if youre having difficulty printing documents correctly  for example, if youre reconfiguring your printer and dont want to waste time and effort by resending the print job from the program. The spooled files consume disk space, so you wont normally want to keep them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Enable Advanced Printing Features </STRONG>Clear this check box if you want to disable advanced printing features such as booklet printing in order to troubleshoot printing problems. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Printing Defaults</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To set default properties for the printer, click the Printing Defaults button and choose options in the resulting Printing Defaults dialog box. For example, you might want to change the printer from printing in portrait orientation to printing in landscape orientation, or make it print in backtofront order instead of in fronttoback order. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the Print Processor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use a different print processor or a different data type, click the Print Processor button, and then choose settings in the resulting Print Processor dialog box. Dont mess with this setting unless youre sure you know what youre doing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Separator Pages</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To make Windows print a <EM>separator page </EM>between print jobs, click the Separator Page button. Windows displays the Separator Page dialog box, as shown here. Click the Browse button, use the resulting Separator Page dialog box a common Open dialog box to locate the separator page file, and then click the OK button. Windows closes the Separator Page dialog box. Windows includes several separator page files, which have the SEP extension. You can also create custom separator files of your own by using a text editor such as Notepad. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Device Settings Page Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Device Settings page of the Properties dialog box contains settings specific to your printer. For example, for many printers you can change the paper assigned to the paper trays or choose options for manual feed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Color Management Page Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your printer supports color printing, its Properties dialog box should include a Color Management page. This page contains a Color Management button that you can click to open Windows Vistas Color Management application. Color management lets you adjust the way that colors look on different devices. For example, you may find that colors in photos look different on screen than they look when they print. If that bothers you and many people either dont notice or dont care, or simply curse the printer, you can use color management to try to make the colors match. The basic color management adjustment is to make a different color profile the default profile for a device for example, for a printer. To do so, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>On the Color Management page of the printers Properties dialog box, click the Color Management button. Windows displays the Color Management application. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>On the Devices page , select the printer in the Device dropdown list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the Use My Settings for this Device check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>In the Profile Selection dropdown list, choose the Manual item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the Profiles Associated with This Device list box, click the profile you want to use, and then click the Set as Default Profile button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Color Management dialog box and returns you to the Properties dialog box for the printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Removing a Printer</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove a printer, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Printers window, rightclick the printer, and then choose Delete from the context menu. Alternatively, click the printer, and then click the Delete this Printer button on the toolbar or, if necessary, click the Display Additional Commands button, and then click Delete this Printer on the dropdown menu. Windows displays a Printers dialog box asking if youre sure, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Yes button. Windows closes the Printers dialog box and removes the printer, but it leaves the printer driver on your computer so that you can create the printer again easily if you need to. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How do I install a local printer if my operating system is Windo]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/install-local-printer-operating-system-windo-a-3063.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your printer was connected to the computer when you installed Windows, Setup should have set it up for you. If you connect it afterward, youll need to set it up by using the hardware wizards. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Installing a USB Printer via Automated Installation</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These days, most consumer printers connect to your computer via USB. Normally, Windows automated procedures take care of installing USB printers for you, although you may need to intervene at some points. Heres an example of the steps youll probably follow </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Set the printer up and connect its power cord. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Connect the printer to your computers USB port. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If the printer has an on/off switch, turn it on. Windows notices the printer and launches the Add Printer Wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>What happens next depends on the printer and on Windows configuration </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The wizard may simply install the printer, displaying a balloon in the notification area to let you know that it is doing so, as shown here. Go to the end of this list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> With other printers, you may see a screen which tells you that Windows needs to install driver software for your Generic IEEE 1284.4 printing support. This message appears for some USBconnected printers, because IEEE 1284.4 is a USB standard. Click the Locate and Install Driver Software button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If Windows can find a driver for the printer, it installs the driver automatically. If not, it prompts you for the driver, . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>If you have the disc, insert it, and then either click the Next button or wait while AutoPlay identifies the disc and restarts the installation process. The wizard displays the Please Select the Best Match for Your Hardware from the List Below screen . If you dont have the disc, click the I Dont Have the Disc. Show Me Other Options button, and follow through the procedure for searching for a suitable driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Make Sure the Driver Is Digitally Signed</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you select a driver on the Please Select the Best Match for Your Hardware from the List Below screen of the Add Printer Wizard, make sure that the This Driver Is Digitally Signed readout appears. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A digital signature is an encrypted identifier placed on a file using a digital certificate thats unique to the company, organization, or individual who holds it. A digital signature lets you be sure that the driver has come from the holder shown rather than from someone masquerading as them. A digital signature doesnt prevent the driver from containing poorly written or even malevolent code, but it does provide an audit trail about where the code came from. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7.</STRONG>In the list box, select the make and model. In some cases your choice may be among different languages for the same printer model; if so, make sure you choose the language you want. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Installing Driver Software screen while it installs the software. It then displays the Driver Software Installation dialog box shown here, telling you that the software has been successfully installed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Driver Software Installation dialog box, and the printer appears in the Printers window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Other Times You May Need to Run the Add Printer Wizard Manually</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though Windows adds USB printers automatically when you connect them, you may need to run the Add Printer Wizard manually to add a printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You may want to add a new printer configuration for a printer that Windows already knows about. See the section Creating Multiple Entries for the Same Printer, later in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You may want to add an entry for a printer to which your computer wont actually connect, so that you can print documents to files formatted for that type of printer and then print the files later, perhaps from another computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Installing a Parallel Printer Manually</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When installing a printer that connects to your computer via the parallel port, youll normally need to install it manually. However, depending on your computers hardware, Windows may also notice when you connect a parallel printer and start the installation automatically; if so, follow the procedure described in the previous section. To install a printer by running the Add Printer Wizard manually, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Printers window, click the Add a Printer button on the toolbar. Windows starts the Add Printer Wizard, which displays the Choose a Local or Network Printer screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Add a Local Printer button. The wizard displays the Choose a Printer Port screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Make sure the Use an Existing Port option button is selected, and then select the port in the dropdown list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The default setting is LPT1, which is typically the port for the parallel port on your computer. If your computer has multiple parallel ports, you may need to use LTP2 or LPT3 instead. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The COM ports COM1, COM2, and so on are serial ports. Very few printers connect to serial ports, because they are very slow. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The FILE port is for printing to a file. See the section Printing to a File, later in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The XPSPort port is for printing to an XML Paper Specification file. See the section Printing to an XPS File, later in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Install the Printer Driver screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>To use a driver that Windows includes, select the printers manufacturer in the Manufacturer list box, select the printer model in the Printers list box, and then go to step 7. If your printer doesnt appear in the Printers list box and your computer is connected to the Internet, click the Windows Update button to check the Windows Update site for a driver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>To provide a driver that you have for example, on a CD or a floppy disc, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the Have Disk button. The wizard displays the Install from Disk dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> In the Copy Manufacturers Files From text box, enter the path and filename of the driver file. You can type in this information, but usually its easier to click the Browse button and use the resulting Locate File dialog box a common Open dialog box to select the file, and then click the Open button. The wizard closes the Locate File dialog box and enters the path and filename in the text box in the Install from Disk dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the OK button. The wizard closes the Install from Disk dialog box and displays the Install the Printer Driver screen, which lists the printer for which the driver is designed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Type a Printer Name screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>In the Printer Name text box, adjust the default name that the wizard suggests for the printer. Keep the name relatively short, because some programs have problems with printer names that are longer than 31 characters. If you share this printer with other computers, those 31 characters must include your computers name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Select the Set As the Default Printer check box if you want to use this printer as your computers default printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard installs the printer driver, and then displays a </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>screen telling you that youve successfully added the printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>If you want to print a test page on the printer to make sure the printer driver is working, click the Print a Test Page button. The wizard sends a test page to the printer and displays a dialog box such as the one shown here. Click the Close button if the page prints correctly; if it doesnt, click the Troubleshoot Printer Problems link, and then follow through the troubleshooter that the wizard displays. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>12. </STRONG>After printing a test page, or if you decide not to, click the Finish button. The Add Printer Wizard closes, and the printer you added appears in the Printers window.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Three Ways of Installing a Printer]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/three-ways-installing-printer-a-3062.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows supports three ways of installing a printer </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Local printer attached to the computer </STRONG>The simplest way of installing a printer is to install it <EM>locally</EM>  in other words, attach it directly to the computer. The printer is usually attached directly to the computer with a cable to the parallel port or USB port. There are also more specialized arrangements, such as wireless printer connections or infrared printer connections. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Networked printer attached to a server </STRONG>The next way of installing a printer is to install it as a <EM>networked</EM>  shared  printer attached to a server. The server in this case doesnt have to be a server in the sense of a computer <EM>dedicated </EM>to providing services to other computers. It can be just a peer computer thats sharing a printer directly attached to it and so providing printing services to other computers. Alternatively, it can be a dedicated server running a server operating system. The client computer connects to the networked printer through a network cabled, wireless, or  rarely  infrared. The network can be the Internet, as Windows supports the Internet Printing Protocol IPP. Article 28 discusses how to print to a printer across the Internet. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Networked printer attached to a print server or containing a print server </STRONG>You can also share a printer attached to a print server. A print server is typically a specialized computer designed for sharing and managing printers. The advantage of using a print server over a networked computer is that you dont need to keep a computer running all the time in order to use the printer. Print servers can be either wired to the network or wireless. Some printers have their own print servers built in. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How Does a Print Job Get Printed</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Provided your printer works as it should, you dont need to know how the printing process works. But if anything goes wrong with printing, understanding the basic process can be a great help in troubleshooting the problem. Heres what typically happens in the print process </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>You issue a Print command for a document youve got open in a program. For example, youre working on a workbook in Excel and you get a worksheet into shape to print. You press CtrlP, choose options in the Print dialog box, and click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>The program tells Windows that it needs to print the document. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>The printer driver the print software, or what Microsoft sometimes calls the <EM>printer</EM> grabs the information that the program is sending about what needs to be printed. The printer driver <EM>spools </EM>the printing information; that is, it saves it to disk all at once and then feeds it to the printer the hardware print device at a speed the printer and its cable can handle. Older parallel printer cables transfer data very slowly compared to the wiring inside the computer, and if the printer didnt spool the data, the program would be stuck transferring the information to the printer bit by bit. Highspeed parallel cables and USB 2.0 cables are much faster. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some programs are intelligent enough to print in the background while allowing you to continue working in the foreground. But generally speaking, spooling lets you continue your work much more quickly. Theres one other part to this Each print job is typically spooled into a <EM>print queue </EM>rather than just fed into the printer. Documents in the print queue are normally printed in the order in which they are submitted, but you can assign different priorities to different users print jobs if you want. If you have Administrator privileges, you can also manage the print queue, promoting, demoting, pausing, and deleting print jobs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Keeping Down the Cost of Printing</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Chances are youre familiar with the axiom about marketing razors and razor blades The manufacturers sell the razor itself at a low price to get you committed to buying the blades, on which they make plenty of profit. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The economics of printing works in a similar way. Printer manufacturers sell printers at temptingly low prices to get you hooked on buying ink cartridges for them, then they sting you on the cartridges. If you print a lot, the cost of the cartridges for your printer will probably run to between 5 times and 20 times the printers cost before the printer gives up the ghost  so its well worth evaluating the cost per page of each printer youre considering rather than just the printers price and features. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because color cartridges tend to be much more expensive than black cartridges, consider getting a printer that uses separate color and black cartridges rather than one that essentially forces you to print using color all the time. If you print many </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>documents in grayscale, and your color printer uses highquality and highcost media, it may even be worth getting a separate printer for your grayscale work. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because printer cartridges are expensive, enterprising companies provide less expensive alternatives. First, some companies provide refilled cartridges that cost less than new cartridges but supposedly deliver similar performance and reliability. Some printer manufacturers have made their printers respond negatively to printer cartridges that dont include the manufacturers identifying technology  for example, by claiming that thirdparty cartridges are empty long before they actually are  and by claiming that thirdparty cartridge manufacturers are infringing the provisions of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act DMCA. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Second, other companies sell kits that let you refill ink cartridges, usually with a syringe and needle and a trusty hand. Some people swear by these kits, which have the potential not only to save you money but also to distribute ink where you dont want it, but rather more people swear <EM>at </EM>them. Further adding to the problem is the fact that, because the manufacturers dont design the nozzles in most ink cartridges to be reused, the output quality is likely to degrade if you refill a cartridge. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another possibility is to print most of your documents in draft mode, which uses lower resolution but is plenty readable enough for everyday use, and save highquality mode for documents that need the extra resolution for example, pictures, or text documents that youre going to give to clients rather than use yourself. An extra bonus of this approach is that draft mode may print more quickly than highquality mode. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you print a lot, or if you can afford to take a longterm view, buy a laser printer. Laser printers have much lower perpage running costs than inkjet printers, particularly for standardquality monochrome printing. The disadvantage is that laser printers tend to be more expensive than inkjets, so you need to make more of an investment up front. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unfortunately, theres no printer equivalent of an electric razor  except for viewing documents on screen rather than printing them out on paper. In any case, you should use Print Preview to check that your documents look approximately okay before you print them.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printers Window</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vistas central location for working with printers is the Printers window in Control Panel. To display the Printers window, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the Printer link under the Hardware and Sound heading. Windows displays a Printers window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Putting a Printers Item on Your Start Menu</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find yourself working often in the Printers window, put a link to it on your Start menu. Follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick the Start button, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Start Menu page of the Taskbar and Start Menu Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Customize button. Windows displays the Customize Start Menu dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the Printers check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button to close each dialog box. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[A few words about printing in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/words-about-printing-windows-vista-a-3061.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the promise of the paperless office seemingly destined to remain unfulfilled, printing continues to be vital to the average home office, and only marginally less vital to the average home. This article discusses how to install, configure, and manage printers and fonts. Article 28 discusses how to share a printer via your network and how to connect to a shared printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understanding the Basics of Windows Printing</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows makes the process of installing a printer as straightforward as possible. But before you start, it helps to understand the basics of printing in Windows. First, some of the terminology is confusing. Second, Windows offers three ways of installing a printer; this article discusses the first of those ways, and Article 28 discusses the other two. Third, you should know the essentials of how an item you print makes its way from the program to the printer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>The Terminology of Windows Printing</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Just as the windows in Windows are most likely substantially different from those in your home, Windows terminology for printing is a little different from regular terminology. Here are the terms that you need to know before you consult the Help files or call for tech support </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> A <EM>printer </EM>is the hardware device that actually prints the page  in other words, what people normally mean when they say printer. This doesnt go without saying because Microsoft sometimes refers to a printer as a <EM>print device</EM>. If so, what does Microsoft mean by <EM>printer </EM>at those times Read on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> When the hardware device is called a <EM>print device</EM>, a <EM>printer </EM>is the software that controls the <EM>print device</EM>. Normally, its clearer to call this software a printer driver, even if this isnt technically 100 percent accurate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> A <EM>print job </EM>or just plain <EM>job</EM> is an item sent to a printer for printing. For example, if you print the first spreadsheet in an Excel workbook, thats a print job. If you then print three pages of a Word document, thats another print job. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> A <EM>network printer</EM>, <EM>shared printer</EM>, or <EM>printer connection </EM>is a printer thats being shared by another computer or by a print server and that you can connect to across the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> A <EM>print server </EM>is a device typically a hardware device that relays print jobs to a printer. Windows also has print server software built in for managing print jobs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article uses the terms <EM>printer </EM>for the hardware device and <EM>printer driver </EM>for the software that drives it. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Removing different entries from Windows registry]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/removing-different-entries-from-windows-registry-a-3060.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Removing Spyware</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM>Spyware </EM>is malicious software that installs itself automatically without your consent and monitors your actions, either to learn what you do for example, to find out which websites you visit and send lists of them back to base or to try to glean sensitive information such as passwords or credit card numbers. You can remove much spyware by using tools such as Spybot Search&amp;Destroy, but you may have to remove determined pieces of spyware manually. Many pieces of spyware install themselves in the HKEYLOCALMACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoft WindowsCurrentVersionRun key, so this is a good place to look for spyware. After deleting the entries and using Windows Explorer to delete any matching executable files that are the actual spyware, youll need to restart Windows  and then check that the spyware hasnt managed to reinstall the Registry entry by using another trick. If it has, search for instructions online on how to remove the spyware. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing Your Windows Name and Organization</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you misspelled your name or your organizations name during setup, or if youve bought a computer loaded with Windows from someone else, you may need to change the name or organization that appears on the General page of the System Properties dialog box. Theres no way to make this change through the Windows user interface, but by navigating to the HKEYLOCALMACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftWindowsNTCurrentVersion key and changing the RegisteredOwner and RegisteredOrganization value entries, you can fix the problem in a minute or two. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing Your </STRONG><EM><B>Program Files Folder</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to prevent a Windows installation routine from installing a program to your Program Filesfolder for example, because youre running out of space on the drive that contains the folder, change the location of your Program Files folder by navigating to the HKEY LOCALMACHINESOFTWAREMicrosoftWindowsCurrentVersionsubkey and changing the ProgramFilesDir value entry to the appropriate drive and folder. Restart your computer to make the change take effect, and then run the installation routine to install the program there. Change the ProgramFilesDir value entry back again to its normal value if you want to install future programs in the Program Files folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Change the Name for a Removable Drive</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you insert a media item such as a CD, DVD, or CompactFlash card in a removable drive, Windows displays the items name. But when theres no media item in a removable drive, Windows displays the drives default name. If you have many removable drives attached to your computer, telling one from the other can be hard when theyre empty. To change the default name for a removable drive, navigate to the HKEYLOCALMACHINE SOFTWAREMicrosoftWindowsCurrentVersionExplorer key and create a new key named DriveIcons within it. Within the DriveIcons key, create a new key with the drives name  for example, E. Within this new key, create a new key named DefaultLabel. Doubleclick the Default value entry, type the name you want Explorer to display for the drive when its empty, and press Enter. You may need to restart Windows to make Explorer notice the change.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Clearing the Paging File at Shutdown</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre concerned about your systems security  well, you ought really to be using Windows Professional rather than Windows Home. But heres a technique that you can use with both OSes to clear the paging file when you shut down Windows. Article 15 discusses the paging file in detail; but briefly, its a huge file on your hard disk that Windows uses to store information temporarily so as to spare physical memory RAM. So the paging file can contain sensitive information that a malicious hacker or a federal agency could recover. To clear the paging file when you shut down Windows, navigate to the HKEYLOCALMACHINE SYSTEMCurrentControlSetControlSessionManagerMemoryManagementkey and change the value of the value entry ClearPageFileAtShutdown to 1. Then restart your computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>For Testing Only Crashing Your Computer on Cue</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most people want their computer to crash seldom or preferably never. But if you want to test what happens when it crashes for example, to see how memory dumping works, youll be relieved to know that you dont have to wait for Windows to crash Windows includes a builtin way of crashing itself. You just have to add the right Registry entry, set the appropriate value, and then press a couple of keys. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Heres what to do </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Back up your Registry. Yes, really back it up this time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Open Registry Editor for example, choose Start Run, enter <STRONG>regedit</STRONG>, and press the Enter key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Navigate to the HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesi8042prt Parameters key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Rightclick in the right pane and choose New DWORD Value from the context menu. Registry Editor creates a new value called New Value 1 and displays an edit box around the new values name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Enter the name <STRONG>CrashOnCtrlScroll </STRONG>and press the Enter key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Doubleclick the CrashOnCtrlScroll value. Registry Editor displays the Edit DWORD Value dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Enter <STRONG>1 </STRONG>in the Value Data text box. In the Base group box, leave the Hexadecimal option button selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Registry Editor closes the Edit DWORD Value dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Close Registry Editor. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Restart your computer and log back on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>Hold down the Ctrl key on the right side of the keyboard and press the Scroll Lock key twice. Windows goes down as if sandbagged, and any memory dumping youve set occurs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Registry Favorites to Quickly Access Keys</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find yourself using the Registry a lot, theres another feature you should know about Registry favorites. To access the keys you need to work with frequently, you can create favorites in Registry Editor much as you can in Explorer and Internet </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Explorer. To create a favorite, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Select the key to which you want the favorite to refer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose Favorites Add to Favorites. Registry Editor displays the Add to Favorites dialog box shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Favorite Name text box, enter the name for the favorite. By default, Registry Editor suggests the key name, but you may well want to change this to more descriptive text. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Registry Editor adds the favorite to your Favorites menu. To access a favorite, display the Favorites menu and choose the favorite from the list, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove a favorite from the Favorites menu, choose Favorites Remove Favorite. Windows displays the Remove Favorites dialog box, shown here. Choose the favorite in the Select Favorite list box or select multiple favorites if you want to delete them, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understand what the Registry is, what its for, and why you may need to work with it </STRONG>The <EM>Registry </EM>is a hierarchical database of all the settings for all the hardware, software, and users on your computer. Normally, you change the Registry only by working through the Windows user interface  for example, by making a change in Control Panel, or by installing hardware or software. But sometimes you may need to edit the Registry directly to solve a problem or implement a tweak. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Back up your Registry and learn how to restore it </STRONG>Before you edit the Registry, you should back it up in case your changes cause trouble. Launch Registry Editor by pressing Windows KeyR, typing <STRONG>regedit</STRONG>, and pressing Enter. Back up the Registry by clicking the Computer item, choosing File Export, and specifying the filename and folder. Restore the Registry by choosing File Import, selecting the backup file, and clicking the Open button. To repair severe damage, you may need to restart or start your computer, press F8, and select Last Known Good Configuration from the Windows Advanced Options menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Navigate the Registry and create, edit, and delete keys and value entries </STRONG>To navigate the Registry, expand the subtree and the keys it contains just as you would the folder listing in an Explorer window. You can also choose Edit Find and use the Find dialog box to find a key or data. To create a key, rightclick the key that will contain the new key, choose New Key from the shortcut menu, type the name, and then press Enter. To create a new value entry, rightclick the key that will contain it, choose New from the shortcut menu, and then choose the data type from the submenu. Type the name for the value entry, and then press Enter to apply the name. Doubleclick the value entry to open a dialog box for setting its value. To delete a key or value entry, rightclick it and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understand the Registry data types and what they contain </STRONG>Most of the Registry data consists of five data types String text data, Binary binary values, DWORD doubleword values, MultiStrings multiple pieces of text, and Expandable String text whose length can expand. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Make changes to the Registry </STRONG>Books, magazines, and above all websites will shower you with advice on changes you can make to the Registry. Evaluate any change carefully before you make it, because it might destabilize Windows, and always keep a recent backup of your Registry for recovery. You may need to restart Windows to make some changes take effect. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use Registry favorites to store and access the keys you need most </STRONG>Registry favorites help you navigate quickly to keys you need to change. Choose Favorites Add to Favorites to add the current key to the list at the bottom of the Favorites menu. To go to a favorite, open the Favorites menu and select the favorite from the list. To delete a favorite, choose Favorites Remove Favorites, and then work in the Remove Favorites dialog box. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to work with the Registry in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/work-with-registry-windows-vista-a-3059.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article shows you how to work with one of the most mentioned but least understood components of Windows  the Registry, the huge database of Windows settings for your computers hardware and software. The article starts by discussing what the Registry is, what it does, why you might want to work with it, and what the dangers are of making changes to the Registry. It then explains the step you <EM>must </EM>take before you make any changes to the Registry backing up the Registry so that you can restore it if something goes wrong. After that, the article shows you how to use Registry Editor to examine the contents of the Registry, find what youre looking for, and make changes. It mentions several Registry changes that you may want to make to change how Windows Vista behaves. It concludes by showing you how to goose the Registry so that you can crash your computer with two keystrokes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>What Is the Registry and What Does It Do</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Windows, the <EM>Registry </EM>is a hierarchical database of all the settings required by your installation of Windows and the programs youve installed. These settings include information on the hardware installed on your computer and how its configured, all the programs and their file associations, profiles for each user and group, and property settings for folders and files. The Registry stores the information needed to keep your computer running. Windows itself stores a huge amount of information in the Registry, and each program you install stores information there too. You can store information in the Registry yourself if you want to, although unless youre creating programs, theres not much reason to do so. The number of entries in the Registry depends on the number of users of the computer and the software installed, but between 50,000 and 100,000 entries is normal. This multitude of entries makes browsing through the Registry practical only for those with serious amounts of time weighing on their hands. Even searching through the Registry can be a slow process, because many of the entries contain similar information. Windows 95 introduced the Registry, and all 32bit and 64bit desktop versions of Windows since then have used the Registry. In Windows 3.<EM>x</EM>, information was stored in initialization files  INI files for short. For example, Windows configuration information was stored in files such asWIN.INI and SYSTEM.INI. Most programs typically created configuration files of their own. Centralizing all the information in the Registry has two main advantages. First, all the information is in a single location. Second, you can back up the Registry though most users forget or fail to do so and restore it. This centralization also has a disadvantage damage to the Registry can cripple Windows completely. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Why Work with the Registry</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Normally, you <EM>dont </EM>work directly with the Registry  most of the time. In theory, you should never need to mess with the Registry. Thats why Windows provides no direct way from the user interface to view the Registry and change its contents. If you want to explore and change the Registry, you need to deliberately run the Registry Editor program, which is tucked away in a safe place where no casual user should stumble across it. Most of the information thats stored in the Registry youll never need to change. Those relatively few pieces of information that Windows is happy for you to change are accessible through the Windows user interface, which provides you with an easier  if more restrictive  way of changing them than working in the Registry. For example, the settings in Control Panel applets store most of their information in the Registry, so you <EM>could </EM>edit the Registry and change the information there. But for all normal purposes, youll do better to work through those Control Panel applets and let them set the values in the Registry for you. Control Panel is designed to be easy to use, while the Registry isnt. Control Panel shows you your options in mostly intelligible ways; the information in the Registry is arcane when not incomprehensible. And Control Panel seldom makes mistakes in translating your choices into hexadecimal and binary, whereas the Registry will happily accept input that will instruct Windows to disable itself. That said, sometimes you may need to access the Registry to change a vital piece of information that you cannot change through the user interface. Sometimes youll need to access the Registry because something has gone wrong, and you need to change an entry manually. But more often, youll hear about a cool tweak that you can perform by entering a new value in the Registry or by changing an existing value. You can also use the Registry to store information of your own that you want to have available to Windows or to the programs you use. You might want to do this if you write your own programs, or if you use a macro language to create automated procedures in a program  for example, if you use VBA to automate tasks in Word, Excel, or Outlook. You <EM>could </EM>also use the Registry to store odd information, such as names and addresses  but there are far better ways of spending your time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Preparing to Access the Registry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you do anything to the Registry, you need to understand this <EM>If you mess up the Registry, you may disable parts of Windows functionality. You may even disableWindows itself so that it cannot boot.</EM> So before you do <EM>anything </EM>to the Registry, back it up by exporting it as discussed in the section after next. In fact, even if you dont make any changes to the Registry, its a good idea to keep a backup of your Registry in case a program, Windows itself, or more likely a piece of malware makes a change for the worse. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>System Restore May Be Able to Undo Registry Damage</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System Restore discussed in detail in Article 16 rolls back Registry entries to their state when the restore point was created, so you can use System Restore to recover from damage to the Registry. Because System Restore also changes other settings, however, its a clumsy solution thats best avoided unless youve failed to back up your Registry before mangling it. However, you may want to create a new restore point as insurance before making changes to the Registry. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Running Registry Editor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To work with the Registry, you use the program called Registry Editor. Windows provides no Start menu item for Registry Editor, but you can create your own Start menu item or Desktop shortcut if you want. Unless you create a Start menu item or shortcut, the easiest way to run Registry Editor is as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyR. Windows displays the Run dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type <STRONG>regedit </STRONG>in the Open text box, press Enter or click the OK button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows starts Registry Editor .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Backing Up Your Registry</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you do anything else with Registry Editor  and that includes exploring the subtrees and keys of the Registry, let alone changing any values  back up your Registry. Depending on whats installed on your computer, a full backup of the Registry may be 100200MB altogether, so youll normally want to back up the Registry to a file on your computer. You can then burn the file to a recordable CD or DVD, store it on a secure network drive, or put it on a USB keychain or USB drive. To back up the Registry, export it by taking the following steps from Registry Editor </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Select the Computer item in Registry Editor if you want to back up your whole Registry as you should do at first. If you want to back up only a subtree of the Registry, select the subtree instead of the Computer item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose File Export. Registry Editor displays the Export Registry File dialog box. As you can see, this dialog box is a common Save As dialog box with an extra section tacked on at the bottom to house the Export Range group box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Export Range group box, make sure the All option button is selected. If you chose a subtree in step 1, the Export Registry File dialog box appears with the Selected Branch option button selected and the subtrees name entered in the Selected Branch text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Specify the filename and location for the file as usual. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Save button. Registry Editor closes the Export Registry File dialog box and saves the Registry file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Restoring Your Registry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To restore your Registry or part of it from a Registry file youve exported, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>From Registry Editor, choose File Import. Registry Editor displays the Import Registry File dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the dropdown list above the Open button, select the Registration Files item if youre restoring your entire Registry. If youre restoring a hive file, select the Registry Hive Files item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Select the Registry file to import. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Open button. Registry Editor imports the Registry file and adds it to the Registry. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Restoring the Registry to Its Last Known Good Configuration</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you damage the Registry so badly that Windows wont boot anymore, you may need to restore the Registry to its Last Known Good Configuration in order to get Windows running again. The <EM>Last Known Good Configuration </EM>is the one with which Windows last booted successfully. Restoring the Last Known Good Configuration loses any changes youve made to your Windows configuration since the last boot  including whichever change has disabled Windows. To restore the Registry to the Last Known Good Configuration, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Restart or start your computer </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If Windows is still running, restart it click the Start button, click the rightarrow button to the right of the Lock button, and then choose Restart. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If Windows isnt running, power up your computer as usual. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>As Windows restarts or starts, or when in a multiboot configuration it displays the Windows Boot Manager, press the F8 key. Windows displays the Advanced Boot Options menu . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the Last Known Good Configuration item and press the Enter key. Windows starts and displays the Welcome screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Working in the Registry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that your Registry is safely backed up, its time to examine how the Registry works and how you can change it. The Registry is a hierarchical database, with its contents arranged into a hierarchy of folders that are organized into five main areas called <EM>subtrees </EM>or <EM>root keys</EM>. Youll also sometimes hear them called <EM>predefined keys</EM>, though the term tends to be confusing because the Registry contains thousands of keys that are predefined  at least, from the users point of view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Five Subtrees of the Registry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These are the five subtrees and the types of information they contain </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYCLASSESROOT </STRONG>This subtree contains an exhaustive list of the file types that Windows recognizes, the programs associated with them, and more.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYCURRENTUSER </STRONG>This subtree contains information on the current user and their setup. For example, when youre logged on, all your Desktop preferences are listed in this subtree. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYLOCALMACHINE </STRONG>This subtree contains information on the hardware and software setup of the computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYUSERS </STRONG>This subtree contains information on the users who are set up to use the computer, together with a DEFAULT profile thats used when no user is logged on to the computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYCURRENTCONFIG </STRONG>This subtree contains information on the current configuration of the computer  the hardware with which the computer booted.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Keys, Subkeys, and Value Entries</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Registry Editor, expand the HKEYCURRENTUSER subtree by clicking the plus  sign next to it or by doubleclicking its name. Registry Editor displays the items contained within the subtree  an apparently endless list of folderlike objects, many of them containing further objects. Within each subtree are keys, subkeys, and value entries. A <EM>key </EM>is one of the folders within the subtree. Just as a subfolder is a folder within a folder, a <EM>subkey </EM>is a key within a key. Also as with folder and subfolder, many people say key rather than subkey except when they need to be specific; this article does the same. Each key or subkey can contain subkeys and value entries. The term <EM>value entry </EM>sounds like a managementconsultant way of saying value, but in fact its not A value entry is the current definition of a key and consists of a name, a data type, and the value assigned to the key. For example, consider the MinAnimate key and value entry in the HKEYCURRENTUSERControlPanelDesktopWindowMetrics subkey. As you can see in the Data column, the value of MinAnimate is 1. This value entry controls whether Windows animates windows when you minimize, maximize, or restore them. The animation zooms the window from its displayed size and position down to its button on the Taskbar, and vice versa, instead of popping it off or back on the screen instantly. A value of 0 indicates that the animation is off; a value of 1 that the animation is on. Try this example of changing a setting both via Windows user interface and via Registry Editor. Follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In Registry Editor, expand the HKEYCURRENTUSERControl PanelDesktop WindowMetrics key so that you can see the MinAnimate key. Its value should be 1, the default value for a computer thats fast enough to run Windows Vista without struggling. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyBreak. Windows displays the System window of Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>In the left panel, click the Advanced System Settings link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the System Properties dialog box with its Advanced page at the front. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the Performance group box, click the Settings button. Windows displays the Performance Options dialog box with the Visual Effects page at the front . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the list box, clear the Animate Windows When Minimizing and Maximizing check box. Windows selects the Custom option button above the list box if another option button was selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Performance Options dialog box, returning you to the System Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the System Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Registry Editor button on the Taskbar to activate Registry Editor. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Press F5 or choose View Refresh to refresh the Registry listing. Notice that the MinAnimate value has changed to 0 because you cleared the check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the Minimize button on Registry Editor to minimize the window. Notice that Windows doesnt animate the minimization. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>Click the Registry Editor Taskbar button to restore the window. Again, Windows doesnt use an animation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>12.</STRONG>In Registry Editor, doubleclick the MinAnimate key. Registry Editor displays the Edit String dialog box, as shown here, which lists the value name and the current value data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>13. </STRONG>In the Value Data text box, type <STRONG>1 </STRONG>replacing the 0, and then press Enter or click the OK button. Registry Editor closes the dialog box and applies the value. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>14. </STRONG>Click the Minimize button on Registry Editor to minimize the window. Notice that Windows again doesnt animate the minimization. This is because many changes you make via Registry Editor require you to log out and then log in again before they take effect. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>15. </STRONG>Log off, and then log on again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>16. </STRONG>Open a window, and then minimize it. Windows uses the animation again. If you open the Performance Options dialog box again, youll find that the Animate Windows When Minimizing and Maximizing check box is now selected. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to improve performance in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/improve-performance-windows-vista-a-3058.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Maintaining Your Hard Disks</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The better you treat your hard disks, the better performance they give you and the longer they last  with any luck. This section details the steps you can take to keep your disks in good order. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Defragmenting Your Disks</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data is stored on your hard disk in physical areas called <EM>sectors </EM>that are mapped into logical areas called <EM>clusters</EM>. Each cluster contains a relatively small amount of information so that Windows can use the clusters efficiently. As a result, most files occupy more than one cluster. These clusters can be located just about anywhere on the partition of the drive that contains the volume. Ideally, all the data in a file is stored in contiguous clusters, so that the hard disks heads can read the data without having to move too far. The further the hard disks actuator arm has to move to allow the heads to read the clusters that make up the file, the slower the file is to load. When files are stored in widely spreadout clusters, the volume is said to be <EM>fragmented</EM>. To improve disk performance, you <EM>defragment </EM>or <EM>defrag</EM> it using a disk <EM>defragmenter </EM>or <EM>defragger</EM>. A defragmenter rearranges the data on the disk so that each file occupies contiguous clusters wherever possible. Windows Vista includes a disk defragmenter called Disk Defragmenter thats adequate for most home and smallbusiness purposes. You can also buy thirdparty disk defragmenters that have extra capabilities. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Another Type of Performance Improvement</STRONG></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Related to defragmenters but more specialized are tools such as the Microsoft Office optimizer, which defragments a specific set of files and arranges them in a location on the hard drive that the disk heads can quickly access. Depending on how fragmented a volume is, and how big it is, defragmentation can take anything from a few minutes to a few hours. You <EM>can </EM>work on your computer while defragmentation is going on, but youll find the computer responding more slowly than usual, and any files that you create, move, or copy may slow down the defragmentation process. Because of this, the best time to defragment a volume is when youre not using your computer. For this reason, Windows comes set to defragment your hard disk automatically in the early hours of the morning one day a week. This works well if you leave your computer running, but if you switch it off at night, you may do better to defragment your disk manually when youre going to leave your computer for a few hours. You can start Disk Defragmenter in several ways. Here are the two easiest ways </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Choose Start All Programs Accessories System Tools Disk Defragmenter, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Choose Start Computer, rightclick any hard disk icon it doesnt matter which, and then choose Properties from the context menu. In the Properties dialog box, click the Tools tab, click the Defragment Now button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Defragmenting the Disk Immediately</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To defragment the hard disk now, click the Defragment Now button. Disk Defragmenter starts defragmenting your hard disks. For best effect, leave your computer now so you dont slow down the defragmentation process. If Disk Defragmenter is still running when you return, you can click the Cancel Defragmentation button to end the defragmentation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>How Disk Defragmenter in Windows Vista Is Different than Disk Defragmenter in Windows XP</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve used Disk Defragmenter in Windows XP, youll notice several major differences in Disk Defragmenter in Windows Vista </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Disk Defragmenter comes set to run on a schedule. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> When you run Disk Defragmenter, it defragments all your hard disks. You cant tell it to defragment one disk but not another. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Disk Defragmenter no longer lets you analyze a disk and get a report about how fragmented it is and which files are suffering particularly badly. Instead, you simply set it running and let it do its job. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Disk Defragmenter no longer gives you a readout of its progress. All you get is the laconic message Defragmenting hard disks This may take from a few minutes to a few hours. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the Defragmentation Schedule</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to run Disk Defragmenter on a schedule, select the Run on a Schedule check box in the Disk Defragmenter dialog box. The readout shows the details of the schedule  for example, Run at 100 AMevery Wednesday  and details of the last run and the next run. To modify the schedule, click the Modify Schedule button, and then choose settings in the Disk Defragmenter Modify Schedule dialog box . Early in the morning is a good time for defragmentation if you leave your computer running; if you switch your computer off at night, choose, instead, a time when you normally will be busy away from your computer but the computer will be on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Cleaning Up Your Disks with Disk Cleanup</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most Windows programs create temporary files that they use to store information temporarily when youre running them. Some programs remember to get rid of these files when you exit them. Others forget. And if your computer loses power or crashes, even the wellbehaved programs dont have a chance to get rid of temporary files. Windows Disk Cleanup feature provides an effective way to remove from local drives not only these temporary files but also temporary Internet files, downloaded program files, offline web pages, and the contents of the Recycle Bin. Disk Cleanup doesnt work on network drives. A standard user can clean up their own user account, and an administrator can clean up systemwide items as well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Cleaning Up Your Own User Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To clean up your own user account using Disk Cleanup, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Close all programs youre running. This step is optional, but its usually a good idea. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose Start All Programs Accessories System Tools Disk Cleanup. Windows displays the Disk Cleanup Options dialog box, as shown here, asking which files you want to clean up </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the My Files Only button if you want to clean up your own files. Youll probably want to start by cleaning up your own files, so this section shows you this path first. If youre an administrator and want to clean up everyones files, click the Files from All Users on This Computer button, and follow the path in the next section.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Another Way to Launch Disk Cleanup</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also launch Disk Cleanup by following these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Computer. Windows displays a Computer window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Rightclick the icon for the hard disk you want to clean up, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Local Disk Properties dialog box for that disk.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>On the General page, click the Disk Cleanup button. Windows displays the Disk Cleanup Options dialog box. When you launch Disk Cleanup this way, Windows doesnt display the Select Drive dialog box, because youve already told it which drive you want to clean up. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>If your computer has multiple hard disk drives, Disk Cleanup displays the Disk Cleanup Drive Selection dialog box, as shown here. If your computer has only one hard disk drive, Disk Cleanup doesnt need to ask you which disk to clean up. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Select the disk in the Drives dropdown list, and then click the OK button. Disk Cleanup examines the disk, and then displays the Disk Cleanup dialog box for that disk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>Select the check box for each item you want to delete. Here is an explanation of the items. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Downloaded Program Files </STRONG>ActiveX controls and Java applets downloaded by Internet Explorer so that it could display pages that needed them. If you delete these files, Internet Explorer may need to download the controls and applets again when you next access pages that need them, which may slow down your browsing a bit. You can click the View Files button to make Windows display an Explorer window containing the files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Temporary Internet Files </STRONG>These files are the components of web pages that Internet Explorer has downloaded and has stored on your hard drive so that it can retrieve them quickly when you access the same sites again. Deleting these files means that Internet Explorer will need to download them again the next time you access one of the sites, which will slow down your browsing. Again, you can click the View Files button to have Windows display an Explorer window containing these files  but be warned that there are usually thousands of them, and that the format in which they appear is less than informative. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hibernation File Cleaner </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to delete the hibernation file on your computer <EM>and disable hibernation</EM>. Disabling hibernation on a desktop </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>computer is a fair enough idea, but you probably dont want to disable it on a notebook computer. Your computers hibernation file is the same size as the computers RAM when the computer hibernates, it writes the contents of RAM to disk to preserve it, so you can recover a fair amount of disk space by deleting the hibernation file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Microsoft Office Temporary Files </STRONG>Select this check box to delete any temporary data files or log files left behind by the Microsoft Office applications. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Offline Web Pages </STRONG>This item appears only if you use offline favorites in Internet Explorer. These files hold the information for the cached copies of your offline favorites. If you use offline favorites extensively, these files may take up a lot of space. If you delete these files, you wont be able to view your offline favorites until you synchronize them again  and synchronizing them will probably reclaim most of the disk space that deleting these files freed up. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Recycle Bin </STRONG>These files are the contents of the Recycle Bin. As usual, make sure that you want to get rid of these files before you tell Disk Cleanup to delete them. You can click the View Files button to have Windows display an Explorer window showing the contents of the Recycle Bin. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Temporary Remote Desktop Files </STRONG>These files are temporary picture files used to display information more quickly when youre using Remote Desktop Connection. You can safely get rid of them, but your subsequent Remote Desktop Connection sessions may run a bit more slowly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Temporary Files </STRONG>These files are temporary storage files that should have been deleted by the program that created them. You can delete with impunity any temporary files that arent currently being used. Disk Cleanup leaves alone any temporary files still in use. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Thumbnails </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows delete the thumbnail images it maintains of your picture files. Windows will then recreate the thumbnails as needed when you open each folder containing picture files, but displaying the thumbnails will take longer. Unless youre desperate for disk space, youll probably find it easier to keep the thumbnail files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Per User Queued Windows Error Reporting Files </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows delete the errorreport files that are in the queue for reporting. Normally, youll want to keep these files until theyve been reported. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Per User Archived Windows Error Reporting Files </STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows delete the errorreport files it keeps. Normally, these files take up only a minimal amount of space, but you might as well get rid of them unless you need to be able to track back through problems your computer is experiencing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows displays a Disk Cleanup dialog box confirming that you want to get rid of the files, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Delete Files button. Windows closes the Disk Cleanup dialog box and disposes of the items you chose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Cleaning Up Systemwide Items</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on what you chose to delete, you may have been able to reclaim a useful amount of disk space by deleting items in your own user account. For a full cleanup, run Disk Cleanup again and use the Administratoronly options, which let you remove systemwide items, including surplus programs and unneeded System Restore points. To clean up files for all users of your computer, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start All Programs Accessories System Tools Disk Cleanup. Windows displays the Disk Cleanup Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Files from All Users on this Computer button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Disk Cleanup Drive Selection dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the drive you want to clean up, and then click the OK button. Windows displays the Disk Cleanup dialog box, which offers the options listed in step 6 of the previous list, together with the following additional items</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>System Archived Windows Error Reporting Files </STRONG>Select this check box to delete these archived error reports, which are similar to the peruser archived reports but apply to errors experienced by the system rather than by applications run by a particular user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>System Queued Windows Error Reporting Files </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to delete these error reports that are queued but not yet archived. Unless youre desperate for disk space, its probably best to keep these reports in case you need to examine them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If you need to reclaim more space, click the More Options tab to display the More</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Options page of the Disk Cleanup dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>To remove programs you no longer need, click the Clean Up button in the Programs and Features group box. Windows displays a Programs and Features window, which you can use to delete programs. See the section Removing a Program in Article 4 for instructions on how to remove programs using the Programs and Features window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>To remove all System Restore restore points, except the latest one, click the Clean Up button in the System Restore and Shadow Copies group box, and then click the Delete button in the next Disk Cleanup dialog box shown here. Article 16 shows you how to use System Restore. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows displays a Disk Cleanup dialog box confirming that you want to get rid of the files, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Delete Files button. Windows closes the Disk Cleanup dialog box and disposes of the items you chose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Checking a Disk for Errors</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once youve cleaned unnecessary files off your hard disk, its a good idea to check it for errors. Errors typically occur when sectors go bad, which can happen through natural selection some disks age more quickly in parts or unnatural intervention such as physical damage resulting from the disk being bumped or receiving an electrical spike. To check a disk for errors, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Close all programs that are on the disk or that might be accessing the disk. In practice, its best to close all programs for the time being. Close any files open from the disk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose Start Computer. Windows opens a Computer window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Rightclick the drive you want to check, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Tools tab. Windows displays the Tools page of the Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Check Now button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Check Disk dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>If you want Windows to repair filesystem errors, select the Automatically Fix File System Errors check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>If you want Windows to scan for bad sectors and attempt to recover information from them, <EM>and </EM>repair filesystem errors, select the Scan for and Attempt Recovery of Bad Sectors check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Start button to run Check Disk. Windows displays the Checking Disk dialog box while it performs the checks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you see a dialog box like the one telling you that Windows cant check the disk while its in use and asking whether you want to schedule the disk check to take place the next time you restart the computer, click the Schedule Disk Check button. This dialog box typically appears when youre checking a system volume Because Windows is constantly using the volume, Check Disk cant get exclusive access to it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>When Check Disk has finished, it displays a message box telling you that the disk check is complete. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Check Disk closes and returns you to the Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Registry data types]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-registry-data-types-a-3057.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Registry Data Types</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The MinAnimate value entry is of type REGSZ. REG means Registry; SZmeans string, indicating that the value entry contains a string of text text characters, as opposed to, say, binary data. The WindowMetrics key also contains value entries of two other data types, REGBINARYbinary data and REGDWORD the doubleword data type. Strings and binary data are the most widely used of the data types in the Registry. Doubleword data comes third, followed by REGMULTISZ multistring entries, and REGEXPANDSZ expandable strings. Table 11.1 provides a roundup of the five most widely used data types. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 11.1 </STRONG>The Five Most Widely Used Registry Data Types </P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Type</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Type Displayed</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Explanation</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>String</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>REGSZ</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Text</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Multistring</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>REGMULTISZ</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Text, but with multiple text values</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Expandable String</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>REGEXPANDSZ</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Text, but expandable</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Binary</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>REGBINARY</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A binary value, displayed as hexadecimal</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DWORD</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>REGDWORD</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Doubleword a 32bit binary value displayed as an</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 90.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width121><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8digit hexadecimal value</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><op>&nbsp;</op></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Other Registry Data Types Youll Seldom Need to Use</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Beyond the five widely used data types listed in Table 11.1, the Registry can contain many different data types, such as REGDWORDBIGENDIAN a value stored in reverse order of doubleword value, REG DWORDLITTLEENDIAN another type of doubleword value, REGFULLRESOURCEDESCRIPTOR a hardwareresource list, REGQWORD a quadrupleword value, and REGFILENAME a filename. You shouldnt need to mess with any of these unless you get into programming Windows. You can create and edit value entries with any of these data types. Well get to that a bit later in the article, after discussing where the Registry is stored and how to find information in it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Where the Registry Is Stored</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most of the Registry is stored in several different files on your hard drive. Part of the Registry is created automatically when Windows boots and discovers which devices are attached to your computer. These files are binary and are called <EM>hives </EM>think bees, not allergies or <EM>hive files</EM>. Perhaps surprisingly, some of the hives arent hidden files, so you dont even need to tell Windows to display hidden files before you can see them. But you do have to go through Windowss veil of secrecy over the files by clicking the Show the Contents of This Folder link. Hive files containing computerrelated information are stored in the <EM>Windows</EM><EM>system32</EM> <EM>config</EM> folder, where <EM>Windows </EM>is your Windows folder. Hive files containing userspecific information are stored in the Users<EM>Username </EM>folder for each user. These are the main hive files </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SYSTEM </STRONG>This file contains information about the computers hardware and about Windows. This information goes into the HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEM key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>NTUSER.DAT </STRONG>This file contains information about the users preferences. Windows keeps an NTUSER.DAT file for each user in the Users<EM>Username </EM>folder. This information goes into the HKEYCURRENTUSER subtree. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SAM </STRONG>This file contains the user database. This information goes into the HKEYLOCALMACHINE SAM key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SECURITY </STRONG>This file contains information on security settings. This information goes into the HKEYLOCALMACHINESECURITYkey. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SOFTWARE </STRONG>This file contains information on the software installed on the computer. This information goes into the HKEYLOCALMACHINESOFTWARE key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>DEFAULT </STRONG>This file contains information about the default user setup. This information goes into the HKEYUSERSDEFAULT key. Each of the hive files has a log file named after it DEFAULT.LOG, SOFTWARE.LOG, NTUSER.DAT.LOG, and so on. These log files note the changes to the hive files so that, if a change is applied that crashes the system, Windows can read the log, identify the problem change, and undo it. Windows doesnt let you open the hive files directly other than by using Registry Editor. But you can find keys and value entries or information in the Registry, change values, and create and delete keys and value entries of your own.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Finding Information in the Registry</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two ways to find information in the Registry by digging through the Registry looking for it, or by using the Find function. Digging through the Registry takes minimal explanation, because its very similar to browsing in Explorer in Explore mode. You can expand and collapse keys as you would drives and folders in Explorer, and you can use typedown addressing to reach the next key or entry matching the letters you type. But because of the number of keys and value entries the Registry contains, youll usually do better by searching through it rather than browsing. If you know the name of a key, the name of a value entry, or the data contained in a value entry, you can search for it. For example, if you wanted to find where FTP sites were listed, you might search for <STRONG>FTP Sites</STRONG>. If you wanted to find out what the entry for the Microsoft Office AutoCorrect file was called, you might search for <STRONG>.ACL</STRONG>, the extension of the AutoCorrect file. To search the Registry, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In Registry Editor, choose Edit Find or press CtrlF. Registry Editor displays the Find dialog box shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Find What text box, type the term for which you want to search. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If you want to restrict the search, select only the check boxes for the items youre looking at  Keys, Values, or Data  in the Look At group box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If you want to search for only the entire string, select the Match Whole String Only check box. Selecting this check box prevents Find from finding the string youre looking for inside other strings  it makes Find locate only whole strings that match the string in the Find What text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Find Next button to start the search. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of the volume of information that Windows stores in the Registry, the first match you find may not be the key or value entry, or value you need. For example, if you use your companys name as the Find item when looking for the RegisteredOrganization key for Windows, you may find another key, such as the registered organization for Internet Explorer. Close examination of the key will usually tell you whether youve found the key you were looking for. If not, press the F3 key or choose Edit Find Next to find the next instance. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Editing a Value Entry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To edit a value entry in the Registry, navigate to it or find it, and then doubleclick it. Alternatively, select it and choose Edit Modify or rightclick it and choose Modify from the shortcut menu. Windows displays the Edit dialog box for the type of data the value entry contains.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>String values and expandable string values are the easiest values to edit. In the Edit String dialog box , enter the text of the string in the Value Data text box, and then click the OK button. Multistring values are relatively simple to edit. In the Edit MultiString dialog box enter all the data for the value entry on separate lines, and then click the OK button. Doubleword values are the next easiest values to edit. In the Edit DWORD 32bit Value dialog box , enter the data in the Value Data text box, then choose the Hexadecimal option button or the Decimal option button as appropriate in the Base group box. When youre editing a builtin doubleword value, you shouldnt need to change the existing Base setting. Click the OK button. Binary values are difficult to change, and you probably wont want to mess with them for fun. In the Edit Binary Value dialog box , edit the data in the Value Data text box with great care, and then click the OK button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Adding a Key or a Value Entry</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can add a key or a value entry to the Registry either automatically or manually. To add a key or value entry to the Registry automatically, doubleclick a .reg file that youve received. For example, some programs sold via download use Registry keys to implement a license You pay for the program and download it. The company then emails you a license and a .reg file. To add the registration data to your Registry, doubleclick the .reg file. Windows adds the necessary keys and value entries to the Registry. To add a key or a value entry to the Registry manually, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick the key in which you want to create the new key or value entry, choose New from the context menu, and choose the appropriate item from the submenu Key, String Value, Binary Value, DWORD 32Bit Value, QWORD 64Bit Value, MultiString Value, or Expandable String Value. Registry Editor creates a new key named New Key 1 or a new value entry named New Value 1 or the next available number and displays an edit box around it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type the name for the key or value entry. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Press the Enter key or click elsewhere in the Registry Editor window. Registry Editor assigns the name you specified to the key or value entry. If you created a value entry, doubleclick it. Registry Editor displays the Edit dialog box for the value entrys data type. Enter the data for the value entry as described in the previous section. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a Key or a Value Entry</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Just as you can create keys and value entries, you can delete them. Generally speaking, its a bad idea to delete any keys other than those youve created. Windows itself and Windows programs protect some keys in the Registry, but youll find a surprising number that arent protected and that you can therefore delete freely. To delete a value entry, rightclick it and choose Delete from the context menu. Registry Editor displays the Confirm Value Delete dialog box shown here. Click the Yes button to confirm the deletion. To delete a key, rightclick it and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. Registry Editor displays the Confirm Key Delete dialog box shown here to make sure you want to get rid of the key and all its subkeys and value entries. Click the Yes button to delete the key.If the key or value entry is locked against deletion, Registry Editor displays an error message box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copying a Key Name</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre describing to someone how to find particular information in the Registry, youll need to get the key name right. But you dont need to type it painstakingly  you can copy it instead. To copy a Registry key name, select it in the left pane in Registry Editor and choose Edit Copy Key Name. You can then paste it from the Clipboard into a program. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Examples of Working with the Registry</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As mentioned at the beginning of the article, Microsoft reckons you should seldom or preferably never need to make changes to the Registry directly. But youll probably run into tips and tweaks, online or in magazines, that promise to improve Windows performance, compatibility, or behavior with a judicious change or two. This section presents some examples of working with the Registry to customize your system. Remember that tinkering with the Registry isnt recommended, because it can have unexpected results. Before you try any of these examples, back up your Registry as described earlier in this article and make sure that you know how to restore it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Evaluate Any Registry Changes Carefully before Trying Them</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you try applying any Registry change that you read about online, think carefully about how much you trust the source of the information and whether youre likely to realize the benefits promised by the change. Changes recommended by print magazines and by reputable online magazines are likely to be okay, but changes posted by supposedly friendly parties in newsgroups or on websites might be malicious rather than helpful. If you have any doubts, spend a few minutes searching for corroboration of the Registry change rather than applying it blindly and suffering the consequences. If you cant find confirmation of what the change does, dont try it. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Choosing Advanced Indexing Options or Moving the Index]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/choosing-advanced-indexing-options-moving-index-a-3056.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Normally, Windows default indexing settings work well for most computers, so you may need to do no more than change the list of folders that Windows indexes, as described in the previous section. However, Windows also provides advanced settings with which you may want to experiment. To do so, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Indexing Options dialog box, click the Advanced button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Advanced Options dialog box, which has two pages of settings the Index Settings page and the File Types page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>In the File Settings group box on the Index Settings page, ignore the Index Encrypted Files check box, which applies only to versions of Windows Vista that include encryption which Windows Vista Home doesnt. Select the Treat Similar Words with Diacritics as Different Words check box if you want Windows to use diacritics to distinguish words instead of ignoring them and treating, say, Motrhead the same as Motorhead. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Troubleshooting group box, you can click the Rebuild button to rebuild your index if you suspect that it has become corrupted  for example, because Search now doesnt find files in folders that Windows is set to index. You can click the Restore Defaults button to restore your index to its default settings if youve made changes that appear to have had a negative effect. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>The Index Location group box shows you the current location of the index file. You can move the file to a different location by clicking the Select New button, choosing the drive and folder in the Browse for Folder dialog box, and then clicking the OK button. The only reason for moving the index is if your computer has two or more hard disks and you can move the index to a faster disk than it is currently on. Having the index on a faster disk will give you somewhat faster indexing and searching. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>The File Types page of the Advanced Options dialog box lets you choose which file types Windows indexes and whether it indexes only the properties or the properties and the file contents. Follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> In the list box, select the file extension associated with the file type you want to affect. For example, select the DOCX file extension to affect Word 2007 documents. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Select the check box to make Windows index the file type. Windows automatically selects the check boxes for file types that you can create. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> In the How Should This File Be Indexed group box, select the Index Properties and File Contents option button if you want Windows to index the documents content as well as its properties. Otherwise, select the Index Properties Only option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you need to add a file extension to the list, click in the text box near the bottom of the File Types page, type the extension, and then click the Add New Extension button. Windows adds it to the list and selects its check box and the Index Properties Only option button. You can then select the Index Properties and File Contents option button if appropriate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>When youve finished choosing advanced options, click the OK button. Windows closes the Advanced Options dialog box and returns you to the Indexing Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Close button. Windows closes the Indexing Options dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Why Not Index All File Contents</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are three reasons not to index all file contents </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Indexing &64257;le contents as well as &64257;le properties takes Windows much longer to complete the indexing process. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Your index &64257;le quickly becomes larger than it needs to be. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Searching tends to become less ef&64257;cient, as you get more unrelated hits. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For these reasons, its best to index file contents only for data files that you might need to be able to identify by their contents. For example, you might need to be able to pick out a Word document by a particular phrase it contains. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to compress a file or folder under Windows Vista. Indexing o]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/compress-file-folder-under-windows-vista-indexing-a-3055.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Compression to Free Up Space</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To save disk space, you can <EM>compress </EM>files, folders, or even an entire drive that uses NTFS. You cant compress a FAT32 drive using Windows. How much disk space you save depends on the types of file youre compressing. Anything thats already compressed  for example, a Zip file or a compressed multimedia file such as an MP3 music file or an MPEG movie  wont compress much, if at all. Files such as Word documents or Excel spreadsheets compress nicely. Uncompressed graphics  for example, Windows Bitmap BMP files  compress very well. Compression saves space so that you can pack more information on your drives, but it has two main disadvantages </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> First, your computer takes longer to access a compressed file, folder, or drive. If your computer can run Windows Vista at a decent speed, the extra effort required for compression shouldnt matter unless you need every ounce of performance for example, for games. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Second, you cannot encrypt a compressed file or folder. However, Windows Vista Home doesnt offer encryption, so this concern applies only to the Business and Ultimate versions of Windows Vista. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Compressing a File or Folder</STRONG></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To compress a file or a folder, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick the file or folder and choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>On the General page, click the Advanced button. Windows displays the Advanced Attributes dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Select the Compress Contents to Save Disk Space check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Advanced Attributes dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box. To uncompress a file or folder, repeat this procedure but clear the Compress Contents to Save Disk Space check box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Some Files and Folders Arent Worth Compressing</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When deciding whether to compress a folder, consider the files it will contain. If the files are already in a highly compressed format, compressing the folder will save no further space. For example, files such as MP3 and WMA audio files and MPEG video files are already compressed as far as they will go, so theres no point in compressing a folder that will contain them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Compressing a Drive</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Compressing individual folders let alone individual files is a slow business, and may not save you a large amount of space. Youll usually get better results from compressing a whole drive. To compress an NTFS drive, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Computer. Windows open a Computer window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Rightclick the drive, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the drive . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>On the General page, select the Compress This Drive to Save Disk Space check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Apply button. Windows displays the Confirm Attribute Changes dialog box, asking if you want to apply this change only to the root of the drive or to its sub folders and files as well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Select the Apply Changes to <EM>drive</EM>, Subfolders and Files option button where <EM>drive </EM>is the drive letter. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Confirm Attribute Changes dialog box and displays the Access Denied dialog box, as shown here, saying that you will need to provide administrator permission to change the drives attributes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Continue button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>Once youre authenticated, Windows displays the Applying Attributes dialog box, and starts compressing the drive, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>When compression is complete, click the OK button in the Properties dialog box for the drive. Windows closes the dialog box. If you find that compressing the drive seems to have reduced your computers performance, you can uncompress it easily enough. Repeat the steps in the above list, but this time, clear the Compress This Drive to Save Disk Space check box. You need to authenticate yourself for decompression as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><STRONG><FONT faceArial>Windows May Be Unable to Compress Files That Are in Use</FONT></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'> <op></op></SPAN></EM></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While compressing a drive, Windows may display the Error Applying Attributes dialog box telling you that an error occurred applying the attribute to in other words, compressing a file because the file is being used by another process. This dialog box offers you an Ignore button, an Ignore All button, a Try Again button, and a Cancel button, as shown here. Usually, the best approach is to click the Retry button to retry the operation. If the dialog box reappears, click the Ignore button. If Windows keeps producing the Error Applying Attributes dialog box, click the Ignore All button to ignore all the errors and continue with the compression, or click the Cancel button to cancel applying the compression for now so that you can try the operation again later. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Archiving and Indexing for a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Apart from compression, the Advanced Attributes dialog box , earlier in the article for a file or folder offers two other options </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>File/Folder Is Ready for Archiving check box </STRONG>Select this check box or leave it selected to specify that the file or folder can be archived. Nothing will happen to the folder until you use a program that checks the archiving status of files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Index This Folder for Fast Searching check box </STRONG>Select this check box or leave it selected to include this folder in any indexing operations you tell Windows to perform. By indexing your folders, Windows creates a database that lets you search more quickly for files matching specified criteria. When youve finished choosing settings in the Advanced Attributes dialog box, click the OK button. Windows closes the Advanced Attributes dialog box. Then click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box for the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Indexing and Search Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista automatically creates indexes of all the files and folders on your computer that are marked for indexing. Windows marks most of your data files and folders for indexing by default, so it indexes these items unless you specifically tell it not to by clearing the Index This File for Fast Searching check box or the Index This Folder for Fast Searching check box in the Advanced Attributes dialog box for the file or folder. Windows doesnt index your system files and program files, because normally you wont store data in your system folders and program folders, so you wont need to search through them. Unlike Windows XP, which let you turn off indexing if you found it slowed your computer down at inconvenient times, Windows Vista doesnt let you turn off indexing. However, you can choose which files and folders Windows indexes and tell Windows how to index any given file type. To configure indexing and search options, open the Indexing Options dialog box. You can then modify the list of folders that Windows indexes, choose advanced settings for particular categories and types of files, rebuild your index, or move the index to a different disk drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To open the Indexing Options dialog box, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows open a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In Control Panel Home view, click the System and Maintenance link. Windows displays the System and Maintenance window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Indexing Options link. Windows displays the Indexing Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the List of Folders that Windows Indexes</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To change the list of folders that Windows indexes, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Indexing Options dialog box, click the Modify button. Windows displays the Indexed Locations dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Change Selected Locations list box, select the check box for each folder you want to index. Windows adds each folder to the Included Locations side of the Summary of Selected Locations list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If you want to include a folder and most but not all of its subfolders, select the check box for the folder, and then clear the check box for each subfolder you dont want to include. Windows adds the subfolders name to the Exclude side of the Summary of Selected Locations list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Indexed Locations dialog box and returns you to the Indexing Options dialog box. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Opening a File with a Program Other than the Associated Program]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/opening-file-with-program-other-than-associated-program-a-3054.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once you have the correct file association in place, doubleclicking a file opens it in the associated program. Sometimes you may want to open the file in a different program. For example, you might want to use the Word Viewer which you can download from the Microsoft website instead of Word to open a DOC file just in case the file contains malware that your antivirus program has missed. To open a file with a program other than the associated program, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick the file and choose Open With from the context menu. Windows displays the Open With dialog box. If Windows displays an Open With submenu , you can simply select the program if its listed; if not, select the Choose Default Program item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the list box, select the program with which to open the file. If the program you want to use does not appear in either the Recommended Programs list or the Other Programs list, click the Browse button, use the second Open With dialog box to choose the program, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>If you want Windows to create an Open With submenu for this file type and place an item for this program and the default program for this file type on the submenu, select the Always Use the Selected Program to Open This Kind of File check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Open With dialog box and opens the file with the program you chose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you selected the Always Use the Selected Program to Open This Kind of File check box in step 3, Windows adds an Open With submenu to the context menu for the file type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understanding how Windows Vistas sharing works </STRONG>Windows Vista encourages you to create a separate user account for each person who uses the computer. Windows keeps each users folder separate from other users and protects the contents of each users folder. An Administrator user can view any users folder. You can share files or folders by placing them in the Publicfolder which is always shared or by setting up sharing on individual files or folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting up sharing and discovery </STRONG>To let users of other computers see the files and folders your computer is sharing, you must enable discovery. You can then choose whether to share files and folders, your computers Public folder, your computers printer, and your media library. You can also decide whether to limit sharing to people who have a user account on your computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sharing files and folders </STRONG>To share a file or folder with all other users of your computer or network, place the file or folder in your computers Public folder. To share a file or folder only with specific users, select the file or folder, click the Share button on the toolbar, and then use the File Sharing dialog box to select the users and specify which level of permissions to give them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Seeing which files and folders youre sharing </STRONG>To see which files and folders youre sharing, choose Start Network, click the Network and Sharing Center button on the toolbar, and then click the Show Me All the Files and Folders I Am Sharing link. In the Shared by Me window that Windows Vista displays, you can choose to stop sharing files or folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Working with file associations, file extensions, and file types </STRONG>Windows normally manages file types, file extensions, and their associations with programs for you, but if you find that the wrong program opens when you doubleclick a file in an Explorer window, you may need to change the program associated with a file type. To do so, choose Start Default Programs, click the Associate a File Type or Protocol with a Program link, select the file type, select the program, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>which the data is stored, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Close any other programs youre running. This step is optional, but it allows the conversion to run unhindered. Also, youll need to reboot your computer twice during the conversion. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose Start All Programs Accessories Command Prompt. Windows opens a Command Prompt window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Issue a convert command for the appropriate drive. The syntax for the convert command for converting a drive to NTFS is convert <EM>drive</EM> /FSNTFS, where <EM>drive </EM>is the letter of the drive to convert. For example, the following command converts the D drive </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>convert d /FSNTFS </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Give your computer some time to perform the conversion, and reboot it when Windows asks you to. The convert command takes a while to run, depending on how big the drive is and how much it contains. You should know a couple of other things about it </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> convert needs a modest amount of space for the conversion, so the disk cant be stuffed to the gills with files when you convert it. If the disk <EM>is </EM>stuffed  which isnt a great idea anyway  you just need to move some of the files off the drive temporarily while you perform the conversion. You can then move the files back onto the drive, and Windows will store the moved files using NTFS. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you want the files and folders on the converted drive to have no security on them, add the /NoSecurityflag to the command. You wont usually want to do this, but it may be useful in special circumstances. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Converting the system volume to NTFS requires two reboots. The conversion happens after the first reboot, and Windows then reboots itself again.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Opening a File with a Program Other than the Associated Program]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/opening-file-with-program-other-than-associated-program-a-3053.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating and Registering a New File Type</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want, you can create a file of an unregistered file type simply by specifying an extension that hasnt been used. You wont normally need to do this, because any program you install on Windows should automatically register its own file types. But you may sometimes need to use this technique for a program that was designed for an earlier version of Windows and that cant install itself successfully on Windows Vista. You may be able to get the program running by copying an existing installation across to your Windows Vista computer  but that probably wont include details of the file types. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create and register a new file type, open Notepad, enter a space, and save the </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>new document it automatically creates under a name that uses the extension you want  for example, Example.888 if you need to use the 888 extension. You must enter the filename and extension within double quotation marks, because otherwise Notepad automatically assigns the .txt extension, which is associated with the TXT file type. Exit Notepad once youve created the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now open an Explorer window to the folder in which you created the file, change to Details view, and youll see the .888 extension or whatever extension you chose displayed. Explorer decides that the file type for this file is 888 File; youve created a new file type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you need to tell Windows which program to use for opening this file type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Doubleclick the &64257;le in Explorer. Wait while Windows consults the Registry about the &64257;le type and comes up dry. Windows then displays the Windows Cannot Open This File dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose the Select a Program from a List of Installed Programs option button. Windows displays a slightly different version of the Open With dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Type a Description That You Want to Use for This Kind of File text box, enter the name you want to assign to the &64257;le type. Make it as concise and descriptive as possible. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the Programs list box, select the program you want to associate with the &64257;le type. If the program isnt listed, click the Browse button and use the resulting Open With dialog box to identify it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Select the Always Use the Selected Program to Open This Kind of File check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows creates the &64257;le type, creates Registry entries for it, and opens the &64257;le in the speci&64257;ed program. Now, when you doubleclick a file of your new file type, Windows opens the file using the program you chose. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Displaying all File Extensions]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/displaying-file-extensions-a-3052.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows has an engrossing love/hate relationship with file extensions. It cant live without them, but itd sure like to keep them out of sight. Windows needs file extensions so that it knows the actions it can take with a particular file. But Microsoft seems to feel that extensions look ugly, so it makes Windows hide them for as long as possible. This improves the cosmetic look of long filenames and a few other things, but it also has some undesirable consequences. So by default, Windows hides file extensions for registered file types, relying on icons in their various forms thumbnails, tiles, and icons to identify the file type and the extension. In Details view, the Type column in the Explorer windows and dialog boxes displays the file type. And because most every file type is registered either by Windows itself or by the program you install that creates that type of file, all file extensions remain hidden until you change the settings. If youre comfortable with icons, this is more or less okay. But if not, you can display most file extensions as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Organize Folder and Search Options to display the Folder Options dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the View tab to display the View page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Clear the Hide File Extensions for Known File Types check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button to close the dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in the list, the LNK file type is used for shortcuts. So if you make Windows display the extension for LNK files, youll see a .lnk extension popping up for shortcuts on your Desktop, for shortcuts on your Start menu, and for shortcuts in Explorer windows. The .lnk extensions on the Desktop are entirely harmless, but the extensions on the Start menu <EM>are </EM>ugly and make it a little more awkward to use. For one thing, the four extra characters  the period and <EM>LNK</EM>  make each of the cascading menus wider than it would otherwise be. And apart from the visual distraction, its conceptually a little distracting to realize that many of the items on the Start menu are plain old shortcuts. Its not quite like pulling aside the wizards curtain, but it gives a feeling that the Start menu is held together by virtual string and sealing wax. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Similarly, the URL file type is for Internet shortcuts and URLs. So if you make Windows display the .url extension, it appears on all Internet shortcuts, including those on your Favorites menus. This too looks ugly, and you can see why Microsoft doesnt want these extensions displayed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The problem with not displaying extensions is that some file types can be used to deliver viruses. All the scripting file types  VBE and VBS files, JSE and JS files, WSF files, even SCF files  can perform a wide variety of actions on your computer without consulting you. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>No savvy user will run a script that arrives unsolicited It could be just about anything, and the chances of it doing anything pleasant are small. But, because Windows hides these extensions, a script file can easily masquerade as another file type. For example, say a malefactor creates a script file and names it Latest Britney Clip.mp3.vbs. Because the .vbs extension is hidden, this file shows up as Latest Britney Clip.mp3. If the user doubleclicks it, thinking that doing so will start the file playing in their default MP3 player for example, Windows Media Player, the script executes instead. The icon for the script will be wrong, but people often miss this, particularly in Details view in Explorer or when opening an attachment from email. Any antivirus program worth using will catch such scripts, but many people forget to check every file they receive, especially if a file seems to have appealing contents. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista doesnt let you display these alwayshidden extensions, so keep using your antivirus program, and check the source of any files you receive that appear suspicious. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Changing the File Type Linked to an Extension</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As mentioned earlier, some programs grab file types without asking, either during their setup routines or each time you run them. Other programs ask for permission before grabbing. Either way, youll sometimes need to change file types so that theyre associated with the program you want rather than with the greediest program around. To change the file type linked to a particular extension, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Rightclick a file with that extension, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the file. The General page displays information including the type of file the Type of File readout and the program associated with it the Opens With readout. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Change button. Windows displays the Open With dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Programs list box, select the program with which to open the file </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows breaks down the programs it offers into two categories <EM>Recommended Programs </EM>and <EM>Other Programs</EM>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If neither category lists the program you want to use, click the Browse button. Windows displays a second Open With dialog box. This dialog box is an Open dialog box in disguise. Navigate to and select the program, and then click the Open button. Windows closes the second Open With dialog box and returns you to the first Open With dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the first Open With dialog box and links the extension to the file type you selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box for the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the Program Associated with a File Type</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find that one program grabs another programs file types, you may need to change the program associated with a file type. To do so, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Default Programs to open a Default Programs window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Associate a File Type or Protocol with a Specific Program link to open the Set Associations window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the list box, select the file type you want to change. By default, this list is sorted alphabetically by file extension name, but you can sort by the Description column or the Current Default column by clicking the appropriate column heading. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Change Program button to display the Open With dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If the program you want to use appears in the Recommended Programs list or the Other Programs list, select it. Otherwise, click the Browse button to display a second Open With dialog box, which is a standard Windows Open dialog box given a new name. Navigate to the folder that contains the program you want, select the program, and then click the Open button. Windows returns you to the first Open With dialog box, in which it selects the program you chose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button to close the Open With dialog box and apply your choice.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Registering File Types and Associations]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/registering-file-types-associations-a-3051.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows stores its file types and associations in the Registry. You can dig at them there by using the techniques described in Article 11, but its seldom a good idea unless you know exactly what youre doing. Windows provides tools for viewing and changing file types and associations, so you dont need to visit the Registry unless youre trying to create very special effects. When you install a program, the setup routine typically handles the registration of any file types associated with the program. The better setup routines check with you before registering the file types, because they may already be registered to other programs. But more aggressive programs monitor the file types associated with them and try to reclaim them each time you run the program. Audio players particularly MP3 players and video players tend to be the worst offenders on this front, but theyre by no means the only ones; productivity programs can be greedy too. The better programs let you specify whether they should reclaim file types automat ically and, if so, which file types. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Specifying the File Type of a File</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Typically, you specify the file type of a file by adding the appropriate extension or one of the appropriate extensions to it. Most Windows programs use common dialog boxes for Save operations. These common dialog boxes include a Save As Type dropdown list that you use to specify the file type for the file. By default, the program displays the most likely file type in the Save As dialog box. If you dont explicitly specify the extension for the file, the program adds it. For example, if you save a workbook file in Excel 2007, Excel suggests the Microsoft Excel Workbook file type in the Save As Type dropdown list. If you dont add an extension to the filename, Excel automatically adds the extension .xlsx, which is linked to the Microsoft Excel Workbook file type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Finding Out Which File Type a File Is</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your first clue to which file type a file is should be the icon that Windows uses for the file. For example, if Windows shows a stylized Word icon for the file, its probably some form of Word document. But icons can be hard to identify, especially when theyre small  and in any case, Windows often uses the same icon for several file types for example, different types of Word documents. To find out which file type a file is, rightclick the file in an Explorer window or on the Desktop, and then choose Properties from the context menu. The General page of the Properties dialog box for the file displays its file type. Alternatively, switch the Explorer window to Details view, and then look at the Type column.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Working with File Associations, File Extensions, and File Types]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/working-with-file-associations-file-extensions-file-types-a-3050.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you doubleclick a file with an .exe extension, Windows runs the file. If you doubleclick a file with a .txt extension, Windows opens the file in Notepad or your default text editor. If you doubleclick a file with an .mp3 extension, Windows starts it playing in Windows Media Player or your default audio player for MP3 files. In each of these examples, your doubleclick triggers a different action keyed by the file type with which the file extension is associated. This section discusses file extensions, file types, and file associations, how they interact, and how you can customize them to suit your work needs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>What Are File Extensions</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The <EM>extension </EM>is that part of the filename that appears after the last period in the filename. For example, in a file named September 2008 Report.doc, the extension is .doc. In a file named September 2008 Report. Edited by Bill.doc, the extension is still .doc, even though theres an earlier period in the filename. A filename doesnt have to have an extension, but almost all files do, because the extension identifies the file type associated with the file, and the file type contains information on the program and action to use for the file. More on this in a minute. If a file doesnt have an extension, Windows doesnt know what to do with it  unless the file is one of the file types designed to have no extension, such as a folder or a DVD. Most extensions are three characters for example, .exe, .doc, or .avi, but some are four characters for example, .jpeg, .mpeg, or .html. Extensions can be up to 200 characters long, but this length is impractical and unnecessary for all but the most specialized purposes. Despite the proliferation of programs and file types, many threecharacter extensions remain unused and available, though developers who need to create a new file type may prefer a distinctive fourcharacter extension to an unmemorable threecharacter extension. Users  particularly those who grew up using DOS  tend to be familiar with threecharacter extensions, so fourcharacter extensions seem strange or a bit wrong. With the Office 2007 programs, Microsoft is gradually transitioning to fourcharacter extensions. For example, Word 2007 documents use the .docx file extension, and Excel 2007 workbooks use the .xlsx file extension. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>What Are File Types</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ideally, each file extension is linked to a <EM>file type</EM>, a descriptive category with which actions can be associated. For example, the .bmp extension is linked by default to the Bitmap Image file type. The default action associated with the Bitmap Image file type is Open. So when you doubleclick a file with the .bmp extension, Windows opens the file in the default program Windows Photo Gallery. Other actions associated by default with the Bitmap Image file type are Edit, Print, and PrintTo. Windows comes with preset associations for file types of which its already aware, and programs you install add further associations for their file types. Unlike Windows XP, which lets you edit the action associated with a file type, Windows Vista does not let you edit the action. Each extension can be linked to only one file type at a time. If an extension isnt linked to a file type, when you doubleclick the file, Windows opens a dialog box telling you the problem and letting you choose between using a Web service to find the correct program or choosing the program from a list of installed programs. Multiple extensions can be linked to a given file type. For example, by default the extensions .mpa, .mpe, .mpeg, .mpg, and .mpv2 are linked to the Movie Clip file type. So when you doubleclick a file with any one of those five extensions, Windows performs the default action for the Movie Clip file type, which is to open it and play it. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Choose Sharing and Discovery Settings]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/choose-sharing-discovery-settings-a-3049.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, arrange the sharing you need by choosing suitable sharing and discovery settings. You need to authenticate yourself to User Account Control for most of these settings. Follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>To enable your computer to see and be seen by other computers on the network, click the dropdown button on the Sharing and Discovery bar to display its controls, select the Turn on Network Discovery option button, and then click the Apply button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If you want to share files and folders within folders other than the Public folder, click the dropdown button on the File Sharing bar to display its controls, select the Turn on File Sharing option button, and then click the Apply button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If you want to share items in your computers Public folder with other computers on the network, click the dropdown button on the Public Folder Sharing bar to display its controls. If you want to share items so that others can open them but not change them, select the Turn on Sharing So Anyone with Network Access Can Open Files option button. If you want others to be able to change the files youre sharing or create new files in the folders youre sharing, select the Turn on Sharing So Anyone with Network Access Can Open, Change, and Create Files option button. Click the Apply button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If you want to share a printer attached to your computer, click the dropdown button on the Printer Sharing bar to display its controls, select the Turn on Printer Sharing option button, and then click the Apply button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If you shared the Public folder in step 3 or a printer in step 4, but you want to restrict access to the folder or printer to those people who have user accounts on your computer but are accessing the folder or printer from another computer, click the dropdown button on the Password Protected Sharing bar to display its controls, select the Turn on Password Protected Sharing option button, and then click the Apply button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>If you want to share music, picture, and video files in your media library, click the dropdown button on the Media Sharing bar to display its controls, and then click the Change button. Windows displays the Media Sharing dialog box, which walks you through the process of specifying what you want to share and whom you want to share it with. Article 22 shows the Media Sharing dialog box and explains the process in detail. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN>button.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>Click the Close button the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Windows closes the Network and Sharing Center window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Sharing Files and Folders</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista provides two easy ways of sharing files and folders </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Use the Public folder to share the file or folder with all other users of the computer and users of other computers on the same network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Change the permissions on a particular file or folder so that its shared with one or more other users. You can decide exactly who you want to share the file or folder with. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next two sections discuss these ways of sharing a folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sharing Files and Folders with All Other Users of Your Computer and Network</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To share a file or a folder with all the other users of your computer and the network to which it is connected, put the file or folder in the UsersPublic folder. If youve turned on Public Folder Sharing in the Network and Sharing Center, as described in Choose Sharing and Discovery Settings, earlier in this article, Windows makes the file or folder available to all other users of the network; if you allowed others to change items, they can edit or delete a file or folder, or create new files within a folder. If you allowed others only to open the file, they can open it but not save changes to it within the Public folder. If youve turned off Public Folder Sharing, items you place in the Public folder are available to other users of your computer but not to users of other computers on the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Sharing a File or Folder with Specific Users</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sharing a file or folder with everyone can be useful, especially for items such as music files that everyone needs to access. But often youll want to share a file or folder with some people but not with others. To share a file or folder with specific users, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Open an Explorer window to the folder that contains the file or folder you want to share. For example, choose Start Computer to open a Computer window, and then navigate to the folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Select the file or folder, and then click the Share button on the toolbar. You can also rightclick the file or folder, and then choose Share from the shortcut menu. Windows displays the File Sharing dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the dropdown list, select the user with whom you want to share the file or folder. Select the Everyone All Users in This List item if you want to share it with everyone. Your own username appears in the list, but you already have access to the file or folder. You can also choose the Create a New User item in the dropdown list and create a new user, but normally its best to share only with the existing users. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the Add button to add the selected user or group to the list in the list box. Windows assigns the user or group the Reader permission level. This permission level allows the user or group to open the file or folder, but not change it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>If you want to give the user or group a different level of permission for this file or folder, click the dropdown button next to the Reader item, and then choose Contributor or CoOwner from the dropdown list </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Contributor </STRONG>The user or group can open all the files in the folder, add new files, and change or delete files they add. They cannot change or delete files youve created. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>CoOwner </STRONG>The user or group can work freely with all the files in the folder, changing or deleting them as needed, or adding new files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Share button to apply the sharing youve set up, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows Vista applies the permissions, and then displays a File Sharing window telling you that the items are shared. The window may include a link that lets you automatically send details of the shared file or folder to the user or users with whom you have shared it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Done button. Windows closes the File Sharing window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Seeing the Files and Folders Youre Sharing</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you share a file or folder, Windows Vista adds to the file or folders icon a little square icon showing the heads and shoulders of a couple of regular folks. If youre using Extra Large Icons or Large Icons in Explorer, and youre sharing only a few files and folders, you may be able to use these squares to keep track of the items youre sharing  but more likely, you could use an easier way of tracking these items. To see which files and folders youre sharing, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Start button, rightclick the Network item, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays a Network and Sharing Center window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>At the bottom of the window, click the Show Me all the Files and Folders I Am Sharing link. Windows displays a Shared by Me window showing the items youre sharing . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to stop sharing one of the files or folders, click it in the list, and then click the Share button on the toolbar. Alternatively, rightclick the file or folder, and then choose Share from the shortcut menu. Windows displays the File Sharing window . Click the Stop Sharing button. Windows removes the permissions, and then displays a File Sharing window telling you that you have stopped sharing the file or folder. Click the Done button.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[What is Windows Vista Business sharing and how it works]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/what-windows-vista-business-sharing-works-a-3048.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Business versions of Windows Vista, which let you connect your computer to a network running Windows Server, have extremely finegrained permissions. For example, with the right settings, you can allow one user to open files in a particular folder but not change them. Or you can prevent another user from seeing those files in that folder, but allow them to navigate through that folder to a subfolder it contains and then allow them to work with just one of the files in that subfolder. Setting such permissions is intricate and tricky  and in any case, most home users dont need such complex permissions. So, the Home versions of Windows Vista provide a simplified set of permissions and set up sharing as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows encourages you to create a separate user account for each person who uses your computer and to protect each user account with a password. Windows keeps each user accounts files separately. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows Vista creates a folder named Users on the system drive  for example, CUsers. This folder contains each users user account and a separate collection of settings for each user. By contrast, Windows XP stores the user accounts in the Documents and Settings folder for example, CDocuments and Settings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The Users folder contains a folder for each user account youve created, together with a Public folder, which Windows Vista creates so that you can share files and folders with other users of the computer and the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows Vista automatically protects files and folders in each user account from Standard users and the Guest user. However, any Administrator user can access the contents of any users user account folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows Vista assumes that youll want to share some files and folders with other users of your computer, but not with other computers on the network. For such sharing, Windows Vista provides folders that are automatically shared with all users of your computer the Public folder structure. You cant stop Windows from sharing these folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows Vista lets you choose whether to let other computers on the network see your computer and whether to share files, the Public folder, and printers from your computer. You can choose whether to limit the sharing of the Public folder and printers to people who have a user account on your computer or whether to let anyone access these items. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows Vista lets you share your media library  your music, pictures, and videos  with other users on the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> For any folder apart from folders owned and protected by the operating system, you can choose to share the folder on the network. You can even share your Documents folder but its not usually a good idea. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You can share either a folder or individual files. Normally, its best to set up folders for sharing and then place in them the files you want to share. If you share a file and let other users modify it, they can also create new files in the folder that contains the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Who Are the Administrator Users</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The user who set up Windows Vista on your computer becomes an Administrator user. That user can create other Administrator users as needed. The computer must always have at least one Administrator user so that theres someone to administer it if a problem occurs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Expert Knowledge Manipulating Permissions with </STRONG><EM>cacls</EM><STRONG>and </STRONG><EM>xcacls</EM><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find the file sharing arrangements in Home versions of Windows Vista too simple, you may be glad to know that Windows Vista includes a tool that lets you manipulate permissions on individual files. Its called cacls, its a commandline utility, and its awkward to use because you need to understand permissions in order to make it do what you want. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>cacls stands for change access control lists, and theres a more powerful version of cacls called xcacls extended change access control lists that you can download for free from the Microsoft website search for xcacls.exe. In Windows, an <EM>access control list </EM>ACL is used to store the permissions for an object, such as a file, a folder, a printer, or another resource. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because cacls and xcacls are highly esoteric, this article leaves you to explore them on your own if you decide you need them. Use the / switch from the command line for example, cacls / to display the help available. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Up Sharing and Discovery</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM>Sharing and discovery </EM>is the group of Windows settings that control how your computer can communicate with other computers on your network. These settings are part of Windows Firewall, a softwarebased form of protection for your computer. To set up sharing and discovery, you must be an Administrator user or know an Administrator users password. Your computer should be connected to a private network rather than a public network  for example, connected to your home network where you do want to share files rather than to a public network at your local airport or coffee shop where you dont want to share files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Opening a Network and Sharing Center Window</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To set up sharing and discovery, first open a Network and Sharing Center window . Click the Start button, rightclick the Network item, and then choose Properties from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Making Sure Your Computer Is on a Private Network</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Network area, make sure that Windows Vista knows your computer is connected to a private network. If the Network readout says Public network, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Customize link. Windows launches the Set Network Location Wizard, which displays the Customize Network Settings screen . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Network Name text box, check the name thats entered. If Windows Vista is still using Network, consider giving the network a more descriptive name  for example, Home Network or Our Network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Location Type area, select the Private option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If you want to change the network icon used, click the Change button, select a different icon in the Change Network Icon dialog box, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Next button and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control if necessary. The wizard displays the Successfully Set Network Settings screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Close button. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Aero requirements]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-aero-requirements-a-3047.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As noted earlier, you have to be running an activated version of Vista Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, or Ultimate Edition in order to utilize Windows Vista Aero. Here, <EM>activated </EM>refers to the Product Activation feature thats included in Windows Vista, whereby each Windows Vista installation is guaranteed, via a service called Windows Genuine Advantage, to be legitimate and not pirated. Most copies of Windows Vista that are preinstalled on new PCs come preactivated, so this is a step that many users wont have to worry about. However, if you purchase a retail version of Windows Vista, youll need to activate it. Next, your display adapter must meet certain technical requirements. It must support DirectX 9.0 with Pixel Shader 2 in hardware and be supported by a new Windows Display Driver Model WDDM driver. The WDDM driver requirement is part of the reason Aero is so much more reliable than other Vista user experiences To become WDDM certified, a driver must pass certain Microsoft tests aimed around making these drivers of higher quality. Additionally, your graphics card must have enough dedicated memory RAM to drive your display.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Windows Vista Aero</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre not a big fan of the translucent glass effects provided by Windows Vista Aero but would still like to take advantage of the other unique features and reliability offered by this user experience, take heart. Microsoft has nicely provided a handy configuration utility to Aero that enables you to finetune how it looks. This functionality is available via the Personalization section of the Control Panel. The quickest way to get there is to rightclick a blank area of the desktop, choose Properties, and then select Windows Color and Appearance from the Personalize appearance and sound effects control panel. This window, enables you to change various aspects of Aeros visual style. First, you can pick between preset color choices by selecting one of the color scheme swatches shown at the top of the window. You can also disable transparent glass really translucency or vary the intensity of the translucency to meet your liking. Finally, you can expand the Show color mixer option and apply varying levels of color, saturation, and brightness to achieve just the look and feel you want. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How Windows Jumped from 224 Glyphs</STRONG> <STRONG>to 652 to 100,000</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When Microsoft incorporated TrueType font technology into Windows 3.1, a particular set of 224 characters was present in almost every font that shipped with the operating system. This was known as the Windows ANSI character set. Installed for users in the United States and Western Europe, these characters met most Westerners wordprocessing needs when used with an appropriate keyboard, for example, U.S., U.K., French, and so forth. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These 224 characters, however, were frustrating for most of the rest of the people in the world. Many characters that are essential to write Eastern European languages were missing from the English install of the operating system. And speakers of Asian languages, such as Japanese, Chinese, and Korean, were even more at a loss to use Windows for communication in the languages they were familiar with. Microsoft and other software companies tried to fill this gap with various addon products. Ultimately, Windows had to expand its character set. Beginning with Windows 95, and continuing with more fervor in Windows 98, Microsoft started including fonts that contained 652 characters. This expanded set of glyphs was called WGL4the Windows Glyph List 4.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It was considered a PanEuropean character set, because each font contained characters needed by Eastern European, Greek, Turkish, and Cyrillic language groups as well as speakers of Western European languages. Most keyboards still bore the same number of keys. But users of nonWestern European languages could purchase localized keyboards and easily configure Windows to use the appropriate character set. Beginning in Windows 2000, and continuing through Windows XP and Windows Vista, Microsoft began to build a much larger character set into Windows. This is known as Unicode, a movement with its own international standards bodies. Unicode was originally conceived to support up to 65,000 glyphs, allowing thousands of Asian ideograms to have their own place in the standard. This set of glyphs is known as the Basic Multilingual Plane or, for short, Plane 0. Even this wasnt enoughscholars have identified more than 1 million unique glyphs used by all the worlds people at one time or anotherso Unicode was expanded to handle an additional 16 planes of 65,000 characters each Supplementary Planes 1 through 16. Today, 100,000 or so glyphs have places reserved for them in official Unicode documentation, though no font yet exists that is capable of rendering them all.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Making Progress in International Communications</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An overview of Windows evolution in fonts shows a continuous increase in the size of the language groups the operating system can support. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows ANSI</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows 3.1s original character set is called <EM>Windows ANSI</EM>, although the specification was never formally made a standard by ANSI the American National Standards Institute. The new 224character range was an improvement on <EM>USASCII</EM>, a 7bit code used by older computers, which offered only 96 printable characters out of a possible 128. The first 32 positions were reserved for control codes such as Tab and Line Feed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows ANSI also retains the same 32 control codes, leaving 224 printable characters available out of the 256 that are possible in an 8bit scheme. Windows ANSI was designed by Microsoft as a superset some would say an incompatible set of <EM>ISO88591</EM>, a specification of the International Standards Organization that ANSI did at one time adopt. ISO88591 reserved 32 positions in the middle of its 8bit series for control codes such as CCH, cancel character. Microsoft Windows fonts instead used these positions for printable characters, such as the trademark symbol TM and curly quotes. This conflict of character codes still haunts Windows users, as well discuss later in this article. Windows ANSI is also known as Windows1252 one of several code pages that are used to define the character encoding used in an HTML document and Latin1 because it includes many of the characters of the Latin or Roman alphabet thats used in Western countries.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Unicode One Font to Rule Them All</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The answer to the confusion over which characters are available in Windowsand whether all Windows users can see those characters when viewing and printing a document prepared by someone using a different PCis <EM>Unicode</EM>. This project, which attempts to collect and standardize every character that every language group in the world uses, is a massive effort. According to David McCreedy, who manages the <STRONG>TravelPhrases.info </STRONG>web site and maintains a huge font list, there are more than 1,100 fonts available that contain at least some multilingual Unicode characters. None of these fonts, however, includes every possible glyph.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM>Lucida Sans Unicode</EM>, which has been included in every Microsoft operating system since NT 4 and Windows 95, includes about 1,776 glyphs, surpassing WGL4. Microsofts <EM>Arial</EM> <EM>Unicode MS</EM>, which is included with Office 2000/XP/2003/2007, comes close to covering the Unicode range with more than 50,000 glyphs, McCreedy says. Meanwhile, these and other fonts seem to add to their character sets every day as well describe later in this article. How can you use all these characters Think about it. Perhaps you really should be including a copyright or a trademark symbol in your documents. Hmmm, these characters dont appear on your keyboard. Well show you how to master this challenge and much more.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How to Enter ANSI Characters</STRONG> <STRONG>from the Keyboard</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The characters are numbered 32 through 127 and 0128 through 0255. The numbers above 127, representing characters that dont appear on a U.S.style keyboard, required you in previous versions of Windows to enter a leading zero to access them via the numeric keypad. More on this shortly. The leading zero is no longer necessary if youre using the keypad to enter these characters in Vista. The first glyph in each row represents the character youll see when an ordinary text font, such as Arial or Times New Roman, is selected. The second glyph is visible if Windows Symbol font is selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The third glyph is from Wingdings, a whimsical dingbats font Microsoft threw into the mix to add some spice to its first rollout of TrueType. If youre using a version of Windows from Windows 3.1 on up, and it has a Western code page configured, then you have these characters. They arent much. U.S. users dont even see a way on their keyboards to type a symbol for the pound currency  or a registered trademark . But theyre there, and they do the job if youre writing a document in a major Western European language.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Whats New in the Windows Vista User Interface]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/whats-windows-vista-user-interface-a-3046.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>G</STRONG>azing upon Windows Vista for the first time, you will immediately be struck by how different everything looks when compared to older Windows versions such as Windows XP and Windows 2000. Now, windows are translucent and glasslike, with subtle animations and visual cues. This new interface leaves no doubt Windows Vista is a major new Windows version, with much to learn and explore. In this article, well examine the new Windows Vista user interface, called Aero, and explain what you need to know to adapt to this new system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understanding the Windows Vista User Experience</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the first PC hit the streets over 20 years ago, users were saddled with an unfriendly, nonintuitive user interface based on the MSDOS command line and its ubiquitous C prompt. Since then, computer user interfaces have come a long way, first with the advent of the mousedriven graphical user interface GUI on the Macintosh and later in Windows, and then with the proliferation of Internet connectivity in the late 1990s, which blurred the line between local and remote content. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Over the years, Microsoft has done much to evolve the state of the art of computer GUIs for the masses. Windows 95 introduced the notion of rightclicking on objects to discover contextsensitive options. Windows 98 introduced a shell, Explorer, that was based on the same code found in Internet Explorer. And Windows XP began a trend toward taskoriented user interfaces, with folder views that changed based on the content you were viewing or selected. In Windows Vista, the Windows user interface, or as Microsoft likes to call it, the Windows user experience, has evolved yet again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Assuming you are running the proper Vista product edition Windows Vista Home Basic and Starter editions need not apply and have the right kind of display hardware, youll be presented with a translucent, glasslike interface that takes the Windows user interface metaphor to its logical conclusion. Thats right In Windows Vista, windows actually appear to be made of glass just like real windows. At a higher level, however, it may be comforting to understand that much in Windows Vista has not changed. That is, you still press a Start button to launch the Start Menu, from where you can perform tasks such as launching applications, accessing the Control Panel, networking features, and other related functionality, and turn off the system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A taskbar still runs along the bottom of the Windows Vista desktop, containing buttons for each open window and application. A system tray still sits in the lowerright corner of the screen, full of notification icons and the system clock. The desktop still contains icons and shortcuts. Windows still appear to float above this desktop, and all of your familiar applications and documents will still work. What you see in Windows Vista depends largely on the version of Vista youre using, the hardware thats in your system, and your own personal preferences. More confusing, perhaps, is that you likely wont see options for all four of the user experiences Microsoft offers in Vista. However, the method you use for changing between these experiences is the same for all Vista product editions except for Starter edition You need to access the classic Appearance Settings dialog box, which will look familiar if youre used to previous Windows versions. To access this dialog box, rightclick the desktop and choose Personalize. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then, click the Visual Appearance link in the Personalize appearance and sound effects control panel window that appears. Then, click the link titled Open classic appearance properties. Whew This dialog box enables you to switch between what Microsoft still calls, disconcertingly, color schemes. Windows Vista Aero is the highend user experience, and the one youll likely want its not available in Vista Home Basic or Starter. Windows Vista Basic is the simplest version of the new user interface, and it is available to all Vista editions, including Starter. Windows Vista Standard not to be confused with the Windows Standard color scheme is available only in Windows Vista Home Basic, so many readers will not see this choice. And Windows Classic is available to all Vista editions. All of the color schemes except for Windows Vista Aero, Windows Vista Standard, and Windows Vista Basic actually utilize the Classic user experience.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Windows Vista Basic</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista Basic is the entrylevel desktop user experience in Windows Vista and the one youre going to see on Windows Vista Home Basic or in other editions if you dont meet certain hardware requirements, which well discuss in just a bit. From a technological perspective, Windows Vista Basic renders the Windows desktop in roughly the same way as does Windows XP, meaning it doesnt take advantage of Vistas new graphical prowess.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>That said, Vista Basic still provides many unique Vista features such as integrated desktop searchavailable via a search box in the upper right corner of every Explorer windowand Live Icons, which show live previews of the contents of document files. If you work in the IT department of a business that is considering deploying Windows Vista, you can actually roll out a feature called Classic Mode via Group Policy GP that does, in fact, configure Windows Vista to look almost exactly like Windows 2000. Classic Mode essentially combines the Classic user experience with the s mentioned previously. Windows Vista Basic isnt as attractive as Windows Vista Aero, but there are actually advantages to using it. For starters, it does perform better than Aero, so its a good bet for lowerend computers. Notebook and Tablet PC users will notice that Vista Basic actually provides better battery life than Aero, too. So if youre on the road and not connected to a power source, Vista Basic is a thriftier choice if youre trying to maximize runtime. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the flipside, Windows Vista Basic has a few major if nonobvious disadvantages. Because it uses XPera display rendering techniques, Windows Vista Basic is not as reliable as Aero and could thus lead to system crashes and even Blue Screen crashes because of poorly written display drivers. Aero display drivers are typically far more reliable, and the Aero display itself is inherently superior to that offered by Basic.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even if you are running Windows Vista Aero, you may still run into the occasional issue that causes the display to flash and suddenly revert back to Windows Vista Basic. For example, some applications like Apple QuickTime Player 7 arent compatible with Windows Vista Aero; when you run such an application, the user experience will revert to Windows Vista Basic. When you close the offending application, Aero returns. In other cases, certain applications that use custom window rendering will actually display in a Windows Vista Basic style, even though all of the other windows in the system are utilizing Aero. These are the issues you have to deal with when Microsoft makes such a dramatic change to the Windows rendering engine, apparently.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Windows Vista Standard</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This oddball user experience is designed specifically for Vista Home Basic users and is an olive branch, of a sort, to those who have the hardware required to run Vista Aero but cannot do so because that user experience is not included in Home Basic. Windows Vista Standard has the same hardware requirements as Aero, which well examine in the next section. Vista Standard is essentially a compromise between Vista Basic and Vista Aero. That is, it combines the look and feel of Vista Basic with the underlying display technologies utilized by Aero. Put another way, Vista Standard provides the glitchfree rendering and reliability users will experience with Aero, but using the less attractive Windows Vista Basic UI.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Windows Vista Aero</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista Aero is the premium user experience in Windows Vista and the one most users will want to access. It provides a number of unique features. First, Vista Aero enables the new Aero Glass look and feel in which the Start Menu, taskbar, and all onscreen windows and dialog boxes take on a new glasslike translucent sheen. When you utilize the Windows Vista Aero user experience, you will receive other benefits. Certain Windows Vista features, for example, are available only when youre using Aero. Windows Flip and Flip 3D are made available via keyboard shortcuts. To use Windows Flip, hold down the Alt key and tap the Tab key to cycle between all of the running applications and open windows. To use Flip 3D, hold down the Windows key and tap the Tab key to cycle between these windows.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Upgrading to Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/upgrading-windows-vista-a-3045.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With all of the new features of Windows Vista, therell be a mighty temptation for you to buy a copy of the operating system in a store and immediately install it over your existing instance of Windows XP, 2000, Me, or 98. Before you do, you should consider some of the following cautions  Your old PC may not be up to the challenge of running Vista. You may need substantial investments in additional RAM, a more capable video card, a larger hard drive, or all of the above to get adequate performance from Vista.  Some of your hardware, such as printers and networking adapters, may not work at all after you install Vistaunless you update the drivers they need to versions that are Vistacompatible.  Even if you find that one or more of your drivers needs to be updated, the vendor of your hardware may not make a Vistacompatible version available for months, years, or ever. Its happened before with previous versions of Windows.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Avoid Installing Vista over Another Version of Windows</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We do recommend that you get Windows Vista preinstalled when youre buying a new PC. But you may be surprised to learn that we <EM>dont </EM>recommend that you install Vista over XP or an older version of Windows. The reason is that installing Vista on top of another version of Windows may cause incompatibility problems that you might not be able to easily fix. When you buy a PC with Vista preinstalled, its almost certain that the components in the PC will have been selected for their compatibility and will have the latest driver software. If you install Vista to an older machine yourself, however, you may find that your printer, networking adapter, or some other vital component no longer works because the version you have of its driver is incompatible. In general, you shouldnt consider installing Vista over an older version of Windows unless the following conditions are true </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You need a feature of Vista that you cant add to XP; or</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You need an application that requires Vista; and </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> You cant afford even the least expensive new PC that comes with Vista preinstalled Even if one of the above cases <EM>is </EM>true, you may be better off burning your old data to a CD, formatting the old PCs hard drive, and doing a clean install of Vista. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This avoids the possibility that some components of the old OS will hang around to cause conflicts. If youve never before backed up and formatted a hard drive, however, dont try to learn how on any PC thats important to you. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>XP Users Can Try the Vista Upgrade Advisor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To help you determine whether a particular PC has the performance characteristics and the current hardware drivers it needs to work well with Vista, Microsoft provides the Vista Upgrade Advisor. We recommend that you run the Upgrade Advisor on your current, nonVista PC, if only to be humbled when you see the many aspects of your system that may need you to shell out some bucks for complete Vista compatibility. Even if you never install Vista on an older PC, you may find that upgraded drivers are available that will give you better performance on your current system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Upgrade Advisor is a short and simple test that you access on Microsofts web site. It runs only on PCs that have Windows XP installed. As Microsoft states on the site, In general, PCs purchased within the last two years have a better chance of being able to run Windows Vista asis or with affordable improvements to the system hardware. That leaves out a lot of PCs that were built when Windows 2000, Me, or 98 were the leading operating systems. Visit Microsofts Get Ready Web page. At the time of this writing, the Vista Upgrade Advisor was available from Microsoft at. That page also has useful information about the exact hardware requirements for Vista. This includes a description of Windows Vista Capable PCs which can run all Vista applications and Windows Vista Premium Ready PCs which can also run the slick Aero user interface.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Deploying Windows Vista A Power Users Toolkit]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/deploying-windows-vista-power-users-toolkit-a-3044.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre an enterprise administrator faced with the prospect of rolling out Windows Vista to hundreds or thousands of desktops around the world, take heart Microsoft has finally upgraded its deployment tools in dramatic fashion, taking advantage of the componentized architecture of Windows Vista. But these deployment tools arent just advantageous to the worlds biggest corporations. If youre a power user, a tinkerer, or someone who ends up having to reinstall Windows fairly regularly, you might just be interested to discover that Vistas newfangled deployment tools are going to prove quite enticing to you as well. Heres what happened. With Windows Vista, Microsoft has completely rearchitected Windows for the first time since, well, Windows 95, breaking the system down to core pieces, called modules, which are as nondependent on each other as possible.</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 37.5pt; msocellspacing 0in; msotablelspace 2.25pt; msotablerspace 2.25pt; msotableanchorvertical paragraph; msotableanchorhorizontal column; msotableleft right; msotabletop middle; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width50 alignright border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 37.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width50><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msoelement frame; msoelementframehspace 2.25pt; msoelementwrap around; msoelementanchorvertical paragraph; msoelementanchorhorizontal column; msoelementleft right; msoelementtop middle; msoheightrule exactly>&nbsp;&nbsp;</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before, each version of Windows included a foundational module that was based on the English language. If Microsoft, a PC maker, or an IT administrator wanted to create, say, a French version of Windows, they would have to add the French language on top of Windows. Now, Windows Vista is language independent. The core foundational module of Windows is much smaller as a result, and it will now be easier for Microsoftand IT administrators to roll out patches because they wont need different ones for all of the languages Windows supports. Microsoft also changed Windows Vista to a filebased disk imaging model.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the past, Windows Setup would spend a lot of time copying thousands of files from the Windows install media typically a CD or a networkbased file share when installed by corporations. These file operations were time consuming because each file had to be expanded and copied to a particular directory structure on the fly. With an imagebased model, Windows Vista ships as a single image file containing just the most basic components required to get the OS up and running. During installation, Windows Setup simply copies this single image file to the hard drive and then expands it, creating a simple Windows installation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After that, custom features are added and the OS is installed. Simple. Finally, Microsoft improved its Windows deployment answer file, a textbased file that literally contains the answers to the questions you answer during interactive Setup when you do a clean install, upgrade, or dualboot. These questions include such things as What is your product key But the beautiful thing is that the answer file can contain answers to questions that arent asked during Setup at all. In this way, we can create custom Windows install images that will install a version of Windows Vista that isnt possible to obtain using just interactive Setup. But wait, theres more Even if all you want is a standard Windows install, creating your own answer file is still a good idea, because you can use that file to run whats called an automated Windows install, where you dont have to babysit the install process. It literally automates the whole thing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The key to all of this is something Microsoft calls Windows Automated Installation Kit WAIK. This free software kit includes a number of tools, including the User State Migration Tool USMT, for migrating settings from Windows 2000 and XP to Vista; XImage, for editing Vista image files; Windows System Image Manager, for configuring custom Windows Vista images and creating unattended installaton files; and Windows PE Preinstallation Environment, a simple Windows boot environment designed primarily to bootstrap Windows Vista installation and prepare a disk for the new operating system. As noted earlier, these tools are designed for enterprises, which typically need to roll out Windows Vista to large numbers of PCs in an automated fashion.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>But you can use these tools to create custom Vista install images, burn them to blank DVDs using the thirdparty disk burning software of your choice, and then install the version of Windows Vista <EM>you</EM> want. Unfortunately, the Windows Vista version of WAIK wasnt completed in time for this article. But you can find complete instructions for creating custom Windows Vista install DVDs on the SuperSite for Windows.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Choosing the Whole Enchilada Vista Ultimate]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/choosing-whole-enchilada-vista-ultimate-a-3043.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get it, youll pay a list price of 60 to 100 more than Vista Business or 100 to 160 more than Home Premium. Without knowing what your specific needs may be, its impossible for us to say whether youll want or need this enormous package. As we stated previously, the only serious reason to pay extra to get Vista Ultimate is if you absolutely must have two features, one of which exists only in Home Premium such as Windows Media Center and the other of which can only be obtained in Business or Enterprise such as domain login. At the time of this writing, Microsoft promises to release a number of addons called the Windows Ultimate Extras. These werent well defined at all, however, when we went to press. Youll have to be the judge of whether these extras are worth anything to you or your business. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Of course, you might purchase Vista Ultimate just because you want everything Microsoft has to offer, and cost is no object. If so<EM>enjoy</EM> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><STRONG><FONT faceArial>Taking the Easy Way Out Acquiring</FONT></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'> <STRONG>Windows Vista with a New PC</STRONG><op></op></SPAN></EM></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The simplest way to get a completely working copy of Windows Vista is to buy a new PC. Wait, were serious Even though PC makers tend to fill their machines with oodles of useless utilities, addon programs, and other sludge, the one thing you can always be sure of when you buy a new PC is that Windows Vista is going to work out of the box. That is, all of the hardware that comes as part of your new PC purchase will work without any additional effort on your part. You wont have to step through the various setuprelated issues we discuss later in this article. In fact, if you did purchase a PC with Windows Vista preinstalled, most of this article wont apply to you at all well, except for the deployment discussion at the end of the article, assuming you got a Vista DVD with the new PC. You should be able to simply turn your new PC on and get to work. One thing that PC purchasers should know about is how to <EM>restore </EM>their system, or return it to the state in which it was in when new. Virtually all new PCs sold today include a means by which you can do this. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most of the time, you can restore your PC using a special hidden partition on your hard drive. Other PC makers actually include whats called a restore disk, or restore DVD, with the system. Check your documentation to be sure that you know how to restore your system if you need to. And when youre removing all of that junk that the PC maker installed on your previously pristine Windows Vista installation, be sure you dont remove anything youll need to recover your system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Interactive Setup of Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you purchased a copy of Windows Vista on DVD at a retailer or online store, you can install Vista using Microsofts new Interactive Setup application, which guides you through a series of steps while installing Vista. There are three primary ways to install Windows Vista using Interactive Setup A clean install, where Windows Vista will be the only operating system on the PC; an upgrade, where you upgrade an existing operating system to Windows Vista, replacing the old with the new; and a dualboot, where you install Windows Vista alongside your old operating system and use a boot menu to choose between them each time you reboot. Well examine all three methods in this article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Clean Install of Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A <EM>clean install </EM>of the operating system is our preferred method for installing Windows Vista. Although its possible to upgrade to Windows Vista from certain previous Windows versions see the next section, this path is perilous and can often result in a Frankensteinlike system where only some of your applications work properly. In our opinion, its best to start with a clean slate when moving to a new operating system, especially a major release like Windows Vista. Be sure to back up your critical data before performing a clean install. Typically, you will wipe out your PCs entire hard drive during a clean install, so any documents, email, and other data will be destroyed during the process. Also, make sure you have all the installation disks for the applications and hardware drivers youll need to reinstall after Vista is up and running.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Adding a Drive or Partition for Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two ways to make space for Windows Vista on your existing PC. You can either add a second hard drive, using the new hard drive exclusively for Windows Vista, or you can <EM>partition </EM>your existing hard drive, creating two logical hard drives, or partitions, one for Windows XP and one for Windows Vista. The former method is the preferable one because it doesnt require you to deal with messy partitioning software and potentially endanger whatever data you already have on the C drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the other hand, you do have to go through the effort of installing the hard drive, which can be dicey if you dont know your way around the innards of a PC. And of course, some desktop PCs and most notebook PCs cant be upgraded to support an additional hard drive. In such cases, youll need to partition the only hard drive youve got. If youre going to install a second physical hard drive, theres not much to say Follow the manufacturers instructions, and you should be all set. Modern hard drives are quite capacious and will present no problems during setup.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre going to partition your existing hard drive, life isnt so simple. Most partitioning tools, like the ones built into Windows, are whats known as <EM>destructive </EM>partitioning toolsthat is, they literally destroy whatever was on the disk while partitioning. What youre looking for is a <EM>nondestructive </EM>partitioning tool, one that will let you slice an existing hard drive or partition into two or more partitions, while leaving all the dataand the operating system and applicationsintact on the first. There are various commercial partitioning solutions out there. We use and recommend Norton PartitionMagic, which has always been reliable. But there are various free partitioning solutions out there as well. Just be careful This is your data youre messing with, and if the partitioning solution you use accidentally makes your hard drive inaccessible, dont say we didnt warn you. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also, you need to be sure to defragment your hard drive before partitioning in order to save time later partitioning tools will defrag for you as needed, but arent as efficient or fast as dedicated partitioning tools. Finally, make sure you create a partition with enough space on it to install Windows Vista. Microsoft specifies that Windows Vista requires 15 GB of free space for the premium versions of the operating system Home Premium and Ultimate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>But remember youre going to want to install applications and so forth. So the more space you can spare the better. To make it easier on yourself, preemptively name the new partition Vista or something similar, so you can more easily recognize it during Setup. You dont want to accidentally wipe out your XP install.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Taking Advantage of Your Ability to Upgrade to Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/taking-advantage-your-ability-upgrade-windows-vista-a-3042.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Anytime Upgrade</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unlike previous versions of Windows, Vista installs itself with the capability to upgrade from a weaker version to a morecapable version at any time. You simply run the Anytime Upgrade applet, select a source to purchase an upgrade license from, and your PC is quickly enhanced with the more powerful version youve selected.  <STRONG>Vista Home Basic </STRONG>can be upgraded in this way to Home Premium or Ultimate.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Vista Home Premium </STRONG>and <STRONG>Vista Business </STRONG>can be upgraded to Ultimate.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this writing, it doesnt appear that the Home versions of Vista can be upgraded in this way to Vista Business or Enterprise. It also doesnt seem likely that the Enterprise version will allow an easy upgrade path to Vista Ultimate. Purchasing a more capable version of Vista at retail and installing it over a lesser version may be the only way to migrate in these cases.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>RAM Limitations of Vista Versions</STRONG></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Home versions of Vista suffer from some stricter limitations on available main memory and peertopeer networking than the nonHome versions. Well summarize these limits as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>32bit Vista versions </STRONG>will always be limited to 4 GB of RAM, due to limitations of <EM>x</EM>86 processors.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>64bit Vista versions </STRONG>have dramatically different limitations in the various editions </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Home Basic </STRONG>is limited to 8 GB or RAM.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Home Premium </STRONG>is limited to 16 GB of RAM. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Business, Enterprise, </STRONG>and <STRONG>Ultimate </STRONG>can access over 128 GB of RAM.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>PeertoPeer Networking Limitations</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Peertopeer networking, called SMB for smalltomedium business networking by Microsoft, is also artificially restricted </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Home Basic </STRONG>can support only 5 peertopeer connections; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>All other Vista version</STRONG>s can support 10 peertopeer connections. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Business, Enterprise, </STRONG>and <STRONG>Ultimate </STRONG>can support many more connections, of course, with users logging on to one or more network servers. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to setup Parental Controls in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/setup-parental-controls-windows-vista-a-3041.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For controlling your children or your parents, if you so choose, you can use Windows Vistas Parental Controls. Parental Controls let you impose some restrictions on what a Standard user can do. For example, you can restrict a user to logging on between certain times, prevent a user from accessing specific websites or from downloading files, and prevent a user from running certain programs or playing some games. You can also collect information about what the user does with the computer, so that you can check whether theyre accessing inappropriate sites. You cant use Parental Controls on an Administrator account, because the user would have the authority to remove the controls or perhaps apply them to a deserving parents user account instead. So your first step is to create a Standard user account for each child who needs Parental Controls. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Up Parental Controls</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To set up Parental Controls, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Under the User Accounts and Family Safety heading, click the Set Up Parental Controls for Any User link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Parental Controls window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the users name. Windows displays the User Controls window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>In the Parental Controls area at the upperleft corner of the window, select the On, Enforce Current Settings option button to turn on Parental Controls. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the Activity Reporting area, select the On, Collect Information about Computer Usage option button if you want to collect data. Otherwise, select the Off option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Implementing Web Restrictions</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To implement web restrictions, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Windows Vista Web Filter link. Windows displays the Web Restrictions window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>At the top of the window, select the Block Some Websites or Content option button instead of the Allow All Websites and Content option button. The Block Some Websites or Content option button is the master control that turns on all the other controls in the window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If you want to designate specific websites as being allowed or blocked, click the Edit the Allow and Block List link in the Allow and Block Specific Websites area. Windows displays the Allow Block Webpages window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Allowing sites is useful for when you select the Only Allow Websites Which Are on the Allow List check box in the Web Restrictions window. To allow a site, type its address in the Website Address text box, and then click the Allow button. Windows adds the site to the list in the Allowed Websites list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Blocking sites is useful when you identify a particular site you dont want the user to access, even if the other settings you choose allow the user to access that site. To block a site, type its address in the Website Address text box, and then click the Block button. Windows adds the site to the list in the Blocked Websites list box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To remove a site from one of the lists, click it in the list box, and then click the Remove button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Once youve built up a list of sites that you want to use on another computer, you can click the Export button, and then use the Save As dialog box to save the list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To import an existing list of sites either a list youve created or a list that youve obtained from someone else, click the Import button, use the resulting Open dialog box to select the file that contains the list, and then click the Open button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> When youve finished creating your lists of sites, click the OK button to close the Allow Block Webpages window and return to the Web Restrictions window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you want to allow only websites on the Allow list, select the Only Allow Websites Which Are on the Allow List check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the Block Web Content Automatically area, select the option button for the level of restriction you want see the following list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>High </STRONG>Select this option button if you want the user to be able to access only the childrens websites on Windows builtin list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Medium </STRONG>Select this option button if you want to block mature content, drugs, pornography, hate speech, weapons, and unrated content. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>None </STRONG>Select this option button if you want to implement no automatic blocking. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> <STRONG>Custom </STRONG>To implement a custom level of restriction, select the Custom option button, and then select the check boxes of your choice in the Check the Content You Want to Block list. The check boxes include Pornography, Mature Content, Sex Education, Hate Speech, Bomb Making, Weapons, Drugs, Alcohol, Tobacco, Gambling, and Unratable Content. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Select the Block File Downloads check box if you want to prevent the user from downloading files. Files on the Internet can contain all kinds of threats, so theres plenty of reason to block them  but if you do, you may prevent the user from accessing beneficial information. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Web Restrictions window and returns you to the User Controls window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Time Limits When the User Can Use the Computer</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To limit the user to using the computer only at certain times, click the Time Limits link. Windows displays the Time Restrictions window . Drag through the hours you want to block, and then click the OK button to apply the restriction.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Controlling Games</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Games can be a particular source of worry for parents  games can be great for keeping children entertained, but may contain all sorts of unsuitable content, from violence to profanity to sexual situations. Windows Vista lets you either block games completely or control which types of games a user can play. To set Parental Controls on games, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the User Controls window, click the Games link. Windows displays the Game Controls window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Can <EM>Username </EM>Play Games area where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name, select the Yes option button or the No option button. This is the master control for the games settings. If you choose the No option button, none of the other settings apply, so you can click the OK button to return to the User Controls window. Normally, youll want to choose the Yes option button so that you can specify which games to allow and which to block. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>Click the Set Game Ratings link. Windows displays the Game Restrictions window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the If a Game Has No Rating, Can <EM>Username </EM>Play It area where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name, select the Allow Games with No Rating option button or the Block Games with No Rating option button, as appropriate. Normally, youll want to block games that dont have a rating, because various adultoriented games dont carry ratings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>In the Which Ratings Are OK for <EM>Username </EM>to Play list, select the appropriate option button Early Childhood, Everyone, Everyone 10, Teen, Mature, or Adults Only. Each option button has an explanation of the contents that the rating permits. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>In the Block These Types of Content list further down the window, select the check box for each content type you want to block. These check boxes allow you to screen out specific content types that are permitted by the ESRB rating you chose in the previous step. The next illustration shows a section of this list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Game Restrictions window and returns you to the Game Controls window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.</STRONG>In the Block or Allow Any Game on Your Computer by Name area, click the Block or Allow Specific Games link if you want to allow or block specific games that are already loaded on the computer. Windows displays the Game Overrides window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>For each game, select the Always Allow option button if you want to ensure that the game is allowed, or the Always Block option button if you want to block the game. If you want to let the games rating control whether the user can play it, select the User Rating Setting option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Game Overrides window and returns you to the Game Controls window. The Always Blocked readout and the Always Allowed readout at the bottom of the window now show which games you just blocked and allowed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows returns you to the User Controls window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Allowing or Blocking Specific Programs</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Apart from games, you may need to prevent a user from running specific programs. For example, you may choose to prevent the user from using peertopeer P2P filesharing software. To control which programs the user can run, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the User Controls window, click the Allow and Block Specific Programs link. Windows displays the Application Restrictions window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>In the Which Programs Can <EM>Username </EM>Use area where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name, select the <EM>Username </EM>Can Use Only the Programs I Allow option button if you want to restrict the user. Otherwise, select the <EM>Username </EM>Can Use All Programs option button, which turns off all the other controls in the window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Check the Programs That Can Be Used list, select the check box for each program you want to allow the user to use. The list of programs is extensive even if youve installed only a few programs, because Windows builtin components appear in the list. Being able to allow some components while blocking others gives you lots of flexibility, but it means youll need to take care constructing the list of programs. Normally the best way to proceed is to click the Check All button to select each check box, and then clear the check box for each program you want to block. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>If a program doesnt appear on the list, click the Browse button, use the resulting Open dialog box to find the program, and then click the Open button. Windows adds the program to the list, where you can select or clear its check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Application Restrictions window and returns you to the User Controls window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the User Controls window and applies the restrictions to the users account. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Selecting a Game Rating System</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Windows uses the Entertainment Software Ratings Board rating system for games. To change to another games rating system, click the Select a Games Rating System link on the Parental Controls screen, select the appropriate option button in the Game Rating Systems window see Figure 8.25, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Setting Up Notifications</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you chose to log information about what the user does with the computer, click the Family Safety Options link in the left panel of the Parental Controls window and use the Family Safety Options window to choose how frequently youd like to receive reminders of reading activity reports Weekly, Every Day, or Never. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Reviewing What a User Has Done on the Computer</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you chose to log information about the users computer use, review it periodically to see if theyre taking actions that they shouldnt be taking. Follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>In the Parental Controls window, click the users name. Windows displays the User Controls screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the View Activity Reports link. Windows displays the Activity Viewer window with a summary of the users activity. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>To see more detail, click the plus  sign next to the users name, and then expand the category in which youre interested. Click an item to display its details. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN>button. Windows closes the Activity Viewer window.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>Click the Close button the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Discuss Parental Controls with the Users Youre Affecting</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before implementing Parental Controls on a user, discuss with the user which controls youre implementing and your reasons for doing so. If you choose to log information about the users activities, explain to the user what youll be able to see  the websites theyve visited, the people with whom theyve chatted and whether theyve used a webcam, and even which songs and videos theyve played. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Parental Controls icon in the notification area servers to remind the user that Parental Controls are on and gives them an easy way to open the Parental Controls window so that they can see what theyre allowed to do and what theyre not. Theyll also see the effect of any restrictions you apply  for example, preventing them from accessing a website, as shown here. Knowing that Parental Controls are on may encourage the user to be more responsible. Finding out that theyre under surveillance without any warning is likely to provoke a strong negative reaction. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Bottom Line Understand what user accounts are and what theyre for </STRONG>Windows Vista lets you easily create a separate user account for each user of the computer so that each can keep their files and set tings separately. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Know when to use the three types of user accounts and what user profiles are </STRONG>Windows Vista Home lets you create Administrator accounts and Standard accounts. Theres also a builtin Guest account that you can switch on and off as needed. You must always have at least one Administrator account so that one account can administer the computer. Beyond that, create an Administrator account for each user who needs administrative privileges. For each other user, create a Standard account. Microsoft recommends that even administrationlevel users use a Standard account for daytoday computing, but many such users find a Standard account awkwardly limiting. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Create a user account </STRONG>To create a user account, choose Start Control Panel, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then click the Create a New Account link. Type the username, choose the account type Standard or Administrator, and then click the Create Account button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Delete a user account </STRONG>To delete a user account, log on as an Administrator user and use Task Manager to make sure that the your victim is not logged on. Choose Start Control Panel, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then click the users icon. In the Change an Account window, click the Delete the Account link. Choose whether to keep the users files, and then confirm the deletion. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Change a user account </STRONG>From the Manage Accounts window, you can apply a picture to a user account, apply a password, remove a password, or create a new password for a user whos forgotten theirs. Every user should create a password reset disk so as to be able to recover from a forgotten password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use the Guest account, automatic logon, and secure logon </STRONG>In Windows Vista, the Guest account is turned off by default for security. Turn on the Guest account only when you need it, and then turn it off again when the need has passed. To turn it on, click the Guest link in the Manage Accounts window. To turn it off, click the Guest link in the User Accounts window, and then click the Turn Off the Guest Account link. To implement automatic logon, press Windows KeyR, type control userpasswords2, click the OK button, and clear the Users Must Enter a User Name and Password to Use This Computer check box in the User Accounts dialog box. Click the OK button, enter the username and password of the user to log on, and then click the OK button. To implement secure logon, select the Require Users to Press CtrlAltDelete check box in the Secure Logon group box on the Advanced page of the User Accounts dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Restrict and monitor users with Parental Controls </STRONG>Parental Controls let you define restrictions on the actions users can take. Click the Start button, click your picture at the top of the Start menu, and then click the Parental Controls link in the left pane of the User Accounts window. Click the users name to open the User Controls window, which provides access to all the Parental Control settings for the user.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Sharing Files and Working with File Types</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Understanding how Windows Vistas sharing works </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Setting up sharing and discovery </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Sharing files and folders </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Seeing which files and folders youre sharing </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Working with file associations, file extensions, and file types </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Chances are that you have some files that you need to keep private and other files that you want to share with other people  perhaps with people who use your computer, or with people who use computers connected to the same network. Windows Vista lets you secure your files or share them with other people. Windows makes sharing as simple as possible, but its a good idea to understand how the system works so as to avoid inadvertently sharing files or folders with people who shouldnt see them. This article starts by giving you an overview of Windows Vistas security and sharing features. After that, it discusses how to share folders with other users of the computer or other users of your network, and how to see which files and folders youre sharing  for example, in case you want to stop sharing one or more of them. After that, this article tackles the subject of file extensions, file types, and file associations. If youve ever become confused about why different things happen when you doubleclick different types of files in Explorer, if you wish you could change the program in which a particular file type opens, or if you want to see extensions for your files, read this section. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Using Password Reset Disks to Recover from Lost Passwords]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/using-password-reset-disks-recover-from-lost-passwords-a-3040.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If a Standard user forgets their password, they need to get an Administrator user to create a new password for them or remove the password from the account. Thats easy enough  but if theres no Administrator user around, it could prove a big waste of time. And the user loses any personal certificates and passwords they have stored. If any Administrator user forgets their password, theyll need to have another Administrator user create a new password for them because they wont be able to log on to their own account. That too is easy enough  provided that theres another Administrator user and that theyre handy. Again, though, those personal certificates and passwords go overboard. But if all available Administrator users forget their passwords, you may need to reinstall Windows to get it working again. To avoid these problems, each Administrator and Standard user should create a password reset disk. Each user can do this only for their own account. You can use either a floppy disk or a remov able memory card for example, a CompactFlash card or an SD card. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Creating Your Password Reset Disk</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a password reset disk, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Start button, and then click your picture at the top of the Start menu. Windows opens the User Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the left panel, click the Prepare for a Forgotten Password link. Windows launches the Forgotten Password Wizard, which displays the Welcome to the Forgotten Password Wizard page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Create a Password Reset Disk page which lets you choose which drive to use. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Choose the drive in the dropdown list. If you choose to use your computers floppy drive, insert a blank, formatted disk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If you have multiple floppy drives, choose the option button for the one you put the floppy in. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> The floppy doesnt actually have to be blank. The wizard creates only one file, USERKEY.PSW, which is typically only a couple of kilobytes large. So unless the floppy is completely full, the file will usually fit. Even so, its a good idea to use a blank disk that youre not using for other purposes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Current User Account Password page.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Type your password in the Current User Account Password text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Creating Password Reset Disk page asking you to wait while it creates the disk. When it has finished, it makes the Next button available. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Completing the Forgotten Password Wizard page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Click the Finish button. The wizard closes itself. Remove the disk, label it, and put it somewhere safe; anyone who can access this disk can use it to get into your user account. You cant create another password reset disk without invalidating this disk, so dont try making multiple disks  only the last one will work. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This disk doesnt store your password as such. Instead, it stores encrypted information that enables you to create a new password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Using Your Password Reset Disk</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use the password reset disk, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>When you get stuck at the Welcome screen and cant remember your password, insert the disk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the green arrow button without entering your password. Windows tells you that the user name or password is incorrect. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows displays the Reset Password link under the Password text box on the logon screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Reset Password link. Windows starts the Password Reset Wizard, which displays its Welcome page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Insert the Password Reset Disk page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Insert the disk, specify the drive if necessary, and click the Next button. The wizard displays the Reset the User Account Password page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Enter your new password twice, and enter a hint if you think it wise. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the Completing the Password Reset Wizard page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. </STRONG>Click the Finish button. The wizard closes itself and returns you to the logon screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. </STRONG>Log on using the new password. Remove the password reset disk and put it away somewhere safe. You dont need to update it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Removing a Windows Live ID from an Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many of Windowss communications features such as Windows Live Messengers text, audio, and video messaging capabilities require you to have and use a Windows Live ID, a digital persona thats used to identify you online. When you tell Windows Live Messenger or another program to store your Windows Live ID, Windows saves the ID inside your user account. You may sometimes need to remove a Windows Live ID from your user account  for example, so that you can use another ID instead. To remove a Windows Live ID from your user account, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Close Windows Live Messenger and any other programs that use your Windows Live ID. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Start button, and then click your picture at the top of the Start menu. Windows opens the User Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the left panel, click the Manage Your Network Passwords link. Windows displays the Stored User Names and Passwords dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the username in the list box, and then click the Remove button. Windows displays the dialog box shown next. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows removes the username and password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Close button to close the Stored User Names and Passwords dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using the Guest Account, Automatic Logon, and Secure Logon</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want your computer to be moderately secure, its a good idea to leave the Guest account turned off until you need it. You may also sometimes need to make a particular user account log on automatically when Windows starts, or ensure that users press the CtrlAltDelete security keystroke before logging on. This section shows you how to do these three things. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Turning On and Off the Guest Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In a family setting, the Guest account can be a good idea, particularly if nobody keeps private or secret information on the computer. In an office, dorm, or just about any other setting, the Guest account is a bad idea because it compromises the security of your computer. The Guest account is more limited in what it can do than Administrator accounts and Standard accounts, but even so, it has the potential to cause trouble, either with local files or via a network or Internet connection. The Guest account is disabled by default in Windows Vista Home. To turn on the Guest account, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If Control Panel is in Classic view, click the Control Panel Home link to switch to Control Panel Home view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the User Accounts and Family Safety list, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Manage Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the Guest link. Windows displays the Do You Want to Turn On the Guest Account screen shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Turn On button. Windows turns on the Guest account and displays the Manage Accounts window again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To disable the Guest account, click the Guest link in the User Accounts window. Windows displays the What Do You Want to Change about the Guest Account window. Click the Turn Off the Guest Account link. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Implementing and Preventing Automatic Logons</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sometimes, you may need to make Windows automatically log on a particular user when you start the computer. Having a user logged on automatically can be useful when multiple people need to share a user identity that you want to have available all the time. For example, some institutions such as libraries use this capability for their public terminals. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Suppressing the Automatic Logon</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When youve set up a computer to log on a user automatically, you can suppress the automatic logon by holding down the Shift key while the computer is starting up. Windows displays the Welcome screen as usual. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Implementing an Automatic Logon</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To implement an automatic logon, take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyR. Windows displays the Run dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type control userpasswords2 in the Open text box, click the OK button, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the User Accounts dialog box, with the Users page foremost. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Clear the Users Must Enter a User Name and Password to Use This Computer check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows displays the Automatically Log On dialog box shown next. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Enter the username and password twice, and then click the OK button. Windows closes the Automatically Log On dialog box and the User Accounts dialog box and sets the specified user account to automatically log on. Windows doesnt verify the password when you enter it, so its possible to enter the wrong one. For this reason, its a good idea to test straightaway that the automatic logon works. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Preventing Automatic Logons</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your computer is set up to automatically log on a user, you can prevent it from doing so by displaying the User Accounts dialog box as described in the previous section, selecting the Users Must Enter a User Name and Password to Use This Computer check box, and then clicking the OK button. Incidentally, that check box is poorly named, because it implies that when the check box is selected, each user must use a password. Thats not the case. The check box means that Windows isnt set up to log on one particular user automatically.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Forcing Users to Press CtrlAltDelete When Logging On</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For security, you can force users to press the CtrlAltDelete key combination in order to bring up the Welcome screen so that they can log on. To do so, select the Require Users to Press CtrlAltDelete check box in the Secure Logon group box on the Advanced page of the User Accounts dialog box . The advantage of pressing CtrlAltDelete which is also known as the Vulcan Nerve Pinch, the Triple Bucky, and other humorous names is that it sends an interrupt to Windows that causes Windows to display the Welcome screen. This interrupt helps to ensure that a malicious hacker cant create a fake Welcome screen that would capture the users username and password rather than or as well as logging them on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Performing Other Management Actions from the User Accounts Dialog Box</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The User Accounts dialog box offers various options for managing user accounts. Most of these options are functional, but youre usually better off using the usermanagement tools in Control Panel, which usher you through each accountmanagement process and steer you toward the choices likely to be most suitable for normal needs. Here are brief notes on what you can do  and why you </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>shouldnt </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Add </STRONG>Click the Add button and use the Add New User Wizard to specify the users name, description, and password. You also specify the group to which the user belongs. Standard users belong to the Users group, and Administrators belong to the Administrators group, but beyond these groups there are other groups such as Debugger Users or Performance Monitor Users that the User Accounts tool doesnt offer. However, you run the risk of creating users that do not appear on the Welcome screen or in the User Accounts tool. Normally, its best to use the User Accounts tool to create new user accounts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Remove </STRONG>Click the user account you want to remove, and then click the Remove button to remove it. This method of deleting an account doesnt let you save the users files the way the User Accounts tool does.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Properties </STRONG>Click the Properties button to display the Properties dialog box for the selected user. On the General page of the Properties dialog box, you can change the users username the name that appears on the Welcome screen and most places in the user interface, assign a full name, and assign a description. On the Group Membership page of the Properties dialog box, you can change the group to which the user belongs. As with Add, assigning a user to any group other than those the User Accounts tool lets you use may make the user account disappear from the Welcome screen and the User Accounts tool. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Reset Password </STRONG>You can reset the selected users password by clicking the Reset Password button, entering the new password in the Reset Password dialog box, and clicking the OK button. To reset your own password, you must press CtrlAltDelete, which takes you to a Welcomelike screen. On it, click the Change a Password link, enter your old password and new password twice, and then press Enter. Click the OK button to resume your session. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Advanced User Management </STRONG>If you look at the Advanced User Management group box on the Advanced page of the User Accounts dialog box, youll see it says Local Users and Groups can be used to perform advanced user management tasks. But if you click the Advanced button, youll find that the word can there should really have been cant, because Microsoft has chosen to disable the Local Users and Groups snapin for Microsoft Management Console in Windows Vista Home. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using the </STRONG><EM><B>netuser</B></EM><STRONG>and </STRONG><EM><B>netlocalgroup</B></EM><STRONG>Commands</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Windows XP, you could perform some advanced administration by opening a commandprompt window and using the net user and net localgroup commands. For example, by using the net user command, you could limit a user to logging on during certain hours for example, Monday to Friday, 6 AM to 6 PM or even deactivate their user account temporarily. By using the net localgroup command, you could create custom user groups. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista severely restricts what you can do with these commands. You can run the net user command with a users name for example, <STRONG>net user chris </STRONG>or <STRONG>net user John Adams</STRONG>  use quotes around any name that contains a space to display a screenful of details on what the user may do, including nuggets of useful information such as when the user last set their password. And you can run the net localgroup command to see which groups the computer knows just type <STRONG>net localgroup </STRONG>and press Enter or to see who the members of a group are for example, type <STRONG>net localgroup administrators </STRONG>to see who the Administrators group contains. But thats about all. To implement restrictions on a user, use Parental Controls instead, as discussed in a moment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Turning On or Off User Account Control</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista comes with the User Account Control feature enabled, so that each time a program asks to change a potentially sensitive part of Windows, you receive a notification. User Account Control is usually helpful, but you may sometimes want to disable it  for example, if you are performing some complex administrative tasks that seem to summon a User Account Control dialog box every other minute. To turn off User Account Control, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Close all the programs youre running. Youll need to restart Windows to apply the change. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Click the Start button, and then click your picture at the top of the Start menu. Windows opens the User Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Turn User Account Control On or Off link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Turn User Account Control On or Off window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Clear the Use User Account Control UAC to Help Protect Your Computer check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows warns you that will need to restart your computer to apply the changes, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Restart Now button if you want to restart Windows now. Otherwise, click the Restart Later button, and then restart Windows when youre ready. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to find Help to Solve Windows Vista problems]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/find-help-solve-windows-vista-problems-a-3039.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article shows you how to find the help you need to use Windows Vista most effectively. Windows Vista includes a wide range of help resources, both online and off, that you can access through the builtin Windows Help and Support program. This article describes how to use Help and Support and the various areas it offers, including access to the Knowledge Base on Microsoft Support Services. It also mentions other resources that you may need to turn to when you run into less tractable problems. You may also want to use Windows Remote Assistance feature to get help. Article 21 explains how to use Remote Assistance both to receive help from others and to provide help to others. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Help and Support</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vistas Help and Support program is the latest in Microsofts efforts to provide computerbased help resources powerful enough to silence the ringing of the phones on its costly support lines. Help and Support lets you use a single window to search for help both on your computer and on the Internet. Better yet, many hardware manufacturers are now providing productsupport information thats accessible through Help and Support. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Help and Support Is Much Different than Windows XPs Help and Support Center</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve used Help and Support Center in Windows XP, youll notice a huge difference in Windows Vista. Where Windows XPs Help and Support Center had a busy window loaded with options too many for most people, perhaps, Windows Vistas Help and Support keeps its interface as simple as possible. But the help information is still there, and you can access it in several ways. One disappointment in Help and Support is that you can open only a single window at a time. By contrast, Help and Support Center in Windows XP let you open two or more windows. You could then pursue a different line of inquiry in each window, which gave you a better chance of finding useful information without running into a dead end and having to retrace your steps using the Back button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Starting Help and Support</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Help and Support to open Help and Support at the home page. Your hardware manufacturer may also have customized Help and Support by adding content to it or by adapting its interface. For example, if you have a Dell PC, you may see some Dell support resources; if you have a Lenovo PC, you may see resources for accessing Lenovo support; and if you have an HP PC, you may see resources for shifting your troubles onto HP. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Help and Support</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you start plowing through help in Help and Support, you may need to change the text to a comfortable size, choose whether to use online help or offline help, and choose Help settings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing the Text Size</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find the text size Help and Support is using too small or too large, click the Options button in the upperright corner and choose a different size Largest, Larger, Medium, Smaller, or Smallest from the Text Size menu, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Whether to Use Online Help</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Help and Support lets you choose whether to use offline help or online help. If you have an Internet connection, online help gives you a wider range of help information, including the latest help available. The easiest way to choose whether to get online help is to click the Offline Help dropdown list in the lowerright corner of the Help and Support window. The dropdown lists name changes depending on whether youre currently using online help or offline help. Choose Get Online Help or Get Offline Help from the shortcut menu, as shown here. You can also use the Help Settings dialog box to specify whether to use online help. The Help Settings dialog box also lets you choose to participate anonymously in the Help Experience Improvement Program, which gradually improves Microsofts help mechanisms by collecting details of user searches. To open the Help Settings dialog box, click the Options button and choose Settings from the dropdown list. Select or clear the Include Windows Online Help and Support When You Search for Help check box, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Finding Your Way around Help and Support</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Help and Support has access to a large amount of information in Help files that Windows installs on your hard drive, together with troubleshooters for stepping you through the process of finding solutions to common problems and links for running Windows programs such as Remote Assis tance and the System Configuration Utility that may help you solve or eliminate problems. But Help and Supports strongest feature is that it also provides a gateway to information resources on the Web and Internet. Because of the amount of information and resources that Help and Support offers, you may find that it takes you a while to get the hang of navigating around Help and Support. This section high lights the main ways of finding the information you need. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Searching for Help</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the Help and Support home page shows a link that seems to be related to the topic on which you need help, click the link and see whether it takes you to useful information. If you see no related link on the home page, the easiest way to find information on a particular topic is to search for it. To search, type the search term or terms in the Search text box and click the Search Online Help button. Help and Support displays a list of results, with a brief description of each; click a result to display the full topic. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Making the Most of the Microsoft Knowledge Base</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Microsoft Knowledge Base is an online repository of knowledge and wisdom accumulated by Microsoft about its products. Given that the Knowledge Base is one of the main tools that Microsofts support engineers use for troubleshooting customer problems with Windows, its a great resource for searching for solutions to problems that Vistas local help resources dont know about. The disadvantage to the Knowledge Base, and the reason perhaps why its not more heavily emphasized in Microsofts battery of help solutions, is the way its arranged and the necessarily scattershot nature of its coverage. The Knowledge Base consists of a large number of answers that Microsofts support engineers and other experts have written to questions that frustrated users and developers have submitted. The answers vary greatly in length, depending on the complexity of the problem and user level, ranging from beginner to superadvanced developerlevel topics. Coverage is patchy, because the questions tend to be answered only when theyre not covered in the Help files and other more accessible resources. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each article in the Knowledge Base is identified by a sixdigit Article ID number. Each article has a title that describes the problem it covers, information on which products and versions it covers, a summary that you can scan to get an idea of the contents, and the full text of the article. Beyond this, each article is tagged with keywords describing the main areas of its content. By searching for keywords, you can avoid passing references to words you might have included in the search, thus producing a more focused set of results. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To reach the Knowledge Base from Help and Support, click the More Support Options link on the home page, and then click the Knowledge Base link in the Other Resources section. Windows opens a browser window to the Knowledge Base. Click in the Search Support box, type your search terms, and then press Enter to start searching. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For power use, youll probably find it easier to access the Knowledge Base directly from Internet Explorer or your favorite browser rather than go through Help and Support. If you know the number of a particular article, enter it in the Search Support KB text box. For example, if you read newsgroups on Microsoftrelated subjects, youll often see references to particular articles mentioned as the place to find a fix for a given problem. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Browsing for Help</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To browse for help, click the Options dropdown button and choose Browse Help from the menu. Help and Support displays a list of its contents, showing major topics  such as Getting Started, Security and Privacy, Maintenance and Performance. Click one of the major topics to display the topics available for it&nbsp; and then click the topic you want to open. Some of the Help topics provide only information, but most provide links that enable you to open the tools you need or connect to other help resources. For example, the screen includes a link you can click to open the Performance Rating and Tools screen. To search for a particular word or phrase within the Help page thats currently open, click the Options button, and then choose Find on This Page from the dropdown menu. Windows displays the Find dialog box, as shown here. Type the word or phrase in the Find text box, and then click the Next button to find the next instance or the Previous button to find the previous instance. You can select the Match Whole Word Only check box to restrict matches to whole words rather than partial words so that you find only print rather than printer or printing, for example. You can select the Match Case check box to find only matches for the capitalization you use. When youve finished searching, click the Close button the button. Windows closes the Find dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Navigating with Help History</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can navigate backward and forward in the chain of pages youve browsed by using the Back button and Forward button on the toolbar. Unlike in earlier versions of Windows Help, you cant click and hold one of these buttons to display a list of pages in the Back list or Forward list. Theres also no Help history for finding pages youve visited in the past. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Printing Out Help Information</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may want to print out Help information so that you can refer to it more easily  for example, when the steps for solving a problem require you to restart Windows and thus close Help and Support. To print the current topic, click the Print button. Help and Support displays the Print dialog box. The General page offers standard printing options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can choose which printer to use, decide whether to print all the pages or just some of them, print a single copy or multiple copies, or even print to file, creating a file that you can then print from another computer. You wont usually need to use the print to file capability when printing Help information. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Options page of the Print dialog box lets you print a whole section of help by selecting the Print All Linked Documents check box. You can also select the Print Table of Links check box if you want to print a table of linked pages.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using the Ask Someone Options</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Ask Someone section of the Help and Support home page directs you to Remote Assistance, the Windows Communities, Microsoft Customer Support, and further support options. You can also access this information at any time by clicking the Ask button on the navigation bar. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Remote Assistance</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The most direct way in which you can get help is by using Windows Remote Assistance feature to let someone else connect to your computer from a remote computer so that they can see whats happening and offer advice via textbased chat. If you trust your helper enough, you can even let them take control of your computer so that they can take actions to fix the problem. Article 21 discusses how to configure and use Remote Assistance, both for getting help and for providing help to others. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Communities</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Windows Communities are an assortment of Windows Vistarelated online newsgroups that you can access through Internet Explorer or another web browser. Microsoft organizes the Windows Communities, but most of the content is written by Windows users rather than by people who work for Microsoft. Youll find a lot of useful information in the Windows Communities, but the quality of information and advice is variable. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>You Need a Windows Live ID to Sign In to the Windows Communities</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Anyone can browse the Microsoft Communities freely, but to ask questions, post replies, or request notifications of replies on a topic, you must sign in with a Windows Live ID. Windows Live ID is Microsofts new name for what it formerly called Microsoft Passport. If you have a Hotmail account or an MSN account, you already have a Windows Live ID that you can use; likewise if youve signed up for a Microsoft Passport separately without getting a Hotmail account or MSN account. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you dont have a Windows Live ID, you can get one easily by going to the Windows Live website. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once youve signed in to Windows Communities or another site, such as Microsoft Customer Support using your Windows Live ID, any searches you run and any questions or replies you post are associated with your ID. The ID helps Microsoft deliver information to you for example, by notifying you of new posts on a topic, but it does mean that your actions are monitored. If youre sensitive to privacy issues, you may sometimes prefer to search for information without signing in. To use the Windows Communities, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Windows Communities link in the Ask Someone section of the Help and Support home page. Windows opens Internet Explorer or your default web browser, if youre not using Internet Explorer to the Microsoft Windows Vista Newsgroups page </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>To search for information, type your search terms in the Search For box, choose the newsgroups to search in the In dropdown list for example, choose Windows Vista Newsgroups, and then click the Go button. Your browser displays a list of results <STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>To browse the topics available, use the navigation links on the left side of the window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Evaluate Windows Newsgroups Advice Carefully before Following It</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youre probably familiar with the disclaimer this information comes without guarantee  in other words, you try whatever is described at your own risk. The advice you encounter on the Windows newsgroups should probably have this disclaimer attached. While some of the postings contain highquality advice from people who know what theyre talking about, other postings are wrong or dangerous, and following the advice supplied with whatever good intent can threaten or damage your data or your computer. Proceed with caution. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Microsoft Customer Support</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the Microsoft Customer Support link in the Ask Someone area of the home page to open a browser window to a page on Microsoft Support that explains the support options available for Windows Vista. This page includes links to pages where you can learn about contacting Microsoft via email or telephone and the cost of support.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Finding Help on the Internet and Web</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Help and Support provides many links to the Microsoft website and related websites such as the Windows Communities. But if you dont find the help you need on these sites, search for help on the Web or look in newsgroups</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<STRONG>General searches </STRONG>For a general search, take your web browser to a search engine such as Google or Yahoo Use advanced search options to specify exactly what youre looking for and limit the number of results you get. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<STRONG>Hardware and software manufacturers sites </STRONG>If youre having problems with a particular hardware device, check the manufacturers website for solutions. Similarly, if youre having trouble with software, see if the manufacturers website contains the answer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;<STRONG>Newsgroups </STRONG>The many computerrelated public newsgroups such as the comp.sys hierarchy and the Microsoft public newsgroups in the microsoft.public hierarchy can be a great source of specific information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Using Help and Support to find the help information you need&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Help and Support to open the Help and Support window, and then use the links and controls inside it to find the information you need. You can search for information by entering keywords and click ing the Search button or browse through major topics to specific topics. The Ask Someone links let you launch Remote Assistance, open a browser window to the Windows Communities news groups, or find contact information for Microsoft Customer Support.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Finding help on the Internet and Web&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>If Help and Support doesnt provide the information to solve a problem, search for a solution by using an Internet search engine such as Google or Yahoo or by visiting a hardware or software manufacturers website. You may also want to search through computerrelated public newsgroups.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to manage your own account and password in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/manage-your-account-password-windows-vista-a-3038.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sometimes, youll need to delete your own account from a computer. For example, you might buy a new computer, so you no longer need to use the computer youve been using before. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The best way to delete your own account is by using another Administrator account. If yours is the only Administrator account on the computer, create a new Administrator account either from scratch or by promoting a Standard account to Administrator status, and then use it to delete your account. Alternatively, you can use the User Accounts dialog box press Windows KeyR, type <STRONG>control userpasswords2</STRONG>, and click the OK button to delete your account while youre logged on to it. This isnt a great idea, as youll see in the section Performing Other Management Actions from the User Accounts Dialog Box, later in this article, but it does work. Log off immediately after deleting your account like this. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing a User Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you set up a user account but dont quite get it right, you can change it easily. You can change a user account from Standard to Administrator or vice versa, change the account name, change the picture, add a password to the account, or apply Parental Controls. To change an account, open the Change an Account window as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If Control Panel is in Classic view, click the Control Panel Home link to switch to Control Panel Home view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the User Accounts and Family Safety list, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Manage Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.</STRONG>Click the users icon. Windows displays the Change an Account window. You can then change the account by taking one or more of the actions detailed in the next sections. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Assigning a Picture to a User Account</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can personalize your account by assigning a picture to it. The picture appears on the Welcome screen so all users of the computer see it and on the Start menu. Even the Guest user can change their picture. The picture for a users account can be of the BMP, GIF, JPG, PNG, or TIF file type. Windows shrinks the picture down to the appropriate size, but youll need to take care of any cropping or rotating first. Windows Photo Gallery can handle the rotation. Paint can handle both rotation and cropping, together with capturing a still picture from a webcam. See Article 6 for a brief discussion of Paint, and Article 23 for a discussion of Windows Photo Gallery. To change the picture for a user, follow these steps from the Change an Account window </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Change the Picture link. Windows displays the Choose a New Picture for <EM>Username</EM>s Account window where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose the picture you want </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To use a builtin picture, click it in the list box, and then click the Change Picture button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> To use a picture of your own, click the Browse for More Pictures link. Windows displays an Open dialog box. Navigate to the picture you want to use, select it, and then click the Open button. Windows applies the picture to your account. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the Start button to check out how your picture looks on the Start menu. Now disconnect your session so that you can see how the picture looks on the Welcome screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Changing Your Own Accounts Picture Quickly</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To change the picture for your user account, click the picture at the top of the Start menu. Windows displays the User Accounts window with the Make Changes to Your User Account screen showing. Click the Change Your Picture link. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Applying a Password to an Account</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista encourages you to create a password for the Administrator account that you create during setup, but after that youre free to create Administrator accounts or Standard accounts without a password. For security, you should require a password for each account except for the Guest account, which cant have a password, but which you can turn off. If you dont require a password for an account, anyone can log on to that account. If its an Administrator account, whoever logs on can make major changes to Windows, such as creating other user accounts. To make Windows require passwords, take these steps from the Change an Account window </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Create a Password link. Windows displays the Create a Password for <EM>Username</EM>s Account window where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name. If youre creating a password for your own account, you get the same text boxes but not the warnings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Type the password in the New Password text box and the Confirm New Password text box. For security is someone looking over your shoulder, Windows displays each character as an asterisk . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.</STRONG>If you think it appropriate, enter a password hint in the Type a Password Hint text box. Anybody trying to log on to the computer can display the password hint, so you need to tailor it carefully to the person. The password hint must mean something to the user without meaning anything to anyone else. Its much easier to get this wrong than right. For security, do not use password hints, but create a password reset disk for each user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Create Password button. Windows applies the password to the account. If the two instances of the password didnt match, Windows tells you so and returns you to the Create Password window. When you require passwords, Windows prompts the user for a password when they click their name on the Welcome screen. The user can click the Password Hint link to display the hint for the password. When a user account is password protected, Windows displays <EM>Password protected </EM>under the account type on the User Accounts screens. One problem that can occur with passwords is having the Caps Lock feature switched on, either when youre creating the password or when youre subsequently entering it. Windows does its best to warn you if the Caps Lock key is on when youre entering a password, but if you miss the warnings, doublecheck Caps Lock first if Windows wont accept your password. On keyboards with an embedded numeric keypad, such as those on most notebooks, you can give yourself a similar problem by having the Num Lock feature on while typing the password. Windows wont warn you about this. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Passwords Are a Must</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Passwords are more or less mandatory in any serious business setting, and they can be a good idea in many family or dorm situations as well. Even if everybody who can directly access your computer is above suspicion, you should also protect it against attack by remote malefactors across the Internet. Passwords are a major element in such protection, as is Windows Firewall. Unfortunately, Windows doesnt have a highsecurity arrangement for implementing passwords. Ideally, thered be a setting that you the Administrator user could set that would make each user apart from the Guest user create a password for their account the next time they used the computer. Each user would then create a password that only they would know, and the computer would be secure against unauthorized users logging on. Each user would be able to change their password whenever they wanted to or, better, would be made to change the password frequently and wouldnt be able to remove password protection from the account. The Business versions of Windows Vista work somewhat like this, but the Home versions are less well protected. Given that Windows doesnt have this ideal security arrangement, heres what you should do </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>As soon as you create a user account, assign a password to it. Write the password down, and give it to the user who will use the account. Tell the user to change the password </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>immediately, so that you dont know the password. Dont use a password hint. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If your computer already has a user account that doesnt use a password, persuade the user to add a password immediately. Stress the bene&64257;ts of having a strong password that only the user knows. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If you suspect that your password has been compromised, change it immediately. Have all other users do the same. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Disable the Guest account. If a visitor needs to use the computer once, turn on the Guest account for as short a time as possible, and then turn it off again. Instead of making users create their own passwords, its possible to create passwords for a user yourself from an Administrator account. This method has two disadvantages. First, you know the passwords so the user will need to change the password as soon as possible. Second, and much worse, <EM>the user loses</EM> <EM>all the personal certificates theyve stored, together with any passwords theyve saved for network resources such as folders and printers and for websites</EM>. To avoid losing this information, its best to create the password before the user has used their account. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Removing Password Protection from an Account</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Any user can remove the password protection from their own user account as follows </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Click the Start button, and then click your picture at the top of the Start menu. Windows opens the User Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>In the Make Changes to Your User Account list, click the Remove Your Password link. Windows displays the Remove Your Password window shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the Current Password text box, type your current password to verify your identity. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Remove Password button. Windows removes the password and displays the User Accounts window again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Encourage all users of your computer never to remove their passwords, because even one user account without a password opens the whole computer to attack. Just as an Administrator user can apply password protection to another users account, so they can remove it. But the same problem applies to removal as to application The user loses all the personal certificates theyve stored, together with any passwords theyve saved for network resources such as folders and printers and for websites. So if you need to remove password protection from an account, its far better to have the users do it themselves. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How  and Why  to Create Secure Passwords</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you use passwords  and you should, if you value your data  its vital to make sure that theyre effective. You wouldnt believe the number of people who dont understand why passwords are important and who see them as an irritant. Actually, you <EM>might </EM>believe that. But would you believe that between 90 and 95 percent of <EM>all </EM>passwords are the same 100 words This is what some security experts estimate based on the passwords they see in daily use. Crackers malevolent hackers try these popular passwords first when trying to guess a password because they work so often. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a secure password, it helps to understand how crackers go about breaking a password. The most common method is to use a <EM>dictionary attack</EM>. The attacker runs a script that tries to match each word in a specified dictionary with your password until it gets a hit. The dictionary can be in any language or a mixture of languages, and will usually contain all popular passwords in all major languages at its beginning. The dictionary isnt so much a dictionary in the conventional sense as a list of words arranged in some kind of descending order of probability  most likely words first. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dictionary attacks are often effective. But if the wouldbe victim has created a tough password by using the methods described below, the cracker may resort to <EM>social engineering</EM>  the art of extracting passwords from the unsuspecting by posing as someone in authority for example, as a system administrator or a troubleshooter for your ISP. Again, security experts tend to be amazed by how freely many users give up their passwords over the phone. Even worse, in an April 2004 survey of office workers in the UK, 71 percent traded what they claimed was their computer password for a chocolate egg. You have to hope that most of them lied. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To keep your password secure, <EM>never </EM>write it down and if you must write it down, dont stick the paper containing it onto your computer or monitor and <EM>never </EM>tell anyone else what it is. You are the only person who ever needs to know your password. No ISP and no system administrator should need to be given your password, over the phone or in person. ISP personnel and system administrators may need to reset your password or assign you a new password  for example, if you forget your password. In this case, <EM>theyll </EM>give <EM>you </EM>the new password. You then log on with it and create a new, secure password for yourself immediately. At least, thats the theory. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Follow these rules to create a secure password </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Create a password of an appropriate length. Windows, many ISPs, and most services will let you create passwords of any length between 6 characters and 15 characters. Treat 6 characters as the absolute minimum. Aim for a password of at least 8 characters, and more like 12 if youre feeling insecure. Passwords of 5 characters or fewer are relatively easy to crack by brute force; passwords of 6 characters are much harder; and longer passwords are much harder yet. If youre allowed to create a password of any length, be sensible and limit the password to a length that you can remember and type without undue stumbling. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never use a real word in any language for a password. Real words can be broken easily by a dictionary attack. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Instead, use symbols , , , , , &amp;, and so on as substitute characters in a word or phrase, or reduce a phrase or sentence to its initial letters or key letters. Mix letters and numbers. Use uppercase and lowercase creatively passwords are case sensitive. Alternatively, open a text editor, close your eyes, and type randomly for a few seconds, making sure to hold down the Shift key at intervals. Then pick a particularly cryptic part of the result to use as a password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never use any example password that you see, no matter how compelling it may seem. For example, books on security provide example passwords. These may look wonderfully cryptic, but you should assume that theyre all known to crackers and included in cracking dictionaries. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never use information of personal relevance or importance  your pets name, a family members name, your birthday, your drivers license number, your social security number, or perhaps the ultimate nono your creditcard number. Most of these pieces of information can be obtained by trivial searches or the mildest of social engineering, making them near useless as passwords. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never use any option that offers to save a password for you. For example, Windows offers to store your dialup passwords so that you can access your dialup accounts more easily. These passwords not only let unauthorized users of your computer access your dialup accounts effortlessly, but also can be cracked easily by commonly available programs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Use a different password for each account or program that requires one. That way, if one password is compromised, the others will still be secure. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> As soon as you suspect that a password may have been compromised, change it. Also change any associated passwords. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never repeat a password youve used in the past. Create an entirely new password each time you change a password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Memorize your passwords. Never write them down. If you write a password down, youve compromised it. If you must write a password down, keep it in the safest of places. If that place is virtual rather than physical, protect your password stash with another password  a good one. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Never tell anybody any of your passwords  not even the ones youve stopped using. They might be able to use these passwords to guess at your newer passwords. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you can follow the simple advice in this list, youll be ahead of 99 percent of the computerusing population  and much more secure than any of them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>That said, be warned that no password is totally secure. Any password can be broken by an attacker who has sufficient time, determination, and computer operations. But most crackers will not be prepared to spend more than a few minutes or, at the most, hours on any given password, and will swiftly move on to other targets. So your goal is to keep your passwords secure against random attackers, not against the NSA. If the NSA is on your case, youll have much worse things to worry about than whether your passwords are strong enough. To remove password protection from an account, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>On the Change an Account screen, click the Remove Password link. Windows displays the Remove Password window shown here, which warns you of what the user will lose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Click the Remove Password button. Windows removes the password, and then returns you to the Change an Account screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating a New Password for a User</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If a user forgets their password, they wont be able to log on to Windows. Theyll need to get an Administrator user to create a replacement password for them. But again, as with applying and removing passwords, the user loses all the personal certificates theyve stored, together with any passwords theyve saved for network resources such as folders and printers and for websites. To create a replacement password for another user, log on as an Administrator user and follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>On the Change an Account screen, click the Change Password link. Windows displays the Change <EM>Usernames </EM>Password window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.</STRONG>Type the password in the New Password text box, type it again in the Confirm New Password text box, and type a password hint if you must. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Change Password button. Windows applies the new password and displays the Change an Account window again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youre probably thinking that all this losing of the users personal certificates and passwords should be avoidable, even if the user is unwise enough to forget their password. And it is avoidable. Read on. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Understanding the Three Types of User Accounts and User Profiles]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/understanding-three-types-user-accounts-user-profiles-a-3037.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista lets you use three types of user accounts Administrator, Standard, and Guest. The following sections discuss what each account can do and which type of account is suitable for which type of user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Administrator Accounts</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Administrator accounts are intended for power users who administer the computer. An Administrator account can perform just about any action on the computer, including installing programs and hardware on the computer and creating, modifying, and deleting user accounts. By default, an Administrator account can access all the files on the computer. When you first set up Windows Vista, the first account you create is an Administrator account. After that, you can create Administrator accounts and Standard accounts as needed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Standard Accounts</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A Standard account can take any action needed for daytoday work or play but cannot configure computerwide settings without providing the password for an Administrator account. A Standard user can </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Change their picture, Desktop background, or screen saver. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Change their password, or remove their password so that they dont need to enter a password to log on to Windows. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Create, edit, and delete their own files. A Standard user cannot </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Read other users files that arent explicitly shared with the Standard user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Install most hardware except for reinserting Plug and Play hardware that has already been installed on the computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Install or remove most programs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Create, modify, or delete user accounts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Log off another user whos locked the computer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Good Security Practices Versus Reality</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft recommends that everyone who has Windows Vista should log on as a Standard user for normal use and use an Administrator account only on those supposedly rare occasions when they actually need to install hardware or software, set up users, or otherwise configure the computer in ways a Standard user cannot. By not using an Administrator account all the time, you get the greatest possible protection from the User Account Control feature and Windows Vistas other security mechanisms Each time Windows receives a request to run a potentially sensitive program, it doublechecks that youre the one who issued the request rather than malware issuing it in your name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre used to logging on to Windows XP as a Computer Administrator user as Windows XP called Administrator users, or youre used to using Windows 98/Me in which every user had full privileges, youll probably find User Account Control irritating at first even if you log on as an Administrator user. Even so, create a Standard account for your daytoday work and try using it. Chances are, youll get used to working with reduced privileges and authenticating yourself to User Account Control when you do need to configure the computer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Guest Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Guest account is a special account for use by guests  either literally guests of your household or company, or figuratively in the sense that the user will need to use the computer only briefly. For longerterm use, create a Standard account for the user so that they can maintain their preferred settings. You cant require a password for the Guest account. Thats to prevent one guest from locking out another guest. And you can have only one Guest account on an installation of Windows, so the account needs to be shared among guests. You cant create or delete the Guest account, but you can turn it off and on. For instructions, see the section Turning On and Off the Guest Account, later in this article. By default, the Guest account is off until you turn it on. The Guest account cannot access passwordprotected folders. It can change only supposedly harmless settings. For example, the Guest account can change screen resolution and color schemes, but the only useraccount option it can change is the picture displayed for Guest. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>All Users Share the Same Screen Resolution</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because Windows Vista always uses Fast User Switching explained in Article 1, each user has to use the same screen resolution. So does the Welcome screen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If one of the other users of your computer changes the resolution, youll find the Welcome screen and your user session using the new resolution. When you change the resolution back to your preferred setting, the resolution changes for all other users as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understanding User Profiles</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Information for each user account is kept in what Microsoft calls the <EM>user profile</EM>, which is stored in the users folder under the Documents and Settings folder. This information includes the contents of your Start menu and Desktop, information about your network settings and printers, and so on. To move a user profile from one computer to another, use the Files and Settings Transfer Wizard, discussed in Appendix B. You may sometimes need to copy a user profile  for example, so that you have a backup of it for safekeeping. You can copy a user profile only for a user who is not logged on even in a disconnected session. To copy a user profile, follow these steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Press Windows KeyBreak. Windows displays the System window in Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Click the Advanced System Settings link in the left panel, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the System Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>Click the Advanced tab. Windows displays the Advanced page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the User Profiles group box, click the Settings button. Windows displays the User Profiles dialog box </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the Copy To button. Windows displays the Copy To dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6.</STRONG>In the Copy Profile To text box, type the folder to which you want to copy the profile. Use a folder that has no contents, as Windows will overwrite any contents. Alternatively, click the Browse button, use the Browse for Folder dialog box to select the folder, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows copies the user profile. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating a User Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you first install Windows Vista, the OS makes you create a single Administrator account, which it encourages you to protect with a password. Once youve logged on to that account, you can create such other accounts as needed. Windows provides two tools for working with user accounts the User Accounts window in Control Panel which youll meet in this section and the User Accounts dialog box which youll meet later in this article. The User Accounts dialog box is also known as the Advanced User Accounts Control Panel. To create a user account, log on as an Administrator user and take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>If Control Panel is in Classic view, click the Control Panel Home link to switch to Control Panel Home view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>In the User Accounts and Family Safety list, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Manage Accounts window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>Click the Create a New Account link. Windows displays the first Create New Account screen .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.</STRONG>Type a name for the account </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Usernames can be up to 20 characters long and are not case sensitive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Windows automatically assigns the username you enter as the full name for the user account. You can change this, and add a comment to the user account, by using the User Accounts dialog box discussed later in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Names can contain letters, numbers, and most symbols. They cannot contain any of these characters , , , , , comma,  colon, ; semicolon, &lt;, &gt;,  pipe character,  double quotation marks, , , /, or . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Names can start with letters, numbers, or symbols. Names can even consist of nothing but underscores. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> It can be amusing to create idiosyncratic names, but consider using a naming convention if youre creating more than a few user accounts and want to keep things formal and organized. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>By default, Windows selects the Standard User option button. Select the Administrator option button if you want the account to be an Administrator instead. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. </STRONG>Click the Create Account button. Windows creates the account, assigns it a picture at random, and displays the User Accounts screen again, with the new user listed. As soon as youve created a new account, you should assign a password to it. See Requiring a Password for an Account, later in this article, for instructions. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a User Account</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may need to delete a user account  for example, if someone who has been using the computer gets a computer of their own. Deleting the user account is easy, but you need to decide whether to keep the users Desktop configuration files and their Documents folder. To delete a user account, log on as an Administrator user and take the following steps </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. </STRONG>Check whether the user is logged on to the computer in a disconnected session and, if so, log them off </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Rightclick the notification area, and then choose Task Manager from the shortcut menu. Windows displays Task Manager. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the Users tab. Windows displays the Users page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> If the user appears in the list, select their entry, and then click the Logoff button. Windows displays a Windows Task Manager dialog box warning you that the user might lose unsaved data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the Log Off User button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. </STRONG>Choose Start Control Panel. Windows displays Control Panel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. </STRONG>If Control Panel is in Classic view, click the Control Panel Home link to switch to Control Panel Home view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. </STRONG>In the User Accounts and Family Safety list, click the Add or Remove User Accounts link, and then authenticate yourself to User Account Control. Windows displays the Manage Accounts window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. </STRONG>Click the users icon. Windows displays the Change an Account window . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. </STRONG>Click the Delete the Account link. Windows displays the Do You Want to Keep <EM>Username</EM>s Files window where <EM>Username </EM>is the users name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7.</STRONG>Click the Keep Files button or the Delete Files button as appropriate. Windows displays the Are You Sure You Want to Delete <EM>Username</EM>s Account window to make sure youve thought about what youre doing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8. </STRONG>Click the Delete Account button if youre sure you want to proceed. Windows deletes the account and displays the Manage Accounts window again.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing users and accounts under Windows Vista Ultimate]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-users-accounts-under-windows-vista-ultimate-a-3036.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you have seen by now, Windows Vista is a multiuser operating system. To help you keep each users files and settings separate, you should create a separate user account for each person who regularly uses the computer. This article shows you manage users and accounts. First, it explains what user accounts are and what theyre for. Then it details the three different types of user account that Windows Vista supports, together with their capabilities and limitations. After that, it tells you how to create, delete, and modify user accounts; how to require passwords for them; and how to make Windows automatically log on a particular account at startup. Youll also learn how to use Windows Vistas new Parental Control features to limit what users can do. If youre the only person who ever uses your computer, you hardly need to worry about user accounts. But if you share your computer with anybody else, you should use user accounts to the fullest extent, because they offer great benefits and require minimal setup and administration. Read on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>What Are User Accounts and What Are They For</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A <EM>user account </EM>is a group of settings that lets you tailor the Windows environment to each regular user. By using user accounts, you can let each user set different preferences on the computer, so that each user can maintain a custom Desktop that provides the look they like and the shortcuts and information they need. Each user can also keep separate favorites and histories in Internet Explorer. Article 2 discusses Internet Explorers History and Favorites features. Each user can protect their user account with a password if they choose, and they can choose to share folders with other users via the network. By using accounts effectively and setting passwords, you can control access to your computer, and you can allow different privileges to different users. For example, you could prevent the less responsible members of the household from accessing critical files by storing them in secure folders. User accounts are particularly useful when your computer is networked including alwayson connections to the Internet. Each user account is identified by a username that Windows uses to manage it. The account has a fullname field that typically contains the full name of the user which appears on the Welcome screen and at the top of the Start menu and a comment field that can be used for storing a comment about the user. Each user account has an account type that defines its permissions and a set of folders in which the users details and preferences are stored. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Customizing Command Prompt]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/customizing-command-prompt-a-3035.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Command Prompt uses a white system font on a black background, but you can change the look by using the Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Customizing the Current Command Prompt Window</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To customize the current Command Prompt window, click the controlmenu box at the left end of the windows menu bar and choose Properties. Command Prompt displays the Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><STRONG><FONT faceArial>Command Prompt Errors Involving Special Characters</FONT></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'> <op></op></SPAN></EM></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If Command Prompt gives you the error &lt;name&gt; is not recognized as an internal or external command, operable program or batch file when you try to run a program, or the error The system cannot find the path specified when you try to create, delete, or change a directory, chances are that the program or directory name includes a special character such as an ampersand &amp;, a space, parentheses&nbsp; , a caret , a semicolon ;, a comma ,, or a vertical bar . For example, if you have a folder named Bits&amp;Bobs and issue the command <STRONG>cd bits&amp;bobs </STRONG>to change directory to it, Command Prompt will tell you that The system cannot find the path specified and that bobs is not recognized as an internal or external command, operable program or batch file  which is true, but not helpful. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get around this problem, either put double quotation marks around the name of the item that contains the special character in the example, cd &nbsp;bits&amp;bobs, or put a caret immediately before the special character to notify Command Prompt that its there for example, cd &nbsp;bits&amp;bobs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Options Page</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Options page of the Command Prompt Properties dialog box contains three group boxes of options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Cursor Size group box </STRONG>Choose the Small option button, the Medium option button, or the Large option button to specify which cursor size to use. The Small cursor the default looks like a flashing underline; the Medium cursor looks like a flashing block half the character height; and the Large cursor looks like a flashing block the full character height.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Command History group box </STRONG>In the Buffer Size text box, you can adjust the number of commands that Command Prompt stores in its buffer. Storing more commands needs a little more memory, but not enough to worry about. In the Number of Buffers text box, you can adjust the number of processes allowed to have distinct history buffers. Select the Discard Old Duplicates check box if you want the buffered list to omit repeated commands. Omitting them reduces the list and can make it more manageable.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Edit Options group box&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the QuickEdit Mode check box if you want to be able to use the mouse for cutting and pasting in Command Prompt. Leave the Insert Mode check box selected as it is by default if you like the standard way of inserting text at the cursor, moving along any characters to the right of the cursor instead of typing over them. If you prefer typeover, clear the Insert Mode check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Font Page</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Font page of the Command Prompt Properties dialog box, select the font and font size you want to use for the Command Prompt window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Layout Page</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Layout page of the Command Prompt Properties dialog box shown on the right in Fig ure 6.10, specify how the Command Prompt window should look, where it should appear on the screen, and how many commands it should retain</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Screen Buffer Size group box </STRONG>In the Width text box, specify the number of characters that you want each line in the buffer to contain. Note that this is the buffer, not the window. In the Height text box, specify the number of lines of data that you want to store.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Window Size group box </STRONG>In the Width text box, specify the number of characters for the width of the window. Usually its best to set this to the same value as the width of the screen buffer. You can set it to a smaller value and have the window display scroll bars, but you cant set it to a larger value. In the Height text box, specify the number of lines for the height of the window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Window Position group box&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Use the Left text box and the Top text box to specify the position of the left side and the top of the window. Alternatively, select the Let System Position Window check box if you want to allow Windows to decide where to put the window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B>Colors Page</B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Colors page of the Command Prompt Properties dialog box, you can choose colors for the screen text, the screen background, the popup text, and the popup background. Use the preview boxes to get an idea of the effect youre creating. Click the OK button to close the Command Prompt Properties dialog box and apply the changes youve made. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Bottom Line</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating simple wordprocessing documents with WordPad&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>WordPad is a lightweight wordprocessing program that supports font formatting, bulleted lists, paragraph alignment, margin placement, and inserted objects, but not styles or spell checking. &nbsp;WordPad is good for creating simple wordprocessing documents, but if you need to create complex documents, youll probably need a dedicated wordprocessing application, such as Microsoft Word.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating text files with Notepad&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Notepad is a text editor that you can use to edit text files or system files. You can run multiple instances of Notepad at the same time, so its great for taking notes. But Notepad is textonly, so you cant apply formatting or insert objects such as pictures.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Inserting special characters with Character Map&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Character Map choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;System Tools &nbsp;&nbsp;Character Map lets you insert into documents characters and symbols that dont appear on your keyboard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Manipulating graphics with Paint&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Paint is a basic illustration program that lets you create bitmap files BMP, DIB, GIF files, JPEG files JPG and JPEG, Portable Network Graphic files PNG, and TIFF files TIF. You can use Paint to create background images for your desktop, capture images from a webcam, clean up scanned images, or save screens or windows captured using Print Screen or AltPrint Screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Making the most of Calculator&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Calculator is an essential utility for performing both basic and scientific calculations. Choose View &nbsp;&nbsp;Scientific to switch Calculator to Scientific mode, in which you can work in hexadecimal, binary, and octal instead of decimal.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Working from the command line with Command Prompt&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>If you need to run charactermode programs or issue text commands, choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;Command Prompt, and then work in the Command Prompt window. You can recall a command from the current<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>key one or more times. You can customize the<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol>&shy;</SPAN></SPAN>session by pressing the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Command Prompt window by clicking the controlmenu box at the left end of the windows menu bar, choosing Properties, and then working in the Properties dialog box.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to use the Command Prompt in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/command-prompt-windows-vista-a-3034.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Command Prompt Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;Command Prompt gives you a command prompt window that you can use to run charactermode textonly programs or to issue commands. To run a program, you type its name and its path, if needed at the prompt, and then press the Enter key. Command Prompt is especially useful for commandline utilities such as ping and tracert, which you use for checking network connectivity. If youve been using computers for a few years, you may remember DOS, the textonly operat ing system on which early versions of Windows for example, Windows 3.1 ran. The Command Prompt window looks like DOS, but in fact its not DOS. Windows Vista doesnt include DOS; instead, it includes a Virtual DOS Machine VDM. A VDM runs within Windows and synthesizes a computer running DOS so that Windows can run programs that require DOS. You can customize the way a Command Prompt window looks or even make it run full screen which gives it a very DOSlike look. For most purposes, theres no advantage in using Command Prompt to issue commands instead of using the Run dialog box choose Start All Programs Accessories Run, or press Windows KeyR except that in Command Prompt you can see the history of the commands youve issued in this session.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Recalling a Command Youve Used</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Often, youll need to reuse a command youve used earlier in the current Command Prompt window, or youll need to issue a similar command. Command Prompt stores your recent commands so that you can recall them quickly. To recall a command from the current session,<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>key. The first press displays the pre vious command, the<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol>&shy;</SPAN></SPAN>press the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>second the command before that, and so on. If you go too far back in<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>key to go back through the list toward the later<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN>the list, press the<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>commands. Once youve reached the command you want to use, you can edit it or add to it, or simply press the Enter key to run it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Selecting, Copying, and Pasting in Command Prompt</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Selecting, copying, and pasting in Command Prompt windows is much clumsier than in graphical windows, but it works well enough once you know how. To use the mouse to select text in Command Prompt, you need to turn on QuickEdit mode. You can turn it on either temporarily or permanently</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Turn on QuickEdit temporarily </STRONG>Click the controlmenu box at the left end of the title bar and choose Edit &nbsp;&nbsp;Mark.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Turn on QuickEdit permanently&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the QuickEdit Mode check box on the Options page of the Console Windows Properties dialog box or the Command Prompt Properties dialog box. Once youve turned on QuickEdit, click to place an insertion point, or drag to select a block of text. To copy, rightclick after making a selection. Alternatively, press Enter, or choose Edit Copy from the control menu. Issuing a Copy command in any of these ways collapses the selection, so that it looks as though the Copy operation has failed, but in fact Windows has copied the selection to the Clipboard, from which you can paste it into another program or back into the Command Prompt window. You can also copy information from another program and paste it into Command Prompt by placing the insertion point, then choosing Edit Paste from the control menu. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to insert a character in advanced view in Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/insert-character-advanced-view-vista-a-3033.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Graphical Characters May Change in TextBased Programs</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some textbased programs cannot accept characters, so they convert them to the nearest character they support. For example, if you paste a Wingdings telephone character into Notepad, Notepad converts it to a mutated parenthesis. If you paste the same telephone character into WordPad, WordPad displays it correctly. Similarly, some email programs strip incoming messages down to text, so its a waste of time to send messages that contain unusual characters to people who use such programs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Inserting a Character in Advanced View</STRONG></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Character Maps Standard view is fine for inserting many weird and wonderful characters in your documents. But if you want to work with a particular character set, you need to use the Advanced view. Character sets are discussed in the next sidebar. Select the Advanced View check box to display Character Map in Advanced view . As you can see, Character Map in Advanced view has several extra controls</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Character Set dropdown list&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Use this dropdown list to select the character set you want to work with. The default selection is Unicode.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Group By dropdown list&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>When necessary, choose a grouping for the character set. Depending on the character sets installed on your computer, youll see options such as All, Ideographs by Radicals, Japanese Kanji by Hiragana, Japanese Kanji by Radical, Japanese ShiftJIS Subrange, and Unicode Subrange.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Go to Unicode text box </STRONG>Use this text box to display the Unicode character associated with a character code. Type the code into this text box. When you type the fourth character of the code, Character Map displays the associated Unicode character.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Search For text box and Search button&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Use this text box and button to search for a character by its description. For example, to find the inverted question mark character , enter text such as <STRONG>question inverted </STRONG>or <STRONG>inverted question </STRONG>and click the Search button. Character Map displays all characters that match the criteria. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Expert Knowledge</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>ASCII, Unicode, and Code Pages </STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>ASCII, Unicode, and code pages are all ways of mapping the binary codes that computers use to store characters to a the characters on whichever keyboard you happen to be using and b what you see onscreen. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>ASCII and Unicode are both standard characterencoding schemes for textbased data. If you have information that can be represented in characters such as this paragraph, for example, you can encode it in ASCII or in Unicode so that a computer can store it. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>In ASCII, each character is represented by one byte. There are two forms of ASCII</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>Standard ASCII </SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>uses a 7bit binary number combination to represent each character, which gives enough combinations for 128 characters. </SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>Extended ASCII</SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>, which is also known as </SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>high ASCII</SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>, uses an 8bit number combination for each character, which gives enough combinations for 256 characters. Given that the English alphabet uses 26 uppercase letters, 26 lowercase letters, 10 numbers, some punctuation &nbsp;comma, &nbsp;period, &nbsp;parentheses, &nbsp;and &nbsp;so &nbsp;on, &nbsp;and &nbsp;control &nbsp;characters, &nbsp;standard &nbsp;ASCIIs capacity for 128 characters starts to look paltry. Extended ASCII doubles the ante and adds some foreign characters for example, accented characters, graphic symbols, and symbol characters to standard ASCIIs set. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Extended ASCII works pretty well provided youre satisfied with 256 characters. But even 256 characters are far too few if you want anything beyond the main European languages. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>The solution to the limitations of ASCII is Unicode. In Unicode, each character is represented by two bytes 16<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>256  enough to</SPAN></STRONG><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msobidifontweight bold; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN></STRONG><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>bits, which gives 65,536 character combinations 256<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>cover most of the characters in the worlds many languages. As of the year 2000, about 39,000 of those 65,536 combinations had been assigned, with Chinese alone accounting for about 21,000 of them. Japanese, with its borrowed and mutated kanji, is another of the greedier languages for Unicode combinations. When do you have to worry about ASCII and Unicode Windows Vista is pretty smart about Unicode, so usually you dont have to worry about whether youre using Unicode or ASCII, because Windows uses Unicode almost exclusively. For programs that dont support Unicode, you can use code pages to enable the programs to communicate effectively with the user. A </SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>code page </SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>is a table that maps a programs character codes which are binary to the keys on the keyboard, the characters on the display, or preferably both. Previous versions of Windows used code pages. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>If you need to use a program that cant handle Unicode, assign a code page for it as follows</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>1.&nbsp; &nbsp;Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Control Panel. Windows displays Control Panel. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>2.&nbsp; &nbsp;In the Clock, Language, and Region category, click the Change Keyboards or Other Input Method link. If youre using Classic view, doubleclick the Regional and Language icon. Windows displays the Regional and Language Options dialog box. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>3.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Administrative tab. Windows displays the Administrative page. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>4.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Change Settings button. Windows displays the Regional and Language Settings dialog box. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>5.&nbsp; &nbsp;In the Select a Language for NonUnicode Programs dropdown list, select the language to use. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>6.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the OK button to close the Regional and Language Settings dialog box. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>7.&nbsp; &nbsp;If you want to copy these settings youre applying to the system accounts or the default user account which controls any new user accounts that you or other Computer Administrator users create on this computer, click the Reserved Account Settings button. Windows displays another Regional and Language Settings dialog box. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>8.&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the Default User Account check box if you want to apply the changes to the default user account. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>9.&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the System Accounts check box if you want to apply the changes to the system accounts. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>10. Click the OK button to close the Regional and Language Settings dialog box. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>11. Click the OK button to close the Regional and Language Options dialog box. Heres an example of inserting a Japanese kanji using Advanced view</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>1. &nbsp;In the Character Set dropdown list, select the Windows</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Japanese item.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>2. &nbsp;In the Group By dropdown list, select the grouping you want. In the example, this is Japanese Kanji by Hiragana. Character Map opens a window displaying the kanji. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>3. &nbsp;In the Japanese Kanji by Hiragana window, select the hiragana phonetic character that represents the sound of the kanji character. The main Character Map window with the Japanese Kanji by Hiragana window displays a scrolling list of kanji that can be pronounced with that sound. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>4. &nbsp;Select and copy the character as usual, then paste it into the document. If you need to enter a particular character frequently in your documents and dont want to have to access Character Map each time, select the character in Character Map and memorize the Alt code displayed in the status bar. Only some characters have these Alt codes. To enter the character at the insertion point in a document, make sure that Num Lock is on, then hold down the Alt key and type the code for the character. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Using Private Character Editor to Create Your Own Characters</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontweight bold><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontweight bold><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Windows includes a hidden applet called Private Character Editor that you can use for creating your own characters and logos. To run Private Character Editor, choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Run or press Windows KeyR. Windows displays the Run dialog box. Enter eudcedit in the Open text box and click the OK button. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Paint</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Paint Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;Paint is a basic illustration program thats been included with almost all known desktop versions of Windows. Windows Vistas version of Paint lets you create bitmap files BMP, DIB, GIF files, JPEG files JPG and JPEG, Por table Network Graphic files PNG, and TIFF files TIF  enough to make it useful for basic illustration needs, and significantly better than the versions of Paint in most versions of Windows 9</SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>x</SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>, which could work only with bitmaps. If youre into creating drawings or paintings on the computer, youll find that Paints limitations present more challenges than its capabilities do. Paints Image menu provides tools for flipping and rotating images, stretching and skewing images, changing their attributes for example, changing a color file to black and white, and inverting colors  but thats about it. If you want to do serious imageediting work, consider a heavyduty imageediting program such as Paint Shop Pro or Adobe Photoshop. If you want to do serious illustration work, investigate programs such as Adobe Illustrator, Procreate Painter, or CorelDRAW. If youre </SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>not </SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>into creating drawings or paintings on the computer, youll probably find Paint quite useful for some basic graphical tasks such as the following</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Creating background images for your Desktop&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;If you want to use a digital photo or a scan as a background image for your Desktop, you may need to rotate it from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation or crop it down to size. Capturing images directly from a web camera&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can capture images directly from a web camera by using the File &nbsp;&nbsp;From Scanner or Camera command. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Cleaning up scanned images Images you scan can easily pick up dots from specks of dirt on the scanner or from damage to the picture. You can use Paint to edit pictures and remove small defects such as these.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Capturing screens If youre preparing documentation on how to use software, you may want to capture the screen or a window. To capture the whole screen to the Clipboard, press the Print Screen PrtScn key. To capture only the active window to the Clipboard, press AltPrintScreen. These keystrokes are from Windows itself rather than from Paint, so you dont need to have Paint running while you issue them. Then activate Paint and choose Edit Paste to paste in the screen or window, where you can work with it as you would any other graphic. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Calculator</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Though useful, Calculator Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;Calculator seems such a basic program that it barely deserves mention. But there are several things you should know about it</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Calculator displays itself by default in its Standard view, but it also has a Scientific view thats useful if you need to work in hexadecimal, binary, or octal; calculate degrees or radians; or perform similar tasks. To switch Calculator to Scientific view, choose View &nbsp;&nbsp;Scientific. To switch Calculator back to Standard view, choose View &nbsp;&nbsp;Standard. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;When you switch Calculator from Standard view to Scientific view, or switch it back, it wipes the display. To take the current number from one view to the other view, use the MS button to store it, switch view, and then use the MR button to retrieve it. Binary, octal, or hex numbers get converted to decimal when you move them to Standard view by using this technique. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can operate Calculator entirely from the keyboard if you want to. Choose Help &nbsp;&nbsp;Help Topics to open the Help file, then investigate the Using Keyboard Equivalents of Calculator Functions topic. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;If youre working with long numbers, you may want to choose View Digit Grouping to have Calculator group the digits into threes separated by commas. For example, with digit grouping, 44444444444 appears as 44,444,444,444, making it easier to read.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Press Esc to clear the Calculator. </SPAN></STRONG></P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vistas programs and accessories]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vistas-programs-accessories-a-3032.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista includes a wide range of programs to help you with your work and play. These programs come in all shapes and sizes, from monsters such as Windows Mail see Article 17 and Windows Media Player see Article 22 to much smaller programs generally called applets little applications or accessories. This article shows you how to use the following accessories</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WordPad, Notepad, Character Map, Paint, Calculator, and Command Prompt. Youll find coverage of other accessories in chap ters that cover related topics. For example, Article 22 the Windows Media Player article also covers Sound Recorder, an applet for recording audio. These programs have relatively limited functionality</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Theyre intended to take care of some basic tasks, but not to discourage you from buying fuller programs from either Microsoft or its com petitors. Because theyre limited, most of these programs are relatively small and easy to use. This article discusses only the most important features of the programs, leaving you to work out the easy stuff on your own. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><STRONG><FONT faceArial>Your Computer May Include Different Programs</FONT></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'> <op></op></SPAN></EM></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Where the operating system stops and where other programs begin has long been a source of contention between Microsoft, the U.S. Department of Justice, and more recently the European Commission. For example, the European Commission forced Microsoft to release a version of Windows XP that didnt include Windows Media Player this was for competitive reasons  so that computer manufacturers could include other companies media players. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your copy of Windows Vista doesnt include some or all of the programs discussed in this article or other articles, the reason may be that the computers manufacturer has decided to include other programs that offer similar functionality. Consult your computers documentation for details, or hunt through the Start menu to see what you can uncover.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>WordPad</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WordPad is a lightweight wordprocessing program. It provides rudimentary features including font formatting, bulleted lists, paragraph alignment, margin placement, and support for different sizes of paper. It also lets you insert objects such as graphics and parts of other documents, so in a pinch you can create attractive documents with it. WordPads Print Preview feature File &nbsp;&nbsp;Print Preview lets you make sure your documents look okay before you commit them to paper. But WordPad has no advanced features; for example, it doesnt offer style formatting, tables, or macros. It also lacks a spelling checker or grammar checker, so youll need to proof and check your documents visually. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of these limitations, if you have Microsoft Word, Corel WordPerfect, Sun StarOffice, OpenOffice.orgs OpenOffice, or another fullfledged word processor, youll probably have little use for WordPad. But if you dont have another word processor, and if you need to create only simple documents, you may find WordPad useful. WordPad can open documents in Rich Text format RTF and text formats. If you have fontformatted documents created in another word processing program, RTF may prove the best format for getting them into WordPad. This is because RTF supports a wide range of formatting, and most word processors can create and read RTF files. Each instance of WordPad can have only one document open at once, but you can run multiple instances of WordPad if you need to have two or more documents open at the same time. Simply choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;All Programs &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;WordPad again to open a second or subsequent instance of WordPad. You can also open a new instance of WordPad by rightclicking the document you want to open in an Explorer window or on the Desktop and choosing Open With WordPad from the shortcut menu. If you already have an Explorer window open, this option tends to be quicker and more convenient than opening WordPad from the Start menu. Most of WordPads commands are easily found on its six short menus and two toolbars. For example, click the Open button or choose File Open to open a document, and click the Save button or choose File Save to save a document. The following are also worth mentioning</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;If youre using WordPad simply to create text, you may want to maximize your workspace by stripping down the interface to the bone. The View menu lets you hide the Toolbar, the Format bar, the ruler, and the status bar, which gives you a good amount more space. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;WordPad doesnt have a command for inserting symbols. Instead, run Character Map see Character Map, later in this article, copy the character you need, and paste it into your WordPad document. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;As well as using the Tabs dialog box Format &nbsp;&nbsp;Tabs to set and clear tabs, you can set and clear tabs for the currently selected paragraph or paragraphs by working in the ruler. Click in the ruler to place a tab where you click. Drag an existing tab to move it to a different location. Or drag an existing tab downward into the document area to get rid of it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;If you need to create Windows documentation, you can copy a full screen by pressing Print Screen or capture the active window by pressing AltPrint Screen. Windows places the resulting graphic on the Clipboard. You can then paste the graphic into a WordPad document. Alternatively, you can paste the graphic into a Paint picture, and then save it as a file for use later. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The most complex part of WordPad is the Options dialog box View &nbsp;&nbsp;Options, which has four pages</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Options, Text, Rich Text, and Embedded</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The Options page of the Options dialog box&nbsp; lets you choose measurement units</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Inches, Centimeters, Points, or Picas. Points and picas are typesetting measurements. A <EM>point </EM>is 1/72 &nbsp;inch, and a <EM>pica </EM>is 1/6 &nbsp;inch, so there are 12 points to the pica. It also contains the Automatic Word Selection check box, which controls whether WordPad selects the whole of each second and subsequent word when you click and drag to select from one word to the next. If Automatic Word Selection is turned off, WordPad lets you select char acter by character. If youve used Word, youre probably familiar with this behavior. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The Text, Rich Text, and Embedded pages contain options for the different document types that WordPad can handle. For each, you can choose wordwrap settings No Wrap, Wrap to Window, or Wrap to Ruler and whether you want to display the toolbar, the Format bar, the ruler, and the status bar. &nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Notepad</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notepad is a <EM>text editor</EM>, a program designed for working with text files. A <EM>text file</EM> is a file that contains only text characters; it has no formatting and no graphical objects. You may also hear text files described as ASCII files<EM>. ASCII </EM>is the acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange. Rather than force you to use a monospaced font such as Courier, Notepad lets you select a font for the display of text onscreen choose Format Font. It has a wordwrap option choose Format Word Wrap so that lines of text dont reach past the border of the window to the horizon on your right. And you can insert the time and date in a Notepad file by choosing Edit Time/Date or press ing the F5 key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Avoiding Notepads Default TXT Extension</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notepad automatically adds the TXT extension to files you save. To save a file under a different extension, enter the filename and extension in double quotation marks in the File Name text box in the Save As dialog box  for example, <STRONG>boot.ini</STRONG>. Generally speaking, you shouldnt spend any more time using Notepad than you need to, because Notepad is a very limited program. But its good for several tasks</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Notepad is small and simple, so you can keep it running without worrying about it slow ing your computer down. Because Notepad takes up little memory, you can run multiple instances without affecting your computers performance appreciably. This can be useful for taking a variety of notes. Notepad lets you open only a single file at a time, but by open ing multiple instances of Notepad, you can open as many files as you need. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Notepad is good for editing Windows programs configuration files. But if youre editing any of the standard Windows configuration files that remain in Windows Vista for compatibility with older programs for example, WIN.INI, use the System Configuration Editor instead. The System Configuration Editor is essentially Notepad after a couple of doses of steroids and customizations for editing system files. To run the System Configuration Editor, choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Accessories &nbsp;&nbsp;Run or press Windows KeyR, enter <STRONG>sysedit </STRONG>in the Open text box in the Run dialog box, and click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;By default, Notepad prints documents with a header that consists of the file name and a footer that consists of Page and the page number. This default header and footer can help you tell one document from another, but youll sometimes want to either omit the header or footer or use text of your own. To do so, choose File &nbsp; Page Setup and change the text in the Header text box and the Footer text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Apart from working with text files that use regular textfile formats such as those with the TXT file extension, Notepad is good for creating and editing other textonly files. For example, its good for editing playlists for programs such as MP3 players. These are text files, though they use extensions such as M3U and PLS to give them filetype functionality. If you create such a file using Notepad, remember to use double quotation marks around the filename when saving it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can use Notepad to open documents other than text files. Select the All Files item in the Files of Type dropdown list in the Open dialog box. For example, if Word for Windows crashes, you may end up with a corrupted file that Word itself cannot open. By opening up the file in Notepad, you may be able to rescue part of the text. Youll see a lot of nonalphanumeric characters that represent things like Word formatting for example, styles, but youll also find readable text. If the document has been saved using Words Fast Save feature, youll even find deleted parts of the document still in the file  which can be intrigu ing or embarrassing, depending on whether you wrote the document. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Character Map</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Character Map is a small utility that lets you insert characters and symbols that dont appear on your keyboard in your documents. Windows Vista hides Character Map on the System Tools menu Start All Programs Acces sories &nbsp; System Tools &nbsp; Character Map. If you dont find it there but think its installed on your computer, choose Start All Programs Accessories Run or press Windows KeyR to display the Run dialog box, enter <STRONG>charmap </STRONG>in the Open text box, and click the Open button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Inserting a Character</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To insert a character with Character Map, take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the font in the Font dropdown list.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Scroll the list box until the character is visible</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To display ,<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol>&shy;</SPAN></SPAN>a magnified view of a character, click it. Alternatively, use the arrow keys<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>and<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN> , <SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>to select it, and then press the spacebar.<SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msoasciifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msohansifontfamily 'Times New Roman'; msochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsochartype symbol; msosymbolfontfamily Symbol></SPAN></SPAN> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Once youve displayed a magnified view, you can use the arrow keys to move the </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>magnifier around the grid of characters. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To remove the magnified view, click the magnified character or press the spacebar.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the character and click the Select button. Character Map copies it into the Characters to Copy text box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select other characters as necessary, then click the Copy button to copy the character or characters to the Clipboard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Activate the program and paste the characters into it. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Benefits of Suppressing AutoPlay When Loading a Disc]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/benefits-suppressing-autoplay-when-loading-disc-a-3031.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some copyright protection schemes for audio discs use AutoPlay to install a special driver that prevents you from copying the audio from the disc to your computer. This driver is installed the first time you insert such a disc in your optical drive and is then used each time you load a disc thats protected in this way. If you dont want your Windows configuration to be changed by this surreptitious installation of unapproved software, suppress AutoPlay by holding down the Shift key when you load audio discs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Customizing AutoPlay  and Turning It Off</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Vista lets you customize AutoPlay for a wide variety of media and devices. To customize AutoPlay, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Control Panel. Windows displays a Control Panel window. folder. A Zip folder appears in Windows Explorer as a closed folder icon with a zipper across it, <STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Hardware and Sound link. Windows displays the Hardware and Sound window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the AutoPlay link. Windows displays the AutoPlay window .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>If you want to turn off AutoPlay completely for all items, clear the Use AutoPlay for All Media and Devices check box. If you want to use AutoPlay, leave this check box selected. <STRONG>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>If you leave AutoPlay on, open each dropdown list in the Media area in turn, and then choose an option in the list. Here are examples of what you can choose</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For an Audio CD, you can choose Play Audio CD, Rip Music from CD, Open Folder to View Files, Take No Action, or Ask Me Every Time. The Ask Me Every Time option makes Windows displays the AutoPlay dialog box. &nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a DVD Movie, you can choose Play DVD Movie, Open Folder to View Files, Take No Action, or Ask Me Every Time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a Blank CD, you can choose Burn an Audio CD, Burn Files to Disc, Take No Action, or Ask Me Every Time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>If any devices appear in the Devices section of the window, choose a setting for each device. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Save button. Windows saves your choices and closes the AutoPlay window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Customizing a Folder</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can customize a folder by designating a particular type of role for it, by applying a picture to it for Thumbnails view, and by changing the icon displayed for it for all views other than Thumbnails. To customize a folder, take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the folder, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Customize tab. Windows displays the Customize page . <STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Use This Folder Type as a Template list box, you can select a template for the folder. Windows offers assorted templates for Documents, Pictures and Videos, Music Details, and Music Icons. If youll be creating subfolders of this folder and putting the same type of con tent in them, select the Also Apply This Template to All Subfolders check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>To specify the picture that Windows displays on the folder in Thumbnails view, click the Choose File button. Windows displays the Browse dialog box. Navigate to the picture you want to use, select it, and click the Open button. To reapply the default picture to the folder, click the Restore Default button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>To specify the icon that Windows displays for the folder in all views other than Thumbnails view, click the Change Icon button. Windows displays the Change Icon dialog box. Select an icon, and then click the OK button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box and applies your choices to the folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choosing Which Columns to Display in Windows Explorer Windows</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can customize Windows Explorer windows to display the columns you want in any given folder. For example, you might want to add the artist, album, track name, and bitrate to a folder containing MP3 files. Similarly, you might want to display the title and subject for office documents so that you have another means of identifying them apart from their names. To choose which columns appear, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick a column heading in the window. Windows displays a list of commonly used columns for the template currently applied to the folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>If the column you want appears on the list, select its check box. Alternatively, clear the check box for any existing column you want to remove. <STRONG>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>To add a column thats not listed, choose the More item from the list. Windows displays the Choose Details dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the list box, select the check boxes for the columns you want Windows Explorer to display. Clear the check boxes for any currently displayed columns that you want to hide. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Use the Move Up button and Move Down button to arrange the columns into the order in which you want them to appear from left to right. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>To specify the width for a column, select the column, and then enter the width in the Width of Selected Column in Pixels text box. Usually its easier to resize a column manually when you have information displayed and can see how much space it needs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Choose Details dialog box. Windows Explorer displays the columns you selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Understand what files and folders are and what you can name them&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>A <EM>file </EM>is a named object containing information thats stored on a disk. A <EM>folder </EM>is a file that can contain other files or fold ers. Folders enable you to organize your files into categories. A files name, including the full <EM>path</EM> to it through the drive and folders that contain it, can be up to 255 characters long. Filenames can include letters, numbers, spaces, underscores, commas, periods, semicolons, and single quota tion marks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Launch Windows Explorer and navigate to the files you need&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Windows Explorer runs all the time youre using Windows, because it manages the Windows desktop. To work in an Windows Explorer window, click the Start button, and then click one of the items in the upper right part of the Start menu. For example, choose Documents to open your Documents folder, or Pictures to open your Pictures folder. You can navigate to folders by clicking links in the Favorite Links area of the Windows Explorer window or by doubleclicking folders in the doc ument area. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Choose folder options to control how Windows Explorer behaves&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>To control how Windows Explorer behaves, choose Organize Folder and Search Options, and then choose options on the View page of the Folder Options dialog box. For example, you can choose always to display menus, which is useful if youve come to Windows Vista from a version of Windows in which Windows Explorer always displays menus.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copy and move files and folders&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>You can copy files and folders by using draganddrop techniques or by using menu commands. Draganddrop can be confusing because Windows interprets the action differently depending on whether the source and destination folders are on the same drive or different drives. One handy technique is rightdraganddrop, which always lets you choose whether to copy the items or move them.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Delete and rename files and folders&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>When you delete files and folders, Windows places them in the Recycle Bin rather than deleting them outright. You can open the Recycle Bin and restore files and folders if you find you need them again. You can also configure Windows to delete files and folders immediately instead of putting them in the Recycle Bin if you prefer. To rename a file or folder, rightclick it, choose Rename, type the new name, and then press Enter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Search to find the files and folders you need&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>To find the files which are in effect special folders, you can search from the Start menu, from any Windows Explorer window open to a folder you want to search, or by opening a Search Results window choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Search. Simple search can give effective results, but Advanced Search lets you specify exact criteria.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use compressed folders and shortcuts&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Windows can read both Zip files and cabinet files, but lets you create only Zip files. To create a Zip file, rightclick the item or items you want the file to contain, and then choose Send To Compressed Zipped Folder. To access files and folders easily, you can create as many shortcuts as you need. To create a shortcut, rightclick the file or folder, rightdrag to where you want the shortcut to be, and then choose Create Shortcuts Here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configure AutoPlay and Customize Windows Explorers Columns&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>To configure AutoPlay, choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Control Panel, click the Hardware and Sound link, and then click the AutoPlay link. The AutoPlay window lets you either turn off AutoPlay completely or choose a default AutoPlay action for each media type for example, audio CDs or blank DVDs. To choose which columns appear in an Windows Explorer window, rightclick any column heading. You can then either select or clear check boxes for the short list of frequently used columns, or click More, and then use the Choose Details dialog box to select columns and customize them.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Benefits of Suppressing AutoPlay When Loading a Disc]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/benefits-suppressing-autoplay-when-loading-disc-a-3030.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>AutoPlay, customizing folders, customizing the toolbar, and choosing which columns Windows Explorer displays in Details view. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Customizing and Turning Off AutoPlay</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Windows is set to use its AutoPlay feature, which tries to automatically run any CD or DVD that you insert in your computers optical drive and examine the contents of any removable disk or memory card you attach to your computer. What <EM>run </EM>means for a CD or DVD depends on the discs contents and the action that the discs developer has specified in the discs AUTORUN.INF initialization file, a hidden file stored at the root of the discs file system. If the initialization file doesnt contain specific instructions, or if theres no initialization file, Windows may pop up a dialog box offering you a choice of possible actions to take with the disc. These are the usual actions for AutoPlay</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For a music CD, AutoPlay activates the default player for files of the CD Audio Track type. Usually, this means that Windows Media Player or whichever program has ousted Windows Media Player as the default player starts playing the CD. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a software installation disc, AutoPlay usually activates the setup routine, unless Windows detects that youve installed the software already. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a game disc, AutoPlay usually starts playing the game. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a CD containing video files, AutoPlay may start playing a file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;For a DVD containing a video, AutoPlay may start playing the video. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>AutoPlay also manifests itself in other ways, such as the AutoPlay dialog box, which lets you specify an action to take when you insert a disc that contains a specific type of file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Suppressing AutoPlay Temporarily</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To suppress AutoPlay temporarily, hold down the left Shift key as you close the optical drive after inserting a disc. Release the Shift key when Windows has loaded the disc for example, when you see the discs name and contents appear in an Windows Explorer window. Use the left Shift key because, by default, holding down the right Shift key for 8 seconds turns on the FilterKeys accessibility feature. Alternatively, clear the Turn On Filter Keys When Right Shift Is Pressed for 8 Seconds check box in the Set Up Filter Keys window, which you can access from the Ease of Access Center in Control Panel. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Creating a Shortcut on the Desktop or in an Windows Explorer Win]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/creating-shortcut-desktop-windows-explorer-a-3029.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a shortcut on the Desktop or in an Windows Explorer window the more formal way, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick open space on the Desktop or in an Windows Explorer window and choose New &nbsp;Shortcut from the context menu. Alternatively, choose File &nbsp;&nbsp;New &nbsp;&nbsp;Shortcut. Windows displays the Create Shortcut Wizard . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Enter the location of the file or folder to which you want to create the shortcut. Either type it in, or click the Browse button, use the resulting Browse for Files or Folders dialog box to navigate to and select the file or folder, and then click the OK button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Next button. The wizard displays the What Would You Like to Name the Shortcut screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Type the name that you want the shortcut to have. This can be just about anything, so make it descriptive and memorable.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Finish button. The wizard closes and creates the shortcut. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Setting Properties for a Shortcut</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To set properties for a shortcut, rightclick it, and then and choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Properties dialog box. For a shortcut to a document, this dialog box contains four pages</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>a General page, a Shortcut page, a Security page, and a Details page. For a shortcut to a program, this dialog box contains a Compatibility page as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Target text box </STRONG>This contains the path and filename of the target file or folder. To open an Windows Explorer window showing the target in its folder, click the Open File Location button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Start In text box </STRONG>This text box contains the path to the target file. You may need to change this setting occasionally, but not regularly.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Shortcut Key text box </STRONG>To set a shortcut key to run the shortcut, click in this text box and press the letter you want to use. By default, Windows creates a shortcut using the Ctrl key and the Alt key, so if you press <STRONG>P</STRONG>, it creates the shortcut CtrlAltP. You can override this default by press ing CtrlShift or AltShift as you enter the letter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Run dropdown list </STRONG>As discussed in the section Specifying the Size at Which a Program Runs in Article 4, you can use this dropdown list to make the program or the program asso ciated with the file run minimized, maximized, or in a normal window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Comment text box </STRONG>In this text box, you can enter a comment associated with the shortcut.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Change Icon button </STRONG>To change the icon displayed for the shortcut, click this button and use the Change Icon dialog box to select an icon you like. As mentioned in Article 3, SHELL32.DLL and MORICONS.DLL both in the WindowsSystem32 folder contain a selection of icons. When youve finished adjusting the shortcut, click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box and applies your changes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Setting Advanced Properties for a Shortcut</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can set two advanced properties for shortcuts that lead to program files. To do so, click the Advanced button on the Shortcut page of the Properties dialog box for the shortcut. Windows displays the Advanced Properties dialog box .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Run as Administrator check box&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box to have Windows run this program using an Administrator account. Running a program as Administrator is sometimes necessary when the program requires administratorlevel permission but the user has only a Standard account. When you doubleclick the shortcut, you must authenticate yourself to User Account Control. A standard user may need to have an administrator enter a password.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Run in Separate Memory Space check box&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>You can change this setting only for 16bit programs, which you can choose <EM>not </EM>to run in a separate memory space. Windows always runs all 32bit programs in separate memory spaces to prevent them from corrupting each other. By default, Windows runs all 16bit programs in separate memory spaces, but you may some times need to run two or more 16bit programs in the same memory space so that they can communicate directly with each other for example, via DDE, Dynamic Data Exchange. Click the OK button. Windows closes the Advanced Properties dialog box and applies the settings you chose. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Creating a Shortcut on the Desktop or in an Windows Explorer Win]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/creating-shortcut-desktop-windows-explorer-a-3028.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As youll know if youve needed to transfer files or store them on limitedcapacity media, filecompression programs can save you a lot of time and trouble. There are two widely used forms of compressed files</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Zip files and cabinet files. Zip files have the ZIP extension. Cabinet files have the CAB extension and are mainly used by Microsoft for distributing files. Windows lets you create Zip folders but not cabinet files. Windows reads compressed files in both ZIP and CAB formats and displays both Zip files and cabinet files as folders that you can open and browse in Windows Explorer as you would any other and a&nbsp;cabinet folder appears as a filing cabinet with an open drawer busy consuming a document, as shown here. You can create compressed folders in the Zip format from one or more files or folders as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To create a compressed folder containing one or more files or folders, rightclick the file or folder in an Windows Explorer window, and then choose Send To &nbsp;&nbsp;Compressed Zipped Folder from the context menu. Windows creates the file, gives it a default name based on its contents, and then selects the name. Type a new name if needed, and then press Enter to apply it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To create a new compressed folder, rightclick in empty space in an Windows Explorer window, and then choose New &nbsp;&nbsp;Compressed Zipped Folder from the context menu. Windows creates a new compressed folder named New &nbsp;Compressed &nbsp;zipped &nbsp;Folder &nbsp;or New Compressed &nbsp;zipped &nbsp;Folder.ZIP, if youve displayed extensions and selects the name so that you can enter a new name. Type the new name, and then press the Enter key or click elsewhere in the window to apply it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once youve created a compressed folder, you can add files to it by dragging them to the folder and dropping them in or on it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating and Organizing Shortcuts</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A <EM>shortcut </EM>is a pointer to a file or folder. If youre used to the Mac, a shortcut is like an alias. By placing shortcuts in convenient places, you can give yourself quick access to files and folders stored in remote locations. For example, you could create a shortcut on your Desktop to a WordPerfect document stored in the nethermost subfolder of a network drive. By doubleclicking the shortcut from the comfort of your Desktop, you could open the document without browsing through the drives and folders to reach it. You can create as many shortcuts as you want for any file or folder. You can even create a short cut to a shortcut to make an item really easy to reach. Each shortcut is typically less than 1KB in size, so you dont need to worry about the amount of disk space they take up. Shortcuts have been around for many versions of Windows, but Microsoft has been improv ing them along the way. In the old days, if you renamed or moved the target file or folder to which a shortcut referred, Windows would be unable to find the target file when you double clicked the shortcut. Nowadays, Windows can almost always find the target file unless you move it to somewhere truly inaccessible or delete it. When you rename or move a file, Windows doesnt immediately update any shortcuts that refer to the file to reflect the new name or new location. Instead, it updates a shortcut when you use it to access the file. You can tell a shortcut icon on the Desktop or in an Windows Explorer window by the small white box containing an upwardcurling black arrow in its lowerleft corner. When you let Windows name a shortcut, it creates a name consisting of the filename and Shortcut, but you can change the name to anything you want by using standard Windows renaming techniques. Renaming is discussed earlier in this article. Its always safe to delete a shortcut, because deleting a shortcut never deletes the file that its associated with. And as you saw in Article 3, you can customize a shortcut so that it launches the associated program in Compatibility mode or in a window of a specified size.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Creating a Shortcut</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can create a shortcut in several easy ways. The setup routines of most programs install shortcuts automatically for you, so you should already be equipped with shortcuts to your programs. Most of these shortcuts will be on the Start menu. Some programs place shortcuts on the Desktop or in the notification area, despite Microsofts guidelines telling program designers not to do either. Betterdesigned programs are courteous enough to consult you before placing shortcuts like this. Other programs go right ahead and please themselves. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Creating a Shortcut the Quick Way</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a shortcut the quick way, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the file on your Desktop or in an Windows Explorer window and drag it holding down that right mouse button to where you want the shortcut to be. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Release the mouse button, and then choose Create Shortcuts Here from the context menu. Windows creates a shortcut named with the name of the file and  &nbsp;Shortcut. For example, the shortcut for Industry.xlsx is named Industry.xlsx &nbsp; &nbsp;Shortcut. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>If you want to rename the shortcut, rightclick it, and then choose Rename from the context menu. Type the new name in the resulting edit box, and then press the Enter key. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Searching from an Open Windows Explorer Window]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/searching-from-open-windows-explorer-window-a-3027.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve already opened an Windows Explorer window, you can start searching by typing in the Search box in its upperright corner. Windows searches within the current folder and displays the results it finds. Doubleclick an item to open it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Searching from a Search Results Window</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the most powerful and flexible searching, use a Search Results window. Follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Search. Windows opens a Search Results window with the basic Search features displayed, as shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>For a simple search, type in the Search box. Windows searches the entire index and returns results. You can doubleclick an item to open it, or click one of the buttons on the Show Only bar to view only those items. For example, you can click the Picture button to restrict the list of search results to pictures.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>For an advanced search, click the Advanced Search button at the right end of the Search bar. Windows displays the Advanced Search bar, as shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Location dropdown list, choose where you want to search</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Choose Everywhere to search through your entire file system. The search may be slow because some of the folders are not indexed for searching. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Choose Indexed Locations to search through the index of all the folders Windows is set to index for searching. The search will be quick, because searching the index is much faster than searching through folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Choose one of the drives in the list to search only that drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To search only one or more specified folders, click the Choose Search Locations item. Windows displays the Choose Search Locations folder . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;In the Change Selected Locations box, select the check box for each folder you want to search. Windows adds the folders to the Included Locations list in the Summary of Selected Locations box. You can exclude a subfolder of a selected folder by clear ing the subfolders check box. Windows then adds the subfolder to the Exclusions list in the Summary of Selected Locations box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Click the OK button. Windows closes the Choose Search Locations dialog box and adds the details to the Location dropdown list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Use the Date line of controls to specify any date criteria by which you want to search. You can choose Date, Date Modified, Date Created, or Date Accessed in the first dropdown list; Any, Is, Is Before, or Is After in the second dropdown list; and the date in the third drop down list. For example, you might choose Date Modified Is after 9/10/2007 to find only files modified after September 10, 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>Use the Size line of controls to set any size criteria you want to use. In the dropdown list, you can choose Any, Equals, Is Less Than, or Is Greater Than. For any choice except Any, type the size in the Add a File Size box. For example, you might choose Size KB Is Greater than 1,024 to find only files of more than 1MB 1,024KB.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>7. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the Include NonIndexed, Hidden, and System Files check box if you want to broaden the search to include files that Windows isnt set to index, including hidden files and system files. Searching these files slows down the search, so select this check box only when you need the most thorough search for files youve lost.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>In the Filename text box, type the entire filename or part of the filename</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Enter only as much of the name as youre sure of. Usually, its better to get multiple results from a search using part of the name than to get no results from using search criteria that are too specific and not quite right. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;If you know the extension of the file, include it. If youre not sure of the extension, omit it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can use the wildcards asterisk  and question mark  to increase the scope of your search. The wildcard  represents any number of characters, while  represents just one character. For example, searching for Letter returns a list of all files whose names include the word <EM>Letter </EM>and have one or more characters after it, while searching for Letter returns a list of all files whose names start with <EM>Letter </EM>followed by another character.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>9. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Tags text box, type any tag information by which you want to search.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>10. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Authors text box, type any author name you want to use in the search.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>11. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Search button. Windows returns any matching results. You can click one of the buttons on the Show Only bar to view only those items. From the Search Results window, you can perform most actions that you can from any Windows Explorer window</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Select a file to display its information in the Details pane. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Doubleclick a file to open it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Press the Delete key to move the selected file to the Recycle Bin. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Drag a file to another folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To open the folder that contains a file youve found, rightclick the file, and then choose Open File Location from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Saving a Search</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After youve performed a successful search, you can save the search criteria so that you can repeat the search easily in the future. To save the search, click the Save Search button in the Search pane, type a name in the Save As dialog box, and then click the Save button. Windows saves your searches in the Searches folder in your user account, which is normally a handy place to keep them. To open a saved search, click your Searches folder in the Navigation pane, and then doubleclick the search. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Searching</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows standard search options can be effective, but you may need to tune them to your needs before you can get the best search results. To configure searching, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Computer. Windows opens a Computer window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;Folder and Search Options. Windows displays the Folder Options dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Search tab. Windows displays the Search page .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>In the What to Search group box, choose what to search</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>In Indexed Locations, Search Filenames and Contents. In NonIndexed Locations, Search Filenames Only&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this option button for Windows standard searching behavior</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When searching an indexed folder, include the contents; otherwise, dont. This search behavior produces good results fast, but you may need to change the list of folders that Windows indexes. See the section Changing the List of Folders That Windows Indexes in Article 10 for details. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Always Search File Names and Contents&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this option button to force Windows always to search file contents even in folders that arent indexed. Your searches will be slower but more thorough. If you find you need content searches to find the right files, consider adding more folders to Windows indexing list. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Always Search File Names Only&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this option button to make Windows confine searching to filenames. Your searches will be faster than if you search contents, but you forego the benefit of content matches. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the How to Search group box, select or clear these check boxes as needed</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Include Subfolders When Typing in the Search Box&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want to search subfolders as well as the current folder when you search using the Search box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Find Partial Matches </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to find partial matches as well as complete matches. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Use Natural Language Search </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to use natural language searches  ones in which you specify a search phrase such as document created last week. Natural language searches can be effective, but you may get better results by putting your requests into computer terms. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Dont Use the Index When Searching the File System&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want to force Windows to search through the file system rather than using the index. Youll seldom need to use this option unless you suspect your index has become corrupted. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Folder Options dialog box, and youre ready to search. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Moving a File or Folder to the Recycle Bin]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/moving-file-folder-recycle-a-3026.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To move a file or folder to the Recycle Bin, take any of the following actions Select the file or folder, and then press the Delete key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Rightclick the file or folder, and then choose Delete from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the file in an Windows Explorer window, and then choose Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;Delete. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the file or folder, and then drag it to the Recycle Bin on the Desktop. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once youve issued a Delete command, Windows displays the Delete File dialog box, shown here, or the Delete Folder dialog box which is similar. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the Yes button if youre sure you want to send the file to the Recycle Bin. If you accidentally delete a file or folder in an Windows Explorer window, you can recover it by choosing Organize Undo Delete or by pressing CtrlZ before taking any other actions in Windows Explorer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a File or Folder without Moving It to the Recycle Bin</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To delete a file or folder without moving it to the Recycle Bin, hold down the Shift key as you issue the Delete command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the file or folder, hold down the Shift key, and then press the Delete key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Rightclick the file or folder, hold down the Shift key, and choose the Delete item on the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the file or folder in an Windows Explorer window, hold down the Shift key, click the Organize button, and then click Delete. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows displays the Delete File dialog box shown here or the Delete Folder dialog box with different wording. Click the Yes button to delete the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Recovering a File or Folder from the Recycle Bin</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To recover a file or folder from the Recycle Bin, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Doubleclick the Recycle Bin icon on the Desktop. Windows opens a Recycle Bin window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the file or folder you want to restore. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Restore This Item button on the toolbar. To restore all items, select no item, and then click the Restore All Items button on the toolbar. Windows restores the item to its previous folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve created another file with the same name in the folder the file to be restored previously occupied, Windows displays the Move File dialog box&nbsp; to let you decide whether to overwrite the newer file with the one youre restoring. If you restore a folder from the Recycle Bin after youve created another folder with the same name in the folder into which itll return, Windows displays the Confirm Folder Replace dialog box , which lets you choose whether to merge the folder youre restoring with the exist ing folder. If any of the files youre restoring have the same names as files in the folder, you can choose whether to replace the existing files. Click the Yes button to merge the folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>File Deletion and Restoration</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each file is stored in a number of clusters on your hard disk. The file system  NTFS or FAT  maintains an allocation table of which sectors each file is stored in. When a program goes to open a file, Windows gets from the file system the location of the clusters that contain the file and instructs the hard disk to retrieve the information. These clusters may be located pretty much anywhere on the disk partition that contains the drive. If theyre located near each other, the hard disk can retrieve them faster, but if your drive is fragmented, they may be scattered all over the disk. Either way, the file system assembles the data they contain so that Windows can present them as a single file in the correct order. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you delete a file when you perform a real Delete operation, that is  not when you put a file in the Recycle Bin, Windows tells the file system to get rid of the file. The file system does so by deleting the entry that tells it where the clusters containing the file are located. The clusters that the file is actually stored in remain intact but are marked as being available for storing data, so they may be overwritten by another Save operation at any point. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This method of deletion is why some undelete utilities can recover files that have been deleted by the operating system. Before the clusters containing the file have been overwritten, the information can be reassembled by synthesizing the entry in the allocation table. This may not work perfectly  often, the result is a bit rough  but it works surprisingly often. After the clusters containing the file have been overwritten, its much harder to restore the file  but specialists can usually do it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to be sure that nobody can easily restore the files you delete, get a shredder utility that overwrites the clusters in which the files data is stored as soon as you delete the file. Nortons WipeInfo comes highly recommended. But if you want to be entirely sure that nobody will ever be able to read the data on your hard disk again, destroy the hard disk. A sledgehammer, an oxyacetylene lamp, or strong acid might be needed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Emptying the Recycle Bin</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Under normal usage, your Recycle Bin gradually fills up with files and folders you delete. Windows lets the Recycle Bin fill, and then automatically deletes the oldest files or folders in it when it needs space for newer files or folders you delete, so you dont <EM>need </EM>to empty the Recycle Bin. But for security, its a good idea to clear out old files you wouldnt want others to see. So every now and then, visit the Recycle Bin, look through it, restore any files or folders you want to keep, and empty out the rest. To empty the Recycle Bin, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Doubleclick the Recycle Bin icon on your Desktop. Windows opens the Recycle Bin window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Restore any files or folders you want to keep.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Empty the Recycle Bin button on the toolbar. Windows displays the Delete Multiple Items dialog box, shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Yes button. Windows deletes the files from the Recycle Bin. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Quickly Empty the Recycle Bin</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To empty the Recycle Bin quickly without checking its contents, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1.&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the Recycle Bin icon on your Desktop, and then choose Empty Recycle Bin from the context menu. Windows displays the Delete Multiple Items dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2.&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Yes button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Customizing the Recycle Bin</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Recycle Bins standard behavior works well for many people, but you can change the way the Recycle Bin behaves</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can make Windows delete items immediately without using the Recycle Bin. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can turn off confirmation of deletion, so that files go directly to the Recycle Bin if youre using it or to oblivion. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;You can change the amount of space set aside for the Recycle Bin. To customize the Recycle Bin, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the Recycle Bin icon on your Desktop, and then choose Properties from the context menu. Windows displays the Recycle Bin Properties dialog box .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Recycle Bin Location list box, select the drive you want to affect. You can choose different settings for each hard drive.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>In the Settings for Selected Location group box, select the Do Not Move Files to the Recycle Bin. Remove Files Immediately When Deleted option button if you want to stop using the Recycle Bin for this drive. Otherwise, leave the Custom Size option button selected, and change the size in the Maximum Size box if necessary. For example, you might want to reduce the amount of space that the Recycle Bin can take up.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>If you want to turn off confirmation of deletion, clear the Display Delete Confirmation Dialog check box. This setting affects all drives at once</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>you cant choose different confirmation settings for different drives. If you chose in the previous step to stop using the Recycle Bin for a drive, clearing this check box as well means that items you delete get deleted permanently without confirmation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the Recycle Bin Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Performing File Operations in Common Dialog Boxes</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can perform file operations such as Copy, Paste, Rename, and Delete in many common dialog boxes used by Windows programs. Just rightclick the listing for a file to display a context menu of the actions you can take, as in the illustration below. Doing this can save you time because you dont need to open an Windows Explorer window. For example, say youre working in Word and you need to save the active document under a name that another document in the same folder already has without overwriting that document. Instead of opening an Windows Explorer window, you can rightclick the filename, choose Rename to display an edit box, and rename it there. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Renaming a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To rename a file or folder, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an edit box for the files name by taking one of these actions</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Rightclick the file or folder, and then choose Rename from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the file or folder, and then choose Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;Rename. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the files or folders name, wait a moment, and then click again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Type the name in the edit box, and then press Enter or click in open space outside the edit box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Renaming Multiple Files or Folders at Once</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows lets you rename multiple files or folders at the same time by selecting the files, pressing the F2 key, entering the base filename, and then pressing Enter, but the feature is useful only in certain specialized circumstances that seldom occur in real life. Because the renamed files or folders cant have the same name as each other, Windows adds ascending numbers in parentheses to all files after the first</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1, 2, and so on. So if you rename the files Letter &nbsp;to Jane.doc, Letter &nbsp;to &nbsp;Fred.doc, and Letter &nbsp;to &nbsp;the &nbsp;Bank.doc with the name Correspondence, the files receive the filenames Correspondence.doc, Correspondence 1.doc, and Correspondence 2.doc. Counterintuitively, its the <EM>last </EM>file in the selection that gets the unadorned name, because this is the file for which Windows displays the edit box when you press the F2 key. The first file in the selection gets the 1 name, the second the 2 name, and so on. If the files youre renaming have different extensions, Windows preserves those extensions  even if you have file extensions displayed in Windows Explorer <EM>and </EM>you specify the extension for the file around which the edit box is displayed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Viewing, Setting, and Removing Properties for a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As youll remember from earlier in the article, files and folders are objects, and objects have properties. To view the properties for a file or folder, rightclick it and choose Properties from the context menu. Alternatively, select it and choose Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;Properties. Windows displays the Properties dialog box for the file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The General page shows the following information</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;File name in the title bar and in the text box at the top. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;File type  for instance, Microsoft Office Word Document .docx. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Program set to open the file  for example, Microsoft Office Word. You can change the associated program by clicking the Change button. Article 9 discusses the implications of doing so. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Location the folder that contains the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The size and size on disk. The size on disk may be different if the drive uses compression. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The dates on which the file was created, last modified, and last accessed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The ReadOnly status, which controls whether users can only view the file or can save changes to it. You can select or clear this check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;The Hidden status, which controls whether Windows displays the file when Windows Explorer is set to hide hidden files. You can select or clear this check box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can set advanced attributes for the file or folder by clicking the Advanced button and then working in the Advanced Attributes dialog box that Windows displays. Article 9 discusses these options. The Details page of the Properties dialog box contains information about the file or folder. Fig ure 5.20 shows two examples. Depending on the file type, you may be able to edit some of the properties. When youre planning to distribute a file, you may want to remove certain properties from it so that people who receive the file cant view potentially sensitive information. You can either remove roperties from the file itself or create a copy without those properties, leaving the original file with its properties intact. To remove properties, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Remove Properties and Personal Information link on the Details page. Windows displays the Remove Properties dialog box . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose whether to make a copy or remove properties from the original file</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To make a copy, select the Create a Copy with All Possible Properties Removed option button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To remove properties from the original file, select the Remove the Following Properties from This File option button. You can then click the Select All button to select the check box for each removable property or select the check boxes individually. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the OK button. Windows closes the dialog box, removes the properties, and returns you to the Properties dialog box. If you chose to create a copy, Windows creates a new file named with the original filename and  &nbsp;Copy. For example, the copy of Lake.wmv is named Lake&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Copy.wmv. When youve finished examining or changing properties, click the OK button. Windows closes the Properties dialog box. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Unable to Copy or Move a File or Folder in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/unable-copy-move-file-folder-windows-vista-a-3025.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find you cant copy or move a file or folder, especially one on a network drive, you probably dont have the necessary permission. Because moving a file involves deleting its original from the folder its in, you need permission to change a folder in order to move a file from it. You may be able to create a copy instead, because copying doesnt involve deleting the original. Likewise, you need permission to create a file in the destination folder; if you dont have this permission, neither moving nor copying will work. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Deleting a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Deleting a file or folder is easy once you understand the twostage process that Windows uses to help prevent you from deleting any files or folders unintentionally. Windows has a holding area called the Recycle Bin for files or folders that youve deleted. If youre familiar with Mac OS, youll find similarities between the Recycle Bin and the Trash. When you tell Windows to delete a file or folder thats stored on a local drive, Windows confirms that youre sure about the deletion, and then moves the file or folder from its current folder to the Recycle Bin. When a file or folder is in the Recycle Bin, it hasnt been deleted yet, and you can retrieve it easily. Windows calls this <EM>restoring </EM>a file or folder  restoring it from the Recycle Bin to its previous folder. Files or folders stay in the Recycle Bin until either you empty it or the Recycle Bin grows to occupy its full allocation of disk space, at which point Windows starts discarding the oldest files or folders in the Recycle Bin without consultation to make space for further files or folders you delete. When you tell Windows to delete a file or folder on a network drive, Windows deletes it imme diately without moving the file to the Recycle Bin. Unless you work strictly with files or folders on local drives, its a bad idea to rely on the Recycle Bin to rescue you from careless Delete operations. If you want, you can turn off the confirmation of deletion, and you can stop Windows from using the Recycle Bin. That way, when you delete a file or folder, its deleted instantly without confirmation, and theres no easy way of restoring it. You can sometimes restore deleted files or folders with thirdparty undelete utilities, but you shouldnt rely on being able to do so. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Copying a File or Folder by Using the Send To Command]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/copying-file-folder-using-send-command-a-3024.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you frequently need to copy files or folders to a particular location, using the Send To menu is usually the quickest and most convenient way to do so. For example, you might need to copy files or folders to another folder in order to burn backups of them to CD. To copy a file or folder via the Send To menu, rightclick the file or folder, choose Send To from the context menu, and then select the location from the submenu, as shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Moving a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows draganddrop techniques for moving a file depend on whether the source folder the folder the file is currently in and the destination folder the folder to which you want to move the file are on the same drive or on different drives. The techniques for moving are closely related to the techniques for copying a file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Moving a File or Folder to a Folder on the Same Drive</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To move a file or folder to a folder on the same drive, take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Arrange one or two Windows Explorer windows so that you can see the source folder and the destination.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Drag the file or folder from the source folder to the destination folder, and drop it there. Windows moves the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Moving a File or Folder to a Folder on a Different Drive</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To move a file or folder to a folder on a different drive, take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Arrange one or two Windows Explorer windows so that you can see the source folder and the destination. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Hold down the Shift key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Drag the file or folder to the destination folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Release the Shift key and the mouse button. Windows moves the file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This technique doesnt work well for multiple files or folders, because holding down the Shift key and clicking the selected files or folders in preparation for dragging them changes the selection. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Moving a File or Folder by Using RightDragandDrop</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also move a file or folder by using the rightdraganddrop technique. Follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an Windows Explorer window to the folder that contains the source file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open another Windows Explorer window to the destination folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the file or folder in the source folder and rightdrag it to the destination folder. Windows displays a context menu of options.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the Move Here item. Windows moves the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The advantage of the rightdrag technique is that it always produces a move operation, no matter whether the destination folder is on the same drive as the source folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>&nbsp;Moving a File or Folder by Using the Move to Folder Command</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve chosen to display the Windows Explorer menus, you have another way of moving a file or folder</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>by using the Move to Folder command. Take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder you want to move.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Edit &nbsp;&nbsp;Move to Folder. Windows displays the Move Items dialog box, shown here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Navigate to the destination folder. To create a new folder in the currently selected folder, click the Make New Folder button. Windows creates a folder named New &nbsp;Folder and displays an edit box around it. Type the name for the folder, and then press Enter. Windows renames the folder and leaves it selected.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Move button. Windows copies the file and closes the Move Items dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Moving a File or Folder by Using Cut and Paste</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also move a file or folder by using Cut and Paste commands. Follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an Windows Explorer window to the source folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Issue a Cut command by pressing CtrlX or by rightclicking and then choosing Cut from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Navigate to the destination folder, either in the same Windows Explorer window or in another Windows Explorer window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the destination folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>Issue a Paste command by pressing CtrlV or rightclicking and then choosing Paste from the context menu. Windows pastes the cut file or folder into the destination folder. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Copying a File or Folder to a Different Drive]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-copying-file-folder-different-drive-a-3023.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To copy a file or folder to a folder on a different drive, use the technique described in the previous list, but dont hold down the Ctrl key. When you drag a file to another drive, Windows automati cally copies the file rather than moving it. Because its easy to get confused about which drive a folder is on, you may prefer to use the rightdraganddrop technique described in the next section instead of the plain draganddrop technique. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copying a File or Folder by Using RightDragandDrop</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also copy a file or folder by using the rightdraganddrop technique. Follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an Windows Explorer window to the folder that contains the source file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open another Windows Explorer window to the destination folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Rightclick the file or folder in the source folder and rightdrag it to the destination folder. Windows displays a context menu of options, as shown below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the Copy Here item. Windows copies the file or folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The advantage of this technique over the plain draganddrop technique is that you can always choose whether to copy the file or move it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Copying a File or Folder by Using the Copy and Paste Commands</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also copy a file or folder by using the Copy and Paste commands. Follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an Windows Explorer window to the source folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;</STRONG>Issue a Copy command by rightclicking and then choosing Copy from the context menu, or by pressing CtrlC.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Navigate to the destination folder, either in the same Windows Explorer window or in another Windows Explorer window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the destination folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>6. &nbsp;</STRONG>Issue a Paste command by choosing Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;Paste, rightclicking and choosing Paste from the context menu, or pressing CtrlV. Windows pastes the copy of the file or folder into the destination folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copying a File or Folder by Using the Copy to Folder Command</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve chosen to display the Windows Explorer menus, you have another way of copying a file or folder</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>by using the Copy to Folder command. Take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder you want to copy. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Choose Edit &nbsp;&nbsp;Copy to Folder. Windows displays the Copy Items dialog box, as shown here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Navigate to the folder in which you want to create the copy of the file or folder. To create a new folder in the currently selected folder, click the Make New Folder button. Windows creates a folder named New &nbsp;Folder and displays an edit box around it. Type the name for the folder, and then press Enter. Windows renames the folder and leaves it selected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Copy button. Windows copies the file, and then closes the Copy Items dialog box. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Thinking of Cheating at Solitaire in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/thinking-cheating-solitaire-windows-vista-a-3022.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unfortunately, Vista new Solitaire code seems to have broken one way that neerdowells have cheated at the game for years. This scandalous behavior was first revealed in <EM>Windows 3 s </EM>all the way back in 1991. As that article explained it, you could click Game  Undo when playing a Draw Three game, and the last three cards you turned over from the deck would go back on the pile. If you then <EM>held</EM> <EM>down the Shift key </EM>while clicking the deck, only one card at a time would turn over, allowing you to pick up a crucial card that wasnt originally on top of the stack. Whether by omission or design, that trick no longer works, and youll just have to win at Solitaire the good oldfashioned way. You can still, however, undo the turnover of your last three cards if you suddenly see a move on the board that might benefit. Want to get better 3D rendering </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you think the special effects in Vistas new games are spectacular, you aint seen nothin yet. If your hardware supports it, you can get even better 3D effects by manipulating a littleused control. In Chess Titans, for example, pull down the Game menu and select the Options dialog box. If the pointer called Graphics Slider isnt all the way to the right end of the range, push it there with your mouse. When you click OK, youll immediately see the playing pieces become sharper and smoother. We cant guarantee that this extra rendering effort will make your computer opponent a little stupider, but its worth a shot. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Media Player 11in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Media Player 11 WMP 11, a key part of Microsofts campaign to make Windows the centerpiece of users digital entertainment collections, is notably changed in Vista from earlier Media Player versions. The socalled Media Library, for example, now provides additional views of digital files, including genre, year of release, and ratings. Ripping CDs to digital files has been enhanced in WMP 11. Two new audio formats appear for the first time Windows Media Audio Pro and lossless WAV. The Pro format, strangely enough, digitizes sound at only 64 kilobits per second 64 Kbps, about half the bit rate of the older Windows Media Audio format. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lossless WAV, by contrast, is so high qualitywith a bit rate in the high hundreds of Kbpsthat ripping a single CD to disk produces files that total approximately 600 MB. Hard drives are cheap these days, so whether you really want or need the extra tonal range that comes from lossless ripping may depend on whether youve already filled up most of your disk space. If you happen to have more than one CD drive installed on your PC, WMP 11 will rip files from all of them at once. That wont make feeding your discs into the CD trays any more fun, but it will get it over with faster. In case you decide to reverse the process, and burn your digital files to CDs, WMP 11 has added new forms of support here, too. A diskspanning feature calculates the number of CDs neededif your collection exceeds the capacity of a single CDand automatically burns your playlist over multiple discs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>URGE, Brought to You by MTV in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft may never be able to match the experience that millions of iPod buyers have had downloading music from Apples iTunes Store. But you cant blame the Redmond company for trying. URGE, &nbsp;is a new music service featured in WMP 11 that has its roots in the American video cable channels MTV, VH1, and CMT. The parent corporation, MTV Networks, imbues URGE with a music library thats said to be two million songs strong which should be enough to keep you entertained for at least a few weeks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The service, available only in the United States at this writing, provides unlimited listening for a monthly subscription fee, or you can buy individual tracks, similar to iTunes. Besides the usual 99cent music downloads, URGE offers over 6,000 music videos, more than 500 playlists by genre, and some 130 commercialfree radio stations in a wide variety of styles. If you cant find what you want on URGE, WMP 11 still boasts partnerships with several other online audio stores. These include the selections of Audible, Napster, XM Satellite Radio, Microsofts own MSN Music, and so on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Movie Maker and DVD Maker in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Audio files dont get all the action in Vista. Windows Movie Maker makes anyone with a camcorder downright dangerous.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In case you like to subject your friends and family to your video masterpieces, Movie Maker enables you to edit your raw video down into a more bearable length 30 seconds If you insist on your film noir running longer, however, youll find a variety of special effects and transitions that can make almost any of your original content truly ghastly. Although theyre two separate applications, Vistas DVD Maker complements Movie Maker. After youve edited your video to your liking, burn it to one or more DVDs for posterity. DVD Maker publishes your work in MPEG2 format, which means its theoretically possible to burn DVDs straight from your camcorder. That assumes, of course, that your material wouldnt first benefit from a little, ahem, editing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Photo Gallery  Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Despite all the glamour of audio and video media, Microsoft hasnt forgotten plain old still photographs. Windows Photo Gallery is a builtin tool you can use to organize, tag, enhance, and print photos from cameras, cell phones, and other digital devices. A new thumbnail slidera userinterface widget thats revealed by clicking the maginfying glass near the bottom of the windowenables you to quickly zoom your photo collection up and down to fit as few or as many images onto the screen as you may desire. Photo Gallery includes several basic sliders that enable you to fix or ruin your original photos in your own particular ways. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, you can manually adjust the brightness, contrast, and color of a photo. A fix redeye control is included for those pics that suffer from a wee bit too much flash. When youve got your photos the way you want them, Photo Gallery can turn your selected images into slide shows, screen savers, email attachments with five levels of compression, and prints, or burn them onto CDs or DVDs. For those of you who like to edit your videos in Movie Maker discussed previously, you can import videos into Photo Gallery. It displays each video as a thumbnail so you can mix and match video material with your stills. Undo your fixes, no matter how many steps you took. In case your heavyhanded tweaks dont look so good, Photo Gallery retains the state your image started in. Simply click the Revert to Original icon to switch back to the picture the way it was before your improvements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Media Center in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In those Vista versions that support it, Windows Media Center turns a PC into a DVD player and digital video recorder all in one. Media Player is included in Vista Home Premium and Ultimate editions. In Vista, Media Center has been developed to support widescreen and highdefinition monitors. It works fine on older 43 displays but takes full advantage of greater capabilities when present in the hardware found on a system. PCs that include a TV tuner enable users to watch, record, and pause live programming. With multiple tuners, its possible to watch a program on one channel while recording another program on a different channel. Besides TV and motion pictures, Media Center also supports audio files and still photography. You can direct slide shows and music playlists as well as watch live or recorded video programming. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Theres Much More</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve barely scratched the surface of the changes youll find in Vista, compared with the capabilities of Windows XP. Numerous improvements, large and small, show themselves in features as homeoriented as DVD burning and as businessoriented as Internet Protocol version 6; as silly as Microsofts XPS portable document format which no computer other than Windows Vista and XP can read and as serious as screen magnification for users with impaired vision. Most of the new and improved applications are relatively easy to understand and are adequately described in their Help systems. Those that have s we can reveal are covered in the following articles. Join us as we explore the inner workings of Vista.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Support for RSS News Feeds in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/support-news-feeds-windows-vista-a-3021.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IE 7.0 includes an easy way to subscribe to news feeds, regularly updated information that sites publish in the format known as Really Simple Syndication RSS. When a surfer visits a site that publishes one or more news feeds, a square broadcast icon on IE 7s toolbar changes from grey to orange. Clicking the icon takes you to a page that explains the content of a feed and provides a clickable link that subscribes you. This is a big improvement over previous news feed buttons in other browsers, which formerly displayed raw XML code when clicked. After youve subscribed to a news feed, you can read it using IE 7s Favorites pane. This subwindow is accessed by clicking the yellow star in IEs toolbar and selecting Feeds. The latest news items can be sorted by date or title or filtered by categories provided by the author of the feed. IEs native feed handling isnt as capable as a dedicated readers, such as NewsGator, or an online news aggregators, such as Bloglines. But the addition of RSS support in IE is certain to make this form of communications popular with a much larger chunk of Internet users than had discovered news feeds prior to Vista.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Theres No Support in IE 7 for Secure RSS  Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unfortunately, IE 7.0 shipped without builtin handling for secure news feeds. These are feeds that users can access only by providing a username and password. For additional security, such feeds may also be encrypted before being sent across the Internet. This lack of support means companies cant use RSS to deliver information privately to authorized employees who use IE. Also, publishers cant use RSS to distribute premium content to paying subscribers who use IE. Dedicated news aggregators, such as NewsGator, <EM>do </EM>allow users to enter a username and password to subscribe to secure RSS feeds. You only need to do this once; the aggregator securely stores your password and periodically uses it to access and download the info you requested. Sources within the IE development team tell us that support for secure RSS was left out of IE 7.0 to keep the project on schedule, but that its a high priority for release as an upgrade. Watch for a download that will add this feature to IE.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Encrypt Entire Drives with BitLocker  Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Screaming headlines in recent years have made the public aware of stolen laptops and desktop computers that contained the personal records of thousands of millions of individuals. These thefts might not have exposed anyones personal data if the hard drives in the stolen computers had been encrypted and protected by strong passwords. Various thirdparty solutions have long been available to encrypt sensitive data folders and entire hard drives. With Vista, Microsoft now enters this market with BitLocker Drive Encryption. BitLocker has some advantages over competing encryption products because, integrated as it is into Windows, it can check the integrity of a computer system before the Windows user interface is ever loaded. BitLocker can tell when a hard drive has been moved to a different computeras would be the case if a drive had been stolenand can defend against bruteforce attacks. BitLocker also integrates with Microsofts Active Directory domain service scheme. The remote storage of digital keys that can unlock or restore data if a user forgets a password is a difficult and laborintensive chore for IT administratrors. BitLocker handles this by using Active Directory to escrow the keys securely, while still being able to help an authorized but forgetful user access crucial data thats stored in a passwordprotected drive. BitLocker is available only in Vista Ultimate Edition, which can be purchased separately or upgraded to from the Home and Business Editions, and Vista Enterprise Edition, which can be purchased separately or upgraded to from the Business Edition.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Use Easy Transfer to a New PC  Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Moving all of your old files and templates from one PC to anothernot to mention duplicating all of the settings and preferences that you spent hours perfecting in your old copy of Windowshas been a royal pain for years. Microsoft provides a better solution to this problem with its Easy Transfer utility in Vista. The program accepts files and preferences from Windows 2000 and Windows XP machines, as well as machines running Vista. You can select just data files to transfer to the new PC or transfer entire clumps of email messages and contacts, Internet settings, and complete user accounts as well. No information is deleted from the old PC, so you have plenty of time to confirm that the data has been transferred correctly before erasing anything on your obsolete system. The transfer requires that you install an Easy Transfer program from Vista to the older computer. Also, both the new system and the old one must be capable of exchanging data through one of the following methods  A local area network  A USB Flash drive or external hard drive  Recordable CDs or DVDs</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Dont Pay Big Bucks for a Cable</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As far as we can tell, an Easy Transfer Cable is just a USB printer cable with a computerstyle connector on both ends and firmware in the middle that helps Vista recognize the cable as a PlugandPlay device. Weve seen such cables advertised for 45 USD. Connecting the Ethernet ports of both machinesusing a crossover patch cable about 6 at Radio Shack to create a simple 2PC local area networkseems like a cheaper and faster alternative. You may still need the Easy Transfer program, but that should be a simple download.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Parental Controls Windows Vista</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Vista adds a new Control Panel applet to the mix Parental Controls. Assuming that youre the first person to passwordprotect this feature, you can ostensibly dictate the times that other users can log onto the PC, the ratings of the games they may play, the names of any programs they are prohibited from running, and the nature of the web sites they can surf. We say <EM>ostensibly</EM>, because this is exactly the kind of feature that every teenager in the world will be looking for a way to hack around. For one thing, gaining access to the master password gives any user the ability to change the restrictions at will. When the master password is set, the responsible adult is asked by Microsoft to also set a password hint. Most adults, fearing they might forget the password, will set a reminder such as <EM>my date of birth</EM>. This hint, as implemented by Microsoft, is visible to anyone using the system. Thanks, Dad, now I can adjust the parental controls any way I like. The Parental Controls system might be useful if youd like to kick your kids off your home PC at, say, 900 p.m. so you can surf the Web without competition. Were not sure its foolproof even for that, however.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Windows Vista  Dont Assume Too Much</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you think Parental Controls on your home PC are going to effectively bar your kids from seeing whatever they want on the Internet, youre fooling yourself. The average teenager has access to dozens of PCs that you dont controleven cell phones can download web content today. Youre better off training your kids what not to install from the Web, like free offers that actually contain spyware. Thats a much bigger threat to your households security than uncensored Internet access itself poses. That old standby, Solitaire, for example, is much improved. Not only are the cards more crisp and vivid than ever before, when you move a card from one pile to another, the exposed card turns itself over in a smooth animated effect. Rightclicking an eligible card moves it to the home position. And, if you have many eligible cards such as when youve succeeded in placing all the cards in columns, rightclicking the green felt background of the game moves <EM>all </EM>the cards home. All of the new Vista games benefit from enlarging their windows to fullscreen. Watch closely when you do this, and you can actually see the objects in a game become richer and more realistic when they have more pixels to render themselves.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Put Some Gadgets in Your Windows Sidebar]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-some-gadgets-your-windows-sidebar-a-3020.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Apple users have long been able to take advantage of the Mac OS X Dashboard, and Windows users have been able to download Yahoo Widgets formerly Konfabulator Widgets. Those things are still available, but now Vista has its own little tools, known as gadgets. Vista gadgets live in the new Windows Sidebar which you can move to the left or right side of the screen by rightclicking it and selecting Properties. Or you can put Gadgets on your Desktop by dragging the little context menu that appears when you hover your mouse over a Gadget.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Instant Search and the Search Panel  Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An interactive Instant Search bar is now a feature of every Explorer window in Vista as well as Vistas Start menu. This may not slow the progress of thirdparty desktop search applications that are increasingly being promoted as Windows downloads from the major search engines. But Microsoft is, in fact, trying to build into Vista advanced search functions to render such downloads unnecessary. The Instant Search bar can be a handy way to search within a particular application window. Vistas search function becomes contextspecific in many such applications.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Internet Explorer 7.0 Catches Up in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IE 7 wont win any awards for innovation, having not quite caught up with features its free competitor, the Mozilla Firefox browser, came out with two years ago. But the improved security of IE 7, plus the addition of longrequested features such as tabbed browser windows, make Microsofts new browser a solid component of the OS rather than the backward stepchild that IE 6 became. Users of Windows XP can and should download and install IE 7, if an upgrade to Vista isnt immediately possible. Besides the tabbed windows, IE 7 has thankfully copied several other features from Firefox, Opera, and other nonMicrosoft browsers. These include the ability to add Internet search engines of your choice to IEs search bar and a default Shink to Fit setting so Web pages will fit your printers paper size. However, IE 7 has also gained a few new features that other browsers may themselves need to catch up with.  Pressing CtrlQ or clicking the Quick Tabs tab on the IE 7 toolbar tiles all of your open tabs into a convenient thumbnail view. When you have a lot of tabs open, Quick Tabs can save you a substantial amount of time that you might otherwise spend clicking at random to get back to a particular site.  Page Zoom is another handy feature. When youre viewing a web page thats just too small or too large, hold down the Ctrl key and press  to make the page 10 percent larger,  to make it 10 percent smaller, or 0 zero to return the page to its original size. These special keystroke sequences work exactly the same way as they do in Firefox, except that IE 7 scales both images and text. Firefox 1.5 scaled just text. The keystrokes work whether you use the symbol keys on the main keyboard or the numeric keypad.  Theres also a small Page Zoom button on the extreme right of IE 7s status bar. You can click it once to scale a Web page to 125 percent, click it again for 150 percent, and click it a third time to go back to 100 percent. <STRONG>Fit the Full URL on Printouts  Windows Vista </STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sometimes, you want to print out some Web page youve found, so you can recommend the site to a friend later. But if the Web address URL is a long one, its likely to be truncated in the footer of the printed page. Thats because IE, by default, uses a large font and cuts off any of the URL that doesnt fit on the same line as todays date. You can make URLs print in full almost every time by clicking Tools<SPAN stylemsofareastfontfamily 'MS Mincho'>&10154;</SPAN>Internet Options. On the General tab, click the Fonts button and then select a Web page font thats more compact than Times New Roman, such as Vistas Cordia New. This font, which is similar to Arial, also becomes the default font for Web pages that dont specify a font. If that doesnt print the entire Web address, give URLs a separate line. To do so, pull down the Printer toolbar and select Page Setup. Enter <STRONG>&amp;b&amp;u </STRONG>in the Header field to devote the full header to the URL aligned to the right. Then enter <STRONG>&amp;d&amp;b&amp;p </STRONG>in the Footer field to print the date on the left and the page number on the right at the bottom of each page. This procedure eliminates printing each pages title, represented by <STRONG>&amp;w. </STRONG>A Web pages title takes up space thats best devoted to printing the full URL, in our view. <STRONG>Windows Vista &nbsp; IE Protected Mode and Phishing Filter</STRONG> <STRONG>&nbsp;</STRONG> Internet Explorer 7.0, when running under Windows Vista not XP or earlier operating systems, operates by default in <EM>Protected Mode</EM>. This means that dishonest web sites that a user happens to visit cannot trick IE 7 into changing Windows system files or other crucial configuration details. A separate feature, but one that can work in concert with Protected Mode to keep users out of trouble, is Microsofts new <EM>Phishing Filter</EM>. IE 7 regularly downloads from a Microsoft server a list of web addresses that appear to be fraudulent. These sites may get on the list because theyre collecting passwords or credit card numbers from gullible consumers, theyre downloading spyware to peoples computers, or for other reasons. In any case, IE 7 doesnt display known phishing sites, instead warning the user about the identified problems with the site. The features just described are only two of the several Microsoft has added to Internet Explorer. Others include protection against crosssite scripting attacks in which one site takes over a window used by another site, ActiveX suspension which disables the most dangerous ActiveX controls, and Windows Defender, which guards against spyware. Its too early to say whether the new IE security features will add up to an adequate level of safety for Windows users, or whether thirdparty security products must still be added to Windows. Its likely that Microsofts own programs will play second fiddle to thirdparty developers, who concentrate specifically on antiphishing and antispyware research. Read the comparative reviews of security addons in respected computer magazines to learn which products provide the best securityand then invest a few bucks in any independent downloads that are top rated.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Aero and Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/aero-windows-vista-a-3019.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We waited more than five years for Vista. As you may recall, Windows XP was released with much fanfare in October 2001. But instead of the next Windows version shipping in just a couple of years, as originally expected, Microsoft lost its way in the development process. Vista didnt make it to consumers until early 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Was it worth the wait The short answer is, Yes. We believe Vista is a major advance on Microsofts previous operating systems. If youre buying a new PC today, we dont hesitate to recommend that you get Vista rather than requesting XP or another, older operating system. If youre upgrading an older PC to Vista, by contrast, be sure to first read our tips in Article 3. In 2001, Microsoft executives widely claimed that XP was the most secure operating system we have ever delivered. In fact, XP and its new Web browser, Internet Explorer 6.0, were full of maddening security holes that previous operating systems didnt suffer from. ActiveX exploits, driveby downloads, and many other kinds of weaknesses were quickly exploited by blackhat hackers. Microsoft has been issuing patches for XP and IE 6.0 ever since.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Vista OS and the new IE 7.0 browser are welcome steps toward changing that. Will they never need patching Wed hardly say that. But Microsoft has added hardening features to Vista that should make remote exploits more difficult for hackers to carry out. Besides improved security, XP users who switch to Vista will also find enhancements in desktop searching, Windows Sidebar access to applets called <EM>gadgets</EM>, PCtoPC content transfers, and even new gamesmahjong and finally chess. Instead of filling our first few pages with acknowledgements of names youve never heard of, weve moved the credits for our valued sources into the articles they helped us with. In these pages, we aim to give you a crash course on Windows Vista. In other words, read on and you can learn the most important new features of Vista in the time it takes to sip a nice, hot cuppa Joe.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Learn Vista in 15 Minutes</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its impossible to cover all the new features of Vista in a single article. Many features warrant their own articles because theres a lot to say about them or we found secret information that isnt in the Help text you get with Vista. Other new Vista features, although important, may be so straightforward that they dont have any particular secrets. If not, we havent devoted any further space to them in this article. But even features that dont have hidden features may be important for you to know about when you turn Vista on for the first time. Exposing those features to you is the purpose of the following overview. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The New Start Menu</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Vista, the Start button is no longer called Start, and the Start menu looks completely different from the menu you may be used to in Windows XP. However, its still there at the bottom of the screen, and you may find it a bit better organized. The old Start button has been replaced by a lighted sphere that displays the Windows flag logo. Instead of submenus that fly out to the right of the main menu, Vista displays your most recently used programs in a primary window. If you dont like the new look, you can get the old Start menu back by reverting to the familiar XP submenu system. Rightclick the Start Button, click Properties, select Classic Start Menu<STRONG>, </STRONG>and then click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you click All Programs<STRONG>, </STRONG>the Start menu switches to a display of collapsing folders. You can expand each folder to show you all available programs, but the Start menu keeps the list within the primary window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>What Happened to the Run Menu</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One thing you wont find on the default Start menu is the Run option, which generations of Windows users have employed to start programs that may not appear on any menu. The omission isnt a problemif you know the secret. Simply type the name of the program you want to run such as <STRONG>notepad</STRONG> into the Start Search bar just above the Start button and then press Enter. <STRONG>Windows Aero</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youll see a slick new look to objects and applications in Vista<EM>if </EM>you have a version of the operating system that supports it and hardware thats modern enough to render it. The new Aero interface gives translucency to the chrome that surrounds most application windows. This enables you to see what lies beneath a window, whether the foreground app is stationary or youre dragging it to a new location. You can see the Aero interface formerly codenamed Aero Glass if you have Vista Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, or Ultimate Edition, and your video board supports the advanced features of Microsofts new Windows Driver Display Model.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Flip 3D</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many Windows users know about AltTab. You can hold down the Alt key and press Tab repeatedly to switch to any application thats currently open. The Aero user interface adds a powerful enhancement to task switching. AltTab still workseven better, in fact, because now thumbnails of each application are displayed, not just titles. But youll probably abandon AltTab in favor of WindowsTab, called Flip3D, which shows you a revolving set of windows at an angle so you can see exactly what youre switching to.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the windows thats shown in the Flip 3D view is always your Windows Desktop. That makes it easy to minimize all of your applications. Simply hold down the Windows key either the left one or the right one, and then press Tab until the miniature window that looks like your Desktop is uppermost. You can reverse the order that Flip 3D cycles through your open windows by holding down the Shift key in addition to WindowsTab. In our tests, the Desktop window has always been displayed as the bottommost application when we pressed WindowsTab. To minimize all applications and display your Desktop, therefore, hold down the Windows key, then press Tab, ShiftTab, and let go of the Windows key.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Programs Explorer Replaces Add/Remove Programs</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Legions of Windows users have become accustomed to using the Add or Remove Programs dialog box in the Control Panel to uninstall applications that they no longer want taking up space on their hard disks. So, in its frustrating way, Microsoft has renamed this feature to make it even harder to find than it was before. To reconfigure or completely remove an application, you now use the Programs Explorer. This applet also enables you to turn on or off many of the builtin features that come with Windows Vista, such as the Indexing Service. Fortunately, the Programs Explorer is still available through the Control Panel. You just need to know to look for it in the Ps instead of the As.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Thinking of Cheating at Solitaire in Windows Vista]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/thinking-cheating-solitaire-windows-vista-a-3018.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unfortunately, Vista new Solitaire code seems to have broken one way that neerdowells have cheated at the game for years. This scandalous behavior was first revealed in <EM>Windows 3 s </EM>all the way back in 1991. As that article explained it, you could click Game  Undo when playing a Draw Three game, and the last three cards you turned over from the deck would go back on the pile. If you then <EM>held</EM> <EM>down the Shift key </EM>while clicking the deck, only one card at a time would turn over, allowing you to pick up a crucial card that wasnt originally on top of the stack. Whether by omission or design, that trick no longer works, and youll just have to win at Solitaire the good oldfashioned way. You can still, however, undo the turnover of your last three cards if you suddenly see a move on the board that might benefit. Want to get better 3D rendering </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you think the special effects in Vistas new games are spectacular, you aint seen nothin yet. If your hardware supports it, you can get even better 3D effects by manipulating a littleused control. In Chess Titans, for example, pull down the Game menu and select the Options dialog box. If the pointer called Graphics Slider isnt all the way to the right end of the range, push it there with your mouse. When you click OK, youll immediately see the playing pieces become sharper and smoother. We cant guarantee that this extra rendering effort will make your computer opponent a little stupider, but its worth a shot. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Media Player 11in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Media Player 11 WMP 11, a key part of Microsofts campaign to make Windows the centerpiece of users digital entertainment collections, is notably changed in Vista from earlier Media Player versions. The socalled Media Library, for example, now provides additional views of digital files, including genre, year of release, and ratings. Ripping CDs to digital files has been enhanced in WMP 11. Two new audio formats appear for the first time Windows Media Audio Pro and lossless WAV. The Pro format, strangely enough, digitizes sound at only 64 kilobits per second 64 Kbps, about half the bit rate of the older Windows Media Audio format. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lossless WAV, by contrast, is so high qualitywith a bit rate in the high hundreds of Kbpsthat ripping a single CD to disk produces files that total approximately 600 MB. Hard drives are cheap these days, so whether you really want or need the extra tonal range that comes from lossless ripping may depend on whether youve already filled up most of your disk space. If you happen to have more than one CD drive installed on your PC, WMP 11 will rip files from all of them at once. That wont make feeding your discs into the CD trays any more fun, but it will get it over with faster. In case you decide to reverse the process, and burn your digital files to CDs, WMP 11 has added new forms of support here, too. A diskspanning feature calculates the number of CDs neededif your collection exceeds the capacity of a single CDand automatically burns your playlist over multiple discs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>URGE, Brought to You by MTV in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft may never be able to match the experience that millions of iPod buyers have had downloading music from Apples iTunes Store. But you cant blame the Redmond company for trying. URGE, &nbsp;is a new music service featured in WMP 11 that has its roots in the American video cable channels MTV, VH1, and CMT. The parent corporation, MTV Networks, imbues URGE with a music library thats said to be two million songs strong which should be enough to keep you entertained for at least a few weeks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The service, available only in the United States at this writing, provides unlimited listening for a monthly subscription fee, or you can buy individual tracks, similar to iTunes. Besides the usual 99cent music downloads, URGE offers over 6,000 music videos, more than 500 playlists by genre, and some 130 commercialfree radio stations in a wide variety of styles. If you cant find what you want on URGE, WMP 11 still boasts partnerships with several other online audio stores. These include the selections of Audible, Napster, XM Satellite Radio, Microsofts own MSN Music, and so on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Movie Maker and DVD Maker in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Audio files dont get all the action in Vista. Windows Movie Maker makes anyone with a camcorder downright dangerous.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In case you like to subject your friends and family to your video masterpieces, Movie Maker enables you to edit your raw video down into a more bearable length 30 seconds If you insist on your film noir running longer, however, youll find a variety of special effects and transitions that can make almost any of your original content truly ghastly. Although theyre two separate applications, Vistas DVD Maker complements Movie Maker. After youve edited your video to your liking, burn it to one or more DVDs for posterity. DVD Maker publishes your work in MPEG2 format, which means its theoretically possible to burn DVDs straight from your camcorder. That assumes, of course, that your material wouldnt first benefit from a little, ahem, editing. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Photo Gallery  Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Despite all the glamour of audio and video media, Microsoft hasnt forgotten plain old still photographs. Windows Photo Gallery is a builtin tool you can use to organize, tag, enhance, and print photos from cameras, cell phones, and other digital devices. A new thumbnail slidera userinterface widget thats revealed by clicking the maginfying glass near the bottom of the windowenables you to quickly zoom your photo collection up and down to fit as few or as many images onto the screen as you may desire. Photo Gallery includes several basic sliders that enable you to fix or ruin your original photos in your own particular ways. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, you can manually adjust the brightness, contrast, and color of a photo. A fix redeye control is included for those pics that suffer from a wee bit too much flash. When youve got your photos the way you want them, Photo Gallery can turn your selected images into slide shows, screen savers, email attachments with five levels of compression, and prints, or burn them onto CDs or DVDs. For those of you who like to edit your videos in Movie Maker discussed previously, you can import videos into Photo Gallery. It displays each video as a thumbnail so you can mix and match video material with your stills. Undo your fixes, no matter how many steps you took. In case your heavyhanded tweaks dont look so good, Photo Gallery retains the state your image started in. Simply click the Revert to Original icon to switch back to the picture the way it was before your improvements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Windows Media Center in Windows Vista</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In those Vista versions that support it, Windows Media Center turns a PC into a DVD player and digital video recorder all in one. Media Player is included in Vista Home Premium and Ultimate editions. In Vista, Media Center has been developed to support widescreen and highdefinition monitors. It works fine on older 43 displays but takes full advantage of greater capabilities when present in the hardware found on a system. PCs that include a TV tuner enable users to watch, record, and pause live programming. With multiple tuners, its possible to watch a program on one channel while recording another program on a different channel. Besides TV and motion pictures, Media Center also supports audio files and still photography. You can direct slide shows and music playlists as well as watch live or recorded video programming. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Theres Much More</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve barely scratched the surface of the changes youll find in Vista, compared with the capabilities of Windows XP. Numerous improvements, large and small, show themselves in features as homeoriented as DVD burning and as businessoriented as Internet Protocol version 6; as silly as Microsofts XPS portable document format which no computer other than Windows Vista and XP can read and as serious as screen magnification for users with impaired vision. Most of the new and improved applications are relatively easy to understand and are adequately described in their Help systems. Those that have s we can reveal are covered in the following articles. Join us as we explore the inner workings of Vista.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Choosing Folder Options in Windows Vista Ultimate]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/choosing-folder-options-windows-vista-ultimate-a-3017.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display File Icon on Thumbnails&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows Explorer to display an icon indicating the associated program on each thumbnail. <EM>Thumbnails </EM>are the larger sizes of icons. For example, if you select this check box, Windows Explorer displays icon previews of Excel 2007 workbooks together with an Excel program icon. Usually, the program icon is helpful for visually identifying the file type.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display File Size Information in Folder Tips&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box to control whether or not Windows Explorer displays an information popup when you hover the mouse pointer over a folder. As its name implies, this option doesnt apply to files  just to folders. So when youve cleared this check box, Windows still displays file information when you hover the mouse pointer over a file in an Windows Explorer window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display Simple Folder View in Navigation Pane&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want to hide the dotted lines used to connect the folders and subfolders in the Navigation pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Display the Full Path in the Title Bar Classic Folders Only&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows Explorer to display the full path in the title bar of Windows Explorer windows when youre using classic folders.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Show/Do Not Show Hidden Files and Folders&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the Show Hidden Files and Folders option button to make Windows Explorer display hidden files and folders. By default, the Do Not Show Hidden Files and Folders option button is selected.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hide Extensions for Known File Types&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Clear this check box if you want to make Windows Explorer display file extensions, the last section of each files name. For example, in the filename MYBOOK.DOC, the extension is .DOC. By default, this check box is selected, so Windows Explorer hides extensions.<STRONG> Hide Protected Operating System Files&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box to make Windows Explorer hide operatingsystem files. Hiding these files is usually a good idea, because it helps you avoid deleting them accidentally. But for some special purposes, youll need to display these files temporarily.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Launch Folder Windows in a Separate Process&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want to make Windows Explorer open each separate folder window in a separate area of memory rather than sharing a single area of memory among the folder windows displayed. Using separate folders theoretically increases the stability of Windows, because if one instance of Windows Explorer crashes, the others shouldnt be affected. However, using separate folders consumes more mem ory and processor cycles. This option is turned off by default. Turn it on only if you find that Windows seems to be crashing when youre working in Windows Explorer windows.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Remember Each Folders View Settings&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows Explorer to use the same view for a folder when you reopen it. Clear this check box if you want Windows Explorer to revert to the default view for each window you open.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Restore Previous Folder Windows at Logon&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows to reopen Windows Explorer and Internet Windows Explorer windows to the folders and addresses at which they were open when you logged off. This option can be useful for helping you pick up work where you left off.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Show Drive Letters </STRONG>Clear this check box if you want to see only descriptive names also called <EM>friendly </EM>names for drives rather than drive letters such as C</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>or D. Windows displays drive letters by default. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Show Encrypted or Compressed NTFS Files in Color&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows Explorer to display compressed files on NTFS partitions in blue instead of black in the default color scheme. Windows Vista Home doesnt support encryption, but in Win dows Vista Business and Windows Vista Ultimate which do support encryption encrypted files appear in green when you select this option. This option is off by default. Normally, you dont need to know whether files are compressed. <STRONG>Show Popup Description for Folder and Desktop Items&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows Explorer to display a descriptive popup when you hover the mouse pointer over a folder or an item on the Desktop. This option is on by default and is usually helpful. Clear this check box if you find the popups distracting. <STRONG>Show Preview Handlers in Preview Pane&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>If you dont use the Preview pane, you can clear this check box to prevent Windows from using the handlers programs that display previews in Windows Explorer windows. Turning off the handlers may improve performance a little. <STRONG>Use Check Boxes to Select Items&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select this check box if you want Windows to display a check box next to each file or folder you highlight in an Windows Explorer window. You can then use these check boxes to make a selection of multiple files and folders  for example, if you find it uncomfortable to hold down Shift or Ctrl while making a selection. <STRONG>Use Sharing Wizard </STRONG>Select this check box if you want to use the Sharing Wizard for shar ing files and folders. Clear this check box if you prefer to set up sharing for files and folders manually. <STRONG>When Typing in List View Options&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the Automatically Type into the Search Box option button if you want Windows to treat text you type into an Windows Explorer window in List view as search text. Normally, youll want to leave the Select the Typed Item in the View option button selected, so that Windows lets you type down to select an item. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><EM><STRONG>Creating a New Folder</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></EM></FONT></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new folder, rightclick open space in the folder in which you want to create the new folder and choose New &nbsp;&nbsp;Folder from the context menu. Alternatively, choose Organize &nbsp;&nbsp;New Folder. Windows creates a new folder, assigns it a default name based on New &nbsp;Folder New &nbsp;Folder, New &nbsp;Folder 2, and so on, and displays an edit box around the name. Type the name for the folder and press the Enter key or click elsewhere in the window. You can create a new folder in any folder for which you have permission to make changes. If youre not able to create a folder, the folder youre working in probably belongs to someone else who has chosen not to give you permission to make changes in it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copying a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows gives you several ways to copy a file or folder. Because copying is an action youll need to perform often, this section shows you most of the convenient ways to copy a file or folder. You may end up using only one or two of these ways, but you should try them all out and see which you find easiest in which circumstances. Some of the ways of copying a file involve opening multiple Windows Explorer windows or having the Desktop visible. For others, you need have only one Windows Explorer window open or the Desktop. This section says a file or folder, but most of the techniques work just as well for multiple files or folders. If the folder to which youre copying or moving a file already contains a file with the same name, Windows displays the Copy File dialog box . You then have three choices</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copy and Replace </STRONG>Click this button to replace the existing file in the folder with the new file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Dont Copy&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;</STRONG>Click this button to cancel the copy operation. You can also click the Cancel button at the bottom of the dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copy, but Keep Both Files </STRONG>Click this button to copy the new file into the folder but give it a new name. The button shows the name the file will receive. This option is useful when youre not sure whether the file youre copying contains newer data than the existing file. Similarly, if you go to paste a folder into a folder that already contains a folder with the same name, Windows displays the Confirm Folder Replace dialog box . Look at the details carefully to make sure youre clear which folder you will replace if you proceed, and then click the Yes button or the No button as appropriate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>What if Youre Copying Several Files that Will Replace Other Files</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre copying two or more files that will replace other files with the same names, the Copy File dialog box includes a Skip button and a Do This for the Next <EM>N </EM>Conflicts check box where <EM>N </EM>is the number  for example, Do This for the Next 2 Conflicts. Click the Skip button to skip the current question. Select the check box and then click the appropriate button if you want to apply the same action to all the conflicts. For example, you might select the check box, and then click the Copy, But Keep Both Files button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Copying a File or Folder by Using DragandDrop</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When youre copying a file or folder, Windows distinguishes between copying it to another folder on the same drive or to a folder on a different drive</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Same drive </STRONG>Windows assumes that you mean to move the file or folder rather than copy it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Different drive </STRONG>Windows assumes that you mean to copy the file or folder. Because of this assumption, you need to use different techniques for copy operations depending on the drives youre using. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 14pt>Copying a File or Folder to the Same Drive</SPAN></STRONG><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 14pt><op></op></SPAN></H1><H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 14pt><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To copy a file or folder to another folder on the same drive, take the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open an Windows Explorer window to the folder that contains the source file or folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Open another Windows Explorer window to the destination folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>Select the file or folder in the source folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>4. &nbsp;</STRONG>Hold down the Ctrl key, and then drag the file or folder to the destination folder. Windows displays a plus  sign on the mouse pointer to indicate that the file or folder will be copied to the destination. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>5. &nbsp;</STRONG>Release the mouse button and the Ctrl key. Windows copies the file or folder. While it does so, it displays the Copying dialog box shown here, which lists the file or folder being copied and an estimate of how long the whole Copy operation will take. You can click the More Informa tion button or Less Information button to change the amount of detail displayed.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Understanding the Basics of Files and Folders]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/understanding-basics-files-folders-a-3016.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youve used computers at all, youll know that a <EM>file </EM>is a named object containing information thats stored on a disk. The disk can be a local hard drive; a networked drive including a web server; a CD, DVD, or other removable drive; a tape drive; or even a humble floppy drive. Each file has a name so that you and the computer can distinguish it. In Windows, each filename can be up to 255 characters long. Filenames can include letters, numbers, and some punctuation, such as commas ,, periods ., semicolons ;, single quotation marks , or apostrophes . Filenames cannot contain forward slashes /, backslashes , colons </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>, asterisks , question marks , double quotation marks , lessthan &lt; and greaterthan &gt; signs, or pipe characters , because Windows either uses those characters literally or assigns special meanings to them. For example, a colon is used to denote a drive for instance, C</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>refers to the C</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 37.5pt; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in; msotablelspace 2.25pt; msotablerspace 2.25pt; msotableanchorvertical paragraph; msotableanchorhorizontal column; msotableleft right; msotabletop middle cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width50 alignright border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 37.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width50><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msoelement frame; msoelementframehspace 2.25pt; msoelementwrap around; msoelementanchorvertical paragraph; msoelementanchorhorizontal column; msoelementleft right; msoelementtop middle; msoheightrule exactly>&nbsp;&nbsp;</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>drive, and an asterisk is a wildcard character that represents one or more characters in searches and commands. The 255 characters include the path to the file. The <EM>path </EM>also sometimes called the <EM>directory path</EM> gives the sequence of drive and folders that describes the location of the file and folders. For example, if a file is in the Documents folder in the Will folder of the Users folder on the C drive, the path to that file is C</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>UsersWillDocuments. That path is 23 characters long, including the backslashes and the spaces, so any file stored in that folder can have a filename of up to 232 characters 255 minus the 23 characters in the path. A <EM>folder </EM>is a file that can contain other files or folders. By using folders, you can organize your files into categories. Folder names can be up to 255 characters long, but youll need to keep them shorter than this if you want to use long filenames within the folders. The possible length of a folder name also includes the path to the folder and the length of any filenames that the folder already contains. If you rename a folder so that the path and filename of a file it contains add up to more than 255 characters, you can no longer access the file. When working in a graphical environment such as Windows, you dont normally need to type paths to files the way you often had to in DOS and similar textbased operating systems. Instead, you use graphical representations of folders and files to navigate to the folders and files you need, and then manipulate them in graphical windows. Some of this you do with Windows Explorer discussed in the next section, and some via dialog boxes in the individual programs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Using Windows Explorer</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Explorer is Windows builtin utility for managing files and folders  all kinds of files and folders, including the files and folders that make up the Start menu, those that make up Control Panel, and so forth. Windows Explorer is a separate program from Internet Explorer, the web browser that you use for browsing the Internet. This article uses <EM>Windows Explorer </EM>to refer to Windows Explorer including those for Computer, Network Connections, Control Panel, and so on, <EM>Internet Explorer </EM>to refer to any Explorer window that calls itself Internet Explorer, and descriptive terms such as <EM>the Desktop</EM>, <EM>the Taskbar</EM>, and <EM>the notification area </EM>to refer to the named components of the shell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Troubleshooting</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>As well as letting you manage files and folders, Windows Explorer is also the </SPAN></STRONG><EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontweight bold>shell </SPAN></EM><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>for Windows  a logical layer that provides a graphical interface that lets you interact with Windows without talking code. Windows Explorer runs the Desktop, the Taskbar, the notification area, and the other components of the Windows interface. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Normally, this fact is just a curiosity, but if the Desktop stops responding, you may be able to bring it back under control by closing and restarting Windows Explorer. To do so, follow these steps</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>1.&nbsp; &nbsp;Rightclick open space on the Taskbar and choose Task Manager from the context menu. Windows displays Task Manager. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>2.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Processes tab. Windows displays the Processes page. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>3.&nbsp; &nbsp;Select the process named EXPLORER.EXE. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>4.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the End Process button. Task Manager displays a Task Manager Warning dialog box warning that terminating the process could lose your data or cause your system to be unstable. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>5.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Yes button. Task Manager terminates Windows Explorer. The Taskbar and noti&64257;cation area disappear, together with the Start button and all your Desktop icons. Task Manager keeps running.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>6.&nbsp; &nbsp;Still in Task Manager, choose File &nbsp;&nbsp;New Task Run. Windows displays the Create New Task dialog box.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>7.&nbsp; &nbsp;Type Explorer in the Open text box.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>8.&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the OK button. Windows closes the Create New Task dialog box and runs Windows Explorer. Back come your icons, the Start button, the Taskbar, and the noti&64257;cation area, together with all their functionality. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Starting Windows Explorer</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>The easiest way to start Windows Explorer is to click the Start button so that Windows displays the Start menu, and then choose one of the shortcuts associated with Windows Explorer</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Documents, Pictures, Music, Computer, or Network if this shortcut appears on the Start menu. Each of these opens a Windows Explorer window to the specified folder. You can also run Windows Explorer by choosing Start All Programs Accessories Windows Explorer. Doing so opens a Documents window in Explore mode. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Exploring My Computer</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>If you choose Start &nbsp;&nbsp;Computer, Windows displays an Windows Explorer window showing the contents of the Computer folder, as in the example.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Forward button and Back button&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;When youve navigated from one folder to another in the Windows Explorer window, you can click the Back button to go back to each previous folder in turn. After using the Back button, you can click the Forward button to go forward again. When you first open an Windows Explorer window, theres no folder path for you to move along. Recent Pages dropdown list&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Recent Pages dropdown list to display a list of the folders youve used recently. To jump to a folder, select it in the list. Address bar The Address bar indicates which folder the Windows Explorer window is displaying. You can click one of the triangle buttons to display a list of contents in the folder named before the button. For example, you can click the triangle button to the right of Computer to display a list of the folders and objects contained in the Computer folder. Toolbar The Toolbar contains buttons for taking widely used actions in Windows Explorer. The Organize button and the Views button display dropdown menus of commands. Search box To search for a file or folder, click in the Search box, and then type the search term or terms. Windows searches as you type. Favorite Links area The Favorite Links area in the left panel contains links to frequently used folders, such as Documents, Pictures, and Music. The set of links changes depending on which folder is displayed in the Windows Explorer window. When the Folders pane is displayed, you may need to click the More item at the bottom of the Favorite Links list to access the links at the bottom of the list.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Folders bar&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Folders bar to toggle the display of the Folders pane on and off. The Folders pane lets you navigate through drives and folders by using a hierarchical arrangement of icons</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Each drive appears as an expandable item, with the folders it contains appearing below it when you expand it; similarly, you can expand those folders to reveal their subfolders beneath them. </SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Document window The document window displays the contents of the folder shown in the Address bar. Windows Explorer provides several different views for the document window, as youll see later in this article. The folders contents can be sorted into groups</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Hard Disk Drives, Devices with Removable Storage floppy disk drives, optical drives, and removable disks such as USB drives, Network Location network folders to which this computer is connected, and Other which contains items such as My Sharing Folders, folders shared using the Windows Live Messenger instantmessaging software. </SPAN></STRONG></P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Vista Searching from an Open Windows Explorer Window]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-vista-searching-from-open-windows-explorer-window-a-3015.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Finding a File or Folder</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unless youre incredibly well organized, have a great memory, or never create any files, youll probably forget where a particular file or folder is located. Windows provides powerful searching that you can use to find files by their name, their size, the date they were created, or even by a word or phrase contained in the body of the file. You can start a search directly from the Start menu, from an Windows Explorer window youve already opened, or by opening a Search Results window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Searching from the Start Menu</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Searching from the Start menu is handy when you dont have an Windows Explorer window open and when you want to be able to start searching the Internet as well as your computer. To search from the Start menu, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><op>&nbsp;</op></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>1. &nbsp;</STRONG>Click the Start button. Windows displays the Start menu and displays an insertion point in the Search box just above the Start button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>2. &nbsp;</STRONG>Type your search term. As you type, Windows searches and displays a list of hits in the left part of the Start menu . </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3. &nbsp;</STRONG>If the item you want appears in the list, click it to open it. Otherwise</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;To see the full list of results, click the See All Results link. Windows opens a Search Results window showing the results. Doubleclick an item to open it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;Click the Search the Internet link if you want to start searching the Internet for the search term. Windows opens Internet Windows Explorer and searches using your current search engine. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Router Monitoring]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/router-monitoring-a-3014.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WAN links and the routers that serve them are usually the most expensive part of the network, and managing bandwidth allocation can be complex. Oversubscribing to bandwidth could mean that the company is paying for more bandwidth than required and undersubscribing could result in congestion and unacceptable network performance. WAN Monitoring and Router Monitoring thus become very critical to not just daytoday productivity but also to a companys bottomline. Network managers will need to optimize the quality of service by balancing throughput, committed information rate CIR and burst rate with congestion, response time, and discards. Some of the WAN monitoring challenges include optimizing bandwidth allocations, ensuring high network availability, quickly resolving WAN problems, capacity planning for future requirements, minimizing recurring costs on WAN links, identifying high traffic/ utilization sources and spotting &amp; updating problematic legacy routers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Measure Bandwidth and Traffic to Optimize Bandwidth Allocation<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OpManager monitors your WAN links bandwidth, utilization, errors, discards and thus helps you verify Service Level Agreements SLAs with your Internet Service Providers ISPs. By presenting accurate information on traffic and utilization for every link in your WAN, you can identify highly utilized and underutilized links allowing you to optimize bandwidth allocation across links. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Monitoring WAN Links Proactively &amp; Ensure High Network Availability <op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By proactively monitoring link latency &amp; link errors and assigning threshold alerts to these, you can identify degradations early and avoid costly downtime. And whats worse than your links going down Not knowing that they are OpManager alerts you whenever a link goes down. Alerts can be sent as Emails or text messages which contain details on thresholds breached and relevant link details eg. the circuit ID which allow the Administrator to quickly pinpoint unavailable links. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OpManagers reporting functionality also provides you with a detailed availability report of all your interfaces. You can use these reports to crosscheck whether your SLAs are being met. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Visualize your WAN Links &amp; Resolve WAN Problems Quickly<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With OpManager you can create business views maps to graphically visualize your entire WAN. You now gain complete visibility on your WAN links and track outages to the hop level. Apart from your infrastructure, WAN performance depends very much on the ISPs you subscribe to for the WAN service. OpManager provides insights on your WAN link performance by displaying hopwise latency count from which you can identify whether the problem resides in your infrastructure or with the ISPs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Identify Current Traffic Trends, Minimize Current Recurring Costs and Plan Capacity for the Future <op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OpManager helps network managers save on monthly recurring costs by identifying underutilized links. Armed with historical traffic trend charts and link utilization reports, network managers can also plan for additional capacity well in advance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are seeing abnormally high traffic / utilization, you can now find out why. Get detailed traffic analysis in OpManager by integrating it with ManageEngine NetFlow Analyzer. Know which users or applications are using your bandwidth and see who the top talkers are. More on NetFlow Analyzer integration. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Monitor Router Performance, Spot Problematic/Legacy Routers and Initiate Updates/Upgrades and Replacements <op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>OpManager checks various parameters on router performance like<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>CPU Utilization</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Memory Utilization</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Errors and Discards</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Voltage, Temperature</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>CRC error</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Collisions</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Buffer statistics Hits, misses and failures Also using OpManagers custom SNMP monitors, you can monitor several other critical performance metrics provided by your router vendor</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OpManager helps you to quickly identify unusual behavior/performance in your routers and logs these as events. You can now list down troublesome routers which need upgrade/update/replacement.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring IIS To Host an FTP Site Part 4]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-host-site-part-a-3013.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So far in this series, I have shown you how to create an FTP site that users can access over a secure SSL session. SSL encryption is not everything though. Without the proper authorization mechanisms in place, it is still possible for anonymous users to access your FTP site. In this article, I want to conclude the series by talking about authorization as it applies to FTP sites in IIS 7.0.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Authentication<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can not really perform any type of authorization unless you are also performing authentication. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open the Internet Information Services IIS Manager, and navigate through the console tree to &lt;your server&gt;  Sites  &lt;your FTP site&gt;. Next, double click on the FTP Authentication icon, located in the consoles middle pane.&nbsp;As you can see in Figure A, you have a choice of enabling either Anonymous Authentication or Basis Authentication. For our purposes, we need to enable Basic Authentication. Therefore, right click on the Basic Authentication option, and then select the Enable option from the shortcut menu.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Authorization<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Authentication establishes the users identity, but now we need to take some steps to determine whether or not the user is going to be allowed to access the FTP site. If the user is allowed to access the site, then authorization dictates whether or not the user is allowed to perform the action that they are attempting.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a couple of different forms of authorization that are supported for FTP sites. You can perform authorization by domain and IP address or by user and group name.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Address and Domain Name Restrictions<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Address and domain name restrictions are usually used when users access the site anonymously, but can be used in conjunction with basic authentication to provide an extra degree of security. Adding a domain or IP address restriction is really easy to do. With your FTP site selected, double click on the FTP IPv4 Address and Domain Restrictions icon, located in the center column. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the console switches to Features View, right click on an empty area in the center pane, and then choose either the Add Allow Entry or the Add Deny Entry option from the shortcut menu. Both options work in the same way, but one will grant access to the specified address or domain, while the other will block access.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When prompted, simply enter either the IP address or the domain name that you wish to base the rule on. As you can see in Figure B, you have the option of specifying either a single IP address, or an entire IP address range.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you look at the figure above, you might notice that there is no field to specify a domain name. The reason for this is that domain name restriction rules place a huge burden on the server because each connection requires a reverse DNS lookup in order to determine the domain name that is associated with the IP address. Therefore, Microsoft hides the domain name option by default.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to enable domain name rules, then right click in an empty area of the Features View pane, and then choose the Edit Feature Settings command from the shortcut menu. Doing so will cause Windows to display a dialog box that allows you to set the default behavior for unspecified connections to either Allow or to Deny. Besides controlling the FTP servers default behavior though, the dialog box also contains a check box that you can use to enable domain name restrictions, as shown in Figure C.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>FTP Authorization Rules<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Normally, if you are going to be performing basic authentication on FTP connections, you will use FTP authorization rules to control who is able to do what. You can access the FTP authorization rules by selecting your FTP site in the IIS Manager console, and then double clicking on the FTP Authorization Rules icon, found in the consoles middle pane.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the console switches to Features view, you can create an FTP Authorization Rule by right clicking in an empty area of the consoles middle pane, and then choosing either the Add Allow Rule or the Add Deny Rule command from the shortcut menu.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting up a rule is pretty simple. If you look at Figure D, you can see that a rule basically just consists of a user or a group to whom the rule will apply, and a permission. For example, a rule can be applied to All Users, All Anonymous Users, Specified User Groups such as Admins, Users, or Guests, or to specific users.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though the console will allow you to do so, I recommend that you never apply rules to individual users. Otherwise, managing permissions could turn into a logistical nightmare. You are always better off either specifying a group or using one of the other available options.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting a permission could not be any easier. All you have to do is select; the Read check box, the write check box, or both.&nbsp;One thing that you must keep in mind though, is that these are IIS level permissions. There will almost always also be NTFS permissions that apply to the folder that the FTP site is using. You must ensure that the NTFS permissions are adequate to allow the specified users to access the FTP site or else the permissions that you set through IIS wont matter.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Directory Browsing<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although it seems a little strange at least to me it does, you ca not use authorization rules to control directory browsing. For that you will have to select your FTP site in the IIS Manager console, and then double click on the FTP Directory Browsing icon located in the consoles middle column.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in Figure E, you can display the directory listing in either MSDOS style, or in UNIX style. There is not an option to disable directory browsing though. If you want to disable directory browsing, then make sure that you do not assign users the Read permission when you create an authorization rule.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to controlling the directory style, you also have the option of displaying virtual directories, the number of available bytes in the directory, and four digit years, all by selecting the corresponding check boxes.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, setting up an FTP site in IIS 7.0 is pretty straight forward. The main things that you need to remember are that SSL encryption does not take the place of authentication and authorization, and that the permissions that you set through the IIS console do not override NTFS permissions.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring IIS To Host an FTP Site Part 4]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-host-site-part-a-3012.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So far in this series, I have shown you how to create an FTP site that users can access over a secure SSL session. SSL encryption is not everything though. Without the proper authorization mechanisms in place, it is still possible for anonymous users to access your FTP site. In this article, I want to conclude the series by talking about authorization as it applies to FTP sites in IIS 7.0.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Authentication<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can not really perform any type of authorization unless you are also performing authentication. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open the Internet Information Services IIS Manager, and navigate through the console tree to &lt;your server&gt;  Sites  &lt;your FTP site&gt;. Next, double click on the FTP Authentication icon, located in the consoles middle pane.&nbsp;As you can see in Figure A, you have a choice of enabling either Anonymous Authentication or Basis Authentication. For our purposes, we need to enable Basic Authentication. Therefore, right click on the Basic Authentication option, and then select the Enable option from the shortcut menu.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Authorization<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Authentication establishes the users identity, but now we need to take some steps to determine whether or not the user is going to be allowed to access the FTP site. If the user is allowed to access the site, then authorization dictates whether or not the user is allowed to perform the action that they are attempting.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a couple of different forms of authorization that are supported for FTP sites. You can perform authorization by domain and IP address or by user and group name.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Address and Domain Name Restrictions<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Address and domain name restrictions are usually used when users access the site anonymously, but can be used in conjunction with basic authentication to provide an extra degree of security. Adding a domain or IP address restriction is really easy to do. With your FTP site selected, double click on the FTP IPv4 Address and Domain Restrictions icon, located in the center column. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the console switches to Features View, right click on an empty area in the center pane, and then choose either the Add Allow Entry or the Add Deny Entry option from the shortcut menu. Both options work in the same way, but one will grant access to the specified address or domain, while the other will block access.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When prompted, simply enter either the IP address or the domain name that you wish to base the rule on. As you can see in Figure B, you have the option of specifying either a single IP address, or an entire IP address range.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you look at the figure above, you might notice that there is no field to specify a domain name. The reason for this is that domain name restriction rules place a huge burden on the server because each connection requires a reverse DNS lookup in order to determine the domain name that is associated with the IP address. Therefore, Microsoft hides the domain name option by default.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to enable domain name rules, then right click in an empty area of the Features View pane, and then choose the Edit Feature Settings command from the shortcut menu. Doing so will cause Windows to display a dialog box that allows you to set the default behavior for unspecified connections to either Allow or to Deny. Besides controlling the FTP servers default behavior though, the dialog box also contains a check box that you can use to enable domain name restrictions.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>FTP Authorization Rules<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Normally, if you are going to be performing basic authentication on FTP connections, you will use FTP authorization rules to control who is able to do what. You can access the FTP authorization rules by selecting your FTP site in the IIS Manager console, and then double clicking on the FTP Authorization Rules icon, found in the consoles middle pane.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the console switches to Features view, you can create an FTP Authorization Rule by right clicking in an empty area of the consoles middle pane, and then choosing either the Add Allow Rule or the Add Deny Rule command from the shortcut menu.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting up a rule is pretty simple. If you look at Figure D, you can see that a rule basically just consists of a user or a group to whom the rule will apply, and a permission. For example, a rule can be applied to All Users, All Anonymous Users, Specified User Groups such as Admins, Users, or Guests, or to specific users.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though the console will allow you to do so, I recommend that you never apply rules to individual users. Otherwise, managing permissions could turn into a logistical nightmare. You are always better off either specifying a group or using one of the other available options.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting a permission could not be any easier. All you have to do is select; the Read check box, the write check box, or both.&nbsp;One thing that you must keep in mind though, is that these are IIS level permissions. There will almost always also be NTFS permissions that apply to the folder that the FTP site is using. You must ensure that the NTFS permissions are adequate to allow the specified users to access the FTP site or else the permissions that you set through IIS wont matter.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Directory Browsing<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although it seems a little strange at least to me it does, you ca not use authorization rules to control directory browsing. For that you will have to select your FTP site in the IIS Manager console, and then double click on the FTP Directory Browsing icon located in the consoles middle column.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in Figure E, you can display the directory listing in either MSDOS style, or in UNIX style. There is not an option to disable directory browsing though. If you want to disable directory browsing, then make sure that you do not assign users the Read permission when you create an authorization rule.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring IIS To Host an FTP Site Part 3]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-host-site-part-a-3011.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the previous article in this series, I showed you how you could get the IIS 7.0 version of the FTP services. In this article, I will&nbsp;show you how to add SSL encryption to your FTP site.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Acquiring an SSL Certificate<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before your FTP server will be able to provide SSL encryption, you will need an X.509 certificate. You can either purchase the certificate from a commercial certificate authority such as VeriSign or Thawte, or you can use an in house certificate authority to issue the certificate. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the purposes of this article, I am going to assume that you have a Windows 2008 server that is configured to act as an enterprise certificate authority. I will show you how to issue a certificate request and download the necessary certificate in the next section. If you are getting the SSL certificate from a commercial certificate authority, then you can skip the next section.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Acquiring an SSL Certificate<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to use SSL encryption, we need to issue a request to our Enterprise Certificate Authority. For the purpose of this article, I am going to assume that your FTP server is a member of the same Active Directory forest as your Enterprise Certificate Authority.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To request the necessary certificate, open Internet Explorer, and enter the URL that is associated with your Enterprise Certificate Authority. By default, the URL is <B>https//&lt;server name&gt;/CertSrv</B>. When entering this URL, you will usually have to enter your Enterprise Certificate Authoritys fully qualified domain name rather than just entering the servers NetBIOS name.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once you enter the Enterprise Certificate Authoritys URL, log into the Active Directory Certificate Services Web site add a domain administrator if necessary. After doing so, click on the Request a Certificate link. You should now see a screen asking you if you would like to request a user certificate, or if you would like to submit an advanced certificate request. Click on the Advanced Certificate Request option.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following screen gives you a choice of issuing a request directly to the certificate authority or of uploading a certificate request file that is encoded in Base64 or in PKCS 10 format. Click on the Create and Submit a Request to This CA link.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point, you may be prompted to install an ActiveX control. If that happens, go ahead and install the control and allow it to run.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should now be at the main Advanced Certificate Request screen. Select the Web Server option from the Certificate Template drop down list. You must now enter some basic identification information that can be included within your certificate. This includes things such as your name, Email address, mailing address, and phone number.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Key Options section, choose the option to Create a New Key Set. You should also verify that the Cryptographic Service Provider CSP is set to Microsoft RSA SChannel Cryptographic Provider, and that the Key Size is set to 1024.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, scroll down to the bottom of the interface, and click the Submit button. You should see a warning message telling you that the Web site is trying to generate a certificate request. Click Yes to allow the request to go through. When the process completes, you should see a message telling you that a certificate was issued to you, and asking you if you want to install it. Go ahead and click the Install This Certificate link. Once again, you will see a warning message telling you that the Web site is attempting to install a certificate. Click Yes to allow the operation.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should see a message telling you that the certificate was installed successfully, but we need to make sure. To do so, enter the MMC command at the Run prompt on your FTP server. When you do, Windows will open an empty instance of the Microsoft Management Console. At this point, you must choose the Add / Remove SnapIn command from the consoles File menu. This will cause Windows to display the Add or Remove Snapins dialog box.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Choose the Certificates option from the list of available snapins, and click the Add button. You will now be asked if the console should be used to manage certificates for your user account, a service account, or the computer account. Choose the Computer Account option, and click the Next button.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following screen will ask you if you want to manage certificates for the local computer, or if you want to manage certificates for another computer on the network. Make sure that the Local Computer option is selected, and then click the Finish button, followed by the OK button.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The console should now load the Certificates snapin. You must now navigate through the console tree to Console Root  Certificates Local Computer  Personal  Certificates. When you select the Certificates container, the Details pane should show you the certificate that has been issued.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Enabling SSL for the FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have an SSL certificate, we can enable SSL encryption for our FTP server. To do so. Open the Internet Information Services IIS Manager. Navigate through the console tree to &lt;your server&gt;  Sites  &lt;your FTP site&gt;. With your FTP site selected, double click on the FTP SSL settings icon, located in the Details pane.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The console should now display the FTP SSL Settings page. Select your SSL certificate from the SSL Certificate drop down list, as shown in Figure B. You then have the option of either allowing SSL connections or of requiring SSL connections. You can also choose to use 128 bit encryption for stronger security. Click the Apply button to save your changes.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>To Use SSL or not to use SSL<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At first, having the option to use SSL for your FTP site probably sounds like a no brainer. After all, encryption is a good thing, right Not necessarily.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the drawbacks to using SSL encryption is that the encryption process increases the CPUs workload. The extra workload is probably worth it if you are transmitting sensitive information back and forth, or if the FTP site is only used occasionally. If you anticipate the FTP site being heavily used though, then it is a good idea to do some testing to make sure that the encryption process is not going to cause performance problems for the server. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I recommend monitoring the Performance Monitors Processor / Processor Time counter both before and after SSL encryption is enabled. Spikes in CPU activity are normal, but the average utilization should remain below 80. Otherwise, it means that the CPU is having trouble keeping up with the demands that are being made of it.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Having the ability to encrypt your FTP site is nice, but it is not everything. Without proper security it is still possible for someone to log onto your FTP site anonymously, even if SSL encryption is enabled. In Part 4, I will conclude the series by discussing authorization for FTP sites.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring IIS To Host an FTP Site Part 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-host-site-part-a-3010.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In my previous article in this series, I showed you how to install the FTP role services, and I began talking about SSL encryption for FTP. Although SSL encryption is certainly not a requirement for using FTP, it is a good idea to at least give your users the option of encrypting their FTP sessions, because you never know when they will need to transfer a sensitive document. Over the next two articles, I will show you how to add SSL security to your FTP server.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>The New Version<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you look at your servers Administrative Tools menu, you will notice that it contains a link for the Internet Information Services IIS Manager, and another link for the Internet Information Services IIS 6.0 Manager, as shown in Figure A. There is actually a really good reason for this.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When Microsoft created Windows Server 2008, one of their goals was to completely revamp the FTP server in an effort to modernize it. However, the new code was not completed in time for the Windows Server 2008 release. Since Microsoft did not want to release Windows Server 2008 with no FTP support, they ended up porting the IIS 6.0 version of the FTP services from Windows Server 2003 into Windows Server 2008.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you choose the Internet Information Services IIS 6.0 option from the Administrative Tools menu, you will see the console shown in Figure B. This is essentially just a watered down version of the IIS Management Console that was included for the sole purpose of managing the FTP services. If you right click on the Default FTP Site, and choose the Properties command from the resulting shortcut menu, Windows will display the FTP sites properties sheet. A quick look at the properties sheets various tabs will show you that there simply isnt an option for encrypting FTP sessions.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The good news is that you are not stuck using the legacy FTP server. Microsoft went on to complete their new FTP server, and released it as an out of band addon. This means that it is not technically a part of the operating system, but is an addon that is designed to work with the operating system. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I once asked someone in Redmond if the new version of the FTP server would be integrated into Windows Server 2008 when the next service pack was released. I was told that the FTP server was going to remain an out of band addon, because doing so allowed the IIS team to modify it whenever they wanted without having to deal with all of the politics associated with modifying an operating system component.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since the new FTP server is far superior to the one that ships with the operating system, let us go ahead and uninstall the IIS 6.0 version, and then we will download and install the new version.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Removing the IIS 6.0 FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though we just installed the IIS 6.0 version of the FTP services, let us go ahead and remove it. I only wanted to install it as a way of showing you the difference between what was included in Windows Server 2008, and what you got with the out of band release.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove the previous version of the FTP services, open the Server Manager, and select the Roles container from the console tree. Scroll down until the console lists all of the role services that are installed, and click the Remove Role Services link. When you do, Windows will open the Remove Role Services Wizard. Deselect the FTP Publishing Service check box, and click Next, followed by Remove and Close.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Installing the IIS 7 FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing that you will have to do is to download the Microsoft FTP Services for IIS 7.0. The actual download link that you will use varies depending on whether you are running the 32bit or the 64bit version of Windows Server 2008. If you are running the 32bit version, you can download the FTP services here. If you are running the 64bit version of Windows Server 2008, then you will want to download the FTP services here.&nbsp; </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Save the file that you have downloaded to an empty folder on your servers hard drive. Next, double click on the file that you have downloaded, and click the Run button when prompted by Windows. Windows will now launch the Microsoft FTP Services for IIS 7.0 installation wizard.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click Next to bypass the wizards Welcome screen. The wizard will now display the End User License Agreement. Accept the license agreement, and click Next. At this point, you will see a screen that is similar to the one shown in Figure C, asking you which of the individual FTP services components you would like to install. For our purposes, make sure that all of the components are set to be installed, and click Next.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should now see a message telling you that Windows is ready to install the FTP services. Click the Install button to initiate the installation process. When the installation process completes, click Finish.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Accessing the FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that our quick and painless installation process is complete, let us open the IIS 7.0 management console. To do so, select the Internet Information Services IIS Manager option from the Administrative Tools menu. When the Internet Information Services IIS Manager console opens, select the container from the console tree that bears the name of your server. As you can see in Figure D, some FTP management tools have been added to the server.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Now scroll through the console tree to &lt;your server&gt;  Sites. Right click on the Default Web Site container, and choose the Add FTP Site option from the shortcut menu. You will now be prompted to enter a name for the FTP site, and a physical path that you want to link the site to. Go ahead and do that, as shown in Figure E, and then click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the following screen, select the Allow SSL option, and click Next. Click Finish, and IIS will create a bare bones FTP site. We will configure and secure this site in Part 3.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, the IIS 7.0 version of the FTP services offers a lot more options than the IIS 6.0 version does. In the next article in the series, I will show you how to apply SSL encryption to an FTP server. In the mean time though, I would strongly recommend that you take the time to check for any updates to the FTP services that might have been released since the time that Microsoft first made the services available.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring IIS To Host an FTP Site Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-host-site-part-a-3009.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is easy to think of IIS as just being an application for hosting Websites, but IIS can also be configured to act as an FTP server that allows users to upload and / or download files. An IIS FTP site can be bound to a Web site or it can be a standalone site. In either case, IIS offers you a great deal of flexibility in setting up an FTP site. In this article series, I will show you how to install the necessary services, and how to provision your IIS server. I will also show you some variations of these techniques that you can use to adapt your FTP site to specific types of situations.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Why Use FTP<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>FTP File Transfer Protocol is far from being the only game in town when it comes to file transfers, so you may be wondering why I am bothering to write about FTP as opposed to some other type of file transfer mechanism. After all, the FTP protocol has been around since 1971, and is a bit dated to say the least.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I am not going to try to tell you that FTP is the be all  end all when it comes to file transfer protocols. There are certainly file transfer methods that are more efficient. Even so, there are a couple of different reasons why I chose to write about FTP. For starters, FTP is universal. Everybody knows what FTP is, and it works on pretty much every operating system.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>FTP completely masks the complexities of interacting with various operating systems and file systems. It doesnt matter if a user is using Linux, Windows 95, Windows Vista, or something really obscure. As long as their operating system is FTP aware, they can transfer files to or from an IIS server that is running on Windows Server 2008.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The other reason why I wanted to write about FTP is because the FTP services are included with IIS. You do not have to develop or purchase any additional software. Simply install the necessary components, adjust a few configuration settings, and you are in business. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Installing an FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows Server 2008 gives you two different options for installing an FTP Server. One option is that you can install the FTP server through the GUI. The other option is to configure the server to operate as a server core installation. As you might have heard, server core deployments are entirely command line driven, but are arguably more secure than their GUI counterparts because fewer Windows components are installed. In the interest of reducing complexity, I am going to focus my discussion on performing a traditional, GUI based installation.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With that said, begin the process by opening the Server Manager and scrolling through the pane on the right to the Roles Summary section. Next, click the Add Roles link thats located within this section. When you do, Windows will launch the Add Roles Wizard.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click next to bypass the wizards Welcome screen, and you will be taken to the Select Server Roles screen. Select the check box corresponding to the Web Server IIS role, and click Next. You will now be taken to the wizards Select Role Services screen. This screen lists the various IIS related components that you can install. Since many of the services required by an FTP server are selected by default, go ahead and click Next to accept the default values.&nbsp;You will now be taken to a confirmation screen that lists the choices that you have made. Take a moment to review the components that will be installed, and then click the Install button. When the installation process completes, verify that the installation was successful, and then click the Close button.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, open the Server Manager and navigate through the console tree to Server Manager  Roles  Web Server IIS. Upon selecting the Web Server IIS container, scroll through the pane on the right until you locate the Role Services section. As you examine the entries in this section, you will notice that the FTP Publishing Service and its subcomponents are not installed. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can install these components by clicking the Add Role Service link. Upon doing so, Windows will open a dialog box that prompts you to select the role services that you want to install. Select the check box corresponding to the FTP Publishing Service. Upon doing so, the underlying FTP Server service and the FTP Management Console check boxes will also be selected. Leave these items selected.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click Next, and Windows will display a summary screen that shows you which role services that you are about to install. Assuming that your choices appear to be correct, go ahead and click the Install button. Windows will now install the selected role services. When the installation process completes, take a moment to verify that the installation was successful, and then click the Close button. I also recommend going back to the Server Manager and taking another look at the Role Services for the Web Server IIS role. You should be able to verify that the FTP Publishing Service, the FTP Server, and the FTP Management Console are all installed.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Securing Your FTP Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that the necessary role services are installed, it is probably a good idea to secure your FTP server. One of the primary techniques used to secure an FTP session is to encrypt the session using SSL. Keep in mind that SSL encryption is not mandatory though. In some cases uploading or downloading unencrypted files is not a big deal. For example, I downloaded a new Microsoft Word template from one of my publishers via FTP last week. The transmission wasnt encrypted, but it really did not matter because it was just a document template. In any case, it is a good idea to at least give your users the option of encrypting the session if they want to.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SSL encryption is based on the use of digital certificates. The certificate is not just used as the basis for encryption, it also serves as a mechanism to positively identify your server. There are actually three different options available to you in regard to using a certificate. You can purchase a certificate from a commercial certificate authority, you can generate your own certificate from a Windows Server that is configured to act as an Enterprise Certificate Authority, or you can configure your FTP server to generate a self signed certificate.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you are trying to decide which method to use, remember that the client computer has to trust the certificate that the server is using. Windows clients automatically trust certificates from the major commercial certificate providers. They will usually also automatically trust an Enterprise Certificate Authority, so long as the client machine is a domain member. A client will never automatically trust a self signed certificate. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, certificate trust is a major issue when it comes to providing SSL encryption. In Part 2, I will continue the discussion by showing you how to configure a client to trust an otherwise untrusted certificate. I will also show you how to enable SSL encryption for your FTP server.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Key Performance Monitor Counters]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/performance-monitor-counters-a-3008.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Performance Monitoring is a complex subject and in some ways more of an art than a science. It can be daunting to be confronted with a choice of over a thousand performance counters to choose from. Which ones are important to monitor on a regular basis and which ones can be largely ignored A lot depends on the role of the system you want to monitor and whether youre talking about capacity planning, ensuring availability, scaling upwards, monitoring for possible problems, or troubleshooting issues that have arisen. While the basic procedure for how to use the Performance console has been covered previously on WindowsNetworking in Andrew Tabonas article Windows 2003 Performance Monitor, I thought it might be useful to list a few key counters that administrators may want to monitor as far as general server health is concerned. So here are some of my top recommended perfmon counters in no particular order and organized around five questions you might ask yourself concerning the health of your machines. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Is Your Server Available<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Availability means your system or application is up and running, and one way of determining the availability of your system is to view the <B>SystemSystem Up Time</B> counter, which tells you how many seconds its been since your server last rebooted. The easiest way to view this counter is in report view, which shows the actual numerical value of the counter in elapsed seconds. A better way however is to create a performance counter log and track this counter in the background so you can review it periodically when you need to generate your monthend report. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to drill down even further though, you can monitor uptime for any process running on your machine using the <B>ProcessinstanceElapsed Time</B> counter, which tells you how long that particular process has been running on your machine. For example, <B>ProcesswinlogonElapsed Time</B> will tell me how long its been since the Winlogon process started running on my machine, and this should normally be a few seconds less than <B>SystemSystem Up Time</B> since Winlogon starts running during the boot process. You can of course use the <B>ProcessinstanceElapsed Time</B> counter to also monitor processes associated with specific applications and services to monitor the availability of these applications and services. Be careful however as some services are designed to start and stop under certain conditions, while other services are embedded in service host processes svchost.exe and you need to first identify which host process contains the service you want to monitor. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>How Busy Is It<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A server thats too busy may be unable to satisfactorily respond to client requests. That translates into unhappy users and lets face it, an important aspect of your job as an administrator is to ensure a satisfactory experience for the endusers you support. The simplest measure of a systems busyness is <B>ProcessorTotal Processor Time</B>, which measures the total utilization of your processor by all running processes. Note that if you have a multiprocessor machine, <B>ProcessorTotal Processor Time</B> actually measures the average processor utilization of your machine i.e. utilization averaged over all processors. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre monitoring this counter and its running at or near 100 for extended periods, you should drill down at the process level by examining <B>Processinstance Processor Time</B> counter for various process instances on your machine. For example, on an IIS web server you might track <STRONG>Processinetinfo Processor Time</STRONG>, while on an Exchange server a good counter to watch is <B>Processstore Processor Time</B> and so on. High processor utilization isnt always a sign of a problem however. For example, when a backup job is running its typical for processor utilization to hit high levels for the duration of the backup, especially if the backup program is encrypting or compressing information before writing it to tape. In fact, if your server typically runs at around 70 or 80 processor utilization then this is normally a good sign and means your machine is handling its load effectively and not under utilized. Average processor utilization of around 20 or 30 on the other hand suggests your machine is under utilized and may be a good candidate for server consolidation using Virtual Server or VMWare. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another thing you can do to investigate high processor utilization is to break it down into <B>ProcessorTotal Privileged Time</B> and <B>ProcessorTotal User Time</B>, which respectively show processor utilization for kernel and usermode processes on your machine. If kernel mode utilization is high, your machine is likely underpowered as its too busy handling basic OS housekeeping functions to be able to effectively run other applications. And if user mode utilization is high, it may be you have your server running too many specific roles and you should either beef hardware up by adding another processor or migrate an application or role to another box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your machine is running several applications or handles several server roles on your network, another way to measure busyness is to measure processor contention, which is an indication of how different threads are fighting for the attention of the processors on your machine. If too many threads are contending for use of the same processor, the requests by these threads get queued up, and looking at the <B>SystemProcessor Queue Length</B> counter gives an indication of how many threads are waiting for execution. If this counter is consistently higher than around 5 when processor utilization approaches 100, then this is a good indication that there is more work active threads available ready for execution than the machines processors are able to handle. Note that this is not always a hard and fast indicator however, for some services like IIS 6 pool and manage their own worker threads, so on a busy web server for example you would want to look at other counters like <B>ASPRequests Queued</B> or <B>ASP.NETRequests Queued</B> as well. Furthermore, the larger the number of active services and applications running on your server, the busier the processor queue will normally be, so on a multirole server running near 100 utilization content may only be a significant factor once <B>SystemProcessor Queue Length</B> exceeds something like 10 instead of 5 as mentioned previously.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Is Hardware Functioning Properly<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a couple of perfmon counters you can track to monitor for signs that your machines hardware devices are functioning properly. One of these is <B>SystemContext Switches/sec</B>, which measures how frequently the processor has to switch from user to kernelmode to handle a request from a thread running in user mode. The heavier the workload running on your machine, the higher this counter will generally be, but over long term the value of this counter should remain fairly constant. If this counter suddenly starts increasing however, it may be an indicating of a malfunctioning device, especially if you are seeing a similar jump in the <B>ProcessorTotalInterrupts/sec</B> counter on your machine. You may also want to check ProcessorTotal Privileged Time Counter and see if this counter shows a similar unexplained increase, as this may indicate problems with a device driver that is causing an additional hit on kernel mode processor utilization. In this case you can drill down and maybe find the culprit by examining the <B>Processinstance Processor Time</B> counter for each process instances running on your machine. This wont directly tell you which driver is utilizing processor time, but it may indicate which calling application is indirectly causing the problem and may help you troubleshoot the issue further. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If <B>ProcessorTotalInterrupts/sec</B> does not correlate well with <B>SystemContext Switches/sec</B> however, your sudden jump in context switches may instead mean that your application is hitting its scalability limit on your particular machine and you may need to scale out your application for example by clustering or possibly redesign how it handles user mode requests. In any case, its a good idea to monitor <B>SystemContext Switches/sec</B> over a period of time to establish a baseline for this counter, and once youve done this then create a perfmon alert that will trigger when this counter deviates significantly from its observed mean value. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Got Enough RAM<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The <B>MemoryPages/sec</B> counter indicates the number of paging operations to disk during the measuring interval, and this is the primary counter to watch for indication of possible insufficient RAM to meet your servers needs. A good idea here is to configure a perfmon alert that triggers when the number of pages per second exceeds 50 per paging disk on your system. Another key counter to watch here is <B>MemoryAvailable Bytes</B>, and if this counter is greater than 10 of the actual RAM in your machine then you probably have more than enough RAM and dont need to worry. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should do two things with the <B>MemoryAvailable Bytes</B> counter create a performance log for this counter and monitor it regularly to see if any downward trend develops, and set an alert to trigger if it drops below 2 of the installed RAM. If a downward trend does develop, you can monitor <B>ProcessinstanceWorking Set</B> for each process instance to determine which process is consuming larger and larger amounts of RAM. <B>ProcessinstanceWorking Set</B> measures the size of the working set for each process, which indicates the number of allocated pages the process can address without generating a page fault. A related counter is <B>MemoryCache Bytes,</B> which measures the working set for the system i.e. the number of allocated pages kernel threads can address without generating a page fault. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, another corroborating indicator of insufficient RAM is <B>MemoryTransition Faults/sec</B>, which measures how often recently trimmed page on the standby list are rereferenced. If this counter slowly starts to rise over time then it could also indicating youre reaching a point where you no longer have enough RAM for your server to function well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Disks Fast Enough<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, lets look at a couple of indicators of wellfunctioning hard disks in your system. Watch the <B>Physical Disk instanceDisk Transfers/sec</B> counter for each physical disk and if it goes above 25 disk I/Os per second then youve got poor response time for your disk. A bottleneck from a disk can significantly impact response time for applications running on your system, so you should investigate this further by tracking <B>Physical</B> <B>Diskinstance Idle Time</B>, which measures the percent time that your hard disk is idle during the measurement interval, and if you see this counter fall below 20 then youve likely got read/write requests queuing up for your disk which is unable to service these requests in a timely fashion. In this case its time to upgrade your hardware to use faster disks or scale out your application to better handle the load. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows Server 2003 Performance Tuning]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-server-2003-performance-tuning-a-3007.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Computers running Windows operating systems always seem to have a way of slowing down over time. If your server seems to be running more slowly than it should, then you have a couple of choices. You can add some extra memory and maybe a processor or two and hope for the best, or you can figure out why the server is running so slowly. There are lots of different things that can cause a server to run slowly. In this article, I will explain how you can use some of Windows built in diagnostic tools to determine the cause of your servers subpar performance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>A Crash Course in Performance Monitoring<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The tool of choice for diagnosing the cause of a servers performance is the Performance Monitor. You can access the Performance Monitor by either selecting it from Windows Administrative Tools menu or by entering the PERFMON.MSC command at the Run prompt.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lesson number one regarding the Performance Monitor is that the information that Performance Monitor reports to you is never going to be completely accurate. The reason is because Performance Monitor is a running process. Like any other process, the Performance Monitor consumes things like processor cycles, memory, and possibly hard disk resources. Therefore, the amount of available system resources reported by performance monitor is slightly lower than what is actually available when Performance Monitor is not running. Even so, Performance Monitor is accurate enough that it can be used to help you to determine the root cause of performance related issues. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some people claim that your results are more accurate if you run Performance Monitor on a different machine than the one that you are monitoring. Even running Performance Monitor remotely consumes some resources on the machine that you are monitoring. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the Performance Monitor opens, you will see a screen similar to the one thats shown in Figure A. As you can see in the figure, the Performance Monitor displays system performance graphically. When you open Performance Monitor it is configured by default to monitor certain aspects of the systems performance. I recommend disabling all of the default measurements so that you can start with a clean slate. To do so, select the counters at the bottom of the screen one at a time and then click the icon that resembles the letter X. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now its time to begin selecting the aspects of the systems performance that you want to monitor. To do so, click the icon that looks like a plus sign. When you do, you will see the Add Counters dialog box,</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Add Counters dialog box is divided into several different areas. The area at the top allows you to select which computer you want to monitor. By default the local system should be selected. Just below the system being monitored is the Performance Objects drop down list. Performance Objects are nothing more than generic classifications. For example, you will notice that the Processor performance object is selected in Figure C. This means that all of the choices on the Counters list below will pertain to measuring the performance of the processor. There are also performance objects related to things like the systems memory, hard disk, and network connection.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The counters themselves are what actually measure system performance. For example, you will notice that in the figure, the  Processor Time counter is selected. This counter tells you what percentage of the available CPU cycles are being consumed. For instance if the  Processor Time counter reads 70, then the CPU is working at 70 capacity.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is a good time to mention that it is usually more important to look at averages rather than actual values. Suppose for example that you opened up a new application and the  Processor Time counter shot up to 100. This means that the CPU is running at maximum capacity. This does not however mean that the CPU is inadequate for the load being placed on it. It simply means that there was a brief spike in activity that pushed the processor to 100 utilization. Spikes are perfectly normal. As long as the average CPU utilization stays below about 80 then everything is OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another thing that I want to talk about in regards to the Add Counters dialog box is the Instance section. In this particular case, the instance doesnt really mean much. If I were monitoring a multiprocessor server though, the instance section would allow me to choose which processor I wanted to monitor.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Monitoring Basics<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that I have given you a crash course in using the Performance Monitor, its time to start diagnosing the systems performance. Before we get started, I just want to mention that there are hundreds of counters built into Windows. There is no way that I have the space to talk about all of them. Instead I will just focus on some of the more important ones. If youd like to know more about a counter that I havent covered, simply select the counter and click the Explain button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Disk Related Counters<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you suspect that your systems hard disk might be a bottleneck for the system, then there are two counters that you should examine within the Physical Disk performance object. The counters are  Disk Time and Current Disk Queue Length. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The  Disk Time counter works very similarly to the  Processor Time counter that I talked about earlier. It shows you what percentage of the time the hard disk is busy. You want this counters average value to be as low as possible but not zero. An average value of 90 or above indicates that the hard disk cant keep up with the demand. This could be due to a hard disk that is too slow, or it could be caused by excessive paging. I will talk more about paging in the section on memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Current Disk Queue Length counter tells you how many I/O operations are waiting for the hard disk to become available. Again, this number should be as low as possible. Experts give differing opinions of what is an acceptable value, but my opinion is that the average disk queue length should be three or less.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Memory Related Counters<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a number of counters in the memory category that you can use to spot poor performance that may be caused by insufficient RAM. Here are some of those counters</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PAGES/SEC  this value counts the number of times per second that the computer must access virtual memory rather than physical memory. A value above 20 is considered to be problematic, but it may indicate a problem with the way that your virtual memory is configured rather than a problem with the physical memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Committed Bytes and Available Bytes  The Committed Bytes counter traces the amount of virtual memory thats in use. The Available Bytes counter monitors how much memory is actually available. As you might expect, as the Available Bytes counter decreases, paging increases, thus slowing down your machine. If you determine that the Available Bytes are often in short supply, you can correct the problem by adding memory. However, before you do, try watching both counters together as you open and close programs. If the committed bytes dont decrease and available bytes dont increase as you close programs, the system may have a memory leak which is caused by a software problem rather than insufficient RAM.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Pool Nonpaged Bytes and Pool Nonpaged Allocs  Another way to test for memory leaks is to watch these two counters. The Pool Nonpaged Bytes counter counts pages of memory that cant be moved to virtual memory, but must stay in the physical RAM.&nbsp; Normally, if this value is too high, youll have to add more memory. However, you can watch the Pool Nonpaged Allocs counter to see just how many calls are being made to that portion of the memory. If the number of calls dont seem to correspond with the number of memory pages, you may have a memory leak rather than insufficient memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Cache Bytes  This counter monitors the amount of memory being used for the file system cache. Anything over 4 MB is considered to be to much. The solution is to add more memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article, I have explained that the Performance Monitor is the tool of choice for monitoring your systems performance. I then went on to discuss some of the more important Performance Monitor counters.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Understanding the Impact of RAM on Overall System Performance]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/understanding-impact-overall-system-performance-a-3006.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Being that pretty much everybody that I know knows that I am into computers, I tend to get asked a lot of questions from friends and family regarding servers that they might manage or regarding their PCs at home. One of the questions that seem to come up most often is Which upgrade will give me the most bang for my buck In most cases the answer to the question is that they should invest in more memory for their computer. In this article, I will explain why memory plays such a huge role in a computers overall performance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Windows and Memory<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the main reasons why memory is such an important resource has to do with the way that Windows makes use of it. When the first version of Windows was created, memory was tough to come by. Memory was extremely expensive, and even if you could afford it, computers at the time were very limited as to how much memory they would accept. Even as recently as the mid 1990s, memory was still a huge issue. For example, my first Pentium computer came with 8 MB of RAM and only supported a maximum of 64 MB. This may seem ridiculously small by todays standards, but at the time memory prices of as high as 50 per MB were not uncommon.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The high prices and limited motherboard capacities made memory a scarce commodity to say the least. Because of this, Microsoft has always allowed Windows to rely on virtual memory to some extent. The idea behind virtual memory is that since hard disk space costs so much less per megabyte than physical RAM, Windows could use hard disk space to compensate for shortcomings in the systems RAM.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Virtual memory seemed like an ideal solution in the early days of Windows, but there were some drawbacks to using virtual memory that still hold true today. One problem with using virtual memory is that the hard disk is much slower than physical memory. In fact, memory access times are measured in nanoseconds, or billionths of a second. Hard disk access on the other hand is measured in milliseconds, or thousandths of a second. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another problem with virtual memory is that it isnt directly usable. For example, suppose that a page of memory is written to virtual memory and then later, the computer needs to access that page of data. The computer cant access the data directly from the hard disk in any meaningful way. Instead, the page of data must be copied to RAM before the computer can work with the data. This process is known as paging.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, paging slows a system down because the computer has to stop and wait while the data is copied from the hard disk to the systems memory. In actuality though, paging is actually more inefficient than you might first expect. Heres the problem as you will recall, the reason why we have virtual memory in the first place is because the computer does not have enough RAM to support the operating systems needs. If the systems memory is full, then the computer cant just copy a page of data from the hard disk to RAM. There is nowhere for the computer to put the data. That being the case, the operating system has to locate a page of data in RAM that is not currently being used and then move that data to the hard disk to make room for the data that is currently needed to be moved from the hard disk to the systems memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you think that paging is inefficient, just wait; it gets worse. Paging is a process that must be managed. The computer must use memory to keep track of memory usage. Thats right, the system has to dedicate some memory to the task of keeping a record of which pages are in RAM and which pages are in virtual memory. Likewise, the system must use a considerable amount of CPU cycles moving data between physical RAM and virtual memory. To put it simply, computers run much more quickly when they do not have to worry about paging.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, time for a reality check. At the beginning of this article, I mentioned that physical memory is often the upgrade that gives you the most bang for the buck. Hopefully by now you understand that the reason for this is that adding physical RAM reduces Windows dependency on virtual memory, which in turn frees up CPU and disk resources, making the computer run more efficiently. That being the case, you might assume that the best thing to do is to add lots of RAM to your system and disable virtual memory usage completely.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While this is certainly an option, its usually not a good idea to disable Windows virtual memory usage. Windows was designed to use virtual memory, and consequently, the operating system expects virtual memory to be available to it. Windows tends not to function as reliably if you disable virtual memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You might assume though that the more physical memory you put into your machine, the less virtual memory the machine needs. After all, virtual memory only exists to address RAM shortages, right Well, this is where things get a little weird. The idea that adding extra RAM to your system reduces the machines need for virtual memory is only half true.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Heres the thing. As a general rule, Microsoft recommends that you configure a machines virtual memory usage based on the amount of physical RAM thats installed in the machine. More specifically, Microsoft recommends that your machine have 1.5 times more virtual memory than physical memory. This means that if your machine has 512 MB of RAM, then Windows expects to have access to at least 768 MB of virtual memory. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, suppose that you decided that having 512 MB of RAM just wasnt getting the job done, so you decided to upgrade the machine to have a total of 1 GB of RAM. In doing so, you have actually increased Windows virtual memory requirements. Windows would now expect the machine to have 1.5 GB of RAM available.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All is not what it seems though. Just because you have increased the size of the machines pagefile the file used as virtual memory, does not mean that the machine is using the pagefile more heavily. Usually, the opposite is true. Installing more memory into the machine makes it less likely that Windows will have to page anything at all. Even if Windows does still have to use the virtual memory to some extent, the extra memory that has been installed will help to insure that pages related to the application that is running in the foreground are not paged. This helps the application to be more responsive and to give the user better overall performance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Is There a Limit<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you may recall, at the beginning of this article, I mentioned that the information in this article only applied to 32bit systems, and not necessarily to 64bit systems. The truth is that even 64bit systems rely on virtual memory, but 32bit and 64bit versions of Windows use completely different memory models. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The fact that 32bit systems only have 32bits of data to work with means that they can only address up to 4 GB of RAM. A 64bit system on the other hand could theoretically address up to 16 exabytes of RAM Thats over 16,000,000 GB of RAM. In reality though, there are few, if any, 64bit systems that support 16 exabytes of RAM. Building a machine that supports that much memory would be extraordinarily expensive. To counter this cost, many manufacturers impose RAM address space limits that fall somewhere between the 4 GB limit of 32bit machines and the theoretical 16 exabytes that a 64bit system should be capable of addressing. Most existing 64bit systems limit physical RAM to somewhere between 8 GB and 256 TB.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what does this 4 GB limit mean for 32bit machines running a Windows operating system Windows is designed to address a full 4 GB memory space. Windows splits the 4 GB of available memory address space into two separate 2 GB address spaces. One of the 2 GB address spaces is used by the Windows operating system, and the other 2 GB address space is used for user mode processes applications. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a side note, there is actually a way to change the way that Windows allocates the address spaces. You might have seen the occasional Windows Server deployment in which there was a /3GB switch used in the servers BOOT.INI file. The /3GB switch changes the memory allocation so that Windows is only allocated 1 GB of address space, and user mode processes are allocated 3 GB of address space. Splitting the address space like this helps Windows to better manage high demand applications such as Exchange Server. However, Windows is configured to have a 2 GB address space for the operating system for a reason. If you use the /3GB switch, you can severely impact Windows ability to run multiple applications simultaneously. Furthermore, you should never use the /3GB switch on Small Business Server or on a domain controller.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So with this in mind, the million dollar question is, how is virtual memory implemented on a system that has 4 GB of physical RAM Unfortunately, I have not been able to get a straight answer from Microsoft, and I dont actually own a machine that has 4 GB of RAM, so I am basing this answer on logic. If anybody has a definite answer though, please send me an Email message because I would like to know.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It seems to me that if Windows can only allocate 4 GB of address space, then there would be no reason to keep virtual memory enabled on a machine with 4 GB of RAM. Even if some small amount of virtual memory were required though, there is no way that the rule about setting the virtual memory size to 1.5 times the physical memory size would apply. Doing so would mean that the machine would have 6 GB of virtual memory and 4 GB of physical memory for a total of 10 GB of memory space. That might be OK for a 64bit system, but it wouldnt really work for a 32bit system with a 4 GB address space limit. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Making the Windows Server 2003 Indexing Service Useful]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/making-windows-server-2003-indexing-service-useful-a-3005.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>The Indexing Service makes searching for information on your network a whole lot faster than using the built in Windows Search tool. The only problem is that the query interface is built into the servers Computer Management console and is therefore not readily available to users. I got around this problem on my own network by designing a Web application that acts as a query tool for users on my network. In this article, I will show you how to build such an application for your own network.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Before I Begin<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before I get started, I feel obligated to mention that creating a Web based query interface isnt exactly my idea. Microsoft published a knowledgebase article that explains how you can use the ASP.NET ISXXO.QUERY object to query an index. Many developers have designed Web pages similar to the one that I am about to show you. Although I wrote the code found in this article myself, some of the techniques used were borrowed from Microsoft and from various other programming Web sites.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Preparing the Web Server<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even if you arent planning on indexing Web content, this is a Web based application, and it will have to run on an IIS server. Hopefully, your IIS Server is already up and running and you can add the Web pages that we will be creating to the default Web site. If no though, you may have to install and configure IIS.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To install IIS, open the Servers Control Panel and select the Add / Remove Programs option. When the Add or Remove Programs dialog box appears, click the Add / Remove Windows Components button. After a brief delay, Windows will open the Windows Component Wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Select the Application Server option and click the Details button. At this point, select the ASP.NET check box., as shown in Figure A. Now, highlight the Internet Information Server IIS option and click the Details button. As you can see in Figure B, IIS has a lot of components. At a minimum, you will need to select the Common Files, Internet Information Services Manager, and the World Wide Web Service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, just click OK twice, click Next, and follow the prompts. You may be prompted to insert your Windows Server 2003 installation CD to complete the installation process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After the installation process completes, you will have to prepare IIS to run the application that we are building. Setting up Web sites is an art in and of itself. Since Ive got a lot of material to cover, we are just going to make the new application a part of the default Web site and use a minimal configuration to get the application up and running rather than using an elaborate, high security / high performance configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To configure IIS, select the Internet Information Services IIS Manager command from the servers Administrative Tools menu. When you do, the IIS Manager console will open.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing that we have to do is to make sure that the default Web site is running. The easiest way to do this is to right click on it and make sure that the Start option on the shortcut menu is grayed out. If the Start option is displayed in black then click Start to start the site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, we have to assign the default Web site an IP address technically, we dont have to, but doing so makes life easier on everyone. To do so, right click on the default Web Site and select the Properties command from the resulting shortcut menu. When you do, you will see the Web sites properties sheet. Select the servers private IP address from the IP Address drop down list found on the properties sheets General tab, as shown in Figure D. It is important to use the private IP address because you dont want to accidentally allow outsiders to index your server. Now just click OK, close the IIS Manager, and you are ready to start setting up the Web application.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>The Query Form<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Web application that we are creating consists of two separate files. Both files should be saved to the servers CInetpubwwwroot folder. By default, the IUSRservername account has read access to this folder. When a user connects to the site anonymously, Windows Server uses the permissions associated with the IUSRservername account to determine what the user can and cant access.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first file that you will need to create is a simple HTML file. This file allows the user to input a query string and then passes that query string on to an ASP file that I will discuss in a moment for processing. As you can see in the source code below, there is really nothing fancy about this file. It simply allows the user to input a text string. The text string is assigned the variable name searchstring.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>The Results Page<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Results page is where all of the magic happens. The Results page is coded in ASP Active Server Pages. I dont want to turn this article into a crash course in ASP, but I will tell you that ASP pages are processed on the server and the output is sent to the user in HTML format. If you look at the code below, you will see that it contains a mixture of HTML code and ASP code. I used as much HTML as I could in an effort to simplify the page for those who may not be familiar with ASP. Blocks of ASP code are separated from HTML code by the &lt; and &gt; markers. ASP files should be saved with the .ASP extension rather than the .HTM extension so that the server knows to process them as ASP. The following file should be named RESULTS.ASP.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Hacking a web server is not difficult]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/hacking-server-difficult-a-3004.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Internet Information Services IIS web servers are highly popular among business organizations, with more than 6 million installations worldwide. Unfortunately, this makes IIS web servers also a popular target amongst hackers. As a result, every so often, new exploits emerge which endanger your IIS web servers integrity and stability.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Many administrators have a hard time keeping up with the various security patches released for IIS to cope with each new exploit, making it easy for malicious users to find a vulnerable web server on the Internet. Taking advantage of an exploit is not difficult with the appropriate hacker tools  these enable the average teenage hacker to easily attack and even control your web server, with the possibility of penetrating your internal network.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>In other words, it is not too difficult for outsiders to access proprietary corporate information. Worse still, hackers need not be teenagers out for a thrill, as is commonly presumed disgruntled employees and competitors, for instance, may have their own reasons for breaking into confidential areas of your network.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Few hacker attacks are actually instantly recognizable as such, and fewer still become high profile affairs reported in the media. Most attacks are not easy to discover because many intruders prefer to remain hidden so that they can use the IIS web server they have hacked as a launch base for attacks on far more important or popular web servers. Apart from endangering your own web sites integrity, such use of your server can render you liable should it be used to launch an attack on another organization.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B>Tools of the hacker trade<op></op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Many tools exist to facilitate hackers who wish to deface a web site. Such tools are so easy to use that even someone with no prior hacking experience can make a mess out of a web server in no time at all.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>A program that makes use of this exploit is Internet Printing Protocol Exploit v.0.15 see figure above. This is based on the infamous original exploit code in a C program file named jill.c, made public by a hacker using the alias dark spyrit.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>This application uses a vulnerability in the IPP buffer overflow on an IIS web server. All the hacker needs to do is type in the name of the targeted web server or a computer with IIS installed on it and click on Connect. Upon connecting, the application will send the actual string that overflows the stack, leading to the execution of custom code that is known as shell code and connecting the file cmd.exe to the specified port on the</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>attackers side default being 31337.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>This can bypass typical firewall configurations and other similar security measures.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Once that is done, the hacker is presented with a command line and SYSTEM access, from where he/she could carry out a number of activities that an administrator would definitely not have authorized, such as gaining access to databases that could contain credit card details and other such confidential data.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B>The UNICODE and CGIDecode exploits<op></op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Two other exploits preferred by web site defacers include the UNICODE and CGIDecode exploits. Here, the hacker can simply use the browser itself to do anything on a target machine that is running an unpatched version of IIS. All it takes is Internet Explorer and a magic string to execute anything under the anonymous account of the IIS. The above screenshot shows a directory dump of C of the IIS server in the web browser itself This is just a simple example to demonstrate that the hacker can gain access to your web servers hard disk.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Initially, this access is limited to the user rights of the IIS anonymous user account IUSRcomputername. Once the hacker has IIS anonymous access, he can easily upload an ASP file, which can escalate his access to SYSTEM privileges. Such an action would give him full access to the hacked computer, meaning he can do anything.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B>Custommade applications<op></op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Some web site cracker groups prefer to produce their own applications to automate the process of defacing a web site.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>IIS<op></op></SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>One such group is M0sad, an Israeli hacker unit that developed and released a hacking tool named IIS Storm v.2. An excerpt from the IIS Storm manual runs IIS Storm is a tool made for Remote Web Site Defacement that is running IIS Internet Information Server NT platform and that also vulnerable to the Unicode Exploit.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>Tools such as this give full hacking capabilities to both skilled and unskilled hackers. IIS Storm also allows users to hide their original IP address through anonymous proxies, and to easily replace files on the target website with their own custom HTML pages.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>PoizonB0x, another notorious group of selfproclaimed cyberterrorists and netwarriors, created iisautoexp.pl, an automated tool that handles all the legwork required to gain access and perform defacing operations.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>To deface a web site, all the malicious user has to do is give the name of the web site to the script and run it. If the web site is vulnerable to attack that is, if it does not have the appropriate patches applied, the front page index.htm, default.htm, default.asp or variants is changed to read PoizonB0x Ownz YA. This way, hackers can create a batch file with the names of their target web sites, producing a mass defacement of IIS web servers.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolayoutgridalign none>This script can be adapted and run on both Windows and UNIX machines.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[RADIO OPERATOR DEPLOYS SPAMTITAN TO PROTECT ITS MAIL SERVERS FRO]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/radio-operator-deploys-spamtitan-protect-mail-servers-a-3003.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>NRC Broadcasting is a Coloradobased company committed to providing high quality, locally originated programming via its 2 radio stations in Denver, 105.5 JACKFM and 102.3 KCUVFM, and 13 stations in the mountain resort towns of Breckenridge, Vail, Glenwood Springs, Aspen, Steamboat Springs and Hayden. <xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>NRC has 130 staff in 7 different offices and found that it was becoming increasingly dependant on email as a method of communication. Unfortunately, NRC also found that the value of its electronic communications were being severely eroded by a deluge of spam, phishing emails and other unwanted messages. According to Mike Pluta, Vice President of Engineering and Operations at NRC, Each of our staff was receiving more than 200 emails per day on average  and about 90 of those emails were spam. <op></op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Dealing with the unwanted emails was consuming a considerable amount of staff time. We were receiving close to 12 million spam emails a month, said Pluta, Even if it only took a second to review and delete each spam  and thats a very conservative estimate  it would mean that our staff were wasting more than 3,000 hours a year simply processing junk mail. And top of that there was time being wasted on calls to the IT department plus a drain on network resources. <op></op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>NRC were also concerned about protecting their employees. NRC is a responsible employer and we take our duty of care towards our employees very seriously. The spam emails were often either offensive or phishing for personal information and we absolutely had to do somethin to protect staff from that, noted Pluta. <op></op></SPAN></P><P classDefault styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleCOLOR windowtext; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After evaluating a number of different options, the NRC eventually decided on SpamTitan ISO. For us, the deciding factor was the ease with which SpamTitan could be deployed and managed, said Pluta. As a relatively small company with limited inhouse resources, we really needed a setandforget type product that wouldnt place too much of a drain on our IT departments time. SpamTitan seemed to fit the bill.<B><op></op></B></P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows IT Pro Editors Choice award for GFI EventsManager]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-editors%20-choice-award-eventsmanager-a-3002.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>GFI EventsManager has been awarded Windows IT Pros Editors Choice Award. This product by GFI</STRONG>  <STRONG>an international developer of network security, content security and messaging software</STRONG>  <STRONG>has been given 4.5 stars out of five and was described as well designed and easy to use in a comparative review of log management products.</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI EventsManager allows administrators to monitor network security and performance through event log management. Data is collected from all devices that use Windows event logs, W3C or Syslog and key data and critical issues can be identified thanks to inbuilt and custom rules and filtering. GFI EventsManager provides realtime alerting when critical system and security events arise thereby helping administrators to easily identify areas that require immediate attention. Event log management is also important for legal compliance and for forensic investigations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In his review, John Green writes that he was impressed by the product and its reporting package and he recommends GFI EventsManager for anyone whose log management needs are limited to Windows event logs, Syslog output, and W3C log files information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Concluding, he notes that GFI EventsManager is designed with easeofuse and implementation in mind and describes the user interface as well designed and easy to navigate. Green also highlights the fact that there are many predefined events to facilitate implementation as well as many display filters that can be easily augmented with custom display filters.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Research shows that 44 of companies do not perform event log management, primarily quoting sheer volume of data to manage as well as the cryptic nature of the information as the main reasons. With GFI EventsManager, the workload is heavily minimised allowing administrators to spend their time evaluating rather than just collecting data.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI EventsManager is an essential tool for monitoring your network, said Andre Muscat, Director of Engineering at GFI. Most administrators are intimidated or unaware of the extensive knowledge available within their event logs. However, with events and logs generated by nearly every IT component, they are the most effective and reliable source of information on network activity. With this product we have lessened the complexity of event log management and handed administrators with a solution that will help them manage their networks more effectively with immediate effect, added Mr Muscat.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Event Monitoring, Management and Archiving Made Easy]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/event-monitoring-management-archiving-made-easy-a-3001.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The enormous volume of system events generated daily is a valuable source of information for organizations.&nbsp; It will help you to meet legal and compliance obligations and to address IT security risks. Growing threats to business continuity call for an approach that includes realtime monitoring of the network.&nbsp; You need the ability to analyze and report event data to meet stringent and ever more demanding legal and compliance obligations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is, however, an overwhelming task without the proper tools. GFI EventsManager has thousands of customers for whom we ease the burden and simplifying the complexity of events management, archiving and reporting, and, were competitively priced for your market.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI EventsManager is the solution you need to meet legal and regulatory compliance such as SOX, PCI DSS, and HIPAA. This awardwinning software supports a wide range of event types such as W3C, Windows events, Syslog and in the latest version, SNMP traps generated by devices such as firewalls, routers and sensors as well as by custom devices.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Providing support for devices from the top 20 manufacturers as well as for custom devices, GFI EventsManager monitors an extended range of hardware products, reports on the health and operational status of each one and collects the information you need to know.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>GFI EventsManager Helps Your Organization</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Information System and Network Security Detect intruders and security breaches</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Legal and Regulatory Compliance An aid to meet regulatory compliance</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Monitor System Health Proactively monitor your servers</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Forensic Investigation A reference point when something goes wrong</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><FONT faceArial><STRONG>Why use GFI EventsManager</STRONG><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></H3><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Centralizes Syslog, W3C, Windows events and SNMP Traps generated by firewalls, servers, routers, switches, phone systems, PCs and more</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Increase network uptime and identify problems through realtime alerts</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Get fast and costeffective monitoring and management of the entire network</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Enjoy SQL Server Auditing for SQL Server 2000, 2005, 2008 and also MSDE &amp; SQL Express</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>We offer unrivaled event scanning performance scalable to over 6 million events per hour</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>We are certified for Windows Server 2008; Supports Windows Vista</LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[SpamTitan for Internet Service Providers ISPs]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/spamtitan-internet-service-providers-isp%20s-a-3000.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SpamTitan is the ideal choice for Internet Service Providers, System Integrators and Managed Email Service Providers. It will allow you to offer your customers the best email protection coupled with the specific functionality designed for enhanced managed email offerings. As well as the highest levels of spam protection, dual antivirus and many other functions you see with SpamTitan we have also developed a number of specific functions to allow you use SpamTitan to offer managed email services.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>What do we mean<op></op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>SpamTitan can handle an unlimited number of domains each relaying to specific remote email servers thus ensuring the scalability of the solution no matter how large or small your customer base.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>An unlimited number of domains can be entered and configured on SpamTitan as a single file allowing you to migrate from an existing system without the painstaking task of having to reenter each domain one by one.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Local administrators can be created for each hosted domain giving them powers to manage elements of their own email, including search and release from their quarantine, create whitelistblacklists for their domain, create reports, view domain history. This reduces the support overhead for you the managed service provider and also gives your customers the tools they need for day to day email management.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Per Domain Reporting. A full suite of reports can be set up for each domain including license count, mail usage, spam reports etc. These can be created by the SpamTitan administrator or by the local domain administrator depending on requirements.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Customisation. You can rebrand SpamTitan with your logos and information to ensure your customers are continually reminded of the excellent services you provide.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Low Management Overhead. SpamTitan is designed with the lowest management overhead possible thus ensuring Total Cost of Service is kept to a minimum in this competitive market.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Price model. SpamTitans pricing model allow for the flexibility required when dealing with the fluctuating numbers of customers as is common when offering managed mail services.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>SpamTitan for VMware allows you to capitalize on existing VMware infrastructure as well as building a low cost remote redundancy and backup plan into your solution.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>API for mulit domain management and control.</LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[3CX Allcare case study showcases the future in software based PA]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/allcare-case-study-showcases-future-software-based-a-2999.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ta Xbiex 14 April 2009  <STRONG>3CX has published a case study which outlines the process of Allcares transition from a traditional hardware PABX to a software based solution provided by 3CX. 3CX is an international manufacturer of softwarebased IP PBX developed specifically for Microsoft Windows and based on the SIP standard. As a premier insurance service provider, Allcare operates an inhouse call centre dealing with around 2000 daily calls.</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Phone System for Windows consists of the server software, soft phones or SIP hardware phones, and a VOIP Gateway to connect existing phone lines. A VOIP provider can be used to leverage low cost calls across your user network. The system can use the existing computer wiring and share the network point with the computer and can be installed on an existing, nondedicated Windows server or run as a virtual machine.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Mr. Mark Camilleri, Operations Manager at Allcare explains that with a staff of 60 and growing, the company literally grew out of their proprietary PABX phone system. With 3CX Phone System, all a person needs to do is to move his phone and connect it to wherever he needs without having to change anything to the PABX or rely on specialized IT staff.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Nick Galea, CEO at 3CX said, Staff mobility, the elimination of phone tag and a reduction in administration and training time by IT staff are some of the main drivers in the migration to softwarebased PBX.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are delighted to see that an established insurance business such as Allcare is already enjoying these tangible business benefits from 3CX IP PABX. It is not incidental that a company whose core expertise is underwriting personal and liability insurances has opted to leverage the lowrisk, highgain technology of 3CX Phone System.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>About 3CX</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX is an international developer of telecommunications software, headquartered in Europe with offices in the Cyprus, USA, UK and Hong Kong. It is a Microsoft Gold Certified partner and is backed by an experienced management and development team. Its product, 3CX Phone System for Windows, developed specifically for the SMB market has earned Windows Server 2003 Certification and has received numerous awards, including TMC Labs 2007 Innovation Award, The Windowsnetworking Gold Award, as well as the IT EXPO Best of Show award 2007 and the INTERNET Telephony Magazine Product of the Year Award, all in recognition to the companys commitment to innovation and quality. 3CX maintains a global presence with offices in four countries and localized information available in various languages</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[3CX Phone System v7.1 Delivers Personal Phone Assistant for ALL]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/phone-system-delivers-personal-phone-assistant-a-2998.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>New 3CX Assistant for 3CX Phone System offers oneclick call transfer, call parking, call divert, presence and more<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><op>&nbsp;</op></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3CX today announced the availability of 3CX Phone System for Windows 7.1, which includes 3CX Assistant, a desktop utility that drastically improves phone usability and user productivity. 3CX Assistant offers extension users an easy way to transfer, divert, launch or park calls  via drag and drop rather then via a cryptic phone interface. In addition 3CX Assistant offers unified communications features such as extension status presence of other users and Call Queue information.</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Assistant makes it much easier to take advantage of Phone System features said Nick Galea, 3CX CEO. Rather then learn cryptic phone dial codes, users can use their mouse and a familiar Windows GUI.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Works with ANY phone including <STRONG>ANALOG phones</STRONG>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Assistant works in tandem with an existing phone, be it an IP phone, a soft phone, or even an ANALOG phone and thus delivers the benefits of VoIP and Unified communications to all. In fact, reusing analog phones via low cost FXS gateways is now more attractive and can drastically lower the investment cost in a new VoIP Phone System.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3CX Assistant features at a glance</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Transfer, Divert or Park calls with a mouse click or via Drag and Drop </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>See status of other extensions and avoid Telephone Tag </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Notification upon receiving a new voice mail message </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>View number of callers in a Queue </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Pick  up calls waiting in the Queue </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>See which agents are logged on or on a call </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Login/Logout to/from Queues </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Set user status to away/available </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Phone System 7.1 has an easy to use rights system that allows granular configuration of who can see what call information and perform which call operations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Other 7.1 features</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Besides the 3CX Assistant, 3CX Phone System has gained several other important features</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>A new built in Call Reporter with many new reports including Call Queue and Agent Reports </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>A CDR service that can output Call Data Records in any format </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Improved default security and installation </LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Compatibility with Microsoft Small Business Server 2003 and 2008 </LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Understanding Advanced TCP/IP Settings in Windows 2003]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/understanding-advanced-tcpip-settings-windows-2003-a-2997.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article I will walk you through the Advanced TCP/IP settings dialog and its relevant tabs, so that you can better understand what each option is used for and how to configure it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows 2003 comes with a number of new features for TCP/IP, including support for IP Version 6, automatically determining the Interface and Gateway metric, and the Alternate configuration tab which allows you to specify an alternate IP Address to use in absence of a DHCP server before APIPA kicks in.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Advanced TCP/IP dialog will allow you to configure settings relative to DNS, WINS and specify multiple IP Addresses and Gateways which can even be used if you only have one network card on the machine. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To bring up the Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog, simply right click the desired connection from the Network Connections folder, and choose properties to open the Properties dialog of the selected connection. Now select Internet Protocol TCP/IP from the list and click the Properties button. This will open the Internet Protocol TCP/IP Properties dialog. Next, click the Advanced button and up pops the Advanced TCP/IP Settings dialog with four tabs to choose from</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IP Settings  Allows you to add more IP Addresses or change the routing properties of the network card.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DNS  Allows you to set how the TCP/IP connection uses DNS.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WINS  Allows you to set how the TCP/IP connection uses WINS for computers that cant access Active Directory. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Options  Allows you to set TCP/IP Filtering and specify which ports will be used for TCP/IP communication. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Advanced TCP/IP Settings  The IP Settings Tab<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The IP addresses box at the top allows you to assign additional IP Addresses to a single network card. This is useful if you are hosting multiple websites on the same web server and want to give each its own IP Address for example.&nbsp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Simply click the Add button to add an IP Address and Subnet Mask. Click Edit to modify the currently selected item and Remove to delete the currently selected item from the list.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Default gateways box in the middle is used if you want the network connection to use multiple default gateways. Click the Add button to add a Default gateway and assign it a Metric value. A metric value is the cost of a specific route. Cost can reflect speed, reliability and number of hops. The route with the lowest metric value is used, so if you have two Default Gateways set up, one with a metric of 10 and the other with a metric of 20, the one with 10 will be chosen first. Leaving the metric at automatic means that the route metric for this default gateway will be calculated automatically, and the fastest route chosen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note If you fire up the Command Prompt and type route print with no quotes, the IP Routing table is displayed with the metric value listed as one of the properties of each IP Address and its associations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Edit and Remove buttons in the Default gateways box do exactly the same as for the IP addresses box explained above.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At the bottom of the IP Settings tab you can set whether you want the Interface to have a specific metric or to be assigned one automatically. By default this option is checked. Uncheck it if you wish to input an Interface metric value of your choice. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Advanced TCP/IP Settings  The DNS Tab<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The DNS server addresses, in order of use box at the top of the DNS tab is used to list the IP Addresses of the DNS Servers that will be used for name resolution. These servers are ordered and used in priority, meaning if one server does not work then it will move to the next one down the list. To set the order of IP Addresses, select an IP Address and press the up and down button on the right hand side. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is important to keep in mind that TCP/IP will not move on to the next server if it fails to resolve the request.&nbsp;It will only move to the next server&nbsp;if the first server it tries is unavailable perhaps down for maintenance or in the middle of a reboot. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Append primary and connection specific DNS suffixes, and Append parent suffixes of the primary DNS suffix are enabled by default. These options are used for resolution of unqualified names. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first option is used to resolve unqualified names using the parent domain. For example, if you had a computer name of andrew and a parent domain called ztabona it would resolve to andrew.ztabona.com. The query would fail if andrew.ztabona.com does not exist in the parent domain. The second option is used to resolve unqualified names using the parentchild domain hierarchy. A DNS query will move one step up the domain hierarchy if it fails at the current level. It will do this until it reaches the root of the hierarchy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have an environment which consists of a client machine forming part of multiple domains then you can add a bunch of domains to the Append these DNS suffixes in order list so these will be searched as part of the DNS query, instead of using the parent domain.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The textbox on the right of the&nbsp;DNS suffix for this connection is used to explicitly set a DNS suffix that will override any other setting already specified for this connection.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Register this connections addresses in DNS will register all this connections IP Addresses in DNS under the computers FQDN. Using this connections DNS suffix in DNS registration will register all IP Addresses for this connection in DNS under the parent domain. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Advanced TCP/IP Settings  The WINS Tab<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The WINS tab is used to specify WINS related settings such as the list of WINS servers to be used for NETBIOS name to IP resolution, the LMHOSTS file to be used as an alternate means of lookups and the NETBIOS settings for the network connection.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PreWindows 2000 machines and applications use NETBIOS to IP name resolution. If you have a Windows 2003 machine that acts as a file or print server and any client machines want to communicate with it, you will have to make use of NETBIOS. It is unlikely that you will have no preWindows 2000 machines on your network but if you do, then go ahead and disable NETBIOS over IP; youll save on memory and CPU consumption and free up resources. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Use the WINS addresses, in order of use box at the top to add the WINS servers you want the system to use for IP to name resolution. Press the Add button for a small dialog box to&nbsp;appear waiting for you to enter the IP Address of the WINS server. Use the Edit and Remove buttons to modify or delete a selected item respectively. If you have more than one WINS server in the list, press the up and down arrow buttons to adjust the priority of which servers will be queried first. If one server is not available then the next one down will be used, and so on and so forth.&nbsp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Check the Enable LMHOSTS lookup checkbox so that if WINS cannot resolve a name then the local LMHOSTS file will be used. The LMHOSTS file can be found in WINDOWSsystem32driversetc. It goes by the name of lmhosts.sam and can be modified in a text editor. Entries are placed at the bottom of the file and when used, the listed IP Addresses are matched against a specified host name. If you already have an LMHOSTS file defined on another machine on the network, use the Import LMHOSTS button to select this file and import it to the local machine. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The NETBIOS settings at the bottom allow you to explicitly define how NETBIOS will be used on the system. Choose Default if you want the DHCP server to assign the NETBIOS setting, Enable NETBIOS over TCP/IP if you use a static IP Address or the DHCP Server does not give NETBIOS settings, and Disable NETBIOS over TCP/IP if you do not use NETBIOS or WINS on your network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Advanced TCP/IP Settings  The Options Tab TCP/IP Filtering<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Options tab allows you to configure TCP/IP Filtering settings; you can define which ports or protocols are permitted. Select the Permit Only radio button and use the Add button to add TCP/UDP port numbers or a protocol version to the respective list. If you permit traffic only from a defined set of ports, all other traffic will be dropped. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article has given you an overview of Advanced TCP/IP settings in Windows 2003. Knowing what each option is and how it can be used should definitely be a great plus when configuring network communication.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[3CX checks in with Hotels worldwide to halve phone bills]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/checks-with-hotels-worldwide-halve-phone-bills-a-2996.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>3CX announced today the availability of 3CX Phone System Hotel module, which allows Hotels to replace aging and expensive Hotel PBXs from Mitel, Alcatel, Siemens and others with 3CX Phone System for Windows, a modern software based VoIP IP PBX. The 3CX Hotel module adds important hospitality functions such as support for Check IN/OUT, DND, Room status and Wake up calls. It integrates with leading Hotel Software / Property Management Systems.</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Traditional Hotel PBX vendors have charged a hefty premium for their ability to perform hotel related functions said Nick Galea, CEO of 3CX. 3CX costs a fraction of a comparable hotel PBX and in addition halves the hotels phone bill by allowing the use of VoIP</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Hotels can eliminate Lease Payments</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hotels paying high monthly lease payments for their current PBX can drastically reduce their monthly operating cost by replacing it with 3CX. The cost of outright purchase of 3CX is so low that hotels can earn back the investment in just a few months. Coupled with drastic reductions in the phone bill, 3CX can be an important part of reducing operating costs in these times of economic crisis.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Re use analog phones</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Existing Analog phones in the rooms can easily be reused with the use of low cost FXS gateways, further reducing the initial investment cost. Reusing analog phones also means there is no need to rewire  existing analog phone points can continue to be used. IP Phones can be used only where it matters  for example in reception. Reusing analog phones also helps the environment by reducing unnecessary brown good wastage.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Wide range of Hotel Software/ Property Management Systems supported</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Phone System integrates with leading Hotel Software / Property Management Systems via several interfaces, including Legacy PBX emulation, the Fidelio FIAS protocol as well as support for Comtrols Lodging Link middle ware. Other interfaces are easily implemented and available on request. A subset of supported PMS systems includes Agilysys, Autoclerk, Cenium, Maestro for Northwind, Fidelity Hotel Management Systemm, Micros Opera, Brilliant Hotelsoftware, CMS Hospitality Guestcentrix, ResortSuite, Gracesoft, Hotec Expert Hotelier Suite, Hotel Concept, WebPMS, Atrium INN client server systems, HSS Hotel Software Systems, Innfinity software systems and InnRoad.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Phone System Hotel module is available immediately and starts at 750/895.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Securing Printer Usage in Windows Server 2003 Part 3]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/securing-printer-usage-windows-server-2003-part-a-2995.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of this article series, I explained that the most effective way to manage a network printer is to create a print queue on one of your network servers and force all of the print jobs to pass through that queue. In the second part of this series, I walked you through some basic techniques for securing the print queue that you created in Part 1. In this article, I will conclude the series by showing you how to audit the use and attempted use of a network printer.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Why Audit Network Printing<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are several reasons why you might want to audit the use of a network printer. As I explained earlier in this series, it is essential to audit the printer that your company uses to print checks. You need to know who has been printing checks and whether or not any unauthorized person has been trying to print checks.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A less extreme example of auditing involves managing printer supplies such as ink and paper. I have been in some companies in which printer use is monitored so that individual departments can be charged for the supplies that they use. I have also seen cases in which high end photo printers were audited for unauthorized use because the supplies are so expensive.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Auditing a Network Printer<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that I have talked a little bit about why you might want to audit network printing, lets move on to the auditing process itself. If you have ever looked through your servers security logs, then you probably realize that printer auditing is not enabled by default. To enable printer auditing, choose the Printers and Faxes command from your servers Start menu. Upon doing so, you will see the now familiar Printers and Faxes window. Rightclick on the printer that you want to audit, and select the Properties command from the resulting shortcut menu. Doing so will reveal the printers properties sheet that you worked with in the previous part of this article series.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point, you must select the Security tab and then click the Advanced button. When you do, Windows will display the Advanced Security Settings properties sheet. Select the properties sheets Auditing tab, and you will see that it is completely empty.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The way that printer auditing is set up, auditing focuses on users and groups rather than focusing on the printer itself. What this means is that you cant just tell Windows to create an audit log entry any time anyone sends a print job to the printer at least not directly. Instead, Windows requires you to specify the names of users or groups that you want to audit. If your goal is to audit any and all use of the printer in question, then you can always audit the Everyone group.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With this in mind, click the Add button, and you will be taken to a screen that asks you to enter the names of the users or groups that you want to audit, as shown in Figure B. After entering the user or group names, I strongly recommend clicking the Check Names button. Doing so will ensure that you have spelled the names correctly and that the names are valid. After all, auditing wont do you much good if you are auditing nonexistent users or groups.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click OK and you will be taken to the Auditing Entry dialog box, shown in Figure C. As you can see in the figure, this dialog box allows you to audit both the success and the failure of various printer related events. To enable auditing, all you have to do is to select the events that you want to audit and click OK. Before you do, it is important to understand what the various events actually mean.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the section below, I will describe what each of the events that you can audit actually mean. As I do, it is important to keep in mind that my descriptions assume that youre auditing the success of a particular event. Auditing a failure of these events simply means that someone attempted to perform an action that would normally result in the event if the user had the appropriate permissions. For example, performing a success audit on the Print event would cause a security log entry to be created every time someone printed a job on the printer. A failure audit of the same event would create the event log entries any time that someone attempted to print to the printer, but couldnt because they lacked sufficient permissions. With that in mind, here are the various events and what they mean</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Print  The user being audited has sent a print job to the printer.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Manage Printers  A user has modified either the printers properties or its permissions.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Manage Documents  A user has paused, resumed, restarted, or deleted a spool print job.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Read Permissions  A user has looked at the printers security permissions.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Change Permissions  A user has modified the printers security permissions.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Take Ownership  A user has taken ownership of the printer.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>What Should You Audit<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With all of these auditing settings available to you, you might be wondering what you should actually audit. It really just depends on the nature of the printer and how much security you need. If the printer is used to print checks, then I would recommend performing both success and failure audits on every event. On the other hand, if the printer is a generalpurpose printer that is heavily used, then you would not want to perform success audits on the Print event. If you did, then the event log would quickly grow to an unmanageable size because a new log entry would be created every time someone sends a print job to the printer.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I tend to think that the majority of the printers in the average organization probably do not need to be audited. However, if a printer is used for financial purposes such as printing checks, or consumes expensive supplies, then you might want to think about auditing the printer. In these types of situations, I would recommend auditing both success and failure events related to Manage Printers and Change Permissions events. I would also recommend auditing failures of the Print event.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Conclusion<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article series, I have explained that it is easy to overlook printers when developing a network security plan because printers have become so commonplace that they hardly seem to be a security threat. Even so, there are situations in which ignoring your printers can result in a substantial financial loss for the company. As such, I recommend configuring any sensitive printers to use a centralized print queue that is hosted by a Windows server. After doing so, you can easily enforce security on the printer and audit its use or attempted use.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Securing Printer Usage in Windows Server 2003 Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/securing-printer-usage-windows-server-2003-part-a-2994.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Over the last few years, printers have become so inexpensive that its easy to not even give them a second thought. Even so, there are situations when it is probably best for you to know who has been printing to printers on your network. For example, your companys accounts payable department may have a printer that they use to print checks. You probably have this type of printer configured so that not just anyone with a domain user account can print to it. Even so, it is usually important to know if an unauthorized user tried to print to it and to track the checks that legitimate users have printed.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I have also seen companies restrict printers that use expensive supplies. For example, one of the companies that I used to work for had a photo printer that could print 36x24 inch photos. As you can imagine, poster sized photo paper isnt cheap or at least it wasnt back then, and it took a lot of ink to print a photo that size. Consequently, only a couple of users were authorized to print to the printer. That being the case, the company decided to audit the use of this printer to ensure that expensive supplies were not being wasted on unnecessary print jobs.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It really doesnt matter why a printer is restricted. If your company sees fit to restrict the use of a printer, then it is probably a good idea to audit the printer to make sure that it is not being used for unauthorized purposes. In this article, I will show you how to implement printer auditing, and explain what your various auditing options are.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is easiest to restrict and audit printers when the print queue is hosted on a server thats running Windows Server 2003. Keep in mind that this doesnt mean that the printer has to be physically attached to the server. The server can simply host the print queue for a network printer. For example, in my own organization I have a printer that has its own network card. As such, it is possible to print to the printer without the printer having to be connected to a server. If users were allowed to print to such a printer directly, it would be impossible to track printer usage through conventional means. </P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are interested in restricting or auditing such a printer, then you are better off creating a print queue on one of your servers and treating the network printer as if it were connected to the server even though it isnt.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To see how this works, click the servers Start button and select the Control Panel  Printers and Faxes  Add Printer options from the Start menu. When you do, Windows will launch the Add Printer wizard.</P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classnospacing styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click Next to bypass the wizards Welcome screen. You will now see a screen similar to the one thats shown in Figure A. As you can see in the figure, this screen asks you if you want to use a printer that is locally attached to the server, or if you would prefer to use a network printer. This screen is somewhat misleading because although we are creating a print queue for a network printer, Windows doesnt see it that way. If you were to choose the Network Printer option, Windows would assume that you were connecting to either a printer that is being hosted over the Internet or to a printer that is already being hosted by another Windows machine. This means that you would have to connect to the printer by entering either a URL, a UNC based share name, or by performing an Active Directory query. For the purposes of this article, I am assuming that we are trying to audit a standalone printer, so none of these options apply. That being the case, go ahead and choose the Local Printer option, even though the printer isnt actually local.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[SoTel Systems announces distribution partnership with 3CX]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/sotel-systems-announces-distribution-partnership-with-a-2993.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>St. Louis, MO, 11 May, 2009  <STRONG>SoTel Systems, LLC announces a partnership with 3CX in a strategic effort to provide a low cost, reliable IP PBX bundle to U.S. resellers. The partnership will ensure 3CX as a key player in the VoIP market in the United States while allowing SoTel to further expand their product portfolio with cutting edge technologies.</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX Phone System for Windows is a softwarebased IP PBX based on the SIP standard, and supports most popular SIP phones, VoIP gateways, SIP trunking providers and traditional PSTN phone lines. SoTel will combine the software with gateways, endpoint hardware and soft clients, and SoTels own SIP trunking service to provide an allinone solution for resellers to offer. The offering will give organizations access to advanced telephony features at a reduced cost, allowing for increased mobility and productivity.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>About 3CX</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3CX is an international developer of telecommunications software, headquartered in Europe with offices in the UK, USA, Germany, Cyprus, Malta, Australia and Hong Kong. It is a Microsoft Gold Certified partner and is backed by an experienced management and development team. Its product, 3CX Phone System for Windows, has earned Windows Server 2003 Certification and has received numerous awards, including The Windowsnetworking Gold Award, the Communications Solutions 2007 Award, the Windows IT Pro magazine 2008 Editors Best Award and a Best Buy Award by Computer Shopper Magazine, all in recognition to the companys commitment to innovation and quality.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>About SoTel Systems, LLC</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SoTel Systems, LLC has been serving the reseller/telco/interconnect marketplace since 1981, providing refurbished and unused hardware in the traditional TDM and analog space. Sotel carries a broad range of brands and products that offer leading edge technology and value enhanced telephony solutions. Focused on providing solutions for todays marketplace, SoTel has launched new offerings with regard to SIP trunking and IP Products and Services. SoTel Systems is now the one stop shop for all telecommunications reseller needs, from trunk to endpoint. For more information, call our sales staff at 8664676835 and ask for Adam Goebel Ext.7736 or Nick Kramer Ext.7732. By partnering with SoTel, resellers are assured solutions that are Just Right, Right Away.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Information System and Network Security]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/information-system-network-security-a-2992.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many companies mistakenly assume that unauthorized access is an external threat only. The majority of corporate security threats actually stem from internal sources, against which a firewall offers no protection.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A good security strategy includes realtime monitoring for critical security events and periodic analysis of your systems security logs so that you can detect and respond quickly to attack. In fact, when reviewing the general controls of a corporation, public auditors and regulatory agencies define security log monitoring as a necessary best practice and a part of performing due diligence.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To Monitor Your Event Logs effectively, you need an automated way to back up and clear the event logs networkwide and to archive them in a central database. This archiving needs to be done with some intelligence, noise has to be removed and a sensible description added. Without doing this, you will suffer from the following limitations</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>No real time monitoring and notification of critical events</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Cryptic event descriptions Certain events that indicate suspicious activity have less than obvious descriptions</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>No long term archive</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows NT/2000/XP/2003 logs a large ratio of unimportant events, such as workstations polling a domain controller for Group Policy updates. This makes analysis of the data without prior archiving and cleaning difficult to impossible.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Security incidents result in loss of operations, business, customers and revenue. Recovery is often a time consuming and expensive process. GFI EventsManager offers a 24/7 realtime intrusion detection and alerting system and an early warning signal to enable intrusion countermeasures. It also provides extensive rules to detect insider attacks.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>GFI EventsManager to Monitor Your Network for Security Breaches<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Identify event patterns and preempt insider attacks through the powerful GFI EventsManager rules database</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Realtime alerts can detect, alert you, and help you to avoid network security attacks</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Reduce the risk to business continuity by proactive measure</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Increase productivity reduce manpower wasted in manual log management</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Reduce administrative, financial and technical overhead required to manage, archive and convert apparently meaningless event logs to significant security reports for management</LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[3CX starts cooperation with first Polish VoIP Provider  Actio.p]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/starts-cooperation-with-first-polish-voip-provider-actiop-a-2991.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>3CX, developer of an innovative VoIP PBX for Windows announces a 5 discount for companies using the Actio.pl  Polish VoIP provider.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold>Actio.pl, Polish VoIP provider offers 20 reduced tariffs to Polish landlines and cell phones for companies which will buy 3CX Phone System.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Pozna&324;, 26 March, 2009 <STRONG><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; msobidifontweight bold> 3CX, the international developer of the multiawarded 3CX Phone System for Windows, and Actio.pl, a leading Polish business class VoIP provider, have announced a alliance providing a fully integrated business grade voice solution using VoIP voice over IP.</SPAN></STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Companies can now use 3CX IP PBX for Windows together with the Actio.pl business grade VoIP service and know that full interoperability testing has been performed and that both companies will fully support customers in deploying this solution.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, Actio.pl users can avail themselves of a special offer in which 5 will be given upon purchase of 3CX Phone System. They can acquire 3CX Phone System through the worldwide partner network of 3CX or from Actio.pl. In addition, companies that buy 3CX Phone System get a 20  reduction on tariffs to Polish landlines and cell phones. Information about this Actio.pl offer can be found at Actio Business Site .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are pleased to have achieved comprehensive interoperability testing with Actio.pl, said Nick Galea, CEO of 3CX. Actio.pl is a leading VoIP provider in Poland and the solution comprising Actio.pl and 3CX Phone System for Windows delivers an innovative IP telephony solution at unbeatable value that enables businesses to reduce call costs and boost productivity.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Were very excited to be the first Polish voip provider to 3CX., said Hubert Por&281;bski, Actio.pl CEO. Integrating the functionality of 3CX with Actio is a response to the individual needs of modern business. The possibility of remote configuration, combined with advanced features puts it on the highest rank of available PBX solutions. Without a doubt, this is the highest quality solutions for business customers with at a very competitive price.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Actio.pl offers Business Class Voice Services over our latency optimized private network. Products like SIP Trunking, free DIDs, Toll Free Numbers, unlimited simultaneous calls on one account, and much more, all securing low call rates. This is brought together with 3CX softwarebased IP PBX, a phone system that is extremely simple to install and configure, and yet includes advance features such as integrated fax server, phone provisioning, and unified messaging.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Offer expires on 30th May 2009 and may be extended at the discretion of 3CX.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Discount requests are to be channeled via Actio.pl for validation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Offer expires on 30th May 2009 and may be extended at the discretion of Actio.pl. Offer do not include tariffs for Play Mobile. Tariffs without discount can be viewed at Actio.pl Price Site. Discount requests are to be channeled via 3CX.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Command Prompt Tricks]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/command-prompt-tricks-a-2990.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre a frequent command prompt user, youll appreciate the way this trick simplifies your life. This tip will work on all versions of Windows 2000 and Windows NT. By default, the prompt that the system presents you in a command prompt window shows the current drive letter and the full pathname. This prompt is configurable. For a list of configurable options, go to a command prompt and type</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>prompt /<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I spend much of my day dealing with remote file systems, so I often find myself wondering exactly where the J drive is mapped to. To refresh memory, I use the Net Use command. To modify the command prompt to reflect the remote path, I typed the following text at a command prompt</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>prompt mpg<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>where m echoes the Uniform Naming Convention UNC name of the drive letter that the command prompt currently displays;  inserts a carriage return and a line feed; and pg are the standard drive and pathname. This command caused the system to display the UNC name of my network drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To make this change stick on a Win2K system, you must modify an environment variable. You can do so from the Control Panel System applets Advanced configuration option. All you have to do is click the Environment Variables button, create a system variable named prompt, and set its value to mpg. This setting causes the system to display the remote network path every time you open a command prompt.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Fixing Windows 98 to Windows XP Logon Problems]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/fixing-windows-windows-logon-problems-a-2989.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I recently encountered a situation in which a customers Windows 98 PC couldnt log on to the shares on the customers Windows XP Professional Edition PC. The customer had a peertopeer P2P environment, and the XP PC could navigate shares on the Win98 PC. When the Win98 PC tried to connect to the XP PCs shares, an Enter Network Password dialog box opened and showed the message <I>You must supply a password to make this connection Resource computernameIPC,</I> with a field to enter a password. As a test, I tried logging on to the Win98 PC as different users. The same dialog box opened each time I tried to connect to the XP PCs shares.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Microsoft article Unable to Connect to Network Share When Netlogon Service Is Not Started http//support.microsoft.com/kbid262916 discusses this problem in the context of a Windows 9x computer connecting to a Windows 2000 Professional computers shares. Although stopping and restarting the service might work in Win2K, doing so didnt correct the problem of Win9x PCs connecting to XP shares.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To determine whether the Netlogon service was working on the XP computer, I ran the Netstat a command and paid particular attention to the following line in the output TCP &gt;&gt; XPPCnetbiosssn &gt;&gt; XPPC0 &gt;&gt; LISTENING. Note that netbiosssn is commonly known as 139/TCPNetBIOS Session Services. The LISTENING output showed that the Netlogon service was working, so I figured an authentication problem existed. For more information about common ports, see the Microsoft articles A List of the Windows Server Domain Controller Default Ports at http//support.microsoft.com/kbid289241 and Windows NT, Terminal Server, and Microsoft Exchange Services Use TCP/IP Ports at http//support.microsoft.com/kbid150543 or browse to Cwinntsystem32driversetcservices.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I tried rebooting the XP and Win98 machines several times, checking the share and NTFS permissions on the XP machines share directories. I even created new shares and tried to access them. One solution would have been to delete and recreate the Win98 user on the XP machinebut I would have spent the rest of the day updating the shares and permissions. While I was contemplating this task, I suddenly remembered an old Windows for Workgroups WFW 3.11 trick Simply reenter the users password on the computer that holds the shares.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I reentered the Win98 users nonexpiring password in the Win98 users account on the XP computer. Voil The Win98 user could again access the shares on the XP computer. This fix was necessary for all the Win98 users who had a user account on the XP computer.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows 98 USB Mass Storage Device Drivers]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-mass-storage-device-drivers-a-2988.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>USB flash drives and other USB mass storage based devices are becoming more and more common. Unfortunately, they often do not come with drivers because Windows Me, 2000, XP and Vista all come with generic drivers already installed. This way all you need to do is plug the drive in, Windows will recognise it and you will automatically see the drive in My Computer. Windows 98, especially in its second edition also known as Windows 98SE, handles USB fairly well, however there are no generic/universal mass storage device drivers preinstalled in the operating system, so you will need to install some additional drivers for it. Some manufacturers do however, provide the Windows 98 drivers on CD, others have them available to download, and others simply do not have them available at all.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are using Windows 98, and you do not know the manufacturer of the storage device, or you cant find the drivers, what can you do Fortunately, there are some generic Windows 98 USB mass storage device drivers available that work with most such devices. This means that these drivers will work with many makes and models of the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>USB Flash Drives also known as Pen Drives, or Thumb Drives</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Digital Photo and Video Cameras that connect to the PC via USB</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>USB Hard Drives</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>MP3 Players including Apple iPod from v2.4</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Sony PlayStation Portable PSP</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><EM>Installing the drivers<op></op></EM></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><EM>&nbsp;</EM></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before installing the drivers, it is important to know that there are 2 main versions of Windows 98, and they both handle USB differently. You must install the appropriate version of the drivers dependent upon your version of Windows 98. In order to determine your Windows version, please do the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in>Right click on My Computer and select Properties</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in>On the System Properties page that opens up click on the General tab, if it is not already on that page.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in>Under the System heading, look for the version number see right</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Version <B>4.10.1998</B> is the original version of Windows 98 98FE</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Version <B>4.10.2222</B> is Windows 98 Second Edition 98SE</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in>Click the link below for the download and installation instructions for your version of Windows 98</LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Minimum Hardware Requirements for a Windows 98 Installation]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/minimum-hardware-requirements-windows-installation-a-2987.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article lists the minimum hardware requirements for Windows 98. It also lists the optional components that you can install.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following list describes the minimum hardware requirements for Windows 98 </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>A personal computer with a 486DX 66 megahertz MHz or faster processor Pentium central processing unit recommended.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>16 megabytes MB of memory 24 MB recommended.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>A typical upgrade from Windows 95 requires approximately 195 MB of free hard disk space, but the hard disk space may range from between 120 MB and 295 MB, depending on your computer configuration and the options that you choose to install.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>A full install of Windows 98 on a FAT16 drive requires 225 MB of free hard disk space, but may range from between 165 MB and 355 MB, depending on your computer configuration and that options that you choose to install.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>A full install of Windows 98 on a FAT32 drive requires 175 MB of free hard disk space, but may range from between 140 MB and 255 MB, depending on your computer configuration and the options that you choose to install.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>One 3.5inch highdensity floppy disk drive.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>VGA or higher resolution 16bit or 24bit color SVGA recommended.</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MSN, The Microsoft Network, Windows Messaging, or Internet access require a 14.4 bits per second bps modem 28.8 or faster recommended.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Optional components </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Network adapter</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>DVDROM drive and decoder adapter</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Audio card and speakers for sound</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Scanner or digital camera</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Second monitor and second video adapter</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>IEEE 1394 bus Firewire</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>Universal Serial Bus USB bus and HID hardware</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in>ATI AllinWonder graphics card</LI></UL>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[State of the Computer Book Market 2008, Part 2 The Technologies]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/state-computer-book-market-2008-part-technologies-a-2986.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this second installment, we look at computer book sales in specific technology categories. Remember that weve organized the data into six Category Families  Systems and Programming, Web Design and Development, Business Applications, Digital Media Applications, Consumer Operating Systems and Devices, and Other. Within each Family are category group, supercategory, category, and atomic category, in a fivelevel hierarchy. For example, Systems and Programming includes programming languages, databases, software engineering, general programming, security, and so on. In the rest of this post, we will contrast Q4 2007 with Q4 2008 and the whole year of 2007 with 2008.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a refresher, here is a new treemap of the Category Families with their sub areas for Q4 2008 compared to Q4 2007. In this view, weve changed the thickness of the borders to highlight the category hierarchy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This view of the treemap shows a sea of red. There is very little green representing growth. If we compare the whole of 2008 with 2007, not just quarters, at the end of June, five out of the six category families were ahead of the prior year. Then, the bottom fell out and only the mediumsized Consumer Operating Systems showed a small yearoveryear increase. As mentioned in the last post, the growth of consumer operating systems was fueled by Mac OS X.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When we drill into the category families a bit, we see that 7 of our 10 top categories supercategories sold fewer units in 2008 than in 2007. In other words, our bigger and typically more stable areas were selling fewer units in 2008. In the first half of 2008, there were 19 super category areas that were ahead in the sales over the first half of 2007, yet they ended up losing enough ground to show a yearoveryear decrease in units. In alpha order, those supercategories are CAD, cisco, data topics, database programming, desktop publishing, digital design topics, digital video and animation, document processing, graphics applications, mathematics, media players other, network administration, not technical, repair upgrade, rich web interface, Ruby, security topics, software techniques, and word processing. The biggest area with the largest drop in units was Rich Web Interfaces RWI. At the end of June 2008, RWI was 10k units ahead of the same period in 2007, yet by the end of the year it was a negative 38k units compared to the prior year. CS2 books not CS3 proved to be a major factor in the areas drop off. There were 32 CS2 books that sold 46k fewer units compared to 2007. CS2 went from 55k units to 46k units in a year. CS3 shows 57 new titles producing 91k units so the net is only 44k units for the category the CS market net was 11k. We suspect that the RWI space will soon change due to a few new titles being published in early 2009.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The table immediately below shows the 4th Quarter of 2007 and 2008 compared Qtr Growth, Year 2007 and 2008 compared YoY Growth, 2007 and 2008 Ranking 07Rank/08Rank and 200 and 2008 percent of market share 07Share/08Share.</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 1.5pt cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Category Families</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Qtr Growth</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>YoY Growth</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>07Rank</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>08Rank</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>07Share</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>08Share</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Business Applications</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>14.04 </P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.16</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20.73</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>21.23</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Computer Topics / Other</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.19</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.35</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.48</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.93</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Consumer Operating Systems</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20.11</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.00</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>13.85</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>14.78</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Digital Media</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>28.59</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.10</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.11</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.06</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Systems and Programming</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>66.42</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>9.23</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>34.38</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>32.93</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Web Design and Development</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>22.02</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.00</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>17.45</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>17.06</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we look at the categories, lets take a look at the words that make up all the computer titles for 2008. Its an interesting view of the words that the publishing industry puts on the front of books, online searches, and anywhere there is metadata about content. A couple of notes when looking at this data. One is that Microsoft comes out big because it is used to describe products as well as books. Also, we threw away the stopwords like the, and, it, with, etc. Here is the word view of the market.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now lets look at the categories that comprise each category family. Below are some individual trend charts from our dashboard showing the 24month period from January 2007 to December 31, 2008 for the major categories. By looking at a 24month pattern, you get more insight into whether or not a particular area seems to be hit by seasonal factors, and if there is a steady decline/increase for the category. It is important to look at scale on these charts because it visually shows you the relative market size. Another way to think about it is if the trend line is high in the individual box, the category is big, and if it is low, it is a smaller category. What is interesting to note is that Consumer Operating Systems, Digital Media, and Business Applications and Devices all have a January spike, which is likely due to individuals buying how to books for their new computers, devices, and operating systems. This is a consistent seasonal pattern.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In response to previous State of the Computer Book market posts, there have been reader comments indicating that part of the decline in the market is due to a lack of any new developments in the Tech world to sustain lots of books selling large quantities. Immediately below is the copyright year trend for how many titles made it into the Bookscan dataset with the copyright year listed on the chart. It appears on the surface that the computer book industry has published fewer titles and 2008 was the lowest output in 6 years. Remember this data is the top 3000 titles, so the pool size is essentially the same, just fewer titles made it into the top 3000 because existing titles remained strong enough to keep them out of the top sellers list. What is impressive is that some titles with copyright of 2000 are still healthy enough to make the list. That is what we call an <B>evergreen title</B>. More on evergreen titles in the next post on The Publishers. For now, here is the chart showing how many titles with a copyright year between 2000 and 2008 made it into our dataset.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So it could be said that weve been in a bit of a tech innovation slump. Will Windows 7, Mac OS X Snow Leopard, and presumably a new release of Office fix any perceived slump, or just replace existing units with marginal increases I think it is the latter. Something big needs to come along to drive a large increase in the market. Im not convinced it is cloud computing, mobile or social networks even though those areas seem poised for future growth. The convergence of sensor nets and AI could be interesting as are big data, privacy, identity... What do you think will be the big growth areas of the next five years Are Functional Languages going to take over </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>The Categories 24month rolling, Janaury 2007  December 2008<op></op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At each category heading below, if you click on the title you will get a two year view of the category.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>CategoryFamily</STRONG> <B>Consumer Operating Systems and Devices</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are the trend lines for the three <B>main</B> categories catfamily that make up Consumer Operating Systems and Devices.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This category is a mediumsized area and was the only catfamily to show growth yearoveryear. This categorys growth is driven by Mac OS X and Mobile Phone. Mobile Phone is dominated by iPhone books where 6 of the 18 titles were new in 2008. And again, David Pogues <I>Mac OS X Leopard The Missing Manaual</I> leads the pack by nearly triple the sales of other titles. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Last year we reported that Mac OS was no longer a onebook market dominated by David Pogue; well that has changed again as it clearly is a market dominated by Pogues aforementioned Missing Manaual. Another interesting observation is that in 2008, entrylevel books about Mac OS X continue to perform well and are 20 ahead of where they were in 2007. Our <I>Switching to the Mac The Missing Manual, Leopard Edition</I> leads the pack for these types of books. Again, maybe those PC Guy and Mac Guy commercials are really making a difference and inspiring more people to buy Macs  or is it simply because Macs are better hardware running a better operating system </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>CategoryFamily</STRONG> <B>Business/Office Applications</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When comparing the Business Apps area for 2007 and 2008 there were 13 supercats one level below catfamily that performed ahead of the prior year and there were 15 that underperformed the prior year. Unfortunately the 15 underperforming supercats lost 35k more units than the 13 positive areas. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Office Suites and Search were the two healthiest categories, while Spreadsheets and Ecommerce were the two biggest laggards. The net of these top four and bottom categories is 26 fewer units than the prior year. Another healthy area in this categeory is Collaboration, which is up 4.75 and fuelled by SharePoint titles. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are the trend lines for the three <B>main</B> categories that make up Business/Office Applications. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice how much bigger of a category Office is than the other two Gen Bus App &amp; Design. The news in this category is that Office titles have continued their growth and have gone from from 191,675 units in 2007 to 220,980 units in 2008, or a 13 growth. This is a category dominated by Dummies, books that is. In 2007 31 of the units sold were Dummies, and in 2008 that number climbed to 32. In a market that was down, that translated to Dummies only selling 841 more units in this category during 2008 than in 2007. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>CategoryFamily</STRONG> Web Design and Development </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Web Design and Development is down 7 from 2007 to 2008. There were a few bright spots, though, namely Dreamweaver and Microsoft Expression Web titles. Our <I>Dreamweaver The Missing Manual</I> led the category in unit sales. Expression Web has quietly entered this space as a player and saw an increase of 5 in units and 40 growth in number of titles. Expression Webs modest results are healthy compared to Dreamweaver, which was down 4.5 year over year. As far as market share goes, however, Dreamweavers position atop the category is not threatened yet. Dreamweaver grew from 68.42 to 76.51 of the market, and Expression Web grew from 11.79 to 14.49 of the market. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are the trend lines for the three <B>main</B> categories that make up Web Design and Development. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Obviously the big subcategory here is Web Site, which is driven this year by titles on Joomla, Drupal and Analytics. The top nonWeb Site titles in the Other category, and are on the Semantic Web and Mashups. The Application Server category is led by a resurgent <I>Tomcat The Definitive Guide</I>. Both of these categories are small and fairly irrelevant compared with Web Site. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>CategoryFamily</STRONG> Systems and Programming </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is the largest of our toplevel category families. It is the place where most of the programming language, database, and software development titles reside. The normal trend here is that the category gets off to a good start early in the year and then has another peak around September college students back in school. There are 57 supercat sub categories in this area. 40 of the areas were negative year over year. Only 17 areas had growth, and when you add the negative areas and the positive ones, there were 233k fewer units sold in these areas during 2008. The top performing categories were C, Mac Programming, and Virtualization. The categories with the worst performance were Software Project Management, Windows Administration, and Software Design. In the top performing area of C, OReilly had the largest year over year gain, mainly due to our <I>Head First C</I> title. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are the trend lines for first set of three out of the six <B>main</B> categories that make up Systems and Programming. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Again, note the scale of the overall category. Programming languages have consistently been the largest category group; the category databases caught up and passed languages for a couple of weeks in 2007, but did not sustain enough momentum in 2008 to get to the same level. As indicated above, Software Project Management was one of the biggest losers of 2008, yet it was also the largest supercategory in Systems and Programming, followed by Enterprise Database and Personal Database. All three of these large areas sold considerably fewer units in 2008 than in 2007. It should be noted, however, that ASP.NET titles are doing very well and helping this category have some signs of health.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second set of three trend line charts are healthy when compared to the rest of the category groups from other Category Families. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When comparing the whole year of 2008 to 2007, the Programming group is represented by both .NET 3.5 programming and WPF titles. The Networks category is dominated by Windows Server titles and a few stray Cisco titles and the System Administration area is dominated by MCTS training kits.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The third set of trend lines were driven by Ubuntu, Forensics and Data Analysis titles. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next Up, The Publishers</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[A smarter, but not the smartest, thermostat]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/smarter-smartest-thermostat-a-2985.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the most popular projects in Smart Home Hacks, judging from my email, is <I>Hack 41 Control Your Heat Remotely</I>. It describes how to replace your existing HVAC thermostat with one that can be controlled via X10 either locally, or by calling in and issuing touchtone commands. The latter approach is quite useful if you have a vacation home; you can turn on the heat or air conditioning from your cell phone before you arrive so its nice and cozy when you get there.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>About two months ago, when I realized that the thermostat in my home needed to be replaced, I was tempted to buy one of the thermostats thats used in that hack. Its seemingly right up my alley, but I decided to take a different approach. I went with a modern, but <I>nonautomatable</I> thermostat. I know, I was surprised by my decision too. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I hope they dont throw me out of the Home Automation Geek Society for this, but heres the deal. An automated thermostat wasnt right for me. Heres why</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>My scheduling needs are simple.</B> Somebody is usually at home both my wife and work at home so changing the temperature to an unoccupied setting doesnt happen too often. Too bad, thats a great way to save money and easily handled by a home automation system, but I dont need that capability.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>My home automation setup is volatile.</B> I frequently try out new devices and home automation software so my system is in a lot of flux, and sometimes not working at all. I was nervous about maintaining reliable HVAC control in this kind of environment and didnt want to put my systems S.A.F. rating at risk. Thats Spousal Approval Factor; a key element for success.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>I didnt have time.</B> While the winter thus far in Chicago has been mild at least for Chicago, it has revealed a bad flaw in our homes HVAC system. And I needed a replacement that I could install quickly. Were at home a lot, remember, and cold fingers makes for slow typing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What was wrong with our old thermostat, you ask It actually worked fine but was installed in a horribly inefficient location. It took me months to figure this out, but I think there were a couple of factors that hid the problem.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We moved in last Spring, and a lack of cooling is much harder to identify than a lack of proper heating. When our air conditioning ran constantly we were willing to chalk it up to those infamous hotnhumid midwestern summers. Also, since we live in what used to be an old factory, we expected some air circulation issues. So, we assumed, that while we might have an underpowered air conditioner, it was more likely just the way things were.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>But two things happened in the intervening months that caused me to suspect that there was something wrong. First, the weather got cold and our discomfort was more frequent, and more importantly, we renovated our kitchen and added an eatin dining area. This meant we were spending significantly more time in that part of the house. And whenever we had the kitchen lights on, it got cold.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The kitchen The lights on What in the world Well, it turns out that the thermostat is mounted directly above the dimmer switch for the kitchen lights. Dimmers work by constricting the flow of current to the lights and the excess energy is released as heat. Which is a problem when the thermostat is just an inch above the switch. The heat from the dimmer rises and makes the thermostat think the room is 10 or 12 degree warmer than it really is. Yikes</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Heres a picture of the old thermostat. If you put your fingers on the wall just above the switch you could actually feel the heat. If you look closely, youll see the thermostat reads 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Actual room temperature at the time was 68F.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, to jump to the happy ending, I decided to replace the oldschool thermostat with a Totaline Wireless Thermostat System. The primary reason for selecting this model is that the wallmounted portion is only a signal transceiver, the thermometer is in a batterypowered remote control that you can move from room to room. Now the hot wall doesnt interfere at all, and weve gained the advantage of taking the remote unit with us as we move about the house. This means that the HVAC system is responding to the temperature of the room where we are, not some fixed point in the house. A very nice solution for openloft living. Its especially nice at night when the temperature in the bedroom is the only area we care about. Also nice is the ability to turn up the heat a bit just after waking up, and before leaving the comfort of bed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Installing the new system was easy, it was a wireforwire replacement with my old unit. The only stumbling block was the funky wiring terminals; if you get one of these remember that you connect the wires to the side of the terminals, not the tops. I sometimes wish that the remote unit were more fashionably designed, its a square box about the size of a dish sponge, but on the other hand it is easy to find when you want to adjust the settings.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, Im a happy and warmer camper, and its not a very fancy solution, so perhaps there is a lesson for me in all this. However, that wont stop me from coveting this thermostat, with a builtin web server, I just cant help myself. Maybe next time. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[An Addendum to Building Decision Trees in Python]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/addendum-building-decision-trees-python-a-2984.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>About a year ago I started a series of articles for OReilly on Artificial Intelligence topics with Python. The first of these articles was on decision trees and their uses in data mining and was rather well received. However, after getting off to a great start, my real life took over and my hobbies took a back seat and as a result this series stalled right out of the gate. Well, now that things have calmed down a bit Im hoping to tack a few more articles onto this series and to start off I thought I might go over an email I recently received concerning the decision trees article, discuss a problem that was found in my implementation, go over a solution to the problem, and just try to give you all a better overall view of how this powerful technique works and maybe even give a little insight into its limitations as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To first sum up the email, the question within dealt with what happens in a situation where the decision tree built by the algorithm encounters a record that contains a value never before seen for one of its attributes. The example that was given in the email is described below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>given the following training dataset</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>0, 0, LOW</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>0, 0, MEDIUM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>0, 0, MEDIUM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1, 0, MEDIUM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1, 0, MEDIUM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>classify the following record</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>0, 1, LOW</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The reason I wanted to share this question with everyone is that its a really good one for pointing out how a decision tree works and how the algorithm that builds one goes about its business. Look at the record we are tying to classify and see if you notice something about it that differs from the records in the training set. Do you see it Its in the second field of the record. Notice that, to date, there have only been zeroes in that field. Because of this, the decision tree has no idea how to classify the record, because it has no idea, from looking at the training set, that the value 1 could ever show up in the second attribute. This really brings to the surface two properties of decision trees that everyone should understand. First, its easy to see from this example that it is absolutely necessary to have a very large training set. Keep in mind that the decision tree algorithm uses probabilities to determine how well each attribute classifies data, and just like anything else in statistics, the larger the data set, the better the accuracy of the algorithm in determining these attributes. So, moral of the story, while small datasets are great for toy problems and examples, in the real world this technique is only trustworthy if there is a sufficiently large set of training data.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second concept I wanted to point out was the general idea behind decision trees. Decision trees are classifiers and thats it. The basic idea behind the algorithm is to take a look at a bunch of data and try to figure out which attributes of the data best classify each record in that data. That means if one attribute divides the data into two large groups and another divides the data into twenty small groups, the first is the better classifier since it does a better job of classifying large numbers of data points for each attribute value. So, what does this mean for our question Well, what that means, essentially, is that the decision tree is no crystal ball. It cant predict the classification of a record if it comes across one that has a value its never before seen and, therefore, has no idea of its existence. Makes since right If our algorithm has never seen the value, how can it even know of the values existence </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, where is all this talk leading us with respect to the question at hand Well, there is actually a very simple answer to our problem of classifying a record with previously unseen attribute valuestake a best guess. There are many different ways for doing this, some of which can be seen at the Missing Attributes section of this link http//decisiontrees.net/node/34PHPSESSIDb6335a10234cac9a895c31c6f139b8cc, however, the solution we are going to use is a very simple one. What we are going to do in our decision tree program is take a guess on the records classification based on the most frequently seen outcome from our training dataset in the case of our sample data above, the default outcome would of course be MEDIUM. How do we go about altering our code to make this guess Well that part is really easy. Take a look at line 150 of the dtree.py file. If you look at the original code from the article, you should see the following line</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>tree  best</SPAN></CODE></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This code creates a new node in the tree, which is a simple empty <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>dict</SPAN></CODE> object. This means that when we search the tree, if we have a record that has no classification, meaning that we reach an empty node in our tree, we will get an error when we try to pass a key to this empty <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>dict</SPAN></CODE> object. What we want our tree to do is return the default outcome whenever this situation is encountered. This can be easily accomplished by adding that default value to all of the empty nodes in our tree. Take a look at the following replacement code</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>tree  bestcollections.defaultdictlambda default</SPAN></CODE></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What does this code do exactly Well, essentially this code does exactly the same thing as before i.e., creates an empty <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>dict</SPAN></CODE> object as the next node in the tree, but it does so using the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>defaultdict</SPAN></CODE> method of the collections module. What does that do It allows us to specify a function that can be ran whenever a key is passed to the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>dict</SPAN></CODE> object that does not already exist. In our code we simply create a lambda function that always returns the default CHOICE i.e., most frequent outcome for our training dataset. This will ensure that whenever you try to classify a record that has no matching branch in the tree, you will get the trees best guess back as to how</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>it should be classified.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So thats it, simple, eh What weve done here is hopefully get a little better feel for how dtrees work and at the same time weve altered our original algorithm a bit to make it a bit more robust. Ive attached to this post a new version of the original dtree code from the article get it here Download file. In the tarball youll find the same files as in the original code, however, the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>dtree.py</SPAN></CODE> file will have the change we just discussed and the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>test.py</SPAN></CODE> file has also been altered to make a bit more usable. Now you can run the test and pass in a training dataset and a test dataset for classification, whereas it used to load these automatically and you needed to change the test.py file by hand if you wanted to run your own datasets. If you want to test out the new algorithm, just use the following line of code at the command prompt</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt> python test.py trainingdata testdata</SPAN></CODE></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>where trainingdata and testdata are the names of the datasets you wish to use with the algorithm. One more thing, I used the with statement in the new <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>test.py</SPAN></CODE> file, so if youre using a version of Python before 2.5, youll either have to alter the new test code or use the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>test.py</SPAN></CODE> file from the original code.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well, I think thats it for this session. Hopefully everyone got a little bit out of this post and everyone reading this now has a little better overall understanding of this very important data mining technique. If youre interested in learning some more artificial intelligence/machine learning techniques, keep your eyes peeled for a few more articles in the series and also keep an eye on this weblog, since I am planning on also posting some information here on these topics from time to time as well. I hope to see you all here again very soon.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[HOW TO Script Compatibility Layers in Windows XP]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/script-compatibility-layers-windows-a-2983.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows XP includes technology to dynamically apply compatibility fixes for programs that are not designed to run on Windows XP. The compatibility fixes are provided to assist an earlier version of a program in avoiding any issues that may arise because of the changes in this new operating system. These compatibility fixes may be used individually or in readytouse groups called compatibility layers. These layers have been defined for several commonly encountered configurations. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An example is a layer that provides the compatibility fixes necessary for a program that was written specifically for Microsoft Windows 95. This article describes how you can script compatibility layers in Windows XP.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Applying Compatibility Layers<op></op></SPAN></H3><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft has created a series of tools to make the use of the compatibility technologies accessible both through graphical user interface GUI tools and from the command prompt. Normally, the GUI tools are the preferred method of applying compatibility fixes or layers, but occasionally you may encounter cases where the layers must be applied through a script or batch file. This article explains how to apply a compatibility fix through a script or batch file.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following command syntax should be used when you apply compatibility layers in batch files or scripts </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>set COMPATLAYERlayername1 layername2 ...<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>NOTE</B> There is a space followed by two underscores  between set and COMPAT in this command syntax. The command does not work without both underscores.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Layername The short name of the compatibility layer being applied.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B></B>Layers should not be added to existing compatibility fixes in the database files.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>NOTE</B> Compatibility layer names must be separated by a space.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>set COMPATLAYERWin95 DisableThemes<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>set COMPATLAYERWin95 DisableThemes<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To disable the compatibility layer after it has been applied in this fashion, use the same command without specifying a compatibility layer.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><FONT size2>set COMPATLAYER<op></op></FONT></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each of the most common compatibility layers has a short version of its name that can be used with the set COMPATLAYER command in a script. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The list of available compatibility layers includes the following short name and its full name </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>DisableThemes  Disable Visual Themes</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>ProfilesSetup  Profile Setup Support</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>256Color  256 Color</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>640x480  640 x 480 Screen Resolution</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Win95  Windows 95</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Win98  Windows 98 / Windows Me</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Win2000  Windows 2000</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><UL styleMARGINTOP 0in typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>NT4SP5  Windows NT 4.0 SP 5</LI></UL><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you apply compatibility layers in this way, you also ensure that the compatibility layer is passed on recursively to any other process that might be spawned by the commands in the batch file. After you reach a point in the script or batch file where the compatibility layer is no longer needed, cancel the layer with the set COMPATLAYER command without specifying a compatibility layer. Any processes that were started while the compatibility layer was in effect will still run under the compatibility layer until they are terminated.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Troubleshooting</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As an example of how you might implement this command, consider the following scenario You have a batch file that performs several vital configuration tasks before starting a program. The program requires a series of compatibility fixes that are included in the Windows 95 compatibility layer. If the compatibility layer needs to be applied only to the Setup.exe program, and not to any processes that Setup.exe may spawn, the GUI tools are preferable. You then rightclick the .bat or .cmd file and apply the compatibility layer to the batch file.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following sample illustrates a portion of a batch file that might be used in this type of scenario </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Md CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyApp</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Copy Di386. CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyApp</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyAppSetup.exe </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the Setup.exe program requires the compatibility fixes provided by the Windows 95 compatibility layer, and they must be passed on recursively to any process spawned by Setup.exe, the GUI tools are not appropriate. You can resolve this issue by including the following command in the batch file before you call the program that requires the compatibility layer </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Md CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyApp</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Copy Di386. CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyApp</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>set COMPATLAYERWin95</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMyCompanyMyAppSetup.exe </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This effectively applies the Windows 95 compatibility layer to the Setup.exe program and recursively to any process spawned by Setup.exe.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This technique can be used in batch files, as shown in the previous example, and it can also be applied successfully in logon scripts. This provides network administrators with a solution to issues raised by any program that requires compatibility layers and that must be called through a batch file where the program may spawn other processes.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Microsoft should release Windows 98 SE as Open Source]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/microsoft-should-release-windows-open-source-a-2982.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I had an interesting situation the other day. My old 300MHz Celeron based IBM ThinkPad 240 notebook a great little 2.2 lbs. subnotebook spends most of its time just lying around. I have newer notebooks in the home and office. But, none of them are in the size/weight class of the old ThinkPad. So, I still carry it for personal trips just to offload digital photos on the hard disk. The problem was I split it into 2GB and 4GB partitions and the 2GB partition for Windows had gotten full. So, I reformated it as a single 6GB partition. I gave some thought to installing Ubuntu Linux or some other interesting Linux distro but the 240 cant boot from a USB CDROM drive. I could have carved a small DOS partition to load a distro into and then boot from a Linux boot floppy. But, that seemed like a waste of the already small hard drives space. Windows 2000 and Windows XP wont install from a simple DOS prompt following a floppy disk DOS boot. Windows 98 SE, however, can be installed from the DOS prompt. And, I had an old external CDRW drive that had MSDOS drivers that could be loaded from a floppy. So, I decided to install Windows 98SE since it had some nice advantages compared to Windows 98 1st edition. I installed Firefox 1.0pre and some other freeware and Open Source applications and the box is humming nicely again. The now ancient 300 MHz CPU with a <I>mere</I> 128MB RAM actually runs pretty responsively. Even my old 802.11b WiFi card runs fine on it since it has drivers for Windows 98 SE. And, my old Sony USB Spressa CDRW drive runs on it too though it doesnt have DOS drivers like the EXP drive I used to revive the 240.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I am aware of the ReactOS project. But, wouldnt it be nice to start with the relatively lightweight and stable Microsoft Windows 98 SE codebase to build a freely available Open Source OS that is compatible with lots and lots of drivers, applications, and utilities Microsoft has already released WiX Windows Installer XML, WTL Windows Template Library, and FlexWiki under an Open Source compliant license. They sunset support for Windows 98 SE. It is not part of their revenue stream anymore as far as I can tell. There are probably thousands of old but functional PCs that are too resource light to run Windows 2000, Windows XP, or even some current Linux distros. Why not Open Source Windows 98 SE to keep these old boxes productive with the thousands of old software and even new Open Source products that run on Windows 98 SE</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, I know this will never happen. But, wouldnt it be nice if it did</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Solving XP Application Compatibility Problems]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/solving-application-compatibility-problems-a-2981.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dungeon Master for the Amiga was the first computer game I ever played, and back in 1987 it was revolutionary with its 3D view and roleplaying story. I remember waiting with bated breath for the sequel, Chaos Strikes Back, and when it arrived on a Friday afternoon at the beginning of the Christmas holidays, it sealed my fate. My wife saw little of me, and it took me two weeks to finish the game. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those were the days, and although I dont play computer games anymore, I still use many legacy applications on my company network and know other businesses that do the same. Fortunately, Windows XP has builtin technology called <EM>compatibility layers</EM>; they help support the legacy programs you just cant do without. This article takes a brief look at this feature and examines other approaches you can follow to keep those old but still critical applications running in an XP environment. In fact, this morning I just stumbled across Dungeon Master &amp; Chaos Strikes Back Encyclopaedia, where you can download a PC version of Dungeon Master, and Ill have to see if I can get it working under XPif my wife will agree to let me.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Application Compatibility Issues and Solutions<op></op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why do old applications written for Windows 95 and later often have trouble running on newer platforms like Windows XP Often its because these applications were hardcoded to believe they could only be installed on specific operating system versions such as Windows 95 or 98. Sometimes its because FAT partitions are limited to 2GB, and when the legacy setup program polls an NTFS volume with 30GB of free space, an error is returned and the application cant install. Sometimes its because of hardcoded direct calls to hardware that were supported under MSDOS and 16bit Windows but prohibited by the hardware abstraction layer HAL of Windows NT and later. And other times its simply because of the hundreds of changes to the Windows API over the years, for despite the fact that the developers on the Windows team have bent over backwards trying to maintain downlevel compatibility, sometimes an API or feature had to be sacrificed and deprecated in order for the platform to improve.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>During beta testing of each version of Windows, many of these compatibility issues are identified, but so many thirdparty applications are available that its no wonder many reports of broken apps arise after each new release of Windows. Windows XP has a database called Apphelp.sdb in the SystemRootAppPatch folder that contains a list of known application compatibility issues. When you try to install an older backup program or disk utility that is incompatible with XP, youll get a dialog box warning you of a possible problem and saying To run the program, click Continue. For more information, click Details generated from the information in these databases. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In such a case, the best thing to do is to contact the vendor of the application to see if it has a newer version that complies with the Designed for Windows XP logo program. The best place to find such applications is the Windows Catalog on Microsofts web site, but if youre upgrading an older version of Windows to XP and want to check whether your installed apps will be OK, you can also try running the Upgrade Advisor. Insert your XP Professional CD into your machine and select Check System Compatibility when the splash screen comes up or run winnte32 /checkupgradeonly from a command prompt if youre doing a network install. Note that Upgrade Advisor is not included on the XP Home CD, but you can download it from Microsofts Windows XP Upgrade Advisor site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you must run a legacy application under Windows XP, however, you can take a series of escalating steps in an effort to make it work properly. First, you can rightclick on the program executable or shortcut, select Properties, and select the Compatibility tab see Figure 1. Select the Run this program in compatibility mode for check box and tweak the compatibility layers the Windows version, the display settings, the advanced text services until the program works properly. An alternative approach that does essentially the same thing is to use the Program Compatibility Wizard by selecting Start &gt; All Programs &gt; Accessories &gt; Program Compatibility Wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you need to run your legacy app on multiple XP machines, you can use the Windows Application Compatibility Toolkit instead. This toolkit gives you more granular control over the more than 200 incompatibilities between XP and previous versions of Windows and lets you apply fixes for each of these incompatibilities, test the result, and create an updated .sdb database file that you can deploy together with your application. The Application Compatibility Toolkit can be found on your XP Professional CD as SupportToolsAct20.exe, but a newer version with an easier interface can be found on Microsofts Windows Application Compatibility Toolkit 3.0 web site; you should use this version instead. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, if you need to run multiple legacy applications each within their own unique temporary compatibility layer, you can use the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>SET COMPATLAYER</SPAN></CODE> command in a batch file to do this.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[The Photoshop CS4 Companion for Photographers]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/photoshop-companion-photographers-a-2980.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many photographers, including the pros, feel overwhelmed by all the editing options Photoshop provides. <EM>The Photoshop CS4 Companion</EM> for Photographers not only shows you which tools youll need most often and how to use them, the book walks you though an enjoyable and efficient workflow that makes it easy to process your images using new userfriendly features that come with Photoshop CS4.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt>Derrick shows that Photoshop can be friendly as well as powerful. In part, he does that by focusing photographers on the essential steps of an efficient workflow. With this guide in hand, youll quickly learn how to leverage Photoshop CS4s features to organize and improve your pictures.  John Nack, Principal Product Manager, Adobe Photoshop &amp; Bridge</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt>Many photographers  even the pros  feel overwhelmed by all the editing options Photoshop provides. <EM>The Photoshop CS4 Companion for Photographers</EM> pares it down to only the tools youll need most often, and shows you how to use those tools as part of an efficient and enjoyable workflow. This book explains an easy method for processing your images using the new userfriendly features that come with Photoshop CS4, including Adobe Bridge, Photo Downloader, and Adobe Camera Raw.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt>A perfect fit for your laptop bag, this guide is designed to help you process photos in the field. Professional photographer and bestselling author Derrick Story teaches you how to quickly and efficiently organize and edit your photos without compromising the originals. With this book, you will </P><UL typedisc><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Import your images and apply metadata with Photo Downloader</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Rate your images and add keywords with Adobe Bridge</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Make basic and reversible edits with Adobe Camera Raw, such as cropping, color balance, and tonal adjustments</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Use advanced ACR tools for black &amp; white conversion, spot removal, batch processing, and more</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Refine your images with Photoshop using adjustment layers, masking, and smart objects</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; msomargintopalt auto; msomarginbottomalt auto; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in>Apply advanced Photoshop techniques for retouching portaits, swapping colors, correcting lens distortion, and much more</LI></UL><P>To use Photoshop effectively, photographers must know which tools they really need and which ones they dont. The Photoshop CS4 Companion for Photographers gives you the knowledge to create your own efficient path to greatlooking photos.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Solving XP Application Compatibility Problems]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/solving-application-compatibility-problems-a-2979.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dungeon Master for the Amiga was the first computer game I ever played, and back in 1987 it was revolutionary with its 3D view and roleplaying story. I remember waiting with bated breath for the sequel, Chaos Strikes Back, and when it arrived on a Friday afternoon at the beginning of the Christmas holidays, it sealed my fate. My wife saw little of me, and it took me two weeks to finish the game. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those were the days, and although I dont play computer games anymore, I still use many legacy applications on my company network and know other businesses that do the same. Fortunately, Windows XP has builtin technology called <EM>compatibility layers</EM>; they help support the legacy programs you just cant do without. This article takes a brief look at this feature and examines other approaches you can follow to keep those old but still critical applications running in an XP environment. In fact, this morning I just stumbled across Dungeon Master &amp; Chaos Strikes Back Encyclopaedia, where you can download a PC version of Dungeon Master, and Ill have to see if I can get it working under XPif my wife will agree to let me.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Application Compatibility Issues and Solutions<op></op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why do old applications written for Windows 95 and later often have trouble running on newer platforms like Windows XP Often its because these applications were hardcoded to believe they could only be installed on specific operating system versions such as Windows 95 or 98. Sometimes its because FAT partitions are limited to 2GB, and when the legacy setup program polls an NTFS volume with 30GB of free space, an error is returned and the application cant install. Sometimes its because of hardcoded direct calls to hardware that were supported under MSDOS and 16bit Windows but prohibited by the hardware abstraction layer HAL of Windows NT and later. And other times its simply because of the hundreds of changes to the Windows API over the years, for despite the fact that the developers on the Windows team have bent over backwards trying to maintain downlevel compatibility, sometimes an API or feature had to be sacrificed and deprecated in order for the platform to improve.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>During beta testing of each version of Windows, many of these compatibility issues are identified, but so many thirdparty applications are available that its no wonder many reports of broken apps arise after each new release of Windows. Windows XP has a database called Apphelp.sdb in the SystemRootAppPatch folder that contains a list of known application compatibility issues. When you try to install an older backup program or disk utility that is incompatible with XP, youll get a dialog box warning you of a possible problem and saying To run the program, click Continue. For more information, click Details generated from the information in these databases. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In such a case, the best thing to do is to contact the vendor of the application to see if it has a newer version that complies with the Designed for Windows XP logo program. The best place to find such applications is the Windows Catalog on Microsofts web site, but if youre upgrading an older version of Windows to XP and want to check whether your installed apps will be OK, you can also try running the Upgrade Advisor. Insert your XP Professional CD into your machine and select Check System Compatibility when the splash screen comes up or run winnte32 /checkupgradeonly from a command prompt if youre doing a network install. Note that Upgrade Advisor is not included on the XP Home CD, but you can download it from Microsofts Windows XP Upgrade Advisor site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you must run a legacy application under Windows XP, however, you can take a series of escalating steps in an effort to make it work properly. First, you can rightclick on the program executable or shortcut, select Properties, and select the Compatibility tab see Figure 1. Select the Run this program in compatibility mode for check box and tweak the compatibility layers the Windows version, the display settings, the advanced text services until the program works properly. An alternative approach that does essentially the same thing is to use the Program Compatibility Wizard by selecting Start &gt; All Programs &gt; Accessories &gt; Program Compatibility Wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you need to run your legacy app on multiple XP machines, you can use the Windows Application Compatibility Toolkit instead. This toolkit gives you more granular control over the more than 200 incompatibilities between XP and previous versions of Windows and lets you apply fixes for each of these incompatibilities, test the result, and create an updated .sdb database file that you can deploy together with your application. The Application Compatibility Toolkit can be found on your XP Professional CD as SupportToolsAct20.exe, but a newer version with an easier interface can be found on Microsofts Windows Application Compatibility Toolkit 3.0 web site; you should use this version instead. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, if you need to run multiple legacy applications each within their own unique temporary compatibility layer, you can use the <CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt>SET COMPATLAYER</SPAN></CODE> command in a batch file to do this.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Windows XP from a Mac Perspective]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/windows-from-perspective-a-2978.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I couldnt take it one day longer. Windows 98 was driving me out of my tree. It wouldnt boot, it wouldnt shut down, it wouldnt wake from sleep, and it wouldnt recognize new deviceseven the simplest task turned into a big deal. I dont mind going on record saying, I hate Windows 98. And having Mac OS X on my other computer just made me hate it more. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because Im in the Web publishing business, I use two computers. An IBM 600x ThinkPad and an Apple 667 TiBook. The TiBook has been my primary computer since I got it because I like Mac OS X with its Unix underpinnings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>But I like the luxury of having Windows available to see how scripts run, Web pages look, photographs render, and a host of other Webrelated things. Its part of my testing to make sure our pages and scripts look good on as many platformandbrowser combinations as possible. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Diehard Macintosh users might recommend that I just run Virtual PC on my Mac. I do in fact; thats how I currently test Windows 98 stuff. But its still a Mac monitor with Mac gamma, so things like photos are still more Mac than Windows, even in Virtual PC. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, right alongside my TiBook I run the ThinkPad. Problem was, I had begun to hate it. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Take My OS, Please<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One rainy morning, after my third attempt to start Windows 98, I decided enough was enough, I wanted to ditch my life disk repair and replace it with XP. My goal was to perform a total exorcism of my ThinkPadreformat the drive, install a clean version of the new OS, and add updated applications as necessary. Maybe even burn sage next to it during this process just to make sure the demons were banished. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I put in a request to our IT department for this upgrade. Response DENIED. Windows 98 is our standard. I thought to myself, thats like walking around with a rock in your shoe because its too much work to untie it and remove it. OK, how about this, what if I buy XP and load it myself Response DENIED. We dont support XP either. Oh and by the way, We dont support Mac OS X, either. Too late for that one buddy. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Im reading this email on my TiBook while basking in the beautiful glow of a blue screen emitting from the ThinkPad next to me. Alright, now Im getting upset. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Fortunately, my boss saved the day by smuggling in a brand new copy of XP Home Edition, and he said I could load it on my ThinkPad. Hooray Let the games begin. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Load Em Up, Cowboy<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because Im not exactly a Windows authority, I wanted the opinion of someone who was, so I could get his opinion while I made the transition from Windows 98 to XP. So I sought the help of a friend of mine, Brad Blanchard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Brads not a big XP fan, hes more of a Windows 2000 kind of guy. But he said he would help insinuating through his tone of voice that I was installing a wussy OS on my ThinkPad. So he got started using the standard installation booting from the XP CD. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We used the builtin partition manager to wipe the hard drive and to create a single partition FAT 32. The actual formatting was quick. Then we rebooted the computer and let the setup wizard do all the heavy lifting. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>XP is very user friendly in this aspect. Its totally automated with no real prompts except for language choice, name, and CD Key. The modem is configured right away, followed by a stack of hardware drivers and network components. It wraps up by registering the DLLs and handling a few of the minor details such as configuring the Start Menu. The process took 35 minutes. Anyone with a little computer smarts can do it at least a clean install. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing new users will enjoy is that XP reboots much faster than Windows 98. I was already feeling better. The OS has a nice get to know me interactive tutorial, and setting up the Internet configurations and user accounts was a snap. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All in all, it was a painfree installation. And whats most interesting, Brad said that the overall experience impressed him and elevated his opinion of XP. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Look and Feel of XP<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>XP is a whole new look for Microsoft. As one friend described it, Its almost childlike in its appearance, as if Microsoft were trying to give the feeling that its really easy to use. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Start menu is completely redesigned, but you do have the option of using the older look if you want. The new version of Control Panels, for example, sports a Category View that gives you options such as Appearance and Themes, Network and Internet Connections, and Printers and Other Hardware. I tried this new look for a few minutes, then quickly switched to the Classic View that actually shows all the Control Panels by name instead of me guessing which category theyre in. I think the categories thing is silly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Task Bar is also redesigned and much prettier than before. It basically behaves the way experienced users would expect, except it has enhanced functionality that applications such as AIM have tapped, which allow better organization of multiple active windows. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>My overall impression of XPs new look is that it is truly designed for the masses, not for power users. When compared to the Mac OS X GUI, XP does seem less sophisticated. Even though the Task Bar has some functional advantages over Mac OS Xs Dock, I feel less in control. But, the icons and saturated colors are attractive, and I like them more than anything else Ive seen on a Windows machine. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Networking with XP<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I was hoping desperately that XP would be easier to use in a networked world, and so far Im quite happy with it. The internal modem was properly configured from the getgonot exactly rocket science, but much appreciated. And when I inserted my WaveLAN 802.11 card into the PCMCIA slot, XP properly identified it, loaded the correct driver, and acknowledged my home AirPort network. Oh my word Within minutes I was browsing the Internet via AirPort with the WaveLAN card. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next day I took the ThinkPad to work and inserted the Ethernet card and tapped the corporate Internet connection with equal ease. Seems to me that XP has made great improvements in its ability to identify networks and access them. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I still prefer having the builtin AirPort card in my TiBook, and I love Mac OS Xs System Preferences control panel. But this isnt really about which OS I prefer moreits more about remaining sane when using my Windows machine, and XPs networking improvements have brightened my attitude considerably. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Identifying Hardware Devices<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of my major complaints with Windows 98 was how it handled new hardware, or, I should say, how it didnt handle new hardware. Weve all been there. You plug in a new USB device and all hell breaks loose. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Happily, XP is a giant step forward in this category. Ive attached a variety of USB devices, and many times XP had a driver willing and ready. If it didnt have one handy, and if I were connected to the Internet, the computer uses its .NET services to display a Web page with the required driver information and a link to the site for downloading. Smart and convenient. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Stability<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How do you spell relief Ive never crashed in Mac OS X, and in the ten days Ive been using XP, Ive only crashed once. But, oh man, when you do crash, be prepared to get some lunch while XP rights itself again. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Upon restart I had the dreaded info screen telling me it had to verify its files and folders. It found a bad cluster in <I>WINDOWSFONTSBODI.TIF</I> and replaced it. Then it had to verify the free space. The process took 20 minutes in all.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On a brighter note, XP sleeps and wakes much better than Windows 98. Ive had no problems waking from sleep as long as 36 hours. As good as that is, Mac OS X has it all over XP in this area. Theres still nothing sweeter than my TiBook book waking instantly as I open its lid. But, much to my delight, XP has definitely improved the Windows waking experience. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Dealing with Big Brother<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the reasons why XP wont be my main computer in the near future is because Im still not ready to deal with Microsofts handling of my personal information. In all fairness though, because of how Im using the XP computer so far, that situation hasnt been troublesome. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, Microsoft does require you to verify your unique copy of XP with them online. You have the option to register while doing so. I chose not to register thereby not providing any personal information, but to merely verify that my unique copy of XP is running on this one computer only. I believe if I wanted to install XP on a second computer, that it would not pass verification. If you dont initiate this process within a month, XP disables itself. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also, Ive ignored the messages to set up my Passport account. Im not prepared to comment on Passport one way or another right now, but I do know that Im not ready to participate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Im handling all of my email and other transactions on the Mac OS X TiBook. Quite honestly, Im just more comfortable having my stuff there. </P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Final Thoughts<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the way I use a Windows computer, XP is a huge step forward. Not only am I pleased with the improved networking and hardware identification that I mentioned earlier, but Ive noticed several other niceties. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, my ThinkPad battery now lasts twice as long as it did with Windows 98. In the past, when I was using the modem or the 802.11 card, the battery was barely lasting 30 minutes. Under XP Ive gone well over an hour under those same conditions, and it still has juice to spare. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also, the sound management is much better. The quality of the sound output is cleaner, and its much louder than before. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IE 6 is fun to look at, but it still doesnt have the Scrapbook feature, which I just love in IE 5.1 for the Mac. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And despite what you may have heard, you dont have to upgrade every previous Windows application to run it on XP. I recommend that you check with the software manufacturer to see how a particular program performs on XP, and decide from there. For example, one of my favorite Windows applications, Uleads PhotoImpact 6, runs just fine on XP. Other applications, however, may not fare so well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I said up front, this is not Mac versus Windows review. But if youre suffering with Windows 98 to accomplish part of your work, I recommend you stop the pain. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Check out your computer to see if it can run XP, look at your existing applications to determine how many will run as is, and seriously consider upgrading. In my computing life, XP has dramatically improved my attitude for Windowscentric activities. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Outlook 2007 through Group Policies Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-outlook-2007-through-group-policies-part-a-2977.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article series we are going to use Group Policies to help exchange administrators to manage some Outlook 2007 features. There are a lot of questions about Outlook 2007 configuration in Microsoft Technet forums, and most of those questions can be addressed through Group Policy. I can not remember all of them, but here are some topics that we will cover in this article that may be useful in your environment outlook automatic configuration, outlook attachments, PST, calendar and how to allow/deny configuration of POP3/IMAP4 accounts.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Deploying Office 2007 System Administrative Template files...<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First things first, let us download the Office 2007 System Administrative Template files from Microsoft Download Center. Double click on the downloaded file and a license agreement page will be displayed, read the agreement and if you are okay with that, click on <B>Accept the terms</B> and click on <B>Continue.</B> The process will create three folders and an xls file in the folder specified during the extract process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The file Office2007GroupPolicyAndOCTSettings.xls has three worksheets, the first one basicly says which are the files responsible for each Office program, in our case we are going to use Outlook12. files. The second worksheet has all ADM settings that can be configured in this template file and the last worksheet has all configurations that can be used by Office Customization Tool. In our article we are going to use just the second worksheet of that file where we can find in detail all registry keys, possible values, explanation, default settings and possible settings that we can use for each item.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we know how to use the excel file which comes with the Office 2007 Administrative templates, we can move forward and add those template files in our current environment. A good practice when playing with group policies is to create a test Organization Unit and move some test users and/or computers to that test OU,&nbsp;create a Group Policy and link to that test OU, and then validate the results on the objects. Finally, document the entire process and create a strategy to roll back the situation if required and then you will be good to use the new Outlook Policies in a production environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The procedures to add the templates may vary depending on your environment. We extracted two different formats ADM or ADMX where ADM files are used by Windows Server 2003 and previous versions and ADMX is the new format adopted by Windows Server 2008 and future versions. In the next section we are going over the process to add this template pack on both scenarios.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Windows Server 2008<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 operating systems, the ADM files are replaced by ADMX files, which use an XMLbased file format to display registrybased policy settings. The new format is not stored in each GPO, and we can use a central store location for the templates and these store locations will be replicated among all Domain Controllers of the domain.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have not set up the central store location we can start from this point, following these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Log on as administrator on a domain controller</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Start, Run and type in &lt;DomainControllerName&gt; and click on OK</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Double click on SYSVOL</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Double click on &lt;Your Domain FQDN&gt;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Policies</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on File, New and Folder</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Type in PolicyDefinitions Figure 2</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the new PolicyDefinitions folder</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Create a folder for each language supported by your organization using the format EnUS.</P><P classlistparagraphcxsplast styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classlistparagraphcxsplast styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P classlistparagraphcxsplast styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classlistparagraphcxsplast styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following document can help you to validate your correct locate identifier. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, we already have a Central Location configured. Let us populate our central location using the Outlook 2007 templates that we extracted at the beginning of this article. Basically we need to move the admx extensions to the root of PolicyDefinitions folder and adml extensions to the folder with your language locale.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because we are using Windows Server 2008, let us click on Start, All Programs, Administrative Tools and click on Group Policy Management Editor. Select the OU created for this test and rightclick on it and click <B>New GPO</B>, and fill out the new GPO Name and click on <B>OK.</B> Right click on the GPO that was just created and click on <B>Edit</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Expand <B>User Configuration</B>, expand <B>Policies</B>, and expand <B>Administrative Templates Policy definitions ADMX files retrieved from the central store</B>, expand Microsoft Office Outlook 2007, and we will see all components that can be configured through this policy.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Windows Server 2003<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process to add a template on a Windows 2003 Group Policy is pretty straight forward. We can edit a Group Policy directly from object properties and then <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Group Policy</SPAN> tab or using Group Policy Management Console that can be downloaded from Microsoft downloads.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Both methods are valid, as soon as we have the Group Policy opened, let us expand <B>User Configuration</B>, rightclick on <B>Administrative Templates</B>, click <B>Add/Remove Templates</B>, in the new window click on <B>Add..</B>, and locate the file outlk12.adm from the extracted files of the Office 2007 Administrative Template package.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The result will be all Group Policies related to Outlook 2007 will be listed and we can start playing with them. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this first article we saw how to add Outlook 2007 templates on both operating system Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 using ADM or ADMX formats. In the next article we are going to play with existent Templates to block PST, attachment filtering, and how to block users to add POP3/IMAP4 account profiles in Outlook.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Exchange certificates Part 3]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-exchange-certificates-part-a-2976.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Certificates can be used to encrypt the communication flow between two endpoints, which can be both clients and servers. Certificates can also be used by these endpoints to authenticate themselves against each other. There are several components in Exchange 2007 that rely on certificates for encryption, authentication or both. In the first part of this article I provided you with an overview of the different Exchange components that use certificates and for what purpose. I also went into detail covering the features of the bydefault generated selfsigned certificate. In the second part of the article I covered the requirements of a certificate you need to keep in mind when getting your certificates.&nbsp;And to end, in part 3 of this article I would like to give you a close look at the different Exchange Management Shell cmdlets that are available to create, manage, and remove Exchange certificates. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange Cmdlets for managing certificates<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Management Shell offers you a set of cmdlets you can use to manage certificates in your Exchange environment</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>EnableExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ExportExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>GetExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ImportExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NewExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>RemoveExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>NewExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Management Shell cmdlet NewExchangeCertificate can be used to create a new selfsigned certificate or can be used to create a new certificate request, which can be forwarded to your Certification Authority and afterwards imported and enabled for SMTP Transport Layer Security TLS and/or IIS, POP, IMAP, and UM socalled Secure Sockets Layer SSL services.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The key parameter that will cause the cmdlet NewExchangeCertificate to generate a new selfsigned certificate or to generate a request, is called GenerateRequest. If you omit this parameter, a new selfsigned certificate will be created by Exchange, as can be seen in Figure 1. If you add this parameter, Exchange will create a certificate request for a PKI certificate PKCS 10 in the local request store.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When creating a certificate request, the following list of parameters can be added</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>SubjectName  entered as a X.500 distinguished name, which contains the most important property of a certificate, the common name. The subject name is the field that is used by DNSaware services, and will actually reassure the DNSaware service that the certificate has indeed been issued for the requested server or domain name;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>DomainName  used to add any additional Subject Alternative Names to the certificate. You can add multiple domain names separated by a comma, but every domain name itself is limited to 255 characters each;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>IncludeAcceptedDomains  will add all accepted domains configured in the Exchange organization as subject alternative name when names are defined both using the DomainName parameter, and using this switch parameter IncludeAcceptedDomains, they will only appears once in the certificate request</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>IncludeAutoDiscover  will add for every domain name the subject alternative name autodiscover.domainname. Two side notes here</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level2 lfo2; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>When names are defined both using the DomainName parameter, and using this switch parameter IncludeAutodiscover, they will only appears once in the certificate request</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level2 lfo2; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>This parameter can only be added when running the cmdlet on an Exchange Client Access server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Keysize  can be used if you want to specify a different size of the RSA public key associated with the certificate you are creating. If omitted, a default value of 2048 bits will be taken, but you can add the parameter and set the value to 1024 bits, 2048 bits, or 4096 bits;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Path  where you want the certificate request to be stored. You need to specify both the path and a filename file type .req;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PrivateKeyExportable  can be used to generate a certificate and/or request with an exportable private key. If omitted, the private key will not be exportable. By adding this parameter and setting its value to True, you will be able to export the certificate and import it on another Exchange server and/or ISA box;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>BinaryEncoded  can be used to change the by default via Base64 encoded export file to a DERencoded file;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Services  can only be used when generating a new selfsigned certificate to define which services IIS,SMTP,POP,IMAP,UM will use the new selfsigned certificate. Default value for this parameter is set to SMTP as can be seen in Figure 1, by setting its value to None you can generate a new selfsigned certificate without enabling it for any service;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>FriendlyName  can be used to give your certificate another name than the default Microsoft Exchange, it is limited to 64 characters.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classlistparagraph styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Given our Exchange organization, we need to create two certificate requests. As can be seen in Figure 2, both certificate requests will be generated on our Exchange HUB/CAS/MBX server, called Ex2007EE. One certificate request, called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>securesmtp.req</SPAN> will be used for SMTP, and the other one, called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>secureclient.req</SPAN> will be used for IIS, and UM. To make sure both certificates can be exported and shared, the private key will be set to be exportable. </P><P classlistparagraph styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These two certificate requests can now be delivered to the certification authority of choice, and after receiving the certificates, they can then be imported and enabled for the required services.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enabling EdgeSync, check the following TechNet article<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When enabling EdgeSync you need to keep the following TechNet article in mind, entitled EdgeSync Fails with Event ID 10104, which clearly states that the Hub and Edge Transport servers do not support the use of the same certificate</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ImportExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The ImportExchangeCertificate cmdlet allows you to import a certificate, which can be useful when</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>you want to import a previously exported certificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>you want to import a certificate file generated by a certification authority</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two important parameters which you should remember when running the cmdlet ImportExchangeCertificate</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Password </B> to enter the password that was used to encrypt the private key when exporting the certificate</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Path</B>  to specify the location where you stored the certificate file received from a CA</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the certificate has been imported, you need to enable it for a service, by running the cmdlet EnableExchangeCertificate.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>EnableExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By running the cmdlet, EnableExchangeCertificate, you will enable a certificate for one or more services by updating the metadata stored with the certificate.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Every service has different metadata requirements, and will have different properties updated</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>POP3IMAP4</B> msExchPopImapX509CertificateName property will be updated;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>IIS</B> Default Web Site will be updated;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SMTP</B> the Network Service account will be granted Read access to the appropriate private file key in the directory <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Documents and SettingsAll UsersApplication DataMicrosoftCryptoRSAMachineKeys;</SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>UM</B> certificate property will be updated to include Unified Messaging.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After receiving our two requested certificates that they are imported, and in the same line, enabled for their required services.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>GetExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get a list of all certificates that are available in your local certificate store, you can run the cmdlet GetExchangeCertificate. You can use this cmdlet to review the certificate fields that are used by the Exchange services like</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Issuer who issued the certificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Subject Common Name of the certificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>CertificateDomains Subject Alternative Names defined on the certificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NotBefore defines the date and time from when the certificate can be used</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NotAfter defines the date and time when the certificate expires</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>IsSelfSigned to see if the certificate is a selfsigned certificate or not</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>RootCAType defines the kind of CA that issued the certificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Services for which services the certificate is enabled for</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Status defines if the certificate is valid or not</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Thumbprint a digest of the certificate data</P><P classlistparagraph styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ExportExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to export a certificate whether for backup purposes, or for using it on multiple servers, you can use the cmdlet ExportExchangeCertificate. Running the cmdlet will export an exchange certificate and its private key by default. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is also possible to use this cmdlet as well to export a certificate request. When running the cmdlet, Exchange will investigate the certificate to export by using its thumbprint, and if it is a certificate request export it as a PKCS 10 file. If it is a certificate, the certificate will be exported to a PKCS 12 file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two parameters to be kept in mind when running the cmdlet ExportExchangeCertificate</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Path to define a target location and file name to store the exported file, remember to enter a .req file extension for exporting a certificate request, and .pfx or .p12 for exporting a certificate;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Password to protect the private key, has to be entered as a secure string different methods can be used to set the password, as can be seen in Figure 6 and 7.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In our Exchange organization, I need to export both certificates to make sure they can be used multiple times. First I will export the one used for providing TLS, and import it on the Edge server role and enable it for SMTP, as shown in Figure 6. Then I will export the one used for IIS, POP, and IMAP, and import it on my Unified Messaging Server role, to enable it for UM, as shown in Figure 7 and 8, and I will import it and configure ISA to use it for publishing Outlook Web Access, and Outlook Anywhere.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>RemoveExchangeCertificate<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once you have enabled the required certificates for every service, you can choose to remove any unneeded certificate from Exchange server and the local certificate store by running the cmdlet RemoveExchangeCertificate. If the certificate that you are removing is stored in Active Directory directory service, this instance will be removed as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Validate your Certificate configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After getting the required certificates, and configuring your Exchange services to use them, it is time to test if everything is working as planned.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And the desired Domain Security feature with organization Sunshine.Edu, is configured as planned.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of this 3part article on certificates and Exchange, you have seen which Exchange 2007 components use certificates, and what characteristics the selfsigned certificate has in stall. In this second part of the article I have shown you how you can trust the selfsigned certificate and which names your Exchange certificate needs to have before you can successfully use it. In part 3 of this article I have given you a close look at the different Exchange Management Shell cmdlets that are available to create, manage, and remove Exchange certificates.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Exchange Server 2007 log files Part 3]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-exchange-server-2007-files-part-a-2975.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Message Records Management<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another component that allows for logging is the Message Records Management tool. By default, there is no information being logged during the Managed Folder Assistant process, however, we can enable it using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SetMailboxServer</SPAN> cmdlet. The parameters that can be used to configure the Managed Folder components are found in Table 1 as follows</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Parameter</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Possible value</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Description</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>RetentionLogForManagedFolderEnabled</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>True of False</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Messages that reached their retention limit will be logged in the log files.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>JournalingLogForManagedFolderEnabled</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>True of False</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All journaled messages by Managed Folders will be logged.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>FolderLogForManagedFoldersEnabled</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>True of False</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Messages that are moved for Managed Folders will be logged.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SubjectLogForManagedFolderEnabled</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>True of False</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All subjects of the messages processed by Managed Folders will be logged in the log files otherwise it will be blank.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>LogPathForManagedFolders</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>String</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Where the Managed Folder assistant will use to create the log files. The default path is CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange Server LoggingManaged Folder Assistant</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 203.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width271><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>LogDirectorySizeLimitForManagedFolders </B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 45.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width61><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 98.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width131><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Maximum size limit to be kept in Exchange Server without removing the oldest log information.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 1</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can force the Managed Folder Assistant to run in a single user or mailbox database using <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StartManagedFolderAssistant</SPAN> cmdlet. This can be done as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Processing all mailbox from a server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>StartManagedFolderAssistant Identity ExchangeServerName</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Processing a specific mailbox</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>StartManagedFolderAssistant Mailbox MailboxName</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After defining what information will be logged, we can check the log file containing the Storage Group, Mailbox Store name which also contains information about each mailbox processed.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Send and Receive Connectors, Connectivity and Message Tracking<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can configure the Receive Connectors logging level at Hub Transport server level. To do so, open <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, expand <B>Server Configuration</B>, and click on <B>Hub Transport</B> item. Then, select the chosen Hub Transport server name on the right and at the bottom double click on the chosen Receive Connector. We have the Protocol logging level option that can be configured as <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>None</SPAN> or <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Verbose</SPAN>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The same can be done with Send Connectors; open <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, expand <B>Organization Configuration</B>, click on <B>Send Connectors</B> tab, and double click on the chosen send connector. In this way we can configure <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>None</SPAN> or <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Verbose</SPAN> mode as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Besides the Send and Receive Connectors that will be useful in troubleshooting how Exchange connectors are being used, we also have Message Tracking and Connectivity logging components that allow log generation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using Message tracking, the administrator has the ability to track all message activities in a Hub Transport, Edge or Mailbox server. This information can be used to troubleshoot mail flow, reporting, mail usage and so on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second component is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Connectivity Logging</SPAN> where we can use it to get connectivity information from Hub and Edge Transport servers with destination mailbox servers, relay servers or domains.&nbsp;The logged information on this component has detailed information about connection failures and it may be useful to troubleshoot mail flow issues. By default, this configuration is disabled and should be enabled only during troubleshooting process, all information logged is to keep track of the mail queues from the source to the destination. Here, we do not have information about specific messages/users in the log files generated by this component.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Message Tracking and Connectivity logs are configured in the same place through Exchange Management Console; in the same location we can also define the file system location for the Receive and Send Connector log files. In order to configure all these options from a single point, we should open the <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, expand <B>Server Configuration</B>, click on the server role which may be Hub, Mailbox or an Edge Server, and right click on the chosen server and <B>Properties. </B>Finally, click on <B>Log Settings</B> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This page will be shown only if you have Exchange Server 2007 SP1 installed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The message tracking logs can be viewed by either the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Message Tracking</SPAN> tool <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetMessageTrackingLog cmdlet</SPAN> or directly from the log files using any text editor or the Log Parser, which we used before with IIS log files.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Agent Log configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some antispam agents record their activity in a log file, enabled by default. To manage this feature we can open <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EdgeTransport.exe.config</SPAN> file which is located in the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Bin </SPAN>directory under Exchange Server installation folder, and we can assign a value of true enabled or false disabled to the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>AgentLogEnabled</SPAN> parameter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All recorded information can be located under TransportRolesLogsAgentLog folder under the Exchange Server installation folder. There is also a <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetAgentLog</SPAN> cmdlet that retrieves information from those files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a message fails to be received by an Exchange Server organization in MS Forums and no information is available in the Message Tracking tool is usually an issue related to Antispam agent action, using the log file shown in this section.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Routing table logs<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another log component that can be configured by an Administrator is the Routing Table. A snapshot of the routing table that is being used by Exchange is automatically generated and we can control this log file generation. The routing table configuration is applied on Hub and Edge Servers and it is per server. The following cmdlet allows us to change some parameters related to Routing table logs <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SetTransportServer &lt;ServerName&gt;</SPAN> and the following parameters</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>RoutingTableLogMaxDirectorySize How big the directory with routing table log files can be</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>RoutingTableLogMaxAge How many days a log file can be kept in Exchange Server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The log file information can be seen graphically through the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Routing Log Viewer</SPAN> item that is located on Toolbox item in Exchange Management Console, as shown in figure 6. Using this tool we can visualize, by a few clicks, all the current structures in use to send messages from the current Exchange Server organization. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this final article we validated how to manage logging information on Exchange Connectors, Message Tracking, Antispam agents and also Message Records Management feature. Keep in mind that we saw just an overview of the log configuration in Exchange Server. There are other places where we can enable more log information in Exchange Server, such as Pipeline tracing for transport agents, certificate logging between hub transport servers and so on.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Outlook 2007 through Group Policies Part 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-outlook-2007-through-group-policies-part-a-2974.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the last article we saw the process involved in downloading and adding templates on both operating System Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008 to add Outlook 2007 extensions to a Group Policy. In this article we are going to play with some features that are usually required for most of the administrators such as PST management, management attachment security and etc</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>PST files<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PST can be a nightmare for some Exchange Administrators, and they may become difficult to manage and to create a protection strategy in a medium/large organization. PSTs can be fully managed through Group Policies and through this section we will learn how to eradicate PST usage from a network or at least change some default settings.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are some archive products that play with PST files where the archive solution can search the network and move PST files to the archive repository. In this kind of scenario, the usage of PST can be banned from the network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All PST settings can be found on the following path in the Group Policy User Configuration / Administrative Templates / Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 / Miscellaneous / PST Settings.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, PSTs can be added to an Outlook profile. In order to prevent new PSTs to be added, we can enable the setting <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Prevent users from adding PSTs to Outlook profiles and/or prevent users using SharingExclusive PSTs,</SPAN> and then click on <B>Enabled</B> and select <B>No PSTs can be added</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The result will be that an enduser will not be able to pick up any option if it tries to add a PST.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have blocked endusers from adding PST files, we can also configure the current PSTs to be just a read only file which the enduser would not be able to create or delete content from. The setting that controls this behavior is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Prevent users from adding new content to existent PST files.</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using the previous setting the result will be an error message when a user tries to add any new content to an existent PST.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, let us say that we have an internal policy where PSTs are allowed locally and we want to keep all of them in a standard path to facilitate the process to protect them changing the default location for PST and also OST files. To configure this setting, double click on <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Default location for PST and OST files<B> </B></SPAN>and type in the new path environment variables can be used.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The new path will be used by all PST or OST created after the policy has been applied.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Besides of the configuration that we have just seen, we can also change other settings related to PST, such as PST maximum size, file format and etc.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Managing Attachments<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook 2007 handles attachments using security level. Outlook uses 3 three different groups Level 1 unsafe attachments, Level 2 they must be saved on the disk before opened and others attachments where the enduser is able to open an attachment directly from Outlook.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can use Group Policies to add and remove extensions from level 1 and level 2 groups. Just to keep us on the same page, these are the default extensions included in the Level 1 of Outlook 2007 .ade, .adp, .app, .asp, .bas, .bat, .cer, .chm, .cmd, .com, .cpl, .crt, .csh, .der,, .exe, .fxp, .gadget, .hlp, .hta, .inf, .ins, .isp, .its, .js, .jse, .ksh, .lnk, .mad, .maf, .mag, .mam, .maq, .mar, .mas, .mat, .mau, .mav, .maw, .mda, .mdb, .mde, .mdt, .mdw, .mdz, .msc, .msh, .msh1, .msh2, .mshxml, .msh1xml, .msh2xml, .msi, .msp, .mst, .ops, .pcd, .pif, .plg, .prf, .prg, .pst, .reg, .scf , .scr, .sct, .shb, .shs, .ps1, .ps1xml, .ps2, .ps2xml, .psc1, .psc2, .tmp , .url, .vb, .vbe, .vbs, .vsmacros, .vsw, .ws, .wsc, .wsf, .wsh, .xnk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you do not get the picture about attachments yet, we can look at Figure 6 where the attachment with .xxx extension has a Level 1 assigned to it. If you look at that figure you will see that there is no way&nbsp;for the user to play with that file and Outlook displays <B>Outlook block access to the following potentially unsafe attachments &lt;attachment name&gt;</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, if we have the same .XXX extension is configured as Level 2, the end user will be able to see the file on the message Figure 7, but, the message in Figure 8 will be displayed which will force the end user to save the file on the disk and does not allow it to run directly from Outlook 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to manage the file extensions for Level 1 and Level 2 we need to change the <B>Outlook Security Mode</B> setting. Expand <B>Security</B>, and click on <B>Security Forms Settings. </B>Lets select <B>Enabled</B> and select <B>Use Outlook Security Group Policy</B>, and click on <B>OK</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we defined the Outlook Security Mode in the previous step, we can expand the <B>Attachment Security</B> and on this location we can either Add, Remove or Disable Level 1 and Level 2 as well. In Figure 10 we are adding the extension XXX to the level 1, as soon as the client receives the Group Policy definitions and Outlook is restarted the extension XXX will be considerate level 1 which does not allow an enduser to play with the file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can also add/remove Level 1 and Level 2 extension, allow Level 1 to be displayed in Outlook and so on.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Blocking account types<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook 2007 supports a variety of account types to be configured through Outlook profile creation process. Using group policies we can control which protocols will be available to the end user during the profile creation. We can prevent these following protocols to be configured &nbsp;HTTP, Exchange, POP3, IMAP4 and any other type. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To block specific protocols, the option <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Prevent users from adding email account types</SPAN> has to be configured for that. Click on <B>Enable</B> and tick all services that you want to prevent to the final users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The result of the previous configurations is that the service configured in the Group Policy will not show up during the profile creation.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we went over the process of configuring some Outlook 2007 settings using Group Policy. You can use this article series as a base to create your own policies based on your company requirements.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Outlook 2007 through Group Policies Part 3]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-outlook-2007-through-group-policies-part-a-2973.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Automatic Profile Configuration<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 with Outlook 2007 drastically increases the user experience when creating a profile through the Autodiscover feature. When a company has the proper certificates and webservices in place, a new user just needs to click on the Outlook 2007 icon and her/his data Name and email will be filled out automatically. All the user needs to do is click on <B>Next</B> and <B>Finish</B> to start using Outlook. What if we can improve the user experience a little bit more If instead of clicking on the Outlook icon, Next and Finish we can change the process to just a click on Outlook and start using it right way, it would be cool, right So, when using Group Policies these steps should be followed</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Microsoft Office Outlook 2007</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Tools  Account Settings</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Exchange</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Double click on Automatically configure profile based on Active Directory Primary SMTP Address item</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The possible values are Not Configured, Enabled and Disabled. Lets click on Enabled as shown in Figure 3</P><P classlistparagraph styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, in a workstation where the user has received the Group Policy, we can log on as a new user and make sure that the user has a mailbox enabled on Exchange Server. Then, double click on the Outlook 2007 icon, and thats basically it. The user will now be able to access his/her mailbox without any special requirement.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Outlook validates if the Windows Desktop Search 3.0 or later is installed. If it is not prompted, it will be automatically displayed. If your organization does not intend to install it at this point or at least you want to&nbsp;avoid giving the enduser this decision during the first running of Outlook we can use Group Policies. The following steps can be done to avoid that initial prompt</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Microsoft Office Outlook 2007</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Tools  Options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Preferences</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Search Options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>DoubleClick on Prevent installation prompts when Windows Desktop Search component is not present item and click on Enabled</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Outlook Auto Archive settings<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After having installed Outlook for the first time, the enduser will receive an automatic message about AutoArchive. The AutoArchive settings are configured, by default, to run every 14 days and to inform the user when it runs. To configure the default AutoArchive settings, click on <B>Tools</B>, <B>Options</B>, <B>Other</B> tab, and click on the <B>AutoArchive </B>button. Figure 04 shows what will appear next. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The enduser is able to right click on any folder, click on Properties and a tab called AutoArchive will be displayed. A different Autoarchive configuration can then be done at folder level.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to manage those aspects related to the previous AutoArchive settings such as <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Archive or delete old items</SPAN> settings <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Show archive folder in folder list</SPAN> setting and so forth we can use the <B>AutoArchive Settings</B> item, which can be found in the following Group Policy path Expand <B>Tools / Options</B>, expand <B>Other </B>item, click on <B>AutoArchive</B> and double click on the <B>AutoArchive Settings</B> item.&nbsp; We can use the same spot to disable AutoArchive by clicking on <B>Disable</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are using another Archiving solution, you should disable AutoArchive to avoid any conflicts and missing information&nbsp;which could affect your current solution. To disable the enduser from using AutoArchive manually, we can double click on <B>Disable FileArchive</B> and the users will not be able to archive items from the File menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If we disable the AutoArchive feature, the option will disappear from <B>Other</B> tab that can be found on Outlook options.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Managing users abilities to manage permissions on Outlook folders...<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default in Outlook 2007, any user can rightclick on any folder of its Mailbox and define permissions for users on the Global Address List. We can however change this default behavior using Group Policies, the option can be found by following this next path </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Microsoft Office Outlook 2007</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Tools  Account Settings</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Exchange</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Double click on Do not allow users to change permissions on folders item</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The possible options are Not Configured, Enabled or Disabled.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Enabled which will disable the enduser to change permissions</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After applying group policy on the client computer, the enduser can click on the Properties of any folder and go on the <B>Permissions</B> tab. Here, they will receive an error message and the Permissions tab will appear like before but without a chance to change any value.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This group policy does not change the current permissions.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Outlook balloons and Desktop Alert configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is not common, but, I have seen some companies that want to define some default behavior for Outlook balloons and also the Desktop Alert configuration. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook balloons will indicate certain messages to the enduser when a connection is lost with the Exchange Server or if the client is having RPC delays when communicating with the exchange server. This may indicate connection issues. Some companies have remote offices and poor bandwidth between those locations and Exchange Servers. These kind of balloons may create some unnecessary help desk calls from remote users. By using group policy we can manage the balloons to increase the time when that information will be displayed. The following are the two options that we have to manage in order to set up an Outlook balloon for a client</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Time before notifying of pending RPC via balloon</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Time before notifying of pending RPC via notifications tray icon</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The path for this configuration is <B>Microsoft Outlook 2007</B> followed by the <B>Outlook System Tray Icon</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Changes should be well documented and also remembered when you are troubleshooting an Outlook performance issue in machines that are affected by this Group Policy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second component of this section is the desktop Alert, which is the component that shows up every time a new message arrives on a users mailbox.&nbsp; We can manage many aspects of the desktop alert, such as the duration of Desktop Alert in several scenarios before fade, on mouse over, fade out, opacity if we want it enabled or disabled. In order to change these settings, the following steps can be used. In this example we are going to disable the Desktop Alert in the current group policy, as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Microsoft Office Outlook 2007</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Tools  Options </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Preferences</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Email Options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Advanced Email options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Desktop Alert</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Double click on Do not display New Mail alert for users and tick the Disable radio button</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using the previous setting, any new message which arrives in the user mailbox affected by the Group Policy will not be displayed through Desktop Alert feature.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this final article of our series about Group Policy and Outlook 2007 we have seen how to configure automatic profile configuration for Outlook, Auto Archive settings, how to disable permissions on Outlook and Desktop Alert settings.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[ServerWide and PerUser Segmentation]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/serverwide-peruser-segmentation-a-2972.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classfaqq styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using the Exchange Management Shell cmdlet SetCASMailbox. An introduction to both forms of Client Access segmentation, and what you should keep in mind when using them.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When accessing your mailbox, homed on a Microsoft Exchange 2007 Mailbox server, using Outlook Web Access 2007, you have a myriad of options to customize the functionalities of your mailbox. For one you can change the theme, or you can use Outlook Web Access to change your password, set your OutofOffice, or change the pin code required to access your mailbox using the Unified Messaging server role. As an administrator you have the ability to configure segmentation, which will allow you to enable and disable certain features both serverwide as for one or more users. Client Access segmentation can be configured serverwide using the Exchange Management Console or using the Exchange Management Shell, and for specific mailboxes only by using the Exchange Management Shell cmdlet SetCASMailbox. In this article I would like to introduce you to both forms of segmentation and what you should keep in mind when using them.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ServerWide Segmentation OWA<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After installing the Client Access server role in your Exchange organization, you can use the Exchange Management Console to configure serverwide segmentation. To do so, you need to open the Exchange Management Console, go to Server configuration, Client Access server role, rightclick OWA and go to the property page called segmentation, where you are able to enable/disable the following features serverwide.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange ActiveSync Integration</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>All Address Lists</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Calendar</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Contacts</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Journal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Junk EMail Filtering</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Reminders and Notifications</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Notes</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Premium Client</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Search Folders</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Email Signature</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Spelling Checker</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Tasks</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Theme Selection</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unified Messaging Integration</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Change Password</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Rules</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Public Folders</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>S/MIME</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Recover Deleted Items</P><P classlistparagraph styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ServerWide Segmentation IMAP4<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ever since SP1, you can configure next to Connection Settings, also Retrieval Settings in reference to the IMAP4 protocol using the Exchange Management Console, Server Configuration, Client Access, POP3 and IMAP4, and select the properties for IMAP4.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ServerWide Segmentation POP3<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As with IMAP4, ever since SP1, you can configure next to Connection Settings, also Retrieval Settings in reference to the POP3 protocol using the Exchange Management Console, Server Configuration, Client Access, POP3 and IMAP4, and select the properties for POP3.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>PerUser Segmentation  SetCASMailbox<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By using the Exchange Management Shell cmdlet SetCASMailbox, you are able to enable and disable more than just Outlook Web Access related features for one or more&nbsp;mailboxes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SetCASMailbox allows you to change attributes for any of the following client access protocols offered by Exchange to clients to gain access to their mailboxes</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync EAS</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access OWA</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Post Office Protocol version 3 POP3</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Message Access Protocol&nbsp; version 4rev1 IMAP4</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Messaging Application Programming Interface MAPI</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is possible to disable a Client Access protocol for a mailboxenabled user by using the Exchange Management Console,&nbsp; Recipient Configuration, Mailbox,&nbsp;selecting the properties of the mailbox of choice, and move to the property page entitled Mailbox Features.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, by using the Exchange Management Shell cmdlet youre able to enable/disable more granularly a set of features as listed in Table 1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>EAS</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ActiveSyncAllowedDeviceIDs</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ActiveSyncMailboxPolicy</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ActiveSyncDebugLogging</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ActiveSyncEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>HasActiveSyncDevicePartnership</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OWA</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAActiveSyncIntegratonEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAAllAddressListsEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWACalendarEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAChangePasswordEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAContactsEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAJournalEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAJunkEmailEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWANotesEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAPremiumClientEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAPublicFoldersEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWARecoverDeletedItemsEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWARemindersAndNotificationsEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWARulesEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWASMimeEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWASearchFoldersEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWASignaturesEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWASpellCheckerEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWATasksEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAThemeSelectionEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAUMIntegrationEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAUNCAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAUNCAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAWSSAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OWAWSSAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IMAP</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ImapEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ImapMessagesRetrievalMimeFormat</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ImapUseProtocolDefaults</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>POP</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PopEnabled</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PopMessagesRetrievalMimeFormat</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PopUseProtocolDefaults</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MAPI</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 237.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width317><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MAPIBlockOutlookNonCachedMode</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MAPIBlockOutlookRpcHttp</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MAPIBlockOutlookVersions</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MAPIEnabled</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 1 </STRONG>SetCASMailbox Features</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you would like to prevent mailboxenabled users from connecting to your Exchange environment without having their Microsoft Office Outlook configured to use Cached Mode, you can run the following single Exchange Management Shell line</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetCASMailbox  SetCASMailbox MAPIBlockOutlookNonCachedModeTrue</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 4 and 5 show you the lines to run, when you just want users that have a particular custom attribute set to the value of HQ not to be able to start Microsoft Office Outlook unless its configured in Cached Mode.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>SetCASMailbox and its Funny Behavior<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Imagine you would like to disable the ability for someone to change their password using OWA. You would run the following Exchange Mangement Shell line</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GetCASMailbox &lt;<SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>identity mailbox&gt; </SPAN> SetCASMailbox OWAChangePasswordEnabledFalse</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After running the given line, it becomes clear that disabling that one OWA feature, also disabled all the other OWA features at the same time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you were to run the same cmdlet to enable on OWA feature, the other ones would be disabled as well. There are several ways to fix this, one way would be to change the value of the attribute <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>msExchMailboxFolderSet</SPAN>, or create an Exchange Management Shell script to change the required settings.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Method 1. msExchMailboxFolderSet <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To easiest way to enable all the OWA features again for your users would be to use AdsiEdit. When you check the properties of the mailbox using AdsiEdit, you can see that by running the cmdlet specified above, Exchange has changed the value of the attribute <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>msExchMailboxFolderSet</SPAN>. By default this value is not set for a user, when all features are disabled, the value gets the value of 0.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By clearing the value of this attribute to &lt;not set&gt;, as shown in Figure 10,&nbsp; all OWA features will be set to enabled again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to disable one OWA feature, you need to create a test user, and set the attribute <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>msExchMailboxFolderSet </SPAN>to 2147483647 using AdsiEdit, as can be seen in Figure 11 or PowerShell, or AdModify, since this will enable all features for that mailboxenabled user.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then you can use the shell to disable the wanted features, check the value again, as can be seen in Figures 13 and 14, and hand it to any user of choice.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Method 2. Exchange Management Shell<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following script, shown in Figure 15, will prompt you for the name of the mailboxenabled user for which you want to enable all OWA features, except the ability to change the password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When launching the script, you will need to enter the name of the user, and then the changes will be done.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTAL]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Demystifying the Local Continuous Replication LCR feature]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/demystifying-local-continuous-replication-feature-a-2971.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Local Continuous Replication LCR which formerly was known as the Local Continuous Backup feature is, when speaking high availability and total cost of ownership TCO, an extremely interesting new feature. <SPAN langEN stylemsoansilanguage EN>The LCR feature makes it possible to create and maintain an exact copy replica of databases in a storage group on an Exchange 2007 Server to a second set of disks in the server or to a NAS/SAN via iSCSI or LUNs. Exchange Administrators dealing with Small Business Servers SBS might even want to use an externally attached USB drive. </SPAN>When the LCR copy has been created its currency is maintained through so called change propagation log replay. This change propagation works by copying the production storage group transaction log files to the location of the LCR storage group log shipping, where the transaction log files are&nbsp;then replayed into the databases. The goal of the new LCR feature is, as mentioned, to take high availability even further, as well as reduce the total cost of ownership TCO for Exchange Server 2007, and I must say LCR does exactly that. It reduces the recovery time used in disaster recovery situations as you can switch to the LCR copy in a few seconds should a production database get corrupted. We all know that the costs associated with backups, restores etc. has grown considerably over the last couple of years, especially with messaging servers, but since you, when using the LCR feature, always have an exact copy replica of a production storage group, it reduces the number of regular backups you need to perform. You shouldnt drop your Exchange backups completely but you could, without any worry, change your Exchange backup schedule from daily to weekly.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay lets get moving with the exciting stuff.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enabling and Configuring Local Continuous Replication<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Local Continuous Replication feature is enabled on a Storage Group level under the <B>Mailbox</B> node located beneath the <B>Server Configuration</B> in the left pane of the <B>Exchange System Management Console</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After clicking <B>Enable Continuous Replication</B> in the <B>Actions pane</B>, were informed that enabling LCR for this storage group will create a second copy of the databases in the storage group. Since this is exactly what we want to do, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now were going to specify the path to the LCR files for the respective Storage Group, for the purpose of this article were simply specifying the <B>E</B> drive, which is just another partition on the same server, but as mentioned in the introduction section of the article, this could be anything from a share on a remote server, a SAN/NAS or even a connected USB drive. When the location has been specified we can click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the next step we have to specify the path to the location of the second copy of the databases, we can then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now reached the step where we enable LCR for the Storage Group, so lets click <B>Enable</B> and see what happens.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The enable Local Continuous Replication wizard completed successfully, but notice that automatic initialseeding of the Storage Group didnt occur, then click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The reason why initialseeding didnt take place automatically was simply because were running a build that doesnt support this task yet, but dont worry as you know were still speaking early BETA software, and this missing feature will be available in Exchange Server 2007 BETA 2.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since initialseeding didnt take place the status of the copy will show as broken.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you bring up&nbsp;the <B>Property</B> page of the respective Storage Group and click the <B>Local Continuous Replication</B> tab, youll see a more detailed status.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since initialseeding didnt take place automatically, and since seeding is a required step in order for us to get a functional copy of the database running in a healthy state, we have to do the seeding manually using the <B>UpdateStorageGroupCopy</B> task. But before we can seed the database we need to suspend Local Continuous Replication for the respective Storage Group. As some of you have&nbsp;perhaps noticed, theres an option for suspending Local Continuous Replication for the respective Storage Group in the <B>Actions pane </B>in the Exchange Management Console, but unfortunately this task is not working in preBETA 2 builds and therefore prevents us from successfully suspending LCR via the GUI. Therefore we need to execute this task via a CMDlet in the Exchange Management Shell instead. To do so fire up the shell by clicking <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>All Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange Server 2007</B> &gt; <B>Exchange Management Shell</B>, then type the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SuspendStorageGroupCopy identity First Storage Group</SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have suspended LCR for the Storage Group, we need to initiate the seeding, this is done by executing the following CMDlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UpdateStorageGroupCopy identity First StorageGroup</SPAN></B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice the progress bar indicator</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When seeding has occurred, we can again resume LCR for the Storage Group, so well execute below CMDlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ResumeStorageGroupCopy identity First StorageGroup</SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When LCR has been resumed, lets switch back to the Exchange Management Console and click <B>Refresh</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice the Status under the <B>Property</B> page of the <B>Storage Group</B>, here you can see the status is healthy but can&nbsp;also see the things such as the last time logs were copied, replayed etc.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the Log File Shipping and Replaying Mechanisms <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have enabled the LCR feature; I guess you might be interested in seeing how this log file shipping works right In order to see this, we simply need to send a test message with an attachment big enough to generate a few log files from a mail mailbox located in the database belonging to the Storage Group on which we enabled LCR. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So lets fire up OWA 2007 and send the test message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even more interesting is that these two log files have been shipped to the Log files folder as well as being replayed into the database replica, we specified back when LCR was enabled.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Switching to the Replica Database<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright now that you have seen how log file shipping and log file replay works, you probably wonder how you switch to the replica database, in case the production mailbox database gets corrupt. Well first you should make sure the respective Mailbox database is dismounted, you should then launch the Exchange Management Shell and type</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy Identity First Storage Group ReplaceLocations</SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This CMDlet will update the Active Directory so that the mailbox database, Transaction Log Files, as well as the System Files path points to the replicas, which in this case is <B>EDATABASES</B> and <B>ELOGS</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because were speaking an early BETA build, we also need to manually copy a prefix log file from the log files folder to ELOGS will be fixed in BETA 2.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now switch back to the Exchange Management Console and navigate down to the <B>Mailbox</B> node under <B>Server Configuration</B> container. Click <B>Refresh</B> in the <B>Actions Pane</B>, then notice the database file path has changed to <B>EDATABASESMailbox Database.edb</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The final step is to mount the mailbox database. When you have done so the LCR copy of the production database is used but since its fully replicated, your users wont notice a thing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember to reenable LCR for the particular Storage Group after performing a switch to a secondary copy of a database</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The new Local Continuous Replication feature in Exchange Server 2007 is an extremely welcome addition to the Exchange product, when speaking high availability. Not only will you be able to reduce the backup schedule from a daily to a weekly backup and thereby reduces the total cost of ownership TCO. In case a production database in an LCRenabled Storage Group crashes or&nbsp;is down for other purposes, youll also be able to switch to the secondary copy in a few seconds.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As many of you know, an expensive&nbsp;3rd party solution is required in order to be able to make use of database replication in Exchange 2003, so the LCR feature is definitely a feature worth mentioning for your Exchange 2003 Server customers or your boss, because LCR is one of the best benefits of migrating to Exchange Server 2007, when that time comes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some of you may also have heard about the new Cluster Continuous Replication CCR feature, and yes youre right Ill cover that feature in a separate article here on MSExchange.org in a near future.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing a Two Node Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster ]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-node-exchange-server-2007-single-copy-cluster-a-2970.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 supports two types of cluster setups  Cluster Continuous Replication CCR and Single Copy Clusters SCC. In this three part article series well install and configure a two node active/passive Single Copy Cluster in a Virtual Server 2005 R2 test environment. An Exchange 2007 Single Copy Cluster is very similar to a &nbsp;Exchange Server 2003 active/passive cluster, although a few changes and improvements have been introduced in Exchange Server 2007. A Single Copy Cluster is basically a clustered mailbox server, which consists of two or more servers known as nodes which shares the same storage typically for databases and log files. The shared storage subsystem is typically an SAN or a NAS. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 doesnt support active/active clusters like is the case with previous Exchange versions, only active/passive.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An Exchange 2007 Single Copy Cluster SCC provides high availability of server resources, as one node takes over should the active node for some reason fail. In addition you can apply Hot Fixes, Service Packs etc. to the nodes without having any downtime of your missioncritical messaging environment at all. But bear in mind that a single copy cluster is susceptible to failure of the shared storage subsystem. This means that no matter how many nodes are part of your cluster youll always have a single point of failure when using this type of cluster opposite cluster continuous replication CCR, which provides storage group failover via the new log file shipping and reply technology Ill cover CCR in another article series here on MSExchange.org.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since most of you dont have the necessary hardware for a cluster, before you decide you want to deploy a cluster in your environment, I thought it would be a good idea to show you how to install a single copy cluster in a virtual server 2005 R2 environment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Pretty much all of the steps in the section where we install a clustered Exchange 2007 Mailbox server can also be used when installing the cluster on real hardware.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Prerequisites<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to follow the steps throughout this article series, you need the following </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One physical machine running Virtual Server 2005 R2. Since this product is free to download from the Microsoft web site, this shouldnt be a problem.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A Windows 2003 Active Directory forest with at least one Domain Controller raised to 2000 or 2003 forest functional level. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>At least one existing Exchange 2007 Hub Transport/Client Access Server already installed in the above forest</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Two virtual guests running Windows 2003 R2 or Windows 2003 SP1 Enterprise Edition with at least 512MB RAM and two virtual NICs each  one for the Public network and one for the Private network. This means you need to create an additional virtual network on the virtual host server, None Guest Only is sufficient for this network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to install Exchange 2007 Single Copy Cluster, you need to install the cluster HotFix mentioned in<STRONG> MS KB article 898790</STRONG>&nbsp; at the time of this writing you need to contact Microsoft Product Support Services in order to acquire this HotFix</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Warning<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 isnt supported in a production environment, unless youre participating in the Rapid Deployment Program RDP or Technology Adopter Program TAP, you should install the Single Copy Cluster in a test domain.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Network Settings for the Cluster nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have started the two virtual guests that are to be the nodes in the cluster, start by naming the machines <B>E2K7Node1</B> and <B>E2K7Node2</B> or whatever naming scheme you want to use these names have nothing to do with the Exchange server name which your clients will connect to. Now name the two network connections <B>Public</B> and <B>Private</B> for the external and the internal network respectively remember to do so on both nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Advanced</B> &gt; <B>Advanced Settings</B>, if its not already the case make sure Public is listed first on the binding order list, then <B>Private</B> and lastly <B>Remote Access Connections</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also make sure you untick <B>File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks</B> for the <B>Private</B> network connection.<B> </B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Configure the <B>Public network</B> with the respective network settings you use in your test environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Configure the <B>Private network</B> with an IP address and a subnet mask. Nothing else is required since this network is only&nbsp;used for communication heartbeats between the nodes in the cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click<B> Advanced</B> then select the <B>DNS</B> tab. Here you should untick both <B>Register this connections addresses in DNS </B>and <B>Use this connections DNS suffix</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the <B>WINS</B> tab. Untick <B>Enable LMHOSTS lookup</B> and select <B>Disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>OK</B> three times and close the network connections window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now add both Windows 2003 Servers as member servers in your Active Directory test domain.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating the Shared Quorum Cluster Disk<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As those of you with cluster experience are aware of, a Windows cluster requires a quorum cluster disk. This quorum disk is used to store cluster configuration database checkpoints and log files which helps manage the cluster as well as maintain consistency. Since were dealing with a virtual environment we need to create this disk in the Virtual Server 2005 R2 web console. This is done by opening the <B>Virtual Server Manager</B> then clicking <B>Create</B> &gt; <B>Fixed Size Virtual Hard Disk</B> under <B>Virtual Disks</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Place the virtual hard disk file .VHD in the folder containing your two virtual Windows 2003 Servers, then set the size to <B>500MB</B> or less if youre low on disk space. Then click <B>Create</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to add the virtual quorum disk to each of the two virtual Windows 2003 Servers. Lets add it to <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B> first, we do this by clicking <B>Master Status </B>&gt; <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B> &gt; <B>Edit Configuration</B>. Since this disk needs to be shared between the nodes, we need to click <B>SCSI Adapters</B> then <B>Add SCSI Adapter</B>. Under the new SCSI adapter tick <B>Share SCSI Bus for Clustering</B> then set the <B>SCSI adapter ID</B> to <B>6</B> or whatever is unused in your environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>OK</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to make the new disk visible on each node, therefore click <B>Hard disks </B>&gt; <B>Add disk</B> then select <B>SCSI 1 ID 0 in the Attachment</B> dropdown menu. Finally specify the path to the virtual Quorum disk, which in this example is <B>Ovirtualsccshared disksquorum.vhd. </B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click<B> OK</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember to add the SCSI adapter as well as the quorum disk to both servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to partition the Quorum disk in the Disk Management console on <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B>, therefore start the <B>virtual machine</B> &gt; logon using a domain admin account &gt; click <B>Start </B>&gt; <B>Run</B> and type <B>Compmgmt.msc</B>. Under <B>Storage </B>click <B>Disk Management</B>. Click <B>Next </B>three times in the appearing<B> Initialize and Convert Disk Wizard</B>, then click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The detected disk now needs to be partitioned, in order to do so rightclick the unallocated space then select new partition.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B> three times and select the drive letter <B>Q</B> for quorum, then click <B>Next</B> again. Use <B>NTFS</B> as the file system type and type <B>Quorum</B> in the <B>Volume label</B> field. To speed up the formatting process its a good idea to tick <B>Perform a quick format</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now turn off <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B> then turn on <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B> and log on to the server with a domain admin account. Again click <B>Start </B>&gt; <B>Run</B> and type <B>Compmgmt.msc</B>. Under <B>Storage </B>click <B>Disk Management</B>. Mark the Quorum disk disk 1 active and assign it the drive letter <B>Q</B>. Now verify you can access the <B>Q</B> drive from Windows Explorer, also try to create a test file on each server and make sure you can see it both ways.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since we need at least one more shared disk for the shared Exchange databases and log files, you need to go through the above steps for each virtual disk you add to the <B>SCSI 1</B> adapter. Nope I wont detail the steps for adding additional disks to the cluster nodes, as the process is more or less identical.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay we have reached the end of part one. In part two which will be released soon here on MSExchange.org, well go through creating and configuring the Windows 2003 Cluster.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing a Two Node Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster ]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-node-exchange-server-2007-single-copy-cluster-a-2969.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve reached part two in this three part article series covering how you prepare for, install and configure an Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster or in short SCC in a virtual server 2005 R2 test environment.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the previous article in this article series covering how you prepare for, install and configure an Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster or in short SCC in a virtual server 2005 R2 test environment, we went through how to create the Windows 2003 cluster. In this part two well create and configure the Windows Server 2003 Cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I bet many of you are&nbsp;eager to get going, so lets start right away.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating the Windows Server 2003 Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay now that we have the two virtual Windows 2003 Servers prepared, we can create the actual Windows 2003 cluster. In order to do so, turn off <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B> then logon to <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B> with a Domain admin account. Now click <B>Start </B>&gt; <B>Administrative Tools</B> &gt; <B>Cluster Administrator</B>, then select<B> Create new cluster </B>in the dropdown box and click<B> OK </B>alternatively you can open a command prompt and type <B>Cluster.exe /create /wizard</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If its not already the case, specify the domain in which the two Windows 2003 Servers are members, then type the name of the cluster the name clients will be connecting to, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If its not already the case, type the name of the Windows 2003 Server, which will be the first node in the cluster, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cluster wizard will now determine the cluster configuration, and after a while you should hopefully get a checkmark in each checked configuration step. We can now click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now enter an IP address that cluster management tools will use to connect to the cluster, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should now enter the cluster service account and password, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since were installing the Windows 2003 cluster in a test environment, well use the administrator account. But please bear in mind that you should&nbsp;always&nbsp;create a dedicated cluster service account when speaking about&nbsp;production environments.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You now see a screen with the proposed cluster configuration, click the <B>Quorum</B> button and make sure that the cluster configuration quorum is set to <B>Disk Q</B>. Then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cluster will now be created, again you need to wait for each step to complete, then click <B>Next</B> &gt; <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now created the cluster itself but since it only consists of one node, well need to add the other Windows server as well. In order to do so turn on <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B> and login with a domain admin account. Now click<B> Start </B>&gt;<B>&nbsp;Administrative Tools </B>&gt; <B>Cluster Administrator</B>. Select <B>Add nodes to cluster</B> in the dropdown menu then specify the cluster name in the Cluster or server name box and click <B>OK</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B> in the <B>Add Nodes Wizard</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Type <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B> or whatever you named the second Windows server, then click <B>Add</B> and <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the configuration has been analyzed click<B> Next.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enter the password for the cluster service account in this case the administrator account, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Verify that you want to add the node to the cluster with the configuration, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a short period the node&nbsp;would have been added to the cluster, if not you might want to expand the respective task as well as view the log. If each task has completed successfully, click <B>Next</B> &gt; <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Theres one last this you want to do before we move on and that is to rightclick and select <B>Properties</B> for the <B>Private network.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since the sole purpose of the <B>Private network </B>is to be used for communications between the internal cluster nodes, you should select <B>Internal cluster communications only private network</B>, then click <B>OK</B>. Do the same for the <B>Public network</B> but set it to <B>Client access only</B> <B>public network.</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright we now have a fully operational 2 node Active/Passive Windows cluster up and running.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the necessary Windows Components<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we move on and try to install the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 bits, we need to make sure the required Windows components have been installed. All types of Exchange Server 2007 installations no matter what server role were talking about needs the <B>Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 component</B> installed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have installed Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition with Service Pack 1 on the nodes, you need to download the <STRONG>Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0 Redistributable Package x86</STRONG>, since its only a standard Windows component when speaking about&nbsp;Windows Server 2003 R2.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since were installing the Mailbox Server role in the cluster, we also need to install the below IIS 6.0 components</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enable network COM access </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Information Services </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>World Wide Web Service </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember to install these components on both cluster nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright we have reached the end of part two. In the next, last&nbsp;part of this series,&nbsp;well go over the most exciting part, and that is to install Exchange Server 2007 and last but not least verify cluster functionality.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>See you then</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing a Two Node Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster ]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-node-exchange-server-2007-single-copy-cluster-a-2968.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the previous article in this article series covering how you prepare for, install and configure an Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster or in short SCC in a virtual server 2005 R2 test environment, we went through how to create the Windows 2003 cluster. In this part three well install Exchange Server 2007 and verify cluster functionality.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since this is the part<B> </B>weve all been waiting for where we finally install and play with Exchange Server 2007, lets get going.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to install the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 bits on each node, well start with <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B>. First, if you havent already done so, I recommend you copy the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 binaries to a drive locally on each node. When you have done so doubleclick <B>Setup.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 Installation Wizard will start, and as you can see <B>Step 1 Install .NET Framework 2.0</B> and <B>Step 2 Install Microsoft Management Console MMC</B> have already been completed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have installed Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 on each node, you need to download Microsoft Management Console MMC 3.0 and install it manually by following the link in <B>Step 2</B>. But since Im using Windows 2003 R2 Servers in my test environment, the MMC 3.0 is installed by default. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see we still need to complete <B>Step 3 Install Microsoft Command Shell MSH</B>, before we can start installing Exchange. Therefore click the link to download MSH then unzip and install it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 Installation Wizard should refresh automatically, so now click <B>Install Microsoft Exchange</B>. Click <B>Next</B> then accept the <B>License Agreement</B> and&nbsp;then <B>Next</B> once again. Decide whether you want to enable Error Reporting or not a good idea to enable this functionality since the Exchange Product Group will receive any obscure errors you should experience in your cluster setup then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now select <B>Custom Exchange Server Installation</B> then click <B>Next.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Tick <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</B> and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now select <B>Single Copy Cluster</B> then specify a name for the mailbox server the name you want your Outlook clients to connect to and a unique IP address on your public network. Finally, specify the path for the clustered mailbox server database files the virtual shared database disk you created earlier on, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to set the path for the clustered mailbox server database files, its important the cluster group containing the shared disks is owned by <B>E2K7SCCNode1.</B> The reason for this is that&nbsp;you arent allowed to use the shared disks if the cluster group is&nbsp;currently&nbsp;owned by <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let the readiness check complete, and if no issues are found click <B>Next</B> to begin the installation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 installation wizard will now copy the needed Exchange files, install and configure the Mailbox Role then finally create and configure the clustered mailbox server resources locally and create the object in Active Directory. When each step has been completed, untick <B>Exit Setup and open Exchange System Manager </B>yes this will be corrected in a later build, then click <B>Finish</B>. We dont want to open the Exchange Management Console just yet, well install Exchange on the second node first.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Log on to <B>E2K7SCCNode2</B> with a domain admin account and perform the exact same steps as we did when installing Exchange Server 2007 on <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B>. Only difference is you should tick Passive Clustered Mailbox Role instead of <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have installed the Exchange Clustered Mailbox Role on the second node, we can move on to the next section, where we verify that&nbsp;the functionality of the clustered mailbox server works as expected. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the functionality of the Single Copy Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to verify that Exchange 2007 clustered mailbox server is working as expected. Lets first open the <B>Cluster Administrator </B>and check whether the respective Exchange Resources have been created. If you take a look at <STRONG>Figure 44</STRONG>, it looks good, we have both nodes listed in the left pane and all Exchange resources have been created and are currently owned by <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now try to open the Exchange Management Shell by clicking <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>All Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange Server 2007</B> &gt; <B>Exchange Management Shell</B> on one of the nodes, then type <B>GetClusteredMailboxServerStatus</B>. As you can see in <B>Figure 45</B> below the status of the clustered mailbox server is Online, and <B>E2K7SCCNode1</B> is currently the active node. This just keeps getting better and better doesnt it</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have verified that the clustered mailbox server is online, lets try to move the Exchange resources from node one to node two using the <B>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</B> CMDlet. In the test environment used in this article, we do so by issuing below CMDlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer IdentityMailboxServer TargetMachineE2K7SCCNode7 MoveCommentTesting functionality</SPAN> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youre then asked to confirm this action, type <B>Yes </B>then hit <B>Enter</B>. After a while the clustered mailbox resources would have been moved to the second node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although its possible to move the cluster resource groups between nodes using the Cluster Administrator console, you should always do so using the <B>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</B> CMDlet as the <B>Move Group</B> task in the Cluster Administrator console isnt Exchange 2007aware.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets also take a look at the clustered mailbox server in the Exchange Management Console. To do so click <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>All Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange Server 2007</B> &gt; <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, then drill down to <B>Server Configuration</B> &gt; <B>Mailbox</B>. Notice the clustered mailbox server which we named <B>MailboxServer</B> is listed in the <B>Result pane</B> and that its recognized as a cluster server. Also notice that the Mailbox Database for this server points to the <B>S</B> drive exactly as we specified during the installation of the <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</B>.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As was also the case with Exchange Server 2003, Exchange Server 2007 provides high availability of server resources, as one node takes over should the active node for some reason fail.&nbsp;But bear in mind that a single copy cluster is susceptible to failure of the shared storage subsystem. This means that no matter how many nodes&nbsp;form part of your cluster, youll always have a single point of failure when using this type of cluster. If you want a cluster without a single point of failure, you should consider the other type of cluster supported in Exchange Server 2007 called Cluster Continuous Replication CCR, which not only provides high availability of server resources, but also storage groups. Cluster Continuous Replication CCR combines a traditional active/passive cluster with the new log file shipping and reply mechanisms in Exchange Server 2007. Log file shipping and reply makes it possible to keep a replica of the production mailbox databases. In my next article series here on MSExchange.org, Ill take you through how to prepare for, install and last but not least verify the functionality of a Cluster Continuous Replication setup. Until then have a nice one</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing, Configuring and Testing an Exchange 2007 Cluster Con]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-configuring-testing-exchange-2007-cluster-a-2967.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 introduces several new high availability features, one of them is the Cluster Continuous Replication CCR feature. This&nbsp;feature takes the new Exchange Server 2007 Log file shipping and replay features and combines them with the features that are available in a more traditional 2 node Windows 2003 active/passive cluster setup. A traditional 2 node active/passive cluster certainly&nbsp;has its benefits, but it also has one major drawback and that is you still have a single point of failure when it comes to&nbsp;Exchange databases.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Prerequisites<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to follow the steps throughout this article series, you need the following </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A Windows 2003 Active Directory forest with at least one Domain Controller raised to 2000 or 2003 forest functional level. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Two Windows 2003 Server R2 Enterprise Editions or Windows 2003 Server SP1 Enterprise Editions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One Windows File share Witness MS recommends this to be an Exchange 2007 Hub Transport Server in the existing Exchange 2007 organization</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember to apply the update mentioned in MS KB article 921181 to both servers that will act as nodes in the Exchange Server 2007 Clustered Mailbox setup. The update adds a new file share witness feature to the current Majority Node Set MNS quorum model. The file share witness feature lets you use a file share that is external to the cluster as an additional vote to determine the status of the cluster in a twonode MNS quorum cluster deployment, which is a requirement in order to make use of the cluster continuous replication or CCR in short functionality in Exchange Server 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to the above prerequisites you should be aware of the following general requirements as well</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>When dealing with CCR environments you must use/can only use one database per storage group.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You cannot create a public folder database in a CCR environment if you already have more than one public folder database in your organization.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You can create up to 50 storage groups and 50 databases on a CCR cluster. Bear in mind though, that you should create only one database per storage group. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The cluster in which Exchange&nbsp;2007 is installed cannot contain Exchange&nbsp;Server&nbsp;200x, or any version of Microsoft&nbsp;SQL&nbsp;Server. Running Exchange&nbsp;2007 in a cluster with any of these other applications is not supported. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Warning<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 isnt supported in a production environment, unless youre participating in the Rapid Deployment Program RDP or Technology Adopter Program TAP, you should install the mailbox cluster in a test domain.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Network Settings for the Cluster nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you start the servers that are to be the nodes in the cluster, start by naming the machines <B>E2K7Node1</B> and <B>E2K7Node2</B> or whatever naming scheme you want to use these names have nothing to do with the Exchange server name which your clients will be configured to connect to later on. Now name the two network connections <B>Public</B> and <B>Private</B> for the external and the internal network respectively remember to do this on both nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Advanced</B> &gt; <B>Advanced Settings</B>, if its not already the case, make sure Public is listed first on the binding order list, then <B>Private</B> and lastly <B>Remote Access Connections</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also make sure you untick <B>File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks</B> for the <B>Private</B> network connection.<B> </B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Configure the <B>Public network</B> with the respective network settings you use in your test environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Configure the <B>Private network</B> with an IP address and a subnet mask. Nothing else is required since this network is&nbsp;only used for communication heartbeats between the nodes in the cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click<B> Advanced</B> then select the <B>DNS</B> tab. Here you should untick both <B>Register this connections addresses in DNS </B>and <B>Use this connections DNS suffix</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the <B>WINS</B> tab. Untick <B>Enable LMHOSTS lookup</B> and select <B>Disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>OK</B> three times and close the network connections window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now add both Windows 2003 Servers as member servers in your Active Directory test domain.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating and Configuring the Windows 2003 Server Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that the two servers are ready to act as nodes in a Windows 2003 cluster, its time to create the actual Windows 2003 Server Cluster. In order to do so logon to <B>E2K7Node1</B> with a Domain admin account, then click <B>Start </B>&gt; <B>Administrative Tools</B> &gt; <B>Cluster Administrator</B>, and select<B> Create new cluster </B>in the dropdown box. Now click<B> OK</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also open a command prompt and type <B>Cluster.exe /create /wizard</B> in order to start the cluster wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Specify the domain name as well as the cluster name name for the Windows 2003 cluster <B>NOT</B> the Exchange cluster name which the clients will connect to, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Type the name of the Windows 2003 server that&nbsp;is to be the first node in the cluster, in this case<B> E2K7Node1</B>, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let the cluster wizard determine the cluster configuration and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can ignore the two warnings, since the nodes in a cluster continuous replication based mailbox server setup arent going to share the same disk subsystem.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now enter the IP address that the cluster management tools should use to connect to the cluster, in this case <B>10.10.1.216</B>, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enter the credentials of the cluster service account When speaking test environments Im often too lazy to create a specific cluster service account and instead tend to use the Administrator account which will have the appropriate permissions and click <B>Next.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click <B>Quorum</B> and select <B>Majority Node Set</B> as the resource type, then click <B>Ok</B> and <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now wait for the cluster to be configured, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the cluster has been completed successfully you can click <B>Finish. </B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have a full working Windows 2003 cluster running, but since theres only one node its not very fault tolerant. So lets add the second Windows 2003 server too. We can do this by rightclicking <B>E2K7Node1</B> in the left pane of the Cluster Administrator, then selecting <B>New</B> &gt; <B>Node</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The <B>Add Nodes Wizard</B> will launch and you can click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enter the name of the server that is going to be the second node in this case <B>E2K7Node2</B>, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Again let the <B>Add Notes Wizard</B> determine the cluster configuration, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enter the password for the cluster service account in this case the Administrator account, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you&nbsp;are verified, you want to add the second node to the cluster with the configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the cluster has been configured properly without any errors or warnings, click <B>Next.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the<B> Add Notes </B>Wizard has completed successfully, click<B> Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second Windows server is now part of the cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright we have reached the end of part one, but you can look forward to part two of this article series in the near future. Until then have a nice one</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing, Configuring and Testing an Exchange 2007 Cluster Con]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-configuring-testing-exchange-2007-cluster-a-2966.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part one of this article series we&nbsp;went through the installation of the Windows 2003 cluster. In this&nbsp;second article well install the Windows components required by Exchange Server 2007 as well as configure the Majority Node Set MNS Quorum with File Share Witness. Finally well finish off by enabling and configuring the transport dumpster on the Hub Transport server in the Active Directory site.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the necessary Windows Components<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we move on and try to install the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 bits, we need to make sure the required Windows components have been installed. All types of Exchange Server 2007 installations no matter what server role were talking about needs the <B>Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 component</B> installed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have installed Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition with Service Pack 1 on the nodes, you need to download the Microsoft .NET Framework Version 2.0 Redistributable Package x86, since its only a standard Windows component when speaking Windows Server 2003 R2.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since were installing the Mailbox Server role in the cluster, we also need to install the below IIS 6.0 components</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enable network COM access </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Information Services </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>World Wide Web Service </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember to install these components on both cluster nodes.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Majority Node Set MNS Quorum with File Share Witness<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I bet some of you are thinking <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>What the heck is a Majority Node Set MNS Quorum with File Share Witness</SPAN> And I understand why as this is a completely new type of quorum model, which is made available by installing the update MS KB article 921181 mentioned in the beginning of this article series. The update makes it possible to make use of a file share witness that is external to the cluster as an additional vote to determine the status of the cluster in a twonode MNS quorum cluster deployment, which is a requirement in order to make use of the cluster continuous replication or CCR in short functionality in Exchange Server 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The file share for this file share witness can be located on any type of Windows Server in your environment, but best practice is to use an Exchange 2007 Hub Transport Server in the Active Directory server site containing the nodes in the respective cluster. Well also use a Hub Transport Server in this article series.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing you need to do is to create the file share on the Hub Transport server. You can do this either via the CLI or by using the GUI. In this article well do so using the GUI. So log on to the Hub Transport server with a domain admin account, then open Windows Explorer and create a new folder called <B>MNSFSQE2K7CLUSTER</B> on the <B>C</B> drive or wherever you want it to be created. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now take <B>Properties</B> for the newly created folder, and click <B>Sharing</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Permissions</B> and configure the share permissions so only the <B>Administrator</B> or the Cluster Service Account if created are allowed access to the share.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>OK</B> then select the <B>Security</B> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here you should give <B>Full Control</B> to the local administrator and the domain administrator account or cluster service account. Make sure you untick <B>Allow inheritable permissions from the parent to propagate to this object and all child objects </B>when doing so, then click <B>OK</B> twice and log off the server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Back on <B>E2K7Node1 </B>you should set the Majority Node Set Private Property attribute to point to the file share we just created, we do so by opening a command prompt then issuing the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Cluster res Majority Node Set /priv MNSFileShareEDFS03MNSFSQE2K7CLUSTER<op></op></SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Make sure to replace server name so it matches the name of the Hub Transport Server in your environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will get a warning that all properties were stored but not all changes will take effect until the next time the resource is brought online.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to force all changes to take effect, we will move the cluster group from one node to the other will take the cluster group offline and online again. Do this using the&nbsp;below command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Cluster Group Cluster Group /Move</SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have done so you will see that&nbsp;the cluster group is now&nbsp;online on <B>E2K7Node2</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now lets verify the 7Priv property is set correctly, this can be done by issuing the below command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Cluster Res Majority Node Set /Priv</SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This property has been set correctly for the purpose of this article series. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN langEN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic; msoansilanguage EN>Configuring the Transport Dumpster</SPAN><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN langEN stylemsoansilanguage EN>When using a CCR in your environment you should consider to configure the transport dumpster on the Hub Transport Server. </SPAN>Microsoft recommends that you configure the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterSizePerStorageGroup</SPAN></B> parameter, which specifies the maximum size of the transport dumpster queue for each storage group, to a size that is 1.25 times the size of the maximum message that can be sent. For example, if the maximum size for messages is 10&nbsp;megabytes MB, you should configure the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterSizePerStorageGroup</SPAN></B> parameter with a value of 12.5&nbsp;MB. In addition they recommend you configure the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterTime</SPAN></B> parameter, which specifies how long an email message should remain in the transport dumpster queue, to a value of 07.000000, which is 7 days. This amount of time is sufficient to allow for an extended outage to occur without loss of email. When using the transport dumpster feature, additional disk space is needed on the Hub Transport server to host the transport dumpster queues. The amount of storage space required is roughly equal to the value of <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterSizePerStorageGroup</SPAN></B> multiplied by the number of storage groups.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You use the <B>SetTransportConfig</B> CMDlet to enable and configure the Transport Dumpster. So in order to, for example, configure the maximum size of the dumpster per storage group to 25&nbsp;MB with a dumpster life of 10 days, you would need to run the following command</P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op><FONT size2>&nbsp;</FONT></op></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><FONT size2><B><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>SetTransportConfig MaxDumpsterSizePerStorageGroup 25MB MaxDumpsterTime 10.000000</SPAN></B><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op></op></SPAN></FONT></PRE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to see the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterSizePerStorageGroup </SPAN></B>and <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MaxDumpsterTime </SPAN></B>configuration settings, you can type <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetTransportConfig </SPAN></B>as I did in the figure below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright we have reached the end of&nbsp;part two in this article series, but fear not you can look forward to seeing part three being published here on MSExchange.org in the very near future.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Working with Recovery Storage Groups in Exchange 2007]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/working-with-recovery-storage-groups-exchange-2007-a-2965.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Recover Storage Group RSG feature, which was originally introduced back in Exchange 2003, gives you as the Exchange administrator, the option of mounting a second copy of a mailbox database typically a mailbox database restored from backup so that you can extract data from one or more mailboxes in the respective database without affecting the production databases if you need to do so during working hours. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on how much you have used the new Exchange 2007 Management Console EMC, theres a chance you may have noticed you can no longer create an RSG from within the EMC. With Exchange 2007 this is instead done using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant ExTRA which is launched via the Database Recovery Management tool, which is found under the Exchange Toolbox work center, or by using the Exchange Management Shell EMS.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When mounting a copy of a Mailbox database to an RSG you can extract the data from a mailbox and then merge the data with another mailbox located in a mailbox database in a production Storage Group, but you can also extract the data and then copy it to a specific folder in another mailbox. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange 2003 RTM, the data was extracted, copied and merged with another mailbox or mailbox folder using the Microsoft Exchange Server Mailbox Merge Wizard ExMerge tool, but with Exchange 2003 SP1 the process was integrated in the Exchange 2003 System Manager GUI.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recovery Storage Group Limitations<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a few things you should be aware of when dealing with RSGs. First they cannot be accessed by any protocols other than MAPI, and although they can be accessed using MAPI this doesnt mean you can connect to a Mailbox stored in a recovery database using an Outlook MAPI client. MAPI is strictly used to access mailboxes using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant ExTRA and/or the respective cmdlets in the Exchange Management Shell. In addition you should be aware that you still cannot use RSGs to restore Public Folder data but only mailbox data. Its also worth mentioning that even though you can create up to 50 Storage Groups on an Exchange 2007 Enterprise edition server, youre limited to one RSG per server, but its supported to add multiple mailbox databases to an RSG as long as all databases belong to the same Storage Group. Finally you should note that although its possible to add a restored mailbox database to an RSG on another Exchange 2007 server, its important to understand that the Exchange 2007 server must belong to the same Active Directory forest.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Managing Recovery Storage Groups using the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can create a Recovery Storage Group RSG either by using the Microsoft Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant ExTRA tool, or by running the NewStorageGroup cmdlet with the Recovery parameter in the Exchange Management Shell.&nbsp;&nbsp; </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create the RSG using ExTRA you should first launch the tool by opening the Database Recovery Management tool found under the Toolbox work center in the navigation tree of the Exchange Management Console EMC. Now let the tool check for any tool or configuration file updates that may be available then click the Go to Welcome screen link. Now enter an indentifying label for this activity such as Create RSG then click Next. On the appearing Tasks list click Create a Recovery Storage Group then select the Storage Group you want to link with the Recovery Storage Group, then click Next once again.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now its time to create the RSG, but before you do so you need to give it a name the default name is Recovery Storage Group which should be ok in most situations. When you have entered an appropriate name, click Create the recovery storage group</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a little while you will be presented and the RSG for the respective Mailbox Database has now been created.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the RSG created we can move, copy or restore database and transaction log files to the recovery storage group paths. To see the path for the recovery storage group log and database files, click Show Create Recovery Storage Group Information. By default the path is CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailbox&lt;Storage Group&gt;RSGxxxxxxxxx. The RSGxxxxxxxxx folder will appear empty in Windows Explorer until you have either moved, copied or restored the database and transaction log files to it.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the purpose of the example in this article, we will restore a Mailbox Database from a backup using the Windows 2003 Backup tool. So lets launch the Windows 2003 Backup tool by clicking Start  Run and typing cmd.exe followed by hitting Enter. Since we will restore the Mailbox Database by using this tool in Advanced Mode, click Advanced Mode. Now select the Restore and Manage Media tab. Here we need to select the Mailbox Database and Log Files we want to restore, when you have done so click the Start Restore button.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Restore files to dropdown box is set to Original location. Also notice we cannot change this selection. But does this mean the Mailbox Database currently in production will be replaced with the one we restore from backup No this is not the case, first we havent dismounted the production Mailbox Database and second we havent enabled the This database can be overwritten by a restore option on the Mailbox Database property page. Because of this the Mailbox Database will be restored to the Recovery Storage Group which we just created.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now specify the Exchange Server to which you want to restore the respective Mailbox Database, then enter a temporary location for the log and patch files. Lastly check Last Restore Set Log file replay will start after this restore completes. as this is the last restore set. When you have done so,&nbsp;click OK and wait for the restore job to complete then click the Close button.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The respective files have now been restored to the RSGxxxxxxxxx folder.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since we didnt check the Mount Database After Restore option, the Mailbox Database will now be in a dismounted state, with this in mind lets switch back to the ExTRA Task Center. We now have several new Recovery Storage Group related tasks available, since the Mailbox Database needs to be mounted before we can extract data from it, we have to click Mount or dismount databases in the recovery storage group. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Mount or Dismount Database page, check the Respective Mailbox Database and click Mount selected database.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the Mailbox Database has been mounted click Go Back to task center and then select Merge or copy mailbox content. This will bring us to a screen similar to the one shown in <B>Figure 8</B>, here you should just make sure the Mailbox Database you wish to extract data from is selected, and then click Gather merge information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have the option of swapping the Mailbox Database mounted to the RSG and the linked production Mailbox Database a recommended step if youre performing a dialtone database restore by checking Swap database configurations. Since this option will swap the two databases, both of them needs to be dismounted, which will affect mail service to the endusers whose mailboxes are stored in the respective database.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since we arent dealing with a dialtone database restore in this example just click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Select Merge Options page we should click Perform premerge tasks.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that you have the option of clicking Show Advanced Options. Under the Advanced options we can specify different match and filtering options as well as the bad item limit. This is also the place where you specified whether all merge mailbox data should be merged to the respective mailboxes in the production Mailbox Database or should be copied to a single target mailbox.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Final step is to select the mailboxes you want to merge. You do this by checking the box to the left of each user name in the list.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now wait for the tool to merge the mailbox data from Mailbox Database in the Recovery Storage Group for the selected mailbox. When the mailbox data merge has completed, you should be able to see the content that was deleted from the production Mailbox Database. You dont even need to restart the Outlook or OWA client for the restored data to appear</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have merged or copied the required Mailbox data, you can use ExTRA to dismount and then remove the Recovery Storage Group. Be sure you remove the files in the RSGxxxxxxxxx folder again after you have removed it, so that the files dont take up valuable disk space.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Working with Recovery Storage Groups using the Exchange Management Shell<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As mentioned in the introductory, you can also manage an RSG using the Exchange Management Shell EMS. If you have a fair amount of experience working with cmdlets, restoring mailbox data from a Mailbox Database in a Recovery Storage Group can be done a lot faster than when using ExTRA.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first step is to create the RSG. In order to create an RSG via the EMS you need to run the NewStorageGroup cmdlet with the Recovery parameter. So to create a RSG for the First Storage Group on a server named E2K7S04, type</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NewStorageGroup Server E2K7S04 LogFolderPath EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupRSG Name Recovery Storage Group SystemFolderPath EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupRSG Recovery</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The LogFolderPath and SystemFolderPath parameters are used to specify where the RSG related files should be located. As you can see, we specified they should&nbsp;be restored to a subfolder called RSG under EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupRSG. If you intend to do the same please make sure theres sufficient disk space available for the Mailbox Database youre restoring from backup. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To see if a respective Storage Group is a Recovery Storage Group as well as many other types of information you can use the GetStorageGroup &lt;storage group name&gt;  FL command. If the Storage Group is a Recovery Storage Group it will say True under Recovery.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to add a recovery database either moved, copied or restored from backup to the RSG, this is done by running the NewMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the MailboxDatabaseToRecover parameter. So to add a recovery database to the Recovery Storage Group on a server named E2KS04 with the edb file path pointing to EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupRSG, type</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NewMailboxDatabase MailboxDatabaseToRecover Mailbox Database StorageGroup E2K7S04Recovery Storage Group EDBFilePath EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupRSGMailbox Database.edb</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the Mailbox Database created in the Recovery Storage Group we now need to configure it to allow overwrites by running the SetMailboxDatabase cmdlet with the AllowRestore parameter. To allow file restores for the recovery database just created, type</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SetMailboxDatabase Identity E2K7S04Recovery Storage GroupMailbox Database AllowFileR<op></op></SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>estore true</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have created a recovery database in the Recovery Storage Group and allowed it to be overwritten by a file restore, its time to restore the mailbox database version from which you want to extract and copy or merge data to the mailbox database in production. To do so launch the Windows 2003 Backup tool and restore the respective Mailbox Database version using the same steps as we did when we used the ExTRA to recover Mailbox data.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to mount the restore Mailbox Database using the MountDatabase cmdlet. In order to do so type</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MountDatabase Identity E2K7S04Recovery Storage GroupMailbox Database</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the Mailbox Database mounted we can now extract Mailbox data from it. If you for example want to merge the mailbox data of an existing user in the recovery database to the production mailbox database, you need to type</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreMailbox Identity &lt;username&gt; RSGDatabase servernameRSG namedatabase name </SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In <B>Figure 13</B> we recovered mailbox data for a user called Test User 1on a server name E2K7S04.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on the size of the mailbox that is to be recovered, this merging process can take a long time.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you need to recover mailbox data for all users in the RSG, you would need to use the following command</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetMailboxStatistics&nbsp; Database Recovery Storage GroupMailbox Database  RestoreMailbox</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets suppose the mailbox in the recovery database from which you want to recover data in the meanwhile has been deleted from the production mailbox database. In this case you have the option of recovering the mailbox data to a target folder in another mailbox by using the following command</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;<B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreMailbox RSGMailbox Test User 1 RSGDatabase servernameRSG namedatabase name Identity Test User 2 TargetFolder Test User 1 Recovered data </SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Like is the case when recovering data using the ExTRA tool, you should, when using the Exchange Management Shell, remember to remove the RSG after the required data has been recovered. To do so, first run the command to remove the recovery database</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RemoveMailboxDatabase Identity E2K7S04Recovery Storage GroupMailbox Database</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click Yes to the confirmation warning, then type the following command in order to remove the RSG</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RemoveStorageGroup Identity E2K7S04Recovery Storage Group</SPAN></B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally delete the RSG folder manually using Windows Explorer.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you have seen throughout this article, the way we work with Recovery Storage Groups RSGs has changed quite a lot with Exchange 2007. RSGs can no longer be managed using the Exchange Management Console formerly known as the Exchange System Manager; instead you need to use the Exchange Troubleshooting Assistant ExTRA or the Exchange Management Shell EMS. But despite the new methods used to manage RSGs, not much has changed when speaking RSG improvements. For example its still not an option to restore a Public Folder database to an RSG.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Installing, Configuring and Testing an Exchange 2007 Cluster Con]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/installing-configuring-testing-exchange-2007-cluster-a-2964.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part two of this articles series we installed the necessary Windows components, enabled and configured the Majority Node Set MNS Quorum with File Share Witness as well as the transport dumpster on the Hub Transport Server. In this part three well install Exchange Server 2007 on both nodes in the Windows 2003 cluster. Well then finish off by verifying that the CCR functionality works as expected.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Active Clustered Mailbox Role on E2K7Node1<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to install the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 bits on each node, well start with <B>E2K7Node1</B>. First, if you havent already done so, I recommend you copy the Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 binaries to a drive locally on each node. When you have done so doubleclick <B>Setup.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 Installation Wizard will start, and as you can see <B>Step 1 Install .NET Framework 2.0</B> and <B>Step 2 Install Microsoft Management Console MMC</B> have already been completed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have installed Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1 on each node, you need to download Microsoft Management Console MMC 3.0 and install it manually by following the link in <B>Step 2</B>. But since Im using Windows 2003 R2 Servers in my test environment, the MMC 3.0 is installed by default.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see we still need to complete <B>Step 3 Install Microsoft Command Shell MSH</B>, before we can start installing Exchange. Therefore click the link to download MSH then unzip and install it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 Installation Wizard should refresh automatically, so now click <B>Install Microsoft Exchange</B>. Click <B>Next</B> then accept the <B>License Agreement</B> and <B>Next</B> once again. Decide whether you want to enable Error Reporting or not a good idea to enable this functionality since the Exchange Product Group will receive any obscure errors you should experience in your cluster setup then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now select <B>Custom Exchange Server Installation</B> then click <B>Next.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Tick <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</B> and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now select <STRONG>Cluster Continuous Replication</STRONG> then specify a name for the mailbox server the name you want your Outlook clients to connect to and a unique IP address on your public network. Finally specify the path for the clustered mailbox server database files or use the defaults as is the case in this article series then click <STRONG>Next</STRONG>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let the readiness check complete, and if no issues are found click <B>Next</B> to begin the installation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 installation wizard will now copy the needed Exchange files, install and configure the Mailbox Role then finally create and configure the clustered mailbox server resources locally and create the object in Active Directory. When each step has been completed untick <B>Exit Setup and open Exchange System Manager </B>yes this will be corrected in a later build, then click <B>Finish</B>. We dont want to open the Exchange Management Console just yet, well install Exchange on the second node first.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role on E2K7Node2<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Log on to <B>E2K7Node2</B> with a domain admin account and do the exact same steps as we did when installing Exchange Server 2007 on <B>E2K7Node1</B>. Only difference is you should tick Passive Clustered Mailbox Role instead of <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</B>.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Verifying the functionality of the Cluster Continuous Replication based Mailbox Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to verify&nbsp;that our Exchange 2007 clustered mailbox server is working as expected. Lets first open the <B>Cluster Administrator </B>and check whether the respective Exchange Resources have been created. If you take a look at <B>Figure 45 </B>below it looks good, we have both nodes listed in the left pane and all Exchange resources have been created and are currently owned by <B>E2K7Node2</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Try to open the <B>Exchange Management Shell</B> by clicking <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>All Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange Server 2007</B> &gt; <B>Exchange Management Shell</B> on one of the nodes, then type <B>GetClusteredMailboxServerStatus Identity E2K7CCR</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have verified the clustered mailbox server is online, lets try to move the Exchange resources from node one to node two using the <B>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</B> CMDlet. In the test environment used in this article, we do so by issuing below CMDlet</P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontsize 10.0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic; msobidifontsize 10.0pt>MoveClusteredMailboxServer IdentityE2K7CCR TargetMachineE2K7Node1 MoveCommentThis is a test</SPAN></B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontsize 10.0pt><op></op></SPAN></PRE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 14pt; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youre then asked to confirm this action, type <B>Yes </B>then hit <B>Enter</B>. After a while the clustered mailbox resources will have been moved to the first node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though its possible to move the cluster resource groups between nodes using the Cluster Administrator console, you should <B>always</B> do so using the <B>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</B> CMDlet as the <B>Move Group</B> task in the Cluster Administrator console isnt Exchange 2007 aware.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets also take a look at the clustered mailbox server in the Exchange Management Console. To do so click <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>All Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange Server 2007</B> &gt; <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, then drill down do <B>Server Configuration</B> &gt; <B>Mailbox</B>. Notice the clustered mailbox server which we named <B>E2K7CCR</B> is listed in the <B>Result pane</B> and that its recognized as a cluster server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets try to take a look at the&nbsp;transaction log file replay from one node to the other. The easiest way to do that is to generate a few log files by sending a couple of test messages with an attachment or two.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since the new transaction log file size in Exchange Server 2007 is 1 MB instead of 5 MB as was the case in previous versions of Exchange. Its not required to attached files larger than 1 MB in order to generate these log files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in <B>Figure&nbsp;49</B> below, the log files were replayed to <B>E2K7Node2</B> within the same minute as they were generated on <B>E2K7Node1</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Simulating a failover from E2K7Node1 to E2K7Node2<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay lets try to simulate a fail over from <B>E2K7Node1</B> which currently is the active node to <B>E2K7Node2</B>, so that we can see what will happen from the Outlook client perspective. In order to switch from one node to the other well issue below CMDlet which we also used earlier on in this article</P><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontsize 10.0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></PRE><PRE styleTEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic; msobidifontsize 10.0pt>MoveClusteredMailboxServer IdentityE2K7CCR TargetMachineE2K7Node2 MoveCommentThis is a test</SPAN></B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontsize 10.0pt><op></op></SPAN></PRE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 14pt; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a manual move or a failover occurs, the balloon shown in <B>Figure 50</B> will appear as all services needs to be stopped on <B>E2K7Node1</B> before they are brought online on <B>E2K7Node2</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on the amount as well as size of the databases in your Cluster Continuous Replication setup, this will take somewhere between 10 seconds to approximately 1 minute, which shouldnt cause panic for the endusers. When <B>E2K7Node2</B> has taken over, the endusers will be notified that the connection to the Exchange Server has been restored.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You benefit from several advantages when you choose to install the Exchange 2007 Mailbox Server role in a Cluster Continuous Replication setup in your organization. The primary reason here is that you no longer have a single point of failure, when talking about the Mailbox/Public Folder databases. Should the database on one node crash, an automatic fail over to the other node containing the secondary database is completed. This also means you no longer need to use a shared storage system in the CCR setup, as is the case with Exchange 2007 Single Copy Clusters as well as cluster setup in previous versions of Exchange. In addition the two nodes in the CCR setup can even be placed in two different locations, as long as they belong to the same subnet. Not only that, the installation of the Exchange 2007 cluster has also been further simplified over previous versions. Since CCR setup makes use of log file shipping and replay to a secondary database, you also dont have to do full online backups far as often as was the case in Exchange 200x and earlier versions. Last but certainly not least,&nbsp;the fail over process been improved in several areas now that the new file share witness model have been introduced.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring Exchange Server 2007 Preview  Chapter 9 Disaster R]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-exchange-server-2007-preview-chapter-disaster-a-2963.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Disaster Recovery with Exchange Server 2007<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P classcobt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcobt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Solutions in this chapter</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Backing Up Exchange 2007 Using Windows 2003 Backup </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Restoring Exchange 2007 Storage Groups and Databases Using Windows 2003 Backup</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Repairing a Corrupt or Damaged Exchange 2007 Database Using Eseutil</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Restoring Mailbox Data Using the Recovery Storage Group Feature</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Recovering an Exchange 2007 Server Using the RecoverServer Switch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Recovering an Exchange 2007 Cluster Using the RecoverCMS Switch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l508 level1 lfo339; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Restoring Mailbox Databases Using the Improved Database Portability Feature</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As mentioned in the previous chapter, the messaging and collaboration servers are mission critical, being perhaps the most vital servers in our datacenters today. Its therefore of the utmost importance that these servers be up and running all the time. Most service level agreements today require more than 99.99 percent uptime when it comes to the messaging and collaboration servers in the organization. In the previous chapter we showed you some of the options available to provide high availability of the Exchange 2007 Mailbox Servers. But even if you have HA solutions such as CCRbased mailbox servers available, a disaster can still strike in your environment, and if this happens, you better be prepared since downtime typically means lost productivity and revenue. In this chapter, well go through the steps necessary to back up the different Exchange 2007 Server roles in your organization, and, just as important, look at how you restore Exchange 2007 servers and data should it be required.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up Exchange 2007 Using Windows 2003 Backup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Frequent backups of the Exchange 2007 servers in an organization are important operational tasks that, though a bit trivial, should be taken very seriously. I can only imagine one thing worse than a complete failure of an Exchange 2007 server, and thats a complete failure of an Exchange 2007 server without any backups to restore from. In the first section of this chapter, well take a look at what you must back up, depending on which Exchange 2007 Server roles were deployed in your organization.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up an Exchange 2007 Mailbox Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the most important things to back up regarding Exchange 2007 Mailbox Servers are the databases, which hold user mailboxes and public data. As you saw in the previous chapter, Exchange 2007 provides a new continuous replication functionality that keeps a second copy of one or more databases in a storage group in sync with the active versions of the databases using log file shipping and replay. This provides an extra level of protection for Mailbox and Public Folder databases. However, although the new functionality allows you to make less frequent backups of your databases, it doesnt eliminate the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>need</SPAN> for database backups. In this section, well show you how to perform a backup of the databases on an Exchange 2007 server.</P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note<op></op></STRONG></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another reason why its crucial to conduct frequent full backups of your Exchange databases with an Exchangeaware backup application is to commit and delete any transaction log files generated since the last full backup. If these log files arent committed, they will take up more and more space on your disks, and when theres no more disk space for the log files, the database will be dismounted. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since Exchange 2007 databases still use ESE, you can just as with previous versions of Exchange, back them up using the Exchangeaware native Windows 2003 backup tool. Exchange 2007 supports two different backup methods. The first is a legacy streaming backup method based on the ESE application programming interface API, which allows you to back up one or more storage groups at the same time. However, only one backup job can run against a specific storage group. Most of us are familiar with this type of backup since its the one we have used for ages when referring to Exchange databases. The ESE API backup method is supported by the Windows 2003 backup tool, as well as most thirdparty backup products.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then we have the Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS backup method, which some of you may know from Exchange 2003 where it was first introduced. The interesting thing about VSS is that this method, in addition to what the legacy streaming backup method offers, can also make an online backup of the copy database when using either Local Continuous Replication or Cluster Continuous Replication in your setup. This means you can schedule the backup windows anytime you want since taking a backup of the database copy has no performancerelated impact on the active database. Unfortunately, this method isnt supported by the Windows 2003 backup tool when speaking Exchange databases only file level backups, and Microsoft doesnt offer any products capable of using VSS, at least not at the time of this writing. </P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Data Protection Manager DPM v2 product will support VSS backups, however. DPM is a server software application that enables disk and tapebased data protection and recovery for file servers, servers running Microsoft Exchange, and servers running Microsoft SQL Server in an Active&nbsp;Directory Domain Services AD DS domain. DPM performs replication, synchronization, and recovery point creation to provide reliable protection and rapid recovery of data for both system administrators and end users.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets go through the steps necessary to back up an Exchange 2007 Mailbox and Public Folder database on an Exchange 2007 Mailbox Server. The first thing you need to do is launch the Windows 2003 backup tool, which can be done by clicking <B>Start</B>  <B>Run</B> and typing <B>NTBackup</B>. Now click <B>Switch to Advanced Mode</B> and then click the <B>Backup</B> tab.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Under the <B>Backup</B> tab expand <B>Microsoft Exchange Server</B>  <B>Mailbox Server</B>  <B>Microsoft Information Store</B> and check the storage groups containing the <B>Mailbox</B> and <B>Public</B> <B>Folder</B> database. Now specify the backup media or filename you want to perform the backup to, and then click <B>Start Backup</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You now have the option of entering a description for the respective backup job, as well as specify whether the backedup data should be appended to an existing backup. In addition, you can create a scheduled backup job so it runs, lets say, every day at midnight. By clicking the <B>Advanced</B> button, you also have the option of having the backedup data verified when the job completes.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Typically, you should set up an automated backup job schedule, but for the purpose of this example well just choose to back up the databases once. When ready, click <B>Start Backup</B>.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the backup job has completed, you can view a report, which will contain any warnings or errors that might occur during the backup.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats how you back up the Mailbox and Public Folder databases, as well as commit and delete any existing transaction log files using the Windows 2003 Backup tool. Sounds simple, right</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some of you might wonder whether there isnt anything else you need to back up on an Exchange 2007 Mailbox Server The answer is no critical files at least since you can always recover an Exchange 2007 Mailbox Server using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Setup /ModeRecoverServer</SPAN> command shown later in the chapter, but its always a good idea to back up the System State of the respective server as well.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up an Exchange 2007 Hub Transport Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since an Exchange 2007 Server with the Hub Transport Server role installed was designed to store all configuration data in the Active Directory configuration container, not much needs to be backed up on a server with this role installed either. But just as with the Mailbox server role, you should back up the System State. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some of you may be wondering why I havent mentioned anything about backing up the message queues stored in an ESE database on an Exchange 2007 Hub Transport Server Well, there shouldnt be any need to do so since you can mount the message queues on another existing, or newly installed, Hub Transport server if required. You just need to retrieve the mail.que which, by default, is located under CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerTransportRolesdataQueue from the failed Hub Transport server.</P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Stepbystep instructions on how to move a message queue from a failed Hub Transport server to another Hub Transport server in the organization is outside the scope of this book, but you can find information on the topic by searching under Working with the Queue Database on Transport Servers in the Exchange 2007 Documentation Help file.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One thing you might want to back up regarding an Exchange 2007 Hub Transport Server is the Message Tracking and Protocol logs which, by default, are located under CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerTransportRolesLogs. These files can be backed up using a file level backup.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As is the case with a Mailbox Server, you can recover a Hub Transport server using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Setup /ModeRecoverServer</SPAN> command.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up an Exchange 2007 Client Access Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When using Exchange 2007 Server with the Client Access Server role installed, there are several files you should back up. The first, and perhaps most important, to back up is the IIS Metabase, which among other things is used to store OWA Virtual Directory configuration data. You can back up the IIS configuration on a CAS using the following command</P><P classcode0 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcode0 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>getowavirtualdirectory owa default web site  exportclixml owa.xml depth 1</SPAN></B></EM></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to restore the IIS configuration from the owa.xml file, you need to use a Windows PowerShell script similar to the following save it as RestoreOWA.PS1 or use some other meaningful name</P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ErrorActionPreference  stop</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>savedprops  </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DirectFileAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DirectFileAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WebReadyDocumentViewingOnPublicComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WebReadyDocumentViewingOnPrivateComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ForceWebReadyDocumentViewingFirstOnPublicComputers,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ForceWebReadyDocumentViewingFirstOnPrivateComputers,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RemoteDocumentsActionForUnknownServers,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ActionForUnknownFileAndMIMETypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WebReadyFileTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WebReadyMimeTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WebReadyDocumentViewingForAllSupportedTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>AllowedFileTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>AllowedMimeTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ForceSaveFileTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ForceSaveMimeTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>BlockedFileTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>BlockedMimeTypes,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RemoteDocumentsAllowedServers,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RemoteDocumentsBlockedServers,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RemoteDocumentsInternalDomainSuffixList,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>LogonFormat,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ClientAuthCleanupLevel,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DefaultDomain,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>FormsAuthentication,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>BasicAuthentication,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DigestAuthentication,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WindowsAuthentication,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GzipLevel,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>FilterWebBeaconsAndHtmlForms,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NotificationInterval,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DefaultTheme,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UserContextTimeout,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ExchwebProxyDestination,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>VirtualDirectoryType,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RedirectToOptimalOWAServer,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>DefaultClientLanguage,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>LogonAndErrorLanguage,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UseGB18030,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UseISO885915,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>OutboundCharset,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>CalendarEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ContactsEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>TasksEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>JournalEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NotesEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>RemindersAndNotificationsEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>PremiumClientEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>SpellCheckerEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>SearchFoldersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>SignaturesEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ThemeSelectionEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>JunkEmailEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UMIntegrationEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WSSAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>WSSAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ChangePasswordEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UNCAccessOnPublicComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>UNCAccessOnPrivateComputersEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ActiveSyncIntegrationEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>AllAddressListsEnabled,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>InternalUrl,</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>ExternalUrl</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></EM></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>vdir  importclixml args0</SPAN></EM></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Recreating   vdir.name     owa version   vdir.owaversion</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>if vdir.owaversion eq Exchange2007 </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>newowavirtualdirectory website vdir.website internalurl </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>vdir.internalurl externalurl vdir.externalurl</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>else </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>newowavirtualdirectory website vdir.website owaversion vdir. </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>owaversion name vdir.displayname virtualdirectorytype vdir. </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>virtualdirectorytype</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>new  getowavirtualdirectory vdir.name</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Restoring properties</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>foreach prop in savedprops </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>if prop eq ExchwebProxyDestination or prop eq </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>VirtualDirectoryType </SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>continue</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>new.prop  vdir.prop</SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></EM><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P classcodea styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>new  setowavirtualdirectory</SPAN></EM></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To restore the IIS configuration data that were saved in the owa.xml file, type <B>RestoreOWA.PS1 owa.xml</B>.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to the IIS metabase, you should back up the System State and the files listed in Table 9.1.</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 390.75pt; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width521 border1><TBODY><TR styleHEIGHT 12.75pt; msoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Data</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Location</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 0.5in; msoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft Office Outlook Web Access Web site, and Web.config file</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerClientAccessOwa</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 24pt; msoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 24pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IMAP4 and POP3 protocol settings&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 24pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerClientAccess</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 48pt; msoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 48pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Availability service</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 48pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Active Directory configuration container and file system, including the Web.config file</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerClientAccessexchwebews</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 12.75pt; msoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Autodiscover&nbsp;&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IIS metabase</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 0.5in; msoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange ActiveSync</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Active Directory configuration container</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>File system, including the Web.config file in the  ClientAccessSync folder IIS metabase</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 0.5in; msoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook Web Access virtual directories</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 0.5in; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Active Directory configuration container and file system</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerClientAccess</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 12.75pt; msoyftiirow 7; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 178.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width238><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Web services configuration</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IIS metabase</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 9.1</STRONG> Files Needed to Restore the IIS Configuration </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Like a Mailbox or Hub Transport Server, a Client Access Server can be restored using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Setup<B> </B>/ModeRecoverServer</SPAN> command.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up an Exchange 2007 Unified Messaging Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2007 servers with the Unified Messaging UM role installed store most of the configuration data in the Active Directory, which means its very limited what you need to back up on the UM server itself. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Table 9.2 lists the files you need to back up.</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 428.25pt; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width571 border1><TBODY><TR styleHEIGHT 12.75pt; msoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 3in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width288><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Data</STRONG></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 12.75pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Location</STRONG></P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 60pt; msoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 3in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 60pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width288><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Custom audio prompts</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Custom audio files .wav for UM Dial Plans and UM Auto Attendants</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Custom audio files .wav for telephone user interface TUI or Voice Access</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 60pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerUnifiedMessagingPrompts</P></TD></TR><TR styleHEIGHT 24pt; msoyftiirow 2; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 3in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 24pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width288><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Incoming calls .eml and .wma files for each voicemail</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; HEIGHT 24pt; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent width283><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange Server UnifiedMessagingtemp</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 9.2</STRONG> Files to Back Up on Unified Messaging Server </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, you should back up the System State. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The rest of the configuration data is, as mentioned previously, stored in Active Directory, which makes it possible to restore using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Setup /ModeRecoverServer</SPAN> command.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up an Exchange 2007 Edge Transport Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An Exchange 2007 Server with the Edge Transport Server role installed can be restored by using a Cloned Configuration employing the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script. For stepbystep instructions on how you deal with clone configuration, see Chapter 7. In addition to cloned configuration, you should back up System State as well as the Message Tracking and protocol logs, which are located in CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerTransportRolesLogs. The message queues that are stored in an ESE database just like message queues on a Hub Transport server can be mounted on another Edge Transport server. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restoring Exchange 2007 Storage Groups and Databases Using Windows 2003 Backup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So now that you have seen how to back up Mailbox and Public Folder databases, you should of course also be aware of how you restore these databases properly should you experience a database corruption or find them unusable in some other way. In this section, Ill show you how to perform a restore of a Mailbox database from the backup set we created earlier in this chapter. When you restore a Mailbox or Public Folder database from a backup set, any associated transaction log files are restored as well. Its important you understand that a restore of a Mailbox database will copy the database file .EDB into its original location on the disk, and thereby overwrite any existing .EDB file. In addition, any transaction log files will be copied to a temporary location, which can be specified when doing the actual restore. Upon the restores completion hopefully without any serious warnings or errors, the log files will be replayed into the restored version of the database. In addition to the log files, a file called Restore.env will also be copied to the specified temporary folder. This file keeps control of which storage group the log files belong to, as well as the database paths and range of log files that have been restored.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to restore the aforementioned Mailbox database, we need to perform the following steps. First, open the <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, expand <B>Server Configuration</B>, and then select the <B>Mailbox</B> subnode. Now choose the respective Mailbox server in the <B>Result</B> pane, and then dismount the Mailbox database.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now open the properties page for the Mailbox database. Check <B>This database can be overwritten by a restore.</B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Were now ready to restore the databases using the Windows 2003 Backup tool, so lets launch this tool by clicking <B>Start  Run</B> and typing <B>NTBackup</B>, and then selecting the <B>Restore and Manage Media</B> tab. Expand the desired media item and backup set, then check the <B>log files </B>and<B> mailbox database</B>. We can then click <B>Start Restore</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youll be faced with a screen. Here, you need to specify the server you want to restore the database to the local server on which the Windows 2003 Backup tool is run is typically preentered here, and the temporary location for log and patch files. In addition, you need to specify whether the restore youre performing is the last restore set. If you select this option, all the restored log files will be replayed automatically into the database after the restore has completed. You typically want to do this if you dont have any incremental or differential backups of the databases log files you need to restore after this restore. Finally, you have the option of specifying that the database should be mounted automatically after the restore has occurred. When you have made your selections, click <B>OK</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The restore will now begin. Depending on the size of the database, it will take some time to complete. Since the database in this example is under 11MB, the restore took less than a second, as you can see in Figure 9.8. When the restore has completed, you can click the <B>Report</B> button to see a detailed log of the restore process. When ready, click <B>Close</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your restore completed successfully, you can now switch back to the Exchange Management Console, where the restored Mailbox database should have been mounted automatically, and we can call the restore a success.</P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its beyond the scope of this book to show the steps necessary to restore a database to its last good known state using a combination of a full backup set and incremental or differential backups.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Repairing a Corrupt or Damaged Exchange 2007 Database Using Eseutil<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There may be situations where you either dont have a proper backup set to restore a particular database from, or perhaps you found out that the database you just restored to replace a corrupt or damaged database is also corrupt or damaged. This is where Extensible Storage Engine Utilities for Microsoft Exchange Server Eseutil comes in. Eseutil is a commandline utility that can be used to perform a range of database tasks including repair, offline defragmentation, and integrity checks. Eseutil hasnt changed much from Exchange 2003 since Exchange still uses ESE databases when speaking Exchange 2007. This means that pretty much all of the switches and parameters available in Eseutil are the same as in previous versions. Since there are plenty of books and online documentation describing how you should approach fixing a corrupt database using Eseutil, I wont include comprehensive information on how to use this utility in this book. Instead, Ill provide you with the most common Eseutil switches, as well as a few examples.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Eseutil, as in previous versions, is located in the Bin folder under your Exchange installation path, which in Exchange 2007, by default, is CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange Server. However, you no longer need to run the tool from that path; you can just open a Command Prompt window and type <B>Eseutil.</B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note<op></op></STRONG></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also run Eseutil directly from the Exchange Management Shell.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we move on, we want to stress that its very important you always try to restore your databases from a backup if possible, since theres a good chance you will lose some data when performing a repair of a database. The reason for this is that Eseutil often needs to discard rows from tables or even entire tables. In addition, you should have a repaired database running in your production environment only for a temporary period, which means that after you have repaired a database, you should move all mailboxes from the database to a new one. Needless to say, you should also be sure to make a copy of the database before performing a repair using Eseutil.</P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Did you know that when a database corruption occurs, 99.9 percent of the time its caused by the underlying hard disk drive subsystem Yes, its true This means theres a pretty good chance the database corruption experienced is caused by an I/O issue on the disk set in your Exchange 2007 server. You should therefore always examine the Application and System logs, searching for any events that might indicate this to be the problem.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Eseutil /P can, in addition to the Mailbox and Public Folder databases, also be run against the ESE databasebased message queues on either a Hub Transport or Edge Transport server in your Exchange 2007 organization.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To repair a corrupted or otherwise damaged database, run Eseutil with the /P switch. So, to repair a database called Mailbox Database.edb located in EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage Group, you would need to type</P><P classcode0 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classcode0 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Eseutil /P EProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerMailboxFirst Storage GroupMailbox Database.edb</SPAN></B></EM></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After pressing <B>Enter</B>, you would receive the warning message shown in Figure 9.10.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classtnwhd styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You must have the necessary amount of free space equal to 110 percent of the database file size on the disk containing the database before you can run Eseutil /P and Eseutil /D.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>OK</B> to proceed, and then wait until Eseutil has repaired the database. If the database is completed successfully, its highly recommended you perform a full backup of the database, since restoring a backup made before the repair would roll the database back to the state it was in at the time of the backup, which wouldnt be very smart.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you have run Eseutil /P against a database, also run E]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange Cluster Checks With ClusPrep and ClusDiag Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-cluster-checks-with-clusprep-clusdiag-part-a-2962.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Anyone who has set up and configured an Exchange cluster knows that, although they are designed to achieve high availability for your messaging environment, they add much more complexity than standalone servers so this high availability comes at a cost. Admittedly, these days Microsoft has made the installation of Exchange on clusters much easier than earlier versions but there is still a fair amount of planning to do up front for the actual cluster itself. In fact, planning, deployment and administration are all vital to the successful deployment and ongoing functionality of an Exchange cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two tools that Exchange professionals can look to use when installing new Exchange clusters. These tools are ClusPrep and ClusDiag and Ill be looking at these two tools over the two parts of this article. In part one here well look at ClusPrep, whilst in part two well be looking at ClusDiag.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introducing ClusPrep<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The full name for ClusPrep is the Microsoft Cluster Configuration Validation Wizard, but Im going to refer to it as ClusPrep for simplicity. Ill be running ClusPrep against a proposed Exchange 2007 threenode active/passive single copy cluster but of course its valid for earlier versions of Exchange too. You can download ClusPrep from this link.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What you actually download is a single file called <B>clusprep.exe</B>. Before installing this program, there are a few things to note. First, youll ideally run this program before the cluster has been created although you can still run ClusPrep after the cluster has been formed. This is because some tests can interfere with the operation of a live cluster. Second, ClusPrep must be installed on a 32bit architecture computer. Finally, its a clientserver tool and so should ideally be installed on a different machine than the cluster nodes that you will be testing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Install ClusPrep by running the downloaded file, which will present you with an installation wizard that essentially consists of nothing more than the license agreement; in other words there are no installation options. ClusPrep will be installed into <B>CProgram FilesMicrosoftClusprep</B> and the menu items placed into <B>Microsoft Cluster Validation</B> found under Start / All Programs.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Running ClusPrep<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The running of ClusPrep can be achieved by choosing the <B>Microsoft Cluster Configuration Validation Wizard</B> menu option, or by running <B>CPrepWiz.exe</B> manually from the folder name I mentioned earlier. Doing so will invoke the main wizard which starts off with the traditional welcome screen. Next the <B>Server Names</B> screen will be presented as shown below in Figure 1. Here you simply add the names of the cluster nodes that you wish to test. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see from Figure 1, Ive added nodes named <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>nhw2k3srv01.e2k7ccr.com</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>nhw2k3srv03.e2k7ccr.com</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>nhw2k3srv04.e2k7ccr.com</SPAN>. You will note that the Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN of the cluster nodes includes a domain name of e2k7ccr.com and so you may be thinking that these cluster nodes are for an Exchange 2007 Clustered Continuous Replication CCR configuration. Youll have to forgive my naming convention that includes CCR in the domain name since you may remember from earlier in this article that I stated Id be using a single copy cluster. The cluster nodes in my lab were originally part of an Exchange 2007 CCR setup and hence I named the domain to reflect this. Ive since demolished this CCR cluster but kept the Active Directory domain, which has saved me time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once all future cluster nodes have been added, the next screen presented is the <STRONG>Storage Preparation for Testing</STRONG> screen that essentially informs you to isolate the storage from the servers prior to running the tests. This is to prevent storage device corruption.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When youre happy that the storage has been isolated, click the <B>Check when the storage is ready</B> checkbox and then click <B>Next</B>. You will then be presented with the <B>Testing Options</B> screen that allows you to decide whether to run all or some of the tests. There are 36 tests spread across the following 4 categories</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>System Configuration. These tests are used to check whether the servers are configured correctly prior to becoming cluster nodes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Inventory. The inventory tests provide a list of hardware and software settings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Network. These tests ensure that network settings, such as IP addresses and subnets, are all in order. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Storage. Since storage forms a critical part of the cluster, its vital to ensure that its configured correctly.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Table 1 shows a list of these tests and Ive included it to show you how comprehensive the series of tests is.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Test Type</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Test</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System Configuration</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Domain Membership</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Same Processor Architecture</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Domain Role</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate All Drivers Signed</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Software Update Levels</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Service Pack Levels</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Operating System Versions</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Inventory</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List BIOS Information</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Environment Variables</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Host Bus Adapters</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 11><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Memory Information</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 12><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Operating System Information</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 13><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List PnP Devices</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 14><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Software Updates</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 15><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Running Processes</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 16><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Services Information</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 17><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List System Drivers</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 18><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List System Information</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 19><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Unsigned Drivers</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 20><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Network</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List IP Configuration</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 21><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Network Configuration</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 22><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Network Communication</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 23><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Storage</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List All Disks</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 24><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>List Cluster Disks</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 25><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Prepare storage for testing</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 26><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Existence of Reserves</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 27><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Disk Arbitration</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 28><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Device Resets</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 29><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Disk Access Latency</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 30><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Disk Failover</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 31><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Simultaneous Failover</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 32><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Disk TID and LUN Mappings</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 33><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Multiple Arbitration</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 34><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate SCSI Reserve and Release</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 35><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Bus Resets</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 36; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 105pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width140><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 219pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width292><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Validate Unique Identifiers</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Table 1</B> ClusPrep Test List</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The default option is to run all tests so lets stick with that option. However, note that if you select the <B>Run selected tests</B> option youll be presented with the <B>Test Selection</B> screen where you can select individual tests from the list above. Before the tests are run, each cluster node is prepared for testing and youll see a screen that shows you the progress of these preparation steps. During this stage, the ClusPrep filter driver is installed onto each node into the <B>CWindowsClusPrep</B> folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the server preparation has completed and <B>Next</B> has been clicked, you are presented with the <B>Storage Management Secure</B> screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you isolated the storage previously you must now reverse this setting since everything is now properly prepared to manage the storage devices. When youre ready, just click the <B>Check when the storage is ready</B> check box as before and then click <B>Next</B>. The program will then start running through the tests as you can see from the <B>Running Validation Tests</B> screen shown in Figure 5. Tests will either complete successfully, complete with a warning, or fail. Once testing has completed, which took quite a few minutes on my test servers, just click the <B>Next</B> button on the Running Validation Tests screen and youll be presented with the final screen informing you of completion. From here, you can view the report by clicking the <B>View Report</B> button or exit the wizard via the <B>Finish</B> button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The report is stored as ValidationReport.html and ValidationReport.xml found in the <B>CProgram FilesMicrosoftClusprepReports</B> folder. Figure 6 shows an example of the beginning of the validation report, where you can see that there are some warnings within the Configuration Tests area of the report. Similar summaries are available for the inventory, network and storage tests.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each of the tests listed on the lefthand side of the report is a link to more detailed information presented further down the report. For example, if you click the <STRONG>Validate Software Update Levels</STRONG> link, you are taken to that area.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At the bottom of this section, we get to see the warning information regarding software updates. As you can see from Figure 8, we dont have the same software updates installed on each cluster node so thats something wed need to rectify prior to creating the cluster. As you can probably appreciate by the size of the report shown, a lot of detailed information is gathered. Even if everything comes back clean, its very handy to have a report of the configuration of the cluster that you can file away for change control purposes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ClusPrep is a simple wizarddriven tool that you should ideally run against each node before you create the cluster. When you look at the list of tests available in ClusPrep, its not difficult to see why this tool gives your system a useful checkup before the cluster is formed. In the second part of this twopart article, Ill be taking a look at ClusDiag, which can be used after youve created the cluster using Cluster Administrator.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange Cluster Checks With ClusPrep and ClusDiag Part 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-cluster-checks-with-clusprep-clusdiag-part-a-2961.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part one of this article, we looked at running ClusPrep before cluster formation in order to ensure that our physical cluster nodes and storage were configured correctly.&nbsp;What happens once the cluster has been formed&nbsp;What tests can we then run before we put the cluster into production and install Exchange onto it Historically, there havent been that many tools to assist us in the analysis of a cluster but that changed not long ago.&nbsp;Microsoft has a tool available to verify a cluster by running performance tests against it, as well as providing a graphical view of various components such as the network and disk layouts.&nbsp;In addition, this tool helps with the cluster troubleshooting process as it can examine the cluster log files.&nbsp;What is this tool Its ClusDiag, and here in the second part of this twopart article well take a look at it.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Obtaining and Installing ClusDiag<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The full name for ClusDiag is the Cluster Diagnostics and Verification Tool, but Im going to refer to it as ClusDiag for simplicity. In part one youll remember that I ran ClusPrep against a proposed Exchange 2007 threenode active/passive single copy cluster and therefore Ill be running ClusDiag against this same cluster once it has been installed and configured as a cluster.&nbsp;Make sure that you download the latest version of ClusDiag from the Microsoft downloads site. The current version at the time of writing this article can be found at the following link</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Cluster Diagnostics and Verification Tool ClusDiag.exe</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What you actually download is a single file called <B>clusdiag.msi</B>.&nbsp;This can be installed onto a machine running Windows XP or later. Install ClusDiag by running the downloaded file, which will present you with an installation wizard that consists of a license agreement screen followed by an installation location screen.&nbsp;The default installation folder is <B>CProgram FilesClusDiag</B> and a shortcut called <B>Cluster Diagnostics Tool</B> is placed into the Start / Programs location.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Running ClusDiag<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The running of ClusDiag can be achieved by choosing the Cluster Diagnostics Tool menu option or by running ClusDiag.exe from the installation folder I mentioned previously.&nbsp;Upon running the tool, youll be presented with the main opening screen.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the <B>Open what</B> field you need to enter the name of the cluster that you wish to test.&nbsp;Notice from Figure 1 that there are two modes of operation, namely <B>Online</B> and <B>Offline</B>.&nbsp;Broadly speaking, the online mode is used to perform the tests and to capture configuration information about the cluster. Offline mode can be used in situations such as when you wish to examine cluster log files from a previous online session, or perhaps after another administrator has emailed you the log files from a remote cluster.&nbsp;You may therefore deduce that, with online mode, the cluster logs are stored for later review.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ClusDiag Tests<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As we saw in part one of this article, ClusPrep is useful in ensuring that our cluster components are configured correctly prior to construction of the cluster.&nbsp;One of the first things you should test after cluster construction is its ability to failover correctly.&nbsp;To do this, first ensure that your correct cluster name has been selected and the Online option chosen in the Open window as shown previously in Figure 1.&nbsp;Once youve done this, click OK and you will then be presented with a view of your cluster thats not too dissimilar to that presented via the Cluster Administrator program.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To initiate our failover test, select the <B>Tools</B> menu and then choose <B>Run Test</B> from the available options.&nbsp;This will present the <B>Run Test</B> window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will note from Figure 3 that the test name is set to <B>SPFAILBASIC</B>. The other test option is <B>SPFAILREGULAR</B>.&nbsp;The SPFail tests are designed to test the setup of a cluster.&nbsp;The basic test will see if the resource groups can be moved across nodes within the cluster, whilst the regular test is more of a stress test since it continuously moves the resource groups between the nodes for a period of time.&nbsp;Therefore, you will want to run these tests before you make the cluster a production cluster with users connecting to it.&nbsp;As you might be aware, you can build a onenode cluster but obviously youre not going to be able to run these tests in such a scenario, since there are no other nodes to move the resource groups to. There is also the option for <B>Enable Sniffing</B> which is useful if youre looking to analyze the data using Network Monitor.&nbsp;Clicking the <B>Launch</B> button begins the testing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If this is the first time youve run ClusDiag on this machine, you will likely be prompted with a statement that the Logs directory cannot be found.&nbsp;You are asked if you would like to create a new Logs directory. If you say yes to the above question, a folder named Logs will be created under the ClusDiag folder created during program installation.&nbsp;Under the logs folder you will find additional folder names for the logs as and when they are collected.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Eventually, youll receive a prompt that the tests have finished and that the results will be displayed once you click OK.&nbsp;Figure 5 shows an example of the test that I ran, which informs me that the cluster has passed the SPFAILBASIC test.&nbsp;I can therefore be satisfied that this cluster performs a basic resource group move operation between cluster nodes.&nbsp;This report and the associated log files are held in the <B>ClusDiagLogs</B> folder; in my case, the full folder path is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>CProgram FilesClusDiagLogs04252007nhclu10</SPAN>.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Analyzing Logs<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets turn our attention now to analyzing cluster logs using ClusDiag. In fact, lets look at analyzing log files in offline mode. To do this, follow these steps&nbsp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Run ClusDiag and in the Open window make sure that Offline mode is selected.&nbsp;Once this has been done, browse to the relevant log file location.&nbsp;This is shown in Figure 6.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Once the relevant log folder has been selected and the OK button clicked, you should be back to the normal ClusDiag window. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Rightclick the Log Files folder from the lefthand pane and choose Failure Window from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>All the relevant cluster node log files are now shown in a cascaded view.&nbsp;This is useful because each nodes log file can now be easily compared.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You can now select the particular cluster node log file that you want to work with and step through the log entries.&nbsp;Note how the log categories are highlighted in different colors.&nbsp;For example, ERR entries are highlighted in red, whilst WARN entries are highlighted in purple.&nbsp;It would therefore make sense here to step through the log file and examine all the ERR and WARN entries first.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To keep track of any important log entries, you can either bookmark the event or make a comment on the event.&nbsp;To bookmark the event, simply highlight the relevant event and then click the leftmost blue flag toggle bookmark icon from the toolbar, or click in the grey area to the left of the log entry.&nbsp;To make a comment, rightclick the event and choose Comment / Edit from the context menu; here you can type in your desired text.&nbsp;Commented events change color to yellow so that you can quickly locate them in the future.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also note that a default filter is applied to the log files.&nbsp; To access the templates and therefore the filters, choose the <B>Tools</B> menu followed by <B>Options</B>.&nbsp; This brings you to the <B>Clusdiag Options</B> window.&nbsp; From here, go to the <B>Templates</B> tab where you can edit the relevant template.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Graphical Views<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, lets look at the ability to generate graphical views of network, resource and disk layouts. One thing to watch for is that in order to generate these views, you will need to have either run a test or captured some log files otherwise the various required XML files will not be present in the log folder discussed earlier in this article.&nbsp;Lets start with the disk layout which can be accessed by choosing the <B>View</B> menu followed by the <B>Disk View</B> option.&nbsp;You will then be presented with the <B>Disk View</B> window as shown in Figure 9.&nbsp;This gives you a view of the cluster nodes and their disk layout.&nbsp;Note the tool tip displayed, shown as a result of hovering the mouse over the disk in the centre of the top row, which gives you many more details about the selected disk. You can also get this information from within the main window by choosing the <B>Reports</B> menu followed by the <B>Disk Statistics</B> option.&nbsp;Also note that the quorum disk is automatically highlighted in red by ClusDiag  in this case, its Disk Q.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next is the network layout. Clusters typically have a more complex network card layout than standalone servers and so it can be extremely useful to see the network configuration in a graphical format.&nbsp;To see the network layout, choose the <B>View</B> menu followed by <B>Network View</B>.&nbsp;This view gives you a graphical layout of how the public and private networks connect to the cluster nodes.&nbsp;Again, tool tips give you additional network card information as you can see from the sample network view in Figure 10.&nbsp;You can also get this information from within the main window by choosing the <B>Reports</B> menu followed by the <B>Network Statistics</B> option. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another fantastic view is the view given of the resources. The beauty of the resource layout is that you also get to see the resource dependencies.&nbsp;I talked at the start of this article about running tests after the cluster has been formed, but before it had been put into production and Exchange installed onto it.&nbsp;Of course, to see the Exchange resource dependencies at least one of the cluster nodes will need to have had Exchange installed onto it. &nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From the <B>View</B> menu, highlight the <B>D.A.G.</B> option which stands for Directed Acyclic Graph which will then reveal another context menu that allows you to choose which resource dependencies youd like to view. In the example Ive shown below in Figure 11, Ive chosen the Cluster Resource DependencyCMS menu option, which shows the resources and their dependencies for the resource group that I called CMS.&nbsp;Again, tool tip information is shown and youll see from Figure 11 that Ive elected to show the tool tip seen when hovering the mouse over the Information Store resource.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Over this twopart article, weve looked at a tool ClusPrep that can help check the cluster nodes before the cluster is created, as well as a tool ClusDiag that can help check the cluster after it has been created.&nbsp;Both of these tools are freely available from the Microsoft downloads site, so it makes sense to include them in your cluster build and test processes.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Load Balancing Exchange 2007 Client Access Servers using Windows]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/load-balancing-exchange-2007-client-access-servers-using-windows-a-2960.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article I will show you how you can loadbalance Exchange 2007 Client Access Servers CAS using Windows Network Load Balancing NLB technology. By implementing a loadbalancing solution, you can distribute client workload among multiple servers and thereby increase performance and decrease downtime by eliminating the single point of failure that exists in a topology with only one single Client Access server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Bear in mind that a loadbalancing solution can also be accomplished using a 3rd party loadbalancing solution, but as mentioned we will base this article on the NLB component in Windows Server 2003. NLB works well and should be a suitable solution for most enterprise organizations.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What is Network Load Balancing and how does it Work<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Network Load Balancing NLB technology can be used to distribute client requests across a set of servers. Windows NLB is often used to ensure that stateless applications such as IISbased web servers can be scaled out by adding additional servers as client load increases. Doing so makes sure that clients always experience&nbsp;acceptable performance levels. In addition, it reduces downtime caused by a malfunctioning server as the endusers will never know that a particular member server in the Windows NLB is or has been down.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows NLB clusters can provide scalability for services and applications based both on TCP and UDP. On top of that you can have up to 32 servers in a Windowsbased NLB cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows NLB is included in both the Windows Server 2003 Standard and Enterprise edition even the Web edition includes this component, and because Windows NLB is a standard component, it does not require you to&nbsp;use any special or specific server hardware for each member server in the NLB cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When Windows NLB has been properly configured, all servers in the NLB cluster&nbsp;are represented by a single virtual IP address and by a fully qualified domain name FQDN. When a client request comes in, it will be sent to all servers in the Windows NLB cluster. The client will then be mapped to a particular server and the request to the other servers will be dropped. Having said that, you can use affinity to direct specific client request to particular member servers. You can even configure each member server with a priority.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Figure 1.1</B> below shows a very simple setup consisting of two Exchange 2007 Client Access servers configured in a Windows NLB. Both Client Access servers accept the client requests and send them to the respective backend servers depending on the type of request.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Unicast and Multicast Mode<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A Windows NLB cluster can be configured in either unicast or multicast mode, where unicast is the default mode.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Unicast Mode<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the WNLB cluster configured in unicast mode, the MAC address of each servers network adapter will be changed to a virtual cluster MAC address, which is the MAC address that will be used by all servers in the Windows NLB cluster. When unicast mode is enabled, clients can only connect to the servers using the cluster MAC address.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Multicast mode</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the Windows NLB cluster configured in multicast mode, a multicast MAC address is added to the cluster adapter of each server in the cluster. Note that I write is added, as each server will retain their original MAC addresses.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A Windows NLB cluster, no matter what mode it is configured in, works with just a single network adapter installed in each server, but it is recommended to install a second network adapter in each server, in order to achieve optimal performance, and to separate ordinary and cluster related network traffic.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what mode should I use for my Exchange 2007 Client Access solution and how many network adapters should I install in each Client Access server Well, best practice recommendations&nbsp;are to install two network adapters and use unicast mode, so that the host and cluster network traffic&nbsp;are each separated in their own respective network adapter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to Windows NLB, you also have the option to use DNS round robin mechanisms to load balance the Client Access servers in your Exchange 2007 messaging environment, but the Windows NLB is recommended over DNS round robin as the latter only provides a minimum level of fault tolerance. The reason being&nbsp;that if a particular Client Access server does not respond to client requests, the client requests must be repeated until a server responds as information about client connections and unavailable Client Access servers are not maintained. Because the Windows NLB component is included in both the Windows Server 2003 Standard and Enterprise edition, there is really no excuse for choosing DNS round robin over WNLB.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although the above might make it sound complex and time consuming to deploy a Windows NLBbased loadbalancing solution, it is actually relatively easily to accomplish, as&nbsp;I will show you throughout this article series. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Purpose of the Client Access Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we dive into the configuration part of Windows NLB clusters, I thought it would be a good idea to give you a brief description of what&nbsp;purpose&nbsp;Client Access servers have. This will give you a better understanding of why it is important to loadbalance this Exchange 2007 server role.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Client Access Server replaces the frontend server we know from Exchange 2000 and 2003 and adds some additional functionality. The Client Access server provides mailbox access for all types of Exchange clients except Outlook MAPI clients, which as most of you are aware, connect directly to the Mailbox Server. This means the Client Access server manages access for any user who accesses their mailbox using Outlook Anywhere formerly known as RPC over HTTP, Outlook Web Access OWA, Exchange ActiveSync EAS, POP3 and last but not least IMAP4.</P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to providing client access, the Client Access server is also responsible for providing access to things such as automatic profile configuration, free/busy information, Out of Office OOF messages, the Offline Address Book OAB as well as Unified Messaging UM, but only with respect to Outlook 2007 and Outlook Web Access 2007 and Windows Mobile 6.0 devices sometime in the future. These are the only two clients, which can take advantage of the new webbased Exchange Autodiscover and Availability service, which are responsible for providing access to the above mentioned client features. </P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classbdytxt styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Legacy clients such as Outlook 2003 and earlier, and Windows mobile 5.0 devices cannot use Autodiscover or availability service.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Prerequisites<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to deploy the solution explained in this article series in your own lab environment, you will need the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1 server acting as Domain Controller with the Microsoft CA component installed </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>2 servers with the Client Access server roles deployed two NICs in each </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1 server with the Mailbox and Hub Transport server roles deployed </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1 Windows XP/Vista client with Outlook 2007 installed</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on your specific hardware specifications, you could install the Mailbox and Hub Transport server roles on the domain controller, but even in lab environments it is a good idea to keep the roles separated.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get up to speed as quickly as possible, I recommend you use a virtual environment, and make use of a parent disk. This makes it a breeze to get your servers up and running by using linked clones.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You now know what a NLB cluster is all about and can begin to set up your lab environment.&nbsp; This will enable you to&nbsp;be ready for the next part of this article series which will provide you with stepbystep instructions to configure a Windows NLB cluster.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Load Balancing Exchange 2007 Client Access Servers using Windows]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/load-balancing-exchange-2007-client-access-servers-using-windows-a-2959.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article well continue where we left off in part two. We will create a new subject alternative name SAN certificate that includes all necessary Fully Qualified Domain Names FQDNs and NetBIOS names and install it on both nodes in our NLB cluster. Lastly, well do the testing necessary to ensure client services work as expected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have a lot to go through in this article, so we better get started</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the LoadBalanced Client Access Server Setup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we continue with the remaining configuration steps, now would be a good time to test whether we have an NLB cluster that works as expected. To do so, open a browser on one of the servers or a client if you prefer, then type the FQDN for the NLB Cluster, in my setup this is https//mail.ehlo.dk/owa. As can be seen in <B>Figure 3.1</B> below, well get a couple of security alerts, since were trying to access OWA 2007 via the NLB cluster name. This is because the FQDN isnt included in the selfsigned SSL certificate that is installed on each Client Access server during the Exchange 2007 setup. Well fix this problem later, for now lets just click <B>Yes</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The familiar OWA 2007 formsbased authentication logon page will now appear, and we can access OWA by logging on with a username and password.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of the certificates issue, Exchange ActiveSync and Outlook Anywhere will not work yet, so theres no reason to test access from those clients at this stage we will do so later in the article.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Simulating Downtime of the First Node in the NLB Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Accessing OWA 2007 using the NLB cluster name didnt show us much else than that we were able to connect to the first Client Access server in our NLB cluster. To test whether the single point of failure that exists in organizations with only one Client Access server deployed have been eliminated, lets try to simulate a malfunctioning Client Access server. We can do this by disabling the NLB LAN network adapter on the first server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The NLB LAN adapter should be disabled on the first Client Access server in the NLB cluster as this is the server that has the highest priority. Also note that if youre connected to this Client Access server using a remote desktop connection, youll get disconnected.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the network adapter disabled, lets try to access OWA 2007 once again. If the NLB cluster has been configured correctly, a nice OWA 2007 formsbased logon page should appear and things looks good so far. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With that we can conclude the NLB cluster works as expected.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Considerations when running the Hub Transport Server role on the NLB Cluster Nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For economical reasons, many organizations choose to install both the Client Access and Hub Transport server roles on the same physical boxes in order to keep the total number of Exchange 2007 servers as low as possible. If you plan on following a similar approach, and at the same time want to loadbalance the Client Access servers using NLB, you must make sure SMTP and if used secure SMTP aka TLS are excluded under the Port Rules tab on the NLB property page <B>Figure 3.4</B>. The reason for this is that Exchange 2007 Hub Transport servers have been designed with resiliency built in that is if one Hub Transport server doesnt respond to an SMTP connection, another Hub Transport server in the site will respond, and therefore shouldnt be loadbalanced using NLB.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Important Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you use other ports for SMTP communication, these should&nbsp;also be excluded in the NLB cluster configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Warning</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although configuring the Client Access server role in a Windows NLB on servers with both the Client Access and Hub Transport server roles works perfectly, the scenario is unsupported by Microsoft. The reason is this scenario wasnt tested extensively using the Exchange 2007 RTM version. It will instead be supported with Exchange Server 2007 SP1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating a new SSL certificate on the First Node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because the FQDN used to access the Client Access servers in our NLB cluster doesnt match the FQDN specified in the common name field nor the subject alternative names field in the default selfsigned SSL certificate that automatically is installed on each Client Access server during Exchange 2007 setup <B>Figure 3.5 </B>and<B> 3.6</B>, we must create a new certificate.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the purpose of this article series, well generate a new certificate using an internal Microsoft certificate authority server, but in a corporate production environment, you would in most situations want to submit the certificate request to a 3rd party certificate authority.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because we need a certificate in which multiple FQDNs have to be specified, we must use a subject alternative name SAN certificate. At the time of this writing only a handful 3rd party CAs offer these types of certificates, most of which are listed in the following KB article http//support.microsoft.com/kb/929395. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As were going to generate a request for a new SAN certificate, we must use the NewExchangeCertificate cmdlet for this purpose, as the IIS Manager isnt capable of creating requests for SAN certificates. To do this launch the Exchange Management Shell, then type the following command replace the names with your own</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NewExchangeCertificate GenerateRequest SubjectName Cdk, OEHLO organization, CNmailehlo.dk DomainName mail.ehlo.dk, autodiscover.ehlo.dk, cas01.ehlo.dk, cas02.ehlo.dk FriendlyName CAS SAN Certificate KeySize 1024 Path cCASSANcert.req PrivateKeyExportabletrue</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After hitting Enter, the thumbprint for the new certificate request will be listed.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Submitting the SAN Certificate to a Microsoft Certificate Authority<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the SAN SSL certificate request generated, we can submit it to our Microsoft CA, or almost that is. The reason I why I say so, is because by default a Microsoft CA cannot handle certificates with the SAN field properly. To fix this issue log on to the Domain Controller and open a command prompt window, then type the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Certutil setreg policyEditFlags EDITFATTRIBUTESUBJECTALTNAME2</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After hitting Enter, you should see the old and new value.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now restart Certificate Services CertSVC service on the Microsoft CA server Domain Controller in order to have the changes applied.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Were now ready to submit the certificate request to the Microsoft CA. One way to do this is to open a browser and type http//dcname/certsrv. On the Welcome page, click <B>Request a certificate</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;On the Request a Certificate page, click <B>advanced certificate request</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Advanced Certificate Request page, click <B>Submit a certificate request by using a base64encoded CMC or PKCS 10 file, or submit a renewal request by using a base64encoded PKCS 7 file</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now paste the content of the certificate request file into the Base64encoded window. Then select <B>Web Server</B> in the certificate template dropdown menu and click <B>Submit</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The certificate has been issued and you can download a DER or Base 64 encoded version by clicking Download certificate or Download certificate chain. Lets select <B>Base 64 encoded</B> followed by clicking <B>Download certificate chain</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to import the issued certificate using the ImportExchangeCertificate cmdlet. We do this by typing the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ImportExchangeCertificate Path ccertnew.p7b</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The certificate has now been imported to the personal certificate store.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To verify the certificate looks like expected, lets now type the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>&nbsp;</STRONG><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetExchangeCertificate Thumbprint &lt;thumbprint&gt;  FL</SPAN> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally we need to enable the certificate for the client services, our endusers will use to connect to their mailboxes. In this setup Ill enable the certificate for OWA, EAS, Outlook Anywhere, POP3 and IMAP4. To do so we need to type</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableExchangeCertificate Thumbprint &lt;thumbprint&gt; Services IIS, POP, IMAP</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The certificate has now been enabled for these services but only on the first Client Access server in our NLB cluster.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Importing and Enabling the SAN SSL certificate on the Second Client Access Server in the NLB Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To import the SAN certificate on the second Client Access server in the NLB cluster, we first need to export it from the first Client Access server. When doing so, we need to make sure we export the certificate with its private key. This is done by opening the Certificates snapin. To open the Certicates snapin, click <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>Run</B> and type <B>mmc.exe</B> to first open an empty MMC window. Now click <B>File</B> &gt; <B>Add/Remove Snapin</B> &gt; <B>Add</B> &gt; Select <B>Certificates</B> &gt; Click <B>Add</B> &gt; Select <B>Computer Account</B> &gt; Click <B>Next</B> &gt; <B>Finish</B> &gt; <B>Close</B> and finally <B>OK</B>. Expand <B>Certificates Local Computer</B> &gt; <B>Personal, </B>then rightclick on the certificate that should be exported. On the context appearing menu, select <B>All Tasks</B> &gt; <B>Export</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Certificate Export Wizard, click <B>Next</B>. On the Export Private Key page, select <B>Yes, export the private key </B>then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Export File Format</B> page, select <B>Personal Information Exchange  PKCS 12 .PFX</B> and tick <B>Include all certificates in the certificates path if possible</B>. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enter a password and click <B>Next</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Make sure you remember this password as you need it when importing it on the second Client Access server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now specify the path to where you want to save the .PFX file, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay with the certificate exported, lets copy it to the C drive of the second Client Access server, and then open the Exchange Management Shell on that server. To import the certificate, type the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ImportExchangeCertificate Path cexportedcert.pfx PasswordGetCredential.password</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When pressing Enter, youll be prompted for the password you specified earlier on. It doesnt matter what username you specify as this isnt used in this type of authentication.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After clicking OK, the certificate has been imported.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now copy the certificate thumbprint to the clipboard, then enable the certificate for the required services by typing the following command just like we did on the first Client Access server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableExchangeCertificate Thumbprint &lt;thumbprint&gt; Services IIS, POP, IMAP</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The SAN certificate has now been properly enabled on both servers, and if the clients trust the root CA from our internal Microsoft CA, we should no longer get security warnings, when accessing OWA via the NLB cluster name</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing Outlook 2007 Connectivity <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have verified OWA 2007 access works as expected, lets move on and test connectivity using Outlook 2007. In order to do so, lets switch to the client machine and launch Outlook 2007. On the Auto Account Setup page, enter the <B>name</B>, <B>Email address</B> and <B>password</B> for a mailboxenabled user in your setup then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using the Exchange 2007 Autodiscover service, Outlook 2007 will now try to configure your Outlook profile settings automatically. If everything goes well, the configuration should complete within a minute.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the client doesnt trust the root CA certificate, youll get one or two security warnings during this process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that the Outlook profile has been configured properly, click <B>Finish</B> in order launch Outlook 2007. With Outlook open, lets see whether the autodiscover service works properly. We can do this by rightclicking on the Outlook icon in the System tray, while holding down the <B>CTRL</B> key, then in the context menu selecting <B>Test EMail AutoConfiguration</B>. On the Test Email AutoConfiguration page, enter your Email address and password, then clear <B>Use Guesssmart</B> and <B>Secure Guesssmart Authentication</B> and click <B>Test</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a little while, you will be informed whether the URLs to the different Outlook features, that are dependent on the Autodiscover service, are valid and working correctly. Outlook AutoConfiguration, Out of Office OOF, the Offline Address Book OAB and Unified Messaging are all dependent on the Autodiscover service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If we click on the XML tab, we can see the content of the Autodiscover XML file used by the respective Outlook profile. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing Exchange ActiveSync Connectivity<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we wont use a Windows Mobile device to test whether Exchange ActiveSync EAS works as expected. Instead well use the TestActiveSyncConnectivity cmdlet which allows us to simulate a full synchronization from a Windows mobile device against a specified mailbox.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To test Exchange ActiveSync connectivity via a specific Client Access server type </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>TestActiveSyncConnectivity ClientAccessServer &lt;name of CAS&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For more detailed test results type</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>TestActiveSyncConnectivity ClientAccessServer &lt;name of CAS&gt;  FL</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay we have reached the end of part three, which was the last in this three part article series on how you deploy Client Access server in a NLB setup, install valid SAN certificates and finally test client connectivity. I hoped you enjoyed it</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Service Pack 1 Managing a CCR Cluster using the E]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-service-pack-managing-cluster-using-a-2958.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 SP1 introduces several high availability enhancements. In this article we will take a closer look at the Clustered Continuous Replication CCR cluster management interface included in the Exchange Management Console EMC. One of the disappointments with the Exchange 2007 RTM version was that all CCR cluster related management had to be done via the respective cmdlets in the Exchange Management Shell EMS. Exchange 2007 SP1 allows you to manage many of the CCR cluster related management tasks from within the EMC, but a few of the important ones are unfortunately still missing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article is based on Exchange Server 2007 SP1 Beta 2. This means that the CCR cluster management related features covered in this article can still change before Exchange Server 2007 SP1 RTWs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in <B>Figure 1</B> below, we now have several new options when a Storage Group is selected on a Mailbox server that has been clustered using CCR cluster technology. Instead of using the EMS, we can now stop, start, and move between nodes a clustered mailbox server CMS using the Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard as well as suspend, resume, update, and restore continuous replication directly from within the EMC GUI.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Using the New Manage Clustered Mailbox Server Wizard<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As those of you who have experience with managing Exchange 2007 RTM Mailbox servers that have been clustered using CCR technology are aware of, we needed to move, start, and stop a CMS using the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN></B>, <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StartClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN></B>, and <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StopClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN></B> cmdlets respectively. Although this worked fine for those of us who enjoyed managing Exchange 2007 via the EMS, this was a disappointment for Exchange administrators that liked to manage Exchange using the GUI. The good news is that Exchange 2007 SP1 includes a new Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard, which can be used to move, start, and stop a CMS. To launch the new wizard, open the <B>EMC</B> then drill down to the <B>Mailbox node</B> under the <B>Server Configuration work center</B> in the navigation tree. In the <B>Result pane</B> select a <B>CMS</B> and then select the storage group you want to work with. Now click the <B>Manage Clustered Mailbox server</B> link in the <B>Action pane</B>. On the <B>Introduction page</B>, we can select to move the CMS to another node it doesnt say move to a passive node since this option is also available for single copy clusters SCC and start or stop the CMS. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Moving a Clustered Mailbox Server to another node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets first try to move the CMS to the passive node in our CCR cluster setup. When clicking <B>Next</B>, we can specify the target machine which is our passive node. In addition, we can enter a comment about why we need to perform the move. When you have done so, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you move the CMS from one node to the other, all the resources will be offline until the move is complete. Moving a CMS doesnt typically take more than one to two minutes, but this of course depends on the number and size of storage groups/databases, server load, etc.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember that you should always move a CMS from one node to the other using either the <B>MoveClusteredMailboxserver</B> CMDlet or the <B>Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard</B>. You should never use the <B>Cluster Administrator</B> nor <B>Cluster.exe</B>, since these two methods dont validate the health or state of the passive copy. Some of you might wonder how you move the Cluster group resource, and I understand why since this cant be accomplished using the EMC/EMS. But you really dont have to worry about this, since the cluster group resource typically will be moved to the other node, should the first node go offline. I guess this is the reason why you still must use either the <B>Cluster Administrator</B> or <B>Cluster.exe</B> in order to move this resource. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay lets move our CMS to the passive now shall we To do so, click the <B>Move</B> button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The wizard will now begin moving the CMS to the passive node, and since I did this in a test environment for a CMS with only 5 storage groups/databases, this didnt take more than 45 seconds. With the Exchange 2007 RTM version this actually took longer in the exact same test environment, but with Exchange 2007 SP1 the time it takes to move a CMS between nodes has been reduced by taking the databases offline without first flushing the database cache.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the move is completed, click <B>Finish</B> to exit the wizard.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Stopping a Clustered Mailbox Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although the second option in the Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard <B>Figure 2</B> is <B>Start the clustered mailbox server</B>, well go directly to the <B>Stop the clustered mailbox server</B> option, since we really cannot start an already started CMS perhaps the Exchange Product group should change the order of these tasks in the Manage CMS wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, lets select <B>Stop the Clustered Mailbox server</B> and click <B>Next</B>. As was the case with the <B>Move the clustered mailbox server</B> task, we now have the option of specifying a reason for why the CMS will be taken offline <B>Figure 6</B>. When you have done so, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Configuration Summary </B>page, click the <B>Stop</B> button in order to take the CMS offline.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a little while, the <B>Completion</B> page appears and the CMS is now offline. Now click <B>Finish</B> in order to exit the wizard.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Starting a Clustered Mailbox Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright, when youre ready to bring the CMS online again, select the <B>Start the clustered mailbox server</B> task, then click <B>Next</B>. On the <B>Configuration Summary</B> page, click the <B>Start </B>button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a while again depending on the number of storage groups and databases as well as database sizes the CMS will be brought online again and you can click <B>Finish</B> in order to exit the wizard.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Managing Continuous Replicationenabled Storage Groups<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange 2007 SP1, we can also manage continuous replication for our storage groups from within the EMC. This means we can now suspend, resume, update, and restore storage group copies using the GUI <B>Figure 11</B>. In the Exchange 2007 RTM version we had to use the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SuspendStorageGroupCopy</SPAN></B>, <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ResumeStorageGroupCopy</SPAN></B>, <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UpdateStorageGroupCopy</SPAN></B>, and <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy</SPAN></B> cmdlets in the EMS to perform these tasks.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Suspending a Storage Group Copy<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There may be situations where you need to temporarily suspend aka halt or stop replication from the active node to the passive node on your CMS. This could be because you for example needed to seed a storage group or perform some other type of maintenance. When continuous replication has been suspended, both log file copying as well as replay is halted. To suspend replication to the passive node, you must select the respective storage group on the CMS, then click the <B>Suspend Storage Group Copy</B> link in the <B>Action pane</B>. This will bring up the Administrative Suspend window. Here you have the option of entering a reason for why the replication for the storage group is suspended.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have entered a comment, click <B>Yes</B> to halt replication.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Resuming a Storage Group Copy<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have performed the necessary maintenance you should remember to resume replication for the respective storage group. To do so select the suspended storage group on the CMS, then click the <B>Resume Storage Group Copy</B> link in the <B>Action pane</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Yes</B> in order to resume replication.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restoring a Storage Group Copy<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The new Restore Storage Group Copy wizard in the Exchange Management Console can be used when a database cannot be mounted automatically. If/when continuous replication has been terminated for a storage group copy, the Restore Storage Group Copy task can be used to activate the storage group copy again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Restore Storage Group Copy wizard can only be used from the active node in the CCR cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To restore a storage group copy, click the <B>Restore Storage Group Copy</B> link in the <B>Action pane</B>. This will launch the new <B>Restore Storage Group Copy wizard</B>. On the <B>Introduction page</B>, make sure the correct Storage group is shown, and then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Configuration Summary</B> page</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the restore is completed, click <B>Finish</B> in order to exit the wizard.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Updating a Storage Group Copy<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There may be times where you need to seed one or more storage group copies in your CCR cluster. Typically seeding is an automatic process, but in some cases manual seeding may be required. Exchange 2007 SP1 allows you to manually seed a storage group copy using the new <B>Update Storage Group Copy Wizard</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use the new wizard, click on the <B>Update Storage Group Copy </B>link in the <B>Action pane</B>. This will launch the <B>Update Storage Group Copy Wizard</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Update Storage Group Copy wizard can only be used from the passive node in the CCR cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Introduction page</B>, make sure the correct storage group is listed, then select whether you wish to dele any existing log files in the target path or not. When you have done so, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Configuration Summary</B> page, click <B>Update</B> to begin seeding the storage group copy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the seeding begins, the directories as well as Mailbox database files will be created automatically. However, if a database file or any obsolete checkpoint files exist in the target directory, you will be prompted to delete them. Click <B>Yes</B> and let the seeding complete.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the seeding has completed click <B>Finish</B> to exit the wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can read more about how to seed a storage group copy in the Exchange 2007 online documentation.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>New Clustered Mailbox Server Property Page<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to the new wizards described above, Exchange 2007 SP1 also includes a new cluster continuous replication property page, where you can see the nodes in the CCR cluster, storage type NonShared for CCR clusters, the state of the CMS, which node is the active node and how the failover availability settings have been configured. You can also change the Auto database mount dial setting from here to read more about how to tune the failover and mount settings see the Exchange 2007 online documentation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To view this information in the Exchange 2007 RTM version, we had to use the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetClusteredMailboxServerStatus</SPAN></B> cmdlet.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>New CCR Tab on the Storage Group Property Page<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange 2007 SP1, a new tab has also been added to the Storage Group property page <B>Figure 20</B>. Here we can view continuous replication status information for the selected storage group. More specifically we can see seeding/copy status, target node, copy and replay queue length as well as when the last log file was inspected, copied and replayed to the passive storage group copy. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To view this information in the Exchange 2007 RTM version, we had to use <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetStorageGroupCopyStatus Identity serverstorage group</SPAN></B> command.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>New Transport Settings Property Page<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another enhancement in Exchange 2007 SP1 is that you now can configure the Transport Dumpster settings via a new Transport Settings property page in the EMC. In the Exchange 2007 RTM version, you had to use the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SetTransportConfig</SPAN></B> cmdlet to configure the transport dumpster settings. As those of you who have experience managing a CCR cluster probably know, the transport dumpster is used to submit recently delivered mail after an unscheduled outage in a CCR environment you can read more about the Transport Dumpster in the Exchange 2007 documentation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get to the <B>Transport Settings</B> property page, open the EMC then select the <B>Hub Transport</B> node under the <B>Organization Configuration</B> work center. Now select the <B>Global Settings</B> tab and open the property page for <B>Transport Settings</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the bottom on the <B>General</B> tab, we have the option of specifying the maximum size per storage group in MBs and the maximum retention time in days. By default the maximum size is set to 18 MB per storage group and the retention time to 7 days.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The <B>Maximum Size per Storage Group MB</B> field is used to specify the maximum size of the transport dumpster queue for each storage group and the <B>Maximum retention time days</B> field is used to specify for how long email messages should remain in the transport dumpster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On a side note, with Exchange 2007 SP1 the transport dumpster is also supported in Local Continuous Replication LCR environments.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SP1 not only improves on existing high availability features and introduces several new ones such as Standby Continuous Replication SCR, multiple subnet failover networks, support for Windows Server 2008 and IPv6 and new quorum models in Windows Server 2008, but as you have seen throughout this article, this service pack also adds most of the missing cluster specific management tasks to the EMC GUI. Were definitely on the right track, but we are still missing options such as moving storage groups, test cluster server health, test replication server health and seeing dumpster statistics from within the EMC GUI. Of course this article is based on Exchange 2007 SP1 beta 2, but I dont expect any additional features to be added to the GUI before Exchange 2007 SP1 RTWs.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange Server 2007 Edge Server Backup and Cloning]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-server-2007-edge-server-backup-cloning-a-2957.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well start this article with a short description of the Exchange Server Edge Transport role and we will then explore how it is possible to back up an Exchange Server with Windows Server 2003 builtin tools and how you can use the Exchange Server Edge cloning process to back up the Edge Transport Server functions.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What is the Edge Transport Server Role<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An Edge Transport Server role is new to Exchange Server 2007. An Edge Transport Server is a special Exchange role which is typically placed in the DMZ DeMilitarized Zone of an Enterprise. The role of the Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport Server is to be an SMTP Gateway for incoming and outgoing EMail messages. While transferring messages through the Edge Server, email messages will be scanned,&nbsp;and message hygiene functions like SenderID, Intelligent Message filtering and different White and Blacklists will be carried out. As an additional service it is possible to install Microsoft Forefront Edge Server Security products to scan EMail messages against viruses and additional anti spam methods. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport servers are not part of the internal Active Directory domain and are typically installed into a Windows Server workgroup. Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport server uses AD/AM  Active Directory Application mode, a minimal Directory service to store information about Exchange recipients and some other information. A process called EdgeSync synchronizes information from internal Active Directory servers into the AD/AM database instance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Using NTBACKUP<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The primary Edge Transport Server backup method is to use the Edge Cloning feature, but in addition to a cloned configuration you should back up the System State on every Exchange Edge Server and the Exchange Message Tracking and protocol log files which are typically stored in <B>CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerTransportRolesLogs</B>. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Using Edge Cloning<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you now know, Exchange Server 2007 Edge Transport servers store their information in an ADAM database. ADAM supports replication but Exchange Server 2007 doesnt use this feature so if you must implement multiple Edge Transport servers in the DMZ you have to manually create the required configuration or you must use a process called Edge cloning which is used to easily configure multiple Edge Transport servers. To enable cloned Edge Transport Servers you must use the Exchange Management Shell EMS to execute some predefined scripts. You will export the Edge Server configuration on the source Transport Server into an XML file. The cloned Edge configuration will then be deployed on the destination Server. After successfully importing the XML file on the destination server you can start the Edge Sync process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are some things to keep in mind An Edge Server cloned configuration does not replicate the Edge Subscription settings of the source server. The certificates that must be used by the EdgeSync service are also not cloned. You must run the EdgeSync process separately for each Edge Transport Server. Edge cloning is a process of configuring multiple Edge Transport servers with identical configurations. Edge cloning can be used to back up the configuration on one Edge Transport server, and then replicate it to another Edge Transport server for redundancy or disaster recovery.&nbsp; </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>The cloned configuration process consists of three steps<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First you must export the configuration on the Source Edge Transport Server. You must run the ExportEdgeConfig.ps1 script to an intermediate XML file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Syntax ./ExportEdgeConfig cloneConfigDataCCloneConfigData.xml</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next you must validate the configuration on the Edge Transport server where you want to import the configuration. Run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script. The script checks the intermediate XML file that you previously created by the Edge Transport export process to see that the exported settings are valid for the target server and then creates the answer file. The answer file is typically empty and contains only data when there are server settings that are not valid in the intermediate XML file from the source Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following picture shows an example of the exported XML file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After that, import the configuration on the Edge Transport target server. The ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script uses the intermediate XML file and the answer file to clone an existing configuration or to restore the destination Edge Transport server to a specific configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Edge Transport Server export process exports the following configuration settings to the intermediate XML file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>ReceiveProtocolLogPath </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>SendProtocolLogPath </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>MessageTrackingLogPath </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>PickupDirectoryPath </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>RoutingTableLogPath </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Transport agentrelated information that includes the status and priority settings of each transport agent. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>All Send connectorrelated information </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Receive connectorrelated information. To modify the local network binding and port properties, you must modify the configuration information in the answer file that is created in the validate configuration step. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Accepted domain configuration. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Remote domain configuration. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>11.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Antispam features configuration settings. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Validating the Configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The target server is an Exchange&nbsp;2007 server that has a clean installation of the Edge Transport server role. Run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script on the target server to validate the existing information in the intermediate XML file and to create the answer file. The answer file specifies the serverspecific information that is used during the next step in the cloned configuration process when you import the configuration on the target server. The answer file contains entries for each source server setting that is not valid for the target server. You can modify these settings so that they are valid for the target server. If all settings are valid, the answer file contains no entries. The intermediate XML file can be used for different target servers. The answer file is specific to a target server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Syntax ./importedgeconfig.ps1 cloneConfigData CCloneConfigData.xml isImport false CloneConfigAnswer CCloneConfigAnswer.xml</SPAN></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Importing the Configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You must run the ImportEdgeConfig.ps1 script to validate and import the configuration from the source server to the destination server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Syntax ./importedgeconfig.ps1 cloneConfigData CCloneConfigData.xml isImport true CloneConfigAnswer CCloneConfigAnswer.xml</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The import process takes a while and if everything is moving along well, you will get the following message after the import process Importing Edge configuration information succeeded.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What is not part of the cloning process<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the configuration information is exported from the source Edge Transport server, the Transport configuration object which contains EMail transport settings will not be submitted to the intermediate XML file which you must import into the destination Edge Server. If you want to have these settings on the cloned destination Exchange Edge Server you have to use an Exchange Management Shell CMDlet SetTransportConfig.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Whats new in Exchange Server 2007 SP1 for the Edge Transport Server role<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are few exciting new functions with Exchange Server 2007 SP1 and the Edge Transport server role. Edge Transport servers that have Exchange&nbsp;Server&nbsp;2007 SP1 installed include the transport configuration object in the information that is written to the intermediate XML file. Therefore, the settings of the transport configuration object on the target server have the same values as the source server after the intermediate XML file is imported.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following table lists the attributes and default values that are used with the Transport configuration object in Exchange Server 2007 RTM and Exchange Server 2007 SP1. Most of the objects are only configurable on Hub Transport Server but it is possible to configure these objects on Exchange Server 2007 Edge Server too, but these settings have no effects.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Generating Active Directory Accounts from an Exchange Database ]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/generating-active-directory-accounts-from-exchange-database-a-2956.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What can you do with a single mailbox database In a disaster scenario where we have lost our single Domain Controller and we do not have any backup, an Exchange Server mailbox database can be useful to save some time during the rebuild process. The mailboxes have some information about the associated user account and we can use this information to create new users and connecting them to the mailboxes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, it will not save the administrator in this kind of disaster to join all workstations/servers into the new domain, recreate the permissions and etc...</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article can be useful also when you want to create a lab environment using Virtual Server or any kind of virtualization software and we dont want to restore the production DCs system state in the lab.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Scenario<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are going to use the same scenario for both articles, the difference between them is the process involved of generating the Active Directory users account from a mailbox database.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Our scenario will be a company with a single Active Directory and one Exchange Server Figure 01. In this first article this will be an Exchange Server 2007 and in the second it will be an Exchange Server 2003. The only Active Directory server has crashed and we do not have any Active Directory or a System State backup available. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To generate the Active Directory users accounts the mailbox database must be in a clean shutdown state.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can summarize the steps needed to build this new environment as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Create the Active Directory Domain.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Create the Exchange Server infrastructure.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Mount the old database.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Create a list of disconnected mailboxes on an LDF file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Use this newly created LDF file to create Active Directory accounts.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Match the new users created with the disconnected mailboxes.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating the environment from scratch<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have to create the environment even though the crash was only in the Active Directory server. This is because all Exchange Server information stored in the Active Directory does not exist any more. We have to do these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Build a new server and install Active Directory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Create the backup agenda for this server because we dont want to do this entire job again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Install a new server for Exchange Server 2007 and install it preparing Forest and Active Directory, you can use the following article to help in this process, Installing Exchange&nbsp;2007 Part 1.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Mounting the old database and looking at the disconnected mailboxes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have a brand new environment with Active Directory and Exchange Server installed from scratch, lets mount the database from the old environment to bring up the users data. To accomplish this task</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Server Configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Mailbox, and in the Result Pane, click on the current server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on the database called Mailbox Database, and then click on Properties in the Toolbox Actions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Remember the Database path for the next step, and check the option This database can be overwritten by a restore. Click OK. Figure 03</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, lets go to the path where the current database is located and we will remove the current database file <B>mailbox database.edb</B>. Then, we will copy our old database on to the same path and we will rename it <B>Mailbox database.edb</B>. After that we can go back to the Exchange Management Console, click on the dismounted database and click on Mount Database in Toolbox Actions.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Listing the disconnected mailboxes and generating the Active Directory Users<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have just brought the old database into the new Exchange Server and all the users data are in this mounted database. Lets look at the Disconnected the Mailbox Databases, but right before that we should force a scan in the Active Directory for the disconnected mailboxes. We can do that using the cmdlet <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>CleanMailboxDatabase Identity &lt;database&gt;</SPAN>, as shown in Figure 04.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To see the disconnected mailboxes, we can open the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Exchange Management Console</SPAN>, expand <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Recipient Configuration</SPAN>, and then click on <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Disconnected Mailbox item</SPAN>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to use a script that will gather the information from the disconnected mailboxes and create an LDF file that will be used to create the Active Directory users accounts. This script can be found in the Exchange Server 2007 help file or at this address. Let us copy the content of that script and save the file as <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>CreateLdifFromDisconnectedMailboxes.ps1 </SPAN>under Scripts folders.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using that script we are able to create an LDF file from the disconnected mailbox information. The only parameter that we have to specify in the script is which OU Organizational Unit will be used to create the new users. The script syntax is shown below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.CreateLdifFromDisconnectedMailboxes.ps1 ContainerDN &lt;LDAP path of the OU that will receive the new accounts&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The result will be an LDF file that contains information on how to create the users. This information came from the disconnected mailboxes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Time to create the users using the current LDF file To do that we will use ldifde tool Figure 09 with the following syntax</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Ldifde I f &lt;fullpathoftheLDFfile&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can go to Active Directory Users and Computers and validate if we have got new users in the OU that we designated in the script <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>CreateLdifFromDisconnectedMailboxes.ps1</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Our next step will be matching and joining the recently created users with the disconnected mailboxes. We will accomplish this task using the following cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetMailboxStatistics  where  .DisconnectDate ne null   ConnectMailbox Database &lt;databasename&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can accept each mailbox connection answering <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Y</SPAN> or we can type in <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>A</SPAN> to say Yes to all connections.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, all disconnected mailboxes are connected with the new users. We can see all mailboxes in the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, now we have a brand new environment with new accounts generated from the disconnected mailboxes. The next job on the list would be joining all workstations in the new domain, setting up permissions on file servers and, etc </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this first article we saw how to create new Active Directory users from an Exchange Server 2007 database. This article may come in handy when we do not have any Active Directory backup or DCs System State and any other Domain Controller. The process described in this article will save some time when creating the new users and connecting them to the old content.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Recovering an Exchange 2007 Clustered Mailbox Server CMS using]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/recovering-exchange-2007-clustered-mailbox-server-using-a-2955.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In another article of mine, I showed you how you can recover an Exchange Server 2007 server, with one or more server roles installed, by using the RecoverServer switch. But what good is this if you end up in a situation where all nodes have been lost and you need to recover the whole cluster&nbsp; Not much, I agree,&nbsp;since this switch cannot be used to recover an Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster SCC or Cluster Continuous Replication CCR based Clustered Mailbox server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange Server 2003 we could recover nonclustered Exchange 2003 servers using the DisasterRecovery setup switch a method which I uncover here, just like we can recover nonclustered Exchange 2007 servers with the RecoverServer switch. But&nbsp;as is the case with the RecoverServer switch, the DisasterRecovery switch cannot be used to recover a clustered Exchange 2003 server. Instead we often recover a lost Clustered Mailbox Server or Exchange Virtual Server as it was called in Exchange 2003 using a Standby Cluster. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A Standby Cluster is a cluster that mirrors the cluster in the corporate production environment. It has been configured with the&nbsp;same operating system and Exchange Server version and the same service packs, Windows updates, and hotfixes. In addition, the storage configuration drive letters matched that of the production cluster. The only difference is that the Exchange Virtual Server&nbsp;was not created on the Standby Cluster yet. NetBIOS names, IP addresses did not have to be the same as those on the production cluster, but you must use the same cluster service account created in Active Directory. Exchange 2003 Standby clusters could also be used for site resiliency, and were actually a good alternative to expensive and often complex GeoClustering solutions, as you could recover the production cluster using a Standby Cluster in another site. Now this two part article series is not about how to recover an Exchange Server 2003 cluster using a Standby Cluster, so I&nbsp;will not&nbsp;go further into this subject. For additional details I instead recommend you check out this section in the Exchange 2003 Disaster Recovery Operations Guide on Microsoft TechNet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange Server 2003 it was also possible to recover from a failure where all nodes had been lost by restoring the full computer backup or using the clusters information records, although the latter was a relatively complex operation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Are you ready&nbsp;to perform a disaster recovery procedure, where the Exchange Server 2007 Clustered Mailbox Server CMS is offline, because you lost all nodes in your Windows Cluster Well unless you have tried out the necessary steps to recover a CMS in a test environment my guess is you are not As I will show you in this article series, because we now have the RecoverCMS switch, the process of recovering an Exchange 2007 Clustered Mailbox Server is even simpler than was the case with Exchange Server 2003 but as with everything else you should have tested out the procedure as part of your disaster recovery plan.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>All right my Clustered Mailbox Server is gone, now what<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well that depends on whether you already have a Standby Cluster available. The Standby Cluster should be a Windows cluster with the same storage configuration drive letters and LUN sizes as the lost one.&nbsp;As is the case with Exchange Server 2003, the NetBIOS names and IP addresses can be different from those of the nodes in the lost cluster as Exchange Setup is smart enough to detect these differences, when you run Setup with the /RecoverCMS switch. Even the Windows virtual cluster name can be named differently.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For details on how to configure the new cluster nodes and form the Windows Cluster, see my previous article series which provides step by step instructions on how to deploy a Single Copy Cluster SCC or Cluster Continuous Replication Cluster CCR clustered Mailbox server in your messaging environment</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Installing a Two Node Exchange Server 2007 Single Copy Cluster SCC in a Virtual Server Test Environment  Part 1 Preparing the virtual environment </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Installing, Configuring and Testing an Exchange 2007 Cluster Continuous Replication CCR Based Mailbox Server Part 1 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also remember&nbsp;to configure the new Windows Cluster to point at the Majority Node Set File share witness the Hub Transport server on which this share was created when you deployed the originally cluster. In addition, make sure you install the necessary Windows components and patches on any nodes in the new Windows Cluster.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Passive Mailbox Server Role on&nbsp;one of the New Nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we can recover the Clustered Mailbox Server, we first need to install the Passive Mailbox Server role on one of the new nodes. As most of you are aware, this can be done using either the Exchange Setup wizard or the command line interface. In this article series, we will do so using the Exchange Setup wizard. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Log on to the first node in the new Windows cluster then launch Exchange Setup wizard by executing Setup.exe from the DVD media or the folder where the Exchange Server 2007 binaries are to be found. When the splash screen also referred to as the Can opener or bootstrap appears click install Microsoft Exchange Server 2007. On the Introduction page click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Accept the License agreement and click Next then select whether you want error reporting enabled or not followed by clicking Next. Now choose Custom Exchange Server Installation and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Tick Passive Clustered Mailbox Role and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After the Readiness Check has completed, click Install in order to install the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role. When the installation is complete click Finish in order to exit the Exchange Setup wizard.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recovering the Clustered Mailbox Server using the RecoverCMS Switch<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have installed the Passive Clustered Mailbox role on the first node in the new Windows cluster, we can begin the recovery process of the CMS itself. In this article series, I will recover a CMS that uses CCR cluster technology, but the steps are more or less identical when recovering an SCC CMS. The only difference is that SCC uses a shared storage. In addition, an SCC cluster based solution often has more than 2 nodes 2 nodes is the maximum amount of nodes in a CCR cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the node on which you just installed the Passive Clustered Mailbox role, open a Command prompt window and then change to the Bin folder under the Exchange installation folder by default CProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange Server. From here enter the following command and hit Enter</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Where the&nbsp;CMSName is the name of your original clustered mailbox server the name the Outlook clients on the internal corporate network connect to and the CMSIPAddress is the associated IP address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Setup will now go through the required prerequisite steps and then start recovering the CMS by pulling information from Active Directory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As can be seen in <B>Figure 1.5</B> below, the CMS has now been recreated using information and configuration settings stored in Active Directory. Also note, that the Storage groups on the respective databases are offline and that the Storage groups have replication suspended. This reason for this is that you may want/have to restore the databases after recovering the CMS itself.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now recovered the CMS itself and can move on to the next task, which is recovering any lost Mailbox databases.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recovering Mailbox Databases by Restoring from Backup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depending on whether the CMS you are recovering is using Directed Attached Storage DAS or a Storage area Network SAN based storage solution as well as whether you have lost the CMS or both the CMS and any related databases and log files stored on the DAS or SAN, you may also need to recover the databases by performing a restore from the latest backup. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article series, we will assume the databases have been lost as well. We will also assume that Windows Server 2003 Backup has been used to perform the backup of the databases. In addition, we will restore the databases from a .bkf, but the procedure is very similar for tape based restores.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On a CMS where the Mailbox databases have not been mounted yet, no EDB databases or log files will exist in the Mailbox database and Storage group paths, meaning you can move right on and begin the restore. But if you for some reason did try to mount the Mailbox databases, you must make sure you enabled This database can be overwritten by a restore under the General tab on the property page for each Mailbox database in the Exchange Management Console EMC.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Active node, open Windows Server 2003 Backup by clicking Start &gt; Run and type NTBackup followed by hitting Enter. Select Advanced Mode and then click the Restore and Manage Media tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the menu select Tools &gt; Catalog a backup file. Navigate to the .bkf that hold the Mailbox database backups then click Open &gt; OK </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now tick the Storage Groups holding the Mailbox databases you want to restore</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are ready to restore the Mailbox databases so&nbsp;click Start Restore. In the appearing windows make sure the CMS name is entered in the Restore To text field, then specify a temporary location for the log and patch files. If you do not need to perform any incremental or differential restores, also make sure you tick Last Restore Set Log file replay will start after this restore completes like I did </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click OK and the restore process will begin</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the restore has completed hopefully with success we can mount the Mailbox databases. To do so open the EMC and select the respective Mailbox databases one at a time and click Mount Mailbox Database</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You could also specify that the Mailbox databases should be mounted automatically after the restore&nbsp;is completed by ticking Mount Database After Restore, but I like to do this manually afterwards.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All resources are now online in the Cluster Administrator console, and we can move on to the next task which is to install the Passive Mailbox Server Role on any additional nodes in this case the second and last node as we are dealing with a CCR cluster. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>That was it for part one in this two part article series covering how you install the first passive mailbox server role on the first node, recover a lost CMS as well as recover the databases. Next time, I will explain how to install the Passive Mailbox Server role on additional nodes, update storage group copies, resume replication, testing cluster failover and finally explain how you clean up the obsolete computer account objects and Arecords Active Directory and DNS.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Synthetic Backup  An Alternative Technique for Effective Data P]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/synthetic-backup-alternative-technique-effective-data-a-2954.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Enterprises big and small have seen their data grow exponentially over the years. Data protection is becoming very complex and requirements for availability are increasing every day. Given the fact that data protection is a primary concern for companies of all sizes, it requires significant investment depending upon the company size and surely is a contributing factor to the companys profitability. With well thought planning in deploying IT infrastructure and implementing best practices for maintaining corporate data, such as Disaster Recovery DR 1 planning for data protection and security; companies can save significantly and improve their profit margins. Synthetic backup is one such DR best practice that provides effective data protection at a lower cost of operation. It also offers an edge over conventional file system backup techniques during system backup and restore.&nbsp; </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What is Synthetic backup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Synthetic backup is an alternative to creating full backups from periodic incremental backups. It involves one regular full backup only the first time and from that point onwards periodic incremental 2 backups are applied to the first full backup. Since this type of backup is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>synthesized</SPAN> from a full backup, hence the name.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Technical explanation</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The expression synthetic in this context refers to the fact that the assembled file is not a direct copy of any single current or previously created file. Instead, a synthetic file is merged or synthesized by a specialized application program from the original file and one or more modifications to it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This backup procedure is called synthetic because it is not a backup created from original data. Figure 1 shows the steps involved in taking a traditional full backup and a synthetic backup. Less data, which is translated in to less network traffic, will be flowing through the pipe in the case of synthetic backup. It is due to the fact that the traditional approach of taking a full volume backup requires transferring all <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>used blocks of data </SPAN>from the volume to the backup location. Whereas with a synthetic backup technique in place, the system will only take incremental changes, transfer them over the network pipe and then run a special program 3 at the storage location to apply those changes to the previous full or synthetic backup. The bottom line is after the first full backup you need to take only incremental backups without taking a full backup every time. Each new incremental backup will be synthesized and will maintain an&nbsp;up to date copy of a full backup.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Why Synthetic backup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Synthetic backup is not just another way of taking backups; it is a better alternative. Having one Full backup and incremental backups thereafter will not offer a&nbsp;similar advantage as it would by having a synthetic backup. In the former case, the system administrator will be dealing with a&nbsp;multitude of incremental files when it comes to restoring the system using those backups. However, in&nbsp;the&nbsp;case of synthetic backup only one file will hold all the changes since the last incremental backup.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This type of backup is suitable for corporate environments where network bandwidth is a premium and it cannot be scaled easily. Business models such as Application Service Providers is a typical example, where hundreds of gigabytes of data flow through a shared pipe, mostly over T1 or T3 lines. Even with a T3 line backing up 2030 servers with 150 GB data on average on each one of them will require serious investment to cover the bandwidth and leased line cost. Moreover, it will also require extremely large storage capacity to house all those periodic full backups. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A synthetic backup can best be used when time or system requirements do not allow for a full backup. Some of the key benefits are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Relatively smaller time and space requirements for taking backups  Since volume changes are periodically merged on top of existing full/synthetic backups, less storage is needed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Reduced restore time  System restore times are reduced, as it will only look at one unified backup file versus a combination of a full and multiple incremental backup files. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Less expensive full backups  Guaranteed availability of full snapshot of the system in one backup file. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ROI  Less resource hungry; less CPU power, less network traffic, less storage, resulting in more dollars saved. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Less messy  Avoids the hassle of keeping track of multiple full backups.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Featured Users<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some of the typical synthetic backup users are</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Application Service Providers</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Application Service Providers ASPs host software from centralized data centers, renting access over dedicated, highspeed networks or the Internet.&nbsp;Application services range from Enterprise Resource Planning ERP systems, Customer Relationship Management CRM solutions and vertical applications, to groupware, personal productivity suites, and full desktop and printing services. In order to ensure data protection, these solution providers are faced with the tough challenge of backing up critical data over time, using either leased lines such as T1. It is a costly operation and requires significant investment to cover leased line cost and network traffic.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Improved backup practices such as synthetic backup, allow ASPs to significantly bring the cost of operation down considering the multiplier factor and also benefit from the time and space advantage which synthetic backup has to offer.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Managed Service Providers</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A managed service provider MSP, is a company that manages information technology IT services for other companies via the Internet. An MSP is a company that offers continuous outsourcing of an IT function. The MSP provides all technical support for this server including software updates, backups, hardware, bandwidth, firewall, and other technical issues. Given synthetic backups cost effectiveness and time and space optimization, the MSP business model can achieve significant gains in revenue overtime.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Small and Medium size Businesses SMB</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data is a crucial intellectual property for any company whether it is an ISV, insurance company, bank, retail, data center, software development house, ASP/MSP, etc. Synthetic backup guarantees optimal performance in terms of backup time and storage requirements. Less harsh on the production systems resources, it can produce intermittent synthesized full backup with minimal impact on shared and unshared applications running on those production systems, including file servers, database servers and/or print servers. Another advantage that it has to offer is that it takes less time to restore from the backup. As opposed to dealing with multitudes of incremental backup files there will be just one synthetic file which will contain all those changes recorded over time in each incremental backup.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This&nbsp;article provides a technical overview of the&nbsp;file system synthetic backup technique. Think of it as a best practice for DR, aimed at providing cost effective and robust solution for data protection. Due to its optimized time and space behavior, it can help companies with large quantities of businesscritical data to effectively handle their volume backups and storage. In short, this technique will allow maintaining cost effective data storage and will provide optimal backup sets. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Deploying an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR Cluster on a Windows Server 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/deploying-exchange-2007-cluster-windows-server-a-2953.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Back in October 2006 when Exchange Server 2007 still was a beta 2 product at least to the general public, I wrote an article series that walked you through how to deploy an Exchange 2007 clustered mailbox server CMS based on cluster continuous replication CCR cluster technology. Unlike a traditional Exchange cluster, a CCR cluster not only provides redundancy on the hardware level, but also provides redundancy on the storage level.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since then clustered mailbox servers based on CCR clusters have become a very popular method for providing a cost effective high availability messaging solution that matches the service level agreement SLA in many of the Enterprise organizations around the world. Now that both Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 SP1 and Windows Server 2008 have been released to manufacturing RTM, I thought it would be good timing to provide you with an article series that walks you through how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 clustered mailbox server based on cluster continuous replication on Windows Server 2008, so you are prepared for those real world deployments that lie on the horizon.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we move on, let me first explain why it is advantageous to deploy an Exchange 2007 clustered mailbox server based on CCR cluster technology using Windows Server 2008 failover clusters instead of sticking with the well tested clustering functionality included with Windows Server 2003. First, Exchange Server 2007 SP1 can take advantage of the heavily improved failover cluster formerly known as server cluster component in Windows Server 2008. The Windows Server 2008 failover cluster component makes it even simpler to deploy CCR clusters and enhances the stability of the failover cluster solution as well as makes it more secure than in previous versions of Window Server. In addition, because the new failover cluster included with Windows Server 2008 supports multiple subnets, unlike Exchange 2007 RTM, Exchange 2007 SP1 includes support for geographically dispersed clusters GeoClusters for failover across two subnets although the nodes must still be in the same Active Directory site. Moreover, Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR clusters support both Internet Protocol version&nbsp;4 IPv4 as well as IPv6 and DHCP assigned IP addresses both IPv4 and IPv6 although IPv4 is not recommended unless the DHCP server is set to grant leases for an unlimited length. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Get a complete list of failover cluster improvements in Windows Server 2008.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Prerequisites</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you can follow along with the steps provided in this article series, you must have a lab environment consisting of the following</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1 Windows 2003 SP1 preferably SP2 or Windows Server 2008 Standard edition server configured as a domain controller in an Active directory forest with a domain functional level of at least 2000 Native. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1 Windows 2003 SP1 preferably SP2 or Windows Server 2008 Standard edition server with the Exchange 2007 SP1 Client Access and Hub Transport server roles installed optionally you can install these roles on the domain controller. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>2 Windows Server 2008 Enterprise edition servers that will become the nodes in the failover cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The 2 Windows Server 2008 Enterprise edition servers should be equipped with 2 network interfaces one for the public network and one for the private heartbeat network and at least 2 disks  1 for the System partition, 1 for Exchange databases and optionally 1 for transaction log files in a lab environment these could also be located together with the Exchange databases.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I used the 32bit edition of Exchange 2007 SP1 and Windows Server 2008, which meant I could get along with allocating a lot less memory to each box 500 MB for the Domain Controller, 700 MB for the server where the Client Access and Hub Transport server roles are installed, and 700 MB for each failover cluster node than would have been the case if I used 64bit editions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although the above configuration recommendations are sufficient for a lab environment, please bear in mind that the 32bit bit edition of Exchange 2007 is not supported in production environment and that best practice recommendations for Exchange 2007 CCR clusters in a production environment are very different from what I used here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you, like me, only have a limited set of test boxes it is highly recommended you deploy this lab environment using a virtualization solution. If you choose to use the 32bit editions of Exchange 2007 and Windows Server 2008, you can use anything from Microsoft Virtual PC, Microsoft Virtual Server, VMWare workstation/server or a real enterprise virtualization platform such as VMWare ESX Server or Microsofts new HyperVisor HyperV included with Windows Server 2008. Just pick your favorite </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Failover Cluster Nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright, when you have an Active Directory forest consisting of a domain controller and a member server with the Exchange 2007 Client Access and Hub Transport server roles installed we are ready to configure the two servers that will be the nodes in our failover cluster. The first thing we want to do when the servers have been turned on is to partition the disks and configure the network interfaces appropriately. To partition the disks, open the Windows 2008 Server Manager and expand Storage and then select Disk Management. Now rightclick on each LUN that is offline and then select Online in the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rightclick on one of the disks again and this time select Initialize Disk. In the Initialize Disk window, tick both disks and make sure MBR Master Boot Record is selected, unless you used disks larger than two Terabytes TB or use Itaniumbased computers as nodes in the failcluster both very unlikely.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The disks are now both online, and we can begin to partition them. To do so click on the unallocated disk space, then select New Simple Volume in the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the New Simple Volume wizard, click Next. Specify the size of the new volume and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to assign a drive letter to the volume. When ready click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is time to label and format the volume. Do so and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lastly click Finish to exit the wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Perform the above steps for the second disk as well, but label it Logs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next step is to name the two network connections <B>Public</B> and <B>Private heartbeat</B> for the external and the internal network respectively. The private network will be used only for the heartbeat between the two failover cluster nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A general best practice when configuring the servers that will become nodes in a failover cluster is to change the binding order of the network interfaces. To do so click <B>Advanced</B> &gt; <B>Advanced Settings</B>, if it is not already the case, make sure Public is listed first in the binding order list, then <B>Private</B> <B>heartbeat</B> and lastly <B>Remote Access Connections</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When installing Windows Server 2008, Ipv6 is enabled by default, and although this Internet Protocol version is supported by Exchange 2007 SP1, we will not use it in this series. So you should untick Internet Protocol Version 6 TCP/Ipv6 for both the Public and Private network interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, it is recommended you disable Client for Microsoft Networks and File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks on the Private network interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can now begin to configure the IP settings for each network interface. Let us start with the public network interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now move on and configure the IP settings for the private network interface. Notice you only should specify an IP address and a subnet mask for the private network interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also make sure you untick Append parent suffixes of the primary DNS suffixes and Register this connections addresses in DNS.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click the WINS tab and untick Enable LMHOSTS lookup and select Disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the network settings configured appropriately, let us move on and name each failover cluster node with meaningful names such as <B>CCRNODE1</B> and <B>CCRNODE2</B> or whatever naming scheme you want to use in your environment. When you have done so, add them as members in your Active Directory forest.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally reboot the servers for the changes to take effect.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The concludes part 1 of this 3 part article series revolving around how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR Cluster on a Windows Server 2008 Failover cluster. In part 2, which will be published soon here on MSExchange.org, we will form the Windows Server 2008 Failover Cluster as well as deploy the CCR based clustered mailbox server.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Recovering an Exchange 2007 Clustered Mailbox Server CMS using]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/recovering-exchange-2007-clustered-mailbox-server-using-a-2952.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We will install the Passive Mailbox Server role on additional nodes in the Windows cluster, update the storage group copies, resume replication, test cluster failover and finally explain how you clean up the obsolete computer account objects and Arecords in Active Directory and DNS respectively.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the previous article in this two part article series on how you recover a lost CMS in Exchange Server 2007, we went through how you install the first passive mailbox server, recover the CMS itself and how you restore the Mailbox databases from backup. In this article well continue where we left off. We will install the Passive Mailbox Server role on additional nodes in the Windows cluster, update storage group copies, resume replication, testing cluster failover and finally explain how you clean up the obsolete computer account objects and Arecords in Active Directory and DNS respectively.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Passive Mailbox Server Role on additional Nodes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have a fully working Exchange 2007 cluster recovered, but since theres only one node so far, it doesnt provide much redundancy yet So lets get going and have the any additional cluster nodes added to the Clustered Mailbox Server. Adding additional nodes to the CMS is a straightforward task as its simply a matter of running the Exchange Setup wizard and then install the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role on each node. The procedure is identical to the one provided in the Installing the Passive Mailbox Server Role one of the New Nodes section earlier on in this article, so I wont go through the steps again.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Updating the Storage Group Copies on the Passive Node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright there are only a couple of steps more to go through before we can call the disaster recovery a success. Currently replication to the Storage Group copies on the passive node is in a suspended state. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To resume replication, we should update the storage group copies on the passive node. To do so, open the EMC on the passive node, then navigate down to Server Configuration &gt; Mailbox and select the Storage groups one at a time and click Update Storage Group Copy in the Action pane. In the Update Storage Group Copy wizard tick Delete any existing log files in target path, then click Next and then Update.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the respective Storage group copy has been updated successfully, it will be resumed automatically.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the wizard has completed perform the same step for the rest of the suspended Storage groups.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can of course also update all Storage group copies at the same time by use the UpdateStorageGroupCopy CMDlet in the Exchange Management Shell EMS. Like is the case with most wizards in the EMC, the Completion page in the Update Storage Group Copy wizard reveals the Cmdlet and the associated parameters you can use to do this.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The database and Storage group paths now looks much better, that is the EDB databases and log files have been replicated, so we again have a redundant Clustered Mailbox Server solution up and running.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can now move on the final task, which is to test whether a failover to the passive node works as expected. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing FailOver to the Passive Node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the additional node added to the CMS and storage group copy replication resumed, lets see if we can move the CMS to the passive node using the Manage Clustered Mailbox server wizard. To move the CMS to the passive node, open the Exchange Management Console then drill down to Server Configuration &gt; Mailbox and click Manage Clustered Mailbox Server in the Action pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Introduction page of the Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard, select the first option which is Move the clustered mailbox server to another node, then click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click Browse and select the node to which the CMS should be moved, then enter a move comment and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the CMS has been moved to the other node, click Finish to exit the Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Moving a CMS to the passive node using the Exchange Management Console EMC is only possible if you have installed Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1 on the nodes. If you still use the Exchange 2007 RTM version, you must instead use the Exchange Management Shell more specifically the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN></B> CMDlet. The full command looks like the following<STRONG><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic> </SPAN></STRONG><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN> <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;CMS name&gt; TargetMachine &lt;passive node name&gt; MoveComment note on why the CMS is moved</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets open the property page for the CMS in the EMC and click the Clustered Mailbox Server tab and verify the once passive node in this case CCR4 now is the Active node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can of course also verify where the CMS is located using the Cluster Administrator, but I thought I wanted to show you one of the new cool improvements in Exchange 2007 Service Pack 1 J</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Cleaning Up Active Directory and DNS<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now completed the disaster recovery steps and everything looks good. The final thing to do is to clean up the Active directory as well as DNS, by removing the now obsolete computer account objects, Windows cluster node and DNS A records.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove the old cluster node computer account objects from Active Directory, open the Active Directory Users and Computer MMS, and then select the Computers organization unit OU. Find the respective computer account objects, and delete them by rightclicking each and select Delete in the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To dele the obsolete DNS records, open the DNS Management console and then select the respective forward lookup zone. Find the records and delete them by rightclicking on each and select Delete in the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Deleting the DNS A records for the old Cluster Nodes and the Windows Cluster</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>That was it Doesnt it feel great to actually have been through the steps necessary to recover a CMS</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since messaging systems are considered mission critical in most organizations today, many organizations deploy redundant messaging solutions in order to eliminate single point of failures. But even a redundant system such as an Exchange 2007 Single Copy Cluster SCC or Cluster Continuous Replication CCR based Clustered Mailbox Server CMS can be lost for example by means of earthquakes and other natural disasters. If you end up in a disaster recovery situation its vital you know how to recovery from the situation and this is only possible if you have performed extensive testing prior to the disaster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we covered how you can recover a CMS. And as you have seen throughout the article, the process for recovering a clustered Exchange Server 2007 Server is much less complex than was the case with Exchange Server clusters in previous version of Exchange Server. But this doesnt mean you shouldnt test how to recover a CMS as part of your disaster recovery plan. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Managing Standby Continuous Replication Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/managing-standby-continuous-replication-part-a-2951.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange Server 2007 RTM and Windows Server 2003 we had two options to provide high availability SCC Single Copy Cluster and CCR Cluster Continuous Replication, however we could not have site resilience and high availability in the same scenario.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows 2008 with failover cluster has a new feature that allows installing a CCR or SCC on different IP subnets which would not have been possible using Windows Server 2003. Using Windows 2008 we can use two datacenters, each with a CMS Clustered Mailbox Server CCR node. However, in this scenario we will not have a local high availability solution. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use site resilience with Windows Server 2003 Cluster we must have both nodes in the same subnet even if they are in different locations. The only way to accomplish that is using Virtual LAN to stretch the network among the nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using Exchange Server 2007 RTM, we can choose&nbsp;high availability scenario or site resilience but not both. However the Service Pack 1 release brought the SCR feature where we are able to achieve both requirements high availability and site resilience using only Exchange Server 2007. For example, we can have a main site with a mailbox server that can be in either in a single mailbox server, CCR or SCC and a replica of the storage groups in a standby site; in case of main site failure we can use the replicated data in the secondary site to quickly recover the users message data.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SCR adds more options to the current High availability solutions found in the RTM version and extends it, enabling an environment to have a copy of the primary site database in a second site to provide an extra layer of security in a disaster recovery scenario. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The SCR feature uses the concept of Source and Target. The SCR sources can be any Exchange Server 2007 Mailbox deployment such as a mailbox server, a Single Copy Cluster SCC, or a Cluster Continuous Replication CCR. On other hand the SCR target can be a single mailbox server or a CMS passive node where there is not any CMS cluster configured just a passive node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SCR uses the same Replication technology used by CCR and LCR but in a different way. Using SCR we have the concept of Source Active copy and Target Passive Copy and they have some requirements, as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The Operating System used by target and source must be the same. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Server 2007 SP1 must be installed in both Source and Target. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>They must be in the same Active Directory domain. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The target can handle 50 Storage Groups in the Enterprise Edition and 5 Storage Groups in the Standard Edition. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The target must have at least the Mailbox Server role installed. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the target server there is no indication of the replication using Exchange Management Console. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The database and storage group paths must be the same in the source and target; this means that the paths must be defined cautiously. Example two sources cannot use the same path for database and storage groups with a single target. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The Replication service will maintain the database, log files and path in the target SCR, it is not necessary to create a folder or anything else before enabling it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One source can have multiple targets; one target can have multiple sources. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Microsoft recommends no more than 4 four targets per source.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One last thing to mote before starting to play with SCR, we cannot back up a SCR target only the SCR source. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enabling SCR<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article series we are going to use two servers with three roles Client Access Server, Mailbox Server and Hub Transport and they will be running on top of Windows Server 2008 RTM. The scenario that will be used during this article can be seen in Figure 02.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The server located in the main site srvex01 has a Storage Group called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UsersSG</SPAN> and a mailbox database called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UsersSG</SPAN> and all the log files and databases will be kept in the path <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>cUsersSG</SPAN>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article our emphasis is on demonstrating how SCR works. Keeping the database and log files on the same disks and on the same disk as the OS is not a best practice and it should not be followed in a production environment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets open the Exchange Management Shell on srvex01 and list all the existent Storage Groups through <B>GetStorageGroup Server &lt;server name&gt;</B> cmdlet.&nbsp;Our initial objective is to configure SCR on the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UsersSG</SPAN> storage group. We will accomplish this task using a cmdlet to enable an existent storage group to use a SCR target. The <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet in SP1 has new options to allow this</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy Identity &lt;Storage Group Name&gt; StandbyMachine &lt;Target SCR server&gt; ReplayLagTime &lt;using the format <B>day.hoursminutesseconds </B>0.000&gt; TruncationLagTime &lt;period of time using the same format of the previous parameter&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This cmdlet above is responsible for enabling a SCR target in an existent Storage Group. Using this cmdlet we have important parameters to be used with SCR</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Standbymachine&nbsp;name of the SCR target where a passive copy of the current storage group will be kept</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ReplayLagTime the files will be copied to the SCR target and the Replication Service will wait the amount of time specified in this parameter to replay the copied log files into the passive database copy. Even though specifying 0 there is a hard coded limit of 50 log files, this means that the SCR Target will be at least 50 log files behind the production environment. The default value is 24 hours.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>TruncationLagTime  we can specify the amount of time that the replayed log files into the passive database will be purged from the SCR Target. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note <op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The ReplayLagTime and TruncationLagTime cannot be changed, only disabling and enabling the replication will change their values.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There is a default and unchangeable value of 50 log files lag time to avoid reseeding in case of a lossy failover. Even though the lossy failover only can occur with a LCR/CCR implementation the 50 log files is default in SCR independently of the SCR source.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The steps to list the storage groups and create a replica of the UsersSG.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a few minutes we will see a new entry in the Event Viewer of the SCR target. This new entry has EventID 2114 and source MSExchangeRepl  basically the information will be an instance that the storage group has started.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can also use the <B>GetStorageGroupCopyStatus</B> cmdlet to see the current information of our SCR, in order to get only the SCR information we can use the parameter <B>StandbyMachine</B> and the SCR Target server name.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can validate log file replication in the SCR target srvex02, as we saw previously the path used by the source must be the same in the target. The only thing that we cannot see yet is a database in the SCR Target. This is normal behavior because the database will be created in the SCR target only after 50 logs are created in the SCR source and after the replaylagtime parameter is reached as well. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, let us take a look at the srvex02 and we will not see any changes in the number of mailbox stores and storage groups. The only way to manage the SCR is by using the Exchange Management Shell. Keep in mind that srvex02 will receive all the log files in the path cUsersSG but any information about that will be displayed in the Exchange Management Console.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we demonstrated how to enable the SCR feature and the definition of source and target. We also validated the changes in the source and target servers after enabling the SCR feature. In the next article we are going to test possible scenarios where SCR can add more options to a disaster recovery plan and we also will see how to recover using SCR.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Clustered Continuous Replication Failover with Standby Continuou]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/clustered-continuous-replication-failover-with-standby-continuou-a-2950.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Arguably the most important feature of Exchange 2007 Service Pack 1 is Standby Continuous Replication SCR. In a nutshell, SCR allows you to replicate your Exchange database information from your production servers to a standby server that can be brought online should the production servers be lost. Although existing Exchange 2007 technologies such as Clustered Continuous Replication CCR offer high availability, site resilience is something currently best achieved via SCR. This is because it can be problematic to implement CCR across datacenters that have different IP subnets, as the members of the CCR cluster must be in the same subnet when Windows 2003 is used as the operating system. Although this requirement can sometimes be addressed by the networking team, many organizations are looking at implementing SCR in the backup datacenter and opting for manually initializing the SCR servers in the event of a disaster at the production datacenter. Quite often, it is desirable to have to manually intervene to bring up the Exchange system at the backup datacenter rather than have an automated process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this three part article, we are going to look at the process of implementing SCR between two sets of CCR environments. The idea behind this article is that I was interested to know an outline of the procedure of moving a Clustered Mailbox Server CMS from one CCR environment to another and then back again. Obviously in the real world these CCR environments would be in separate datacenters but for the purposes of this article all servers are virtual servers configured on the same network. For clarity, I will be using the terms <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>production datacenter</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>backup datacenter</SPAN> to help illustrate which CCR environment we are dealing with at the time. In this article we will go through the process of</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enabling SCR between the two CCR environments. In actual fact, the CCR environment in the backup datacenter is actually a standby cluster and is thus a pair of passive nodes ready to take ownership of and run the CMS. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Simulating the loss of the production CCR environment and therefore producing the need to bring the CMS up on the standby cluster in the backup datacenter. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Moving the CMS back to the CCR environment in the production datacenter once this datacenter is available again.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Server Configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let us have a look at the five servers that I have in my virtual environment that will be used to construct and test the SCR scenario. They are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NHW2K3SRV02, a combined domain controller, Client Access Server and Hub Transport server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NHW2K3SRV03, initially set to the active node of the production CCR environment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NHW2K3SRV04, initially set to the passive node of the production CCR environment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NHW2K3SRV01, the first passive node of a standby cluster. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>NHW2K3SRV05, the second passive node of a standby cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since the server names have incremental numbers, it would have been nice not to have servers NHW2K3SRV01 and NHW2K3SRV05 as the standby cluster but unfortunately I had already built the existing CCR environment up to server NHW2K3SRV04 and therefore did not want to reinstall the entire environment. In fact, server NHW2K3SRV01 used to be an Edge Transport server which is why the combined domain controller, Client Access Server and Hub Transport server is NHW2K3SRV02.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are some other important names to identify</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The actual production cluster name is E2K7CLU01. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The standby cluster name for the backup datacenter is E2K7CLU02. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The CMS name is CCREX01. This is the name that the Outlook clients actually connect to.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will note that there is only a single domain controller, Hub Transport server and Client Access Server within this setup. In the real world, the backup datacenter would contain additional domain controllers, Hub Transport servers and Client Access servers that would automatically be used by the CCR environment at the backup datacenter. As the focus of this article is about the recovery of the CMS to a new CCR environment using SCR, I shall be using the same domain controller, Hub Transport Server and Client Access Server for both the production and backup CCR environments. This keeps things simple for this article but of course in any real site resilience situation these additional servers should be considered.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One additional thing to note with this article is that all servers are running Windows 2003 and therefore the steps in this article relate to Windows 2003 and not Windows 2008. There are several different steps required if your servers are running on Windows 2008 that will not be included in this article. Maybe that will be the topic of a future article here on msexchange.org as Windows 2008 starts to be deployed.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Standby Cluster Installation<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I have already alluded to within this article, it is important to note the difference between the production CCR environment and the standby cluster in the backup datacenter. The production CCR environment is installed as detailed in Henrik Walthers article, Installing, Configuring and Testing an Exchange 2007 CCR Based Mailbox Server on MSExchange.org. The standby cluster is installed slightly differently, since it is not designed to run a CMS from the outset. Broadly speaking, the main difference is that instead of installing the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Active Clustered Mailbox Role</SPAN> on one cluster node and the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Passive Clustered Mailbox Role</SPAN> on the other cluster node as is the case with CCR, both standby cluster nodes will be installed with the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role only. Therefore, in my example network, servers NHW2K3SRV01 and NHW2K3SRV05 are both configured with the Passive Clustered Mailbox Server role. This selection is made during the Exchange 2007 setup routine.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One key consideration with the installation of the standby cluster based on the fact that SCR will be used is that the path for the database and log files must be the same for both the SCR source and SCR target machines. In other words, if the CCR environment is configured to place all database files into <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EDatabases</SPAN>, then the location of the databases on the standby cluster nodes will also be set to <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EDatabases</SPAN> as and when SCR is enabled.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Activate SCR<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since this is an article on using SCR to achieve a failover between two CCR environments, the first thing to do is to enable SCR for both storage groups on the CMS. This is done using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet which has the important <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StandbyMachine</SPAN> parameter. Since the SCR target is a standby cluster consisting of two passive nodes, either of these can be specified in the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StandbyMachine</SPAN> parameter and will, ultimately, become the active node running the CMS when it is recovered later. In this article, I am going to choose NHW2K3SRV01 as the SCR target server. Also, the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet has been updated to include the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ReplayLagTime</SPAN> parameter, which is used to specify an amount of time to elapse before the log files that have been replicated to the SCR target are actually replayed into the database. This is useful in various situations such as when logical corruption has occurred with the databases on the production CCR environment, since you have time to ensure that this corruption does not make its way into the databases on the SCR target server. By default, the value for the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ReplayLagTime</SPAN> parameter is 1 day so I am going to override this value in the test environment and configure a value of 0. Therefore, the cmdlets required to enable SCR for both storage groups are as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01 ReplayLagTime 0.000</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01 ReplayLagTime 0.000</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The running of these cmdlets.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the above cmdlets have been executed, a copy of the two storage groups is created on the target machine NHW2K3SRV01. In Figure 3 below, you can see the contents of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>First Storage Group</SPAN> folder on NHW2K3SRV01. Since in my lab environment I have chosen to keep the database and transaction log files in the same folder location, you may notice that there is at least one key file missing from this folder the actual database file. There is a reason for this which will be explained in part two of this article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part one of this article we have looked at the initial steps required to enable SCR from a source CCR environment to a target standby cluster. In part two of this article, we will look at the steps required to move the CMS from the production datacenter to the backup datacenter.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Deploying an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR Cluster on a Windows Server 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/deploying-exchange-2007-cluster-windows-server-a-2949.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this series revolving around how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR based cluster on Windows Server 2008, we will continue where we left of in Part 1. We will form the Windows Server 2008 Failover Cluster as well as validate its configuration using the new cluster configuration validation wizard included with Windows Server 2008.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Required Windows Server 2008 Role and Features<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Part 1, we configured the 2 servers that will be the nodes in the Windows Server 2008 Failover Cluster as well as added them to the domain. The next step is to install the required Windows Server 2008 role and features. A clustered Mailbox Server requires the following role and features on each failover cluster node</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Web Server IIS </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>PowerShell </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>FailOver Clustering</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The simplest way to install the role and features is to use the new Windows Server 2008 commandline based ServerManagerCMD.exe tool which lets you perform the installation via command prompt window or using a custom script. To install each role or feature individually, run the following commands in a command prompt window</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i PowerShell</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i FailoverClustering</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebServer</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebISAPIExt</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebMetabase</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebLgcyMgmtConsole</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebBasicAuth</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCmd i WebWindowsAuth</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you would rather install them using one command, you can create an XML answer file with the following content</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;ServerManagerConfiguration ActionInstall xmlnshttp//schemas.microsoft.com/sdm/Windows/ServerManager/Configuration/2007/1&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;Feature IdFailoverClustering/&gt;<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;Feature IdPowerShell/&gt; </SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;Role IdWebServer/&gt;<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;RoleService IdWebMetabase/&gt;<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;RoleService IdWebLgcyMgmtConsole/&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;RoleService Id</SPAN> <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>WebISAPIExt /&gt;<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;RoleService IdWebBasicAuth/&gt;<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;RoleService IdWebWindowsAuth/&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&lt;/ServerManagerConfiguration&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To do so open notepad paste in the above code, then save it as an XML file or even easier download the script here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the script created, type <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ServerManagerCMD ip &lt;name and path of xml file&gt;</SPAN> in a command prompt. The required role and features will now be installed automatically.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating &amp; Forming the Failover Cluster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to form the failover cluster. This can be done either via a command prompt using Cluster.exe or using the new Failover Cluster Manager. In order to give you a little introduction to the new Failover Cluster Manager in Windows Server 2008, I will use the GUI in this articles series.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to use Cluster.exe, please see the respective Exchange 2007 documentation on TechNet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to launch the Failover Cluster Manager, first click Start then Administrative Tools and then finally select Failover Cluster Management.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Failover Cluster Manager will launch. Under Management click Create a Cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Create Cluster Wizard, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to add the name of the servers that should be acting as nodes in the cluster. Do so then click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Give the failover cluster a name and an IP address as shown in Figure 6 and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This name should not be confused with the clustered mailbox server name which Outlook clients will connect to.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the confirmation page, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cluster wizard will now create as well as configure the failover cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the failover cluster has been created you will be taken to a Summary page similar to the one, and you can now choose to view a report or simply click Finish to exit the wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now created a basic Windows Server 2008 failover cluster, but there is still some configuration to do before it is ready for our Exchange 2007 SP1 Clustered Mailbox server.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Cluster Networks<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the failover cluster created, we must now configure the cluster networks, so that one network interface allows client connections and one is restricted specifically to heartbeat traffic between the nodes. Lets start by opening the property page for the public network interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now change the name of the network interface to Public or something else that makes it easy to see that this interface is indeed connected to the Public network. Also make sure that Allow the cluster to use this network is selected and that Allow clients to connect through this network is ticked then click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open the property page for the private network interface, and perform the same steps, but make sure Allow clients to connect through this network is unchecked. We do not want any clients to connect to the private network interface. This should strictly be used for heartbeat traffic between the nodes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange Server 2007 SP1 any network that is configured for cluster use and accepts client connections can also be used for CCR seeding, log shipping as well as reseeding. To configure this use the new EnableContinuousReplicationHostName cmdlet. You can also read more about how this is accomplished in the Exchange 2007 documentation on TechNet.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the File Share Majority Quorum<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We must now configure the failover cluster quorum. That is, create the file share on a separate server best practice is to use a Hub Transport server in the same AD site as the failover cluster nodes. To do so, log on to the server in your lab environment on which the Client Access and Hub Transport server roles are installed, then open a command prompt and create a new folder by typing </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>MKDIR FSMDIRMBX</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Where MBX is the name you plan to use for the clustered mailbox server. It does not really matter what you call it but in case you plan to use a Hub Transport server as file share majority quorum for multiple CCR clusters, it is a good idea to use the name that you also dedicate to the CMS</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now share the newly created folder using the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NET SHARE FSMMBXCFSMDIRMBX /GRANTCCRCLUSTER,FULL</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that only the Windows 2008 failover cluster account gets permissions to access this share. Also notice that the failover cluster machine account is hidden, meaning you must add a  sign after the name.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now configure the file system permissions with</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>CACLS CFSMDIRMBX /G BUILTINAdministratorsF CCRCLUSTERF</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the system file share created, we must configure the quorum settings for the failover cluster, so that they point to the share we just created. To do so, open the Failover Cluster Manager on one of the nodes, then click More Actions in the Action Pane, then select Configure Cluster Quorum Settings in the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the Configure Cluster Quorum Wizard, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Select Quorum Configuration page, select Node and File Share Majority for clusters with special configurations and then click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to specify the path to the shared folder created on the Hub Transport server. You can do this by typing in the path directly or by browsing to the shared folder by clicking the Browse button. When the respective path has been entered, we can click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This brings us to the Confirmation page where you have one more chance to verify that you configured the cluster quorum appropriately. If everything looks super duper, click Next and then Finish on the Summary page.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also configure the quorum settings using Cluster.exe. For details see the Exchange 2007 documentation on TechNet. As mentioned previously in this article, I will use the new failover cluster GUI as much as possible in order to give you an introduction to how you do this stuff using the GUI.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in <B>Figure 19</B>, we have a fully working Windows Server 2008 failover cluster waiting desperately for Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries to be installed, but before we start installing Exchange 2007 we need to validate the failover cluster configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Validating the Failover Cluster Configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since we are dealing with servers in a lab environment in this article series, its not that important, but when you deploy Windows Server 2008 Failover clusters in a production environment you should ensure the failover cluster is properly validated using the cluster validation wizard. As mentioned this step is not super important in this lab environment, but in order for you to see what this wizard is all about, let us go through these steps as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to validate the failover cluster configuration, we need to click Validate a Configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Before You Begin page, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To validate a set of servers in an existing failover cluster, you should either add the names of the servers individually or simply type in the name of the failover cluster itself. When you have done so click Next. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have the option of choosing between two different tests Figure 23. It is easier, as well as recommended, to choose the Run all tests recommended option. When ready click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can start the validation of the failover cluster, to begin this process click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The validation wizard will go through several tests; some will take longer than others. Depending on the hardware specs of your cluster nodes, you need to have patience while the configuration is validated as this can take quite a few minutes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When all tests have completed, you will be taken to the Summary page and here you can examine any detected issues.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, you can view a detailed report by clicking View Report. Note this report is saved, meaning you can choose to examine it at a later time if you wish.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The concludes part 2 of this 3 part article series revolving around how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR Cluster on a Windows Server 2008 Failover cluster. In Part 3, which will be published soon, we will deploy the CCR based clustered mailbox server CMS as well as test whether the CMS works as expected.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Clustered Continuous Replication Failover with Standby Continuou]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/clustered-continuous-replication-failover-with-standby-continuou-a-2948.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part one of this threepart article, we covered an overview of the lab setup required for the process of moving an Exchange 2007 Clustered Mailbox Server CMS from one Clustered Continuous Replication CCR environment to a standby cluster via Standby Continuous Replication SCR. We then saw how to enable SCR to one of the standby cluster nodes but were left seeing that the actual database was missing from the SCR target folder. We will discuss why this is and then move on to the process required to recover the CMS to the standby cluster nodes. We will then bring these nodes up as the new CCR environment.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Seed the SCR Target<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets now look at the process of seeding the SCR target. Although this can be achieved manually by dismounting and copying the databases, I am going to use the Exchange Management Shell EMS to achieve the desired result. This process centers around the use of several EMS cmdlets, most notably the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UpdateStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet, and we will be running these from the passive node NHW2K3SRV01.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before reseeding a database, the storage group replication process must be suspended by running the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SuspendStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet. Since we have two storage groups that we are working with, both will be suspended at the same time as shown in Figure 4 below. The cmdlets to use are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SuspendStorageGroupCopy CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SuspendStorageGroupCopy CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With storage group replication suspended, it is now possible to remove any existing database files from NHW2K3SRV01. If you look again at Figure 3 from part one of this article, you can see that the enabling of SCR has already produced several transaction log files into the storage group folder on NHW2K3SRV01 but no database file. This is because SCR will only create the target database once at least 50 transaction log files have been copied over from the SCR source, plus the value of the period specified in the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ReplayLagTime</SPAN> value has occurred. The value of 50 transaction log files is hardcoded and therefore cannot be changed. As you have seen from the cmdlets used when we enabled SCR, the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ReplayLagTime</SPAN> value has been set to 0 which therefore means that effectively the databases will only be created once 50 transaction logs have been shipped from the SCR source. Reseeding the database now will create the database immediately.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let us get back to removing the existing database files. It is now possible to safely remove any <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.EDB</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.LOG</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.JRS</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.CHK</SPAN> files from the folders containing the copies of the storage groups on NHW2K3SRV01. Once this has been done, the databases can be seeded onto NHW2K3SRV01 by running the following two cmdlets</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UpdateStorageGroupCopy CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>UpdateStorageGroupCopy CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The results of running these cmdlets can be seen in Figure 5 where you can see the database seeding process in action.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cmdlets used above will automatically resume replication to the SCR target, so there is no need to use the Resume<SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet at this time.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Site Failover Process<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point SCR has been configured and any transaction logs that are created on the active node of the CCR environment are not only replicated to the CCR passive node, they are also replicated to the SCR target server NHW2K3SRV01. Thus, assuming the CCR environment is in the production datacenter, the SCR environment is in the backup datacenter and the other required services also exist in the backup datacenter, a site resilient solution has been created. These other required services include Active Directory domain controllers, Hub Transport servers, Client Access Servers, DNS, and so on.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To simulate a failure of the production datacenter, and thus the production CCR environment, I will simply shut down both the active and passive nodes of the CCR environment, namely NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04. At this point, we now need to go about recovering the CMS, CCREX01, so that it is now running on the standby cluster. There are quite a few steps to perform to achieve this goal, the first being the need to activate the storage group copy on the standby cluster via the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet. You will remember that when we first enabled the storage group copy, we specified the target server as NHW2K3SRV01 so in this example I am now going to run the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlets from this standby cluster node. The two cmdlets to run are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy Identity CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01 Force</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy Identity CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV01 Force</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One thing that you should note from the above cmdlets is the use of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Force</SPAN> parameter. This is used when the SCR source, in this case the CCR environment consisting of NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04, is no longer available which will be the case should you have lost the production datacenter. If the original SCR source was still available, the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Force</SPAN> parameter would not be used as any outstanding transaction logs would be copied over from the SCR source. The results of running these cmdlets.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recover the CMS<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the storage groups have been prepared for mounting via the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlets, the next thing to do is to recover the CMS. This is achieved easily by running the Exchange 2007 setup program on the target server NHW2K3RV01. The setup program has a special switch called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>/RecoverCMS</SPAN> which requires that you then specify the CMS name that you are recovering, as well as the CMS IP address. One thing to remember here is that it is likely if you are recovering the CMS within a different datacenter, you will be specifying a new IP address for the CMS since the disaster recovery datacenter will likely be on a different IP subnet. This is why, in the example below, a different IP address of 172.16.6.153 is used rather than the one originally owned by the CMS 172.16.6.80 when it ran on nodes NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04. This is perfectly normal. The setup command to use in my example is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the recovery of the CMS has been performed, the databases can be mounted either via the Exchange Management Console EMC or via the EMS. Since we have been focusing on management shell cmdlets and commandline programs so far, let us continue down this route and use the management shell to mount the two databases that we have in this system. This can be achieved by using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MountDatabase</SPAN> cmdlet. Since we have two databases to mount, there are two cmdlets to run as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MountDatabase Identity CCREX01First Storage GroupMailbox Database</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MountDatabase Identity CCREX01Second Storage GroupPublic Folder Database</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Assuming the databases are mounted correctly, the EMS prompt simply returns without any error messages. I then verified that I could access my mailbox as normal, which I could.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recreate CCR Environment<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now successfully recovered the CMS to NHW2K3SRV01 and mounted the databases, so everything is looking good so far. However, since the production datacenter had a CCR configuration, it is desirable for the backup datacenter to have a similar configuration particularly if there are plans to operate out of this datacenter for some time. Therefore, we now have to ensure that the databases are seeded onto the other cluster node in the backup datacenter, namely NHW2K3SRV05. As a result of this process, the original standby cluster running in the backup datacenter will now be a full CCR environment running the original CMS called CCREX01. You have already seen detailed information on the database seeding process within this article, so I will not repeat that information again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a final test of the configuration of the standby cluster called E2K7CLU02, it is prudent to ensure that the CMS and other cluster resources can be correctly moved between the two cluster nodes NHW2K3SRV01 and NHW2K3SRV05. Since the resources are currently running on NHW2K3SRV01, we need to move them to NHW2K3SRV05 and test for correct functionality. The default cluster group that contains resources such as the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Majority Node Set</SPAN> can be moved easily by rightclicking the group called <B>Cluster Group</B> in Cluster Administrator and choosing <B>Move</B> from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The CMS resources have to be moved using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN> cmdlet. The full cmdlet to use is shown below, where the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>TargetMachine</SPAN> parameter is used to specify the node in the cluster that you would like to move the resources to and the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveComment</SPAN> parameter is used to specify a reason for the move which is added to the application event log.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer CCREX01 TargetMachine NHW2K3SRV05 MoveComment Test move after CMS recovery</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The results of running this cmdlet should be that all CMS resources are taken offline, moved to NHW2K3SRV05 and then brought online again. At this point you need to test that access to the CMS is still possible and that you are confident that the CMS can safely operate on both cluster nodes of the standby CCR environment.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part two of this article we have managed to successfully recover the CMS so that it is now running on a different CCR environment. Of course, since the CMS has a new IP address there will also be DNS updates to consider, but overall you should see that Microsoft has made plenty of progress in ensuring that the ability to move a CMS is as painless as possible. In the last part of this article we will look at the steps required to move back to the production datacenter.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[High Availability and Disaster Recovery for Exchange Servers  A]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/high-availability-disaster-recovery-exchange-servers-a-2947.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Email is becoming ubiquitous and has become the standard tool for communication in many enterprises, big and small. Microsoft is the dominant player in the messaging platform market through its Exchange Server. Enterprises are clearly choosing the reliability, scalability, and performance of Exchange, combined with the featurerich Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Web Access clients and builtin collaboration services for workflow and other applications. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Email has become a missioncritical application for most businesses today and it has long been a challenge to backup and restore email information. If a crash occurs and if the data is not restored, it can have devastating consequences for a business. So it is imperative for companies to effectively backup and recover data and protect them from huge losses in productivity and downtime. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>High Availability Solutions for Exchange Servers<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Failover Clustering</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft Clustering enables users to prevent hardware failures by stringing redundant hardware, called nodes, together through a central cluster manager that coordinates load balancing and data activity. Typically, nodes share common storage space and have the capability of picking up load off of a node that goes down due to hardware or software malfunction. There are two types of cluster environmentsactive/active and active/passive. In the former, every node in the environment is live and capable of processing requests. When one active node goes down, the others simply process more requests as the load is evenly dispersed across the remaining nodes. In the latter, there is a single active node that processes all incoming requests. Upon hardware or software failure in the active node, the passive node is immediately and automatically brought up by the cluster manager to take over the normal function of processing data requests. In this way, hardware exposure is mitigated through physical hardware redundancy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft Exchange Server supports both activeactive and activepassive cluster environments. Exchange Server Clustering provides high availability by protecting against a node failure. However, it does not prevent against storage failures. Given the size of typical cluster environments, multiple hard disks are used to build large storage arrays. In Network and System Administration, when large numbers of any one device are used, failure is expected. When a hard disk fails, application disruption is unavoidable, as all the nodes in the cluster could be using that one particular disk as shared storage which contains all files, including Exchange Server database files. As protection against this particular failure, RAID configurations are common. However, from a performance standpoint, this significantly slows down I/O in the subsystems due to writing the data to multiple disks at the same time. Administrators have to balance such performance degradation and understand that this particular implementation has limitations. Again, the RAID option is to protect against any hard disk failure but it cannot prevent site disasters.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In direct contrast to this storage dependency, using other replication approaches prevent against hardware, software and storage failures. Failover servers are normally installed on unique, usually geographically independent, Exchange Servers which serve as a barrier to failures of any type.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server Clustering environments are more costintensive compared to the Standby option. The primary reason for this is the high hardware and software requirements. Clustering requires Windows NT Enterprise Edition, Windows 2000 Advanced Server or Windows 2003 Enterprise Edition and Exchange Server Enterprise Edition. Additionally, it only supports hardware listed on the Microsoft Hardware Compatibility list. On the other hand, a Standby or Failover server does not have any special hardware requirements and is simply a software solution to meet disaster recovery needs. As an additional cost, LAN connectivity is required between the Exchange Server cluster nodes to send and receive what is called a heartbeat signal, among other communications. This signal is used by each node to determine if other nodes are still available. In case any node is not available the remaining nodes take over. With Standby, LAN or WAN network connectivity will work to replicate Exchange Server mailboxes. The speed of this process is directly related to the size of the mailboxes and network bandwidth.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>File or Block Level Replication</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Different kinds of replication techniques can be used to replicate data between two servers both locally and remotely. In block level, replication is performed by the storage controllers or by mirroring the software. In filesystem level replication of file system changes, the host software performs the replication. In both block and file level replication, it does not matter what type of applications are getting replicated. They are basically application agnostic, but some vendors do offer solutions with some kind of application specificity. But some of the disadvantages are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Typically, identical hardware/software in both production and replicated servers are needed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Possibility of virus/corruption getting propagated from production server to replicated server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Exchange 2007 Builtin High Availability Features</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange&nbsp;Server&nbsp;2007 includes four features that provide high availability for Mailbox servers Local Continuous Replication LCR, Cluster Continuous Replication CCR, Single Copy Clusters SCC and Standby Continuous Replication SCR.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Local Continuous Replication LCR LCR is a singleserver solution that uses builtin asynchronous log shipping technology to create and maintain a copy, or replica, of a storage group on a second set of disks that are connected to the same server as the production storage group. LCR provides log shipping, log replay, and a quick manual switch to a secondary copy of the data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Cluster Continuous Replication CCR&nbsp;CCR is a clustered solution that uses builtin asynchronous log shipping technology to create and maintain a storage group replica on a second server. CCR is designed to be either a one or two datacenter solution, providing both high availability and site resilience. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Single Copy Clusters SCC&nbsp;SCC is a clustered solution that uses a single copy of a storage group on storage that is shared between the nodes in the cluster. SCC is very similar to clustering in previous versions of Exchange&nbsp;Server, with some significant changes and improvements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Standby Continuous Replication SCR&nbsp;SCR is designed for scenarios that use or enable the use of standby recovery servers. SCR enables a separation of high availability and site resilience. SCR can be combined with CCR to replicate storage groups locally using CCR for high availability and remotely in a secondary site using SCR for site resilience.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These high availability features provide good functionality but one has to be an experienced user of Exchange server to implement them. Also, here are some of the constraints one will face when implementing the builtin high availability of features of Exchange 2007.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Server 2007 runs on a 64bit machine and hence costs more. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>For best performance, it is recommended that Active Directory Domain Controllers also run on a 64bit machine, but it is not mandatory. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>No support for Exchange 2000 and Exchange 2003. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The replicated server is in a passive mode and cannot be accessed for reporting, monitoring and archival purposes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>It cannot create replication for all storage groups at one time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>It is a must to have only one mailbox store in a Storage Group, otherwise Exchange 2007 Replication will not work. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Mailbox Replication Approach</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this approach, the replication is done at a mailbox level and it is very application specific. One can pick and choose the mailboxes that need to be replicated. One can set up a granular plan for key executives, sales and IT people, in which the replication occurs more frequently to achieve the required Recovery Point Objective RPO and Recovery Time Objective RTO. For everyone else in the company, another plan can be set up where the replication intervals are not that frequent. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another advantage of this approach is that the replicated or failover server is in an Active mode. The failover server can be accessed for reporting and monitoring purposes. With other replication approaches, the failover server is in a Passive mode and cannot be used for maintenance, monitoring or reporting purposes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Backup and Replication</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Some solutions offer both backup and replication as part of a single solution. In this case, the backup is integrated with replication and the users get a twoinone solution. Considered twotier architecture, these solutions consist of an application and agent environment. The application server also hosts the network share that stores all the backup files. The files are stored on this network share and not on any particular target server so as to prevent loss of backup files. If the target server goes down, users would like to continue to access their backup files in order to rebuild the target server with as little downtime as possible.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The mailboxes will be backed to the backup server and then replicated to the remote failover server. The full backup and restore is done first and then only the changes will be applied through incremental. For restoring emails and mailboxes, the local backup data can be used and for disaster recovery purposes, the remote failover server can be utilized.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Failover/Failback</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a disaster strikes the primary site, then all the users will be failed over to the remote site. Once the primary is rebuilt, one has to go through the failback process. The only way to make sure that your disaster recovery solution works is to test it periodically. Unfortunately, to do that one has to failover the entire Exchange server. Exchange Administrators will be leery about doing this for fear of crashing the production Exchange server. With the mailbox replication approach, one can create a test mailbox and use it for failover/failback testing periodically. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Companies are impacted adversely with significant loss of productivity and revenue when an Exchange server goes down. With increasing dependence of business on Exchange server, customers are demanding instant failover to a local or remote server. This concept may mean survival of business in case of a major destruction. High availability and disaster recovery of Exchange servers should be taken seriously and companies should implement the proper solution to protect them. One has to choose the appropriate solution based on their needs to protect the Exchange servers.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Deploying an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR Cluster on a Windows Server 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/deploying-exchange-2007-cluster-windows-server-a-2946.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this part 3 of this 3 part article series revolving around how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR based cluster on Windows Server 2008, well continue where we left of in part 2. That is we will install both the Exchange 2007 SP1 Active as well as the Passive clustered Mailbox server CMS. We will also look at Transport Dumpster settings and the CMS settings through the new property pages and wizards included in the Exchange 2007 SP1 Exchange Management Console.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Active Clustered Mailbox Role on CCRNODE1<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay the moment we have all been waiting for Its finally time to install the Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries on the first failover cluster node. Can we start an article better than that </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By now we should already have installed the Exchange 2007 SP1 prerequisites, so on CCRNODE1, we can simply insert the DVD media containing the Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries or open the local folder or network share that holds them, then launch Setup.exe. After a few seconds youll be taken to the Exchange 2007 SP1 Start page, splash screen, can opener, bootstrap or whatever you like to call it. Click <B>Install Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 SP1</B>. If the setup.exe file is launched from a network share all the Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries will now be copied from the source to a temporary location locally on the server CTempExchangeServerSetup. If you launch Setup.exe from a DVD media or a local folder, this step will be skipped meaning the Exchange 2007 SP1 setup wizard will start faster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the Exchange 2007 SP1 Setup Introduction page appears, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Accept the License Agreement and click <B>Next</B>, then chose whether you want to enable Error Reporting or not and then click <B>Next</B> once again. On the Installation Type page, select <B>Custom Exchange Server Installation</B> and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now tick <B>Active Clustered Mailbox Server role</B> and click <B>Next</B>. If youre installing an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR cluster on a server in a production environment, this is also the place where you specify where the Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries should be installed. Large enterprise organizations with plenty of LUNs available for the Exchange server often chooses to install these binaries on a partition separate from the System partition.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Exchange 2007 SP1 Setup Cluster Settings page, select Cluster Continuous Replication, then enter the name you want to give to the CMS this is the name your Outlook clients will use to connect to the CMS. When ready, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we need to pay extra attention as this page is new. This is where you specify what type of IP network you want to use as well as whether the IP addresses should be assigned dynamically using DHCP. For the purpose of this article series well choose a single static IPv4 address as shown in <B>Figure 6</B> below. When ready, click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As mentioned in Part 1 of this series, a combination of Exchange 2007 SP1 and Windows Server 2008 let us deploy the active and passive clustered mailbox servers on different subnets. With Exchange 2007 RTM and Windows Server 2003 we had to stretch a single subnet between locations in order to deploy the cluster nodes in geographically dispersed locations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since this is the first Mailbox server we install in our Exchange 2007 SP1 organization, we now need to specify whether we use Outlook 2003 and earlier or Entourage clients in the organization. If we do select <B>Yes</B> if not, leave the defaults and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let the readiness check complete. Hopefully you shouldnt see other issues than the ones in <B>Figure 8. </B>If the readiness check completed without series warnings or errors, click<B> Install</B> in order to begin the installation of the Active Clustered Mailbox server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Warning<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although this article is based on a lab environment, I must stress that the 32bit of Exchange Server 2007 is not supported for use in a production environment, unless it is for management of servers, user mailboxes, etc.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The installation process will take several minutes. When it has completed, click <B>Finish </B>and reboot the server for all changes to take effect. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have a fully working CCR clustered Exchange 2007 SP1 Mailbox server, although only with one node.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Passive Clustered Mailbox Role on E2K7Node2<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to make our clustered mailbox server redundant, we of course need to install the passive clustered mailbox role as well. So lets log on to our second failover cluster node CCRNODE2 and launch the Exchange 2007 SP1 Setup.exe file. Well be taken through the Exchange 2007 SP1 setup wizard once again you know what to select now. When you get to the Server Role Selection page, tick <B>Passive Clustered Mailbox Role </B>then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Readiness check will run once again. This should take a few seconds since only the Mailbox role prerequisites are checked this time. When it has completed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When Exchange 2007 SP1 setup has finished installing and configuring the passive clustered mailbox server, click <B>Finish</B> in order to exit the Setup wizard, and then reboot the passive CMS in order for all changes to take effect.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Transport Dumpster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In my article series that goes through how you deploy an Exchange 2007 RTM CCR cluster on Windows Server 2003, I went through how you configured the Transport Dumpster settings using the Exchange Management Shell using the SetTransportConfig cmdlet, since there was no way of doing so via the GUI in Exchange 2007 RTM. Now that we are playing with Exchange 2007 SP1, let me instead show you how this is accomplished using the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we move on, I want to let you know that the Transport Dumpster is enabled by default and it is completely optional to customize it. By default it is configured with a maximum size of 18 MBs for storage groups and a maximum retention time of 7 days. Microsoft recommends we configure the maximum size per storage group to a size that is 1.5 times the size of the maximum messages that can be sent through the messaging system. This means that if we have a message size limit of 10MB, the maximum transport dumpster size for storage groups should be 15MB. In addition, Microsoft recommends the retention time is set to 7 days, which as mentioned is the default setting.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For further details on how to configure the transport dumpster settings, see this Exchange 2007 documentation on TechNet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Transport Dumpster settings can be configured via the GUI by opening the Exchange Management Console, and under Organizations Settings select Hub Transport. Here you need to click on the Global Settings tab and then open the property page for Transport Settings. This will bring you to the property page.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Examining CMS settings using the Exchange Management Console<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its time to examine our CMS using the Exchange Management Console. Those of you who had the pleasure of working with a CMS based on Exchange 2007 RTM knows that you had to use cmdlets to get statistics and other details for the CMS as well as stop and start the CMS and moving it between the failover cluster nodes. Well, with Exchange 2007 SP1 we can see details for a CMS directly from within the Exchange Management Console. This is done by opening the property page of the CMS. We do so by selecting <B>Server Configuration</B> in the navigation tree and then rightclicking on the CMS in the result pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now select the <B>Clustered Mailbox Server tab</B>. We can see things such as the name of the cluster nodes, storage type used which in a CCR is nonshared as well as whether the CMS is online, and if it is which node is the current quorum owner. Moreover, this is the place we configure the auto database mount dial. You can read more about this functionality here. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We also have the option of seeing statistics for log file copy and replay between storage groups on the active and passive node. This is done by opening the property page for a Storage Group and then selecting the Cluster Continuous Replication tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To Move, Stop or Start a CMS, we use the new Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard introduced in Exchange 2007 SP1. This wizard can be executed from the Action pane when the CMS is selected under the Server Configuration work center node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lastly we can also suspend, resume, update, and restore storage group copies directly from within the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since I already covered how you managed a CMS using the Exchange 2007 SP1 EMC in a previous article of mine, I wont go into details on how this is done in this article. Instead I recommend you take a look at that article here so you can play with your new CMS. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright this concludes this article series revolving around how to deploy an Exchange 2007 SP1 CCR based cluster on Windows Server 2008. I hope you enjoyed it</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Clustered Continuous Replication Failover with Standby Continuou]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/clustered-continuous-replication-failover-with-standby-continuou-a-2945.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process to move the CMS back to the production datacenter from the backup datacenter after the production datacenter is available again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So far in the first two parts of this article we have covered the implementation of Standby Continuous Replication SCR between two Clustered Continuous Replication CCR environments and successfully recovered the Clustered Mailbox Server CMS. We left part two knowing that the CMS and other cluster resources could successfully be moved between the two cluster nodes of the CCR environment in the backup datacenter. In the last part of this article, we will complete the picture by looking at what is required to be done to allow the CMS to be recovered back to the production datacenter. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Move Back to the Production Datacenter<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The situation now is that we have our CMS called CCREX01 running on the cluster called E2K7CLU02 which itself comprises the two nodes NHW2K3SRV01 and NHW2K3SRV05. However, it is possible at some point in the future the original datacenter will be available again and possibly the original CCR cluster nodes NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04. Many organizations prefer to run their systems from a primary datacenter location and thus the situation of moving back to the primary datacenter must be addressed. The original cluster still believes it has a CMS configured on it and so this must be removed. Here is the procedure to accomplish this.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, I will bring both NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04 back online. Of course, this assumes that the required services such as Active Directory, Hub Transport and Client Access Servers are already up and running back at the production datacenter. At the time of the original failure at the production datacenter, the active cluster node was NHW2K3SRV03 and so running Cluster Administrator on this node shows us that all CMS resources are in an offline state as you would expect. This is shown in Figure 9.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To remove the CMS resources from the cluster we need to run the Exchange 2007 setup program on node NHW2K3SRV03 with the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>/ClearLocalCMS</SPAN> switch. We also need to specify the CMS name. The full command to use is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>setup.com /ClearLocalCMS /CMSNameCCREX01</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 10 shows the output as a result of running the above command.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once this has finished, refreshing Cluster Administrator confirms that the CMS resources have been removed. If you think about it, servers NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04 now have the same configuration that servers NHW2K3SRV01 and NHW2K3SRV05 had before we started the SCR replication process; we effectively have a mirror of our previous setup.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Activate SCR to Production Datacenter<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Since we have a mirror of our previous setup, we now need to mirror the SCR configuration that we performed earlier in this article. In other words, we need to enable SCR from the backup datacenter, currently hosting the CMS, to the production datacenter. NHW2K3SRV03 will be selected as the target for SCR and therefore we now need to run the following two cmdlets</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV03 ReplayLagTime 0.000</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableStorageGroupCopy CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV03 ReplayLagTime 0.000</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Of course, in my scenario I simply powered off NHW2K3SRV03 and NHW2K3SRV04 which therefore means that the old database and log files are still there to be used. However, in this article Iam going to assume a full reseed is still required along with the implementation of SCR back to the production datacenter. We have already covered the results of these cmdlets in part one of this article so I will not include another screen shot here.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Database Reseed<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With NHW2K3SRV03 now having SCR enabled and a copy of the database, it is also important to think about seeding the database onto NHW2K3SRV04 which can either be done after the CMS is brought online on NHW2K3SRV03, or it can be speeded up by ensuring that NHW2K3SRV04 is also configured as an SCR target of the CMS. Since this is a lab environment I am working with, I do not mind reseeding the database onto NHW2K3SRV04 but make sure you consider these options in your production environment. I have already covered the database reseeding operation within part two of this article so I will not be covering it again here.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Dismount the Databases<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before the switch back to NHW2K3SRV03 is made, the next step is to dismount the databases running on CCREX01 since, unlike the first time we switched the CMS between nodes, this time the CMS is still running and servicing the users. The databases must first be dismounted to make sure that they no longer generate any new transaction logs that would then have to be shipped over to NHW2K3SRV03. Continuing our theme of using the EMS within this article, the database dismount process can be achieved by using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>DismountDatabase</SPAN> cmdlet twice as shown below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>DismountDatabase CCREX01First Storage GroupMailbox Database</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>DismountDatabase CCREX01Second Storage GroupPublic Folder Database</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There is really not much to say about the output of running these cmdlets, as all you will receive from the above cmdlet is an <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>are you sure</SPAN> message unless you suppress it. To suppress this prompt, just use the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Confirmfalse</SPAN> parameter at the end of the cmdlets above.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restore the Storage Groups<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next the storage groups must be prepared for mounting via the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet. The two cmdlets to use are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy CCREX01First Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV03</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RestoreStorageGroupCopy CCREX01Second Storage Group StandbyMachine NHW2K3SRV03</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may remember in part two of this article that we used the Restore<SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet with the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Force</SPAN> parameter. This is not required this time since the CMS nodes are running and thus any required information is available. I will not include a screen shot here since no output is generated as a result of running these cmdlets.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Stop the CMS<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The CMS running in the backup datacenter now needs to be stopped using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StopClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN> cmdlet, because this time the CMS is still running whereas in the original failover situation it was not. The full cmdlet to use is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StopClusteredMailboxServer CCREX01 StopReason Moving back to production data center</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the above cmdlet, we see the StopReason parameter that is used to add into the event log the reason for the stopping of the CMS. If you examine the event log after issuing this cmdlet, you should find an event with an ID of 105 with your chosen phrase in it. Running the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>StopClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN> cmdlet should give you an output similar to that shown in Figure 11. You should also check that the CMS resources are offline using Cluster Administrator.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Recover the CMS<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After doing this we are now back to the point where we need to recover the CMS to the server NHW2K3SRV03. We have already looked at this process in part two of this article so I will only briefly cover it again here. Just remember, however, that you need to specify the IP address of the CMS when using the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>/RecoverCMS</SPAN> switch and so, this time, you are going to be giving the CMS an IP address within the production datacentre IP subnet. In fact, you would most likely give the CMS its original IP address back.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 12 shows the second time I have recovered the CMS, this time using the original IP address of 172.16.6.80.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once recovered, the databases can be remounted in the same way we have already seen in part two of this article. In my lab, I would then reseed the databases back onto NHW2K3SRV04 at this point, although if I had chosen to also enable SCR for NHW2K3SRV04 earlier, I would also have to run the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ResumeStorageGroupCopy</SPAN> cmdlet for each storage group to reenable replication between the two nodes. When all databases have been mounted and replication is occurring between the two cluster nodes, we have successfully moved our CMS from one CCR environment to another and back again by using SCR.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The last thing to do is to make sure the backup datacenter is primed so that it can handle any future incidents at the production datacenter. There are only two major steps to do and we have already covered them both within the parts of this article so I shall only list the steps here</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Remove the local CMS from the cluster E2K7CLU02 running at the backup datacenter. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Reenable SCR from the source CCR environment to the target standby cluster.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hopefully you have seen within the three parts of this article that moving a CMS from one CCR environment to another is possible using SCR. There is no doubt that many organizations will be looking to implement SCR if they have not done so already. If you are thinking about site resilience, take the time to read up on SCR as it just might be the solution for you.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange Server 2007 SP1 Configuring a Redundant Network for Lo]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-server-2007-configuring-redundant-network-a-2944.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 SP1 introduced a lot of new features to Exchange Server 2007, in this article we are going to validate one of these new features which enables a CCR to use a different network than the public network for log shipping and seeding on Windows Server 2003/2008.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange Server 2007 RTM, all operations transaction log file copying and seeding occurs over the Public network which is the same as used by the clients to access their data Figure 01. In some cases if there are a higher number of log files to be transferred it might impact client performance. From a security perspective the log files are being transferred through the Public network and to secure this process we can use encryption that increases the performance of the servers involved.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After SP1, we can use one or more networks for log shipping. We just need to associate a hostname and IP address to be used by the Replication service. If we have more than one redundant network available the service will pick one randomly to use. If one redundant network becomes unavailable the other redundant network will be selected. If none of the redundant networks are available the public network will be selected. The replication service discovery service runs every 5 minutes. As soon as an available redundant network is detected the replication will start to use the redundant network instead of the public network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another change in SP1 was a new parameter for the UpdateStorageGroupCopy cmdlet, called DataHostNames. Using this parameter we can specify which <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication HostName </SPAN>will be used for seeding.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Prerequisites to deploy the redundant network feature in Exchange Server 2007 SP1<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before creating the hostnames and IP address resources to be used we must make sure that some points were covered, such as</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Configure the network that will be used to replicate as a Mixed network in the Cluster Administrator. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Configure Windows Server 2003 to be accessed through Alias names. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Configure resolution to the new hostnames that can be done using DNS or host files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Our current settings for this article can be seen in the first three columns of the table below Table 01. Let us assign a Continuous Replication Hostname and an IP Address for each node. Note this IP address must be an address in the same range of the Redundant Network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 76.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width102><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width113><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Public IP</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 78pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width104><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Heartbeat IP</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 106.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width142><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication<op></op></SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>HostName</SPAN></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 97.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width130><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication <op></op></SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>IP Address</SPAN></B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 76.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width102><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SrvNode01</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width113><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>172.16.171.10</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 78pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width104><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>10.10.10.1</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 106.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width142><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Node01bkp</SPAN></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 97.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width130><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>10.10.10.50</SPAN></B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 76.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width102><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SrvNode02</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width113><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>172.16.171.11</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 78pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width104><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>10.10.10.2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 106.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width142><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Node02bkp</SPAN></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 97.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width130><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>10.10.10.60</SPAN></B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 76.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width102><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Srvmbx CMS</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width113><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>172.16.171.15</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 78pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width104><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 106.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width142><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 97.5pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width130><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic></SPAN></B></P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Table 01</B> Defining the Host and IP address to be in use by the Replication service</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Cluster network<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Even though this network will not be accessed by external clients it must be defined as a mixed network. This is because we cannot create a cluster resource using a network defined as <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Internal cluster communications only</SPAN>. To change this setting</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Open Cluster Administrator. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Expand Cluster Configuration, then Networks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Right click on the network designated to be the internal network also known as Heartbeat and then Properties. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Select the option All communications mixed network and then click on OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Accessing Windows Server 2003 through an alias name<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Windows Server 2003 a registry key must be added in all nodes of the CMS Clustered Mailbox Server to allow access through the alias name  by default this behavior is blocked.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open the registry, and expand <B>HKEYLOCALMACHINE, System, CurrentControlSet, Services and Parameters</B>. Then, right click on the right side and click on <B>New</B>, click on <B>Dword Value</B>, type in <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>DisableStrictNameChecking</SPAN>, define the new value as 1. The result will be shown in Figure 03.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the changes to take effect a server restart is required and this process must be done on both nodes.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring name resolution<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We must make sure that the node cluster will be able to resolve the correct IP address of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication HostNames</SPAN> which will be used to replicate. The names specified in Table 01 must be resolved on the cluster nodes; we can accomplish this in two different ways</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>DNS Server</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the DNS Manager responsible for DNS resolution on that box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand your internal zone. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Right click on your zone and click on New, Add A Record. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Type in the Host Name that will be used to replicate and its IP address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Host File</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second method is using the HOSTS file. To do that we need to edit the file called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>hosts</SPAN> which is located in <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Cwindowssystem32driversetc</SPAN> and manually add the entries for each <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication Hostname</SPAN>. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring a Redundant Network<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are not able to set this feature up through the Exchange Management Console, all the steps must be performed through the Exchange Management Shell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create the hostname for replication we will use the <B>EnableContinuousReplicationHostname</B> cmdlet for all nodes that will be used in the replication Figure 04, the syntax is demonstrated below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EnableContinuousReplicationHostname Identity &lt;CMS Name&gt; TargetMachine &lt;Node Name&gt; HostName &lt;Network Name for Replication&gt; IPV4Address &lt;IP Address&gt;</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cmdlet which we have just run will take some time to execute, after that we can open the Cluster Administrator and we will see a new Cluster Group with two resources IP and Name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, we can check out which Host Names are being used by the clustered Mailbox Server for replication. To do that we can use the <B>GetClusteredMailboxServerStatus</B> cmdlet Figure 06. We will be able to see that we have 4 four operational replication hostnames two <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Continuous Replication HostNames</SPAN> node01bkp and node02bkp and two server names. At the moment only the Host Names node01bkp and node02bkp are being used to replicate the CMS data. This means that the replication is occurring through a redundant network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, let us validate the replication using the Performance tool. We will open the tool in the second node and we will add the performance counter called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Bytes Total/Sec</SPAN>. From the object <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Network Interface</SPAN> we will also add the two instances Network card 1 and 2. After sending a message of 4MB to a user located in the CMS server, we will be able to see that replication is using the backup network instead of the Public Network.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Turning off the redundant networks<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to understand how to manage a redundant network, we have to know how to remove an existing hostname. To remove a Continuous Replication Name we use the <B>DisableContinuousReplicationName</B> cmdlet. In Figure 08 we can see the syntax that is only the hostname and a confirmation to get it done. This process also removes the cluster group from the cluster configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we have seen how to manage redundant networks to be used for the log file shipping and seeding process in a CCR environment. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Reinstalling the Cluster nodes in an Exchange 2007 CCRbased Ma]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/reinstalling-cluster-nodes-exchange-2007-ccrbased-a-2943.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the previous article, we uninstalled the passive clustered mailbox role from the first CCR node, evicted the node from the Windows cluster and then readded the node to the Windows cluster after the operating system had been reinstalled and configured accordingly.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this part two of this articles series, we can move on where we left off in part one by installing the passive mailbox role. To do so, launch Exchange 2007 Setup.exe, and then click Install Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 SP1 <B>Figure 2.1</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The clustered mailbox server in the lab Im using for the purpose of this article is running Exchange 2007 SP1, which is why I use the Exchange Server 2007 SP1 binaries to reinstall the passive Mailbox role. If youre CMS havent yet been upgraded to Exchange 2007 SP1, its important you use the Exchange 2007 RTM binaries to reinstall the passive Mailbox role.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On Introduction page, click Next &gt; accept the License Agreement and click Next. Decide whether or not you want to enable error reporting, and then click Next once again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Exchange 2007 Setup Installation Type page, select Custom Exchange Server Installation and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now tick Passive Clustered Mailbox Role. If you installed the Exchange 2007 binaries at another location than the default, this is also the page on which you change the installation path. Click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The readiness checks will now be performed. This will normally complete without any issues or errors, but if you like me forgot to remove the database and log files from the Database or Log file LUNs, youll receive an error.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When removed, you should see a Readiness Checks page like the one in Figure x of course without the 32bit version warning. Click Install.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The installation process will now begin and after a few minutes you should get a completion page as shown below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that the Exchange 2007 SP1 binaries have been installed, we must reboot the node before continuing with the next steps.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next step is to reseed the storage group copies, so that the CCR node gets up to date replicas of each the active databases. This can be done using the Exchange Management Shell and when speaking Exchange 2007 SP1 the Exchange Management Console EMC UI. In this article, well use the EMC UI, so launch the EMC. In the EMC, select the clustered mailbox server under the Server Configuration work center. As we can see in <B>Figure 2.7</B> below, the copy status is currently in a failed mode, which is expected. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If we open the Property page for one of the storage groups and click on the Cluster Continuous Replication tab, we can also see that no logs have been copied to the newly installed CCR node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To seed the passive node, select a storage group and click Update Storage Group Copy in the Action pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Update Storage Group Copy Introduction page, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Summary page, click Update.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After a while depending on the size of the databases youll be taken to the Completion page, where you simply click Finish.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The storage group will now be in a healthy state and any log files will have been copied to the passive node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You must run the Update Storage Group Copy wizard for any existing storage groups.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Reinstalling the Second CCR Node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Time has come to reinstall the second CCR node. Since the steps are identical to the ones we went through in order to reinstall the first CCR node, I wont repeat them. Just go back to part one of this articles series and follow each step until you end up here again.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you have seen throughout this article, although CCRbased clustered Mailbox server scenarios can be complex, it is a straightforward task to reinstall the nodes in such as scenario. But with that said, if you do not follow the right steps in the right order, your day or perhaps week can quickly be ruined. This article helps you through the process without any downtime to your end users at all.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Reinstalling the Cluster nodes in an Exchange 2007 CCRbased Ma]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/reinstalling-cluster-nodes-exchange-2007-ccrbased-a-2942.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The steps required to reinstall the cluster nodes in an Exchange 2007 Cluster Continuous Replication CCR based clustered mailbox server setup.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Recently I was faced with the task of reinstalling the Exchange 2007 Mailbox server role as well as the operating system on each node in a CCRbased Mailbox server setup. Since theres no documentation available on how this is done in a step by step fashion, I thought you would like it covered here on MSExchange.org as chances are youll find yourself in a similar situation one day. To be honest the process is relatively straightforward, but things can become messy if you dont follow the right steps as well as perform them in a specific order. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note <op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The steps provided in this article will make sure the clustered mailbox server CMS is 100 available to your Outlook users during the whole process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first article, well uninstall the passive clustered mailbox role from the first CCR node, evict the node form the Windows cluster and the readd the node to the Windows cluster after the operating system has been reinstalled and configured accordingly.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>ReInstalling the first CCR Node<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The very first thing youll want to do is to logon to one of the CCR nodes. Then ensure the Windows cluster resources and the clustered mailbox server is owned by the opposite node than the one youre going to reinstall first. To see which node owns the Windows Cluster resources, open the Windows Cluster Administrator console, then select the Groups node as shown in <B>Figure 1</B> below. As you can see in the right pane the owner for both the Windows Cluster Group and the CMS is revealed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also see which node owns the CMS by typing <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetClusteredMailboxServer  FL</SPAN></B> in the Exchange Management Shell EMS. If youre running Exchange 2007 SP1, you can even use the Exchange Management Console EMC to check this. This is done under the Server Configuration work center, where you open the Property page for the CMS and then click the Clustered Mailbox Server tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the resources are owned by the node you planned on reinstalling first, you must move them to the other node. As you probably had the CMS running in production for quite some time, I shouldnt need to tell you this but remember that its only supported to move the Windows Cluster Group using the Windows Cluster Administrator. The CMS must be moved using either the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>MoveClusteredMailboxServer</SPAN></B> cmdlet <B>Figure 2</B> or if youre using Exchange Server 2007 SP1 by using the Manage Clustered Mailbox Server wizard in the EMC.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the Windows Cluster Group and CMS have been moved to the other node, we can begin uninstalling the Mailbox server role. To do so, open the Control Panel and then Add/Remove Programs. Select Microsoft Exchange and click Remove. This will launch the Exchange 2007 Setup wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Exchange 2007 Setup wizard maintenance mode page, click Next then untick Passive Clustered Mailbox Role and Management Tools. Click Next again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Let the readiness checks complete then click Uninstall.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the passive clustered mailbox role have been uninstalled, click Finish.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the passive clustered mailbox server role uninstalled, we can evict the node from the Windows cluster. To do so, open the Cluster Administrator console, then rightclick on the respective node and select Stop Cluster Service in the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the cluster service has been stopped, we are able to evict the node. Do so by rightclicking on the node thats now offline then select Evict Node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well get a warning message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now removed the node from the Windows cluster.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can begin to reinstall the operating system, but before you do so please make sure you have the NetBIOS name, IP addresses, LUNs etc. documented, so you know how to configure these things when Windows Server 2003 has been reinstalled. Before we readd the node to the Active Directory domain, we must also make sure the computer account is reset. To do so open the Active Directory Users &amp; Computer MMC snapin, then select the respective computer account object, rightclick on it and select Reset Account on the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the cluster node has been reinstalled and you have configured the NetBIOS name, IP addresses, and LUNs as well as added the node to the Active Directory domain, the next task is to readd the node to the Windows Server cluster. To do so, open the Cluster Administrator console and then rightclick somewhere in the left pane. In the context menu, select New &gt; Node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Add Notes Wizard welcome page, click Next, then enter the NetBIOS name of the node youre readding to the cluster and click Add. Click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cluster wizard will now analyze the cluster configuration. When finished click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now need to enter the password for the cluster service account. When you have done so, click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although I use the Administrator account as the cluster service account in my lab, you should always create a dedicated cluster service account for the cluster when dealing with production environments. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now verify you want to add the node to the proposed cluster configuration and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Wait for the cluster to be configured and when possible click Next and finally Finish to exit the Cluster setup wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this part 1 of this 2 part article series, we uninstalled the passive clustered mailbox role from the first CCR node, evicted the node from the Windows cluster and then readded the node to the Windows cluster after the operating system had been reinstalled and configured accordingly.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Secure your Exchange Server on the Internet for 100]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/%20secure%20-your-exchange-server-internet-a-2941.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I know the security folks are going to tear into me for this, partly because I use the word Secure, and partly because it is not truly secure. Let me share with you some ideas on how you can install Exchange 2000 and AD and let your users connect from the Internet with their MAPI client as well as OWA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I know the security folks are going to tear into me for this, partly because I use the word Secure, and partly because it is not truly secure. Also, this is not an article for my larger Exchange customers. If you have more than a couple of hundred people, this solution will probably be meaningless to you. Having said that let me share with you some ideas on how you can install Exchange 2000 and AD and let your users connect from the Internet with their MAPI client as well as OWA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, I want to talk about MAPI for a minute. As much as I fought against the inclusion of MAPI in newer releases of Exchange, I am beginning to like MAPI more and more these days. For one, it is rich in features Offline access, delegation, additional address books and especially the rules and ability to drag and drop items from the desktop are all valid reasons to keep using the protocol. Another feature is security. Have you ever looked at an MAPI or RPC packet with a protocol analyzer There is not much to look at and you have to be very clever in order to reassemble the packets and try to piece something together. Even clever sneaks would rather wait for unencrypted HTML traffic to open and read. HTML traffic is far more interesting anyway; what you are buying, what you are researching, etc.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So here is the problem; MAPI access uses dynamic TCP ports. Moreover, directory access and additional components of Exchange and AD will assign dynamic ports.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure the Network Sharing Device/Firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, buy yourself a network sharing device like the Linksys Cable/DSL sharing switch. I have used this one and prefer it since you can specify any internal IP range. The Belkin and some others require a 192.168.x.x internal addressing. This is not a critical issue, just a preference of mine. The most important thing to remember is that you will need at least one static IP address from your DSL provider in order to provide consistent access to the users and to allow internal SMTP traffic to reach your server. Configure this static IP address on your network sharing device and configure the internet port as well. I prefer a 10.10.10.x to use internally, but the device you purchase may dictate a different IP structure.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure the Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Install Windows 2000 Server with SP2. Also, install Terminal Server, DNS Server, DHCP Server and SMTP, NNTP from the IIS settings. You only need one network card on the server and assign an internal IP address for the server. I like to use 10.10.10.210 for my servers at home. Set the DNS settings on the network interface to point to the local server. In other words, if your server is 10.10.10.2, set the DNS and WINS settings to 10.10.10.2. After things are running, open the DNS Server settings and set your DNS server to forward to the DNS servers provided by your Internet Service Provider. After you have all the settings in place, test connectivity to the Internet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Run DC Promo and configure the domain with a DNS name that is different than the actual domain you will use. For example, if you are company, create the AD and DNS for company.net. Make the NetBIOS name of the domain the name of the company, such as ProExchange. Rename the administrator account to something else and change the password. Make sure the guest account is disabled. Create an account named Exchange and give it domain and enterprise permissions. Now, use the DNS Admin settings to manually create a standard DNS zone for the true domain for your company. This is what will be used for the outside world. Add a www entry, an entry named email and an MX record with a cost of 10 to email.company.com or whatever the name. These entries should all point to the static IP address you assigned the Network Sharing Device. The IP address your ISP assigned to you.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure Exchange 2000<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Install Exchange 2000 on the same server. Change the recipient policy so that the SMTP names are generated for the true company domain and not the fake one we identified. Also, add a formula in the name generation as follows mcompany.com. This will use the NT name for the email address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will probably need to add a new SMTP address and make the modifications, then delete the old company.net in order to have just the one. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is an example of how it could look on the server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>g.scompany.com will give you firstname.lastname. Here are some other options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>g  given name first name </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>i  middle initial </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>d  display name </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>m  Exchange 2000 Alias </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>rxy  Replace all subsequent characters x </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1s  Uses the first letter of the surname </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5g  Uses the first five letters of the given name</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Modify the server for MAPI access through a firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, we need to tell the server to use static ports instead of dynamic ones for MAPI and RPC access to the server. This will affect all MAPI and RPC access to the server, but in a small environment of less than say 100 people, the settings should be fine. If you have somewhere closer to 200500 people, you will need to increase the RPC ports. In our example, we are using 51 ports which works fine for a company at or around 200 people. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Be careful with the registry; make sure you are performing this on a new server one you can reinstall the OS if needed. Locate and select the following key in the registry </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesNTDSParameters</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Edit menu, click Add Value , and then add the following registry value </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value data 1025 in decimal </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeISParametersSystem </STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1026 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeSAParameters</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1027 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeSAParameters</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP NSPI Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1028 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to enable other RPC programs to work through a firewall, you can establish a set of ports for RPC. This makes other things work well too such as some administrative programs</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Work on the firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we have to break this secure network by opening up ports for access. In this case, I have added some comments about DNS and HTTP. You are encouraged to place your DNS zone and HTTP files at in ISP/ASP. For OWA access, I would only open 443 and have your uses connect to email using https//owa.company.com/exchange Assuming you have put SSL on the server. Configure the firewall to let certain ports passthrough to the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SMTP 25</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HTTP 80 Discouraged. Put your web files somewhere else. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HTTPS 443</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MAPI 10251028</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RPC 50005020</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DNS 53 Discouraged put your DNS somewhere else</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RPC Listening Ports 135 and 139</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Terminal Server 3389</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add these too 88, 110, 143, 189, 445, 636, 993, 995, 3268, 3269</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those ports are for IMAP, POP, VPN, etc. For more specific ports descriptions, see articles Q289241 for Windows 2000 Ports and Q278339 for Exchange 2000 ports.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Client access<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Internally, create a DHCP scope on the server that uses the internal 10.10.10.x addressing or whatever you used for to internal port on the firewall and the server, the IP address of the server for WINS and DNS and the internal interface on the router for the gateway. Make sure WINS and DNS is working on the server and verify that the clients can ping the NetBIOS name of the server from the command prompt. Install Outlook on your internal machines and test connectivity to the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Externally, the configuration is the same, except for the need for a host file to resolve the NetBIOS name. I tend to use the hosts. File for this purpose. In that file, add the IP address your ISP provided you and the NetBIOS name of the server. For example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>85.45.2.97 exchange1</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once configured correctly, the clients should be able to connect to the server using Outlook. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you experience problems with the connection, refer to articles Q298369 for Global Catalog Server configurations and Q270836 for Exchange 2000 Static Port Mappings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of the additional ports identified above for the firewall, your clients should also be able to connect using HTTPS and IMAP and POP. Moreover, SMTP is open so inbound Internet mail should route. Because we opened 53, your server could be used for DNS queries as well. If those ports are not required, close them</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With an inexpensive firewall device, you can allow client access to your Exchange server from the Internet. In fact, the single server could act as domain controller, DNS server, web server as well as email and application server. Is it smart to put everything into one box No, but if you start with this simple design, you can work towards a more secure environment. In some cases, an inexpensive temporary solution may provide access until your Microsoft ISA server or more sophisticated Firewall solution can be allocated. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is possible to use this configuration in a larger scale to connect locations. That will be another story. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to use Transport Rules in Exchange Server 2007]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/transport-rules-exchange-server-2007-a-2940.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We would like to welcome Microsoft MVP Anderson Patricio to our team of authors as he presents his first article to MSExchange.org readers. Exchange Server 2007 now allows for creation of transport rules at the organization level. This article will discuss how to create and use transport rules.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The upcoming release of Exchange Server, Exchange Server 2007, has an important difference with older versions of the product; it is now possible to create transport rules at organization level that allow us to control the internal and/or external flow of messages in an Exchange Organization in an easy and flexible way.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the Transport Rules feature, we are now able to easily create rules, such as disclaimer for the organization, apply security on messages between users, and filter message content based on strings located within it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Within this article I will discuss how to work with transport rules on Exchange Server 2007  all rules have been created at organization level on the Hub Transport role.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can create rules at the Exchange Organization level and they can be configured to work with internal and external traffic.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How do Transport Rules work<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are three stages in creating a transport rule conditions, actions and exceptions. These stages are shown during the process of creation within the New Transport Rule Wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>All messages flow through the Hub transport role. It permits a single location to administer the whole exchange organization.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are going to visualize in the examples below, the combination of conditions, actions and exceptions that we can use in order to get the best possible message control.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each created rule receives a <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Priority</SPAN>, these rules vary from low priority 0 to high priority. If a message belongs to 3 three separate rules, all rules will be applied on the message always respecting the priority of the rules.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The rules can be edited, disabled or removed. When they are disabled, they do not lose their priorities but they are not included in the evaluation process.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Working with Transport Rules Scenario<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Transport Rules are very flexible and we can use a lot of options while we create them. I will now show a small example about transport rules; within the example we will use all phases Condition, Action and Exception.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I will create a simulated scenario to deploy a transport rule. In this Exchange Organization we have two users <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Anderson Patricio</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>John Rodas</SPAN>. We must validate that no messages can be sent between them, except messages with a subject including the words <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Personal</SPAN> or <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Life</SPAN>. With this feature, we can get internal traffic protection; avoiding that vital information leaves the organization or is exchanged between users, depending on your own criteria.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Lets go... Creating an Ethical Wall between users<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This scenario is called Ethical Wall, because we can protect the message flow between users and groups based on transport rules</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create our first rule, we will need to click on <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Hub Transport</SPAN><B> </B>expanding the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Organization Configuration </SPAN>node in the left pane of the Exchange Management Console, then click on the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Transport Rules </SPAN>Tab and finally clicking on <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>New Transport Rule </SPAN>on the Action Pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the <B>New Transport Rule Wizard</B>, we should fill out the Name and Description and make sure that Enable Rule is selected. After that click <B>Next</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Conditions</B> We can define from <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>who</SPAN> or <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>to</SPAN> a message is going, based on string or message fields or some address inside&nbsp;the fields To, From or Cc. In this example mark <B>From People</B> and you can see in <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Step 2</SPAN> the construction of the rule, like the Rules and Alerts in Outlook.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>During&nbsp;step 2 click on the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>people</SPAN> link<SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic> </SPAN>to select the users for this rule.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the new window, we can choose the users that will be affected by this rule, click <B>Add</B>, select users and click <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>OK.</SPAN> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve just selected the user Anderson Patricio&nbsp;in the&nbsp;from people condition. After that, we will need to tick sent to people and select the target user for this rule. In this case, we will choose John Rodas and select him as&nbsp;we&nbsp;did&nbsp;in the previous example.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B>&nbsp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When we have more than one item&nbsp;ticked&nbsp;in conditions, we have a logical AND, so it means that the transport rule will be processed only if all the conditions are valid. If not, the rule will not be executed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the New Transport Rule Wizard page,&nbsp;tick <B>send bounce message to sender</B>. With this option selected, when a user in this example, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Anderson Patricio</SPAN> sends a message to the selected user in this example John Rodas, the sender Anderson will receive a predefined bounce message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To customize the message that will be displayed in the return message, we will need to click the link Delivery not authorized, message refused in Step 2 and then customize the content for the bounce message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, we have completed the Conditions and Actions; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Exceptions</B> In this case all messages from <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Anderson Patricio</SPAN> to <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>John Rodas</SPAN> will be blocked, except those email messages including the words Personal and Life in the subject. To do so,&nbsp;tick except if with specific words in the subject and then click on the link in Step 2 and&nbsp;add&nbsp;your exception&nbsp;words on the next screen. After that, we can see the result of configured Exception.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On this page, we can review the configured options in the wizard. We must click <B>Create</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The below shows the final screenshot for the rule creation wizard using a cmdlet. With a cmdlet we can create the same rule using the Windows PowerShell Console or a wsh administrative script. Click <B>Finish</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After clicking on the Finish button, the rules will show up on the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can select the rule and all the possible actions are also enabled in Action Panel. There are now some actions to assign to this rule Disable rule, Edit and Remove.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ok, its done Now we will see the rsum of our transport rule</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 77.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width103><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Name</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 365.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width487><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Blocking suspicious messages from Anderson Patricio to John Rodas</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 77.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width103><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Condition</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 365.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width487><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From Anderson Patricio AND To John Rodas</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 77.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width103><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Action</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 365.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width487><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Send bounce message</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 77.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width103><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Except</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 365.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width487><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>except if word personal or&nbsp; life in subject</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Lets test the configured rule<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first test is to send an email from Anderson Patricio to John Rodas.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Our rule will block this kind of email message, and the sender Anderson Patricio will get a predefined action set bounce message to sender. If the sender receives the message below, our Condition and Action configuration is working.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second test is to validate the rule about exceptions. The sender Anderson Patricio is going to send another email message but it will have the word Personal in the subject of the message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This email has an allowed word in the subject, so the receiver John Rodas got the message. We can now validate all the phases of the rule Conditions, Actions and Exceptions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We reviewed how transport rules work and the way we apply them to mailboxes; it is a very important feature in the upcoming Exchange Server release Exchange Server 2007. This feature will allow administrators to improve the flow of internal and external messages, improving security on a high level for any messaging environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With this functionality, we will be able to solve issues that exist on Exchange Server 2003, such as add disclaimer, allow some users to send email internally, block messages with determined text in the message or attachment name, and more.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange Server 2007 Using Journaling Rules]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-server-2007-using-journaling-rules-a-2939.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Overview<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The upcoming release of Exchange Server, Exchange Server 2007, has many changes at the architectural level. These changes maximize the features available, one of them&nbsp;being journaling. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a reminder,&nbsp;journaling&nbsp;is the ability to record all&nbsp;messages flowing in and out of&nbsp;an organization.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is a very useful feature because there are many legal and regulatory requirements, such as the Sarbanes Oxley Act, SEC Rule 17A4 and many more, that need a journaling solution.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The journaling method used in Exchange Server 2003 can be used in Exchange Server 2007, but now journaling can be used at the Hub Transport Server role. Due to&nbsp;the characteristic of any message exchanged between users passing through the Hub Transport Server role, new functionality such as journaling mailenabled contacts, mailenabled groups, recording user messages with a single journal rule without setting the changes in each mailbox database is provided.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Journaling The traditional way...<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange Server 2003, journaling took place directly in the mailbox store because there was no hub transport role.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange Server 2007 we can choose either to have the same option allowing a Journal mailbox to receive all message traffic from a mailbox database or to support a number of Mailbox databases. We can also create a separate mailbox database to store the mailbox which will receive the journaling.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the following example, we are going to configure a mailbox database in Exchange Server 2007 to record all user messages that have been sent and received within the same database to be redirected to a specific mailbox.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To configure Journaling for a specific mailbox database, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the Exchange Management Console. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Server Configuration, and then click on Mailbox Database. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the Toolbox Actions of selected Mailbox Database click on Properties.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the Mailbox Database Properties page, go to the General tab and then select the Journal Recipient checkbox.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Before checking Journal Recipient, click on Browse and choose which mailbox will get all messages from the mailbox database. For the purposes of this article, this user is called Journal, click OK to finish.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>This is the final screen of journaling settings at mailbox database level;&nbsp;now, all the messages&nbsp;by existing users in the mailbox database, will be copied to the mailbox called Journal.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From now on, all the messages from all users that have mailboxes in this mailbox database will be recorded&nbsp;in the mailbox named <B>Journal</B>.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the traditional way of Journaling<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To check which users will be affected by our configuration, we should run a cmdlet. To do this, go to the MSH console and type the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GetMailbox  GroupObject database  fl</SPAN></EM> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The output of this command will be a list of all mailbox databases with the respective users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, we will test this feature by&nbsp;sending a message from the user <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Anderson Patricio</SPAN> to <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Jose Rodas</SPAN>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once this message is sent, we will have to check the Journal mailbox and analyze if the message was recorded. We can see all the recipient&nbsp;information and the real message will appear as an attachment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Overview of the Exchange Server 2007 Journal Rule <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 uses Hub Transport to journal messages, so it is valid for the whole organization because all the information on Hub transport server is kept and replicated on Active Directory. The process of&nbsp;message&nbsp;journaling&nbsp;has three main components</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Journal agent&nbsp;This is an agent that can be configured to journal email messages that are sent or received by recipients in an Exchange 2007 organization. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Journaling Mailboxes&nbsp;This is a mailbox that is only used for collecting journal reports messages. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Journal Reports&nbsp;This is the message that Microsoft Exchange generates when a message matches an existent journal rule and then is submitted to the journaling mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The journaling process is very simple. All the messages that pass through the Hub transport are inspected, and if they match&nbsp;the defined criteria that was configured in the journal rule, a journal report will be created and delivered to the Journaling Mailbox.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Now... Using the new&nbsp;Exchange Server 2007 feature<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this section, we will start using the new&nbsp;Exchange Server 2007 feature the Journaling Rules. Consider the following scenario we will record all messages sent and received from user <B>Jose Rodas</B> in the mailbox <B>Journal</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a journal rule, follow these steps</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the <B>Exchange Management Console</B>, expand <B>Organization Configuration</B>, click <B>Hub Transport</B>, and select <B>New Journaling Rule</B> on the Toolbox <B>Actions</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>New Journaling Rule</B> page, type a name on the <B>Rule name</B> field. This name can have up to 245 characters. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Journal email address</B> field, select the recipient that will get all the message traffic for this rule. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In <B>Scope</B> we can choose one of these options </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Global</B> All messages Internal and External </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><B>External</B> Only external messages </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Internal</B> Only internal messages</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Journal email for recipient</B> field select the user who you want&nbsp;a record of&nbsp;his/her messages.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Completion</B> page, the result of the rule creation will appear on the screen with the cmdlet used to create the rule. Click <B>Finish</B> to exit.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the Journaling Rule<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We will send a test message from the user <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Anderson Patricio </SPAN>to the user<SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic> Jose Rodas. </SPAN>The expected result is to get the message in our recently configured Journal Mailbox.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, we can access the Journal mailbox and check if the journal rule is working correctly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point, we see that the journaling rule is working as expected. It was completed with just a rule in the&nbsp;Hub Transport role at Organizational level.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How can I make a journaling rule for the whole organization<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In many cases, the journaling feature is required for all the members of an organization because of legal requirements, as we described in the beginning of this article. Using Journaling Rules makes&nbsp;this process&nbsp;easier, storing all the users messages in the same, or another, mailbox database than the one that actually stores the mailboxes&nbsp;by&nbsp;just creating&nbsp;a rule. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The creation process is just the same, the only difference is&nbsp;that we do not need to choose anything on <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Journal email for recipient</SPAN> so all the organizations&nbsp;mail traffic&nbsp;will be stored in the Journal mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Problem Resolution Journaling vs. Transport Rules<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In some cases, we could get a conflict between Transport Rules and Journal Rules.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to&nbsp;better understand this difference, we will use the following example. There is a transport rule that blocks all the messages between users Anderson Patricio and Jose Rodas Ethical Wall, but the administrator is required to record all the messages before they are dropped.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, the Transport Agent rules are executed first then Journaling Rules. So,&nbsp;in this situation, it will not be possible to&nbsp;journal when you have a transport rule that deletes some messages. The order of agent transport in Exchange 2007 is shown in the figure below. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, as discussed earlier, the default order does not let us record blocked messages on Transport Rules, so lets check the order through a cmdlet called <B>GetTransportAgent</B> in the&nbsp;Exchange Management Shell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To check the orders that are assigned, type the following&nbsp;in an MSH Console</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GetTransportAgent</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this example, our scenario will not work as expected, in other words, the blocked message will not be recorded in the mailbox Journal. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To solve this, we will have to change the transport agents order with the SetTransportAgent cmdlet. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The full syntax to solve this is </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>SetTransportAgent &lt;TransportAgentName&gt; Priority&lt;Number&gt; </SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With this change, our scenario works&nbsp;as expected. The Journaling Agent has a higher priority than the Transport Rule Agent. So even&nbsp;blocked messages will be recorded in the&nbsp;Journal mailbox.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the article we have discussed&nbsp;how to use journaling using two different methods </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The first&nbsp;being similar to Exchange Server 2003 mailbox database. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The second, using journaling rules, which is a feature that will be available in Exchange Server 2007. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have also seen that this new method&nbsp;of journaling is easier and more&nbsp;advanced than the method used in previous versions of Exchange Server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We also learned how&nbsp;to manage TransportAgent orders in the Hub Transport Role of Exchange Server 2007 using cmdlets&nbsp;in the Exchange Management Console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article was written using an Exchange Server 2007 Beta 2 version. The final release RTM may have different screens than the ones described in this article.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Transport Rules]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-transport-rules-a-2938.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what is a transport rule&nbsp;A transport rule is used to apply policies to messages passing through an Edge Transport or Hub Transport server.&nbsp;These policies can do such things as</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Archive messages</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Apply a disclaimer to all mail leaving the organization</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Redirect messges coming in or out of the organization</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Filter messages containing confidential information</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Rule Agents<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two types of agents that you can use to apply policies to messages, first is the Edge Rule Agent.&nbsp;This agent resides on any and all servers that have the Edge Transport role applied and is primarily used to provide antimalware services.&nbsp;The other is the Transport Rule Agent which resides on any and all Hub Transport servers in your Exchange organization.&nbsp;The Transport Rule Agent is what you will use to apply the policies required for regulatory compliance, corporate policy and intellectual property protection.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Rule Components<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Transport rules and edge rules work in a similar manner but because of some fundamental differences to their intended use there are some differences.&nbsp;That said all rules, whether transport or edge, are made up of the following components.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><B>Condition</B>  The first component of any rule is the condition.&nbsp;This is what triggers the rule to take effect.&nbsp;In an Exchange organization some of the conditions that you may find are things such as sender, recipient, message header; anything that can identify an email message.&nbsp;If a message is passed through an Edge Transport or Hub Transport server and it does not meet any of the conditions specified, it will pass through and continue on its way.&nbsp;However if one of the conditions are met it will run through the rest of the process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><B>Exception</B>  After a condition is met, the message is checked to see if it meets any exceptions.&nbsp;An exception can be used to fine tune a rule with a general condition.&nbsp;If a message meets one of the conditions applied, but also meets the exception it is released for regular delivery; however if it does not then in continues through the rule processing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><B>Action</B>  the final stage is the action stage.&nbsp;This is where a message that has met the condition specified, but does not meet an exception has an action taken on it.&nbsp;Here is where a message coming from an external source that contains inappropriate content can be rejected.&nbsp;Another scenario is when an internal user tries to send confidential information to inappropriate people inside or outside your organization.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Create a Rule<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two ways you can create and/or modify a rule.&nbsp;You can use the classic graphical user interface GUI by launching the Exchange Management Console EMC, or you can use the new Exchange Management Shell EMS which is built upon Powershell.&nbsp;Both are extremely easy to use but I do encourage you to try Powershell.&nbsp;In this example we are going to use a rule to prevent an internal user from sending mail to a specific department</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process is pretty straightforward if using EMC; rules are located under Organization Configuration  Hub Transport or Edge Server Configuration  Transport Rules.&nbsp;In the task pane of the MMC console simply click New Transport Rule.&nbsp;Here you must specify a name for the rule, we will use Test Rule in this example, and add any comments you feel necessary.&nbsp;I usually write a brief summary of what the rule does in the comments.&nbsp;Finally you can uncheck the Enabled box if you do not want this rule to be automatically enabled when you are finished creating it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to list any conditions which should trigger the rule.&nbsp;You can select one or multiple conditions as you see fit.&nbsp;Once you have selected a condition, or conditions it is one to edit the rule description.&nbsp;If you have ever set up a rule in Outlook, this process is very familiar, select a blue underlined word and click on it to specify the value.&nbsp;You must specify a value for each condition you chose.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next you must specify the action that should take place.&nbsp;This process is similar to the conditions as you must then edit the rule and provide values for any exceptions you created.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The last step is selecting any exceptions to the rule see Figure 3 before finishing the wizard which will create the rule.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that was simple but in you have many rules you want to create using Powershell and the EMS is the way to go. To create the same rule you would run the following command</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NewTransportRule Name Test Rule Comments Test rule for MSExchange.org Demo &nbsp;Conditions Microsoft.Exchange.MessagingPolicies.Rules.Tasks.FromPredicate Actions Microsoft.Exchagne.MessagingPolicies.Rules.Tasks.LogEventAction Exceptions</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Microsoft.Exchange.MessagingPolicies.Rules.Tasks.FromScopePredicate</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>&nbsp;Enabled true Priority 0</SPAN></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Modify a Rule<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So now we have our rule in place, what happens if something changes&nbsp;Perhaps the conditions are too restrictive, or a change in policy requires a modification of an existing rule.&nbsp;Again we have two options, we can use the EMC and do it with the GUI or we can use Powershell and EMS.&nbsp;First lets take a look at the GUI method.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open up EMC and drill down to Organization Configuration  Hub Transport or Edge Server Configuration  Transport Rules.&nbsp;Select the rule you wish to modify, rightclick and select Edit Rule.&nbsp;The wizard will open up and allow you to edit the rule.&nbsp;Once complete click Update to apply the changes made.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using Powershell through EMS you can edit the rule as well.&nbsp;As an example, lets say we created a rule with three conditions and two exceptions.&nbsp;We have found that we have a bad combination of conditions and exceptions so we want to remove a condition.&nbsp;First we must list the conditions </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>TransportRule.Conditions</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next we must specify which condition to remove.&nbsp; In this example we will remove the 2nd condition.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><CODE><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; msobidifontstyle italic>SetTransportRule RULENAME Condition Condition1, Condition3</SPAN></CODE><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>.</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>That is it</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Troubleshooting Rules<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although rules are easy to create and manage, in a complex organization with many rules, issues can occur.&nbsp;When issues do occur you have two options, the GetTransportPipeline cmdlet within EMS.&nbsp;This command will list all the rules that are enabled, and all the SMTP events since the last time the Microsoft Exchange Transport service was started.&nbsp;This can be an extremely long list so I suggest piping it to a text file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The other option is to enable Pipeline Tracing.&nbsp;Pipeline tracing is a new feature of Exchange Server 2007 that allows you to trace messages through SMTP as they pass through the rules. Pipeline tracing can be enabled per server on a particular Hub Transport server, or organization wide on all Hub Transport servers in your organization.&nbsp;It can also be enabled on Edge Transport servers as well.&nbsp;Once you have enabled Pipeline tracing, you can view the logs under CProgram&nbsp;FilesMicrosoftExchange&nbsp;ServerTransportRolesLogsPipelineTracing. There are two&nbsp;directories called MessageSnapshots and RulesTracking directory which will contain the logs. Pipeline tracing is a huge topic and best reserved for a future article, I just wanted to make sure you were aware of it in case trouble occurs.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2007 message transport is&nbsp;very different than it was in previous versions of Exchange server.&nbsp;These are changes made for the better, allowing for more powerful control over messages coming into, passing through and exiting your organization and will make managing regulatory compliance easier.&nbsp;Not to mention simplifying internal policies and security.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Message Classifications Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-message-classifications-part-a-2937.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 has a new feature called Message Classification where a message can be classified by the user or Administrator. This kind of feature helps organizations maintain email policies as well as regulatory norms. When a message is classified, it receives metadata that describes the message use or audience. This classification is visible in OWA 2007 and Outlook 2007, increasing the use of the message system and the users productivity. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Message Classification may occur on both sides the user side through manual intervention, or transport rules at the hub transport role managed by the Administrators, who can classify or not, depending on the type of messages that pass through Hub Transport.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Overview<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default there are four Message Classifications when Exchange Server 2007 is deployed and which are available in OWA. Below, the four default message classifications are explained</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Company Confidential This kind of message contains proprietary information and should be handled confidentially </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Company Internal This kind of message contains sensitive information that should only be delivered to internal recipients </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A/C Privileged This kind of message is either a request for legal advice from an attorney or a response by an attorney about legal advice. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>No restriction traditional message without any added metadata</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook 2007 has to be configured in order to use Message Classifications.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another point, which highlights the flexibility of the Exchange Server 2007 product, is that the Message Classifications are set to coincide with the regional settings, in other words, we can create a Message Classification and put the text in several languages, such as Portuguese and Spanish. When the user has one of these languages configured, he will receive a message in his native language.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Creating Message Classifications in Exchange Server 2007<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Administrator is able to create&nbsp;new Message Classifications. There are four main fields in this process. We have to use the Exchange Management Shell. Below we will see a brief description of these four options</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Display name</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This field specifies the display name for the message classification instance. The display name appears in Office 2007.&nbsp;Outlook and Outlook&nbsp;Web&nbsp;Access&nbsp;users use the field to select the appropriate message classification before they send a message. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Sender description</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This field explains to the sender what the message classification is intended to achieve. The text that the Exchange&nbsp;Administrator enters&nbsp;in this field is used by&nbsp;Outlook&nbsp;and Outlook&nbsp;Web&nbsp;Access&nbsp;users to select the appropriate message classification before they send a message. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Recipient description</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This field explains to the recipient what the message classification is intended to achieve. The text that the Exchange&nbsp;Administrator enters&nbsp;in this field is viewed by&nbsp;Outlook&nbsp;and Outlook&nbsp;Web&nbsp;Access&nbsp;users when they receive a message that has this message classification.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Locale</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This field specifies a culture code to create a localespecific version of the message classification. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we are going to create two new <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Message Classifications</SPAN>, their names will be Articles and Blog. To create a Message Classification, we will&nbsp;use a cmdlet called NewMessageClassification</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the Exchange Management Console </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Put into the Exchange Management Console the following</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>NewMessageClassification Name Articles DisplayName Articles SenderDescription Articles content  RecipientDescription Messages containing some articles information. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>After this the&nbsp;cmdlet will show the attributes of the new Message Classification that we have just created</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We will now&nbsp;create a new Message Classification called Blog</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>NewMessageClassification Name Blog DisplayName Blog SenderDescription Blog content  RecipientDescription News and tips about Exchange Server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have created the new Message Classifications, we should&nbsp;take a look at&nbsp;them. We can&nbsp;achieve this by&nbsp;using a cmdlet called GetMessageClassification, to filter the output, we will use the following cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>GetMessageClassification  Select DisplayName,SenderDescription</SPAN></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How to check out the new Message Classifications in OWA<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new message&nbsp;in Exchange Server 2007 OWA, we have a new button called Message Classification, which displays all Message Classifications&nbsp;when&nbsp;clicked as well as the two Messages Classifications that we have just created.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enabling Message Classification in Outlook 2007<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default Outlook 2007 is not enabled to use Message Classification. To enable this resource we have to do two things export the&nbsp;Message Classification settings from Exchange Server 2007 and&nbsp;enable it in Outlook 2007.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exporting Message Classifications from Exchange Server 2007<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To export the new Message Classifications that we have just created, we have to use a script that comes with Exchange Server 2007. All the scripts can be found at XProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerScripts, where X is the drive of the Exchange installation. In the figure below Figure 05 we are able to see the builtin administrative scripts in Exchange Server 2007. They should be used from the Exchange Management Shell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We should open the Exchange Management Shell and go to XProgram FilesMicrosoftExchange ServerScripts, and run the script called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>ExportOutlookClassification.msh</SPAN> with the Message Classification we want to use in Outlook 2007 in the enduser. The exportation of these definitions is easy and we use a cmdlet called GetMessageClassification together with the script that was shown in the previous step.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The syntax of the cmdlet is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Articles, Blogs  GetMessageClassification  ./ExportOutlookClassification.msh &gt; cclassifications.xml</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of the command line, we can put how many Message Classifications we want, putting a comma , between the items; after the pipe  we use the cmdlet GetMessageClassification; after the other pipe  we use the script ./ExportOutlookClassification.msh where the output of the cmdlet will be redirected to the file in the selected path&nbsp;at the end of command line in this case cclassifications.xml</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After we run the script the xml file can be found where we defined it in the previous cmdlet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If we open the xml file, we will see the content with the definitions that will be used by Outlook 2007. We can see only the Message Classifications defined in the previous Exchange Management Shell cmdlet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enabling Message Classification in Outlook 2007<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After&nbsp;creating the xml file that contains definitions about the specified Message Classifications, we can import it&nbsp;to the client with Outlook 2007 installed. In this article we are going to put it in the root drive c of the client machine. We should follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Copy the archive classifications.xml of Exchange Server 2007 to the root drive of the&nbsp;machine where Office 2007 was installed </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Close Outlook, if it is open </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click Start, Run and type regedit </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand HKEYCURRENTUSER </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Software </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Microsoft </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Office </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand 12.0 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Common </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>If the folder Policy doesnt exist you need to create it </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>11.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Policy </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>12.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Add three values inside this folder figure 09 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>13.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>EnableClassifications of the type DWORD with value 1 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>14.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>TrustClassifications of the type DWORD with value 1 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>15.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>AdminClassificationPath of the type STRING with the whole path where the xml file was created in Exchange Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we can open Outlook 2007 and create a new message. In this new message there is a button called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Set Permission</SPAN>. Click on it and you will see all the Message Classifications that we have imported from Exchange Server 2007 through the xml file Figure 10.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing the Message Classification feature<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets test the message classification. Here is a quick recap of what was done </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We have created two new message classifications in Exchange Server 2007 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We have validated the two New message Classifications in OWA </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We have exported the xml file from Exchange Server 2007 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We have imported the xml file in Outlook 2007</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we will perform some tests using the Message Classification feature. We are going to use a scenario where we have three users Anderson.Patricio, Jose.Rodas and Administrator.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, we will test the Sender Description. We will send a message from user Anderson.Patricio to Jose.Rodas using the Message Classification called Articles and we should make sure that the new box above the field To&nbsp;is filled out with Articles Content, this description was defined in the SenderDescription property.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The user Jose.Rodas should verify the description of the message he received. He will see a box with a short description about the Message Classification defined in this message. This description was defined in the RecipientDescription property.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the user Jose.Rodas replies, or forwards this message, the Message Classification by default is still on the message. If we want to remove this Message Classification, we should click on the button Message Classification and then click on No Restriction. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can control this behavior through the RetainClassificationEnabled attribute. By default this attribute is enabled, to disable it we have to use this cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SetMessageClassification Identity Articles RetainClassificationEnabledfalse</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the RetainClassificationEnable is set as&nbsp;false, all the received classified messages will lose the Message Classification when the user replies to them.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of this article we saw this new Message Classification resource for Exchange administrators. This feature enables us to manage message traffic&nbsp;in an orderly way, showing how the feature can be used by the user through OWA or Outlook 2007. In the next article we are going to see how we can classify through transport rules and how to use a localized version of Message Classification.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Message Classifications Part 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-message-classifications-part-a-2936.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How to use multiple languages and how to use transport rules to help with the Message Classification process.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this part of Message Classification in Exchange Server 2007 article series, well see how to use multiple languages, how we define the classification automatically using transport rules and in the last section, well see where this information is kept in the Active Directory.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Working with multiple languages<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Due to the flexibility of Exchange Server 2007, we can work with Message Classifications in several languages, thus enhancing the enduser experience.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, Exchange Server 2007 has four Message Classifications distributed in ten languages that are German DE, Spanish ES, French FR, Italian IT, Japanese JP, Korean KO, Portuguese PT, Russian RU, Chinese Simplified zhCHS and Chinese Traditional zhCHT.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can create any localization available in OWA and adjust specific text in each language. We will use the following example we have got some users who use, as a native language, Brazilian Portuguese, and we will create two Message Classifications for this purpose. The description of these message classifications will be shown to the sender and recipient in their desired language. You will see the Message Classifications in OWA and in Outlook 2007, or earlier.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new Message Classification, we have to use the Exchange Management Shell, specifying the localization, in our case ptbr, the parameters that will be used are the same used in the beginning of the article, we have to put the text in the correct language in the attributes SenderDescription and RecipientDescription.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember that this will not replace the existing content, we can still see in the figure above that the attributes Identity and Locale are ptBRArticles, this information helps us determine the language. When we created the Message Classification called Articles, its ID was DefaultArticles, in other words, they are the same Message Classification with different languages.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Testing a message with localized versions<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ok, weve defined the Message Classification called Articles to Portuguese and we have to change the OWA of the user Jose.Rodas to the Portuguese language. To do that, we have to open the mailbox of Jose.Rodas in OWA, then we have to click on Options located at the top of the page on the right side, on the left side click on Regional Settings, and in the Language section we have to choose Portuguese Brazil.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With these settings, all the messages sent will use the localized Portuguese version of the Message Classifications. To test this feature, we will send a message from the Administrator to the user Jose.Rodas OWA located in Brazilian Portuguese and Anderson.Patricio OWA located in default English; we will use, in this test, the Message Classification called Articles.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, lets see the result for the user Anderson.Patricio that has defined his language as English. Remember that for him, we had defined the RecipientDescription as the English language.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The same message is received by the user Jose.Rodas with the description in Portuguese, this happens because we have defined the correct localization for the Message Classification Articles. Using this resource we can increase the user experience using the messaging system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Classifying messages through transport rules <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Until now we have seen how to manage the Message Classification at the user level, now we are going to see how the Exchange Administrator can classify messages on the Exchange Servers using Transport Rules on the Hub Transport Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets classify messages of the exchange organization in the following way all messages sent internally that have the string article in the subject field will be classified automatically with Message Classification called Articles. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We should use the Exchange Management Console to create the Transport Rule. These steps are necessary to accomplish this task</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the Exchange Management Console </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand Organization Configuration </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on Hub Transport </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In Toolbox Actions, click on New Transport Rule... </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the first screen, fill in the name and check the Enable Rule option, click Next </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Conditions. In Step 1, check the option from users inside or outside the corporation and when the Subject field contains specific words and in Step 2, choose Inside and add the word Article, similar to figure 07, and click on Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Actions. Click on apply message classification and choose Articles in Step 2, after that click Next</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In Exceptions, click Next </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In Create Rule, click New </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In Completion, click Finish </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its done Weve just created a transport rule to classify some messages. To test our rule we will send a message from the user Administrator to the users Jose.Rodas and Anderson.Patricio containing the word article in the subject field.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the users receiving the messages coming from the Administrator, they will realize that the message was classified without intervention, in other words, the message was classified by the transport rules. Of course, the message was classified because its contents respect the condition of the transport rule.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Where are Message Classifications stored<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Active Directory is the central repository for all Exchange Server 2007 settings. We can use the AdsiEdit.msc tool to verify where the Message Classifications are kept and we can also see where the new Message Classifications are created and grouped by language.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The path to verify is Configuration / Services / Microsoft Exchange / &lt;Organization&gt; / Transport Settings / Message Classifications. We can see in Figure 11 that the Articles classification is in the correct language Portuguese Brazilian ptBR.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article on Message Classification we have seen how to manage the flow of messages using Message Classifications, how we can classify using transport rules and use localized versions in multilanguage environments.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Messaging Records Management Part 2]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-messaging-records-management-part-a-2935.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part one of this article, we looked at an overview of what Messaging Records Management MRM is and then went on to cover the first two of the five steps required to implement it. The first step required the creation or identification of the required managed folders, namely managed default folders or managed custom folders. Once these had been created, managed content settings were created that were applied to the managed folders. Well now go on to look at the remaining three steps required to complete the process. They are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Create managed folder mailbox policies. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Apply the managed folder mailbox policies. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Schedule the managed folder assistant.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Step 3 Managed Folder Mailbox Policies<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The third step is to create managed folder mailbox policies. In part one of this twopart article, we created three managed custom folders that we can ensure are deployed to users at the same time by linking them to a managed folder mailbox policy. Thats one of the key things to consider regarding a managed folder mailbox policy  all managed folders that are linked to the policy are created at the same time when the policy is linked to a users mailbox. To create this policy via the Exchange Management Console EMC </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the Organization Configuration node and then click Mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Either rightclick the Mailbox object and choose the New Managed Folder Mailbox Policy option, or choose the same option from the Action pane. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The New Managed Folder Mailbox Policy wizard appears which consists of the screen that you see now plus the Completion screen. The first screen is shown below in Figure 10.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On this first screen, give the managed folder mailbox policy a suitable name in the first field. Lets assume that all of our managed custom folders are to appear in each users mailbox, so well call this policy Default Managed Custom Folders. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the Specify the managed folders that you want to link to this policy area, click the Add button which then presents you with the Select Managed Folder window. Here you will see all available managed folders, including both default and custom managed folders. Ive added the Inbox, Old Inbox Items, Project X and Project Y custom managed folders. Note that you can shift or controlselect multiple folders if required. Obviously we need to add the Inbox folder in order to ensure our Inbox managed content settings are applied. This wont create the Inbox folder of course, since this is a managed default folder that already exists. This window is shown in Figure 11. Once done, click OK which returns you back to the previous window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Clicking the New button then presents the Completion screen which also shows us the Exchange Management Shell EMS command used to create this policy. Clicking the Finish button completes the wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The EMS cmdlet for creating the managed folder mailbox policy is straightforward. It is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NewManagedFolderMailboxPolicy Name Default Managed Custom Folders ManagedFolderLinks Old Inbox Items,Project X,Project Y</SPAN></EM></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Step 4 Apply Managed Folder Mailbox Policies<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The penultimate step is to apply the managed folder mailbox policy that we just created to our users. As I stated earlier in step 3, lets assume for this article that we want to apply our policy to all users. Perhaps the easiest way to do this is via the EMS, since we can easily deploy the policies to many mailboxes in bulk. A suitable cmdlet to deploy to all users&nbsp;the Default Managed Custom Folders policy that we just created is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GetMailbox  SetMailbox ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy Default Managed Custom Folders</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may remember from your PowerShell reading that in the above line we have piped the result of one cmdlet, GetMailbox, into the next cmdlet that sets the policies. GetMailbox is going to retrieve all mailboxes of course. You could do clever things like refining your selection to only include certain values set on specific Active Directory attributes. For example, you can retrieve all users who have their Active Directory <B>Title</B> attribute set to <B>Manager</B> via the following cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GetUser  WhereObject .RecipientType eq UserMailbox and .Title eq Manager</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youll note the use of the <B>UserMailbox</B> recipient type, which targets all mailboxenabled users, since were using GetUser this time rather than GetMailbox. To complete the entire cmdlet, we need to set the managed folder mailbox policy on the results, so the cmdlet becomes</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>GetUser  WhereObject .RecipientType eq UserMailbox and .Title eq Manager SetMailbox ManagedFolderMailboxPolicy Default Managed Custom Folders</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After executing your cmdlet, you may find warnings and errors recorded depending on certain circumstances. For example, you may see the warning shown in Figure 12 informing you that clients older than Outlook 2003 SP2 are not supported.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What happens in the situation where Exchange 2007 is coexisting with Exchange 2003 In such a situation, theres a strong possibility that not all user mailboxes will have been moved to Exchange 2007 by the time the administrator creates MRM policies. If these policies are applied to all users, the error shown in Figure 13 will be displayed by EMS. As you can see, it is not possible to set the policy on an Exchange 2003 mailbox.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To apply managed folder mailbox policies via the EMC, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the Recipient Configuration node and then click Mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the result pane, locate the relevant user mailbox, rightclick it and choose Properties from the context menu. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>With the user properties displayed, click the Mailbox Settings tab. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select Messaging Records Management and then click the Properties button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the resulting Messaging Records Management window, select the Managed folder mailbox policy check box and then click the Browse button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the resulting Select Managed Folder Mailbox Policy window, select the relevant policy. In our case here, we select the Default Managed Custom Folders policy. Click OK. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Back at the Messaging Records Management window, you should see a screen similar to the one shown below in Figure 14.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click OK all the way back out to the main EMC window.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Step 5 Schedule Managed Folder Assistant<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Just creating the managed folder mailbox policy isnt enough to get the managed custom folders created in each users Outlook or OWA client. To do this you must schedule the managed folder assistant to run on a mailbox server. In addition to creating the managed folders, the managed folder assistant also applies the managed content settings that we created in step 2 in part 1 of this article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Heres how to set the managed folder assistant using the EMC</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the Server Configuration node and then click Mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the result pane, locate the relevant mailbox server and rightclick it. From the context menu, choose Properties. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the resulting server properties window, click the Messaging Records Management tab. This tab is very simple as you can see from Figure 15 below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From here its just a case of clicking the Customize button and configuring when you want the managed folder assistant to run via the familiar schedule screen that you see so often when configuring Exchange.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you dont want to wait for the scheduled time to occur or if in the future you need to run the managed folder assistant on demand, you can perform a manual run via the following cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>StartManagedFolderAssistant</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Without any additional parameters specified, the above cmdlet will process all mailboxes on the local server. Optional parameters that you can include with the above cmdlet are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>DomainController. Use this parameter to specify which domain controller youd like to use for the operation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Identity. With this parameter, you can specify which server you would like to process the mailboxes on. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Mailbox. If you want to process an individual mailbox, use this parameter. You can specify this parameter using either the users email address, the user name in the domainuser format, or the mailbox GUID.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, to process the mailbox for User1 whos a member of the NGH domain, you could use the following cmdlet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>StartManagedFolderAssistant Mailbox NGHUser1</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When deciding on a suitable schedule for the managed folder assistant, be aware that Microsoft recommends that it does not occur at the same time as your backup or online database maintenance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Finally, Id like to finish this article by quickly covering what happens when you delete all the managed custom folders and managed folder mailbox policies. Youd think that this would remove the folders from the user mailboxes. What actually happens is that the Managed Folders root folder, plus all subfolders, are converted to normal folders that can then be removed by the user.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2007 Messaging Records Management Part 1]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2007-messaging-records-management-part-a-2934.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The new Messaging Records Management feature of Exchange 2007.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One major new feature of Exchange 2007 is that of Messaging Records Management MRM. The main principle behind MRM is that it helps an organization with its legal compliance requirements, something that previous versions of Exchange arent particularly good at. It does this by placing the onus on the user to categorize their messages, leading to these messages being retained where appropriate. Obsolete messages are then removed. Sounds simple enough In truth it is, although there are a few processes to understand and some terminology to become familiar with.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>The MRM Process<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I just mentioned, with MRM users are able to categorize their own messages and ensure that these messages are retained. Where are they retained One of the key components of MRM is a <B>managed folder</B>. There are actually two types of managed folder, namely <B>managed default folders</B> and <B>managed custom folders</B>. Managed default folders are based on folder names that already exist within users mailboxes, such as the Inbox or Sent Items, whilst managed custom folders are created by the Exchange administrators and are essentially additional folders seen within users mailboxes. They can be seen via Outlook and OWA and typically they cannot be deleted, renamed or moved. For example, Figure 1 shows how managed folders appear within the OWA client. Notice how, when rightclicking the folders, that the options to delete or rename the folders are dimmed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well cover how you create these managed folders and how to set the retention settings as we go through this article. The important point to take away at the moment is that its the users that classify their messages, placing them into the appropriate managed folder either manually or via rules. If messages are placed into managed folders for retention purposes, it follows that there must be a process for removing unwanted content. MRM gives us a way to control unwanted content based on age or message type. Well also cover that as we go through this article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You have already seen from Figure 1 what managed folders look like from within an OWA client. Youll notice that the managed folder names in Figure 1 are all custom names that I created, hence these are referred to as managed custom folders. Look at Figure 2 below to see a list of the managed default folders that can be configured. Note that the Action pane has been removed from the Exchange Management Console EMC for clarity. To view managed default folders via the EMC, follow these steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the Organization Configuration node and then click Mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the result pane, select the Managed Default Folders tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To view this information via the Exchange Management Shell EMS, the relevant cmdlet is <B>GetManagedFolder</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the remainder of this article, lets look at the first two steps of the five required to deploying MRM. In part two of this article, Ill cover the remaining three steps.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Step 1 Create Managed Folders<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Managed default folders are created automatically when Exchange 2007 is installed, although you can choose to create additional managed default folders if you wish. Creating managed custom folders is really easy, both via the EMC and via the EMS. Lets go through the process of creating some sample managed folders and content settings as follows. Dont forget, these are just sample folders to give you an idea of the process; they probably wouldnt mean much in the real world</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Check users Inbox folders for items older than 90 days. Once found, these items are placed into a managed custom folder called Old Inbox Items where they are retained for a further 180 days. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Create managed custom folders that store documents for two different projects, namely Project X and Project Y. These documents are stored for 365 days.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing to do is to create the new managed custom folders. Heres how</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the <B>Organization Configuration</B> node and then click <B>Mailbox</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Either rightclick the Mailbox object and choose the <B>New Managed Custom Folder </B>option, or choose the same option from the Action pane. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The New Managed Custom Folder wizard appears which consists of the screen that you see now, plus the Completion screen. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the first screen, the following information needs to be entered </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo2><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The <B>Name</B> field is the name of the managed custom folder as seen within the EMC and EMS. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo2><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The <B>Display the following name</B> field is the name that users see within Outlook and OWA. This field is automatically populated with the same information that you type into the Name field, but you can change this field if you like. In my case, Ive set both of these fields to <B>Old Inbox Items</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo2><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>There is an optional size limit that you can set on this managed custom folder. In my case, I set this to 1024KB meaning that each user gets allocated 1MB to this managed custom folder. This is obviously too low to be meaningful, as I entered this value to make it easy for me to simulate what happens when the storage limit is exceeded. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo2><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>There is an optional field to enter descriptive information that is shown to the users within Outlook or OWA. Figure 5 gives an example of how this looks to the users in OWA, coupled with how the storage limit allocation is progressing. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo2><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Finally, there is an option to prevent users from minimizing the descriptive information in Outlook or OWA.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Once all the relevant information has been entered, click the <B>New</B> button. The <B>Completion</B> page is then shown which also shows you the EMS commands to create this managed custom folder via PowerShell. The cmdlet used is</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NewManagedFolder Name Old Inbox Items FolderName Old Inbox Items StorageQuota 1MB Comment Inbox items older than 90 days are placed here for your review. MustDisplayComment true</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ive then repeated the above series of steps to create the Project X and Project Y managed custom folders.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Incidentally, since Ive mentioned the fact that you can set storage limits on the folders, you may be wondering what happens if you exceed these limits. Figure 6 shows you how the storage limit allocation comment looks when youve exceeded your limit. Figure 7 shows you the warning message you receive when attempting to add additional items to the folder that has exceeded the limit. These are how the messages are seen in the OWA client.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Step 2 Create Managed Content Settings<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next piece of our MRM jigsaw is the managed content settings. Managed content settings actually apply to either managed default folders or managed custom folders like the folders we just created. In our case, we want to apply settings to the default Inbox folder as well as our three managed custom folders which means well be setting three different managed content settings both project folder content settings are essentially the same. Managed content settings allow you to perform various options such as moving items to the Deleted Items folder or your chosen managed custom folder, or perhaps permanently deleting the items. It follows that, since managed content settings apply to managed folders, you must either target the managed default folders or have created at least one managed custom folder before you can create managed content settings. Heres how to create our managed content settings for the default Inbox folder</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the EMC. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the <B>Organization Configuration</B> node and then click <B>Mailbox.</B> </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the <B>Managed Default Folders</B> tab and you will now see the managed default folders list as shown above in Figure 2. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Highlight the Inbox managed default folder and then either rightclick it and choose the <B>New Managed Content Settings </B>option, or choose the same option from the Action pane. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The <B>New Managed Content Settings</B> wizard appears showing the Introduction screen. This is shown in Figure 8. Lets examine the options that have to be configured </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Name of the managed content settings</B> field, enter a meaningful name that will be seen in both the EMC and EMS. Ive chosen to enter <B>Inbox items older than 90 days</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Message type</B> dropdown list, choose the type of items that will be affected. Choices are <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>All Mailbox Content</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Calendar Items</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Contacts</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Documents</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Faxes</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Journal Items</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Meeting Requests Responses and Cancellations</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Missed Calls</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Notes</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Posts</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>RSS Items</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Tasks</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Voicemail</SPAN>. Since I want everything older than 90 days to be affected, Ive chosen <B>All Mailbox Content</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>We require message retention to be set, so the <B>Length of retention period days</B> check box is selected and a value of 90 added. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Since the above option has just been selected, its now possible to configure when the retention period starts. Im interested in ensuring that the retention period starts when the messages are delivered, so Ive left it at the default option. The other option is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>When item is moved to the folder</SPAN>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Its now also possible to specify the <B>Action to take at the end of the retention period</B>. Ive chosen the <B>Move to a Managed Custom Folder</B> option, clicked the <B>Browse</B> button and then selected the <B>Old Inbox Items</B> managed custom folder previously created. The other options here are <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Move to the Deleted Items folder</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Delete and Allow Recovery</SPAN>, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Permanently Delete</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Mark as Past Retention Limit</SPAN>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo3><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Once completed, this screen looks like the one shown in Figure 8.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Clicking the <B>Next</B> button takes you to the <B>Journaling</B> screen, where its possible to forward copies to an alternative address. Its possible to pick any type of mailenabled recipient here, such as a mailbox, distribution list or contact. Ive not selected this option in this example. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Clicking <B>Next</B> takes you to a configuration summary screen, followed by the <B>Completion</B> screen that once again shows you the EMS command to create this configuration via PowerShell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The cmdlet used is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>NewManagedContentSettings Name Inbox items older than 90 days FolderName Inbox RetentionAction MoveToFolder AddressForJournaling null AgeLimitForRetention 90.000000 JournalingEnabled false MessageFormatForJournaling UseTnef RetentionEnabled true LabelForJournaling  MessageClass  MoveToDestinationFolder Old Inbox Items TriggerForRetention WhenDelivered</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Its worth bearing in mind that once youve created your managed content settings, they appear below the relevant folder they are associated with as shown in Figure 9. Once again, the Action pane has been removed for clarity. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ive then proceeded to create additional managed content settings for the Old Inbox Items, Project X and Project Y managed custom folders. The Old inbox items older than 180 days managed content settings configuration applies to all folder content and permanently deletes all items in the Old Inbox Items folder that are older than 180 days, whilst the Documents relating to Project X and Documents Relating to Project Y managed content settings apply only to documents and delete items older than 365 days. As you can see, things are flexible to suit your needs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I want to close part one of this article by drawing your attention to the <B>Entire Mailbox</B> managed default folder that you may have noticed in Figure 9. This can be used to apply managed content settings to all folders within a users mailbox, although managed custom folders and managed default folders already linked to a managed folder mailbox policy are excluded. Ill be covering managed folder mailbox policies in part two of this article.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This completes our look at part 1 of Messaging Records Management. So far weve covered how to create managed folders and managed content settings, as well as how some of these items are displayed to OWA users. In part 2, well look at managed folder mailbox policies, how to apply these policies to users, and how to schedule the whole process to run.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Using EXMERGE To Delete Message From Your Exchange Server]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/using-exmerge-delete-message-from-your-exchange-server-a-2933.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One question that seems to come up a lot is How can I delete a message from all the users mailboxes, this question gets asked for many reasons, such as someone sent an email to the wrong group of people, you know that a message is in your system that contains an attachments that you do not want your users opening, you can probably think of a few more reasons.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One question that seems to come up a lot is <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>How can I delete a message from all the users mailboxes</SPAN>, this question gets asked for many reasons, such as someone sent an email to the wrong group of people, you know that a message is in your system that contains an attachments that you do not want your users opening, you can probably think of a few more reasons.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, how do we go about flushing this message from the system, the answer lies in a little utility called <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>EXMERGE</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that we have installed Exmerge, how do we use it to remove the relevant messages, here is a picture of a users mailbox.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We want to get rid of the message that contains the subject of Top Secret Documents, from all users mailboxes.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Start Exmerge</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>On the <B>Procedure Selection</B> dialogue box, select <B>Export or Import Two Step Procedure</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>On the <B>Two Step Procedure</B> dialogue box, select <B>Step 1 Extract data from and Exchange Server Mailbox</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>We are now presented with the <B>Source Server</B> dialogue box, specify the name of your Exchange server, and if applicable the name and LDAP port number of your Domain Controller, if you do not specify the Domain Controller Exmerge will use your Global Catalogue server to find the users, this will take longer, but if you have a multiple domain environment this should be used.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Click on the <B>Options</B> button, this is where we will specify the messages that we would like to extract.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>On the first tab <B>Data</B>, select <B>User Messages and Folders</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>On the second tab <B>Import Procedure</B>, select <B>Archive Data To Target Store</B>, this is the procedure that will delete the message from the users mailbox.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>You will be prompted with a dialogue box notifying you that this process will delete the message from the Information store once it has been copied to the PST file, respond Yes to this.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>The third tab gives us the ability to select what folders we would like to search through, if we leave this section blank, then all folders will be searched.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>9.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>The forth tab allows us to select a date range for searching the messages.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>10.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>The fifth and final tab will allow us to select the text that appears in the subject of the message and/or the attachment name we are looking for.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>11.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>We have selected Top Secret Documents and also select the Exact String Match, so that we do not delete any other messages.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>12.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Once we have click on Next the <B>Database Selection</B> dialogue box is display, from here we can choose what Stores we would like to search through.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>13.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Once we have selected the correct store and clicked on Next, we are presented with the <B>Mailbox Selection</B> dialogue box, you will need to select individual mailboxes or you have the option to <B>Select All</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>On the <B>Locale Selection</B> dialogue box, select the Locale that you would like to use to search the mailboxes.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>When messages are located that meet the criteria specified, they will be copies to the location you select on the <B>Target Directory</B> dialogue box, make sure you remember where you put this, as we will need to delete the files later.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>14.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>If you would like to chance the name and location of the files used by Exmerge you can do this on the <B>Save Settings</B> dialogue box by clicking on the <B>File Names</B> button.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>15.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Once we click on <B>Next</B> the process will begin, this could take a considerable about of time depending on how many mailboxes we are search through and the size of the mailboxes.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>So if we now look at the mailbox that we opened at the beginning of this document we should notice that the Top Secret Documents message has now been removed.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>16.&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>The final step in the process would be to go to the directory that we specified in the <B>Target Directory</B> dialogue box and delete the files created by Exmerge.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>As you can see Exmerge is a very powerful little utility and care should be taken before running this in a production environment, test it out thoroughly before using in on live mailboxes and always do a backup of your data before running it.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Put Your Exchange 2000 Mailbox On The Web With ADO]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/your-exchange-2000-mailbox-with-a-2932.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Introduction</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange version 5, Microsoft introduced <B>CDO</B> Collaboration Data Objects, a MAPI wrapper that enabled you to access the contents of the Exchange Information Store using <B>Active Server Pages</B> ASP technology. CDO is still available in Exchange 2000, for backward compatibility, but the preferred way of accessing IS data from the Web is now <B>ActiveX Data Objects</B> ADO in concert with <B>the Web Storage System</B> WSS.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One great advantage of ADO/WSS is that you no longer need to create a Profile Directory on the server for the temporary files produced by CDO, and you no longer need to make sure that prospective users have the Log On Locally right on the server. It is therefore much easier to implement, and you can also achieve quite a lot for comparatively little effort. You are basically setting up a connection to the Exchange IS as if it was any other database, and issuing <B>SQL</B> Structured Query Language statements to it.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Procedure</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To produce an Active Server Page of your own, you need nothing more than <B>Notepad</B>. You also need to be able to save the file onto the <B>IIS</B> server on which you want to run it. In this case, that IIS server will also be your <B>Exchange 2000 server</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The program code presented in this article is written in <B>VBScript</B>, which is a scripting language supported by <B>ASP</B> Active Server Pages. In ASP, you can mix <B>HTML</B> code and <B>Script</B> code on the same page. The Script is executed before the output it sent to the browser, so the user only sees the results of the program execution, not the script you created. The parts of the page that are Script are enclosed in delimiters <B>&lt;  &gt;</B> and these can be freely interspersed with the HTML source surrounding them.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I am using a single page for this example. It makes the page more complicated, but at least you get to see it all in one place. The page uses conditional program flow to decide which parts of the page are actually executed. If a mailbox has not yet been entered, it will ask for one. Then it will list the ten most recent messages in the mailbox, and then if you click on one of the links, it will display some of the message details.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The code is listed in its entirety at the end of the article, but lets take a look at some parts of it first. Following a small amount of HTML preamble are the following lines</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; servername  Request.ServerVariablesSERVERNAME</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; username  Request.ServerVariablesREMOTEUSER</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; p  Instrusername, </B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; If p &lt;&gt; 0 Then username  Rightusername, Lenusername  p</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These lines get the server name and the user name, making sure that any domain name is removed from the user name. These are used to construct a string to be used to specify the data source for the ADODB Connection object</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; inboxURL  http// &amp; servername &amp; /Exchange/ &amp; username &amp; /Inbox/</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set conn  Server.CreateObjectADODB.Connection</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; conn.Provider  ExOLEDB.DataSource</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; conn.Open inboxURL</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first time the page is displayed, a list of hyperlinks to the ten most recent messages will be displayed. Clicking on a link takes us back into the same page, but with subject&lt;the subject of one of the messages&gt; appended to the URL. The next line of code, therefore, decides if we are looking at the list of messages, or requesting the details for an individual message</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; subject&nbsp;  Request.QueryStringsubject</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first time this is executed, the variable named subject is empty, indicating that no mailbox link will have been clicked on, so hyperlinks to the most recent ten messages are displayed by the following code</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Response.Write username &amp; &lt;p&gt;<op></op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; strSQL  SELECT urnschemashttpmailsubject, DAVdisplayname &amp; </B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;  FROM SCOPEshallow traversal of  &amp; inboxURL &amp;  &amp; </B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;  WHERE DAVishidden  False AND DAVisfolder  False &amp; </B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;  ORDER BY urnschemashttpmaildate DESC<op></op></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set rs  conn.ExecutestrSQL</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; n  1</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Do While Not rs.EOF And n &lt; 10</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &gt;&lt;a hrefMBX.aspsubject&lt;  Server.URLEncodersDAVdisplayname &gt;&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncodersurnschemashttpmailsubject &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt; n  n  1</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; rs.MoveNext</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Loop</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set rs  Nothing</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;</B>The variable strSQL contains the SQL statement that will retrieve the required IS records. Server.HTMLEncode and Server.URLEncode are used to make sure that the output from, and input to, the program are expressed in valid HTML character entities, otherwise it would not display properly. The output should look something like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If a message link had been clicked on, the variable named subject will not be empty, and some message details will be displayed, followed by an OK button to take the user back into the same page again. This time a Record object is used to retrieve the fields of an individual message</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set rec  Server.CreateObjectADODB.Record</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; rec.Open inboxURL &amp; subject, conn</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp; &gt;&lt;form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><B>&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;From&lt;/b&gt; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailsendername &gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><B>&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Subject&lt;/b&gt; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailsubject &gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Message&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><B>&nbsp; &lt;  ReplaceServer.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailtextdescription, vbCrLf, &lt;br&gt; &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt; rec.Close  Set rec  Nothing</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &gt;&lt;p&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The output is Server.HTMLEncoded to make sure it displays properly, and any CR/LFs need to be replaced by &lt;br&gt;, &nbsp;otherwise they would not appear on the screen at all. The output looks like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The last bit of the code releases the memory used by the Connection object and outputs the closing HTML tags.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use the page, you simply need to put it in a <B>Virtual Directory</B> on your Exchange server that is protected by <B>Authentication</B> Basic or Integrated, and it is ready to use. In my example, the page is named <B>MBX.asp</B>, and is in a Virtual Directory called <B>test</B> on a server named <B>W2KS1</B>, so the URL is <B>http//W2KS1/test/MBX.asp</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>The Program Code</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is the example code in its entirety. You can copy it and paste it into Notepad to save it onto your Exchange server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt; LANGUAGE  VBScript &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;body&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt; servername  Request.ServerVariablesSERVERNAME</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>username  Request.ServerVariablesREMOTEUSER</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>p  Instrusername, </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If p &lt;&gt; 0 Then username  Rightusername, Lenusername  p</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>inboxURL  http// &amp; servername &amp; /Exchange/ &amp; username &amp; /Inbox/</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set conn  Server.CreateObjectADODB.Connection</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>conn.Provider  ExOLEDB.DataSource</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>conn.Open inboxURL</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>subject&nbsp;  Request.QueryStringsubject</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If subject   Then</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Response.Write username &amp; &lt;p&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; strSQL  SELECT urnschemashttpmailsubject, DAVdisplayname &amp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;  FROM SCOPEshallow traversal of  &amp; inboxURL &amp;  &amp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;  WHERE DAVishidden  False AND DAVisfolder  False &amp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;  ORDER BY urnschemashttpmaildate DESC</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set rs  conn.ExecutestrSQL</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; n  1</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Do While Not rs.EOF And n &lt; 10</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &gt;&lt;a hrefMBX.aspsubject&lt;  Server.URLEncodersDAVdisplayname &gt;&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncodersurnschemashttpmailsubject &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt; n  n  1</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; rs.MoveNext</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Loop</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set rs  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Else</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set rec  Server.CreateObjectADODB.Record</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; rec.Open inboxURL &amp; subject, conn</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &gt;&lt;form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt>&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;From&lt;/b&gt; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailsendername &gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt>&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Subject&lt;/b&gt; &lt;  Server.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailsubject &gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Message&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;  ReplaceServer.HTMLEncoderec.Fieldsurnschemashttpmailtextdescription, vbCrLf, &lt;br&gt; &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt; rec.Close  Set rec  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &gt;&lt;p&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt; End If</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>conn.Close  Set conn  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;&lt;/body&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;/html&gt;</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Blocking Incoming Mail Using Microsoft Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/blocking-incoming-mail-using-microsoft-exchange-2000-a-2931.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An employee comes to you and reports they are receiving email from an old friend and they dont want it anymore, or the HR department manager is getting inappropriate emails from an exemployee, do you know what to do. Now, you could go out and purchase a thirdparty tool to block the mail, but with Exchange 2000 you have a simple but effective solution available to you, its called Message Filtering, and in this document we will walk through how to set it up.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An employee comes to you and reports they are receiving email from an old friend and they dont want it anymore, or the HR department manager is getting inappropriate emails from an exemployee, do you know what to do.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, you could go out and purchase a thirdparty tool to block the mail, but with Exchange 2000 you have a simple but effective solution available to you, its called <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Message Filtering</SPAN>, and in this document we will walk through how to set it up.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Setting up filtering is actually done in two steps, the first step is to define a list of addresses that we would like to filter and the second step is enabling the filter.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Exchange System Manager</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Expand the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Global Settings</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; RightClick <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Message Delivery</SPAN></B>, and select <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Properties</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Select the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Filtering</SPAN></B> tab, the Filtering dialogue box will now appear.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click on <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Add</SPAN></B>, the Add Sender dialogue box will now appear.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You must now enter the email address that you would like to add to the filter list, we can use the asterisks  as a wild character in the email address, the table below shows some of the combinations of email addresses that we could use</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 75; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width75 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Address<op></op></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Result<op></op></B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>spammerspam.com</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Blocks mail coming from spammerspam.com</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>spam.com</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Blocks mail coming from anyone at spam.com</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>spam.</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Blocks mail coming from anyone at with a domain of spam, so spam.com, spam.net, spam.org would be blocked.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>.spam.com</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Blocks mail from subdomains of spam.com, for example mail coming from support.spam.com would be blocked.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have three checkboxes to use, if you want messages from the sender in the filter list to be moved to an archive, you can select <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Archive filtered messages</SPAN>, the archive directory will be by default ExchsrvrMailrootSERVERFilter, where SERVER is the name of your virtual server, we will also need to select <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Accept messages without notifying sender of filtering</SPAN> for the archive feature to work.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We can select <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Filter messages with blank sender</SPAN>, this is fairly self explanatory, but be careful with this as some System generated messages have a blank sender, and if we block these it might cause us some problems.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once we have created our filter list, the next step is to enable it on our SMTP virtual server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Open the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Exchange System Manager</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Navigate down to your server, this will either be at the first level of the System Manager under the Servers container, or you will need to open&nbsp; Administrative Groups, then select the relevant administrative group, then select Servers.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Expand the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Protocols</SPAN></B> container under your server</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Expand the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>SMTP container</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Rightclick on the Virtual Server that you would like to apply your filtering to, and select <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Properties</SPAN></B>, the virtual server properties dialogue box will now appear.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Click the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Advanced</SPAN></B> button, the Advanced dialogue box will now appear.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Select the relevant IP address, and then click on <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Edit</SPAN></B>, the Identification dialogue box will now be displayed.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp; </SPAN>Select the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Apply Filter</SPAN></B> checkbox.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now enabled Filtering for this virtual server using the list of address that we specified in the Filtering List.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is not going to stop all the unnecessary mail that your company receives and I would recommend to anyone using Exchange to invest some money in one of the many message filtering and content control packages on the market today.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Secure Your Mail Server GFI MailSecurity for Exchange/SMTP]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/secure-your-mail-server-mailsecurity-exchangesmtp-a-2930.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Implementing network security is like trying to chase a moving target at the best of times. Where most companies today would consider it incomprehensible to not have a properly configured firewall, many of these same companies still overlook the single biggest source of their problems  their email systems.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Implementing network security is like trying to chase a moving target at the best of times. Some companies spend tens of thousands of dollars per year reactively trying to solve problems as they occur. If you had the unfortunate experience of having to react to the Klez worm or the Love Bug virus, you certainly understand what Im talking about. The days where you could rely on updated desktop virus definitions alone are unfortunately long gone. Securing a network is a constantly evolving challenge. Where most companies today would consider it incomprehensible to not have a properly configured firewall, many of these same companies still overlook the single biggest source of their problems  their email systems.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As the Love Bug virus showed, companies also still rely on their users to exercise good judgment when it comes to dealing with things like potentially malicious attachments. Disabling VBScript on their systems may be a great first step, but whats your plan for dealing with HTML emails that include embedded ActiveX controls With 25 critical security updates already released by Microsoft this year, the need for centralized email security has never been clearer. Instead of spending your precious hours trying to fix the security leaks that have already entered your network, secure the source  the freeforall known as your mail server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your company is running Exchange 2000, one product definitely worth a look is GFI Softwares GFI MailSecurity for Exchange/SMTP. Not only does this application provide you with complete control of incoming, outgoing, and internal mail, but it also does so in a manner completely transparent to users. GFI MailSecurity is much more than just viruschecking software. The list below outlines some of the capabilities that well explore further in this article.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Content and Attachment Checking</B>. GFI MailSecurity provides the ability to scan email messages that include specific words or attachments. Whether youre looking to ensure that messages containing VBScript attachments are blocked, trying to filter spam, or want to stop certain users from sending or receiving attachments at all, this feature is a musthave.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Quarantining</B>. Emails that include checked content, attachments, or viruses can be quarantined. Quarantined messages can then be sent to an administrator, a users manager, or even a mailenabled Exchange public folder, prior to being manually approved or rejected. You also have the option of automatically deleting emails that meet the conditions of the rules youve specified.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Virus Scanning</B>. GFI MailSecurity can also scan all incoming, outgoing, and even internal attachments for viruses. Not to be outdone, the program uses two viruschecking engines by default  Norman Virus Control and BitDefender. If two virus engines are still not enough, you have the option of adding the McAfee engine as well.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Email Exploit Engine</B>. If you think that its only email attachments that you need to worry about, think again. Over the course of the last few months, some of the most serious problems to work their way into the enterprise are those associated with active content or scripting, via HTML emails. GFI MailSecurity protects against these types of exploits as well, using their industryfirst email exploit engine.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Whether youre looking to secure your mail server or a way to control what your users can do with their email, GFI MailSecurity has something to offer. You hopefully already have a firewall. Its time to consider something similar for your mail server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The installation of GFI MailSecurity for Exchange 2000 requires Windows 2000 Service Pack 1. It also requires Exchange 2000 Service Pack 1 to take advantages of Microsofts new Virus Scanning API VS API. VS API allows messages to be scanned within the Exchange message store, ensuring that scanning occurs before a users mail client accesses a potentially malicious attachment. The VS API is also much more efficient in how it deals with attachments  if sent to multiple users, it will only be scanned once prior to delivery, rather than multiple times according to the number of recipients.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The installation of GFI MailSecurity is exceptionally straightforward and not worth exploring in detail. Once installed, GFI MailSecurity is managed using the GFI MailSecurity Configuration tool, which is implemented as an MMC snapin. The interface of the console is shown below.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Content and Attachment Checking<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI MailSecurity provides you with the ability to police your mail server by controlling both the content of email messages and the associated attachments that are allowed to pass through. For example, its generally a good idea to block potentially malicious attachments like .exe, .vbs, and .js files. GFI&nbsp;MailSecurity takes care of all three and more in the default attachmentchecking rule that well look at shortly.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Content checking rules allow you to control the types of messages that can be sent or received on your mail server according to the words they contain. For example, you might choose to create rules that search messages for profanity, or common spam keywords. Not only is GFI MailSecurity capable of searching for these words in the body of a message and subject line, but also in attachments if so configured. Consider the options shown on the screen below. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once a rule has been specified, you need to associate it with an action, and optionally a group of users. Consider the screen shot below, which shows the Action tab for my new rule that checks all messages for the words racist or university diploma. The top of the page allows me to block the message and perform an action. Possible actions include quarantining the message, deleting the message, or moving it to a folder. Another course of action would be to specify multiple rules, which could then have different actions associated with them, or apply to different users. For example, you might delete messages considered spam immediately.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice the option to inform a manager. If youve ever looked at the properties of a user account in Active Directory, your may have noticed that you have the ability to configure the manager of a user within the properties of an account. In cases where this option is selected and the rule is matched, GFI MailSecurity will query Active Directory, find the manager associated with a user, and forward the message to the manager, allowing them to approve or reject the message. If approved, the message will be sent. If rejected, the message is deleted. In cases where the Manager attribute is not set in a users account, the message will be sent to the configured administrator. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After specifying an action, you can use the Users/Folders tab to control to whom this rule will apply. By default, a rule will apply to all users. For a more granular level of control, you can select the individual users to whom the rule should apply.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Attachment checking rules are something that every company will want to implement. The default attachment checking rule is set to deny commonly malicious attachments, such as those shown in the list below.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice that inbound, outbound, and internal emails can be selected as checking options. Select inbound to check attachments that originate from outside of your organization. Outbound attachments are those sent from users found in Active Directory to outside persons. Internal checking is used to check attachments sent to and from users within your organization. Remember that not all malicious code originates from the outside world. Ensuring that your users are not purposely or inadvertently sending potentially harmful attachments to others should also be a primary consideration. The actions associated with attachment rules are similar to those seen earlier with content checking. Users who are to be impacted by the rule can similarly be specified.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI MailSecurity is also a great tool for retaking control of your Exchange server. Every company has users who waste significant server resources in sending and receiving personal attachments like jokes, MP3 files, or similar. You can use GFI MailSecurity to block these attachments, for all users or a subset thereof. Trying to circumvent the rule by renaming the extensions of files wont work either  GFI MailSecurity is capable of detecting files with renamed extensions.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Quarantining<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After first installing GFI MailSecurity, consider quarantining messages that have been filtered by the content and attachment checking rules, rather than deleting them outright. Quarantining gives you the opportunity to manually approve or reject messages that have been filtered. To that end, it doesnt necessarily need to fall on your shoulders alone  messages can be quarantined by sending them to the administrator, a users manager, or a mailenabled public folder. The mailenabled public folder is a great option, especially if distributing your workload is a priority as it always should be. As a test, I configured GFI MailSecurity to block and quarantine all messages with .exe attachments. I then sent an email from my personal account to the Administrator, which included the attachment test.exe. The administrator received the message shown below.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice that test.exe is not attached. Instead, the email includes an ErrorReport.txt file, which alerts the recipient to the fact that the attachment is not included, on account of the configured rules. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Within seconds of receiving the original email, a notification email about the quarantined attachment arrives for the administrators approval. It provides details about the message, and allows the administrator to approve or reject the attachment. If approved, the attachment will be forwarded to the recipient. Rejecting the message will delete it, allowing you to optionally send notification to the originating sender. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While approving or rejecting individual messages may be reasonable in a small environment, it would be more practical to be able to approve or reject multiple messages simultaneously in a larger environment. Another tool is provided for this purpose  the GFI Moderator Client. This tool allows you to view all quarantined messages, and provides the ability to approve or reject multiple messages at once. The tool also provides a listing of critical messages any errors that may have occurred and notification messages such as those relating to the update of virus definition files.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Virus Checking<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When it comes to protecting systems against viruses, theres no such thing as being too careful. While desktop antivirus packages are still an important part of a sound security strategy, updates can be troublesome to maintain, especially in larger environments. If IT departments have learned anything over the last two years, its that the latest definitions cannot always be relied upon for complete protection. With antivirus software vendors taking anywhere from less than a day to more than a week to update their definitions, the chances of a new virus infecting systems increases, bringing you back to reactive security management. Thats a big part of the reason why attachment and content checking is so important  they offer the possibility of being able to block and remove potentially malicious payloads. For example, blocking all .vbs files ensures that even new VBScript exploit attachments will be blocked from reaching desktop systems.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GFI MailSecurity offers a higher degree of virus checking than any other product that Ive come across. By default, it ships with two ICSAcertified virus engines  Norman Virus Control and BitDefender. The benefit of multiple engines should be obvious  since different vendors get updates out in varying time periods, chances are good that at least one of the engines will catch a new virus. To that end, the McAfee engine is also available as an addon feature.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Like content and attachment scanning, inbound, outbound, and internal messages can be configured for virus scanning. Virusinfected emails are automatically quarantined for review by the administrator. Another great feature of GFI MailSecurity is its ability to block Word and Excel documents that contain macros. This feature can be turned on or off for a given virus engine, as shown below.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Managing virus updates is also a simple procedure, since GFI MailSecurity will automatically download new definitions from the GFI FTP automatically once configured to do so. Just to be safe, GFI&nbsp;MailSecurity checks for new updates every 2 hours, allowing you to rest assured that youll have updates immediately, once they become available.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>HTML Email Exploit Checking<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the most remarkable features in GFI MailSecurity is its ability to check for exploits hidden within HTML emails. Given that many companies have implemented ways to disable users from running VBScript attachments, virus creators have been getting more creative, embedding malicious scripts and controls within HTML emails instead. Not only does GFI MailSecurity check for a wide range of known exploits, but it will also check for script code in all HTML email messages. When code is found, it is stripped from the message, and the safe message is passed to the recipient. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While many products claim to be able to protect your mail servers, I still havent seen anything as comprehensive and as easy to use as GFI MailSecurity for Exchange 2000. Think of how much time and money your company spent over the last two years battling various viruses, worms, and malicious content. Then think about how much easier your life would have been if you had software that was automatically quarantining any virusinfected or potentially malicious files before they ever reached your users. With pricing starting at 295, the time and energy saved by GFI MailSecurity will certainly pay for itself many times over, even if it denies only one major virus or worm from affecting your systems over the course of a year. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can spend your time plugging holes, or you can deal with the problem at the source. Hopefully it wont take much longer for companies to look at their mail server in the same way that they look at their firewall. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Restricting Users from Sending and/or Receiving Mail via the Int]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/restricting-users-from-sending-andor-receiving-mail-a-2929.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It maybe necessary for you at some point in your administrative lifetime to block users from being able to send and receive emails via the Internet, what we will look at in this article is how you can achieve this goal.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restricting Users from Sending Internet Based Email<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to restrict users from sending Internet based mail, we will need to create an SMTP connector, you cannot place this restriction on the SMTP Virtual Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create a MailEnabled Group and give it a meaningful name, I am going to call ours <B>No Internet Mail</B>, make sure you MailEnable this group.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Add the users who will not have the ability to send Internet based mail into this group.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we need to create an SMTP Connector.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open the Exchange System Manager and locate the <B>Connectors</B> container.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Rightclick over the <B>Connectors</B> container and select <B>New</B> &gt; <B>SMTP Connector</B>, the Properties dialogue box for the new connector will now be displayed, give your SMTP Connector a name, I have called ours Default SMTP Connector.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; We must now associate our SMTP Connector with our SMTP Virtual Server, to do this click on the <B>Add</B> button, you will now be presented with a list of SMTP Virtual Server, in our environment we only have one SMTP Virtual Server, select the SMTP Virtual Server and click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The next step is to associate an <B>Address Space</B> with this connector, the Address Space is simply a list of addresses that this connector can send mail to, go to the <B>Address Space</B> tab and click on <B>Add</B>, you will now be presented with the <B>Add Address Space</B> dialogue box, select <B>SMTP</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <B>Internet Address Space Properties</B> dialogue box will now appear as shown in the figure below, notice the  in the <B>Email Domain</B> field, this indicates that this connector is capable of sending mail to any SMTP domain, click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We must now setup the restriction so that the group we created cannot send mail out via the Internet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click on the <B>Delivery Restrictions</B> tab, and add your group to the <B>Reject messages from</B> section, as shown in the figure below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click OK to exit out of the SMTP Connector properties.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, when someone in the No Internet Mail group tries to send a message out, this is the response they will get back</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your message did not reach some or all of the intended recipients.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Subject</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sent&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 7/9/2002 1029 PM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following recipients could not be reached</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>terryacme.com on 7/9/2002 1029 PM</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You do not have permission to send to this recipient.&nbsp; For assistance, contact your system administrator.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So if we need to restrict someone from sending mail out over the Internet all we need to do is place them inside of the No Internet Mail group.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restricting Users From Receiving Mail From the Internet<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we are going to look at how we can stop users from receiving mail from the Internet, this is a little more complex that stopping them from sending Internet based mail.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are going to continue working with the No Internet Mail group, so if you belong to the No Internet Mail group you will not be able to send or receive Internet based mail.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to stop a user from receiving Internet mail, we need to give them a fake SMTP address, so when mail come in via SMTP it does not know what mailbox to deliver it to and the message will be returned to the sender.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have two options, we can either do this manually or we can use a Recipient Policy to apply the SMTP address for us, we are going to use the later option.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you create a Recipient Policy based on group membership the Recipient Policy Filter expects to have the Distinguished Name DN attribute of the group entered in the filter, so the first thing we are going to do is find out what the DN attribute is for our No Internet Mail group.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are going to use a utility called <B>ADSIEDIT</B> to locate the DN of our No Internet Mail group, ADSIEDIT is part of the Windows 2000 Support Tools that can be found on your Windows 2000 CD.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>IMPORTANT</B> Please be VERY careful when using ADSIEDIT as you can cause serious damage.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open ADSIEDIT</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Navigate to the Organizational Unit that the group is in, in our case it is in the Users OU, as shown in the figure below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Locate the Group on the righthand pane of the screen and rightclick and select Properties.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In the Properties dialogue box select <B>distinguishedName</B> from the <B>Select a property to view</B> drop down list, in the <B>Values</B> field you will the DN for this group, notice it is grayed out, you cannot and do not want to edit this.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Make a note of everything that is in the <B>Values</B> field, make sure you write it down exactly as it is, the other option is to highlight the contents of the <B>Values</B> field and copy it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Close out of ADSIEDIT</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, we are ready to create our Recipient Policy based on Group Membership, this policy is going to apply the SMTP address of fakedomain.local to the users who we do not want to receive Internet based mail.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open <B>Exchange System Manager</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Navigate to the <B>Recipient Policy</B> container.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Right click over Recipient Policies and select <B>New</B> &gt; <B>Recipient Policy</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <B>New Policy</B> dialogue box select just the <B>EMail Addresses</B> checkbox</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Name your policy, we shall call our No Internet Mail</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; We must now specify the filter, to only apply this policy to users who belong to the No Internet Mail group, so click on the <B>Modify</B> button</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <B>General</B> tab of the <B>Find Exchange Recipients</B> clear all the checkboxes, except for <B>Users with Exchange Mailboxes</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Select the <B>Advanced</B> tab, click on the <B>Fields</B> button go to Users and then select the <B>Group Membership</B> field, this should now be displayed in the <B>Find Exchange Recipients</B> dialogue box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>9.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In the <B>Condition</B> drop down list, select <B>Is exactly</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>10.&nbsp;&nbsp; In the <B>Value</B> field, type or paste the DN of the group, we got this earlier using ADSIEDIT, click on <B>Add</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.&nbsp;&nbsp; You could now click on the <B>Find Now</B> button to test that the correct users are displayed, if everything looks OK, click on OK to exit the Find Exchange Recipients dialogue box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>12.&nbsp;&nbsp; Select the <B>EMail Addresses Policy</B> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>13.&nbsp;&nbsp; Click on <B>New</B> and select <B>SMTP Address</B> from the list provided.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>14.&nbsp;&nbsp; The <B>SMTP Address Properties</B> dialogue box will now be displayed, in the <B>Address</B> field, enter the fake Domain name you wish to use including the  sign, in our case we choose fakedomain.local</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>15.&nbsp;&nbsp; Click OK to accept the new address, this will return you to the Properties dialogue box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>16.&nbsp;&nbsp; In the Properties dialogue box, check the box next to the fake SMTP address we just created, and also click on the <B>Make Primary</B> button, the fake SMTP address should now be displayed in bold.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>17.&nbsp;&nbsp; Click on the remaining SMTP address and then click on the <B>Remove</B> button.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>IMPORTANT</B> Do NOT remove the X.400 address</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>18.&nbsp;&nbsp; Click OK to exit out of the Recipient Policy, you will be prompted to apply this policy, click on Yes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I recommend you now force the policy to be applied, right click over the policy we just created and select <B>Apply this policy now</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, if you already have users this policy will be added to any existing SMTP address they already had, so we have a user called Mark Fugatt who belongs to the No Internet Mail group, but because his account existed before the policy was created he will still have a valid SMTP address, as shown in the figure below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So in Active Directory Users and Computers, you will need to remove all the SMTP addresses except the fakedomain.local, for this users, this will not apply to users you create and place into the No Internet Mail straight away.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This document has explained the steps necessary for you to block users from sending and/or receiving Internet based mail.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[How to use the Exchange 2007/2003 Address Rewrite Feature]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-20072003-address-rewrite-feature-a-2928.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why the Exchange Address Rewrite feature might be necessary in your Exchange Server environments.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article I will show you how to use the Exchange Server Address Rewrite feature.&nbsp;This feature allows&nbsp;Exchange Administrators to centrally rewrite outgoing SMTP addresses. Exchange Server Address Rewrite is available as an additional tool for Exchange Server 2003 which can be downloaded for free at the Microsoft website. In Exchange Server 2007, Address rewrite is natively integrated into the core messaging system in the&nbsp;form of Exchange Management Shell CMDlets.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Lets begin<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article briefly&nbsp;explains why the Exchange Address Rewrite feature could be necessary in your Exchange Server environment.&nbsp;Address Rewrite&nbsp;is mostly focused on&nbsp;Exchange Server 2007 but I will also explain the Exarcfg tool for Exchange Server 2003.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What is Exchange Address Rewrite<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Address Rewrite is the process of rewriting email addresses for all outgoing messages on a special SMTP virtual server true for Exchange Server 2003. Exchange Address Rewrite is especially used in merger or acquisition scenarios where two Exchange organizations are to be merged into one but,&nbsp;until these two organizations are completely merged, every organization uses its own SMTP namespace while for all outgoing SMTP messages the new or unique SMTP address space&nbsp;is used.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>One example</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>NWtraders has acquired Contoso and for a limited time, until the acquisition is finalized, all users of Contoso should use the SMTP Email address space of NWTraders for outgoing messages.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are some steps to perform when you enable Address Rewrite. If you would like to use this feature you must perform the following steps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enable Address Rewrite for all outgoing messages for users of the Contoso Exchange organization </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Create contacts in Active Directory for all Contoso Mail enabled users with a target SMTP address for Contoso and a primary SMTP address for NWtraders </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Create an SMTP connector with an address space of Contoso </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enable Address Rewrite on the corresponding Exchange SMTP virtual Servers</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Address Rewirte requires that&nbsp;the following work properly</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>All SMTP messages must be externally submitted through the Exchange Bridgehead server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>All SMTP messages must be sent to the Internet</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Please note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Address Rewrite is NOT used for sending internal EMails from one Exchange Server to another in your Exchange Organization. There is one exception from this rule All native SMTP clients like Mozilla, Thunderbird or Microsoft Outlook Express use Exchange Address Rewite because these messages will be sent directly to the SMTP driver.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Downloading and Installing Exchange Address Rewrite<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because Exchange Server 2003 has no native integration with Exchange Address Rewrite, you must download the Address Rewrite tool called EXARCFG.EXE from the Microsoft website. You will find the download link at the end of this article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After downloading the tool, simply extract the download package and open a command prompt to use the EXARCFG tool, as shown in the following screenshot.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The parameters are self explanatory and require only a little attention. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The EXARCFG parameter E enables Address Rewrite while&nbsp;the parameter D disables Exchange Address Rewrite.&nbsp;The only parameter you should pay more attention to&nbsp;is the V parameter which specifies which Exchange Virtual SMTP Server should be used.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These were&nbsp;the necessary steps for using Exchange Address Rewrite in Exchange Server 2003. Using Exchange Address Rewrite in Exchange Server 2007 is a bit different from Exchange Server 2003.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange Address Rewrite in Exchange Server 2007<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Address Rewrite in Exchange Server 2007 is already installed with the core messaging subsystem but is&nbsp;not enabled. You have to use the Exchange Management Shell to activate Exchange Address Rewrite.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One other new feature of Exchange Address Rewrite in Exchange Server 2007 is that you can enable this feature on a per user, SMTP domain and/or SMTP subdomain base and not for the whole Exchange 2003 Virtual SMTP Server as in Exchange Server 2003. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You configure Address Rewriting agents on the SMTP receive connector and send connector on a computer that has the Edge Transport server role installed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Please note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server 2007 Address Rewrite Agent is only available on Edge Transport servers.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Enumerating Installed Transport Agents<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following Exchange Management Shell CMDlets show the installed Transport Agents on a Hub Transport Server. As you can see there is no Transport Agent for the Address Rewrite feature.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you start the Exchange Management Shell CMDlet to enumerate the Exchange 2007 Transport Agents on a Exchange 2007 Edge Transport Server, you can see the Transport Agent for Incoming and Outgoing SMTP message transfer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Display Exchange Server 2007 Address Rewrite Entries<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you would like to see for which users, Domains or subdomains Address Rewrite is enabled, start the Exchange Management Shell CMDlet from the following screenshot.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>With Exchange Server 2007 Address Rewrite you can rewrite SMTP addresses based on</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Single Address </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Single Domain </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Multiple Subdomains</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How to enable Address Rewrite for a Single domain</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NewAddressRewriteEntry name IT TRAINIHG GROTE to TELTA InternalAddress ittraininggrote.de ExternalAddress telta.de</SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>How to display Address Rewrite entries after configuring some entries</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You have to use the Exchange Management Shell to display configured Address Rewrite entries as shown in the following screenshot.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What SMTP Header fields are rewritten&nbsp;and which are not<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2007 Address Rewrite doesnt rewrite all&nbsp;the&nbsp;SMTP Header fields. The following table from Microsoft lists the SMTP Header fields that are rewritten for inbound or outbound messages.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SMTP Header field</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Outbound</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Inbound</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Envelope From MAIL FROM</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Envelope To RCPT TO</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body To</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body Cc</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body From</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body Sender</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body ReplyTo</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body ReturnReceiptTo</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body DispositionNotificationTo</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body ResentFrom</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 11; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 212.25pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width283><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Body ResentSender</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width180><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rewritten</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 135.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width181><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not rewritten</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Table 1</STRONG> SMTP Header fields that are rewritten and those that are not with Exchange Server 2007 Address Rewrite</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server 2003/2007 Address Rewrite is a great tool that rewrites SMTP addresses and is especially useful in Exchange environments within a merger or acquisition scenario. You should carefully plan the implementation of Exchange Address Rewrite. Setting up Exchange Address Rewrite is really simple but the underlying organizational process should be carefully considered.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Backing Up Exchange Databases via the Passive Node in an Exchang]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/backing-exchange-databases-passive-node-exchang-a-2927.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How to perform the backup of Exchange databases via the passive node in a CCR cluster.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you have read my three part article series covering how to deploy, configure and manage a Clustered Continuous Replication CCR cluster, you learned that this feature takes the new Exchange Server 2007 log file shipping and replay aka continuous replication features and combines them with the functionality provided by the Microsoft Windows Cluster Service MSCS. As most of you probably know, a traditional two node active/passive cluster provides redundancy on the hardware level, but you still have a single point of failure when it comes to the store. A CCR cluster eliminates this single point of failure by asynchronously updating a second copy of one or more database with the changes which have been made to the active copy of the database.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If one or more of the active databases for one reason or the other should fail, the passive database copy/copies will take over, and thereby act as the first line of defense against corruption and data loss. This means that you no longer rely as much on frequent full backups as was the case in the past. But although daily backups are&nbsp;no longer&nbsp;required, you should still&nbsp;periodically take&nbsp;backups of the databases in your CCR cluster Microsoft best practice is a full weekly and daily incremental backup cycle, which significantly&nbsp;reduces the total volume of data that must be backed up, as theres still a chance you could lose both the active and passive database copies.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One cool benefit of the continuous replication functionality used by CCR is that it gives you the ability to offload backup workload to the passive node. Since this approach has close to no performance impact on the active node as no I/O activity takes place here, you could for example take a full backup of all databases during working hours without impacting the enduser with a mailbox stored on the clustered mailbox server. This practically gives you a 24 hour backup window, instead of the usual 612 hour backup window most of us deal with in the organizations around the world today.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Keep&nbsp;in mind&nbsp;that you can only&nbsp;benefit from this feature when using the Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS technology to back up the databases.&nbsp;That is, you cannot perform streaming backups of passive databases using the Extensible Storage Engine ESE application programming interface API.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unfortunately the Windows Server Backup aka NT Backup tool isnt capable of performing backups using the Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS technology, which means you must use a backup product from a&nbsp;3rd party vendor, or Microsofts own backup solution, the Data Protection Manager version 2 DPM v2, which currently is in beta.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing up the Databases via the Passive Node using DPM v2<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For the purpose of this article, Ill use the Microsoft Data Protection Manager version 2 DPM v2 product to demonstrate how you can perform a backup of the databases via the passive node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Bear in mind that a step by step guide on how to install DPM v2 is outside the scope of this article, you can instead find the relevant deployment documentation on the DPM v2 connect site when you have been granted access to the beta program.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Alright, with DPM v2 properly installed your first task is to deploy the DPM agents to both the active and passive node in the Exchange Server 2007 CCR cluster. This is a straightforward task, which can be accomplished by clicking Install in the Action pane under the Management section in the DPM Administrator Console. When the nodes have been restarted the Agent Status for each node should&nbsp;be displayed&nbsp;as&nbsp;<B>OK.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next we need to create a protection group for the CCR cluster. We do this by selecting <B>Protection</B>, then clicking <B>Create</B> in the <B>Action pane</B>. This will launch the <B>Create New Protection Group wizard</B>. On the <B>Welcome</B> page click <B>Next</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Select group members</B> page expand the clustered mailbox server object, then check the respective storage groups.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Exchange CCR Settings page</B>, select the passive CCR node in the <B>Preferred backup node</B> <B>dropdown box</B> as shown in <B>Figure 4</B>, then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Select data protection method page</B> shown in <B>Figure 5</B>, specify a name for the protection group, then select whether you want to backup to tape or disk.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Select shortterm protection policy</B> page <B>Figure 6</B>; specify the retention range in days and the synchronization frequency in minutes or hours.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For detailed information about DPM protection polices, see the DPM documentation guides on the DPM connect site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Disk allocation</B> page click <B>Next</B>, then specify whether the data protection manger should begin now or should be scheduled for later. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now click <B>Next</B> once again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <B>Summary</B> page verify the information is correct, then click <B>Create Group</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Verifying the Information on the Summary Page is Correct</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now wait for the respective tasks to complete, and then finally click<B> Close </B><B>Figure 9</B><B>.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Data Protection Manager will now initiate and then begin to create the first replica of the selected Storage Groups. Depending on your hardware specs and the size of each database within the Storage Group, this can take some time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While you wait you could try to switch to the active node in order to verify no additional performance load is experienced.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the replica has been created the <B>Status</B> will change to <B>OK</B>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now verify that the transaction logs have been truncated on both the active and passive node.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Restoring a Storage Group using DPM v2<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to restore one or more Storage Groups to the latest recovery point, you can do so in a few simple steps under the <B>Protection</B> section. Showing you these steps are outside the scope of this article, but again the documentation guides on the DPM v2 connect site contain great information on how this is accomplished.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are many reasons why you would want to deploy a CCR protected clustered mailbox server over a single mailbox server or a Single Copy Cluster SCC for that matter. In the context of Exchange database backups, one major benefit of CCR is that not only the active node, but also the passive node supports Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS for backing up the Storage Groups. This means that you no longer need to schedule your Exchange backup window to occur in nonworking hours, but instead you&nbsp;can&nbsp;perform a full backup of all Storage Groups in the middle of the day.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although I used DPM v2 for demonstration purposes throughout this article, most&nbsp;3rd party backup vendors will also let you do VSS backups of the database copies stored on the passive node.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Understanding Relaying and Spam with Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/understanding-relaying-spam-with-exchange-2000-a-2926.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Relaying and Spam with Exchange 2000<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Relaying and Spam not the processed meat are two subjects that are very dear or not so dear to an Exchange Administrators heart.&nbsp; Here I am going to attempt to clarify the difference between the two and also discuss some ways that you can protect yourself.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Spam vs. Relaying<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many Administrators think that Spam and Relaying is the same thing  this is not true.&nbsp; They are two completely different beasts and they both need to be tackled differently.</P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Spam<op></op></SPAN></H3><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Spam is unwanted email sent to your users inbox.&nbsp; This can range from the latest online casino, adult site, timeshare package and thousands of other subjects.&nbsp; The problem with Spam is that its using your bandwidth, your storage and it is wasting your users time as they read it thinking they have just inherited 2.1m from a Nigerian Banker who was killed in a train wreck a year ago.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When someone on the Internet sends Spam they have no idea who they are sending it to and they are more than likely sending it using a fake email address.&nbsp; This causes problems because the email address they are sending the Spam to, may not exist.&nbsp; What is Exchange going to do&nbsp; Thats right, its going to send a NDR to the sender of the message, but if they are using a fake email address it cant, so it will end up in your BadMail directory.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your BadMail directory is specified on the Messages tab of your SMTP Virtual Server.&nbsp; If you have not already specified one then the default location is <B>exchsrvrmailrootbadmail</B>.&nbsp; N.B You can safely delete the contents of your BadMail directory.</P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Relaying<op></op></SPAN></H3><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Relaying is when someone outside of your organization uses your SMTP server to send mail out over the Internet; its a big problem if you have an Open Relay because this Relay will be used by other Spammers to send their mail.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The problem with Spammers using your server to send emails out over the Internet is that your servers information will be in the header of the messages and the recipients of these messages will track you down.&nbsp; If you are being used as a Relay the chances are you will be contacted by someone complaining and ultimately you will be Black Listed.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When we talk about Black Lists, what we mean is simply a list of servers that have been found to have Open Relays, and many companies block messages from servers that are on the Black List.&nbsp; So, when you try to send legitimate emails the chances are it will be returned.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once your server has been placed on a Black List is it very hard to be taken off and this could cost your organization a lot of money in lost revenue and you could lose your credibility.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How to Protect Yourself Against Relaying<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The good news is that Microsoft Exchange 2000 by default does not allow unauthorized Relaying, so in order to relay through an Exchange 2000 server you must provide a valid username and password.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, lets look at how this is setup by default.&nbsp; Here we will take a look at some of the properties on your SMTP Virtual Server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Access tab of your SMTP Virtual Server are a number of options that we will look at.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first section well look at, can be accessed by clicking on the Authentication button, this will present you with the Authentication dialogue box below.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have three options here, and they should ALL be checked.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the common mistakes Administrators tend to make is that they clear the Anonymous access checkbox thinking this has something to do with Relaying.&nbsp; What this actually does is it controls who has access to your SMTP service.&nbsp; If you clear this option you will stop other SMTP servers from communicating with yours since they dont have any other method of authenticating with each other.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next section&nbsp;  and this is probably the most important, can be accessed by clicking on the Relay button from the main Access tab of your SMTP Virtual server.&nbsp; The Relay Restrictions dialogue box is now displayed as shown below; the settings you see here are the default settings.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The most important part I speak of is the checkbox at the bottom of the dialogue box  <B>Allow all computers which successfully authenticate to relay, regardless of the list above</B>.&nbsp; What this means if checked is, if others can provide a valid username and password they will be able to relay through your server.&nbsp; In other words, if you have a user at home using Microsoft Outlook Express as their POP3 client they will need to specify a valid username and password before they are able to relay through your server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, as long as your system looks like the settings we have above, you are not an Open Relay&nbsp; Or are you&nbsp; There is a case where your system is setup as shown above but it is still used as an Open Relay.&nbsp; This would occur if you have an SMTP Connector configured incorrectly.&nbsp; If you have an SMTP Connector go to the Address Space tab.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Make sure you do not have the <B>Allow messages to be relayed to these domains</B> checked as this will override the settings on your SMTP Virtual server and you will be an Open Relay.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are worried about being and Open Relay, you can use Telnet to test it out.&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are the steps</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open a Command Prompt window</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; At the Command Prompt, type <B>Telnet</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; You will now be presented with the Telnet prompt, type <B>OPEN 25</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notice the server responding with an error message&nbsp; <B>Unable to relay for mark4mcts.com</B>.&nbsp; This is telling me I have a Closed Relay.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, hopefully now you are all locked down and no longer worried about being used as a Relay.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How to Protect Yourself Against Spam<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is a little bit harder to do.&nbsp; Exchange 2000 does not have any good content filtering feature built into it.&nbsp; The only filtering that Exchange 2000 does is based on the email address of the sender, but as we have already discussed, most spammers do not use real email addresses and they also randomly change the address.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to control Spam you need a good Content Filtering/Management package.&nbsp; I would recommend a program called <B>MailEssentials</B>.&nbsp;&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>No Content Filtering/Management package is going to catch all spam and they could also block legitimate emails, but thats they price you will have to pay, Spam is here to stay.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are a couple of things you should educate your users about</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; If they use newsgroups or mailing lists make sure they use an email address that is not their work address.&nbsp; Many spammers trawl the newsgroups and mailing lists to extract email addresses.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Do not respond to the spammer.&nbsp; If they did give you a real address, you would simply be confirming that yours is real as well.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And here is one final tip for your home users that have their own domain.&nbsp; Many companies will sell your email address  although they claim they dont.&nbsp; If you own your own domain, here is what you could do to find out who is selling your email address</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well, once again my friends my typing fingers are sore.&nbsp; I hope this gives you all something to think about as well as a better understanding on the issues raised.&nbsp; I am looking forward to putting the next article together very soon.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Secure your Exchange Server on the Internet for 100]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/%20secure%20-your-exchange-server-internet-a-2925.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I know the security folks are going to tear into me for this, partly because I use the word Secure, and partly because it is not truly secure. Let me share with you some ideas on how you can install Exchange 2000 and AD and let your users connect from the Internet with their MAPI client as well as OWA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I know the security folks are going to tear into me for this, partly because I use the word Secure, and partly because it is not truly secure. Also, this is not an article for my larger Exchange customers. If you have more than a couple of hundred people, this solution will probably be meaningless to you. Having said that let me share with you some ideas on how you can install Exchange 2000 and AD and let your users connect from the Internet with their MAPI client as well as OWA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, I want to talk about MAPI for a minute. As much as I fought against the inclusion of MAPI in newer releases of Exchange, I am beginning to like MAPI more and more these days. For one, it is rich in features Offline access, delegation, additional address books and especially the rules and ability to drag and drop items from the desktop are all valid reasons to keep using the protocol. Another feature is security. Have you ever looked at an MAPI or RPC packet with a protocol analyzer There is not much to look at and you have to be very clever in order to reassemble the packets and try to piece something together. Even clever sneaks would rather wait for unencrypted HTML traffic to open and read. HTML traffic is far more interesting anyway; what you are buying, what you are researching, etc.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So here is the problem; MAPI access uses dynamic TCP ports. Moreover, directory access and additional components of Exchange and AD will assign dynamic ports.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure the Network Sharing Device/Firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, buy yourself a network sharing device like the Linksys Cable/DSL sharing switch. I have used this one and prefer it since you can specify any internal IP range. The Belkin and some others require a 192.168.x.x internal addressing. This is not a critical issue, just a preference of mine. The most important thing to remember is that you will need at least one static IP address from your DSL provider in order to provide consistent access to the users and to allow internal SMTP traffic to reach your server. Configure this static IP address on your network sharing device and configure the internet port as well. I prefer a 10.10.10.x to use internally, but the device you purchase may dictate a different IP structure.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure the Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Install Windows 2000 Server with SP2. Also, install Terminal Server, DNS Server, DHCP Server and SMTP, NNTP from the IIS settings. You only need one network card on the server and assign an internal IP address for the server. I like to use 10.10.10.210 for my servers at home. Set the DNS settings on the network interface to point to the local server. In other words, if your server is 10.10.10.2, set the DNS and WINS settings to 10.10.10.2. After things are running, open the DNS Server settings and set your DNS server to forward to the DNS servers provided by your Internet Service Provider. After you have all the settings in place, test connectivity to the Internet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Run DC Promo and configure the domain with a DNS name that is different than the actual domain you will use. For example, if you are company, create the AD and DNS for company.net. Make the NetBIOS name of the domain the name of the company, such as ProExchange. Rename the administrator account to something else and change the password. Make sure the guest account is disabled. Create an account named Exchange and give it domain and enterprise permissions. Now, use the DNS Admin settings to manually create a standard DNS zone for the true domain for your company. This is what will be used for the outside world. Add a www entry, an entry named email and an MX record with a cost of 10 to email.company.com or whatever the name. These entries should all point to the static IP address you assigned the Network Sharing Device. The IP address your ISP assigned to you.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configure Exchange 2000<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Install Exchange 2000 on the same server. Change the recipient policy so that the SMTP names are generated for the true company domain and not the fake one we identified. Also, add a formula in the name generation as follows mcompany.com. This will use the NT name for the email address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will probably need to add a new SMTP address and make the modifications, then delete the old company.net in order to have just the one. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is an example of how it could look on the server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>g.scompany.com will give you firstname.lastname. Here are some other options. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>g  given name first name </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>i  middle initial </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>d  display name </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>m  Exchange 2000 Alias </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>rxy  Replace all subsequent characters x </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1s  Uses the first letter of the surname </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5g  Uses the first five letters of the given name</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Modify the server for MAPI access through a firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, we need to tell the server to use static ports instead of dynamic ones for MAPI and RPC access to the server. This will affect all MAPI and RPC access to the server, but in a small environment of less than say 100 people, the settings should be fine. If you have somewhere closer to 200500 people, you will need to increase the RPC ports. In our example, we are using 51 ports which works fine for a company at or around 200 people. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Be careful with the registry; make sure you are performing this on a new server one you can reinstall the OS if needed. Locate and select the following key in the registry </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesNTDSParameters</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the Edit menu, click Add Value , and then add the following registry value </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value data 1025 in decimal </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeISParametersSystem </STRONG><B><op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1026 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeSAParameters</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1027 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>SystemCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeSAParameters</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the following entry</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value name TCP/IP NSPI Port </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data type REGDWORD </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Value Data 1028 in decimal</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to enable other RPC programs to work through a firewall, you can establish a set of ports for RPC. This makes other things work well too such as some administrative programs</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Work on the firewall<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we have to break this secure network by opening up ports for access. In this case, I have added some comments about DNS and HTTP. You are encouraged to place your DNS zone and HTTP files at in ISP/ASP. For OWA access, I would only open 443 and have your uses connect to email using https//owa.company.com/exchange Assuming you have put SSL on the server. Configure the firewall to let certain ports passthrough to the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SMTP 25</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HTTP 80 Discouraged. Put your web files somewhere else. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HTTPS 443</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MAPI 10251028</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RPC 50005020</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DNS 53 Discouraged put your DNS somewhere else</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RPC Listening Ports 135 and 139</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Terminal Server 3389</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add these too 88, 110, 143, 189, 445, 636, 993, 995, 3268, 3269</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Those ports are for IMAP, POP, VPN, etc. For more specific ports descriptions, see articles Q289241 for Windows 2000 Ports and Q278339 for Exchange 2000 ports.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Client access<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Internally, create a DHCP scope on the server that uses the internal 10.10.10.x addressing or whatever you used for to internal port on the firewall and the server, the IP address of the server for WINS and DNS and the internal interface on the router for the gateway. Make sure WINS and DNS is working on the server and verify that the clients can ping the NetBIOS name of the server from the command prompt. Install Outlook on your internal machines and test connectivity to the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Externally, the configuration is the same, except for the need for a host file to resolve the NetBIOS name. I tend to use the hosts. File for this purpose. In that file, add the IP address your ISP provided you and the NetBIOS name of the server. For example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>85.45.2.97 exchange1</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once configured correctly, the clients should be able to connect to the server using Outlook. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you experience problems with the connection, refer to articles Q298369 for Global Catalog Server configurations and Q270836 for Exchange 2000 Static Port Mappings. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of the additional ports identified above for the firewall, your clients should also be able to connect using HTTPS and IMAP and POP. Moreover, SMTP is open so inbound Internet mail should route. Because we opened 53, your server could be used for DNS queries as well. If those ports are not required, close them</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With an inexpensive firewall device, you can allow client access to your Exchange server from the Internet. In fact, the single server could act as domain controller, DNS server, web server as well as email and application server. Is it smart to put everything into one box No, but if you start with this simple design, you can work towards a more secure environment. In some cases, an inexpensive temporary solution may provide access until your Microsoft ISA server or more sophisticated Firewall solution can be allocated. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is possible to use this configuration in a larger scale to connect locations. That will be another story. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Secure Exchange 2000 IMAP4 Service Publishing with ISA Server 20]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/secure-exchange-2000-imap4-service-publishing-with-server-a-2924.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Everyone knows that Exchange 2000 is the perfect mail server if you need to support thousands of users, but its also great if you have fewer than a hundred users. If youre running a small shop, you might want to save on bandwidth costs by using ISA Server and IMAP4 publishing. Publishing IMAP4 is great, but you need to do it securely. Check inside for all the details you need to make it work</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft Exchange is the ideal mail server for both large and small businesses. While the advantages of Microsoft Exchange for large businesses is evidenced from the voluminous information you can find in bookstores and the Internet on configuring Exchange 2000 for 100,000 seats, Exchange 2000 provides a ton of features that make it the best solution of small and medium sized businesses too.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of those valuable services is the Exchange 2000 IMAP4 service. IMAP4 stands for <B>Internet Message Access Protocol</B> <B>version 4 </B>and is described in <B>RFC 2060</B>. The IMAP4 protocol supports a number of operations that are critical to managing user mailboxes. These operations include creating, naming and renaming mail folders, downloading message headers and message contents, deleting messages, setting message flags such as read and unread, message searching and a lot more. Check out the RFC for details.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The big advantage of IMAP4 over POP3 is that the messages stay on the Exchange 2000 Server and only the headers are downloaded by default. Downloading only the headers allows you to see the sender and the subject line information without incurring the bandwidth overhead of downloading the entire message. If you want to read the message, you just click on it and the email body is downloaded without deleting the message from the server. This allows someone on the road to use Outlook Express to access mail using a slow dialup connection and still be able to access the same messages from their Outlook 2000/2002 clients when they get back to the office.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Secure IMAP4 publishing is important because you dont want it to expose your remote users email to intruders who might run packet sniffers on remote networks. For example, you might check into a Hotel room that has high speed Internet access. If you access your IMAP4 account in a nonsecure fashion, your credentials and mail content can be displayed in nonencrypted, free text that can be read by anyone. Secure IMAP4 access will protect the mail contents and credentials with SSL.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An interesting thing about IMAP4 is it doesnt include a mechanism for sending mail. You need another protocol for sending messages. IMAP4 clients use SMTP to send mail. Your remote IMAP4 clients can use their own SMTP server or you can create a SMTP server for your clients. If the remote client is connecting to his own ISP, he should use his ISPs SMTP server. However, if the remote client is connecting from a Hotel or other facility that doesnt require an ISP log on, then youll need to make an SMTP Server available for these users. Some ISPs are now allowing secure SMTP access so that remote users can log onto their own SMTP servers and send mail to them. Check out this option before creating your own SMTP server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this two part article Ill cover the principles and procedures of secure IMAP4 and SMTP publishing. In this article well focus on secure IMAP4 service publishing. This includes installing the certificate server and assigning a certificate to the IMAP4 site. In the second part of this article well go over the SMTP relay configuration, where the ISA Server itself acts as a secure SMTP relay that allows authenticated relay services to your internal Exchange Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Today well go over the following subjects</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Install and Configure the Windows 2000 Servers </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Install and Configure Microsoft Exchange </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Install and Configure the Certificate Server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Install and Configure ISA Server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Configure the Outlook Express IMAP 4 client </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;<SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp; </SPAN>Test the configurations</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets get started</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Install and Configure the Windows 2000 Servers<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youll need two Windows 2000 Servers to support the scenario in this article. One of the servers is used as the ISA Server, and the other is the Exchange Server. The figure below gives you a highlevel overview of the network layout.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The ISA Server has an internal and external network interface and no extraneous services are running on the machine other than the IIS 5.0 SMTP Service with socket pooling disabled. The machine is a member of the internal network domain so that it can leverage the user accounts database in the Active Directory to control inbound and outbound access.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Exchange Server machine is also a domain controller. While I realize this is a less than optimal configuration, the purchase of two copies of Windows 2000, one copy of Exchange 2000 and one copy of ISA Server can be seen as prohibitive for many fledgling businesses. Youll have to give your users the log on locally right to the domain controller in order for them connect to the domain controller. This isnt required if the Exchange Server is located on a member server instead of DC. However, the log on locally right doesnt confer administrative privileges, so things could be worse .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The remote, external network client is running a plain version of Windows 2000 Professional and uses Outlook Express as its IMAP4/SMTP client. Well assume that the client is connected to a Hotel network, so that client doesnt log onto an ISP. Because the client doesnt log onto an ISP, youll have to make an SMTP server available to these clients so that they can send mail.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Install and Configure the Exchange Server<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is a very simple deployment, so there are no complex decisions to make when installing the Exchange Server. The machine on which the Exchange 2000 Server is installed has already been configured as a domain controller. Since the machine is already configured as a domain controller, and the Exchange 2000 Server is being installed on a domain controller, the Active Directory objects required by Exchange 2000 will be automatically configured. In the current scenario we use the default selections during the setup routine. Make sure that you install Exchange 2000 Server Service Pack 3 just as soon as the initial installation is complete.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you can configure the IMAP4 service and request a SSL certificate</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the <B>Exchange System Manager</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand your organization name and then expand the <B>Servers</B> node. Expand your server name and then expand the <B>Protocols</B> node. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Expand the <B>IMAP4</B> node, right click on the <B>Default IMAP4 Virtual Server</B> node and click the <B>Properties</B> command. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>General </B>tab, click the downarrow for the <B>IP address </B>dropdown list box, select an individual IP address. Click on the <B>Access</B> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Access</B> tab, click the <B>Authentication</B> button in the <B>Access control</B> frame. In the <B>Authentication </B>dialog box, remove the checkmark from the <B>Integrated Windows Authentication</B> checkbox. This will improve performance and wont negatively affect security because youre protecting the credentials with SSL. Click <B>OK</B> in the <B>Authentication </B>dialog box. Click <B>Apply</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Now we need to get a certificate. The certificate is required to create the SSL link between the IMAP4 client and the Exchange 2000 IMAP4 server. Click the <B>Certificate</B> button in the <B>Secure communication</B> frame. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Read the info on the <B>Welcome to the Web Certificate Wizard</B> page and click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the <B>Create a new certificate</B> option on the <B>Server Certificate</B> page. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>We are going to use a standalone certificate server in this scenario. There are advantages and disadvantages to using standalone certificate server versus enterprise Active Directory integrated certificate server. I go through those details in <B>ISA Server and Beyond</B>. Since were going to use a standalone certificate server, the only option we have on the <B>Delayed or Immediate Request</B> page is the <B>Prepare the request now, but send it later</B> option. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l16 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Name and Security Settings </B>page, you can use the default name for the certificate as it indicates the purpose of the certificate pretty well. The bit length is up to you, but in general, a bit length of 1024 wont cause problems. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>11.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Organization</B> page, type in your organization name and the name of your organizational unit. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>12.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Your Sites Common Name</B> page, type in a name for your site. Make sure this is the same name external users use to access the site. In our example, the user will configure Outlook Express to use <B>imap.internal.net</B> to access the site. Therefore, the <B>Common name</B> on the certificate needs to be <B>imap.internal.net</B>. Type in the common name and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l18 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>13.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Geographical Information</B> page, select your <B>Country/Region</B>, type in your <B>State/province</B> and type in your <B>City/locality</B>. Click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l18 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>14.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>A path to your certificate request is automatically included on the <B>Certificate Request File Name</B> page. The default file name is <B>certreq.txt</B> and the path is the root of the C drive. Thats a good place for it. Click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l18 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>15.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Review the information on the <B>Request File Summary</B> page and click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l18 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>16.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Finish</B> on the <B>Completing the Web Server Certificate Wizard</B> page. That finishes up the Wizard and places the certificate request on the hard disk. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l18 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>17.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>OK</B> on the <B>Default IMAP4 Virtual Server Properties</B> dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Install and Configure the Certificate Server<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You have several options when it comes to obtaining certificates. By far the most simple and cost effective solution is to use the Microsoft Certificate Server that comes with Windows 2000. The Certificate Server can be installed as either a standalone or enterprise certificate server. There are advantages and disadvantages of each method and those are discussed in <B>ISA Server and Beyond</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We will install and configure a standalone certificate server in this example. The reason why I choose the standalone certificate server is that it forces me to show you how to use a certificate request file to request a certificate. This is a little more complicated than using an enterprise Certificate Authority were you can use a simple MMC based Wizard to obtain a certificate, but its good practice to see how to work with certificate request files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Perform the following steps to install and configure the Certificate Server</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l20 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the <B>Control Panel</B> and open the <B>Add/Remove Programs</B> applet. Click the <B>Add/Remove Windows Components</B> button. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l20 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Windows Components</B> page, put a checkmark in the <B>Certificate Services</B> checkbox. Click <B>Yes</B> in the dialog box warning you that computer cannot be renamed after installing the certificate server. Click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l20 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select <B>Standalone root CA</B> on the <B>Certification Authority Type</B> page. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l14 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Enter your information on the <B>CA Identifying Information</B> page. This enters the information into the selfsigned certificate used by this standalone root CA. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l22 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>You can select the defaults or change the location as you need, on the <B>Data Storage Location</B> page. Click <B>Next</B>. Click <B>OK</B> to allow the installation routine to stop IIS services during the installation. They will be restarted automatically. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l22 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Finish</B> on the <B>Completing the Windows Components Wizard</B> page. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l22 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the <B>Administrative Tools</B> menu, open the <B>Certification Authority</B> console. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l22 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Right click your server name in the left pane of the <B>Certificate Authority</B> console and click the <B>Properties</B> command. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l22 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Properties</B> dialog box, click on the <B>Policy Module</B> tab. On the <B>Policy Module</B> tab, click on the <B>Configure</B> button. In the <B>Properties</B> dialog box, select the <B>Always issue the certificate</B> option. This allows the user to immediately obtain a certificate. Otherwise, you would have to approve each certificate request manually. Click <B>OK</B> in the <B>Properties</B> dialog box and click <B>OK</B> to confirm that you know you need to restart the Certificate Services in order for the changes to take place. Click <B>OK</B> again in the certificate server <B>Properties</B> dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click the <B>Stop this Service</B> button in the <B>Certification Authority</B> button bar. After the service is stopped, click the <B>Start this Service </B>button in the button bar. Close the <B>Certification Authority</B> console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We now have a certificate request and a standalone CA. Well use the Web browser to bring these two things together</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo12; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open <B>Internet Explorer </B>and type in the URL http///certsrv and press ENTER. Replace with the IP address of the domain controller/certificate server/Exchange 200 Server. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo12; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Welcome</B> page of the Web enrollment interface, select the <B>Request a certificate</B> option. Click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l21 level1 lfo13; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Choose Request Type</B> page, select the <B>Advanced request</B> option and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l12 level1 lfo14; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Advanced Certificate Requests</B> page, select the <B>Submit a certificate request using a base64 encoded PKCS 10 file or a renewal request using a base64 encoded PKCS 7 file</B> option and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l15 level1 lfo15; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Submit A Saved Request</B> page, click the <B>Browse</B> link where is says <B>Browse for a file to insert</B>. Click <B>OK</B> in the Internet Explorer dialog box saying that the local server is not one of your trusted sites, and that youll have to add the local server to your list of trusted sites if you want to use the <B>Browse</B> link. No one said there wasnt an inverse relationship between security and functionality &61514; . Instead of playing around with Internet Explorer security settings, just open the <B>certreq.txt</B> file in Notepad. Then copy the contents of the file as shown in the figure below. Include the entire first and last line of file.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo16; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Paste the certificate request information into the Web interface. Click the <B>Submit</B> button. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l13 level1 lfo17; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Certificate Issued</B> page, click the <B>Download CA certificate</B> link. In the <B>File Download</B> dialog box, click the <B>Open</B> button to open the certificate. In the <B>Certificate </B>dialog box, click the <B>Install Certificate</B> button. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l13 level1 lfo17; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Next</B> in the <B>Welcome to the Certificate Import Wizard</B> page. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l13 level1 lfo17; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Certificate Store</B> page, use the <B>Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate</B> option and click <B>Next</B>. Click <B>Finish</B> on the <B>Completing the Certificate Import Wizard</B> page. Click <B>OK</B> in the dialog box informing you that the <B>import was successful</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l13 level1 lfo17; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Close the Web Browser.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we can bind this certificate to the IMAP4 service</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l19 level1 lfo18; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Exchange System Manager</B>, right click on the <B>Default IMAP4 Virtual Server</B> node in the left pane of the console and click <B>Properties</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l19 level1 lfo18; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the <B>Default IMAP4 Virtual Server Properties</B> dialog box, click on the <B>Access</B> tab. On the <B>Access</B> tab, click on the <B>Certificate </B>button in the <B>Secure communication</B> frame. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l19 level1 lfo18; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Next</B> on the <B>Welcome to the Web Server Certificate Wizard</B> page. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l19 level1 lfo18; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Server Certificate </B>page, select the <B>Assign an existing certificate</B> option. Click <B>Next</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l19 level1 lfo18; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the <B>Available Certificates</B> page, select the certificate you obtained for your IMAP4 server. In this example, our IMAP4 certificate was issued to <B>imap.internal.net</B>. Select the certificate and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo19; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Review the information on the <B>Certificate Summary</B> page and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo20; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Finish</B> on the <B>Completing the Web Server Certificate Wizard</B> page. This takes you back to the <B>Default IMAP4 Virtual Server Properties</B> dialog box. Dont close the dialog box yet, as we need to use it for the next procedure.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The IMAP4 server now is capable of securing all IMAP communications with IMAP clients using SSL. However, the server is still able to use IMAP4 in nonsecure mode. Lets fix that by forcing all IMAP4 communications to use SSL. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo21; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the Default IMAP4 Virtual Server Properties dialog box, click the Communication button in the Secure communication frame. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo21; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In the Security dialog box, put a checkmark in the Require secure channel checkbox. If your server and all your client operating systems support 128bit encryption, put a checkmark in the Require 128bit encryption checkbox. Click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo21; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Click Apply and then click OK in the Default IMAP4 Virtual Server Properties dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo21; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Stop and restart the IMAP4 service by clicking on the Default IMAP4 Virtual Server node in the left pane of the console and then clicking on the Stop service and Start s<B>ervice</B> button in the console. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Install and Configure the ISA Server<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The ISA Server installation is pretty basic. There are no special requirements other than that you install in firewall or integrated mode. I prefer to install in integrated mode and then install all components. If you find you dont need to use some of the components, such as the H.323 service, you can remove it later. Well be using the ISA Server to create SMTP and IMAP4 Server Publishing Rules.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Perform the following steps to install the ISA Server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Run the ISAAutorun.exe file on the ISA Server CD. Click the Install ISA Server link on the splash page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click Continue on the Welcome page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Enter your CD Key on the CD Key page. Click OK. Click OK on the Product ID page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click the I Agree button on the EULA page. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click the Full Installation button on the installation type page. You can always remove the components you dont want later. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In this example we are not working with an array, so well select the Yes button on the array warning dialog box. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the mode page, select the Integrated mode option and click Continue. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click OK on the dialog box warning you that it must stop the W3SVC. Note that when you restart the computer, the W3SVC will restart. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the cache settings page, type in a size for your Web cache and click Set. Click OK. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>10.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the LAT page, click on the Construct Table button. Remove the checkmark from the Add the following private ranges checkbox. Put a checkmark in the checkbox that matches your internal interface. Click OK. Click OK on the dialog box informing you of how the LAT was configured. Click OK. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>11.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click OK in the Launch ISA Management Tools dialog box. Click OK on the dialog box that says everything worked out OK. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>12.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Install ISA Server Service Pack 1 immediately. After Service Pack 1 is installed, I recommend that you install Feature Pack 1, although its not required. Note that in this scenario I have installed the Feature Pack because well need AUTH support for SMTP server publishing later. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l17 level1 lfo22; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>13.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Disable all IIS Services on the ISA Server except for the SMTP service. You can do this in the Internet Information Services console, or in the Services applet found in the Control Panel. I prefer to use the Control Panel applet because I can set the startup type of Manual. The services sometimes spring back to life after restarting the server when you stop the services in the IIS console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now create the IMAP4 Server Publishing Rule</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Open the ISA Management console, expand your server name and then expand the Publishing node. Right click on the Server Publishing Rules node, point to New and click Rule. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the Welcome to the New Server Publishing Rule Wizard page, type in a name for the rule and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>On the Address Mapping page, type in the IP address of the Exchange 2000 Server on the internal network and the IP address on the external interface of the ISA Server that will accept the incoming IMAP4 connections. Enter that information and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>6.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the IMAPS Server protocol in the Protocol Settings page. This is a prebuilt protocol and you dont need to create it in advance. This will allow the ISA Server to accept incoming connections to TCP 993 and forward them to the Exchange 2000 server on the internal network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>7.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>8.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the Any request option on the Client Type page. You want to select this option because its unlikely that youll know the IP address of your remote callers. Click Next. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo23; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>9.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Review your settings and click Finish on the Complete the New Server Publishing Rule Wizard page.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Server Publishing Rule will work right away; you dont need to restart the ISA Server machine or even restart the ISA Server services. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Summary<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In part 1 of this two part article on publishing secure IMAP4 sites, we went over how to configure the IMAP4 virtual server, how to have the IMAP4 server request a SSL certificate and how to bind the certificate to the IMAP4 service. We then went over the basic ISA Server installation and configured a secure IMAP4 Server Publishing Rule that would pass incoming requests for TCP 993 to the internal IMAP4 server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the second part of this article well go over how to configure the ISA Server to be a secure SMTP relay and how to configure the Outlook client. See you then</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Secure Exchange 2000 IMAP4 Service Publishing with ISA Server 20]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/secure-exchange-2000-imap4-service-publishing-with-server-a-2923.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of this article on publishing the Exchange 2000 IMAP4 service, we went over the procedures required to make the IMAP4 service available to users on the Internet via ISA Server 2000 ISA Server Server Publishing Rules. In this, part 2, of our secure IMAP4 publishing series, well go over the high level details required to understand the Colocated SMTP server scenario were building</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the first part of this article on publishing the Exchange 2000 IMAP4 service, we went over the procedures required to make the IMAP4 service available to users on the Internet via ISA Server 2000 ISA Server Server Publishing Rules. You learned that you can secure your IMAP4 client/server communications by forcing SSL on the link and that in order to support the SSL connection; we bound a certificate to the IMAP4 site. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point our scenario is set up to support inbound secure IMAP4 connections to the Exchange Server via an SSL link. Our work isnt done yet because the IMAP4 client needs a mechanism to send mail. While the secure IMAP4 connection allows external users to obtain mail headers and message bodies, but it doesnt them to send mail. You need an SMTP server to support outbound messages from your IMAP4 clients.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this, part 2, of our secure IMAP4 publishing series, well go over the high level details required to understand the Colocated SMTP server scenario were building. In part 3 well cover the details of creating and configuring the Colocated SMTP servers. Finally, in part 4 well finish up by configuring SMTP relay on the Exchange Server, configure the ISA Server and set up the IMAP4/SMTP client.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I had originally planned for this to be a two part article. The problem is that the procedures are somewhat involved and complex and everything wont fit into two articles, so now well all benefit from a four part series that delves deep into the details of IMAP4 and SMTP publishing with Exchange 2000 and ISA Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Understanding the Colocated SMTP Server Scenario<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While an ideal setup has your SMTP relays on a third machine that is neither an Exchange Server nor an ISA Server, this isnt always possible. Money is tight these days and if theres a way to safety consolidate services, we should endeavor to do so. While I would <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>never </SPAN>recommend putting a Web, NNTP or FTP server on the ISA Server machine, a case can be made for securely colocating SMTP servers on the ISA Server itself. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are a number of ways an external user can access an SMTP server. External users can connect to their own SMTP server if they dial up to their own ISP before making the IMAP4 connection to your Exchange 2000 Server. This used to be the most common scenario because the vast majority of remote connections were made via some type of dial up interface. Things have changed a lot in the last couple of years and a good percentage of remote connections now come from broadband networks where the remote user just plugs in to the an existing network. He doesnt need to log on to a local ISP and local access provider usually doesnt provide an in network SMTP server. Youll have to provide an SMTP for these users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To solve our problem well create two SMTP servers on the ISA Sever a Private SMTP server and a Public SMTP Server. The Private SMTP server will require user based authentication and SSL, in order to provide a reasonable level of protection for user credentials and data. Well use packet filters on the ISA Sever to make the Private SMTP server available to external network users. Our Public SMTP server will allow anonymous, unsecured connections from public SMTP servers that need to relay mail to our corporate domains. The Public SMTP server is published using Server Publishing Rules. The ISA Server SMTP Application Filter will protect the ISA Server from SMTP exploits.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NOTE<op></op></SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>While Server Publishing Rules can leverage application filters to inspect layer 7 components of a communication, packet filter do not. I would not generally recommend publishing a colocated SMTP server on the ISA Server itself using packet filters, but since the connection requires authentication and an SSL link, I consider it a reasonable tradeoff<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 1 shows the typical dial up situation. The dial up user logs onto his ISP. He can now configure his IMAP4 client software to use the ISPs SMTP server. Because this SMTP server allows relay from on network hosts, the user can use this SMTP server to relay mail to any domain on the Internet, including your corporate mail domains. In contrast, the default settings on your corporate SMTP server do not allow relay from external hosts, and thats a very good thing You need to be very careful about who can relay through your SMTP servers because spammers can generate GBs of network traffic through unsecured SMTP relays.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>NOTE</SPAN></B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>On network hosts are those under the control of the ISP. ISPs generally allow SMTP relay through their SMTP servers if the sender has an IP address on the ISPs network. ISPs usually do not allow hosts external to their network to relay. Some ISPs allow you to log into their SMTP servers so that you can relay SMTP traffic even when youre not on network. This is essentially the same as the solution were creating with our Private SMTP server.<op></op></SPAN></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many users dont log onto an ISP. These remote users just plug in to an Ethernet network and receive and IP address, a DNS server address and a gateway address. Its up to the user to provide his own SMTP server. In this situation, you need to provide an SMTP server for the user. One good solution for the cash strapped organization is to colocate two virtual SMTP servers on the ISA Server. One of the virtual SMTP servers is a Public SMTP server that allows anonymous SMTP servers to connect and relay to your internal network domains MX mail domains under your administrative control. The other virtual SMTP server allows authenticated users to relay to any domain, including those within and not within your administrative control. This is your Private SMTP server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 2 shows laptops connected to the hotel network. The hotel doesnt provide an SMTP server, so your users need to connect to an SMTP server that allows them to relay. The ISA Server computer can provide SMTP relay services for your users via the colocated Private SMTP server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Public SMTP Server accepts incoming mail from Internet SMTP servers. This mail is forwarded to internal mail domains that are hosted by your Exchange Server. The public SMTP server allows relay <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>only</SPAN> to domains you host. You create Remote Domains on this virtual SMTP server and allow relay only to those Remote Domains. The Private SMTP server allows users to connect and authenticate via a secure SSL link. Once authenticated, the users can relay to any domain. If the user cant authenticate, he cant relay.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This public SMTP server acts an SMTP relay for your domains. For example, suppose you host mail services on your Exchange Server for <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>maildomain</SPAN> and <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>smtpmail</SPAN>. The Public SMTP server on the ISA Server machine allows anonymous connections nonauthenticated from Internet SMTP servers to allow those servers to forward mail to addresses in the maildomain.com and the smtpmail.com domains. <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Remote Domains</SPAN> are configured on the Public SMTP server and the remote domains are configured to relay to the Exchange Server on the internal network. Incoming messages to addresses that do not have a remote domain configured on the Public SMTP server are dropped. This prevents spammers from using your Public SMTP server as an anonymous relay. Of course, this doesnt prevent spammers from sending spam to your domains, but thats another problem for another time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remote corporate SMTP clients use the Private SMTP server colocated on the ISA Server. External users must authenticate <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>and</SPAN> they must use SSL connect to Private SMTP server. We require authentication because we want this server to support relay and we <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>never</SPAN> want to allow anonymous relay. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We also need to prevent capture of user credentials and data on the remote network. You never know who is on the same network as your remote user. Maybe the hotel your remote user is at is hosting a Sniffer Pro academy. Forcing external users to use SSL will prevent the enterprising Sniffer Pro users from capturing user credentials and data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note in figure 5 that our external network SMTP clients are able to send mail to both external and internal mail domains. The Private SMTP relay server is able to resolve all MX domain names, not just external domains. Your Private SMTP server must be able to resolve both internal and external mail domains because this server needs to relay SMTP messages sent by your IMAP4/SMTP clients to remote mail servers <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>and </SPAN>your internal networks Exchange 2000 SMTP service for those domains under your administrative control.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>I will not cover outbound relay in this series. Outbound relay is helpful if your are using the outbound SMTP relay server to look for keywords and viruses in outgoing email. If youre interested in supporting outbound relay on an SMTP server colocated on the ISA Server and you require the stepbystep configuration, check out <B>ISA Server and Beyond</B></SPAN>. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Lab Network Layout<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youve heard me say this many times before, but Im going to say it again. Never implement a solution on a production network until you completely understand what youre doing. The best way to get that understanding is by performing the same procedures on a lab network. I like to use VMware to create my lab networks because I dont have to get up our of my chair to manage multiple servers on multiple virtual network segments. I can access all the machines in my VMware lab network from my single workstation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Figure 6 shows the setup of the lab network. Its always good to keep things simple and replicate only the relevant components. In this case we need to test the external network client, the ISA Server/SMTP server, and the Exchange Server. The ISA Server has two addresses bound to its external interface and the primary address is 192.168.10.2. Only the internal interface has a DNS server entry. The Exchange Server is a domain controller hosting an Active Directory integrated DNS server. The DNS server is configured to resolve all internal domain names in this example, only internal.net is an internal domain. While not required in our lab network, you might want to allow your DNS server to perform recursion in order to resolve external MX domain names. Your other option is to use a DNS forwarder. The external network client is running Outlook Express 6.0 and the IIS SMTP is running to test outbound relay.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ive added an external zone for shinder.net to the DNS server so that it can find MX records for the shinder.net domain without having to perform recursion. We want mail directed to shinder.net to be sent to the IIS SMTP service on the external client. If true recursion were performed, the result would point to the actual mail server, not the one we want it to point to in this lab. This will allow us to test the relay configuration for the Private SMTP server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Summary<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we reviewed the SMTP relay concepts that will be critical to making our SMTP servers available to anonymous SMTP servers on the Internet and to our corporate users working remotely. The scenario we covered here allows cash stressed businesses to intelligently colocate services on the ISA Server firewall without creating major security risks. While its never a good idea to put Web, FTP or NNTP resources on the ISA Server, proper configuration of the SMTP service will lead to minimal negative impact and obviate the requirement for a third server to act as an SMTP relay.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Key Management Service In Exchange 2000 Server]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/management-service-exchange-2000-server-a-2922.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Key Management Service KMS in Exchange 2000 Server is one of the best and most often overlooked features. Due to Exchange 2000 Servers native integration with Windows 2000 Server, the KMS can take advantage of many of the benefits that Windows 2000 brings to the table as well, making it a winner that is worthy of taking a look at.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>The Basics<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The&nbsp; Key Management Service KMS in Exchange 2000 Server is one of the best and most often overlooked features. Due to Exchange 2000 Servers native integration with Windows 2000 Server, the KMS can take advantage of many of the benefits that Windows 2000 brings to the table as well, making it a winner that is worthy of taking a look at.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The KMS makes native use of the Windows 2000 Server Certificate Services, and thus needs no additional Certification Authority CA to perform its duties. The Windows 2000 CAs take care of all certificate issuance and revocation, as well as maintaining the Certificate Trust List CTL up to date. KMS can make use of any Enterprise CA in your domain so if one CA is busy, KMS will just move along to the next CA and attempt to use it instead. Remember that in Windows 2000, Certificate Services can be configured as a subordinate to an external thirdparty CA, such as VeriSign, which can lend even greater credibility to your certificates especially when viewed by individuals outside of your organization.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a user is enrolled in Advanced Security i.e. issued a digital certificate via the KMS, KMS uses the certificates issued by the Windows 2000 Certificate Service to create a key pair, which consists of a public key stored in Active Directory and available to anyone and a private key, which is kept in an encrypted database on the Key Management Server. The private key is only available for use by the user to which it was issued. The key pair is permanently bound to the user they were issued to by the certificate that was used to create the key pair. It is important to note that there are actually two sets of key pairs created when a user is enrolled for Advanced Security</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The first pair is created by the Key Management Server, and is utilized for message encryption.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A second pair is created by the Outlook client, and is used for digitally signing messages. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>KMS on the job<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using KMS, your Exchange 2000 users will have two powerful means at their fingertips to ensure that their communications are safe and secure. KMS allows you to encrypt and digitally sign messages.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When users enrolled in Advanced Security send messages, the sender uses the recipients public key remember, this is stored in Active Directory and therefore accessible to all domain users to encrypt the message being sent to that recipient. The recipient is thus the only person who can decrypt the message, because they are the only person who can access their private key. In this way, email encryption serves to ensure that no person, other than intended recipients, can read the message.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a message is digitally signed, the sender makes use of his or her own private key to sign the message. The sender then uses the public key to verify the source of the message the public and private keys will match up and confirm the identity of the sender. Through this, the recipient can have a high degree of certainty that the message came from the sender. As an added bonus, the digital signature applied to a message is based in part on the content of the message so a confirmed valid digital signature also serves to verify the message arrived intact, as it was sent originally. A digitally signed message cannot be successfully tampered with in transit with being tampered with. A digital signature is thus just as powerful and binding as a signature made in ink on paper.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Putting KMS to work<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to use the KMS, you will need to have at least one Certificate Authority on your networkan Enterprise Root CA at the minimum. Ideally, you should have one Enterprise Root CA and one or more Enterprise Subordinate CAs. These will need to be in place before you attempt to install the KMS.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process to use the KMS from start to finish is as follows</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Install at least one Certificate Authority on your network as follows </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1; tabstops .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select <B>Certificate Services</B> from the <B>Add/Remove Windows Component</B> tab of <B>Add/Remove Programs</B> applet of <B>Control Panel</B>. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1; tabstops .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>b.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Yes</B> after reading the warning about not renaming the computer after Certificate Services has been installed, and then click <B>Next</B> to start the process.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1; tabstops .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>c.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>If this is the first CA in your Active Directory domain, then you should select <B>Enterprise root CA</B>. If this is the second or later CA in your domain, you can select <B>Enterprise subordinate CA</B>. Make your select and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1; tabstops .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>d.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Configure all the required information on the CA Identifying Information page and click <B>Next</B> to continue. Click <B>Next</B> to accept the default locations for the database and log or change them as desired. Click <B>OK</B> to let the Wizard stop IIS in order to install Certificate Services. You may be prompted at this point to insert your Windows 2000 CDROM.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1; tabstops .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>e.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Finish</B> when the Wizard is done and then click Close to close out the <B>Add/Remove Programs</B> applet.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Ready the system to install the KMS as follows </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level2 lfo1><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the <B>Certification Authority</B> snapin, expand the node under one of your CAs and rightclick on the Policy Settings folder. Select <B>New</B> &gt; <B>Certificate To Issue</B>. While holding down the <B>CTRL</B> key, select the following templates, as shown in Figure 1 </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enrollment Agent Computer </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange User</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Signature Only </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Install the Key Management System or install it with the initial Exchange 2000 Server installation </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level2 lfo2><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the Component Selection screen of the installation Wizard, select the KMS to be installed and then click <B>Next</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level2 lfo2><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>b.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the administrative group that the KMS will be part of from the next page and then click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level2 lfo2><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>c.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The page will give you a hard choice to make. From this page you must decide how to handle the issue of the KMS password. This is the only place Ive ever seen in Windows where the password for something is taken to this extreme. The manual password entry is obviously more secure, but it is a real pain in the butt to deal with Make your selection and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level2 lfo2><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>d.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click <B>Next</B> from the next screen to actually start the process to install the KMS and any other options you have selected. The Wizard will now install and setup up the KMS. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level2 lfo2><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>e.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>4.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>After you have finished installing the KMS, you can proceed to enroll users as follows </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo3><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Click on <B>Advanced Security</B> in the applicable administrative group node. Start the KMS Service by rightclicking on it and selecting <B>All Tasks</B> &gt; <B>Start Service</B>. At this time you will either need to supply you manually entered KMS startup password or the location where you saved it.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level2 lfo3><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>b.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Rightclick on <B>Key Manager</B> and select <B>Properties</B>. You will have to enter your default password, which is stupidly enough password. You will have to enter your KMS password every time you perform an action or change tabs on the Properties windowso get used to it. Change to the <B>Administrators</B> tab and click <B>Change Password</B> Supply your old password and a new password and click <B>OK</B>, which will bring up the window as shown in Figure 3. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level2 lfo4><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>c.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Now change to the <B>Enrollment</B> tab. In order for users to get their certificate enrollment tokens via email, select <B>Send token in an email</B>. You can customize the message if you desire to. Click <B>OK</B> to close out the <B>Properties</B> window.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level2 lfo4><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>d.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The next thing you will want to do is to configure the encryption algorithms that KMS will use. They are presented in the tables at the end of this article.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level2 lfo4><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>e.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The next step is to enroll users. Do this by, again, rightclicking on Key Manager and selecting <B>All Tasks</B> &gt; <B>Enroll Users</B>. You can find users via a global address list or choose to display stores, servers, and administrative groups. If you will be enrolling only a small number of users, the first option is better. For enrolling a large number of users, use the second option. Make your selection and click <B>OK</B> to continue. In my example I am only going to enroll two users, as shown in Figure 4. After selecting the users, I click <B>Enroll</B> to finish this step. Click <B>OK</B> to confirm they have been enrolled. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>5.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>At this point, the focus shifts over to the user. They complete the process to enroll in KMS as follows </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo5><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Now the users will have an email in their inbox, as shown in Figure 5, with further directions on how to get their KMS issued certificate. After the user has completed the process, they will see a confirmation window as shown in Figure 6. Now they just have to wait for the certificate to be issued. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level2 lfo6><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>b.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>After a short period of time, a new email will be received, as shown in Figure 7. The user will need to open the email by supplying the password they used when requesting the certificate. After entering their password and clicking <B>OK</B>, they will see a window as shown in Figure 8. Clicking <B>Yes</B>, entering the password again and then clicking <B>OK</B> will complete the process. The message from the Exchange server will be displayed and the certificate will be installed and ready for use. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level2 lfo7><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>c.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>The users should then be instructed to configure their Outlook security settings as shown in Figure 9. Figure 10 shows the completed certificate, issued almost completely painlessly. Note the users password will be required each time they send or read secured messages. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>KMS caveats<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Much the same as with Windows 2000 certificates, if a user loses their private key all is not lost. The process to recover a lost private key under KMS is actually simpler than in Windows 2000 where you would need to get an Authorized Recovery Agent to do the dirty work. With the KMS, the KMS Administrator can simply recover a lost private key by rightclicking on <B>Key Manager</B> and selecting <B>All Tasks</B> &gt; <B>Recover Keys</B>. From here you simply have to select the users whose keys need recovered. At this point, they will get an email from the Key Management Server like in Figure 7 and will need to complete the steps outlined for the user as above.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>KMS supports a variety of encryption algorithms that can be configured for your clients, as applicable, based on both your geographical location and the version of the Outlook client in use. These can be configured by rightclicking <B>Encryption Configuration</B>, selecting <B>Properties</B> and then changing to the <B>Algorithms</B> tab shown in Figure 11. You have the following options available to you for use</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you have users running Outlook 97 or older, select an algorithm under Microsoft Exchange 4.0/5.0 encryption </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 70; msocellspacing 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width70 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Algorithm </B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Description </B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DES North America only</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data Encryption Standard. The default selection, DES, is a 56bit strength algorithm used for content encryption.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CAST64 North America only</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A 64bit strength algorithm. </P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CAST40</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For use outside of North America. Similar to CAST64, except that keys are only 40 bits long.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you have users running Outlook 98 or later versions, select an algorithm under S/MIME encryption </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 70; msocellspacing 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width70 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Algorithm </B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Description </B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3DES North America only</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Known as triple DES, this is the strongest encryption available in Exchange and is the recommended option. It is the default encryption method for S/MIME.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DES North America only</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Data Encryption Standard. DES is a 56bit strength algorithm used for content encryption.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RC2128 North America only</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Provides keys that are 128bits in length. Note that messages encrypted with 128bit keys require more time and processing to decrypt.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 25; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width25><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>RC240</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 75; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width75><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For use outside of North America. Similar to RC2128, except that keys are only 40 bits long. </P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Wrapping it up<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hopefully Ive been able to show you the power, ease and flexibility that the Exchange 2000 Server Key Management Service can bring to your organization. Leveraging on the security and simplicity of management already existent in Windows 2000 Server, KMS is an ideal solution for maintaining security and confidentiality of your Exchange users email traffic.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[The Exchange 2000 Server Chat Service]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-server-chat-service-a-2921.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Have you ever used the once popular Internet Relay Chat IRC services that used to be the rage in the early 90s If so, then you may have fond memories of them and the time spent in those chat channels. At the time, America Online was making its big push to sign up new members and there was basically two ways for the majority of Internet users to get together in large groups either as AOL members in AOL chat rooms or using other dialup ISPs and meeting in IRC chat rooms.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Have you ever used the once popular Internet Relay Chat IRC services that used to be the rage in the early 90s If so, then you may have fond memories of them and the time spent in those chat channels. At the time, America Online was making its big push to sign up new members and there was basically two ways for the majority of Internet users to get together in large groups either as AOL members in AOL chat rooms or using other dialup ISPs and meeting in IRC chat rooms.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Chat Service has been a part of Exchange Server since Exchange 5.5 Server, and remains still in Exchange 2000 Server as a part of the total collaboration solution that Microsoft aims to provide with Exchange 2000 Server. The neat thing about the Chat Service and the Instant Messaging Service is that they can be run from the Standard or Enterprise editions of Exchange 2000 Server. If you want realtime voice and data collaboration such as that seen in NetMeeting, then you have to purchase an additional, separate, product from Microsoft Exchange 2000 Conferencing Server.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Chat caveats<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are planning to implement the Chat Service within your Exchange 2000 Server implementation, you should keep the following points in mind</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The chat service no longer uses portals, as was the case with Exchange 5.5 Server. You can now house up to 20,000 concurrent chat users on each server although you would be best not to.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The infrastructure you design for your chat service should most likely match that of the rest of your Exchange design. In small companies that are highly centralized, you can easily get away with having one chat server providing services company wide. For larger companies, you will want to have the chat service spread out over the entire network, especially if there are slow or expensive WAN links to be dealt with. Placing one or more chat servers at each IP site will provide an adequate solution.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you will be operating in a mixedmode environment with legacy Exchange 5.5 Servers, you will need to have the Active Directory Connector ADC installed to synchronize user display name and account information between the Exchange 2000 Servers and the Exchange 5.5 Servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In a mixedmode environment, as the number of users you must support increases, you should consider placing only one service on each Exchange Serverwhether it be ADC, Chat or Instant Messaging.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The IRC services offered by the Chat Service are not affected adversely by Network Address Translation NAT or by firewalls. The only requirement is that the clients can connect on the required ports. The Chat service uses the standard IRC ports of 6667 and 7000 although this can be changed as desired and also uses port 53 for DNS resolution. This port information should be provided to the group who maintains your firewalls if you will be allowing external clients access to your Chat services more on this in the next paragraph.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should give careful consideration to whether or not you will be allowing connections to your Chat services from outside of your firewalls. Clients can connect to channels on the Chat servers as long as they can resolve the external DNS entriesthis poses a risk, however, because there is no builtin protection such as encryption for the content of an IRC session. This fact is true regardless of whether or not the clients have been authenticated via a strong means such as MD5 Digest or the NTLM protocol NT LAN Manager. The data transmitted over port 6667 is sent back and forth as clear text. You could alleviate this issue by the use of tunneling either PPTP or L2TP with IPSec; however this solution is not viable with NAT in place. The best option remains to keep your Chat services open only to the internal network and close ports 6667 and 7000 on the firewall.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, you can host two chat channels per IP address, one on each of the two default ports of 6667 and 7000. Should you need to add additional chat channels to a server, you can add additional ports for their use. Be sure to let Chat clients know which port they are to use. Note that a chat community cannot exist on multiple servers.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Putting the Chat Service into action<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you have installed the Chat Service on your Exchange 2000 Server, you can configure it as described in the following paragraphs</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new chat community, rightclick on an existing chat community and select New &gt; Chat Community This will bring up the Properties window shown in Figure 1 from which you can configure the chat community. Note that you have one chat community DefaultChatCommunity created by default when you install the chat services. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before you can start using the chat community, you will need to host it on a server. This is done by rightclicking the IRCX node under Protocols for the Server on which it will be hosted and selecting Properties. The IRCX Properties window is shown in Figure 2 and you can see that I have already added our new chat community on Port 6667. Note that I have removed the default community created upon the installation of the Chat Service. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once you have hosted the chat community, you will need to populate it with Channels chat rooms. This is done by rightclicking on the Channels node and selecting New &gt; Channel which brings up the window shown in Figure 3. Note that all chat channel names must either start with a , &amp;,  or  these are per standard IRC and XIRC conventions. Selecting the Create this channel when the service starts option will create a persistent channel that will survive service and server restarts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You find the need to ban users from a specific chat community for one reason or another. You can ban users one by one or by Windows group. A user banned from one chat community will still be able to access other chat communities, unless they have been banned in the other communities as well. To create a new ban, rightclick on Bans and select New &gt; Bans which opens the window as shown in Figure 4. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to organize users into different chat groups classes, then you can create a new class that they will be grouped into and set the permissions on that class as required. In our example, we are going to make all users from the nc.dontpanic.local domain unable to connect to the chat server. You have many options with classes available to you. To create a new class, rightclick on Classes and select New &gt; Class which opens a window as shown in Figure 5. User classes are approximately the equivalent of Windows groups in the chat service. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Chat options and controls<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Up to now, we have covered all the basics of the Chat Service and gone through some walkthroughs about getting it up and running in your network. There are some other points that require our attention, however, such as channel configuration and user permissions not part of Windows permissions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two types of chat channels that you can have</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Dynamic  These are created by chat clients.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Registered  These are persistent on the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are four modes that a channel can be operated in and can be selected from the <B>Access</B> tab of the <B>Channel Properties</B> window</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Public  A channel that is visible to all chat clients.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Private  A channel that can only be entered by members who are allowed to. Nonmembers can see only the name of the channel.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Hidden  A channel that is not listed on the channel list, but can be viewed if the client enters the specific name of the channel.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Secret  A channel that will never show in a nonmembers list and limited to members only access. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are three different levels of permissions assignment on a chat community, which can be configured from the <B>Security</B> tab of the Chat <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Community </SPAN>Properties</B> window</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>User  A user who is allowed to use the chat service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Sysop  A user who is allowed to moderate the specified channels.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Administrator  A user can visit and view all channels. Additionally, a chat administrator can override a Sysop. Administrators create bans, change viewing status of channels and require the use of password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are three different levels of permissions assignment within a chat channel which can be configures from the <B>Security</B> tab of the <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Chat Channel</SPAN> Properties</B> window </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>User  A user is allowed to participate in the chat room, but has no control over the chat channel.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Host  A host, also know as the op or operator maintains order in the chat channel. A host can op any other user of their choosing. Hosts can deop themselves or other hosts, and can also op themselves again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Owner  The owner of a channel is like a super operator. The host of the channel over rides all hosts. No host can deop a host, but an owner can op and deop hosts and users as required. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Wrapping it up<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Chat Service is a very useful and simple service that you can quickly put into place on your network if you find the need to host multimember conferences. It is a lightweight and easy to set up solution. The clients required to connect to the service are varied, and many are available as freeware or shareware. If security is a concern, and the Chat Service will not need to be accessed by users outside of the internal network, you can simply close ports 6667 and 7000 on your firewall. Personally, I prefer the Chat Service over the Instant Messaging Service where several users will be involved in the conference, as you have much greater control over the Chat Service i.e. you can set Ops and Moderatorsplus it reminds me of the good old days gone by.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[The Exchange 2000 Server Instant Messaging Service]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-server-instant-messaging-service-a-2920.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unless youve been hiding under a rock somewhere, youve no doubt heard of Instant Messaging. AOL, Yahoo, and Microsoft have all done their part to bring Instant Messaging capability to all users with an Internet connection. Lately, there have even been some open source projects that produced IM clients capable of signing into more than one service on behalf of a client and populating their buddy list with users from multiple services.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Realtime collaboration solution<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unless youve been hiding under a rock somewhere, youve no doubt heard of Instant Messaging. AOL, Yahoo, and Microsoft have all done their part to bring Instant Messaging capability to all users with an Internet connection. Lately, there have even been some open source projects that produced IM clients capable of signing into more than one service on behalf of a client and populating their buddy list with users from multiple services.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Instant Messaging feature is new to Exchange 2000 Server and provides for realtime text based communication between two or more users in the same fashion as the Windows Messenger uses across the Internet. Instant Messaging messages are not saved anywhere however, so when the session is closed, the message is gone. Instant Messaging makes use of standard HTTP 1.1 on TCP port 80. Although Instant Messaging can be installed separately from the rest of Exchange 2000 Servers components, Exchange 2000 Server is required to be running on the network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are three basic parts to an Instant Messaging solution</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The client  Your client computers that have the Instant Messaging client installed on them. This client would preferably be the latest version of the Windows Messenger or the Instant Messaging client provided on the Exchange 2000 Server CDROM.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Instant Messaging home server  This is a server that is responsible for hosting and tracking user accounts and contact lists. Additionally, the home server is responsible for maintaining each users presence online status information and propagating this around the network as requested. An IM server can support a maximum of 10,000 online users, although it is not recommended that you try to push the limit</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Instant Messaging router  The IM router routes incoming client requests to their respective home server. IM routers should be placed near fast connections to the Internet for best results. Each IM router can support 50,000 online users, so you dont need to maintain a 11 ration of IM routers to IM home servers. The single biggest advantage of IM routers is that allow an organization to establish and maintain a single IM namespace for all IM clients, regardless of which server is their home serverthis results in a simplified management situation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition to the three core parts of the Instant Messaging solution outlined previously, Windows 2000 Domain Controllers play an important role in the IM process. Instant Messaging uses the NTLM protocol and digest authentication to allow user access to the IM service. Windows 2000 Domain Controllers perform this authentication. If you are running in a mixedmode setup, you can still leverage the power of the Exchange 2000 Server Instant Messaging service as long as the Exchange Active Directory Connector is installed.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Under the hood<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we go any further into configuring and using the Instant Messaging service, it would be beneficial to understand what is going on in the background to make it all work.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Interprocess Communication EXIPC  This layer acts as a sort of glue between IIS 5 and Exchange 2000. Since Exchange 2000 Server relies on IIS 5 for all the standard protocols SMTP, IMAP4, etc. there needs to be something in place to tie them togetherenter EXIPC.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Rendezvous Protocol RCP  This protocol maintains each users presencetheir online status. There are standards in development by the IETF for this, but the Exchange 2000 Server protocol is not interoperable yet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Firewall Topology Module FTM  The FTM is responsible for keeping track of the location of messaging servers in relation to firewalls, determining if a proxy is required and if special IP addressing is required to get messages through a firewall. The FTM is multipurpose in that it can acts as a gateway server, a reference server redirecting connection requests to the servers which can handle them or as a means to refuse a client connection request.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Node Database  This is created by the Exchange Store Engine ESE to handle all subscription information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Locator  Notifies the home server of a subscriber a user who is online and participating in an IM session that a message has passed through a bridgehead server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Firewall Topology Module, Node Database and Locator function together as the Server Application Layer. The Server Application Layer uses Exchange Interprocess Communication to talk to IIS. Clients use the Rendezvous Protocol to talk to the IM system.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Usage considerations<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Instant Messaging is actually one of the simpler services to deploy across Windows 2000, but there are a few things you should keep in mind</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Instant Messaging servers should be placed near large groups of users and also near groups of users that are separated by slow or expensive WAN links.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You can break your Instant Messaging deployment up into domains to match your SMTP domains if desired.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Once you place an Instant Messaging server into a specific administrative group, you will not be able to move itso plan wisely.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you determine that you will need access to the Instant Messaging service from outside the internal network, then you will have to make additional preparations to accommodate this need. In this case you will want to look into HTTP Reverse Proxy Servers and HTTP Proxy Servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you will be using the ADC to connect to an Exchange 5.5 Server implementation, the target server of the ADC must be running at SP1 or later of Exchange 5.5 Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Although Instant Messaging can only be deployed on a Windows 2000 Server running Exchange 2000 Server, you can place the ADC on this same machine in small networks.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you deploy more than Instant Messaging home server, you will be required to put the Instant Messaging router on a separate server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Instant Messaging information is, by default, not published outside of the firewall isolating the Instant Messaging domain. You will need to configure the firewall to allow the Instant Messaging traffic and also configure the Instant Messaging settings for the Firewall Topology by rightclicking on Instant Messaging Settings in the Global Settings node and selecting Properties, then changing to the Firewall Topology tab, as shown in Figure 1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you are using an Instant Messaging router, you will need to create a SRV entry in the forward lookup zone of your DNS server for it. A completed SRV record is shown in Figure 2. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The latest version of the Instant Messaging client that will work with both the .NET service and the Exchange 2000 Server service can be found on a special download page here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can have both .NET contacts and Exchange 2000 Instant Messaging contacts within your messenger configuration, as shown in Figure 3. You will just need to supply the relevant account information to sign into each service. Figure 4 shows the error window received in Messenger 4.5 when you cannot connect to the Exchange Instant Messaging service. The most common causes will be that user has not been instant messaging enabled or an incorrect email address has been supplied for logon. The logon email address must be the same as shown in the <B>Instant Messaging</B> window shown in Figure 5 for that user, and is typically in the form of <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>userserver.domain.com</SPAN>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A couple more points about Instant Messaging before we move on to installing and configuring it</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You will need to create the Virtual Servers from the IIS snapin before you try to create any Instant Messaging servers or routers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>If you will be running an Instant Messaging router and an Instant Messaging server on the same server, then you should prepend the Instant Messaging servers domain name with IM, such as im.mydomain.com. In my example, I had no Instant Messaging router in operation and just the one Instant Messaging server. Additionally, you will need to make the required DNS entries to enable the Instant Messaging server to be located.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Participation in Exchange 2000 Server Instant Messaging is not automatic. Two things must be in place for a user to be able to use Instant Messaging the user must have a client installed on their system and the user must have been enabled for Instant Messaging from the Active Directory Users and Computers snapin. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring the Instant Messaging Service<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process to configure the Instant Messaging Service is fairly simple, but requires some planning and time. There are three basic steps to the process creating a home server, configuring users for access, and installing the client software and connecting users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Creating an Instant Messaging home server</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>In the Protocols node, which is under the server node, rightclick on the Instant Messaging RVP item, click New &gt; Instant Messaging Virtual Server, which will bring up the window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Enter the required information</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Display Name  Displayed name for the Instant Messaging server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>IIS Web Site  Virtual Server this Instant Messaging server will be hosted on. You will need to have this Virtual Server in place before beginning the process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>DNS Domain Name  If the home server is going to be the only Instant Messaging server in your implementation it will also be performing routing functions for the Instant Messaging system, then the domain name should be changed to something such as im.mydomain.com. Note that you should specify this domain name as the host header name in the Virtual Server. If there will be more than one Instant Messaging server in your network, you can most likely get away with using the default provided DNS domain name.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Place a check in the box next to Allow this server to host user accounts.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><OL styleMARGINTOP 0in type1 start3><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in>Click <B>Next</B> and then click <B>Finish</B> to complete the Wizard.</LI><LI classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in>Create host records in DNS if the DNS domain name you selected for the Instant Messaging server is not DNSresolvable.</LI></OL><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Enabling user access to the Instant Messaging Service</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the Active Directory Users and Computers snapin, find the user account that you wish to work with.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l10 level1 lfo10; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Rightclick the user and select Exchange Tasks which will present you with the window as shown in Figure 7 note that I have selected the option to always dismiss the opening screen, so you may need to click Next. If the user does not already have an Exchange mailbox, you will need to create one as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>From the Exchange Task Wizard, select Create Mailbox and click Next.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Select the predefined options for alias, server and mailbox store. In most cases, the default options will be suitable. Click Next to continue.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Click Finish to close the Wizard.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.75in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo11; tabstops list .75in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>3. <SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Once the user has been configured to have an Exchange mailbox, configure the user for Instant Messaging as follows</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>a.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the <B>Exchange Task Wizard</B>, select <B>Enable Instant Messaging</B> and click <B>Next</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>b.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the next page, click <B>Browse</B> next to Instant Messaging Home Server and locate the server to use. Click <B>OK</B> to select the server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>c.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Select the <B>Instant Messaging Domain</B> from the dropdown list if you have not configured a SRV resource record in DNS and then click <B>Next</B>. If you have already configured a SRV resource record, then you do not need to worry about making a selection for the <B>Instant Messaging Domain</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 1in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>d.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the <B>Task Summary</B> page make note of the Instant Messaging address that the user has been assignedthis is the email address the user will need to login to the Exchange Instant Messaging Service. Click <B>Finish</B> to close the Wizard.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; tabstops .5in>4.<SPAN stylemsotabcount 1>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN>Remember that if you are using Digest authentication and you did not set the password policy before creating the users account was created and they are using a nonWindows Operating System, then you must now reset the users password. The user will not be able to login to the Exchange Instant Messaging Service until their passwords have been changed. This only applies if you are using Digest authenticationnot Integrated Windows authentication. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Installing the client software and connecting users<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember that you will need a different version of the Windows Messenger client software than you can download from the Windows Update web site in order for it to work with you Exchange Instant Messaging Server. The latest version of the Instant Messaging client that will work with both the .NET service and the Exchange 2000 Server service can be found on a special download page here.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Install the client software, either from the download page above or from the Exchange 2000 Server CDROM in the<B> InstmsgI386Client </B>directory.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Users logging into the service for the first time will need to specify an Exchange Instant Messaging logon name, as shown in Figure 8. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>3.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>If applicable, users can specify a .NET Passport logon name and password to access the .NET Instant Messaging infrastructure, as shown in Figure 9. If the option to add a .NET Passport account is not available, it can be configured later by clicking within Messenger <B>Tools</B> &gt; <B>Options</B>. &gt; <B>Accounts</B> tab, as shown in Figure 10. From here you control which services you sign into and in what order. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Wrapup<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article, Ive covered the background and basics of the Exchange 2000 Server Instant Messaging Service. You can have contacts from both the Microsoft .NET Messenger service and also from your Exchange Instant Messaging Service. The Instant Messaging Service is a great asset to a company and be used for any number of purposes, including but, of course, not limited to help desk support or immediate employee communication that does not require permanency such as email or paper communication.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lest you should think that Instant Messaging is all good, remember that with its builtin capability to transfer and share files across the connection, you are bound to run into problems. Tom Shinder has written an excellent article on just this issue entitled How to Block Dangerous Instant Messengers Using ISA Server, and it may well be worth your time to have a look.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[The Recipient Update Service Uncovered]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/recipient-update-service-uncovered-a-2919.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Recipient Update Service RUS is a very important component in your Exchange installation, it is RUS that is responsible for updating address lists and email addresses in your Active Directory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Recipient Update Service RUS is a very important component in your Exchange installation, it is RUS that is responsible for updating address lists and email addresses in your Active Directory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many people ask a simple question, <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>I just created a new mailbox, but when I look at the users properties in Active Directory Users and Computers, nothing is listed on the Email Address Tab, what did I do wrong</SPAN>, well the simple answer is nothing, the RUS takes its time to update all the information in AD, so give it some time and everything will appear.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What we will discuss here is how to ensure that the RUS is running correctly and some issue with using RUS in a multiple domain environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default your organization will have two RUS objects Figure 1</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>a.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Enterprise Configuration</SPAN></B> Recipient Update Service is responsible for the updating of the email addresses for the system objects such as the Message Transfer Agent MTA and System Attendant. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>b.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Domain</SPAN></B> Recipient Update Service is responsible for the updating of the address information for recipient objects in the domain that it is responsible for, in Figure 1 our domain is NWTRADERS </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To adjust the properties for the Recipient Update Service, right click over the service and then select Properties, the properties for the Recipient Update Service will now be displayed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 75; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width75 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Field</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Description</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Domain</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is the domain that is serviced by this Recipient Update Service.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange Server</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is the Exchange server responsible for the creation and updating of the address list for the domain specified in the Domain field.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Windows 2000 Domain Controller</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Windows 2000 Domain Controller that this Recipient Update Service will connect to when it creates and updates the address list.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Update Interval</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How often the Recipient Update Service will run, if you leave it selected to Always Run it will update once every minute.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is possible to force the Recipient Update Service to start processing, you have two options Update Now or Rebuild, and both of these options are available by rightclicking on the Recipient Update Service. The Update Now option will update the address list with changes, the Rebuild option as its name implies will completely rebuild the address list.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In most cases, having a single Recipient Update Service for each Active Directory domain will be sufficient, but if you have a single AD domain that spans across different physical locations it is recommended that you create a Recipient Update Service in each Active Directory site, and also ensure that you have a Global Catalogue server in each Active Directory site also.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so we now understand what the Recipient Update Service does and how to configure it, lets look at a bit of troubleshooting.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first step in troubleshooting the Recipient Update Service, like most other services is to check the Event Log, we are looking for the events that originated from the MSExchangeAL service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step in troubleshooting the Recipient Update Service is to use ADSI Edit to check a mailbox that should appear in the Global Address List. We need to check and see if the showInAddressBook attribute is populated Figure 3</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the showInAddressBook attribute is not populated, the Recipient Update Service may not yet have run, in most cases manually forcing the Recipient Update Service to run will resolve the problems.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From time to time organizations have multiple Windows 2000 domains that host users accounts but may only have one domain that hosts their Exchange 2000 servers. In these scenarios we need to create additional Recipient Update Services, or our Global Address List, will not be populated with the account information from the domains that do not host the Exchange 2000 server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The diagram below shows the scenario that we will use. We have two domains nwtraders.msft and research.nwtraders.msft, our Exchange server London is located in the nwtraders.msft domain, but we have users in research.nwtraders.msft who have mailboxes on our Exchange 2000 server, so we will need to create a Recipient Update Service to keep our Global Address List in order.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first task that we must perform is to run the Exchange 2000 setup program with the DomainPrep switch in the research.nwtraders.msft domain, the person creating the new Recipient Update Service must also have Full Administrative Access on the Exchange 2000 Organization object.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to create the new Recipient Update Service on the Exchange 2000 server London.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Open the Exchange System Manager, expand the Recipients container, click on the Recipient Update Services container, you should now be shown the existing Recipient Update Services </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Right click over Recipient Update Services and then select New &gt; Recipient Update Service from the menu, the New Object  Recipient Update Service dialogue box will now be displayed. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In the Domain box, we need to select the Windows 2000 domain that contains the users accounts that this Recipient Update Service will manage, in our case research.nwtraders.msft, you can use the Browse button to select the domain, then click Next. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; In the next dialogue box Figure 5 we will select the Exchange 2000 server that will be responsible for updating the Global Address List for this Recipient Update Service, in our case London, click Next. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; You will now be shown a summary of the parameters that you entered Figure 6, if they all appear to be in order, click Finish to complete the setup of your new Recipient Update Service. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well that concludes my brief rundown of the Recipient Update Service in Exchange 2000, and hopefully this has given you a better understanding of this important Exchange 2000 service.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Microsoft Certified Professional Exam 70224 Get ready for whit]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/microsoft-certified-professional-exam-70224-ready-whit-a-2918.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You might be fooled by looking at the exam objectives for exam 70224 into thinking that this exam is one that you can just walk right into without a good background in Exchange 2000. Nothing could be farther from the truth...</P><P classMsoTitle styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoTitle styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You might be fooled by looking at the exam objectives for exam 70224 into thinking that this exam is one that you can just walk right into without a good background in Exchange 2000.&nbsp; Nothing could be farther from the truth.&nbsp; Not only must you have a complete understanding of Exchange 2000 Server Enterprise Edition, you must also have knowledge of how the Enterprise Edition varies from the Standard and Conferencing editionsincluding what limitations you face with each version.&nbsp; If that werent enough to fill your plate, and it very well could be, you should also have a thorough understanding of how Exchange 5.5 Server operates, both by itself and when it has to interact with Exchange 2000 Server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before I drill down into some specific areas you might want to think about, lets get the basic information out of the way.&nbsp; This exam is a standard 45question exam that is made of single answer multiple choice questions, select all that apply multiple choice questions and draganddrop type of questions.&nbsp; No surprises there.&nbsp; You have 105 minutes to complete the exam with an additional 25 minutes allotted at the beginning and end for surveys and item comments.&nbsp; If you are taking the exam in any language other than American English, you may want to contact your local testing center to verify how much time you will be allotted to complete it.&nbsp; Now, with that out of the wayon with the good stuff</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Group confusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Perhaps the single greatest improvement in Exchange 2000 Server over its older counterpart is the introduction of Routing Groups and Administrative Groups.&nbsp; In Exchange 5.5 Server, you placed Exchange servers into sites; sites thus pretty much defined not only a physical topology, but also an administrative one as well.&nbsp; This is not the case anymore with Exchange 2000 Server.&nbsp; Get to know what can be done with an Exchange 2000 Server organization running in nativemode and then change up the picture by throwing a legacy Exchange 5.5 Server into the mix.&nbsp; Just as Windows 2000 Server does not behave the same when it is running in mixedmode; neither will your Exchange organization.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Could somebody connect me please<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Connectors, connectors and more connectors.&nbsp; There is a handful, plus some, of connectors that you must not only know about, but also know <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>everything</SPAN> about.&nbsp; Routing Group Connectors, SMTP connectors, Active Directory Connectors, GroupWise Connectors.&nbsp; In short, there is a whole lot of connecting going on.&nbsp; Not only do connectors connect things, but they control how traffic flows across them.&nbsp; Did you know that you can configure some connectors to transmit large messages at different times of the day&nbsp; You might want to check into that before heading into your local testing center.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>PassPort Please<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ill be honest here&nbsp; this is one area of this exam that you will either know or you wont.&nbsp; Port numbers of common network services are critical to know.&nbsp; You will be tested on them in ways that you dont even realizeuntil after the fact.&nbsp; Dont fret though, this is not wasted knowledge.&nbsp;&nbsp; A good system admin can usually regurgitate 30 or 40 common port numbers on demand.&nbsp; Knowing how firewalls, DMZs and Outlook Web Access all work together might be a good thing to look over.&nbsp; If you can, set up an OWA implementation that utilizes a frontend/backend configuration and see just what work does need to been done at the firewall.&nbsp; If you are going to be allowing Internet users to access resources internal to your network, dont forget to think about SSL.&nbsp; Pay attention to how SSL affects access and plan for making changes to your Exchange implementation to make user access smoother and more satisfying.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What, no Recycle Bin<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 provides some really nifty tricks when it comes to recovering mailboxes and message items that have been deleted.&nbsp; Ah, you ask, but what do I mean by deleted&nbsp; Well, it depends on how you delete something.&nbsp; Know the difference between an item that is deleted from a client such as Outlook, a mailbox that is deleted from the Active Directory Users and Computers and a mailbox that is purged from the Exchange System Manager.&nbsp; If you plan accordingly and play your cards right, deleted items and mailboxes may not be such a problem for you after all.&nbsp; Should everything go completely to pot, you can always consider using an isolated recovery server in its own forestbut hey, thats just a suggestion.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Prep Me<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Installing Exchange 2000 Server is no small feat trust me on this, and thus its something you may want to practice doing.&nbsp; Its not just that there are a lot of items to think about when installing the application itselfit only it were that easy.&nbsp; Exchange 2000 Server is one of those unique applications which requires a Windows 2000 Domain Controller to run.&nbsp; No Windows 2000 DC  no Exchange 2000 organization.&nbsp; Ah, now Ive got your attention.&nbsp; Installation preparation is a long and sometimes difficult task that requires careful planning and plenty of it.&nbsp; It might be fun to see what happens if you append that /forestprep or /domainprep switch to the end of your setup command.&nbsp; If youve got more than one domain in your forest, its mandatory.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>John Smith who<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If your company is like some of the ones Ive seen, youve probably got an address list that contains hundreds, possibly even thousands of entries.&nbsp; Not only do address lists like this take too long to load and view, they are just too difficult to work with.&nbsp; One of the nice quality of life touches available in Exchange 2000 is that you can create any number of completely customized address lists and allow only the users you want to have access to them.&nbsp; Need to create an address list that only shows the Marketing department, but yet dont want it available to the Engineering department&nbsp; No problem, the power is yoursif you know how to do it.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the other hand, you know all about replication latency issues, dont you&nbsp; Address lists are subject to latency issues just like any other network object.&nbsp; What happens when you add a new user to an address list, but other users cant find iteven after three hours&nbsp; You have a problem to fix, thats what happens&nbsp; Knowing how to force updates to your address lists is not only a good thing to know for this exam, but something really useful on the job.&nbsp; It just might save you a phone call or two.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Public Folder Madness<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Public folders are great.&nbsp; I really, truly believe that.&nbsp; You will too once you see how easily they can allow your <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>entire</SPAN> organization to share documents.&nbsp; Theres just one problem&nbsp; how are you going to maximize the efficiency of your slow WAN links if youve got thousands of documents in your public folder in the main office&nbsp; Its a good thing that the folks at Microsoft thought of that before youthus replication with a schedule, no less is here to solve your problems and make your day a better one.&nbsp; Of course, this assumes that you know how to configure and control replication.&nbsp; While youre at it, why not toss in a fulltext index as well and make your users even happier.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Disaster, what disaster<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Understanding and planning for disaster recovery is a vital part of being an Exchange 2000 Server administrator.&nbsp; Its not good enough anymore to just assume that it will happen to the other guy; the other guy is most likely you&nbsp; Trust me on this one you will have an Exchange server that, at some time, needs to be rebuilt from the ground up.&nbsp; Whether its Skippy the junioradmin playing with your Active Directory schema or just a freak of nature, one of your Exchange servers is going to die.&nbsp; What will you do when that day comes&nbsp; Well, that depends on how well youve prepared by doing your backups.&nbsp; Youve got a great backup plan in place&nbsp; Great, youre half way there&nbsp; Now youve only got to figure out how to get that Exchange 2000 Server back in operation.&nbsp; Its not as easy as just performing a restore from your last media set, if only it were that easy</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Take Command<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Working from the command, as painful to some as it might be, is a critical part of being able to successfully manage an Exchange organization.&nbsp; As intuitive and useful as the GUI is, you most likely find yourself using some of the Exchange 2000 Server command line utilities at some point time.&nbsp; Take the time now to learn all you can about the ESEUTIL and ISINTEG utilitiesthey may just save your job in the future.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Last Thoughts<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Going into this test, it wouldnt be abnormal to be a bit apprehensiveI was, even though Ive been working with Exchange 2000 Server for some time now.&nbsp; Ive even found quite a few ways to break an Exchange 2000 Server, but that is the topic for another day.&nbsp; I thought this test was difficult, perhaps even more so than what most people consider to be the bigdog of the Windows 2000 track&nbsp; the 70216 exam.&nbsp; I thought this exam rated up there more along the lines of the 70232 exam, which was a real bear in my mind.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dont cheat yourself and go into this exam without adequate preparation.&nbsp; The amount of time allotted is more than enough, and the questions are fairly short for the most part, but if you dont know your stuff and know it insideout, youre going to be in for a surprise come test day.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Blueprint for an Exchange Service Level Agreement]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/blueprint-exchange-service-level-agreement-a-2917.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This document was prepared in order to detail the mechanics behind a Service Level Agreement between a fictitious Company ABC and an outsourcing vendor. Several specific requirements have been assumed and documented in this article. My goal was to product a template that other companies could use to begin work on their own SLA.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This document was prepared in order to detail the mechanics behind a Service Level Agreement between a fictitious Company ABC and an outsourcing vendor. Several specific requirements have been assumed and documented in this article. You will want to replace the requirements of company ABC with your companys specific requirements. My goal was to product a template that other companies could use to begin work on their own SLA. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two major parts to an SLA the governing document and the process. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The SLA Document is usually legally binding between a company and an outsourcing vendors. The document describes the exact services and service levels, with details about all agreements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The SLA Process represents the methods that the outsourcing vendor will use to support the SLA document. The methods of supporting the SLA document are usually left to the outsourcing vendor to identify. These processes should be discussed and possibly identified during SLA contract negotiation. It is important that both parties understand the processes and methods of support as well as the management and reporting tools. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The SLA process represents a third of the total solution. It is up to the outsourcing vendor and your company to ultimately choose the correct people to manage the systems and the best technology for implementation. The people involved in managing the process must also manage the technologies and understand the importance of reporting and monitoring the entire system. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System management and service desk automation technology can provide a supporting environment for tracking, escalation, and management of service metrics. End user satisfaction surveys can also provide input that will help target appropriate service levels and cost controls. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Service Level Agreements are often categorized in the following manner</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Basic A single level service agreement is in place. Metrics are established and measured, possibly requiring manual collection of data for management reporting. Objective is to justify the technical support operation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Medium The automation of metrics data enables more comprehensive less labor intensive reporting of service level achievement. Introduction of cost recovery that maps to market rates and supported by service level reporting. Possible multilevel service agreements by cost per services rendered. Objective is to match service and cost levels with long term goal to increase service levels while decreasing costs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Advanced Service levels are embedded in overall service desk processes enabling dynamic allocation of resources either external or internal to meet changing business conditions. Goal is to provide a seamless mix of services, costs and service providers at better than competitive rates. Often enterprises at this level are ready to extend services to the open market. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>The Scenario</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For purposes of discussion, the remainder of this paper examines the considerations of a company evaluator who must complete an SLA document of the support requirements for Exchange/Outlook systems. We will call this company ABC Company. The evaluator works with one or more outsourcing companies to negotiate the final agreements recorded in the document. Recommendations and suggestions, which are based upon industry standards and project management experience, are provided throughout.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Objectives</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The primary objective of the SLA document is to correctly identify the support requirements for Company ABC in regards to supporting the Outlook/Exchange infrastructure. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The ABC company evaluator alone cannot determine the appropriate details for the SLA. The outsourcing vendors industry experience and project management capabilities will provide required information and guidance. In many cases, it will be required for Company ABC and management within Company ABC to conduct workshops on the issues to determine specific objectives. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Moreover, we should all use our best judgment in collecting ideas and suggestions from the appropriate people. For example, for specific questions regarding helpdesk requirements, the outsourcing vendor may need to be involved in order to correctly identify a requirement unknown to the Evaluator. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Service Level Agreement Document<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The processes in creating the SLA are broken down to ease the management of the project. The first four sections require the input of ABC Company management and, in some cases, enduser surveys. The next group of tasks may require the input of the current outsourcing company in order to ensure all requirements have been identified. Next, the evaluator assembles the data in a document that can be easily read and understood. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The last sections take place during the negotiations with outsourcing vendors. Usually, a legal instrument will be created to bind both parties to a final Service Level Agreement. While the final SLA will be based upon the evaluators SLA document, it is likely that sections will be added or removed as negotiations dictate. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Contract Specifics and Context</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Management of the SLA is a critical part of supporting end users. Before we can determine if objectives have been met, we must first identify metrics and the specifics of the contract. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Contacts and Role assignment<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, name the key contact to the Service Level Agreements and delegate SLA management tasks to others. Other contacts for the SLA include</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Management </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange connection into other corporate systems</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Management of 3<SUP>rd</SUP> Party Outlook/Exchange Development</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Application Development</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remote and Dialin Access&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Reporting<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The frequency and detail of reports must be identified as well. Reporting can then be further broken down into two techniques</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Automated system reporting should be implemented in order to provide current and historical data. This data should be made available to the above named contacts on a regular basis. The methods for providing reports to the named contacts may include a secured website or electronic mail attachments. Hard copies of the reports may also be requested. The reports, for these contacts should be fully detailed reports with data analysis and a trend summary for the month. Moreover, historical data should probably be included. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l6 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>It may be necessary for regional and divisional managers to receive a summary report/graphic depicting uptime and overall system performance once a month, similar to the graph depicted to the right. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company may also require that an automatic mechanism be put into place to notify the named contacts when critical performance thresholds are met. Specific thresholds are discussed later in the document. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Questionnaires and enduser canvassing methods should also be performed by ABC Company and/or the Outsourcing Company as part of an overall customer service initiative. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Finances<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Payment terms and contract length are negotiated with the outsourcing vendor. ABC Company may prefer a contract length of six months, but will consider contracts as long as one year. Renewals can be handled in many ways including automatic six month extensions. Both ABC Company and the outsourcing vendor should be able to request a formal renewal meeting to update the SLA with riders and to negotiate new terms. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two types of terminations possible</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Contract Termination Indicates that either ABC Company or the outsourcing company elects to terminate the contract. A Technology Transfer and associated fee would probably be required in order to shift the maintenance and support to another group. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>Technology Termination A termination in technology would occur when the support requirements are no longer required due to a shift in ABC Company technologies. This form of termination may or may not require a formal Technology Transfer. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Termination Options are described as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>ABC Company may reserve the right to cancel the contract for either termination option with 60 days notice to the outsourcing company. ABC Company understands that there may be financial penalties for Contract Termination if the SLA objectives were met by the outsourcing vendor. These penalties often reflect the fee for one month of support. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The outsourcing vendor may reserve the right to Cancel Termination with 180 days notice to ABC Company. A Technology Transfer fee would be charged to cover labor costs associated with transferring the knowledge and technology to another group. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Review Process<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There should be a formal review to evaluate the performance and customer service levels as well as staff reviews. A quarterly review is sometimes formalized in order to include discussions on SLA fulfillment, staffing and future projects that may affect the SLA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Change Management</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Service Level Management is accomplished by negotiating a change or additional to an existing Service Level Agreement. Outofscope or new projects need not be discouraged. A change process occurs during every review process and can also be instigated as needed. Several things could require a change or addendum to the existing SLA</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A change in the process workflow </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Additional services </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Missed performance or customer service thresholds</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo7; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Additional thirdparty applications</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Changes are not made directly to the SLA. Instead, contract riders are appended to the SLA until such time that the SLA is rewritten to incorporate the addendums. The SLA can only be written during a renewal cycle with both parties present.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Financial Incentive Plan</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most groups believe that the total cost of ownership <B>TCO</B> is more a function of cost of service and support of the system than a function of the cost of hardware and software. SLAs can drive down TCO by identifying damages for missed service levels. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the case of ABC Company, a third party may be asked to provide evaluations to determine if service level objectives have been met. The costs associated with the thirdparty evaluations are the responsibility of the party requesting the evaluations. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Penalties and bonuses for SLA performance guidelines could be paid quarterly. Performance objectives are met based on a 10/10 percent allowance. Penalties are paid as a deduction of regular costs for the pay period immediacy following the review cycle. Bonuses are paid with four weeks of the review cycle and do not require a separate purchase order from ABC Company. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Performance Level Guidelines <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Intersite Message Transfers</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because the outsourcing vendor may have little control over the stability of the hub servers, ABC Company may not require guaranteed delivery times for mail originating from, or addressed to, any mailbox outside of the ABC Companys site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, inbound Internet email with legitimate addresses should not get returned as undeliverable from the Exchange systems within the supported environment. The outsourcing vendor should remedy any internal Exchange process that returns mail. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Intrasite Message Transfers</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company requires that intrasite Exchange mail be delivered to the recipients serverbased mailbox within 15 minutes of delivery to a server within the supported site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Remote Synchronization Performance</STRONG></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Offline Address book<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remote users who replicate the Offline Address Book should never wait more than thirty minutes for a complete refresh to transfer over a 56K connection.</P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Mailbox Replication<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should probably define the mailbox limits. In many cases, mailboxes are classified into two or more categories. For example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>50MB Users have a 50MB limit on mailbox size </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l7 level1 lfo8; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>75MB Users have a 75MB limit on mailbox size </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Directory update frequency</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many companies configure directory replication so that the directory is current within a fortyeight hour time period. For example, a mailbox that is added at 300 p.m. on Tuesday must appear in the directory and Offline Address Book before 300 p.m. on Thursday. This should be defined in the SLA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>System Changes</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Administrative tasks, such as Exchange/NT username add/remove/change, should be able to be handled within one business day. The primary and backup responsibility may be divided up among the server support team and the helpdesk. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An matrix of administrative task groups and responsibilities should be created in order to identify the ability of each group, including</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Add/Remove/Change of mailboxes and distribution lists </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One business day or less</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Public Folder Creation </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Two business days per request</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Gateway settings </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Two business days per request</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Updating permissions and security settings on Public Folders </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One business day or less</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Assigning email addresses to a Public Folder </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One business day or less</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Distribution List creation </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Two business days or less</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Distribution List modification </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>One business day or less</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Mailbox restoration from tape </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l8 level2 lfo1; tabstops list 1.0in><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 10pt; FONTFAMILY 'Courier New'; msofareastfontfamily 'Courier New'; msobidifontsize 12.0pt><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>o<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Three business days or less</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The outsourcing company may want to define the maximum number of oneday requests that can be filled per business day. Additional requests will roll to the next business day and will take priority over new requests. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note Public Folder applications that require or use automation, such as routing or scripting, are considered a separate project. New projects, which are likely to incur extra costs,&nbsp; are not part of the SLA. &nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Uptime Requirements <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System availability can be an expensive requirement. It is important that we identify the specific requirements from a resource access standpoint and not necessarily on a server by server basis. The specifics dictate the availability of the servers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Network and remote access</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Network connectivity between sites and for users should be defined clearly as to the required uptime. Redundant links may be required based on the connectivity requirements. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Mailbox Access</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This specification details the amount of time a user cannot access his/her mailbox on an Exchange server in the supported site. Many companies define at least two types of mailbox classifications</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Class A users can be without access to their mailboxes for no more than six business hours. This group usually contains managers and key people within ABC Company </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo9; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Class B users can be without access to their mailboxes for no more than 24 business hours. This group represents the bulk of the ABC Company Exchange users. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Public Folder Access</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to maintain the OST consistency of applications, you should define how long Exchange users can be without a Public Folder. Some companies place this between 24 and 48 hours. However, you should request that, if restored, the Public Folders must contain all items as well as the most current items possible. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Intersite directory</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the case of a corrupt directory, replication may need to be forced in order to get the names and addresses of ABC Company mailboxes outside the supported site. The site should not be without access to the complete directory for more than 48 hours. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Intrasite directory</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the case of a corrupt directory, intrasite replication may need to be forced in order to get the names and addresses of ABC Company mailboxes within the supported site. The supported site must not be without access to the complete directory list for more than 24 hours. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Server Availability</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Information gathered from the previous specifications dictate the level of availability that is required. The services are then classified using the following availability classes. </P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SYSTEMTYPE</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>AVAILABILITY CLASS</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>UNAVAILABILITY MINUTES/YEAR</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SYSTEM AVAILABILITY</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unmanaged</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>50,000</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>90 </P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Managed</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5,000</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>99.0</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WellManaged</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>500 </P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>99.9</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>FaultResilient</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>50</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>99.99 </P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HighAvailability</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 69.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width93><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 84pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width112><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5 </P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 1in; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width96><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>99.999</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While the table represents system availability, it is important to note that the figures represent unscheduled down time. It is critical that windows are allowed for scheduled maintenance and upgrades. The down time is always be scheduled on the same day every week over the weekend. Many companies detail acceptable times during the weekend such as 11 p.m. Saturday to 2 p.m. Sunday. The specific time needs to be negotiated.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The maximum allowable scheduled down time per week for the Exchange systems should also be defined. For example, you could specify an eighthour maximum window during the week and 25 hours one weekend per month.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may want to send out a user survey in order to determine the best time for scheduled maintenance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The outsourcing vendor must balance the uptime requirements with the inevitable cost. The foundation for a missioncritical architecture has specifications for server availability, data accessibility, data protection and disaster tolerance.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Equipment Support Requirements<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Access and Security</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company should require that named contacts be permitted physical access to the equipment at any given time. Moreover, overall access to the equipment must be secured and restricted. Access to the equipment must be available 24 hours a day, 7 days per week for the vendors support personnel. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Disaster Recovery Preparation</STRONG></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Backups<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many companies require that the clients be able to request a recovery of deleted items for up to 30 days of deleted items. Moreover, backup tapes to the system should be placed in a 30 day rotation, then erased or destroyed. There should be no tapes that contain data over thirty days old. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In some cases, there may be a need to recover items from tape. The outsourcing vendor should honor such a request from any of the named contacts on the SLA. The outsourcing vendor may accept requests from the user community for restores, but should then verify the request with the named ABC Company contacts. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Monitoring</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company does not have any specific requirements in regards to the types of systems software used to monitor the equipment. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Staffing</STRONG></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Certification and Experience<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company requires that at least one person supporting the systems have current MCSE status. At least two of the support personnel must be certified on the current version of Microsoft Exchange Server.</P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Exclusive/Nonexclusive use<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company requires that the resources that support the ABC Company Exchange systems be exclusive to ABC Company and not used for nonABC Company projects or tasks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Equipment</STRONG></P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Brand/Vendor<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While ABC Company has no requirements as to the brands or types of equipment used for the Exchange Server environment, ABC Company does require that the equipment be included on the Hardware Compatibility List for the current version of Microsoft BackOffice. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The outsourcing vendor is responsible for the requisitions and costs associated with all equipment necessary to support the ABC Company Exchange Systems.</P><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H3><H3 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'>Spares for testing/recovery<op></op></SPAN></H3><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ABC Company requires that at least two entire servers be allocated for spare equipment and testing/recovery. The servers must match the current servers in production so that parts can be swapped and/or replaced. ABC Company further requires that the test equipment be updated as the production equipment and online at all times for testing.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Instant Messaging in the Enterprise Where are you going tomorro]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/instant-messaging-enterprise-where-going-tomorro-a-2916.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Recently I had the opportunity to see the future of Enterprise IM systems. Im not the only one who thinks that by the waybut well look at that more later. In the past few years, a major shift in the way business is done has been slowly occurring. The shift from paper communications to electronic communications was one that was slow in coming...</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Recently I had the opportunity to see the future of Enterprise IM systems.&nbsp; Im not the only one who thinks that by the waybut well look at that more later.&nbsp; In the past few years, a major shift in the way business is done has been slowly occurring.&nbsp; The shift from paper communications to electronic communications was one that was slow in coming, but once it got started, was one that could not be stopped.&nbsp; The first, and the popular type, of electronic communications within the organization was email.&nbsp; However, in the past year or two, Instant Messaging has begun to take center stage for intraorganizational communications and even interorganizational communications.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Why Instant Messaging<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The speed, convenience and flexibility of Instant Messaging systems cannot be denied.&nbsp; However, for all of the same reasons that Instant Messaging is good, it is bad as well.&nbsp; Let me elaborate on this a bit.&nbsp; To get a better understanding what makes an IM client so powerful and so dangerous, lets look at a listing of the typical capabilities offered by the big three IM client packages&nbsp; AOL Instant Messenger, Microsoft .NET Messenger and Yahoo Messenger.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Basic text mode messaging between users</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Voice over IP conversations</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Video over IP sessions</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; File transfers</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Application sharing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Group chat in chat rooms similar to IRC</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While all three of the IM clients mentioned previously have some or all of these features, not all of the IM clients have all of these features.&nbsp; For this reason, you may find that users will often make use of two or perhaps even three clients on their machines.&nbsp; Various independent solutions have popped up to allow users to combine their various IM clients into one convenient interface.&nbsp; The most popular and feature rich of these are Trillian for the Windows operating system and Fire for the Macintosh operating system.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve always been a society of instant gratification and for many years, its easy to see.&nbsp; We moved from walking to horsebased transportation to motor vehicles to the modern marvels of air travel and high speed trains today.&nbsp; The same is true communications.&nbsp; Weve evolved from speech only to messengers to mail to the telegraph to the telephone to the radio to the television to the computer.&nbsp; Email was the pinnacle of computer communications for many years, especially after the Internet explosion in the early to mid 1990s.&nbsp; Its just the natural progression of things that Instant Messaging should replace email as the instant gratification communications method of choice.&nbsp; After all, theres really nothing much faster than being able to chat directly with someone in realtime using Instant Messaging.&nbsp; Its not hard to see the natural attraction to Instant Messaging that users havedespite the wishes of either IT staff or management.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Whats wrong with Instant Messaging<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For many years, organizations have been struggling to find ways to secure their data while at the same time not limiting their growth and usability of the Internet.&nbsp; Just in recent times, perhaps the past 18 months, have we seen an increased concern over Instant Messaging in the enterprise.&nbsp; Typical concerns have all centered around firewall solutions aimed at keeping those on the outside from getting in.&nbsp; No one gave much thought to what those on the inside might be doingand what they might be transmitting to the outside.&nbsp; In the wake of 911, many things changed in this world, including the Information Technology landscape.&nbsp; When you combine this sudden need for increased security with the pressure being felt on organizations because of piracy issues see Information Week and you as an IT implementer or decision maker have some serious issues to deal with.&nbsp; No longer can count on simple firewall based measures to protect your company from peopleboth external and internal.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now solutions for limiting liability due to the unchecked usage of Instant Messaging are in demand.&nbsp; Things in the IM landscape are changing; they must change if IM is to be a viable tool for the Enterprise.&nbsp; The change&nbsp; Organizations are now taking back control of their networks when it comes to IM traffic, just the same as they have with email and web based traffic.&nbsp; Ask 10 network administrators where they feel the single greatest internal security break lies and the majority of them will point straight towards Instant Messaging.&nbsp; But why</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Instant Messaging is the Wild Wild West of the early 21<SUP>st</SUP> century Internet community.&nbsp; It really isits a free for all.&nbsp; When you consider that there is no viable solution in place to track and scan IM traffic you realize the problem at hand.&nbsp; How do we protect our sensitive internal data from being compromised to the world&nbsp; How do we protect our internal network from being comprised by nefarious files that enter via Instant Messaging&nbsp; Right now, we cantat least not an Enterprise level that is ready to roll out into a production environment.&nbsp; Stand by, however, the times are changing and the future is upon us.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Tomorrow is now<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I said in the introduction to this article, I truly did have the opportunity to see the future of Enterprise wide Instant Messaging.&nbsp; Now, before I go any further into that let me back up a step and address the current state of Enterprise wide Instant Messaging.&nbsp; If you want to implement Instant Messaging in your organization, you most certainly can do that right now.&nbsp; There are two predominant solutions you can go with, depending on your preferences</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Exchange Sever 2000 using the Exchange Instant Messaging service</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; IBM Lotus Sametime</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although both messaging systems are robust and quite capable, our focus here is on Exchange Server 2000.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The problem that network administrators would like to solve is how to control the free for all that currently exists for users making use of Instant Messaging from within the networkwhile still leveraging the power of Instant Messaging for good uses.&nbsp; Microsoft has seen the need for this, and thus the next version of Exchange Server due out some time next year after the release of Windows .NET Server will have some nifty new features included.&nbsp; Lest you think that Microsoft is the brainchild of all development, let me set you straight.&nbsp; This solution comes in two parts&nbsp; one from you you knew it wasnt going to be that easy and one from a small, but extremely forward looking startup located in downtown Boston, Massachusetts.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IMLogic, a privately held company, is no rookie in the IM field.&nbsp; The founder and CEO, Francis deSouza, is a veteran of the Instant Messaging world with a history of accomplishments to his credit.&nbsp; Prior to founding IMlogic, Mr. deSouza ran Microsofts Realtime Collaboration Group where he was responsible for the Exchange 2000 IM server, the Exchange Chat Server, the Exchange Conferencing Server and NetMeeting.&nbsp; Before joining Microsoft, he was the cofounder and CEO of Flash Communications, which was acquired by Microsoft in 1998.&nbsp; So, what does IMLogic have to offer us&nbsp; A solution that is both truly ingenious and easy to just drop into an existing Windows 2000/Exchange 2000 organization.&nbsp; Read on...</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>IMLogic IMLog Enterprisethe first piece in the solution<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see in Figure 1, the current state of Enterprise Instant Messaging a messy one indeed.&nbsp; You may have multiple IM clients running on your internal network, such as AOL Instant Messenger, Yahoo Messenger or Microsoft .NET Messenger.&nbsp; All of these connections open rather large holes in your network and thus open you up to security breaches, viruses and loss of confidential informationall without you having any clue of what is going on.&nbsp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While in most organizations, the thought of attack from outside or infection by a hostile executable is the scariest part of this situation, there are some special cases where the compromise of sensitive data may be the primary problem at hand.&nbsp; Organizations such as banks, securities companies, and others conducting financiallybased business can appreciate the value of being able to not only control </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Instant Messaging, but also keep track of it.&nbsp; By moving from the chaotic system depicted in Figure 1 to a more controlled organization, as shown in Figure 2, you can take great steps towards solving your Instant Messaging woes.&nbsp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, we have now accomplished three key feats by setting our Enterprise Instant Messaging system as shown</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; We have moved to a standardized IM client in the Exchange Server 2000 IM client</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; We have now ensured SEC, NASD, and HIPAA compliance by implementing full archive, search, and retrieval tools necessary to satisfy industry regulatory requirements</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; We have eliminated all thirdparty IM clients by blocking them at the firewall this is where you get to get your hands dirty, see the sidebar about working with the firewall</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The major components of IMLog Enterprise version 3 from the IMLog 2000 Users Guide</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>IMLog 2000 Filter</B> An IIS ISAPI filter that hooks to the IM flow capturing messages and sending them to MSMQ. This component should be installed on all Exchange IM home servers.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>IMLog 2000 Service</B> Transfers messages from MSMQ to a database. Must be installed on the same&nbsp; machine as the MSMQ it will be reading. The IMLog 2000 Filter must be configured to log message to this message queue. Both the Filter and the Service should be configured to access the same queue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>IMLog MMC snapin</B> A Microsoft Management Console MMCbased snapin that is used to configure IMLog Service and Filter. Installs with both the filter and service.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>IMLog Web Interface</B> Provides a web interface to query for logged messages and extract statistics.&nbsp; Installs on a box with IIS installed. The Web interface should be configured to point to the same database to which the IMLog Service is logging messages.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>IMLogEmailReport</B> A statistics generation and email reporting tool. Installs on a box with IIS SMTP service installed and access to the internet if emails should be sent to recipients outside the LAN.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, as you can see, implementing IMLog Enterprise version 3 into your organization can bring some great rewards.&nbsp; But what about the costs&nbsp; Wellof course, there is the money spent implementing the solution, but that is relatively minor in comparison to the safety and productivity you gain out of the deal.&nbsp; In terms of costs, you may want to chock up the loss of outside Instant Messaging capability with your vendors, partners and customers.&nbsp; Never fear, however, the solution is close out at handenter IMLog 2000 Enterprise version 4 which will be released for beta testing later this summer.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Firewall Configuration<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can block Instant Messaging traffic from passing through your firewall by closing the following ports<STRONG></STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; AOL Instant Messenger</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5190 outbound TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; login.oscar.aol.com</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Microsoft .NET Messenger</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1863 outbound TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5060 for Session Initiation Protocol SIP TCP <STRONG></STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 1503 for Audio/Video, File Sharing and White Board TCP <STRONG></STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 68916900 for File Transfer TCP <STRONG></STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 3389 for Remote Assistance TCP <STRONG></STRONG></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Yahoo Messenger</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5050 outbound TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5101 inbound TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5100 for webcam TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; 5001 for voice TCP</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; For voice&nbsp; cs1.yahoo.com, cs2.yahoo.com, and cs3.yahoo.com</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>o&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Yahoo will search ports 5050, 80, 20, 21, 25, 37 &nbsp;and 119 if 5050 is blocked</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG></STRONG>  Windows .NET Messenger in Windows XP and later.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG></STRONG>  Of course, this could change at any time without notice from the IM vendors, so be wary and keep a watchful eye</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With the enhancements and improvements made in IMLog Enterprise version 4, you will now be able to use multiple Instant Messaging clients internallyand still take advantage of all of the power, security and peace of mind that weve already discussed when looking at IMLog Enterprise version 3.&nbsp; However, this is not the end of the road, for there is much still to come from IMLogic and the IMLog family of products.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>IMLog is currently in used by several large financial and securities organizationsand for a good reason.&nbsp; Weve seen how an out of control Instant Messaging system on the internal network can wreak havoc in more than one way; organizations with money and credibility to lose are taking an interest in this technology.&nbsp; You may want to as well.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Overview of Developing Workflow Applications for Exchange Server]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/overview-developing-workflow-applications-exchange-server-a-2915.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The term workflow is used to describe applications that are developed as business processes. Workflow applications include forms routing and approval, document review and publishing, and issue tracking.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The term workflow is used to describe applications that are developed as business processes. Workflow applications include forms routing and approval, document review and publishing, and issue tracking. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>To develop a workflow application <op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Always plan your application before starting. A workflow application consists of forms and documents that a user manipulates and tools on the server that manage those documents according to a set of rules. The application architecture is comprised of a presentation layer and a business logic layer.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Presentation Layer<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A workflow application includes forms or documents with which the user interacts directly. This layer is also called the frontend layer of the application and it could be a Microsoft Word document, a Microsoft Outlook form, or some other presentation that you design. These all work, because workflows are triggered by any save or post in the workflow folder, and the Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server Web Store provides heterogeneous document storage. Whatever you use as your frontend layer is up to you and has no relation to the functionality addressed by CDO Workflow objects. This layer is independent of CDO Workflow objects and usually runs on a client computer.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Business Logic Layer<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You use CDO Workflow Objects to design and run workflow applications. These applications contain the business rules that govern your document approval and routing processes. While the presentation layer usually runs on a separate client computer, the business rules run on the server with the Web Store, where the target documents are stored. Your business logic or also known as a workflow layer operates in a separate process from the Web Store process. You can create the workflow process using any language and create event sinks; you can use the Workflow Designer for Exchange 2000 Server in the Microsoft development environment.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Workflow Applications<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Workflow processes are used to enforce business rules, such as who sees an item, the sequence of events an item goes through, the routing of an item, or even when an item can be created or deleted. The Workflow Designer for Exchange 2000 Server creates workflow processes specifically for Exchange folders. When workflow is applied to a folder, all items in that folder must conform to the information flow created by the workflow process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A workflow process is made up of a series of tasks and events, the order in which they must occur, and the script that is executed for each event or transition. Simply said, a workflow process automates and enforces the order of tasks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Workflow Designer for Exchange Server uses a graphical user interface GUI to represent the workflow process as a diagram that can be edited. The conceptual model for a workflow process in the Workflow Designer for Exchange Server includes states, events, and transitions.</P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleWIDTH 100; msocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width100 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35.46; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Workflow component</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 64.54; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width64><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Description</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35.46; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>State</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 64.54; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width64><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A state defines the current status of an item in the workflow process, such as Resolved. </P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35.46; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Event</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 64.54; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width64><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An event defines the operations that can be performed on an item, such as Create. In addition, workflow events can be used to trigger scripts. </P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 35.46; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width35><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Transition</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0.75pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0.75pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 0.75pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 64.54; PADDINGTOP 0.75pt; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width64><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A transition moves an item from one state to another. Change is an example of an event that can be used to cause a transition. When creating a transition, in addition to selecting the event, you also must specify the next state. </P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The developer must name the empty process, when a new workflow process is created. Create and Delete events are added to this empty workflow process automatically. The Create event appears in the workflow process diagram as the starting block and the Delete event appears as the ending block. States, events, and transitions can be added to enhance the workflow process.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Workflow Process<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classfig styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classfig styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the diagram above of a workflow process, the rectangles represent states, the arrows represent transitions, and the squares represent the starting block create and the ending block delete. The lines with bends in them transition within, labeled Edit, represent events that do not cause state changes.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Workflow Diagram<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The above diagram is an example of how the diagram looks as an actual workflow process in the Development Environment. Notice that the events, labeled Edit earlier, have transitions within the same state. These special transitions signify that an event does occur, but there is no advance in the workflow state.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange Server and Public Folders<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Workflow Designer for Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server makes it possible for developers to create and to modify workflow processes for Exchange folders. Behind the scenes, the Workflow Designer uses Collaboration Data Objects CDO Workflow Objects for Microsoft Exchange. CDO is a set of COM components that integrates seamlessly with the Microsoft ActiveX Data Objects ADO 2.5 component.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you create a workflow process, the Workflow Designer creates a set of rules for the selected folder and its association with an event sink. The set of rules is called a process definition, the association is called an event registration, and the event sink is the CDO Workflow Event Sink.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The CDO Workflow Event Sink is the interface between the Exchange 2000 Web Store process and the workflow engine. It is registered automatically as a COM application package when you install Exchange.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The association between your folder and the event sink makes it possible for the Exchange Web store to notify the event sink when an event occurs in your folder. The event sink in turn calls the workflow engine to handle the work items transition.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The workflow engine controls the state changes to documents in your workflow folder. It runs in response to certain system and Web store events and encapsulates the logic for advancing the state of your workflow documents. This makes it possible for you to control the status of documents you are tracking or guiding.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The engine relies on a table of events, called the action table, to evaluate and execute transitions for documents saved in the workflowenabled folder. The Workflow Designer for Exchange Server creates the action table for you based on the states and events which you create in the workflow diagram.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you define a workflow process using the Workflow Designer, the events you create determine how the system will respond. Adding script to these events, you customize the response further.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Workflow Designer for Exchange Server makes it possible to create a workflow process, such as creating the action table and adding events and scripts based on values you enter in the designer. However, creating a fullblown application requires you to understand CDO Workflow Objects and how to use the ADO 2.5 component for Exchange.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Applications User Interface<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>An important task in developing any application is designing the user interface. An advantage of a welldesigned user interface can make the application intuitive and increase user efficiency.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your user interface could be a Microsoft Word document, a Microsoft Outlook form, or another frontend or presentation layer you design. Whatever you use as your user interface is up to you and has no relation to the functionality addressed by CDO Workflow objects. Typically, the user interface is independent of CDO Workflow objects and runs on a client computer or in the browser.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Workflow Scripting<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The builtin functionality of workflow events can be enhanced using Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition VBScript. Scripts associated with a workflow events are entered on the Script Editor.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A single transition, such as moving from one state to another, can trigger several different events that must occur in a particular sequence. You can control the flow of your script with conditional statements and looping statements. Using conditional statements, you can write Microsoft Visual Basic Scripting Edition VBScript code that makes decisions and repeats actions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For each event in your workflow process, you can specify a conditional statement to evaluate whether a condition is True or False and, depending on the result, to specify one or more statements to run. The condition is an expression that uses a comparison operator to compare one value or variable with another.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Sales Tracking Scenario  Example<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You have a sales tracking workflow process, and you want to notify the stock room when an order is marked as completed. You can use script on the Change event to evaluate the contents of the completed field. When this field is set to Yes to indicate the order is completed, an event script procedure that sends a message to the stock room is triggered. If the condition returns False, the event is stopped, and the event script is not executed.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Change Event<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The above illustration shows a state called Active that has a Change event used to create a transition to a state called Resolved. When an item in the folder is changed, the condition is evaluated. If the condition is set to False or if a function called by the statement returns False, the transition does not occur, and the event script associated with Change  in this case, a call to a procedure called SendMail  is not executed.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In many applications, particularly documentapproval applications, you might want to make it possible for editing updates that do not advance the workflow state. In such a case, you can add a TransitionWithin Change event.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Multiple Change Events<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For example, the above illustration shows a portion of an order entry workflow process. As an order is updated, the Change event is triggered many times before the order is filled. A Change event called UpdateItem has been added to the OrderCompleted state. There is another Change event on this state called CompleteOrder.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The CompleteOrder event calls a function that evaluates a field called OrderCompleted. Each time the order is updated, both change events are triggered. However, the CompleteOrder transition does not occur until the OrderCompleted field is set to True by the user.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Planning a Workflow Process for Exchange Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Workflow Designer for Exchange 2000 Server automates many of the activities required to create a workflow process for Exchange 2000 Server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the workflow process is created, issues, such as how the application will look the user interface and how the users will interact with objects, must be considered. These elements must be created outside of the Workflow Designer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, because a workflow application depends on security and permissions from Exchange 2000 Server and from the operating system, these permissions and privileges must be reviewed carefully before beginning development.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Development Steps<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following guidelines are designed to help you design a workflow process using the Workflow Designer in the Microsoft Development Environment.</P><P classlabelproc styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classlabelproc styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>To design a workflow process</B> </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Identify the business processes associated with the information you are tracking in your folder. For example, you might have a folder that contains information about employee issues and resolutions. The business process to track this information might be defined as a system for initiating, commenting, and resolving employee issues. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Identify the steps in your business process, and determine the events and conditions, such as routing and mail services, you want to associate with each step. For example, when an issue is entered and set to Active, a message can be sent to the manager indicating there is a new, Active issue. When the issue is resolved, the employee who entered the issue could receive email indicating the issue resolution. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Create a new workflow process in the Workflow Designer, and add states and events. The steps you identified in Step 2 become the states when you determine the events and conditions required for your business process  for example, Active, Resolved, and Closed. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Add script as required to the workflow events associated with an event. For example, you can write a script that directs the Close event to trigger the sending of email to the employee who entered the issue. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Permissions Checklist<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before beginning development of a workflow process, you must set both developer and user permissions.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>For the Developer<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first sets of permissions requirements for a workflow are those enforced when you are using the Workflow Designer. They determine who can write and save workflow processes on a given server. These development issues are managed through the Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server Active Directory Users and Computers and Components Services consoles.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The permissions settings include </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Workflow Event Sink Identity. By default, the Workflow Event Sink is set to run under the account of the interactive user, the user currently logged onto the Exchange Server. As long as the Administrator is logged onto the server, workflow functions appropriately. However, if a nonadministrative user is logged onto the server, you might start to see NetConnect errors in the Application Log. Therefore, it is suggested that you change the Identity to a particular Administrative user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Are you a folder owner Only folder owners can modify applicationdesign elements, such as schema, forms, views, and workflow, of a folder. If you are not a folder owner, it will not be possible for you to use the Workflow Designer. Folder owner permissions can be granted from Exchange 2000 System Manager or from Microsoft Outlook. If you create a folder, you automatically become a folder owner. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Has the server administrator granted you permissions to register workflows Not every folder owner has permissions to write workflows. Users also must have permissions to register the CDO Workflow Event Sink. The server administrator determines who has permissions to register the event sink by managing membership in the Can Register Workflow role. Only users and groups listed in this role can register workflows on a particular server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>What kinds of activities are you going to require in your workflow script By default, workflow processes run in Restricted mode, which means script procedures associated with workflow actions are limited to modifying properties of the document undergoing workflow, sending notification mail, and writing to the AuditTrail. The server administrator determines who has permissions to run scripts requiring Privileged mode by managing membership in the Privileged Workflow Authors role. If your workflow processes must perform more complex script driven operations, then either you or the group in which you are registered must be a member of the Privileged Workflow Authors role. </P><P classlabel styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classlabel styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Component Services</B></P><P classfig styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classfig styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The above is an example of the Exchange 2000 Server Active Directory Users and Computers and Components Services consoles.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>For the User<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The second set of permission requirements apply to the items undergoing workflow at run time. The typical requirements for any Exchange application include </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does the user have write permissions Users who modify, edit, or approve items undergoing workflow must have write permissions to those items. Permissions can be assigned at the folderlevel or itemlevel programmatically or by using Microsoft Outlook or Microsoft Exchange 2000 System Manager. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does the user have read permissions Users who must open the contents of items, follow a URL to an item, or view the workflow items in a window must have read permissions to the items. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Get Some Training, Its Worth It]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/some-training-it%20s-worth-a-2914.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So you have decided to get Exchange, but have you planned for training Exchange can be a complicated subject and spending a little time and money on training can save a you lot of time and money later, but getting the right training is not always easy. This article should help you make the right choices.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I was working with a new customer the other day, we were just running a routine audit on their Exchange Server when I came across some pretty bad flaws in the way it was setup.&nbsp; The Manager said wait Ill go get the consultant that set it up for us, hes working on the next floor.&nbsp; Anyway, the consultant turned up and I asked why did you configure it like this the consultant then said well, when I took my Exchange course, thats how the instructor said it should be setup.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What I am actually trying to get at in the last paragraph, is that even though you might have taken a training course on Exchange or Windows 2000 or how to bake bread, it does not always mean you have learnt the right things.&nbsp; If you learn how to bake bread wrong its not really that big a deal, but if you learn how to administer Exchange wrong its going to cost your company a whole lot of money and ultimately its going to cost you your job unless you can talk your way out of it real quick or you get some form of divine intervention.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what I am going to talk about in this article are some of the methods that are available to learn Exchange.&nbsp; We will focus on Instructor Led Training and how to find a good training provider.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a trainer, I have come to understand that people learn in different ways, so the training market has adapted over the years to accommodate peoples learning styles.&nbsp; What we have now is a veritable feast of training options available, such as</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Online Learning </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Computer Based Training CBT </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Instructor Led Training ILT </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Self Study </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Boot Camps</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Which option is best for you&nbsp; Only you can answer this question, but my personal recommendation to everyone is to get some Instructor Lead Training, but you have to make sure you choose the right training provider.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Instructor Led Training is not the cheapest option, a 5 day class could run up to around 3000 but its a good investment if the class is taken with the right provider.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft has a number of programs that concentrate on training.&nbsp; One of these programs is the Certified Technical Education Center CTEC program.&nbsp; In order to become a Microsoft CTEC, the training provider has to meet certain guidelines and must continually meet certain goals that Microsoft set.&nbsp; However, just because Microsoft has laid down guidelines and goals, does not mean all training centers are equal.&nbsp; Its like in any industry; there are always bad apples.&nbsp; Hopefully this article will help you find a center that is going to provide you with a highquality service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>At this point I would just like to mention Boot Camps.&nbsp; Personally I am not a big fan of Boot Camps, but they have there place in the market and they are not going to go away.&nbsp; The whole concept of a Boot Camp is for you to spend a set period of time not always a long period of time learning how to pass the relevant exams and at the end of your Boot Camp the idea is for you to go away with some form of certification MCSE, MCDBA, MCSD, CCNA etc.&nbsp; This is all well and good, but did you actually learn the product or did you learn just how to pass the exams&nbsp; So be careful about Boot Camps if you are interested in learning the product.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What Courses Should I Take<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft has the largest selection of courses compared to other software vendors Novell, Lotus etc, but this is only to be expected being as Microsoft has the largest selection of software.&nbsp; Deciding which course to take is not going to be easy, it all depends on your level of experience.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are just going to focus on the Microsoft Exchange 2000 courses.&nbsp; First, I must make sure you understand that if you have no experience with Windows 2000 and Active Directory, you MUST get yourself booked on a Windows 2000 and Active Directory class before attempting to take the Exchange 2000 classes.&nbsp; Sure its going to cost you more money, but the money you spend on attending just the Exchange 2000 class is going to be wasted if you do not understand Windows 2000 and Active Directory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Following your Windows 2000 and Active Directory classes, there are three Exchange 2000 courses for you to attend.&nbsp; These would be of interest to an Exchange Administrator.&nbsp; They are as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MS1572 Implementing and Managing Microsoft Exchange 2000 5 Days</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MS1573 Designing Microsoft Exchange 2000 for the Enterprise 4 Days</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>MS2355 Upgrading from Microsoft Exchange 5.5 to Microsoft Exchange 2000 2 Days</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I would recommend that if you are moving from Exchange 5.5 to Exchange 2000, you should take the MS1572 class.&nbsp; Even if you are an experienced Administrator for Exchange 5.5 you will learn all the new features of Exchange 2000 in this class.&nbsp; Then proceed with the MS2355 course.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The 1573 course is an excellent course but if your company is only going to have a couple of Exchange Servers in one location, its a bit of an overkill taking this class.&nbsp; The MS1573 is a design class which means you will learn how to design and plan the implementation of Exchange 2000 from the ground up.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How do I Find a Good Training Provider<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This should not be too hard The first thing you need to do is find a Microsoft CTEC in your area.&nbsp; If you visit microsoft.com/traincert they have a tool that enables you to find a training provider in your area.&nbsp; You can also look in your local Yellow Pages normally under Computer Training.&nbsp; Training Provider advertisements will show the Microsoft CTEC approved logo in their advert.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once you have a list of the providers in your area, the hard work begins, which is finding the one that is going to provide you with a highquality service.&nbsp; So here are some pointers</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Visit the Training Center </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Ask to audit the second or third day of a class.&nbsp; What this means is that you can sit at the back of a class that is currently in progress and see what its like.&nbsp; You will not be able to ask the instructor questions or disrupt the class in anyway.&nbsp; It is also possible that you will not be able to audit the same class that you are hoping to attend; it depends on the training providers schedule.&nbsp; A lot of people ask me why the second or third day, why not the first day&nbsp; Simply because by the second or third day the students know the instructor fairly well, the class is well into the swing of things and you will get a better feel for the atmosphere. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Get references from organizations that the training provider has delivered training to and contact them.&nbsp; The same can be accomplished by contacting individual students that have attended classes. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Find out who the instructor will be.&nbsp; Ask for their resume; obtain copies of their evaluations for the class you wish to attend.&nbsp; Ask how many times they have taught this class and if they do field work as well as training an instructor with realworld experience is going to help you out a lot more. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Talk to the instructor, dont quiz them, just chat and see if you would be comfortable learning from them.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As the expression goes there is no such thing as a free lunch&nbsp; Some training centers will offer you training courses at very low rates.&nbsp; Course fees vary according to what type of class will be attended.&nbsp; As a guideline, for a highquality 5 day Instructor Led class, the cost could range from 2500 to 3500.&nbsp; Do not be tempted to go with the cheapest easy for me to say its not my money.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>How Do I Get The Most Out Of My Class<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a trainer, I meet many students.&nbsp; Some of them really want to attend the class to learn, some are just thrown in because another student was unable to make it, but I am happy to say that every student I have taught has gone away happy and most importantly gone away having learnt something.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are a few tips to make your learning experience a good one</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><B>DO NOT</B> upset the instructor on the first day; your life will be hell for the rest of the week. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN><B>DO NOT</B> upset the student sitting next to you; they can make your life even more hell.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Only joking&nbsp; Here are the genuine tips on making your learning experience a good one</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Go into the course with a clear mind. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Make sure you know why you are taking the course the instructor is going to ask you. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Remember, the instructor is probably just as nervous as you are on the first day.&nbsp; Think about it number of students equals 12, number of instructors equals 1.&nbsp; Within the first hour of the class, the ice will have been broken and the students and instructor will then begin to relax. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Take notes, take lots of notes </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Try not to jump ahead in the class. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Do not get upset if the instructor cannot answer your questions straight away, or if the instructor mentions that the topic of the questions asked will be covered in a future module.&nbsp; A good instructor will make a note of the question and address it at the appropriate time. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Do not be afraid to ask questions, the only silly questions are the ones that are NOT asked.&nbsp; There is also nothing wrong with asking questions based on a topic being covered that you wish to relate to your own implementation. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Try not to be late for your class, this will disrupt the other students and you could just miss that important piece of information that you have been waiting for. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>When doing labs, make sure you understand what you are trying to achieve. &nbsp;If you dont understand, ask the instructor, dont just follow the manual blindly.&nbsp; After all, another great reason for choosing Instructor Led Training is so as you can ask questions and the instructor can dutifully give you the answers straight away or at the latest by the end of the course.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Well, hopefully this will give you some indication as to how you can select the best training provider for your own needs and also how you can fully maximize the amount of information you learn during your training experience.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Just the FAX  Are you still faxing manually]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/just-still-faxing-manually-a-2913.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most companies still rely on traditional manual faxing using a dedicated fax machine, though a popular, more efficient and costeffective solution in recent years has been to use network fax servers as a replacement for the traditional fax machine.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In a world where email has changed the way both individuals and companies communicate with one another, its easy to forget that only a few years ago, faxing was the accepted worldwide standard for the timely transmission and reception of just about any document. While the use of email to transfer documents continues to grow in popularity, the use of faxing isnt going to end any time soon, since much of the world still relies upon faxes for the transfer of critical information. Although the Internet is changing the ways that companies look at communicating with both their customers and suppliers, faxing still represents a secure, convenient, and ubiquitous technology that almost all companies worldwide accept and make use of.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Although a popular communication mechanism, most companies still rely on traditional manual faxing using a dedicated fax machine. While still acceptable in cases where a company rarely or very sporadically requires the ability to send or receive faxes, the manual fax machine is clearly out of date in any environment that regularly relies on fax communication. The main issue with manual faxing is the need for individuals to literally get up, walk to the fax machine, wait for their fax to send, and then return to what they were doing  just to send a single document. Furthermore, the user sending the fax needs to look up the recipients fax number, possibly create cover pages, and more. On the receiving end, time is wasted with the sorting and manual routing of faxes, which can easily be lost, forgotten, or otherwise not received in a timely manner. At the end of the day, manual faxing leads to only two sure things  lost productivity, and by extension, wasted money.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>The Need for Fax Servers<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A popular solution in recent years has been to use network fax servers as a replacement for the traditional fax machine. Fax servers comes in two main flavors  those that integrate with a companys email systems, and those that dont. While a fax server that doesnt integrate with email may be a suitable choice for companies that dont rely on or use email for business purposes, an integrated fax/email solution makes much more sense for companies today. In this article Ill discuss the pros and cons of a fax server solution that integrates tightly with Exchange 2000, leveraging a companys email infrastructure to support advanced faxing services. The product is GFI Softwares FAXmaker for Exchange. GFI FAXmaker for Exchange works with Exchange versions 5.5 and 2000 to provide fully integrated faxing capabilities to users from their desktop.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>How it Works</SPAN></B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Unlike many of the standalone fax server products on the market, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange provides a connector into the native Exchange environment, allowing you to leverage users existing familiarity with working from Microsoft Outlook. The basic principal of network faxing is not unlike using a desktop system with a dedicated fax modem to send and receive faxes. However, in the case of GFI FAXmaker for Exchange, the server acts as the centralized facility for the sending and receiving of faxes, while also handling message routing functions. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When fax messages are received by GFI FAXmaker for Exchange, it will route them to the correct users according to the rules defined by the administrator. For example, messages can be forwarded to the mailbox of an individual user, to a common mailbox dedicated for faxes, or to an Exchange public folder. These routing features are part of what helps to make GFI FAXmaker for Exchange such a powerful product.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>System Requirements</SPAN></B></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Of course, in order to be able to send and receive faxes via this Email to fax gateway, an appropriate fax device is required. This can be a traditional Class 1 or 2 fax modem, ISDN card, or a dedicated fax board from a company like Brooktrout. Once the server has one or more of these devices installed and configured, the server component of GFI FAXmaker for Exchange can be installed on the Exchange Server. While the installation of the server software is very straightforward, one potential issue involves the need for minimal schema modification in Active Directory environments. As such, schema modification must be enabled on your forests Schema Master prior to attempting the installation. Once installed, GFI FAXmaker runs as just another Windows 2000 service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Along with the GFI FAXmaker for Exchange server component, there is also an optional client component that can be installed on user desktops. The client software installs both the FAXmaker printer on client systems, along with the FAXmaker viewer, a program to view any faxes received. If only used to send faxes from within Outlook, installation of the client software is not explicitly required.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Users Sending and Receiving Faxes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While Ill evaluate some of the technical implementation details of the product shortly, the real litmus test for any software is whether it is intuitive and easy for users to figure out. In this respect I couldnt have been happier with GFI FAXmaker for Exchange. After installing and configuring it for 5 different Outlook users in my office, it took only a brief demonstration of its capabilities for them to get the hang of things. Although the concept of printing the fax threw a few users off, they immediately understood the concept once Outlook automatically opened a message with the fax attached. From here, the users simply chose the recipient of the fax using the users Business Fax entry from either their Outlook Contacts or the Exchange Global Address List, as shown below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ultimately, a cover page is attached to the fax by GFI FAXmaker at the server level. The information is gathered from the To, From, and Subject lines, with the message on the cover page gathered from the contents of the what would normally be the email message itself.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While they found sending faxes using GFI FAXmaker for Exchange easy enough, what my users loved most was the ability to receive faxes directly into their Outlook Inbox. Upon receipt, the users found the concept very intuitive  they treated the fax as they would any standard file attachment, without my prompting. This ultimately opens the fax in the GFI FAXmaker viewer, as shown below. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Fax Routing<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One of the obvious issues when implementing a fax server solution is how the fax server software knows which mailbox to route a fax to upon receipt. GFI FAXmaker for Exchange supports six different methods of routing faxes to an appropriate mailbox. While each method has associated advantages and disadvantages, support for the various methods provides the maximum flexibility possible. The six methods include</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>CSID  When any fax machine sends a fax, it includes a Caller Sender Identification CSID at the top of the fax. This method is useful for routing messages when all faxes from a particular company are destined for a single user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>DID  If your company has a line with multiple Direct Inward Dial DID numbers, each of these virtual numbers can be associated with a user or department, allowing routing to occur based on the DID number the fax was sent to. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>DTMF  Dual Tone Multi Frequency is a technique whereby the user sending the fax presses a key combination that represents the user once the call is connected. Although this method is highly scalable, it relies upon a correctly configured PBX or the sender understanding the process. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>OCR  Optical Character Recognition OCR can also be used to route faxes with FAXmaker for Exchange. When OCR is used for routing, GFI FAXmaker will scan the text looking for names or keywords associated with an account and route the fax accordingly. Unfortunately, this method is only about 70 accurate, and cannot distinguish between users with the same name. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Line  Line routing is a very straightforward method whereby a physical fax line is associated with a user or department. A useful choice for routing faxes as the departmental level, it still requires a dedicated fax line for each recipient, making it impractical for faxing to many individual users. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MSN  MSN routing is used by ISDN only. This method works similar to DID routing, except that it doesnt require the purchase of individual DID phone numbers. Most ISDN lines support more than one MSN number by default. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Manual  Manual routing is a method very similar to traditional faxing where all faxes are routed to a single internal mailbox or exchange public folder. From here, a designated person would examine and forward all received faxes by mail.&nbsp;&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>FAXmaker Configuration Tool<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The initial configuration of GFI FAXmaker for Exchange involves the detection and configuration of the appropriate fax modem, ISDN card, or fax card to be used. Once the cards are detected, all configuration tasks can be carried out using the simple MMCbased FAXmaker Configuration tool shown below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The tasks associated with configuring GFI FAXmaker for Exchange are surprisingly easy. I had no trouble configuring the software to support licensed users and the routing methods to be used for each. For example, to configure OCR routing for a user account, you simple right click on OCR, choose New, and then specify a keyword or phrase to be used in OCR searches. After doing so, the phrase properties dialog box opens, as shown below. This allows you to choose which users messages with the search phrase will be routed to. While the user interface allows you to associate multiple users with a search string, it unfortunately does not allow you to associate multiple search phrases with one user in a single step.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Cover Pages<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One handy feature in GFI FAXmaker for Exchange is its ability to allow you to design and implement your own custom fax cover pages. By default only a generic cover page is implemented, but both HTML and RTFbased cover pages are supported. If you plan to implement a fancy custom cover page for your organization, your best bet is to import a predesigned version that includes the appropriate and very simple tags in order for the To, From, Subject, and Company fields to be properly populated by GFI FAXmaker. A nice touch with the cover page feature is the ability to define which users are associated with a given design. Beyond cover pages, the program also allows you to define headers and footers that can be added to outgoing faxes.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Filtering Junk Faxes<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Much like spam email today, junk faxes have long been a problem for companies. While most manual fax machines are incapable of blocking junk faxes, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange has the ability to automatically delete junk faxes according to the CSID of the sending device. Furthermore, the program also includes an option to delete any fax received without a CSID. GFI FAXmaker for Exchange also allows copies of any junk faxes to be stored to a specified folder, just in case.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>FAXmaker Monitor<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Like most of the solutions from GFI Software, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange also includes a dedicated monitoring tool. FAXmaker Monitor provides access to two utilities, Server Monitor and Queued Faxes. As the name suggests, the Queued Faxes tool will allow you to view information about all faxes waiting to be sent, which line they are using, and so forth. The Server Monitor tool shown below displays the status of faxes being sent or received, allows you to restart the server, and also debug or abort faxes in progress.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Conclusion<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After thoroughly testing GFI FAXmaker for Exchange, my feeling is that GFI Software has again hit the nail on the head when it comes to developing useful, costeffective applications that will ultimately save companies time, effort, and money. While companies with very low faxing requirements arent likely to be in the market for a fax server, any organization that uses faxing to communicate important information with its customers and suppliers stands to save significant money through the implementation of a product like FAXmaker for Exchange.&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>While the product requires almost no administration once the original implementation is complete and routing rules are defined, I do have one piece of constructive criticism about the product. Although the need for fax viewing software and the installation of the fax printer necessitates that the client component be installed, my preference would be for companies like GFI Software to take advantages of the Group Policy features of Windows 2000 Active Directory and provide prebuilt MSI files for the distribution of client software rather than standard EXE files.&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the whole, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange is an exceptional product, especially considering the fact that a 25user license costs only 750. At a cost of only 30 per user, this is one product that will definitely pay itself back many times over in terms of increased productivity alone.&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If youre in the market for a fax server, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange is definitely worth pitting against any and all competing products. Dollar for dollar, GFI FAXmaker for Exchange cant be beat.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Performance Anxiety Monitoring your Exchange 2000 Server]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/performance-anxiety-monitoring-your-exchange-2000-server-a-2912.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You probably already know the important of regular monitoring of your Windows 2000 servers. In fact, you are probably already performing daily and weekly monitoring and baselining on your servers for such critical component areas as harddisks, memory, processors and network adapters. You are in control of you own domain and you have no performance anxiety my friend. Whats that You maybe havent been as diligent at monitoring your servers performance as you ought to have been Oh, well thensit back and relax a bitno need to get anxious. If you need an overview or a refresher on monitoring system performance, youve come to the right place.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You probably already know the important of regular monitoring of your Windows 2000 servers. In fact, you are probably already performing daily and weekly monitoring and baselining on your servers for such critical component areas as harddisks, memory, processors and network adapters. You are in control of you own domain and you have no performance anxiety my friend. Whats that You maybe havent been as diligent at monitoring your servers performance as you ought to have been Oh, well thensit back and relax a bitno need to get anxious. If you need an overview or a refresher on monitoring system performance, youve come to the right place.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Monitoring Who Needs It<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you stop to think about it, no large organization or enterprise exists without doing monitoring of some sort. Let me give you some examples</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The nuclear power plant that I live near has, at any particular time, between eight and sixteen people monitoring all facets of its operations. They have people in the main control room monitoring the reactor and all of its associated control and safety systems. They have people who roam around the electrical switching area monitoring the electrical switchgear. They have people who roam around in the mechanical support buildings monitoring the electric generating turbine generators. In short, they have a lot of monitoring going on at that plant. Why Without adequate monitoring, they have no idea of what is going on at any particular moment in time. Even more important, without adequate monitoring they have no way to perform trend analysis on their equipment. Monitoring is not only a performance issue for themits a safety issue as well.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>It seems like the roads in my city are always under destruction. It cant be constructionthey actually get anything constructed. In order for the city planners to know that the road needs to be widened, they had to perform monitoring over time and then perform trend analysis on the collected data. They most likely looked at things such as number of vehicles traveling a stretch of road in a 24hour period, peak number of vehicles in a onehour time period, etc. At any rate, they could not arrive at a reasonable idea of what needed to be done to the roads if they did not perform monitoring. Well, thats how its supposed to workI cant vouch for the city personally</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>So, as you can see, monitoring comes into play in many aspects of our daily routine. It should come as no surprise that its important and should be done on your servers. Now that we know we should be monitoring our servers, how exactly are we going to get it done Fortunately for us, Windows 2000 comes with a fairly robust performance monitoring framework that most applications can work within and add to as required. Before we get any further, there are three definitions that Microsoft thinks are important when discussing performance monitoring. I think so too, so here they are 1</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Throughput is a measure of the work done in a unit of time, typically evaluated from the server side in a client/server environment. Throughput tends to increase as the load increases, up to a peak level. It then begins to fall, and a queue might develop. Throughput in an endtoend system, such as client/server, is determined by how each component performs. The slowest point in the system sets the throughput rate for the system as a whole. Often this slow point is referred to as a bottleneck. Performance monitoring identifies where bottlenecks occur in your system. The resource that shows the highest use is often the bottleneck, but not always. The bottleneck can also be a resource that successfully handles a great deal of activity. There is no bottleneck if no queues develop.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A queue is a group of jobs that are waiting to run. A queue can form under a variety of circumstances. For example, a queue can develop when requests come in for service by the resource at a faster rate than the resources throughput, or if requests demand more time from the resource than the system can handle. A queue can also form if the requests occur at random intervals, such as large batches at the same time. When a queue becomes long, work is not handled efficiently and you might experience delays in response time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Response time is the time required to do work from start to finish. In a client/server environment you typically measure response time on the client side. Response time generally increases as the load increases. You can measure response time by dividing the queue length for the resource by the resource throughput.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that weve seen why we should be monitoring our servers and discussed some basic terminology pertinent to monitoring, lets dive in a bit deeper and get started with monitoring.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Setting the Baseline<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As weve already noted, one of the two main purposes of performance monitoring is to be able to conduct trend analysis. In order to do this, it is often helpful to have a baseline, or starting point to compare against. As you collect data over time, you will encounter periods of high, low and average usage. In order to determine what is acceptable on your network, however, you will need something to compare this data against. This is where a baseline data sample comes into play. Using your baseline you can detect bottlenecks and see longterm changes in patterns that may require your intervention to prevent bottlenecks from appearing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process of collecting a baseline is not a quick one or one that should be underestimated in importance. You need to collect performance data over an extended period of timeperhaps several days to weeks. The timeperiod that you are using for collection of the baseline data should be fairly representative of normal daytoday conditions on your network or the baseline will mean little if anything when it comes time to compare it to newly acquired data. You should establish the baseline by collecting performance and diagnostic data over an extended period during varying, but typical, types of workloads and user connections. If your baseline is done correctly, it will be easier to notice problems before they get serious.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember when creating your baselines to make a note of the time period they cover. In order to be able to use your baseline effectively, you will need to know what types of work is being done on the network and how it affects network and resource utilization. An example of this would be in the morning when a large number of users typically log onto the network and download email, thus creating a large load on both network resources bandwidth and server resources Domain Controllers and Global Catalogs to authenticate users, Exchange Servers to handle messaging duties, etc.. Failure to know what your baselines represent can lead to making an analytical mistake later when trying to compare current performance logs to the baseline.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Using the Logs<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that youve got some understanding of what a baseline is, what it is used for and things to watch out for when creating and using a baseline, lets get down to business and create a baseline for a server. After creating a baseline, you can then use it to compare against current network conditions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Creating a baseline Log</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that in this example, I have only created a baseline log of about 12 minutes. You will want to let your baseline run for much longer than that, perhaps several days or even a week.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a baseline log</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Click Start  Programs  Administrative Tools  Performance. This will open up the Performance Monitoring window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>To create a baseline log, expand Performance Logs and Alerts and then rightclick on Counter Logs. Select New Log Settings from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The counter log dialog box will open. On the General tab, you will need to add the counters you want to monitor. Adding a counter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>After you have added all counters you want to track see Table 1 later in this article for some key Exchange 2000 Server counter objects, configure the options on the Log Files and Schedule tabs. When you are done, click OK to close out the counter log dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unless you opted to have the log start and stop automatically not really the best method for creating baselines, you will now want to manually start the counter log by rightclicking it and selecting Start from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>When you are done collecting the baseline data, rightclick the counter log again and select Stop from the context menu.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you have a baseline counter log. By default, the log is saved in the <B>XPerfLogs</B> folder with the name you gave the counter log when you created it, where <B>X</B> is the volume Windows 2000 is installed on. In the case of this example, the log is called <B>ExchangeBaseline000002</B>, because we are going to be using the second baseline log I have created from this counter log.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Creating a performance log</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After youve gotten a baseline log, you will want to compare the baseline values to those on the network from time to time. The process to create a performance log is pretty much the same as that for creating a baseline log, with the main difference being that you will not be saving the data.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a performance log</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>1.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>From the Performance Monitoring window, add counters to the performance log by either rightclicking the log display area on the right side and selecting Add Counters or by clicking the  icon on the tool bar. The window as shown in Figure 5 will open and you can then add the counters you want to monitor. You should add the same counters as you have in your baseline log.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore>2.<SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN>After you have added the counters you want, close out the Add Counters window and you can see your counters incrementing in real time, as shown in Figure 6. Note that the standard display for the graph view, as shown, is 1 minute, 40 seconds.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Viewing the baseline log</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>From the Performance Monitoring window, click the View Log Data button on the tool bar.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The Select Log File window opens. Navigate to the location of your baseline counter log, select it and then click Open.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You will have to add the counters you want to look at in order to be able to view them. You add the counters in the same way as before with the exception that only the counters you saved in the baseline log will be available to add. You can add one, two, all of your counters or any number in between as you desire. This makes it easier to view the data. Figure 9 shows my baseline data that I chosen to show at this time. Note that the time span covered is 11 minutes, 29 seconds. To really be effective, the baseline should have been for a much longer period of time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In figure 10 you can see that I have highlighted a specific counter to make it easier to see. Highlighting is accomplished by first selecting a counter and then by clicking the Highlight icon on the tool bar.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Working with the Logs<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your baseline presents typical values that you should expect to see over time when your system or network is performing satisfactorily. There are some guidelines that should be followed, however, to prevent you from misinterpreting the counters and to eliminate misleading data. When looking at baseline data, you should be attentive the following things</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Ignore occasional spikes  You do not need to place too much importance on occasional spikes in data. These spikes might be due to the startup of a process and, if so, they are not an accurate reflection of counter values for that process over time. The effect of spikes can remain over time when using counters that average.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Use graphs for reporting  When you monitor performance over an extended period of time, you need to use graphs. Reports and histograms show only last values and averages, and they might not give an accurate picture of values.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exclude startup events  Unless you specifically want to include startup events in your baseline, you must exclude them because they are temporary high values that tend to skew overall performance results.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Investigate zero values or missing data  Zero values or missing data can impede your ability to establish a meaningful baseline. You should investigate the source of these issues and obtain the missing data, if possible, before you attempt to establish a baseline.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Counters to Log<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Table 1 contains the recommend objects and their thresholds according to Microsoft for Exchange 2000 Servers. 1 You can use these values as a guideline when attempting to identify a performance issue or bottleneck on your server or network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Table 1  Recommended thresholds for object counters.</SPAN></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable styleBORDERRIGHT medium none; BORDERTOP medium none; BORDERLEFT medium none; WIDTH 70; BORDERBOTTOM medium none; BORDERCOLLAPSE collapse; msopaddingalt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt 1.5pt; msoborderalt outset silver .75pt cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 width70 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP silver 1pt inset; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Resource</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP silver 1pt inset; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>ObjectCounter</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP silver 1pt inset; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Recommended Threshold</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP silver 1pt inset; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Comments</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hard disk </P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>LogicalDisk  Free Space</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>15 percent</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>None</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hard disk</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>LogicalDisk  Disk Time</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>90 percent</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>None</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hard disk</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PhysicalDisk Disk Reads/sec, PhysicalDisk Disk Writes/sec</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depends on manufacturers specification</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Check the specified transfer rate for your hard disks to verify that this rate does not exceed the specifications. Some SCSI disks can handle 50 to 70 I/O operations per second.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Hard disk</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>PhysicalDisk Current Disk Queue Length</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Number of spindles plus 2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is an instantaneous counter; observe its value over several intervals. For an average over time, use PhysicalDisk Avg. Disk Queue Length.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Memory</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Memory Available Bytes</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Less than 4 MB</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Research memory usage and add memory if needed.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Memory</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Memory Pages/sec</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Research paging activity.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Network</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Network Segment  Net Utilization</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depends on type of network</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You must determine the threshold based on the type of network you use. For example, for Ethernet networks, 30 percent is the recommended threshold.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Paging File</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Paging File  Usage</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>More than 70 percent</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Find the process that is using a high percentage of processor time. Upgrade to a faster processor or install an additional processor.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Processor</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ProcessorInterrupts/sec</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Depends on processor</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A dramatic increase in this counter value without a corresponding increase in system activity indicates a hardware problem. Identify the network adapter or hard disk controller card causing the interrupts. You might need to install an additional adapter or controller card. For current CPUs, use a threshold of 1,500 interrupts per second.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server Bytes Total/sec</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the sum of bytes total/sec for all servers is roughly equal to the maximum transfer rates of your network, you might need to segment the network.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 11><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server Work Item Shortages</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the value reaches this threshold, consider tuning the InitWorkItems or MaxWorkItems entries in the registry in HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEM CurrentControlSetServiceslanmanserver Parameters.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 12><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Server Work Queues Queue Length</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If the value reaches this threshold, there might be a processor bottleneck. This is an instantaneous counter; observe its value over several intervals.</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 13; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Multiple Processors</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System Processor Queue Length</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT silver 1pt inset; PADDINGRIGHT 1.5pt; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 1.5pt; PADDINGBOTTOM 1.5pt; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; PADDINGTOP 1.5pt; BORDERBOTTOM silver 1pt inset; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent; msoborderalt inset silver .75pt; msoborderleftalt inset silver .75pt; msobordertopalt inset silver .75pt vAligntop><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This is an instantaneous counter; observe its value over several intervals.</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Last Thoughts<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When dealing with performance, there is no absolute. There is no hard fast rule that you should be working from. The only thing you have to rely on is the guidelines provides by Microsoft and the experience you and your peers have with Exchange. From this experience will come good judgment and the ability to see beyond the numbers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In many cases, there may actually be multiple bottlenecks in a system. This is a case that is going to require many days and much patience to work out fully. The key to tweaking the performance in a case like this is to move slowly, one thing at a time and keep a change log of what you have done. You might correct one bottleneck only to discover another soon thereafter.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lastly, remember that poor performance in one component may be a result of problems in another computer. If you are short on memory, you can expect paging file usage and disk reads and writes to increase. Although you will be able to easily see the changes in the paging file and disk activity, you might miss the real problem of insufficient memory.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The most important thing to remember, however, is that in order to monitor performance accurately on your servers and network you must do it regularly. Playing a hitandmiss game of randomly looking at performance will get you no where fast. Of course, thats just my two cents worth.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[The Exchange Monitoring and Status Tool]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-monitoring-status-tool-a-2911.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It seems like the topic that never ends Monitoring your Exchange Server. Maybe the topic does end and you are caught in the Matrixor maybe it really doesnt end. Either way, monitoring your Exchange Server is akin to making sure that your doors are locked and the alarm is armed when youre away from home. You just do it because you know you have towell, you dont have to, but then again you didnt really like that new flat screen HDTV you just bought last month, did you</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It seems like the topic that never ends Monitoring your Exchange Server. Maybe the topic does end and you are caught in the Matrixor maybe it really doesnt end. Either way, monitoring your Exchange Server is akin to making sure that your doors are locked and the alarm is armed when youre away from home. You just do it because you know you have towell, you dont have to, but then again you didnt really like that new flat screen HDTV you just bought last month, did you </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Monitoring Is Good<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ive already talked once about configuring performance monitoring on your Exchange Server in the article Performance Anxiety Monitoring Your Exchange 2000 Server. In that article, I focused on using the Performance Monitor of Windows 2000 Server. In this article, we are going to look at the Monitoring and Status tool that is part of Exchange Server 2000 itself.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange is concerned enough about itself that, by default, it is automatically monitoring things that you probably never even thought about. A group of six critical read Exchange depends on them for its proper operation services are monitored by Exchange. These six critical services are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Information Store  manages Microsoft Exchange Information Storage. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange MTA Stacks  provides Microsoft Exchange X.400 services. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange Routing Engine  processes Microsoft Exchange routing information. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Exchange System Attendant  provides system related services for Microsoft Exchange. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP  transports electronic mail across the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>World Wide Web Publishing Service  provides Web connectivity and administration through the Internet Information Services snapin. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As long as all of these six services are running, then Exchange is happy. Should one of them stop, Exchange becomes unhappykind of like a twoyear old, as long as he or she has the crayons, theyre happy. See, its just that simple. Unlike the average twoyear old, however, Exchange by default does <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>nothing</SPAN> about it when one of these services stops. We will see shortly how to correct this issue and make everyone happy.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So you might say to yourself Woo hoo Exchange monitors its critical dependant services. Thats a good idea, but youve gotta offer me more than that Well, dont despair, for you can do more than just monitor the critical dependant services. You can also have Exchange monitor some other critical items that include</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Available virtual memory  the percentage of virtual memory that is presently available. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>CPU utilization  the percentage of CPU time that is presently in use. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Free disk space  the amount of disk space, in megabytes MB that is available for use on this drive. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>SMTP queue growth  the number of minutes that the current queue has grown continuously. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Windows 2000 service  various services running on the Exchange server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>X.400 queue growth  the number of minutes that the current queue has grown continuously. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, now that we know what we can monitor from within Exchange Server, lets take a few steps back now and look next at configuring some sort of notification should we exceed a warning or critical threshold on any of our monitors. After weve done that, then we can come back to configuring and using the monitor themselves. Trust me, its all good</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Hello Can anyone hear me<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It may seem a bit strange to configure notification before configuring an action to be notified of. In most cases I would agree with you on that. Actually, in most cases, the configuration of a notification action is actually part of configuring the monitor or counter in the first place. As the Exchange Monitoring and Status tool is a fairly simple one, as compared to the monitoring tools found in applications such as Windows 2000 Server or Application Center 2000, it has simple configurations. To that end, you have only two choices when it comes to being notified you can get notifications when you have exceeded a warning threshold or a critical threshold, nothing fancy here.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The process to configure your notifications via email is fairly simple and can be carried out as follows</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. Open the Exchange System Manager and expand the <B>Tools</B> node.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Rightclick <B>Notifications</B> and select <B>New  Email notification </B>as shown in Figure 1. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. The notification Properties window will open see Figure 2 and you can configure the following items</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>a. Server to perform the monitoring</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>b. Servers/connections to be monitored</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>c. State to notify of critical or warning</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>d. People to send the email to</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>e. Server to use for sending the email</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>f. Subject supplied by default and best to leave as is</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>g. Body supplied by default and best to leave as is</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4. Click <B>OK</B> to complete the process. You will want to configure two notifications, one each for warning and critical.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats all there is to configuring an email alert. You can follow a similar process to configure a script alert, except that you must have all the required path and command line switch information ready at the time of configuration for a script alert. Figure 3 shows the two email notifications that I have configured.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring Monitoring<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that youve got some notifications configured for the warning and critical thresholds, you can now go about configuring extra monitors, modifying the existing monitor and testing your system out. Should you decide to test your monitors, I would recommend doing it on as small of scale as possible and not during peak hoursnothing could be worse than breaking the system while you are trying to protect it Very embarrassing to say the least.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The monitors can be configured from one of two locations</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>By rightclicking on the server itself and selecting Properties. The Monitoring tab, as shown in Figure 4, can be used to configure monitors. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>By rightclicking the server object in the Status folder of the Monitoring and Status node and selecting Properties, as shown in Figure 5. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As discussed earlier, there is already one monitor in effect, the one that is keeping an eye on the critical services. From here you can add new monitors by clicking the Add button, which will open a new window as shown in Figure 6.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After selecting the resource to be monitored and clicking OK you will need to configure the settings applicable to the resource being monitored. For example, if I wanted to monitor CPU usage, I would need to supply the values as shown in Figure 7.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Should you want to add additional services to be monitored, you can either modify the existing monitor object or create a new one. I recommend creating a new monitor, so as to leave the default one as is. You can select from all services running on the Exchange Server, as shown in Figure 8. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To add a new monitor with services, follow the procedure outlined below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>1. Open the Properties window as shown in Figure 4 and 5.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Click Add  Windows 2000 Service  OK. This will create a new monitor, monitoring a service.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Click Add to bring up the list of available services that is shown in Figure 8.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTALIGN justify>4. When done adding all services to the monitor, be sure to give it a descriptive name and click OK to complete the process.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>What Now<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you can sit back and relax and let your Exchange Server do its thing. Should you exceed a warning threshold, you may see the display shown in Figure 10. Exceed the warning threshold and you will see the display shown in Figure 11. Figure 12 shows you a sample email notification that I received during testing. Note that the status displayed in the Status folder will also change from normal to warning or critical as well. Writers note yes, I know the CPU utilization values are extremely lowbut its pretty darn hard to get the monster Im running this Exchange Server installation on using a lot of resources unless I fire up a game of Quake III or such</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Thats all folks<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats about all there is to say about the Exchange 2000 Server Monitoring and Status tool. Weve already talked about using the Windows 2000 Server Performance console in the article Performance Anxiety Monitoring Your Exchange 2000 Server. The only thing left to talk about, in regards to Exchange Server monitoring, is the Diagnostics Logging feature.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2000 Monitoring and Maintenance]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-monitoring-maintenance-a-2910.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Monitoring system activity and server performance is a necessary part of preventive maintenance for the server running Exchange 2000 Server. Through monitoring, you obtain data that you can use to diagnose system problems, plan growth, and troubleshoot problems.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Monitoring system activity and server performance is a necessary part of preventive maintenance for the server running Exchange 2000 Server. Through monitoring, you obtain data that you can use to diagnose system problems, plan growth, and troubleshoot problems. You can use the Exchange 2000 Monitoring and Status tool, diagnostic logging, extended logging, and Queue Viewer, to keep uptodate on the status of your Exchange 2000 servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also use Windows 2000 tools such as Performance Monitor, Event Viewer, Task Manager, and Terminal Services Client, to ensure you have current information about how Exchange Server and the network are operating. Two additional services, Network Monitor and the DOS Network Diagnosis tool Netdiag, provide additional network monitoring information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note&nbsp;</STRONG>&nbsp; Because of architectural differences between the monitoring user interfaces in Microsoft Exchange 5.5 and Exchange 2000 Server, mixed mode networks require that you use both monitoring systems. You can use the Exchange 2000 Server monitoring system to monitor Exchange 2000 Server only, and you can use the Exchange 5.5 monitoring system to monitor Exchange 5.5 only. However, when you are in native mode you can monitor by using only the Exchange 2000 Server monitoring system.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange 2000 Monitoring Features<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 provides a number of features that assist you in monitoring and maintaining your Exchange server and network. These tools include the Monitoring and Status tool, extended logging and diagnostic logging.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Monitoring and Status Tool<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Monitoring and Status tool, located in the Tools folder in Exchange System Manager, is the primary Exchange 2000 tool you use to monitor the health and status of your servers. The tool is composed of two user interfaces Notifications and Status.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Notifications</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can use the Notifications user interface with the Status user interface to set up email alerts or script triggers when a warning or critical state is reached on any of your servers. In the Status user interface, you can configure warning and critical states for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP and X.400 queues, available virtual memory, CPU activity, and free hard disk space for an array of Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, and Exchange 2000 services.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Configuring Warning and Critical States</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can configure Exchange to constantly monitor the performance levels of an array of network and application services. Levels for both warning states and critical states can be established so problems are announced and can be dealt with as they occur. Effective monitoring requires that you establish levels of acceptable performance for each resource. You can determine a warning threshold and a critical state threshold from this baseline level.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange 2000 logs a critical state when any of the following default Microsoft Exchange Services stops running</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Web Storage System </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Message Transfer Agent MTA Stacks </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Routing Engine </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>System Attendant </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>SMTP </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l9 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>World Wide Web Publishing Service</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>To add a service to the default Microsoft Exchange Services</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. In the servers <STRONG>Properties</STRONG> dialog box, click <STRONG>Detail</STRONG> on the <STRONG>Monitoring</STRONG> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Select a service in the <STRONG>Default Microsoft Exchange Services</STRONG> dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Click <STRONG>Add</STRONG>, select the service you want to add, and then click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can add other services by performing the following steps.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>To add a resource</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. In the servers <STRONG>Properties</STRONG> dialog box, click <STRONG>Add</STRONG> on the <STRONG>Monitoring</STRONG> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Select a resource from the list, and then click <STRONG>OK</STRONG>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Configure the resource with the Warning state and Critical state thresholds in the Thresholds dialog box of the resource, and then click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG>&nbsp;&nbsp; Any service that you add to the default Microsoft Exchange Services follows the same configuration rules as the default set. This means a critical error occurs if the selected service stops running. To add a set of services so a warning message rather than a critical error message occurs, you must create another set.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note&nbsp;</STRONG>&nbsp; You use most of these services exclusively for troubleshooting. Many services start and stop frequently in normal operating conditions; therefore, you must think carefully before configuring Exchange 2000 to generate errors when a service stops running. Also, because monitoring and generating notifications consumes server resources, it is recommended that you do not configure Exchange 2000 to monitor an excessive number of services.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring Notifications<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because you cannot instantly access all elements of every server, Exchange provides a Notifications tool that you can set to trigger a script or to alert appropriate personnel when Exchange crosses a warning or critical threshold.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG>&nbsp;&nbsp; Exchange 2000 is not configured by default to send notifications; all notifications must be configured through the user interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Status</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Status user interface allows you to view servers and connectors on your network with their status condition and administrative group designation. You can also disable all monitoring of a server through this user interface.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Monitoring the status of servers and connectors is one of the most effective ways to ensure that your network functions correctly. The status window of the Monitoring and Status tool shows the operating status of each server and connector on the network.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>The following status states and definitions apply to servers</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Available Server online and functioning normally. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unreachable One of the primary services on the server is down. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Note&nbsp;&nbsp; If a server is unreachable and is in a different routing group, it may indicate that a connector between routing groups is down or does not exist. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>In Maintenance Mode Monitoring is disabled on this server for maintenance, backup, repair, or another reason. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l11 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unknown System Attendant cannot communicate with the local server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>The following status states and definitions apply to connectors</SPAN></EM></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Available Functioning properly. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unavailable A communication function such as routing service is not functioning on this connector.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you want to disable monitoring on a server for maintenance, backup, or recovery, select the <STRONG>Disable all monitoring on this server</STRONG> check box on the <STRONG>Monitoring</STRONG> tab of the <STRONG>Server Properties</STRONG> dialog box for an individual physical server.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Diagnostic Logging<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can use diagnostic logging in Exchange 2000 to monitor protocol connectors and Microsoft Exchange connectors. This is an effective way to keep uptodate on a servers status and to prevent potential problems. Diagnostic logging produces data about monitored connectors, which you can view using Event Viewer, one of the Windows 2000 Administrative Tools.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange allows you to log diagnostic data by using the physical servers <STRONG>Properties</STRONG> menu. On the <STRONG>Diagnostic Logging</STRONG> tab, select a service to monitor from the <STRONG>Services</STRONG> pane and one or more categories to monitor from the <STRONG>Categories</STRONG> pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Table Services available for diagnostic logging</SPAN></B></EM></P><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Service to Monitor&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</SPAN></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Abbreviation to Select </SPAN></B></P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleDISPLAY none; msohide all><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4 IMAP4</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>IMAP4Svc</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Lotus Notes GroupWise</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>LMEGWISE</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Lotus Notes</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>LMENOTES</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Address List</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeAL</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Lotus ccMail</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeCCMC</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Microsoft Exchange Directory Synchronization</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeDX</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Microsoft Exchange Schedule Plus Free/Busy</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeFB</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Microsoft Exchange Router for Novell GroupWise</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeGWRtr</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Information Store System</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeISSystem</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Information Store Mailbox</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeISPrivate</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Information Store Public Folders</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeISPublic</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 11><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Microsoft Mail </SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeMSMI</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 12><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MAPI Address Book Proxy Service</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchange NSPI Proxy</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 13><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MAPI Address Book Referral Service</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeRFR Interface</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 14><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Site Replication Service</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeSRS</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 15><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>SMTP Routing Engine and Transport</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeTransport</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 16; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 249.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width333><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>POP3 Protocol</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 159.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width213><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>POP3Svc</SPAN></P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can configure logging levels for most services and categories. When a connector tries to send a log message, it first checks the logging level of the message against the logging level that is configured. If the logging level of the message is the same or higher than the logging level configured, the message is logged. Otherwise, the connector does not log a message and continues.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Logging level options are as follows</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>None Only error messages are logged. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Minimum Warning messages and error messages are logged. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Medium Informational messages, warning messages, and error messages are logged. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Maximum Troubleshooting messages fine and detailed information, informational messages, warning messages, and error messages are logged.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG>&nbsp;&nbsp; It is not recommended that you use the maximum logging setting because maximum logging considerably drains resources.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Protocol Logging Tool<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Protocol Logging tool provides detailed information about the commands being sent and received by SMTP and Network News Transfer Protocol NNTP. This tool is particularly useful in monitoring and troubleshooting protocol or messaging errors.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The user interface for SMTP and NNTP logging is located in the Properties dialog box of an individual SMTP or NNTP virtual server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>To configure SMTP and NNTP logging</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. Select the <STRONG>Protocols</STRONG> folder, and then select either the <STRONG>SMTP</STRONG> or <STRONG>NNTP</STRONG> folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Rightclick the virtual server. Exchange displays the <STRONG>Default Virtual Server Properties</STRONG> dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Select <STRONG>Enable Logging</STRONG>, and then click <STRONG>Properties</STRONG>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can select the logging frequency and the name and location of the log file to create. To do so, click <STRONG>Properties</STRONG> on the <STRONG>General</STRONG> tab of the <STRONG>Default Virtual Server Properties</STRONG> dialog box. By default, the log file path is SystemrootWINNTSystem32LogFiles</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can change the path or log file name by clicking one of the option buttons or by letting the current path stand as the default setting. You must select a logging format for the SMTP or NNTP log. By default, the log file name uses the following creation date for SMTP server SmtpSvc1exyymmdd.log.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the <STRONG>Extended Properties</STRONG> tab, you can select the configuration parameters from the <STRONG>Extended Logging Options</STRONG> pane. These logging options provide more detailed information on the Service and Category logging properties already configured for the virtual server. They do not add additional services or categories to be logged. Unlike the IMAP4 and POP3 protocol connectors and the MSExchange connectors, you cannot select the services and categories to log for SMTP or NNTP.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can also establish a rollover time frame or file size using <STRONG>New Log Time Period</STRONG> on the <STRONG>General Properties</STRONG> tab in the <STRONG>Extended Logging Properties</STRONG> dialog box. When the time interval expires or when the log file reaches the set size, logs are overwritten.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Using Event Viewer to View Logs<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Event Viewer is a Microsoft Management Console MMC snapin that provides event information about running applications, the directory service, the file replication service, security, and the system. It also allows you to view the logs you configure for IMAP4 and POP3 protocol connectors and the MSExchange connectors. Events are logged by date, time, source, category, event number, user, and computer. By viewing the event data, you can see errors and warnings, and diagnostic information to find the problems that occur on any computer in the network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can see an events logging properties and text by viewing the properties of the event. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Queue Viewer<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As part of the monitoring process, you can view the X.400 and SMTP queues, and other connectors that are installed on a server by using Exchange System Manager. You can use information such as message age and the number of messages in the queue to troubleshoot problems on a server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You access the queues through three paths.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The two queues most useful to monitor are Local Delivery and the Messages Awaiting Directory Lookup. A backlog in the Local Delivery queue indicates a problem with Web Storage System. A backlog in the Messages Awaiting Directory Lookup queue indicates there is a problem contacting the domain controller.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In addition, a backlog of messages with the same destination indicates there might be a problem with the destination domain controller.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Windows 2000 Performance Monitoring Tools<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 is integrally linked to Windows 2000, so many of the tools you use to monitor Exchange Server and the network are part of the Windows 2000 operating system. You can use the Windows 2000 tools Performance console, Netdiag, Task Manager, and Network Monitor to monitor performance.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Performance Console</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System performance in Exchange is monitored in part by the Performance console, which includes System Monitor and Performance Logs and Alerts.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>System Monitor</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>System Monitor displays graph, histogram, or report displays of system data. System Monitor provides shortterm viewing of data, and information for troubleshooting and diagnosis. It includes tools such as physical hard disk counters and workload balance tools.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Performance objects that are associated with a resource or service that you can monitor contain at least one performance counter. You can view selected performance counters individually or in relation to other available counters.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Note</STRONG>&nbsp;&nbsp; Monitoring large numbers of counters can create overhead. To reduce this burden, you can either display data in report view when collecting information from a large numbers of counters, or direct data to a binary log or view the data in System Monitor as it is written to the log.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Performance Objects</STRONG></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you monitor Exchange 2000 performance, you often rely on data contained in Windows 2000 performance objects, which is collected from components in your computer and monitored in Windows 2000 System Monitor and Performance Logs and Alerts. As a component functions in your system, it generates performance data. The data is formulated into performance objects that are typically named for the component generating the data. For example, the Processor object is a collection of performance data about processors on your system.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A range of performance objects is built into the Windows 2000 operating system and typically corresponds to the major hardware components such as memory, processors, and many more. Other applications might install their own performance objects as will happen with Exchange 2000.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><EM><B><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; msobidifontstyle italic>Table Exchange services or resources monitored using System Monitor</SPAN></B></EM></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Service or Resource to Monitor</SPAN></B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Performance Object</SPAN></B></P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleDISPLAY none; msohide all><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border0><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Active Directory DXA Connector</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeADDXA</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Address List</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeAL</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Chat Communities</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchange Chat Communities</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Chat Service</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchange Chat Service</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Directory Service Access Caches</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeDSAccess Caches</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Directory Service Access Contexts</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeDSAccess Contexts</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Directory Service Access Processes</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeDSAccess Processes</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Document Conferences</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeCONF</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Document Conferencing Manager</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeDcsMgr</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Document Conferencing Protocol Multipoint Control Unit</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeT.120</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Epoxy Queues and Activity</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>EXIPC</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 11><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Event Store</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeES</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 12><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>File Replication Connector</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>FileReplicaConn</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 13><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>File Replication Settings</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>FileRepSet</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 14><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>HTTP Extension</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Exchange Server HTTP Extension</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 15><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Internet Information Server Store Driver</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Exchange Store Driver IIS</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 16><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Internet Message Access Protocol Version 4</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeIMAP4</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 17><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Web Storage System</SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeIS</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 18><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Private Information Store </SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeIS Mailbox</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 19><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>Public Information Store </SPAN></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 204.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width273><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 11pt>MSExchangeIS Public</SPAN></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 20><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0i]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Backing up Exchange 2000 using Windows 2000 Backup]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/backing-exchange-2000-using-windows-2000-backup-a-2909.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article explains the steps taken to backup your Exchange 2000 Information Store using the builtin Windows 2000 Backup program on your Exchange 2000 Server. It also explains the other information that should be backed up to ensure you can recover from a disaster.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up Exchange 2000 Using the Windows 2000 Backup Utility<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is very important for any administrator to know how to backup and restore Exchange correctly.&nbsp; Backing up your Exchange server using the correct steps not only secures your data but also purges the transaction log files that Exchange uses.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article we are going to walk through the steps you would need to take to successfully backup your Exchange databases.&nbsp; We shall look at how to restore the information from a backup in a separate article.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Microsoft Windows 2000 comes with a utility that enables you to backup data and System State information on that server.&nbsp; When you install Exchange 2000 onto the server, the Windows 2000 Backup utility is updated to support backing up and restoring Exchange data.&nbsp; The backup program now becomes Exchange aware.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we look at the way in which we backup Exchange, lets quickly refresh on the architecture.&nbsp; Within Exchange we have Storage Groups, inside the Storage Group we have Stores.&nbsp; Inside the Stores we then have either mailboxes or Public Folders.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 Standard only has the ability to support one 1 Storage Group which can contain one 1 mailbox store and one 1 Public Folder store.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 Enterprise can have up to four 4 Storage Groups and each Storage Group can support up to five 5 stores either mailbox or Public Folder.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For each Storage Group in Exchange we have a corresponding set of Transaction Log files, these log files are extremely important and should <STRONG>never</STRONG> be deleted manually.&nbsp; The log files are 5Mb in size and your server can generate a large number of log files based on how many transactions it processes.&nbsp; The log files are used in the event that we need to perform a restore of the databases.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Backing Up Exchange 2000<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I mentioned earlier your server will have the Windows 2000 Backup utility already installed and because you have installed Exchange on the server the backup utility will now be Exchange aware and capable of purging the log files and backing up the databases whilst they are in use.&nbsp; You dont have to stop any of the Exchange services when you are performing a backup.&nbsp; If you do stop the services you will be performing an Offline backup and this is not recommended because the services need to be running to purge the log files correctly.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp; Open the Windows 2000 Backup utility, <STRONG>Start</STRONG> &gt; <STRONG>Programs</STRONG> &gt; <STRONG>Accessories</STRONG> &gt; <STRONG>System Tools</STRONG> and select <STRONG>Backup</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp; Select the <STRONG>Backup</STRONG> tab </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp; Open the Microsoft Exchange Server list and expand the server that you want to backup.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you want to backup the whole of the Information Store on the selected server you can simply check the box next to Microsoft Information Store or you can expand the Microsoft Information Store and select a particular Storage Group.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is recommended that you backup a complete Storage Group, rather than the individual Stores, that way all the committed transaction log files will be purged.&nbsp; In the event that you need to backup an individual store you can simply click on the Storage Group name and select the Store you would like to backup from the righthand pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Once you have made your selection of what you want to backup the next step is to configure where we want to backup the selection to.&nbsp; This could be to tape, to another hard disk, to a CDRW or even to floppy disks if you have about 600 hanging around.&nbsp; To select the backup location using the <STRONG>Backup media or file name</STRONG> option at the bottom of the page.&nbsp; For this example I have selected to backup to my G and use a filename of backup.bkf.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; When you are ready to start the backup, click on the <STRONG>Start Backup</STRONG> button.&nbsp; The Backup Job Information dialogue box will now be displayed, click on the <STRONG>Advanced</STRONG> button and ensure the Backup type is set to <STRONG>Normal</STRONG>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp; If we now proceed and click on the <STRONG>Start Backup</STRONG> button, the backup will launch and the information we selected will be backedup to the location we specified.&nbsp; Once the backup is complete you will receive the Backup Progress dialogue box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp; When your backup is complete, it is very important to review the backup report to ensure that everything went through OK  whats the point of doing a backup only to find its no use when you need it&nbsp; To review the backup report, click on the <STRONG>Report</STRONG> button in the Backup Progress dialogue box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The above procedure discusses the way in which you should be backing up your Exchange Information Store using the builtin Windows 2000 Backup program on your Exchange server, but you also need to ensure you backup other critical information as well, backing up the System State and the IIS Metabase is as important as backing up the Information Store data.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should ensure that you backup the System State on all of your Domain Controllers and your Exchange server regularly, I back mine up nightly as part of my normal backup routine.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here are a few links to documents that I would recommend you read through to ensure you fully understand the backup/restore procedure for Exchange 2000 and Domain Controllers</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2000 PostmasterIP And AbuseIP Mailboxes]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-postmasterip-abuseip-mailboxes-a-2908.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; FONTSIZE 12pt; msobidifontweight bold>If you ever need to add PostmasterIP And AbuseIP addresses to your Exchange 2000 server, you will not be able to do so with ADUC. This article describes a way in which it can be done with ADSI Edit.<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B stylemsobidifontweight normal><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Introduction<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The problem of junk email seems to be spiralling out of control, and more and more companies are resorting to email domain blacklists in an effort to control the flood of unwanted messages. As a result, many Exchange admins will inadvertently find their servers blacklisted. Usually, all that is required is to secure your server against open relay, and all is well again.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sometimes, however, you might find yourself on a list whose conditions are somewhat stricter than others. And you will have to jump through a few more hoops to get yourself removed from it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One such requirement is for your email domain to have two special addresses , <B>postmasterxxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</B> and <B>abusexxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</B> , which will allow anyone to send email to the administrator of the domain and expect that it will be delivered, regardless of whether or not the domain has functioning DNS. Unfortunately, MS Exchange has never made any provision for these special recipients out of the box, and in Exchange 2000 it is not particularly easy to add them manually.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you find yourself in the position of having to add these addresses, or even if you just want to do it to be on the safe side, then this article will describe how it can be done.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Procedure<op></op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may first want to confirm that your server is, indeed, incapable of receiving mail destined for these addresses. You cant do it in Outlook because it will just get confused if you try to send an email to, say, postmaster192.168.1.3 although Outlook Express is perfectly happy to do so. The best way to do it is to use <B>Telnet</B> to open a connection to your server on <B>port 25</B> SMTP and use standard SMTP commands to send a test message to the server. You can open a telnet session from your <B>Start</B> menu by using the <B>Run</B> dialog as shown in figure 1 and entering the telnet command. The IP address of your server will be different to mine, so throughout the rest of this article you will need to substitute your own IP address instead of 192.168.1.3 .</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have an open telnet session to your server, you can send a test message to it by using the <B>HELO</B>, <B>MAIL FROM</B>, <B>RCPT TO</B> and <B>DATA </B>commands as shown in figure 2. Type <B>QUIT</B> when you have finished.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you see the expected <B>550 response</B> to the RCPT TO command as shown above, then you will need to follow the instructions described here. If, on the other hand, you get a <B>250 response</B>, then someone has already beaten you to it and you need go no further.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are two stages to the process</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Persuade Exchange to accept email for the domain xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx i.e. your subnet address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Assign the postmaster and abuse email addresses to the relevant mailboxes.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Stage 1 requires a straightforward application of the Exchange System Manager, but there a two quite different approaches to stage 2</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first approach described in this article requires the use of the Windows 2000 ADSI Edit utility to add the required email addresses to an existing users details. We will add them to the Administrator user, since someone is likely to be checking this mailbox routinely. However, incautious use of ADSI Edit can reduce your precious Exchange server to a beigecoloured brick, so if you are not familiar with its operation, do not attempt to use it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you do not wish to use ADSI Edit, you will need to create two users named postmaster and abuse, and let automatic email address generation create the addresses for you. The reason you cant simply use the Active Directory Users and Computers tool to add the addresses to an existing mailbox is that it simply wont allow you to create email address containing the  and  characters.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To get Exchange to receive email addressed to xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, you need to add the IP address as a domain to the Default Recipient Policy using the Exchange System Manager. Start the ESM, and locate the Default Recipient Policy as shown in figure 3</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Doubleclick the Default Recipient Policy to reveal its properties as shown in figure 4</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You should see your existing domain listed here, but you need to add the servers IP address as a domain. Click the New button to reveal the New Email Address dialog shown in figure 5</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Add the IP address as a domain in the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx where xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx is your own servers IP address as shown in figure 6</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Click OK to add it to the list, and make sure the checkbox to the left is checked. Unfortunately, this means that all users will now get an email address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx added to their profile, but you will be unable to receive email for this domain if you do not check it. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will be asked figure 8 if you want to create a new email address xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx for all your existing users. You do not need to do so, but as previously mentioned, all new users will get this address added although you can safely remove them later.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now your Exchange system will accept email addressed to its IP address. Next, we need to add the required email address to the relevant user. Im using the Administrators mailbox, since this will probably be regularly checked for things like virus scanner notifications, badly addressed messages, and so on. Unfortunately, the Active Directory Users and Computers tool will not accept email address with the  or  characters, so you need to hard code the addresses with the ADSI Edit utility. Like I have already said; <B>misuse of ADSI Edit can really upset your server</B>, so please <B>proceed only if you are familiar with its operation</B>. Locate the user that you are going to add the addresses to in this example, Administrator and view its properties as shown in figure 9</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Select the property named proxyAddresses from the dropdown box to reveal a string containing the email addresses for the user, as shown in figure 10</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Type SMTPpostmasterxxx.xxx.xxx.xxx in the Edit Attribute field remember that xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx represents your IP address, and click Add to insert it into the string as shown in figure 11. Repeat the operation for the abuse address.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now when you look at the Administrators email address in Active Directory Users and Computers, you will see the two extra email addresses as shown in figure 12. You would not have been able to add these addresses using this utility, although you can edit them once theyre in there.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now if you try to send an email to postmasterIP address using telnet as before, the mail is sent successfully as shown in figure 13</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And, as final proof that the email reached its destination, here is the email message in the Administrators mailbox being opened in Outlook</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Logging the SMTP Service]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/logging-smtp-service-a-2907.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H1 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTWEIGHT normal; FONTSIZE 12pt; msobidifontweight bold>SMTP logging can, at times, the key to troubleshooting many mail problems by providing valuable information regarding incoming mail. It can also be used for providing statistics on mail flow from the Internet. The following article describes the secrets of logging SMTP activities for troubleshooting and other purposes.<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H1><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B stylemsobidifontweight normal><op>&nbsp;</op></B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange 5.5, logging could be done using the Event Viewer. Thankfully, SMTP logging is now provided by IIS, the foundation to Exchange 2000/3 is now separate and writes the information to regular textbased log files. It can also write the log files to a SQL database using ODBC allowing integration of SMTP logging and general monitoring software.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To enable logging go to the SMTP virtual service property page General tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The logging as can be seen in these screen shots is general and intended also for protocols other than SMTP. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The log files are typically located under systemrootsystem32logfiles.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see from this screenshot my server logs all kinds of IIS activity. The Exchange log files are located under the SMTPSVC1 directory. The default file names for these logs include the date of creation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A typical log file would look like this</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Software Microsoft Internet Information Services 5.0</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Version 1.0</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Date 20031125 082010</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Fields date time cip csusername ssitename scomputername sip sport csmethod csuristem csuriquery scstatus scwin32status scbytes csbytes timetaken csversion cshost csUserAgent csCookie csReferer </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082010 300.300.300.5 yweb SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 EHLO  yweb 250 0 325 13 60 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082010 300.300.300.5 yweb SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 MAIL  FROM&lt;nfcnewshothothot.com&gt; 250 0 46 33 20 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082010 300.300.300.5 yweb SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 RCPT  TO&lt;danidomain.com&gt; 250 0 31 28 10 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082010 300.300.300.5 yweb SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 BDAT  &lt;YWEBWgtc2S6AATi0000b0aeyweb&gt; 250 0 76 101761 831 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082011 300.300.300.5 yweb SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 QUIT  yweb 240 1512 69 4 0 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionResponse SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25   220mail.elpelpelp.comSMTP;Tue,25Nov20031118140200 0 0 57 0 10656 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionCommand SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25 EHLO  EXCHANGE1.domain.local 0 0 4 0 10656 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionResponse SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25   250mail.elpelpelp.comHello 0 0 25 0 10696 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionCommand SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25 MAIL  FROM&lt;hayadomain.com&gt; 0 0 4 0 10826 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionResponse SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25   250&lt;hayadomain.com&gt;...Senderok 0 0 37 0 10966 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionCommand SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25 RCPT  TO&lt;zolpzolpelpelpelp.com&gt; 0 0 4 0 10966 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionResponse SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25   250&lt;zolpzolpelpelpelp.com&gt;...Recipientok 0 0 41 0 11006 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionCommand SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25 DATA   0 0 4 0 11026 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082217 100.100.100.5 OutboundConnectionResponse SMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1  25   354Entermail,endwith.onalinebyitself 0 0 48 0 11056 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082512 200.200.200.5 relay.mepmepmep.co.ilSMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 EHLO  relay.mepmepmep.co.il250 0 324 36 0 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082516 200.200.200.5 relay.mepmepmep.co.ilSMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 MAIL  FROM&lt;alexininin.org.il&gt; 250 0 45 53 0 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>20031125 082545 200.200.200.5 relay.mepmepmep.co.ilSMTPSVC1 EXCHANGE1 192.168.1.100 0 RCPT  TO&lt;israeldomain.com&gt; 250 0 33 51 0 SMTP    </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This, especially for large volumes of mail traffic, is not that easy to read. To simplify matters you can import this file to Excel or any other spreadsheet application. To do this copy the log files contents beginning rights after where it says Fields &nbsp; to a new text file using notepad or any other text editor. This leaves a space delimited file ready for import.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ive deleted some columns that are repetitive such as the Exchange server name and IP address, and the port used. Whats left is the time that the connection was made, the IP address of the mail server from which the connection was made, the SMTP command also called verb, how many bytes were transferred and the time it took in milliseconds.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the information is in Excel it is easier to view the information and use it to find out how much mail is coming in and out, who mails you the most in some cases these is might not be friendly people and you can be sure that you a certain mail item, even if a user or some virus protection program deleted this item.&nbsp;</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Accelerating the Exchange Server shut down process]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/accelerating-exchange-server-shut-down-process-a-2906.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What do you do when your Exchange server takes a long time to shut down Here is a short simple way to speed up your Exchange server shutting down. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Youve probably encountered this before Some Exchange servers take a long time to shutdown, more than seems reasonable, especially when the server is also a domain controller. For those of you experienced with troubleshooting Exchange quirks, youve&nbsp;probably browsed the newsgroups and support forums and found out that shutting down the Exchange services greatly speeds up the process of shutting down a server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, sometimes you might want to be able to automate this for different reasons. You might want a UPS utility to be able to do this automatically. Sometimes you might forget about the need to shutdown the services and then hit your forehead real hard for not remembering and having to wait twenty minutes for a server to shut down.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, first of all you need a VBScript that shuts down services</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;servername  localhost</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;set wmi  getobjectwinmgmts// &amp; servername</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;StopService Microsoft Exchange System Attendant</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;StopService IIS Admin Service</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;StopService Netlogon</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sub StopService ServiceName</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &nbsp;wql  select state from win32service  </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &amp; where displayname&amp; ServiceName &amp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; set results  wmi.execquerywql</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; for each service in results</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; if service.state  Running then</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; service.stopService</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; end if</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; next</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>End Sub</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The script is written specifically for Exchange 2003 where IIS processes and Exchange core processes are not interdependent. For Exchange 2000 servers you might consider removing the line that shuts down the System Attendant as it is shut down anyway when you shutdown IIS. Please note that you can also run this script remotely. Simply change the server name from localhost to the name of the server being shutdown.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you also need to shutdown a server remotely you can also run the following piece of VBScript code.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>strComputer  MyExchange</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set objWMIService  GetObjectwinmgmts </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &amp; impersonationLevelimpersonate,Shutdown &amp; strComputer &amp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>rootcimv2</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set colOperatingSystems  objWMIService.ExecQuery </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Select  from Win32OperatingSystem</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For Each objOperatingSystem in colOperatingSystems</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ObjOperatingSystem.Shutdown</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you really want this to be bullet proof you can also add it to the local or domain policy so it runs before a server is shutting down on all the Exchange servers that you choose.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, with some tweaking of Active Directory and smart use of some VBScript code, no more waiting for servers is necessary.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2000 Diagnostics Logging]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-diagnostics-logging-a-2905.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Diagnostics logging might be a powerful tool, especially if you know something about the inner workings of Exchange. It can also be a time saver when talking to Microsoft support services that can analyze the information and help you in a time of need.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In times of trouble Exchange provides additional logging options that can help you diagnose special problems. The Event Viewer typically shows critical problems related to various Exchange system services but sometimes the information provided is simply not enough or you might have a problem but nothing out of the ordinary is logged in neither the Application nor the System logs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The diagnostic logging options are available on the server object Diagnostics Logging property page in Exchange System Manager.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To effectively use logging options one must know what the various components of Exchange are. My experience shows that turning up the logging even to the Minimum setting can easily flood the Event Viewer application log. Therefore, it is best to know which component of Exchange needs tending to.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange Components Architecture<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>IMAP4Svc  </B>The IMAP4 protocol is not widely used with Exchange though some places that&nbsp;have nonMicrosoft machines such as UNIX use IMAP4 to store their mail on Exchange. Basically it allows similar functionality as regular Outlook MAPI protocol, minus Calendaring, Contacts and Tasks. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeAL</B>  This component deals with creation of Exchange address lists and adding attributes to users and groups in Active Directory. Logging this service is useful if you notice that new users are not being stamped with email addresses or added to the Exchange address lists.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeDSAccess  </B>The directory Exchange uses is Active Directory. What this component is logging is actually Exchange calls to Active Directory using the LDAP protocol. Active Directory stores all of the Exchange configuration information regarding components such as connectors, Administrative Groups, Routing Groups and the like so this is a good place to look if you have configuration problems.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeIS  </B>This is a major category that includes Exchange mailboxes and public folders including the system folders which have their own subcategory. Some of the options here can be used to audit events, that is log events that do not indicate errors but are can be useful for tracking and gathering statistics.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeMTA  </B>This legacy component was extremely important in Exchange 5.5. All message transfer activities went through this component, including internal traffic from connectors and other Exchange servers and Internet Email. Since Exchange 2000 now is mostly SMTP based, The MTA is used to transfer messages to Exchange 5.5 servers in the organization, to some connectors and for moving mailboxes between servers. See http//support.microsoft.com/default.aspxscidkb;enus;q163033 for more information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeMU  </B>The Metabase Update component is responsible for communications with the IIS Metabase where some of the Exchange Internet protocols are stored. The origin of most of the information comes from Active Directory and the Exchange installation. Logging this component can be useful if you suspect a Metabase corruption or permissions have been altered.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeSA </B>&nbsp; Exchange components that communicate with Global Catalog servers to provide management and communication services that are MAPI based. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>NSPI</B> is the service that Global Catalog servers use to refer Outlook clients to their appropriate server when defining Outlook profiles.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>RFR </B>is the opposite service to NSPI, referring Outlook clients trying to connect to Exchange 2000 servers to a Global Catalog server holding the Exchange directory information. This is required when Outlook 98 and below logon because they are used to having the directory available on the Exchange server as was the case with Exchange 5.5. It is also used on newer Outlook version during the first logon to Exchange 2000 when the Outlook profile is resolved</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>OAL  </B>Generates the Offline Address Book to be downloaded by roaming Outlooks.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Mailbox Management </B>&nbsp; Coordinates Active Directory and Exchange mailbox operations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeSRS </B>&nbsp; This is&nbsp;the Exchange 5.5 emulator for mixed Exchange 2000/5.5 sites. This category is useful using migration operations.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>MSExchangeTransport</B>  This service is responsible for the routing of mostly SMTP mail around, deciding which goes where.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>POP3Svc  </B>Responsible for POP3 calls to Exchange.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Logging Level<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Most of the time you would pick Minimum. If Minimum doesnt provide the results you expected, crank it up but beware, some categories can overwhelm the Event Viewer.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before starting the logging level process, you might choose to clear the Application Log, so you would have a clear starting point. Also, you might want to configure the applications log to retain more than the default 512K of information and Overwrite old events. Otherwise, the Event Viewer will not register new events if the allotted size is exceeded.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For a clearer view you might choose to configure filter the Application Log to show just warnings and errors, though sometimes useful information provided by logging is presented as Information.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This concludes the way to troubleshoot Exchange using diagnostics logging options. As I mentioned in the beginning of the article, it is a powerful tool if you have a good knowledge of how Exchange works, and it will save you plenty of time when communicating with Microsoft support services.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring and Using OWA in Exchange 2000 Server]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-using-exchange-2000-server-a-2904.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Business today is said to travel at the speed of light, unlike one particular thrill ride at a local amusement park that travels at the speed of fright but then again, thats a completely separate story. If youve personnel who travel frequently or large production i.e. manufacturing environments or a any of a thousand other things going on, you might want to consider using Outlook Web Access to allow your users to access their Exchange Server mailboxesliterally from anywhere in the world.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Business today is said to travel at the speed of light, unlike one particular thrill ride at a local amusement park that travels at the speed of fright but then again, thats a completely separate story. If youve personnel who travel frequently or large production i.e. manufacturing environments or a any of a thousand other things going on, you might want to consider using Outlook Web Access to allow your users to access their Exchange Server mailboxesliterally from anywhere in the world.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>OWA Whats It All About<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook Web Access is certainly not a new feature introduced with Exchange 2000 Server; its been around for a while now. So, why am I writing about it now, after all this time Despite that fact that the concept of OWA may not be new to the Exchange arena, OWA in its current form and state is newand much improved. Come with me as we explore OWA from top to bottom and most everywhere in between. This will not be the article that gives you all of the solutions that you need to deploy OWA in an ultrasecure environmentthats a series of articles in and of itself. This article is designed to get you started and up to speed on OWA in the event you choose to roll it out for your clients.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Accessing the Outlook Web Access server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When trying to access OWA, it is conceivable that one of two things will occur. If you are already authenticated in the domain, then you will not have to supply any additional credentials. If you are not i.e. you are accessing OWA over the Internet, you will be asked to provide a standard set of credentials user name, domain and password, which is been demonstrated in Figure 1 and Figure 2. After successfully authenticating either way, you should see the OWA main window, as shown in Figure 3.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What you see in Figure 3 assumes that you are using at least Internet Explorer 5.01 or above. OWA will function in older browsers, without any modification or extra configuration, but the working environment will be less than spectacular. OWA is supported for the following browser clients</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Netscape Navigator 4.08 and higher </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1 and higher </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Internet Explorer 5.01 and up </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>The OWA Session<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the OWA session starts, the OWA server will detect the browser being used and provide the appropriate user environment. New features that are supported when using the preferred client IE 5 on a Windows 32bit platform include</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A preview pane that allows you to preview messages without having to open them up. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Rightclick context menu options within OWA. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>HTML text editing when replying to or composing new messages. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Drop and drag functionality that provides for moving documents between folders in your mailbox. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>For cases where Internet Explorer 5.01 or above is not available, OWA still functions and is quite useable. Figure 4 shows the same OWA connection, but this time made via Netscape 4.08 also the source of the authentication shown in Figure 1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this case, the left pane is static and shows the navigation structure you have. The right pane displays the selected folder view, message, appointment, etc. Clients accessing the OWA server, if not Internet Explorer 5.01 or above, should at least be HTML 3.2 and ECMA compliant.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Regardless of what browser you use to access the OWA server, you will still have somewhat less functionality than if you were accessing the Exchange Server via a fullblown Outlook 2000 client. You will lose the ability to spell check, work offline, create or modify Outlook rules, send messages for deferred delivery, send messages with an expiry date, move messages between public and private folders or work with digitally signed or encrypted messages. The last item, however, is a limitation of the browser itself, not of OWA and thus may be supported in the future.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Diggingin With OWA<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can use the following example URLs to reach different portions of your Exchange public/private folders and shortcuts can be created to specific documents or locations as you desire.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Disabling OWA<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>By default, OWA is installed with Exchange 2000 Server and enabled for all Exchange users. You cannot choose not to install OWA, but you have two options for controlling access to OWA should you desire. You can either choose to stop OWA all together or you can disable OWA access on a userbyuser basis. Both methods will be explored and explained.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Disabling Outlook Web Access for a server</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If, after installing Exchange, you decide that you do not want to run Outlook Web Access, you will need to stop the HTTP Virtual Server that Exchange Server is utilizing. Doing this will disable HTTP services for Exchange. If you have not configured additional Virtual Servers on that server, you will be disabling all HTTP services on that server. To disable the Exchange Virtual Server, follow the steps outlined below</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. Open the Exchange System Manager.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. Expand the nodes as shown in Figure 5 until you get to the Exchange Virtual Server for the server of concern.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Rightclick the Virtual Server and select <B>Stop</B>. The icon will now show a red X over it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now when a user tries to connect to OWA using that server, they will receive the standard 404 error, as shown in Figure 6.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Disabling Outlook Web Access for a specific user</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I mentioned previously, OWA is enabled by default for all Exchange users. You can, however, disable OWA for a specific user if you need to. In this way, other users can still use OWA unaffected. To disable OWA for a specific user, follow the steps outlined below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1. Open Active Directory Users and Computers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2. If not already select, enable Advanced Features by clicking <B>View  Advanced Features</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3. Expand the nodes until you have located the user of concern.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4. Rightclick the user and select <B>Properties</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5. Switch to the <B>Exchange Advanced</B> tab and click the <B>Protocol Settings</B> button.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6. From the <B>Protocols</B> page, click <B>HTTP</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7. From the <B>HTTP Protocols Detail</B> page, deselect the <B>Enable for mailbox</B> setting, as shown in Figure 7.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8. Close out all properties pages and the Active Directory Users and Computers console.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Users with HTTP access disabled will get a 403 error, as shown in Figure 8, when they attempt to connect to the OWA Server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that you will need to make sure that users log out of any current sessions before the change in permissions can be applied.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Looking Back<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Weve covered the basics of Outlook Web Access in this article. There are literally hundreds of situation that you may encounter, however, that require some sort of custom implementation or security solution. Those will be approached later, one at a time, in subsequent articles. If you have a suggestion or a story to tell about your own implementation of OWA, please feel free to send me an email and let me know. Id like to hear from you about how you are implementing OWA.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2000 Webstore Strategies]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-webstore-strategies-a-2903.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 applications are much more reliable than those running on Exchange 5.5. Because of this new added stability, a great many companies are now looking to centralize the Exchange 2000 application servers within their company.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, let me say that you should embrace Exchange 2000 applications &lt;grin&gt;. Translation if you provide a basic service level agreement and think of yourself as an application hosting service, you will be able to provide a better system and infrastructure for Exchange 2000 applications. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Wise Exchange professionals have always encouraged companies to devote computers to Exchange applications. Sure, you can run an Exchange application and mailboxes on the same server, but what happens when the Event Service hangs that never really happens anyway &lt;grin again&gt;, or you need to stop the Exchange services in order to install a new custom agent you created. The point is you need to be able to take an application server offline and not affect someones ability to check their mail. Also, many larger shops do not run the Public store on all servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 applications are much more reliable than those running on Exchange 5.5. For one thing, there is no single Event service that processes scripts. Not only that, we no longer have to break the rules in order to get our collaborative applications to work Anybody use the Exchange 5.5. routing objects. Because of this new added stability, a great many companies are now looking to centralize the Exchange 2000 application servers within their company. It makes sense really; the application data does not always need to be pushed out to the fringes like a mailbox. Also, centralization allows you to formally support the equipment and data in the folder trees. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In the scenario shown in Figure 1, we could place a single dedicated application server in each data center. This server could take advantage of the Storage Area Network SANs, Uninterrupted Power Supply UPS and spare equipment already available in the data centers as well as localized Redundant and Independent Disks arrays. RAID. The Service Level Agreement SLA and replication requirements dictate where the application actually resides, but we cant decide on that yet. Our main goal is to provide a baselevel application server near each large user population.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Many companies are comfortable with Windows/Exchange 2000 Active/Active server clustering. This and other technologies could be tested in order to move to the next step of redundancy and growth. Such a natural progression would entail adding a second server to each location and configuring the new application server to serve as an active cluster with the first server. So what really determines the number of servers or databases you need</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Exchange 2000 WebStore Strategies<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>SLA Breakdown</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Three factors determine how an application is configured on the server and whether a new server is required security, risk and availability. The worksheet in Figure 2 provides a good start in identifying each variable. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Connectivity Requirements This determines if a MAPI store is required</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does the proposed application require </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Outlook 97 or Outlook 98 Access </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Offline Access</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>WAN Impact This will determine if replication traffic and remote traffic be analyzed</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Are the users mostly centralized to a single data center Specify. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Are the users somewhat equally divided among the data centers Global Access </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>What is the projected daily traffic for the application Better phrasing required </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>What is the expected population for the first six months </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Less than 500 users </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>5001000 users </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>1,00010,000 users </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>More than 10,000 users</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Application Requirements</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does this application require </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Custom Sinks or agents </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Integration with Chat </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Integration with Conferencing Exchange conferencing server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Integration with other applications Databases or systems </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Additional security above and beyond the Secure ID and Kerberos </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Extreme Physical Security </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Cannot be located in Data Center </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Cannot be on same machine as other databases </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Administered by department </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Cannot be accessed by Internal system</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Specialized Departmental Management tools or access </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Additional encryption requirements </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Access to extranet or other business networks</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>FrontPage 2000 extensions </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Indexing </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l4 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Persistent Searches</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Schema Requirements</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does this application require </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Active Directory Schema update or expansion </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Web store Schema sharing </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l5 level1 lfo4; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Extreme protection from schema inheritance</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Recoverability</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>What is the required uptime for the application affects the price of the app</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A. 99.999</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>B. High Availability with a 4 Hour recovery window</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>C. High Availability with a 8 Hour recovery window</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>D. High Availability with no guarantees</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Management and Monitoring NetIQ and Provisioning server may offer some relief</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Does this application have any specific monitoring requirements </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Result Classification</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so we have quite a few questions and some answers. I expect you may already know what to do with these answers, but just to be sure, lets take a few minutes to discuss some of the items. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>MAPI. Obviously, MAPI access requires the default Public Folder tree. The default Top Level Hierarchy TLH in Exchange 2000 allows MAPI access. Any new TLH cannot be accessed through MAPI. Now we move on to offline use, which is a particularly sore subject with many. Until further notice, MAPI will continue to provide the offline mechanism for Outlook. The Local Web Storage System has been postponed. If you re quire offline access to items in the Public Folder, you will either need to write a custom tool or use the MAPI store. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>WAN Impact. This question is to try to determine what kind of replication may be required in order to locate data close to the users. This question also sets the stage for a more thorough WAN analysis using a protocol analyzer, such as the SMS Network Monitor tools or other thirdparty applications. Although I did not mention this in the questionnaire, you might want to track server load on the application as well to monitor the web services and Exchange store. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Custom Sinks. This question will probably land me in some hot water, but I must follow my conscience. Custom event sinks can potentially bring down a server. With Exchange 2000, you are no longer tied to the Event Service for our processing. This is a good thing because it allows you to create new event services that are tailored for a specific need. Such is the case for the Workflow sink. This is a bad thing because a poorly written sink or one that performs constant or uncontrollable execution, such as protocol sinks, could steal all of the processor time and cripple your server. I am not discouraging application development on Exchange 2000, but you need to consider these things in our testing environments and in the way we support our SLAs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Connections to other Databases or Legacy systems. Consider these processes the same as sinks. If you write a custom application to keep your data insync with an AS/400 database or phone system, your code could potentially take down the system. Especially if this code executes with a high frequency or is automatically based on changes. Even if the code is good and the frequency is too often, a system overload could result. Again, just consider this when determining the hardware required to support the applications. If you have two separate applications that require highavailability and each runs very frequent questionable sinks, you should consider separate servers. You dont want one server to take down the other. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>FrontPage Extensions. FrontPage 2000 Extensions are required if you want to use Visual Interdev to build Exchange 2000 applications. There is a new version of the extensions in the works that actually acknowledges the Exchange Web Store, but the current version requires quite a bit of administrative overhead in that it is page application specific and not TLHspecific. I can offer two ideas on this subject </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Create a specific TLH for Interdev projects and build your applications within this page application. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Enable FrontPage extensions on an applicationbyapplication basis and ignore the additional directories and files that are duplicated on the server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Persistent Searches. By design, persistent searches violate security. A search under one security context could provide unauthorized access to another person using a different security ID. Moreover, a search down the wrong folder tree could provide unauthorized access or incorrect searches into another application. In instances where persistent searches are required, consider a different TLH for the application. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo5; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Schema. Here is where things get very interesting. One benefit of XML and Web Storage System programming is the ability to share schema definitions, methods, etc., and overall codesharing ability. First, schemas are TLHspecific. If you create a schema folder on a TLH, applications within that folder structure can leverage the schema. You cannot jump folder hierarchies for schema references. One fine day, I will write an entire article on schema strategies, but for now we will mention that the good thing about sharing is the time saved in using existing code. The bad thing about sharing a schema with several applications is that a change to the schema could adversely affect the other applications. In supporting SLAs, remember that sharing a schema increases the risk to applications.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Application Categorization<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your results from the SLA worksheet determine how you will categorize the application. The diagram in Figure 4 allows us to categorize the application from the standpoint of availability or level of service.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Database Placement<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You may not realize this, but your current Exchange environment is actually offering application hosting options for the user community. By default, access to the existing Public Folder structure is already available. If these folders are on Exchange 2000, you are an ASP So what service level are you currently providing to your user community on these folders Several times in our sample application categorization Figure 3 , we used the classification D for no guarantees. If this is true for your case, you might want to ask yourself if your user community knows this If not, you might want to let them know. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is common for departments to take this commodity folder tree and build a dependency on the data and access to the information. Based on a basic ASP model, you should be prepared to offer them an upgrade to a higher access level. Consider the information in Figure 4.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Commodity Access to Basic Public Folder Access 50MB SLA Class D</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Upgrade to Exchange 2000 Additional WebStore Access 250 MB SLA Class C</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Upgrade to Exchange 2000 Advanced WebStore Access 7GB MB SLA Class B</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Upgrade to Exchange 2000 Dedicated WebStore 7BG MB SLA Class A</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Class C applications share databases on the web store. This is the first level to which you charge the department. Why Because additional drive space and SLA costs money to support. The financial aspect is only to show that there is a difference between supported and nonsupported as well as the burden of managing additional data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Class B Application allows more advanced web store utilities and is an isolated web store in a shared storage group. Class B applications that use Event Sinks or Content Indexing introduce more risks to the other applications and should be better isolated. Moreover, Class B applications can take advantage of deeptraversal because it runs on a separate Top Level Hierarchy TLH</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The Class A Application is a dedicated server that can be configured as the application requires. There are no preset storage group or database templates. Consider this a totally isolated application either because of extreme risk, extremely high server processing or the need for Global, Timer or Protocol sinks. Crazy security requirements may also dictate the need for a separate server. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Database Placement<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In our centralized database example, the initial server in each data center will support both Class C and class B applications. By restricting the database sizes and store sizes as depicted in the illustration in Figure 5, SLA recovery specifications can be guaranteed as long as you practice due diligence on spare equipment and server backup and restore procedures. If you want to allow 100 GB databases, just make sure you can meet your SLAs. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Clearly, the most elegant recovery solution is a snapshot utility within a SAN box. Several manufacturers have products that stream data within the SAN to provide nearly instant recovery. Unless you have one of these solutions, I doubt you could recover 100 GB in 4 hours. You need to plan for server failure and database corruption. Neither happen that often, but both do happen. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The scenario in Figure 5 plans for a couple of fast DLT drives in library systems to handle the backup and recovery of the servers in the Data Center. We know we could back up  a 7 GB database in eight hours as well as roll back any transactions we pick up along the way. This becomes our agreed upon comfort zone. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We also have decided that four databases are a better balance than the five databases recommendation. Once you fill four storage groups or the need for a Class A application arises, more server equipment must be allocated. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Another important thing to remember is the number of disk arrays you will need to support your applications. Each storage group should have a dedicated drive for the database as well as the transaction logs. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Ultimately, it is up to you to determine where the application fits into the overall scheme of things. The two main points I want to emphasize are</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Your embrace and support of applications will help ensure their success. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l3 level1 lfo6; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Choose your databases and storage group configurations based on SLA requirements and not based on department, geography or magic eightball. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange 2000 FrontEnd/BackEnd]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-2000-frontendbackend-a-2902.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 is a lot smarter than I first thought. Since its folders and mailboxes are published to the Active Directory, it actually knows to look there before checking for local Exchange resources. Let me explain a lab I set up to demonstrate this, </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Are FrontEnd/BackEnd Servers Necessary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 is a lot smarter than I first thought. Since its folders and mailboxes are published to the Active Directory, it actually knows to look there before checking for local Exchange resources. Let me explain a lab I set up to demonstrate this, then we will dive in a little more. Here is a sample of servers in my lab</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this Exchange 2000 Org, I have added mailboxes to each server. The Active Directory keeps these settings under an Exchange attribute on the Class object USER for each specific person having a mailbox. But if you look at the Exchange objects in the Users and Computers console, you see that the folders in the default TLH are also added into the Active Directory and are further identified by what server holds the master copy of the folder. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see, this view represents specific system accounts and various public folders. When you add public folders, the related information is published in the Active Directory. Each Exchange Server in the routing group is notified of a hierarchy change and information concerning the folder structure is replicated. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this case, I created a folder called OWATEST on Server2 and, within minutes, a folder was created on the M drives of the two other Exchange 2000 servers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not only that, IIS on the other servers had begun to report the folder as well. So I now have a folder called OWATEST that is homed on Server2, but also appears to be on ServerA. This is where the magic lies; the data does not exist on ServerA, but the hierarchy does. Remember how this occurred in Exchange 5.5 The hierarchy was always replicated to the other servers. Well now in Exchange 2000 using the default store the servers can automatically redirect us to the appropriate server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is an example of what I mean. I launched IE from the client machine, entered HTTP//SERVERA/PUBLIC/OWATEST, and hit the <B>Enter</B> key. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ServerA does a quick reference and sends me to the server that actually contains the data Server2. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Cool, huh This also works on mailboxes. By default, Exchange 2000/IIS servers will make a quick check to see which server holds the data, then the client is redirected. It does not matter how you create the folder. In this example, I created the folder using Windows Explorer. You can also create the folder with the OWA interface or custom interfaces. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The nice thing about this is that you can still have a single namespace and route folks to their mail server. Let me give you an example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On ServerA, I added an additional IP Address of 10.10.10.50 to the NIC. Using DNS, I created a record for the a host named EXCHANGE and assigned the record to the 10.10.10.50 address. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, I opened the IIS console and changed the properties of the Default Web Site so that it does not use 10.10.10.50. More specifically, I told IIS only to use 10.10.10.1. Now, I could create a new website named Exchange on the same server and assign 10.10.10.50 to that site. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>On the properties page of the new Exchange site, I instructed the site to redirect users to http//servera/exchange. There, we have now created a single name space for all email. Users need only to enter http//exchange and they will be sent directly to their mail. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now imagine if your network looked like this</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this scenario, you could use the same procedures for each server and allow each localized DNS server to point users to the appropriate server. In an environment with fast links, you could even consider DNS roundrobin or some other way to provide DNS lookup for the server. The beauty in this is that users are always redirected to their server, which, in most cases, should be local. You will find out later that FE/BE servers will not do this for you. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>FrontEnd/BackEnd Overview<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you have installed your second Exchange 2000 server in the organization, you can elect to turn it into a frontend server. There are no settings involved for a backend server, which basically operates as a normal Exchange 2000 server. In fact, there are no real frontend settings either. You are either an Exchange 2000 frontend server or a regular Exchange 2000 server, period. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We are going to track exactly what an FE server does and what it does not do. Well also look at the actual performance of a BE server with and without its FE counterpart. To help us do this, I put together another small lab. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, lets turn Server1 into the FE server. Making this change is the easiest thing you will ever do Open the Exchange System Manager console and expand the Servers node under your org. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rightclick on the server you want to convert to the FE and place a checkmark in the <B>This is a frontend server</B> checkbox. Click <B>OK</B> and reboot the server to complete the transition. In our case, we selected Server1 and chose <B>This is a frontend server.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what have we done By checking this box, we have instructed the server to no longer refer us to the server that holds the requested information. Now the server must perform the same lookups as before, but now it will handle the authentication and all communication to the BE server. Let me demonstrate; first I try to open our OWA session from the FE server</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I enter the same information as before. Only this time I am prompted for a password. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Note FE servers ALWAYS prompt for a password even if you already have a token in memory.</B> FE servers only understand basic authentication. So if you have an inhouse application and do not want to prompt the user for authentication, dont use FE servers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, instead of redirecting me to the appropriate Exchange Server, the FE server acts like the server it found in the back. Notice the Address bar shows an Exchange directory on Server1. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Guess what Server 1 has no local store. I stopped all the services. There are a couple of ways to do this, the easiest is to simply stop ALL Exchange services and turn their startup settings to manual. If you want to totally dismount the local stores, use the Exchange System Manager to dismount the public stores. It is recommended that you leave the private store in place in order to generate NDRs, etc. In my example, I do both just to make sure no store is loaded. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In essence, Exchange Server is no longer running or even functioning on the FE server, Server1. What is functioning is a WebDAV redirector that still understands how to look at the Global Catalog for Exchange objects. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember our OWATEST folder It is also addressable using the OWA interface and, as you can see, Server1 claims the folder is in its own local store even though there is no local store.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>FrontEnd Redirection <op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As I mentioned before, Exchange Servers research the Active Directory to find Exchange objects. In a normal situation, the server that actually holds the data instructs the referring server to redirect the client. FE servers are told to respond as if they hold the data. In many cases, it is the BE server that tells the FE server what to do. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Following is a packet trace I did in the lab while a client requested an OWA session from the FE server. In this case, the mailbox was on ServerA. First, the client performs a DNS lookup for SERVER1.BRYANT.COM. The response comes and the client then performs a GET request for an OWA session. I started this whole process by accessing http//server1/exchange from Internet Explorer. Remember that Server1 is the FE.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The FE then tries to locate the appropriate BE server. This is done through a series of LDAP and DNS calls, as well as scattered RPC sessions. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once the FE Server finds the appropriate BE Server, it begins to echo the client requests verbatim to the BE server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You would expect the BE server to then respond with http//servera/exchange/mailbox information, but instead it tells the FrontEnd server exactly what to say to the client. The BE tells the FE to respond with http//server1/exchange information. Basically, the BE is doing a lot more than I thought it would. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I have already mentioned WebDAV in this article because this protocol is at the heart of Exchange 2000. WebDAV, an extension to HTTP, is an emerging protocol standard for performing basic file system operations across the Web using Distributed Authoring and Versioning DAV. Because it is based on HTTP, it is an excellent way to code through firewalls. When used in conjunction with XMLHTTP, WebDAV can also define the XML post data structure. OWA for Exchange 2000 is a prime example of this combination. In fact, it is this combination that we analyzed earlier in this article. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WebDAV and pure HTTP are currently the only programmers protocol that FE servers can proxy to BE servers. Let me repeat that </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>FE servers will only process WebDAV requests destined for an Exchange 2000 Web Storage Sytem. FE servers will not proxy CDO, ADO, MAPI or any other programming protocol other than WebDAV.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Performance<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><STRONG>Network Considerations</STRONG> </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are none. What I mean by that is you must place FE servers in the same domain as their BE counterparts. As we saw in the protocol traces, the FE must also be able to find your internal DNS Server, Active Directory Domain Controller, and a Global Catalog for your domain. The FE server uses these tools, and RPC in many cases, to find and talk to the BE servers. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Also, a FE server does not care where you came from. Its sole intention is to proxy your requests. It will not make a determination of your LAN, access speeds or anything else. The FE server will look in AD to find the source you are requesting and proxy the request to that server on your behalf. Essentially, there are no loadbalancing characteristics nor can the server provide your mail if your mail server is unavailable. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is my onesentence summary </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are creating WebDAV applications and need to prompt users for authentication information and have no specific performance SLAs for example, folks entering from the Internet, and expect tens of thousands of people to use this application then FE/BE is what you want</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Internet Access Example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This model is exceptional for a company who wishes to use OWA as the default mail access, especially if this access will be available from the Internet. In this configuration, there are no Exchange stores directly exposed to the Internet. Moreover, the first firewall needs only to open port 80 to allow users to connect to the FE server. You will however, need to open quite a few ports between the FE and BE servers to allow for DNS, LDAP, and quite possibly RPC traffic. This should be pretty easy with a direct IP map that allows the FE greater access to your network. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Server Performance</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, what exactly does an FE server offload from the BE servers</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Authentication As I mentioned earlier, FE servers only support basic authentication. If you are using SSL, the FE will handle this as well. SSL adds a tremendous amount of overhead on transactions. In most cases, it doubles or more than doubles the processor usage on the server and the amount of data that is sent over the wire. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Controls Your custom applications will use a set of tools or controls for the client. The FE server acts as an IIS server and provides the controls you specify to the HTTP client. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>How much load is actually taken from the BE server Here is a short performance snapshot</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The peak on the left was generated when a client entered http//server2/exchange directly to access mail. The peak on the right was generated when the client entered http//server1/exchange and accessed data on Server2 through the FE server. As you can see the load on the server is slightly lower when accessed this way. Based on this data, routing clients through an FE does not dramatically reduce the load on the BE servers. The bottleneck will continue to be on the BE servers in most cases. The overall recommendation is one FE to four BEs. This should provide good balance. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As a general rule, add BE servers as you would normally to overcome capacity issues on the mailservers. Add FE servers to provide redundancy to the browser clients think of it as an IIS server farm. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I recommend that you perform more thorough tests when identifying potential volume on your servers. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>FE/BE is not the cureall for application development. It is great for a lot of things, and notsogreat for other things</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Unless all Public Folders are fully replicated, it will probably take two HTTP queries and hashing to find the server with the data. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You have little control over where users are redirected. If FE servers are placed in Dallas, BE servers in Dallas will probably be used for data access even though a replica exists closer to the user. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>A BE server that returns to service may not be known to the FEs for 10 minutes </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>FE/BE does not support NTLM or Kerberos. The users will always be prompted for a user name and password at the start of the session. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Only Basic HTTP 1.1 authentication is supported by FE/BE </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>The supported FE client protocols include HTML/HTTP, POP3, IMAP4, NNTP, WebDAV, FrontPage and Office Server Extensions protocols, H.323 and T.120. The servertoserver protocol services include SMTP, NNTP, and X.400. CDO and ADO is not supported in an FE/BE configuration.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets consider the big picture; how many applications are you going to run What is the best way to publish all applications in your environment </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Heres one idea DNS provides an excellent way to use a single namespace for applications. By providing site specific entries such as http//application, users can be assured that they are always being directed to the appropriate serverand the closest server for that matter. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this scenario, a degree of loadbalancing becomes a matter of design. If traffic loads are high, build an application server that is closer to the user population. Loadbalancing will occur over the enterprise with little to no restrictions. The application determines its availability and replication schedules. If a local site needs fast access to the application, a local server is built and a local DNS entry is added for the application. Each site can determine if clustering is required and no additional servers are required. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you are considering creating WebDAV applications for access to data behind a firewall, FE/BE is absolutely your best choice. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Securing Outlook Web Access using SSL]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/securing-outlook-access-using-a-2901.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Securing Your Outlook Web Access 2000 Implementation Using SSL<xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook Web Access OWA has become a very important part of Exchange.&nbsp; Many companies have implemented OWA to allow their users the ability to access their mail from pretty much anywhere.&nbsp;&nbsp;</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What we are going to look at in this article is how to make your OWA implementation more secure by using Secure Socket Layers SSL.&nbsp; We are going to use InstantSSL as the thirdparty trusted organization.&nbsp; You could create your own certificate using Microsoft Certificate Server.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>InstantSSL offers many different packages that range in price and complexity.&nbsp; Check out their web site for the latest prices and offerings.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Using the Internet Services Manager.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Right click on the website that is hosting your OWA component this is by default the Default Web Site and open its properties.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Select the <B>Directory Security</B> tab and then click on <B>Server Certificates</B>.&nbsp; The <B>Web Server Certificates Wizard</B> will now be displayed, click Next.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;On the <B>Server Certificate</B> dialogue box below, we are going to select <B>Create a new certificate</B>, click Next.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the <B>Delayed or Immediate Request</B> dialogue box below, we will select <B>Prepare the request now, but send it later</B>, this is because we will be sending the certificate request to a thirdparty to process, in our case InstantSSL, click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;We are now presented with the <B>Name and Security Settings</B> dialogue box below.&nbsp; Give our new certificate a name and also select the level of security we would like to use it is not recommended that you go over 1024 as this will have an adverse effect on your server performance, click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the <B>Organization Information</B> dialogue box below, we will enter the name of our organization.&nbsp; This should be as you want it to appear on any legal documents as this is the name that will appear in your certificate.&nbsp; The organizational unit can be a location, department or business unit within your company.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the <B>Your Sites Common Name</B> dialogue box below, we must enter the FQDN of our web server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>9.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;You are now presented with the <B>Geographical Information</B> dialogue box below.&nbsp; It is important to make sure you enter the State in full, for example New York not just NY.&nbsp; Abbreviating State names will be rejected at the end of the Certificate Wizard.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>10.&nbsp;&nbsp;The last step is to specify the location of the Certificate Request File, remember where and what you called this as you will need to copy the data from this file to send to the thirdparty organization.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>11.&nbsp;&nbsp; The <B>Request File Summary</B> will now appear below.&nbsp; Make sure everything is OK and then click Next to process the request.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now created a Certificate Request; this will be used in the CSR that we send to InstantSSL.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you apply for a certificate from InstantSSL they will ask for you to provide the Certificate Request, this is done by pasting the contents of the file we just created into a form when you apply for your certificate.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once we have submitted our request we must wait for them to process the request, this is normally done within a few hours but could take up to 24 hours of you submitting your request, they will send their acknowledgement via email to the technical contact that you specified on the enrollment form.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you receive the confirmation email from the thirdparty they will also include instructions on how to install the certificate.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Adding SSL to your OWA Page<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now received our certificate from InstantSSL and were now going to setup OWA so it requires the use of SSL.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open Internet Services Manager from your Administrative Tools.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Open the Properties for the Web Site that is hosting OWA normally the Default Web Site.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Select the <B>Directory Security</B> tab and then click on the <B>Server Certificates</B> button.</P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;You will now be presented with the <B>Pending Certificate Request</B> dialogue box below, select <B>Process the pending request and install the certificate</B>, click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;The <B>Process a Pending Request</B> dialogue box will appear below, navigate to the Certificate that you received from the thirdparty, click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;You will now be presented with the <B>Certificate Summary</B> below, if everything on this screen looks OK, click Next.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoBodyText styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We have now installed the SSL certificate into our web site, the next step is to enable SSL for OWA  this is a pretty simple task.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Using the Internet Services Manager, open the properties for the <B>Exchange</B> virtual directory.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Select the <B>Directory Security</B> tab and the click on the <B>Edit</B> button in the Secure Communication section.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the <B>Secure Communications</B> dialogue box yet again below, check the box <B>Require Secure Channel SSL</B>, you could also check the box <B>Require 128bit encryption</B>, if you do check the 128bit checkbox, any browsers that do not support 128bit encryption will be unable to connect to OWA.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so now when users enter http//ahost.adomain.com/exchange, they will receive an <B>HTTP 403.4  Forbidden SSL required Internet Information Services</B> error message, because we have configured OWA to require SSL.&nbsp; SSL uses the HTTPS protocol, so users would need to enter the url as https//ahost.adomain.com/exchange.&nbsp; Microsoft has written a great article about forcing the use of SSL with OWA</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>One final step that you may need to take is to ensure that your Firewall is configured to allow HTTPS port 443 by default to pass through.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So now that we have followed all of these steps, OWA should now be secure.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[A Logon Screen For MS Exchange 2000 Outlook Web Access]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/logon-screen-exchange-2000-outlook-access-a-2900.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In Exchange 2000, Outlook Web Access takes you straight into the Inbox without asking for a mailbox name. Not everyone misses the logon screen, but many people do, and a surprising number of people are asking how they can get it, or something similar, back again.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When Microsoft released Exchange 2000, they made many changes to Outlook Web Access or OWA for short. The first change that everyone noticed was the fact that the old yellow logon screen was no longer displayed, instead; OWA takes you straight into the Inbox of the required mailbox, which it gets from Active Directory.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, not everyone misses the logon screen, but many people do, and a surprising number of people are asking how they can get it, or something similar, back; either because they want to open different mailboxes, or perhaps simply because they are used to it.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This article describes how to create a Web page that requests a mailbox name and then directs the user to the named mailbox.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Procedure<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first thing to do is to decide what to call the page, and where to put it. In this example the page is called <B>OWALogon.asp</B> and it is going to be saved in the root directory of the <B>Default Web Site</B>, which is normally <B>CInetpubwwwroot</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Start <B>Notepad</B> from your servers Start &gt; Programs &gt; Accessories menu and type the following lines into the editing window</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>mailbox  Requestmailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If mailbox &lt;&gt;&nbsp; Then</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Response.Redirect /Exchange/ &amp; mailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Else</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;form actionOWALogon.asp&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Mailbox Name&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input namemailbox&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>End If</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;/html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Select <B>Save As</B> from Notepads File menu, navigate to the CInetpubwwwroot directory, select <B>All Files</B> from the <B>Save As Type</B> dropdown box and type the name <B>OWALogon.asp</B> into the <B>File Name</B> field. Finally, click on the <B>Save</B> button to save you file.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, lets see if our logon page works. Start your Web browser and enter the URL of the new page. In this example, the page is being viewed on the Web server itself, so the URL is http//localhost/OWALogon.asp .</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Type in the name of your mailbox to make sure that you can access it, if not, then verify the contents of the OWALogon.asp file you have just created.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, this isnt a particularly attractive logon page, so you will probably want to add some graphics and a bit more text. What your page will look like will depend upon your personal preference, but Im going to use a graphic called win2000.gif that normally exists in the CInetpubwwwroot directory by default.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Make the following changes or something similar to your OWALogon.asp file, and then resave it</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>mailbox  Requestmailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If mailbox &lt;&gt;&nbsp; Then</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Response.Redirect /Exchange/ &amp; mailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Else</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;form actionOWALogon.asp&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;img srcwin2000.gif&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;h1&gt;Outlook Web Access&lt;/h1&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Mailbox Name&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input namemailbox&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>End If</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;/html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, you logon page should look something like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Not a particularly exciting example, it has to be said, but its a start. You will, no doubt, have your own ideas on what you want your own OWA logon page to look like.&nbsp;</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Put your mailbox on the Web with CDO v1.21]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/your-mailbox-with-v121-a-2899.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Put your mailbox on the Web with CDO v1.21</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Introduction</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There are currently two ways of accessing your Exchange mailbox from the Web; <B>CDO</B> Collaboration Data Objects and <B>WSS</B> Web Storage System. <B>WSS</B> is only available to <B>Exchange 2000</B>, while <B>CDO</B> is available to <B>Exchange 5.5</B>, as well and supplied with Exchange 2000 for backward compatibility. This example, therefore, will show you how to use CDO to access your mailbox, since, at the time of writing, Exchange 5.5 is still a widelyused messaging system. As a result, the example should work with both Exchange 5.5 and Exchange 2000.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Procedure</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, though, a word of <B>warning</B> for Exchange 2000 users You will need to make a few changes before trying this example, otherwise only accounts with <B>Administrator</B> rights will be able to use it. On the other hand, If you are an Administrator and just want to try it out, but are not planning to extend your work to your users in general, you do not need to make the changes.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first change involves the creation of a <B>registry key</B>, so <B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>back up your registry</SPAN></B> before proceeding. You will need to create a <B>directory</B> to which your users have write access for the CDO temporary <B>.mmp</B> files, and then enter the name of this directory in the registry in a string value at the following location</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HKLMSOFTWAREMicrosoftWindows Messaging Subsystem</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The string name is <B>ProfileDirectory</B> and its value is the name of the directory you are creating for this purpose e.g. <B>CWebTemp</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will also need to give your users the <B>Log On Locally</B> right on the server you are using. In an <B>Active Directory</B> domain, you do this in <B>Domain Controller Security Policy</B>, otherwise you do it in <B>Local Security Policy</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In <B>Exchange 5.5</B>, you will be doing this on an <B>existing OWA server</B>, which will already have these changes made by the setup program.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Anyway, on to the code The program is written in <B>VBScript</B>, which is a scripting language supported by <B>ASP</B> Active Server Pages. In ASP, you can mix <B>HTML</B> code and <B>Script</B> code on the same page. The Script is executed before the output it sent to the browser, so the user only sees the results of the program execution, not the Script. The parts of the page that are Script are enclosed in delimiters <B>&lt;  &gt;</B> and these can be freely interspersed with the HTML source surrounding them.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I am using a single page for this example. It makes the page more complicated, but at least you get to see it all in one place. The page uses conditional program flow to decide which parts of the page are actually executed. If a mailbox has not yet been entered, it will ask for one. Then it will list the ten most recent messages in the mailbox, and then if you click on one of the links, it will display some of the message details.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The code is listed in its entirety at the end of the article, but lets look at some parts of it first. Following a small amount of preamble are the lines</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; mbx  Requestmbx</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; msg  Requestmsg</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>These lines work out what has been entered, or clicked on so far, and help the program decide what to do next. If mbx is not yet equal to anything, it displays a form to input a mailbox name and submit it back into the page.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Mailbox name&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;input namembx&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The output looks like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When a mailbox name has been entered, the next part will be executed on the next visit to the page. This part contains a generic server name, which is SERVERNAME. You will need to replace this with your own Exchange server name. This might be a different server to your IIS server if you are using OWA 5.5, but will probably be the same server in OWA 2000. If you are using FE/BE Exchange 2000, use your BE server name.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp;&nbsp;Set objSession  Server.CreateObjectMAPI.Session</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; lstrProfile  SERVERNAME &amp; vbLf &amp; mbx</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; objSession.Logon , , False, True, 0, True, lstrProfile</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This part logs onto the users mailbox. The first time this is executed, no mailbox link will have been clicked on, so hyperlinks to the most recent ten messages are displayed</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set objFolder  objSession.Inbox</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; n  objFolder.Messages.Count</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; For o  n To n  9 Step 1</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;Set objMsg  objFolder.Messageso</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;a hrefCDO.aspmbx&lt;  mbx &gt;&amp;msg&lt;  objMsg.ID &gt;&gt;&lt;  objMsg.Subject &gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Next</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The output looks like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Otherwise, if a link had been clicked on, some message details will be displayed, followed by an OK button to take the user back into the same page again.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; Set objMsg  objSession.GetMessagemsg</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;b&gt;Sender&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;  objMsg.Sender &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;p&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;b&gt;Subject&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;  objMsg.Subject &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;p&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;b&gt;Message&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;  objMsg.Text &gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;p&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;&lt;input typehidden namembx value&lt;  mbx &gt;&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The output looks like this</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The last bit of the code does some tidying up and some postamble I think I just made that word up, but I hope you understand what I mean.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To use the page, you need to put it in a directory on your OWA server that is protected by <B>Authentication</B> Basic or Integrated, and away you go. In my example, the page is named <B>CDO.asp</B>, and is in a directory called <B>test</B> on a server named <B>W2KS1</B>, so the URL is <B>http//W2KS1/test/CDO.asp</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>The Program Code</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here is the example code in its entirety. You can copy it and paste it into Notepad to save it onto your OWA server. Remember to put your own Exchange server name in the line <B>lstrProfile  SERVERNAME &amp; vbLf &amp; mbx</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt; LANGUAGE  VBScript &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;html&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;body&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> ASP/CDO Example by Lee Derbyshire.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Retrieve any input from last page displayed</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>mbx  Requestmbx</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>msg  Requestmsg</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If mbx   Then</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Do this part if a mailbox name has NOT yet been entered</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Here we simply display an input box and finish</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Mailbox name&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;input namembx&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Else</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Do this part if a mailbox name HAS been entered</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Here we log on to the users mailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set objSession  Server.CreateObjectMAPI.Session</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; lstrProfile  SERVERNAME &amp; vbLf &amp; mbx</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; objSession.Logon , , False, True, 0, True, lstrProfile</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; If msg   Then</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  Do this part if a message has NOT been selected</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  Here we display links to the most recent 10 messages</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Set objFolder  objSession.Inbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; n  objFolder.Messages.Count</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; For o  n To n  9 Step 1</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Set objMsg  objFolder.Messageso</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;a hrefCDO.aspmbx&lt;  mbx &gt;&amp;msg&lt;  objMsg.ID &gt;&gt;&lt;  objMsg.Subject &gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Next</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Else</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  Do this part if a message HAS been selected</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;  Here we get the message and display some details</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Set objMsg  objSession.GetMessagemsg</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Sender&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;  objMsg.Sender &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;p&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Subject&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;  objMsg.Subject &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;p&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;b&gt;Message&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;  objMsg.Text &gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;p&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input typesubmit valueOK&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;input typehidden namembx value&lt;  mbx &gt;&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; &lt;/form&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; End If</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Release any server objects from memory</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set objFolder  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set objMsg  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;  Log off the mailbox</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; objSession.Logoff</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp; Set objSession  Nothing</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>End If</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;/body&gt;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&lt;/html&gt;</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Exchange and SharePoint Two Peas in a Pod]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/exchange-sharepoint-peas-a-2898.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It is rarely wise to do something simply because you can. With Service Pack 2 of Exchange 2000, it is now possible to run Exchange 2000 and Microsoft Sharepoint Portal Server on the same box. I may argue against such a configuration in the name of network efficiency, but I am not completely onesided in my opinions when I touch ever so cautiouslyon the few special scenarios for which it may be a good idea after all.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When working with computers and software and a good many other things, it is rarely wise to do something simply because you can.&nbsp; This basic truth should be a guiding beacon to any of you who may be toying with the notion of a single server running both Exchange 2000 and Sharepoint Portal Server.&nbsp; Make no mistake about it, with Service Pack 2 of Exchange 2000, it is now possible to run Exchange 2000 and Microsoft Sharepoint Portal Server on the same box. As youll see, I use much of this article to argue against such a configuration in the name of network efficiency. Youll also learn that I am not completely onesided in my opinions when I touchthough ever so cautiouslyon the few special scenarios for which it may be a good idea after all.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Covering the Basics<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Both Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server SPS and Exchange Server 2000 are applications based on the Exchange Server Information Store formerly named the Web Storage System. Both systems support WebDAV Web Distributed Authoring and Versioning and both use similar methods to process HTTP client requests. Exchange 2000 comes in two editions Standard and Enterprise. With the Enterprise Edition, you can create additional nonMAPI Public Folder stores and write your own Exchange 2000 HTTP applications. Application developed on these Exchange Stores can be replicated to other servers, backed up and restored using offtheshelf utilities, and can take advantage of antivirus software. Moreover, Exchange 2000 applications can be designed to leverage existing Active Directory security groups and user accounts to establish roles and access control lists for objects and application processes. However, development on this platform is not easy. Except for the most basic of applications, Exchange 2000 HTTP development is best left to serious developers and development companies.&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>SPS is an application that extends the Exchange Information Store with additional database functions and application procedures, including controls for document storage and versioning. With this new SharePoint Store, Microsoft has leveraged some of its existing Digital Dashboard technology so that users can easily create workspaces and collaborative applications on the SPS server without custom code. By enabling managers and team leaders to create workspaces, SPS enables document sharing, indexing and team folders with little to no interaction from the IT staff. This ease with which users can create their own solutions is one of the strong selling points of SPS. </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Server Roles and Responsibilities<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 and SPS are both based on similar core technology and use Microsofts Internet Information Services IIS to provide HTTP access to applications and data. Even though the backend technologies are nearly identical, the load on the servers is differs for many reasons&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Email and application uses are different. While predicting the use of email is made easier by logs and performance monitoring, predicting the use of an application is more difficult without such baseline comparisons. &nbsp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l2 level1 lfo1; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Application load varies among the procedures used by the developers. There are many ways to code a function and some methods are more efficient than others. Anything entering or leaving the Exchange Information Store via HTTP also runs through a WebDAV process to ensure proper object definition. A programmatic batch process that moves files in and out of the information store requires high CPU and memory usage. When an Exchange 2000 or SPS server can no longer access the CPU, or if physical RAM is exhausted, endusers can be subjected to delays of several minutes. Some companies will not extend SPS with custom code.</P><P classbullet2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN stylemsospacerun yes>&nbsp;</SPAN></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Because of these differences, Microsoft strongly cautions against running SPS and Exchange Server 2000 on the same machine. I was able to find one support article at the Microsoft Web site search for article reference no. Q290734 indicating that this setup is not supported. Since email is considered missioncritical for many companies, it may not make sense to jeopardize a healthy email server by installing additional software and services, thereby reducing the available memory and CPU cycles for other applications. For most cases, it is better to use a different machine in order to isolate and protect the email environment.&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>SharePoint Limitations<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The inherent design of SPS often temps people to combine servers. For starters, you cannot replicate workspaces or data to other SPS servers. All workspaces and code executed on an SPS server stays on that server. For example, if you have several locations that connect over the WAN, you are likely to have more than one SPS installation. Each SPS has its own workspace with its related documents. While workspaces and data files cannot be replicated, a large SPS network typically consists of several SPS site servers and a master search portal server that can connect the various collections of documents. This allows searches to span several locations even though the workspaces and documents contained therein cannot. </P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Departmental versus Campus Environment<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So what does all this mean If you are in a campus environment or centrally located office, you probably have a large SPS server or two and a separate set of Exchange 2000 servers. If however, you have remote offices with less than 100 people then you have to pick one of the following options&nbsp;</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Install an Exchange 2000 server and an SPS server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Increase bandwidth so remote users can use documents stored on a centrally located SPS server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l1 level1 lfo2; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Install SPS on your departmental Exchange 2000 server </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Each plan of action is comes with its own set of costs depending on your unique situation. . While I cannot easily detail what these costs could be, I can show you what the last option requires. &nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Install SharePoint Portal Server on an Exchange 2000 Server<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Remember the first line of the article In a lab and limited pilot environment, I have personally encountered no problems with this configuration. Your results may vary. &nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After you have decided on the appropriate machine, install Windows 2000 including the NNTP and SMTP Service and the latest service packs followed by Exchange 2000 Standard Edition and its latest Service Packs. The next step is to install SPS. This installation begins with an error that displays three warnings</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Warning Setup has detected Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server Service Pack 1 on this machine. Once SharePoint Portal Server has been installed, uninstalling Exchange 2000 Server will cause SharePoint Portal Server to stop functioning </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>You must be a domain administrator in order to install SharePoint Portal Server on a computer running Exchange 2000 Server. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt 0.5in; TEXTINDENT 0.25in; TEXTALIGN justify; msolist l0 level1 lfo3; tabstops list .5in><SPAN styleFONTFAMILY Symbol; msofareastfontfamily Symbol; msobidifontfamily Symbol><SPAN stylemsolist Ignore><SPAN styleFONT 7pt 'Times New Roman'>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </SPAN></SPAN></SPAN>Warning Setup has detected the Microsoft Search Service MSSearch on this computer. This service will be upgraded if you continue with setup. As part of the upgrade process, MSSearch upgrades the format of existing fulltext catalogs created by Microsoft SQL Server 2000 and Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server. In order to complete this process, MSSearch requires free disk space on each drive that contains a fulltext catalog. For instance, if drive G has 1 gigabyte GB catalog, it must have 1.2 GB of free disk space for the upgrade to succeed. Please verify this disk space is available before proceeding. Also note that the catalog process starts immediately following installation, and may take several hours depending on the size of your fulltext catalogs. Until this upgrade is complete, you cannot search your catalogs and fulltext search administration is disabled. Please cancel setup if you do not wish to upgrade MSSearch at this time.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Despite these wordy warnings the installation of SPS on an Exchange 2000 machine is rather straightforward. With Standard Edition, you do not have the ability to create a nonMAPI Public Folder store, which is the heart of Exchange 2000 and SPS HTTP development. When the installation routine determines you are indeed running Exchange 2000 Standard Edition, it installs an additional Storage Group called SharePoint Portal Server Group and a store called SharePoint Portal Server Store. The setup routine also installs the SharePoint Portal Server Service and several libraries needed for Dashboard and Portal processing, not to mention the SPS ASP files. It also replaces the Exchange 2000 search engine with the much improved SPS engine. Towards the end of installation, another warning reminds you of the disk space required when indexing many or large items. &nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From the Exchange System Manager, this database appears as a normal store. You can browse through the folders and even view their sizes and associated rights.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>As you can see from the graphic, the SPS installation has extended the ability of the information store to use another store. While this store cannot be replicated to another SharePoint Portal Server, you can replicate the content to an Exchange 2000 Enterprise Server. However, the benefit of such a replication is not obvious since a restoration would require IIS Metabase modifications as well as other specialized configuration changes.&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to properly back up the SPS workspaces however, you must follow a completely different process using the Msdmback script. For details on this process, the Microsoft Web site includes a support article on SPS backup procedures search for article reference no. Q281413.&nbsp; I also recommend their article reference no. Q300672 for information on the backup and restoration of the IIS Metabase, since the workspaces are provided using IIS virtual directories. The creation of a new workspace in SPS creates new virtual directories in IIS. The directory named Article in my example screen shot represents the new workspace I created in SPS. Within that virtual directory, directories for Portal, Dashboards and Forms are created. &nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The WebDAV schema is contained within the folder structure of the Workspaces and the Portal Server store, so no additional backup or restore procedures are required for the schema.&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Be careful about trying to use the Exchange System Manager tools with SPS stores and settings as SPS sets specific configurations on the items. Another application layer exists above this one to permit or restrict access to the workspaces and files.&nbsp;</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Summary<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange 2000 SP2, we can now run SharePoint Portal Server on the same machine as our Exchange 2000 Mailbox and Public Folder servers. This practice, however, should be limited to just a few circumstances, such as a testing environment or perhaps a remote departmental location to accommodate financial or bandwidth restrictions. </P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Connecting Outlook Web Access 5.5 To Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/connecting-outlook-access-exchange-2000-a-2897.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why on earth would anyone want to try to connect MS Exchange 5.5 Outlook Web Access OWA for short to an Exchange 2000 server Well, quite a few people have tried and failed, so heres an experiment describing one possible solution.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Introduction</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Why on earth would anyone want to try to connect MS Exchange 5.5 Outlook Web Access <B>OWA</B> for short to an Exchange 2000 server Well, quite a few people have tried and heres why In Exchange 5.5, you could have your main Exchange services running on one server, and then you could install OWA on another server, possibly an <B>IIS</B> server in a demilitarized zone <B>DMZ</B>. This was, and still is, a very popular and sensible configuration. With the arrival of Exchange 2000, administrators discovered that it was no longer possible to install Exchange and OWA on separate servers. The official way to get OWA on its own server is to install two Exchange Enterprise servers in a <B>Frontend/Backend</B> FE/BE configuration. Naturally, this seems rather excessive to some people, and remembering the OWA 5.5 way of doing things start looking for their old Exchange 5.5 CD and attempt to connect the older OWA to their new Exchange 2000 server, regardless of its somewhat inferior interface.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The usual way to install OWA 5.5 on a separate IIS server is to run the Exchange 5.5 setup program, select the <B>Custom</B> Option, choose only the OWA component, and point it at your Exchange server. Unfortunately, if you try this with OWA5.5 / Exchange 2000 you get a rather meaningless error message, as shown in figure 1.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>But why should this be OWA 5.5 is based upon <B>CDO v1.21</B>, which Exchange 2000 still supports, so in theory this should work. It turns out that while CDO v1.21 works with Exchange 2000, the Exchange 5.5 setup program doesnt. So, we need to find a way of getting OWA 5.5 on a server in spite of this obstacle.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Procedure</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I must first point out that the procedure described here is presented as an experiment only. Connecting OWA 5.5 to Exchange 2000 is <B>not a supported configuration</B>, and the licensing implications are debatable.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In order to install only the OWA 5.5 component on a server when it cant be connected to a live server, it is necessary to be a little devious. You need to do a full installation of Exchange 5.5 onto the server creating a <B>fictitious Organization and Site</B>, including the OWA option, and then <B>uninstall everything except OWA</B>. This orphaned OWA installation can then be connected to a live Exchange installation by modifying a few registry entries. Thats the theory anyway. Does it work in practice</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets perform the full installation. Here, this is being done on a MS Windows NT4 / IIS server that is configured as a member server. It has the usual prerequisites for OWA 5.5, namely; IIS 4 from the NT Option Pack, and the latest NT Service Pack reapplied after the Option Pack installation.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, we need to run the Exchange 5.5 setup program, selecting the Custom installation type as shown in figure 2.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Next, the OWA option is selected from the list of application components as shown in figure 3. This option is normally not selected in the default installation.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then, after entering the product serial number, and accepting the license agreement, the option to create a new Organization and Site is selected. It is important to remember that this is a fictitious Organization and Site, and it will be entirely removed in the second stage of the procedure. Figure 4 shows the creation of the new Organization and Site.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then, the setup program asks for the Exchange Services account. The Services will be removed later, so the choice is not too important, but it is sensible to choose one with elevated privileges on the machine so as to avoid possible errors at the end of the setup program. After this, the setup program copies the files on to the server and quits. There is little point in running the Optimizer when in invited to do so.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Outlook Web Access 5.5 requires the application of the latest Exchange 5.5 Service Pack, so now is a good time to apply it; it may fail if we leave it till later.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&nbsp;</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats the first part done. Now, we move on to the second part. This is where we remove everything weve just installed <B>except</B> the OWA component. To do this, we need to run the Exchange setup program as before, but this time it looks rather different figure 6, since there are Exchange components already present on the server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Here we need to choose the <B>Add / Remove</B> option so that we can deselect all of the components <B>except OWA</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Select continue and confirm the removal of the other options. The setup program will remove most of the files and services that it added earlier. There is no need to reapply the Service Pack when it has finished.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, now we have OWA 5.5 on the server, and no other Exchange components. Of course, if we try to access it now, there is no chance of it functioning correctly. What is needed is to change a few registry entries to make it point to the Exchange 2000 server. We first <B>back up the registry</B> very important, start regedit, and navigate to the following registry key</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>HKLMSYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeWEB</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>We need to change the values of <B>Enterprise</B>, <B>Server</B>, and <B>Site</B> to point to the correct <B>Organization</B>, <B>Server</B> and <B>Site</B>. It should look something like figure 9</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>A few final changes are now needed; because this is OWA 5.5 were talking about, we need to give the <B>Everyone </B>group the <B>Log On Locally</B> right on the server, otherwise only Administrators will be able to use it. Also, because this is a member server, we need to set the <B>Default Authentication Domain</B> for the Virtual Directory in IIS Manager. Without this, we would need to log on with <B>DOMAIN/USERNAME</B> because IIS would otherwise try to authenticate us against its local SAM database.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And thats it. Does it work Well, the proof of the pudding it is said is in the eating. Let us try to access the newly installed OWA Virtual Directory. The next two figures show the familiar yellow logon screen, followed by an Inbox display.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>It seems to work as expected  of course; this is just a superficial test and I would not be very surprised if some of the functions did not work as expected.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If anyone is interested in trying this for themselves, I must reiterate that this is definitely <B>not</B> a supported OWA configuration. You must <B>only</B> attempt this if you are confident of your abilities  you must <B>not</B> expect to receive any technical support from Microsoft if anything should go wrong.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Customizing OWA 2000 Using Segmentation]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/customizing-2000-using-segmentation-a-2896.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With Exchange 2000 SP2 Microsoft added a feature, known as segmentation, that allows you to quite easily make some rather major changes to the appearance and functionality of OWA.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Introduction<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Customizing Exchange 5.5 Outlook Web Access was never an easy task, the ASP files were poorly commented, and the code with its use of the CDO Renderer is obscure, to say the least. &nbsp;But at least it could be done. &nbsp;When it comes to Exchange 2000 OWA, however, many people fall at the first hurdle; there arent even any ASP files to edit; in fact, its often hard to work out where the HTML output comes from. &nbsp;With SP2, Microsoft added a feature, known as segmentation, to Exchange 2000 that allows you to quite easily make some rather major changes to the appearance of OWA.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What can you do with segmentation &nbsp;Well, basically you can hide the special folders Contacts, Tasks, etc. from the interface, and turn off New Mail Notifications and Reminders. &nbsp;There isnt much you can do cosmetically, but you can enable the OWA Reach interface to speed up access for your dialup users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In this article, I will show how to enable segmentation at a granular level by modifying the Active Directory schema, and at a server level by adding a registry entry. &nbsp;There is also a warning regarding a strange sideeffect on MS Outlook.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Procedure<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To be able to modify segmentation attributes for individual users, or groups of users, it is necessary to <B>add an attribute</B> to the Windows 2000 Active Directory schema. &nbsp;Fortunately, MS have provided a VB script that allows us to do this quite easily. &nbsp;The name of the script is <B>OWASCHEMA.VBS</B> and it is provided with <B>SP2</B>, or later. &nbsp;My service pack SP3 was downloaded from the MS download site, and the file was located in the folder named <B>serversupportOWASCHEMA</B> . &nbsp;If you have a different service pack, or received it on a CD, you may find it in a different place. &nbsp;Once you have located the file, copy it, and the other file in the folder <B>OWASCHEMA.LDF</B> into a temporary working folder on your Exchange server. &nbsp;Note that you actually need to have applied the SP2, or later, in order for segmentation to work.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To run the script, you will need to be logged onto the server that holds the <STRONG>Schema Master</STRONG> FSMO role for your Domain with an account that is a member of at least the <STRONG>Schema Admins</STRONG> group. &nbsp;Open a command prompt box, navigate to the folder you placed the files in with the <B>CD</B> command, and then use the command <B>CSCRIPT OWASCHEMA.VBS</B> to run the script. &nbsp;You should get an output like this figure 1 in your command prompt window</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When the script has executed, you will find an extra file, <B>ldif.log</B> , in your working directory. &nbsp;If everything has gone according to plan, the last line of the file will be something like The command has completed successfully. &nbsp;When you have successfully executed the script, you can delete all three files.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you can use <B>ADSI Edit</B> to change segmentation values for your Users. &nbsp;If you have not yet installed ADSI Edit onto your server, you will find the setup program for it and some other utilities in the <B>SUPPORTTOOLS</B> folder of your Windows 2000 installation CD. &nbsp;You must be <B>very careful</B> using ADSI Edit. &nbsp;If you change the wrong thing you could well bring down your entire Directory, causing you hours of anxiety and unplanned repair work. &nbsp;Using ADSI Edit, locate the <B>User or Group</B> you wish to change segmentation attributes for in the lefthand tree view, open its properties from the context menu, and then select the <B>msExchMailboxFolderSet</B> attribute from the dropdown list. &nbsp;This attribute would not have existed before executing the OWASCHEMA.VBS file. &nbsp;Here figure 2, I have selected the msExchMailboxFolderSet attribute for the Administrator User as an example</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To enable or disable segmentation features, you will need to enter a numeric value for this attribute. &nbsp;Each controllable OWA property is represented by a single binary digit, which are increasing powers of two. &nbsp;Thus, to enable several features, you just add the numbers together and enter this number as the value for msExchMailboxFolderSet. &nbsp;Here table 1 are the bit values you need in order to calculate this value</P><DIV aligncenter><TABLE classMsoNormalTable stylemsocellspacing 0in; msopaddingalt 0in 0in 0in 0in cellSpacing0 cellPadding0 border1><TBODY><TR stylemsoyftiirow 0; msoyftifirstrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Feature</B></P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Decimal Value</B></P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 1><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Messaging</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 2><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Calendar</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 3><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Contacts</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 4><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Tasks</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 5><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Journal</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>16</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 6><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Notes</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>32</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 7><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Public Folders</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>64</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 8><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Reminders</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>128</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 9><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>New Mail Notification</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>256</P></TD></TR><TR stylemsoyftiirow 10; msoyftilastrow yes><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Rich OWA Interface</P></TD><TD styleBORDERRIGHT ece9d8; PADDINGRIGHT 0in; BORDERTOP ece9d8; PADDINGLEFT 0in; PADDINGBOTTOM 0in; BORDERLEFT ece9d8; WIDTH 162.75pt; PADDINGTOP 0in; BORDERBOTTOM ece9d8; BACKGROUNDCOLOR transparent vAligntop width217><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>512</P></TD></TR></TBODY></TABLE></DIV><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Table 1  OWA Segmentation bit values.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, for example, to disable OWA access to all special folders except for Public Folders and Contacts, you would enter a decimal value of 69 which is calculated in this case by adding together 64  4  1. &nbsp;This would give the User or Group what is know as the Reach OWA interface, and all other special mailbox folders hidden. &nbsp;The decimal value to enable all features is 1023.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>In my Administrator User example above, I have used the segmentation value 1. &nbsp;This value hides all special mailbox folders and enables the Reach interface shown in figure 3, which is simpler and may be used to speed up OWA access for dialup users. &nbsp;It may not look very different at first glance, but you will notice that some elements are missing, and that the selected message is shown in a frame within the main browser window instead of a second window.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that you cant actually disable the Messaging feature using segmentation, although the numbers in table 1 would suggest that you could.&nbsp; Maybe this feature is intended for a future version &nbsp;If you attempt to disable it by using an even attribute number i.e. with the lowest bit reset, it will ignore your settings. &nbsp;Also be aware that when a folder is hidden in this way, it isnt actually deleted from the Users mailbox  it can still be reached by typing in a specially crafted URL  it is just hidden from the interface, thats all.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What if you want to make a <B>serverwide</B> change to your OWA appearance &nbsp;Well, thats a little easier  you can do it with a modification to the registry of your Exchange Server. &nbsp;Create a registry <B>DWORD</B> value named <B>DefaultMailboxFolderSet</B> at <B>HKEYLOCALMACHINESYSTEMCurrentControlSetServicesMSExchangeWebOWA</B> and enter a decimal value. &nbsp;The value is calculated the same way as before using the numbers in table 1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The main difference, when you use the registry, is that you will have to stop and start the Exchange <B>Information Store service</B> to apply any changes that affect the visibility of folders, and stop and start the <B>World Wide Web service</B> if you have enabled the Rich or Reach OWA interface. &nbsp;If you are using both methods, or are applying the ADSI Edit method at different Directory levels, you should note that changes lower down the AD hierarchy take precedence over changes at a higher level. &nbsp;So, for instance, changes at the user level have priority over changes at the server level. &nbsp;You can take advantage of this to customize the appearance in different ways for some of your users.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I also said at the beginning of the article that there was a strange sideeffect in MS Outlook. &nbsp;During testing, I discovered that on a machine with Windows XP and Outlook 2002 installed, any changes made to the appearance of folders in OWA was also reflected in Outlook the next time it was run after OWA had been used on the same machine. &nbsp;Look at the Folder List in figure 5.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Note that the special folders Contacts, Calendar and Tasks are no longer visible in the folder tree view. &nbsp;This change is not, as far as I can tell, documented anywhere, and the fact that it appears only after using OWA on the same machine and for the same user makes me think that it is not intentional. &nbsp;You can still access the folders using the shortcuts on the left, but if you have subfolders in Contacts, for example, they can be difficult to reach. &nbsp;This change in appearance isnt undone until you change the segmentation values on the server, and reopen OWA on the client end. &nbsp;Note that I have only seen this on the XP/Outlook 2002 combination. &nbsp;If anyone can shed any light on this behaviour, Id be interested to hear from you.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Segmentation also works with Exchange 2003, and extra attributes may be added in future versions.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Migrating the Address Book from Exchange 5.5 to Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/migrating-address-book-from-exchange-exchange-2000-a-2895.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The old Exchange address book was not very powerful or complex but it did the job in most situations. A handy feature that existed in Exchange 5.5 was automatic creation of address lists. All you had to do was go to File a New Other a Address Book View, choose a mailbox attribute and almost immediately you would get address view for all your departments or whatever attributes you decided to sort users by.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The old Exchange address book was not very powerful or complex but it did the job in most situations. A handy feature that existed in Exchange 5.5 was automatic creation of address lists. All you had to do was go to File  New Other  Address Book View, choose a mailbox attribute and almost immediately you would get address view for all your departments or whatever attributes you decided to sort users by.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Exchange 2000 now has a new feature mentioned in my previous article Creating a list of Users and their email addresses in Exchange 2000 2 called Address Lists that is more powerful and lets you create very specific rules based criterions such as all users in Mexico that are not in Management.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create a new address list you go Recipients choose any address list and from the menus select Action  New  Address List and the fill out the name and criterions.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now, although it based on a very powerful LDAP query engine, you cant create Address Lists, say, for all your departments without some effort. This is usually not a problem since departments in most companies do not change on a daily basis but becomes a real headache when dealing with Exchange 5.5 migrations and corporate restructuring. To further clarify this, let say you are a big company with many branches. In Exchange 5.5 it took you about 20 seconds to create Address Book Views for all the branches by sorting users by their Custom Attribute 1. If a new branch was built somewhere you didnt even have to deal with it as a new Address Book View would magically appear for that branch. Now in the process of migrating to Exchange 2000 you figure that you will have to manually create 300 or more Address Lists for to match the Exchange 5.5 ones. In this article I will present a way to ease this process by using scripting.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create the screenshots for this article I set a test lab and created a few users. For the users I filled out Custom Attribute 1 to reflect their branch designation and created a simple address book view. All in all, in less then five minutes my Address book was fully functional with those five branches. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now I will show how to transfer these to Exchange 2000 actually to Active Directory. First, we export the Address Book Views. This can be done manually or by script. To make things simple, in this article we will export these manually.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To export all branches Address Book Views I selected all of them on the right pane, and from the menu selected File  Save Windows Contents and saved the information to a file by the name of Branches.CSV.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then I touched up the file a bit so that only Branch names will be available and renamed it Branches.txt</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Okay, so now I had a file containing all branch names so I figured it was time to do some scripting magic. In a real environment now was a good time to think about some changes since Exchange 2000 Address Lists can now use all the directory fields unlike the Address Book Views in Exchange 5.5. For example, instead of using the awkward a script or an LDIF import/export could be used to use the Office attribute instead of Custom Attribute 1. In the lab for the Exchange 2000 part I used the Office attribute as if indeed this has been performed but I might as well just used Custom Attribute 1.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following script is based on an example I found on MSDN for programmatically creating address lists.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>First, the script opens the text file just created and runs through all the lines to create the address lists.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set fs  CreateObject Scripting.FileSystemObject</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set userFile  fs.OpenTextFile cbranches.txt</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Do Until userFile.AtEndOfStream  True</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>CreateAL userFile.ReadLine</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Loop</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets see what my subroutine actually does and how I created it.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Sub CreateAL strBranch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dim sSystemFlags</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dim strCN</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Dim purportedSearch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>sSystemFlags  1610612736</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Up till now, pretty straightforward declarations and a system flag that I guess MS programmers can better explain. Now I constructed the LDAP search by constructing a fake branch Address List in Exchange 2000 System Manager.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After creating the Address List I copied its LDAP search query string.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>This I pasted into my script to the purportedSearch string except that instead of the fakefake fake branch name the string extracted from the branches.txt file is pasted. </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>purportedSearch  &amp;&amp;&amp;&amp; mailnickname  &amp;objectCategorypersonobjectClassuserhomeMDBmsExchHomeServerName &amp;objectCategorypersonobjectClassuserhomeMDBmsExchHomeServerName&amp;objectCategorypersonobjectClasscontact objectCategorygroupobjectCategorypublicFolder objectCategoryuserextensionAttribute4 &amp; strBranch &amp; </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now I ran ADSIEdit to find out the full directory name of the address list container in Active Directory. ADSIEdit is available if you install the Windows 2000 support tools available on the Windows 2000 CD. To run it enter adsiedit.msc in the Run dialog box.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Then I drilled down to the parent Branches Address List container and copied its path to the script.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Get Address list container</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set AddressListCont  </P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>GetObjectLDAP//myserver.mydomain.com/CNBranches,CNOrg,CNAll Address Lists,CNAddress Lists Container,CNOrg,CNMicrosoft Exchange,CNServices,CNConfiguration,DCleumi</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now the following section creates the actual Address List</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Create the New Address List</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WScript.Echo Creating  &amp; strAL &amp;   &amp; strBranch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Set NewAddressList  AddressListCont.CreateaddressBookContainer, CN &amp; strBranch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>NewAddressList.DisplayName  StrBranch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>this will have to be customized based on the query filter</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>NewAddressList.purportedSearch  purportedSearch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>NewAddressList.systemflags  sSystemFlags</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify> Save New AL</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>NewAddressList.SetInfo</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>WScript.Echo Created Address List &amp; strBranch</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>End Sub</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>And so the script ends. This script can be modified to search Active Directory for added branches instead of looking at a text file and automatically create them for you the way it did in Exchange 5.5. To automatically run it you just set it to run every couple of minutes using the Task Scheduler.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Moving Users from Exchange 5.5 to Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/moving-users-from-exchange-exchange-2000-a-2894.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, youve successfully deployed Active Directory and managed to synchronize it with Exchange 5.5 using the ADC. Everything is stable and working okay, so now you decide to install a brand new Exchange 2000 server and move the users to a brave new messaging world. You must be thinking, how do you move the users</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Back to the Learning Zone<op></op></SPAN></H2><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So, youve successfully deployed Active Directory and managed to synchronize it with Exchange 5.5 using the ADC. Everything is stable and working okay, so now you decide to install a brand new Exchange 2000 server and move the users to a brave new messaging world. You must be thinking, how do you move the users</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From looking at the help files and various Exchange 2000 books, it seems easy enough. You open Active Directory Users and Computers MMC, right click a user, choose Exchange tasks, and Move Mailbox, select the right information store on the right storage group, and voila, the user is magically transported to the new server. The wise and the weary amongst us know that you should also stop the ADC service using the Services MMC and disable antivirus software on the Exchange servers.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>However, in real life, things are a little more complicated at times. In Exchange 5.5 it was easy to sort users according to their server and just move them. In Active Directory, users are sorted by their Organizational Units OUs. So now you need to move all users from server A to Server B, what do you do</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can sort each OU by the adding a column for Exchange mailbox store View &gt; Choose Columns, but this is of little user if you have multiple OUs since you still have to go through all the OUs.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To ease moving users you can use the <B>find</B> feature of the Active Directory. Right click your domain and choose Find Go to the Advanced tab and add a field of User &gt; Exchange Home Server &gt; Ends with exchange server.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Select a few or all users on the list and from the shortcut menu click Exchange Tasks. Select <B>Move Mailbox</B> and click OK.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Finally, you can copy the report at the end to a text file for your documentation papers.</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Using the find option also lets you control which users you want moved. If youre planning a perdepartment migration, for example, you can add the department field to the find dialog box. Moving users has never been easier</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Configuring Exchange 2000 before Installing The path less trave]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/configuring-exchange-2000-before-installing-path-less-trave-a-2893.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Have you ever wished that you could install Exchange 2000 Server your way Do you wish that you could have all of your Administrative Groups and Routing Groups not only planned out on paper but configured and laid out in your domain or forest before actually installing the first Exchange 2000 Server Wellyou can</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Have you ever wished that you could install Exchange 2000 Server your way&nbsp; Do you wish that you could have all of your Administrative Groups and Routing Groups not only planned out on paper but configured and laid out in your domain or forest before actually installing the first Exchange 2000 Server&nbsp; Wellyou can&nbsp; You can plan and configure Administrative Groups, Routing Groups and System Policies before ever installing the first Exchange 2000 Server.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Preparing the Forest and Domain<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The first two steps that you must perform prepare your forest and domain for the installation of Exchange 2000 Server.&nbsp; While it may seem silly to perform these two steps, they must be performed&nbsp; They lay the ground work for the entire configuration of your Exchange 2000 Server organization.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>Running ForestPrep</B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>ForestPrep is required to be run one time per forest to initialize the changes to the Active Directory schema that Exchange 2000 Server requires.&nbsp; ForestPrep is also used to nominate the Exchange 2000 Administrator, create the Exchange 2000 organization object and to setup the permissions.&nbsp; To complete ForestPrep, follow these steps</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; From any computer in the forest, enter the following command at the command prompt&nbsp; <B>esetupi386setup.exe /forestprep</B>, where <B>e</B> represents the location of the Exchange 2000 Server Setup CDROM.&nbsp; You will most likely want to perform ForestPrep directly on the Domain Controller to speed up the file transfer process.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to dismiss the opening page of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Microsoft Exchange 2000 Installation Wizard</SPAN>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accept the EULA and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Enter your CD Key and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Select</SPAN> page see Figure 1, you will see the ForestPrep is already selected.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Installation Type</SPAN> page, select Create <B>a new Exchange organization</B>.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue on.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Organization Name</SPAN> page see Figure 2, enter the name of the organization.&nbsp; This will the root of the Exchange hierarchychoose wisely.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Exchange 2000 Administrator Account</SPAN> page see Figure 3, you get to do something that only occurs when you run ForestPrep&nbsp; specify what user in the organization will become the Exchange 2000 Administrator.&nbsp; By default the account used to run ForestPrep gets this privilege, but you can enter in the account of your choosing.&nbsp; The one caveat is that the account must be preexisting you cannot browse for it either, so write this down ahead of time.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue on.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>9.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Progress</SPAN> page see Figure 4 will show you the progress of the initialization.&nbsp; This will take several minutes to occur as Active Directory is updated and the Exchange organization is constructed.&nbsp; During this time you may notice nearly constant activity on the hard drive of your Domain Controller or Schema Master if you have multiple Domain Controllers.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>10.&nbsp;&nbsp; After the Wizard has finished ForestPrep you will be prompted to click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats it&nbsp; ForestPrep has been completed and in the process you were able to configure the name for your Exchange organization as well as select the user account to be the Exchange Administrator.&nbsp; You miss out on both of these options if you do not run ForestPrep.&nbsp; Now on to DomainPrep so that we can get our domain ready for Exchange 2000 Server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B><SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Running DomainPrep</SPAN></B></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>DomainPrep is required to be run one time per domain, including the domain that ForestPrep was run in, to create the public folder proxy object and setup domain level permissions.&nbsp; DomainPrep need not be run until you are ready to install Exchange 2000 Server in that domain.&nbsp; To complete DomainPrep, follow these steps</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; From any computer in the domain although the one you will be installing Exchange Server on is best, enter the following command at the command prompt&nbsp; <B>esetupi386setup.exe /domainprep</B>, where <B>e</B> represents the location of the Exchange 2000 Server Setup CDROM.&nbsp; You will most likely want to perform ForestPrep directly on the Domain Controller to speed up the file transfer process.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to dismiss the opening page of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Microsoft Exchange 2000 Installation Wizard</SPAN>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accept the EULA and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Enter your CD Key and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Select</SPAN> page, you will see the DomainPrep is already selected this time.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Progress</SPAN> page will briefly appear while the configuration changes are being made.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; After the Wizard has finished DomainPrep you will be prompted to click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats all there is for DomainPrep&nbsp; Now onto the good stuff</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Installing the Exchange System Manager<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next step is to install the Exchange System Manager on any computer in the domain, although you preferably want to do it on the server that will be the Exchange Server or alternately, the workstation that you use to administer your domain.&nbsp; To install the Exchange System Manager, follow these steps</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; From any computer in the domain, enter the following command at the command prompt&nbsp; <B>esetupi386setup.exe</B>, where <B>e</B> represents the location of the Exchange 2000 Server Setup CDROM.&nbsp; You will most likely want to perform this process on the server that will be the Exchange 2000 Server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to dismiss the opening page of the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Microsoft Exchange 2000 Installation Wizard</SPAN>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Accept the EULA and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; Enter your CD Key and click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>5.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Select</SPAN> page see Figure 5, Change the Action to Custom and select Microsoft Exchange System Management Tools for installation.&nbsp; Click <B>Next</B> to continue.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>6.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; On the <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Summary</SPAN> page, click <B>Next</B> after reviewing the requested installation actions.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>7.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; The <SPAN stylemsobidifontstyle italic>Component Progress</SPAN> page briefly appears as the configuration changes requested are carried out.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>8.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; After the Wizard has finished installing the Exchange System Manager you will be prompted to click <B>Finish</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now that weve got the Exchange System Manager installed, lets look at it as we configure our Exchange implementation.</P><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic><op>&nbsp;</op></SPAN></H2><H2 styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><SPAN styleFONTSIZE 12pt; FONTSTYLE normal; FONTFAMILY 'Times New Roman'; msobidifontstyle italic>Configuring your Routing Groups and Administrative Groups<op></op></SPAN></H2><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Open the Exchange System Manager see Figure 6 by clicking <B>Start</B> &gt; <B>Programs</B> &gt; <B>Microsoft Exchange</B> &gt; <B>System Manager</B>.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Our first task is to create an Administrative Group, but before we get to the process of creating Administrative Groups and Routing Groups, lets step back a bit and get an understanding of what they are.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>From the Microsoft Exchange 2000 Server Resource Kit Glossary</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Administrative Group</B>&nbsp; A collection of Active Directory objects that are grouped together for the purpose of permissions management. An administrative group can contain policies, routing groups, public folder hierarchies, servers, and chat networks. The content of an administrative group depends on choices you make during installation.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>&61623;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <B>Routing Group</B>&nbsp; A collection of Exchange servers that have fulltime, reliable connections. Messages sent between any two servers within a routing group go directly from source to destination. Similar to administrative groups, routing groups are optional and are not visible in System Manager unless they are enabled.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So as you can see, Administrative Groups are created to allow for easier management of Exchange Servers and Routing Groups are created as required to ensure that all Exchange Servers within a specific Routing Group have reliable, highspeed connectivity.&nbsp; In a situation where you were deploying Exchange 2000 Server over many offices spread apart by geographic location, you would most likely have multiple Routing Groups.&nbsp; You can have as many or as few Administrative Groups as you desire in order to manage your Exchange Servers.&nbsp; For the purposes of this tutorial, we will only be creating one Administrative Group and one Routing Group as we will only be deploying one Exchange 2000 Server.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Before we actually get to creating Administrative Groups and Routing Groups, we need to configure Exchange System Manager to display them.&nbsp; Rightclick on the root node of your Exchange organization and select Properties to open the Exchange Organization Properties page.&nbsp; Place checks in the <B>Display routing groups</B> and <B>Display administrative groups</B> boxes.&nbsp; You will need to close and reopen the Exchange System Manager for the change to take affect.&nbsp; Also, since this is a Nativemode Exchange organization no Exchange 5.5 servers, you can change the mode to Native should you desire change button not seen here.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>After youve enabled the display of Administrative Groups and Routing Groups, you can now get down to the business of configuring the organization of your Exchange implementation.&nbsp; </P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To create an Administrative Group, rightclick on the <B>Administrative Groups</B> node and select <B>New</B> &gt; <B>Administrative Group</B> from the context menu.&nbsp; Enter the name for the Administrative Group and click OK to accept.&nbsp; A look back at the Exchange System Manager shows the change.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now we need to add one Routing Group.&nbsp; This is done by rightclicking on the Routing Groups node and selecting <B>New</B> &gt; <B>Routing Group</B>.&nbsp; Enter the name for the Routing Group and click OK to accept.&nbsp; Notice the change in the Exchange System ManagerIve actually added a few extra Routing Groups.</P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Thats really all there is to it.&nbsp; You can also configure System Policies Server Policies, Mailbox Store Policies and Public Store Policies, but that is the topic for another day.&nbsp;</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Implementing NNTP Newsfeed using Microsoft Exchange 2000]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/implementing-nntp-newsfeed-using-microsoft-exchange-2000-a-2892.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so you have decided that you want to allow Public newsgroups into your organization  are you really sure</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lets mention briefly what newsgroups are all about; Newsgroups are used as public forums for many topics.&nbsp; They are useful sources of information and they allow you to interact with people who all share a common interest in a particular subject.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Your organization may benefit from allowing your users access to the public newsgroups.&nbsp; One option that is available is for you to give all your users an NNTP client i.e. Outlook Express, Gravity etc.&nbsp; However, with this option you really have no control over which newsgroups your users subscribe to and what content they are being exposed to.&nbsp; Because of this restriction, many companies have blocked the use of NNTP through their firewall.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>To avoid losing control of the newsgroups your users see, there is the option of using Exchange 2000 as the NNTP client.&nbsp; Once we have setup Exchange to collect the relevant newsgroup information your users will be able to access the newsgroups via their MAPI client i.e. Outlook.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Having Exchange manage the newsgroups as the NNTP client has a number of benefits; you control what newsgroups come into your organization, who can see them, who can post messages into them, and when they synchronize with the Internet.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So how do you setup Exchange to give you access to these newsgroups&nbsp; Well the first step is to make sure that you have access to a source for the newsgroups.&nbsp; For this article I am using a service provided by a company called Newshosting.&nbsp; Newshosting specializes in providing newsfeeds and they have a number of packages available to suit all budgets.&nbsp; They set my newsfeed up very quickly and I managed to start pulling messages down in no time at all, so if you want a quality newsfeed service check out their web site.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you subscribe to a newsfeed, you will normally be provided with the name of the server to pull the news articles from, a username and a password.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so you now know what the host name is of the server that holds the newsgroups.&nbsp; Now you need to setup Exchange to host the newsgroups using the Exchange System Manager to configure the NNTP service.&nbsp; Once Exchange is installed on a machine that machine is ready to host newsgroups, but if we want to pull newsgroups from another source additional configuration is required.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you take a look in the in the <B>Protocol</B> section in <B>Exchange System Manager</B> you will see a container for NNTP.&nbsp; Inside the NNTP container will be the Default NNTP Virtual Server that Exchange creates during installation.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>What you will need to do is configure the NNTP server with a newsfeed which will give you the ability to connect to another NNTP server and pull down the newsgroups and messages.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>If you select the <B>Default NNTP Virtual Server</B> object, you will notice the <B>Feeds</B> option appears in the righthand pane see diagram below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So lets get a feed configured.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><B>1.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </B>Right click over <B>Feeds</B>, select <B>New &gt; Feed</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classdocumenttext styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You will now be asked to provide the FQDN or IP Address of the server that you will be pulling your newsfeed from below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P classdocumenttext styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Now you will be presented with a dialogue box regarding the type of feed you want to setup.&nbsp; In most cases you will configure your newsfeed to act as a Peer because you will be pulling the newsgroups from a news server not pushing.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The following dialogue box is where you have to configure the direction of the feed.&nbsp; If you want your users to only read newsgroup postings then select <B>Inbound Feed</B>.&nbsp; If you want your users to be able to read and have their responses sent up to the newsfeed server you must select both <B>Inbound Feed</B> and <B>Outbound Feed</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next dialogue box specifies what point in time you want to start pulling messages from.&nbsp; So for the sake of this article, I am going to start pulling all messages from August 7<SUP>th</SUP> 2002 that was posted after 433pm.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>The next dialogue box is probably one of the most complicated.&nbsp; Here you need to specify which newsgroups you would like to bring down.&nbsp; Be sure to remove the default set newsgroup <B> </B> asterix or you will pull down all newsgroups.&nbsp; Here you are able to use wildcards in the names to bring down a range of newsgroups with name similarities.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>2.&nbsp;&nbsp; Simply click the <B>Add</B> button and enter the name of the newsgroup you would like to pull down.&nbsp; In my example below I want to pull the newsgroup called <B>Microsoft.public.test</B> and then proceed to pulling down all the newsgroups starting with <B>Microsoft.public.exchange2000</B></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>3.&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;Once you have specified all the newsgroups you would like your users to have access to, click on <B>Finish</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>So now the newsfeed has been created, but we still need to do a bit more configuring.&nbsp; If we click on <B>Feeds</B> in <B>Exchange System Manager</B> you should see the new feed that has been created appear in the righthand pane.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>4.&nbsp;&nbsp; If you right click on the newsfeed that has just been created and select <B>properties</B> the Properties dialogue box for the feed will now be displayed below</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>You can subscribe to additional newsgroups by clicking on the <B>Subscription</B> tab, you can also schedule when the newsfeed will be synchronized by clicking on the <B>Schedule</B> tab.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Newshosting provided me with a username and password that I must use to authenticate with their server, so I must click on the Security tab and enter the username and password.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>When you have finished configuring your newsfeed, I would personally recommend you stop and start the NNTP Virtual Server just to make sure that the settings actually take effect.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>OK, so now youve configured your Exchange server to pull newsgroups down from the newsfeed server, its just a case of waiting for the newsgroups to appear.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Once your newsfeed has pulled down the newsgroups, you should see the newsgroups listed in the Newsgroup container in <B>Exchange System Manager</B>.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>With regards to your users, when they go into Outlook they will be able to see the newsgroups listed under the <B>Internet Newsgroup</B> section of <B>All Public Folders </B>below.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>There you have it; youve created a newsfeed to your Exchange server.&nbsp; Your users can access the newsgroups as if they were public folders and you dont have to worry about your users accessing newsgroups with undesirable content.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>I must again mention that if you really want a good quality newsfeed service I would highly recommend you contact the folks at Newshosting salesnewshosting.com they will be able to provide you with the service you require to get the most out of newsfeeds.</P>]]></description>
</item>
<item>
	<title><![CDATA[Improving Coexistence between Lotus Notes/Domino and Microsoft E]]></title>
	<link>http://www.buyfastsoftware.com/improving-coexistence-between-lotus-notesdomino-microsoft-a-2891.html</link>
	<description><![CDATA[<P classMsoNormal styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Lotus Notes/Domino or simply Notes and Microsoft Exchange migrations have traditionally been painful processes. In nearly every migration, there is an amount of time where running both systems is required, especially in large scale deployments. In many cases, both systems remain indefinitely in the environment.</P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify><xmlnamespace prefix  o ns  urnschemasmicrosoftcomofficeoffice /><op>&nbsp;</op></P><P styleMARGIN 0in 0in 0pt; TEXTALIGN justify>Running concurrent Notes and Exchange systems introduces many risks, as well as limited interoperability. Microsoft provides the Notes Connector to assist with migration but 
